LIVRES - BOKKS - EBOOKS - ROUTLEDGE

Black Males and RacismImproving the Schooling and Life Chances of African Americans Behind the twenty-first-century curtain of "colorblind" public sentiment lies an often-ignored reality shared by many African American males—racism continues to thrive and often drastically affects their lives. Fitzgerald draws on his extensive interviews of black males to reveal the experiences of racism that continue in public schools and in American higher education.Using empirical data and the methods of sociological research Fitzgerald analyzes how the persistent effects of white supremacy in education have threatened the psychological and economic welfare of black males. The effects often last well into adulthood. Unraveling the subtle and overt mechanisms of institutional social control leads Fitzgerald to proposals to reduce structural racism and improve the lives of African American youth. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781612055510

Black Males and the Criminal Justice System Relying on a multidisciplinary framework of inquiry and critical perspective this edited volume addresses the unique experiences of Black males within various stages of contact in the criminal justice system. It provides a comprehensive overview of the administration of justice mental and physical health issues faced by Black males and reintegration into society after system involvement. Recent events—including but by no means limited to the shootings of unarmed Black men by police in Ferguson Missouri; Baltimore; Minneapolis; and Chicago—have highlighted the disproportionate likelihood of young Black males to encounter the criminal justice system. Black Males and the Criminal Justice System provides a theoretical and empirical review of the need for an intersectional understanding of Black male experiences and outcomes within the criminal justice system. The intersectional approach which posits that outcomes of societal experiences are determined by the way the interconnected identities of individuals are perceived and responded to by others is key to recognizing the various forms of oppression that Black males experience and the impact these experiences have on them and their families. This book is intended for students and scholars in criminology criminal justice sociology race/ethnic studies legal studies psychology and African American Studies and will serve as a reference for researchers who wish to utilize a progressive theoretical approach to study social control policing and the criminal justice system. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138697362

Black Man EmergingFacing the Past and Seizing a Future in America First published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138468047

Black MarksMinority Ethnic Audiences and Media This title was first published in 2001. This text brings together a collection of empirical studies focusing on the relationships which minority ethnic audiences have with and to media texts both mainstream and minority. The media which comprise the focus for the essays include television film advertising magazines and the press. The field of media studies has moved beyond the model of media consumer as passive recipient towards individuals and groups who are altogether more engaged responsive and critical. But studies of the interactive media consumer often fail to consider the specific characteristics of "race" and ethnicity which come into play for minority ethnic audiences and this book aims to add to the limited knowledge of the ways in which ethnic markers intervene in textual understanding and contestation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138723993

Black Masculinity and Sexual Politics African American males occupy a historically unique social position whether in school life on the job or within the context of dating marriage and family. Often their normal role expectations require that they perform feminized and hypermasculine roles simultaneously. This book focuses on how African American males experience masculinity politics and how U.S. sexism and racial ranking influences relationships between black and white males as well as relationships with black and white women. By considering the African American male experience as a form of sexism Lemelle proposes that the only way for the social order to successfully accommodate African American males is to fundamentally eliminate all sexism particularly as it relates to the organization of families. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415646093

Black Men Invisibility and CrimeTowards a Critical Race Theory of Desistance Past studies have suggested that offenders desist from crime due to a range of factors such as familial pressures faith based interventions or financial incentives. To date little has been written about the relationship between desistance and racialisation. This book seeks to bring much needed attention to this under-researched area of criminological inquiry. Martin Glynn builds on recent empirical research in the UK and the USA and uses Critical Race Theory as a framework for developing a fresh perspective about black men’s desistance. This book posits that the voices and collective narrative of black men offers a unique opportunity to refine current understandings of desistance. It also demonstrates how new insights can be gained by studying the ways in which elements of the desistance trajectory are racialised. This book will be of interest both to criminologists and sociologists engaged with race racialisation ethnicity and criminal justice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138933675

Black Men in BritainAn Ethnographic Portrait of the Post-Windrush Generation While extensive attention has been paid to black youth adult black British men are a notable omission in academic literature. This book is the first attempt to understand one of Britain’s hidden populations: the post-Windrush generation who matured within a post-industrial British society that rendered them both invisible and irrelevant. Using ethnography participant observation interviews and his own personal experience  and without an ounce of liberal angst Kenny Monrose pulls no punches and presents the reader with a fierce but sensitive study of a population that has been vilified and ignored. The widely disseminated portrait of black maleness which habitually constructs black men as being either violently dangerous or social failures is challenged by granting black men in Britain the autonomy to speak on sociologically significant issues candidly and openly for themselves. This reveals how this group has been forced to negotiate a glut of political shifts and socially imposed imperatives ranging from Windrush to Brexit and how these have had an impact on their life course. This provides a cultural uplift and offers an authenticated examination and privileged insight of black British culture. This book will be of interest to sociologists cultural historians and criminologists engaged with citizenship migration race racialisation and criminal justice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367647223

Black Men in CollegeImplications for HBCUs and Beyond Black Men in College provides vital information about how to effectively support retain and graduate Black male undergraduates. This edited collection centers on the notion that Black male collegians are not a homogenous group; rather they are representative of rarely acknowledged differences that exist among them. This valuable text suggests that understanding these differences is critical to making true in-roads in serving Black men. Chapter contributors describe the diverse challenges Black men in HBCUs face and discuss how to support and retain high-achieving men gay men academically unprepared men low-income men men in STEM American immigrants millennials collegiate fathers those affiliated with Greek organizations and athletes. Recommendations for policy and practice to encourage retention and persistence to degree completion are grounded in extant theory and research. This text is a must-read for all higher education faculty researchers and student affairs practitioners interested in addressing the contemporary college experiences of Black men in postsecondary institutions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415893848

Black Men in Higher EducationA Guide to Ensuring Student Success Black Men in Higher Education bridges theory to practice in order to better prepare practitioners in their efforts to increase the success of Black male students in colleges and universities. In this comprehensive but manageable text leading researchers J. Luke Wood and Robert T. Palmer highlight the current status of Black men in higher education and review relevant research literature and theory on their experiences in various postsecondary education contexts. The authors also provide and contextualize innovative actionable strategies and solutions to help institutions increase the participation and success of Black male college students. The most recent addition to the Key Issues on Diverse College Students series this volume is a valuable resource for student affairs and higher education professionals to better serve Black men in higher education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415714853

Black Men in Interracial RelationshipsWhat's Love Got to Do with It? Why is it that successful black men--black men who are "at the top of their game" in the arts entertainment politics and athletics--are four times as apt to be married to or dating a woman who is not an African American than they were only thirty years ago? And why are twice as many black men involved in interracial relationships as black women? In addition to their celebrity status which includes widespread popularity and wealth black men from Charles Barkley to James Earl Jones to Russell Simmons to Bryant Gumbel share something else in common; something that also characterizes the experiences of more than 250 000 less well-known black men in the United States. They happen to be involved in interracial intimate relationships.Less than fifty years ago such relationships were next to impossible leading to severe social sanctions. The fact that this is no longer the case is concrete evidence of changes in the quality and character of contemporary race relations. Drawing on her own observations and her examination of the responses of a small diverse group of black men who date (in some cases exclusively) have sexual relations with and marry women who are not of African descent the book provides insight into the continuing ways that race and ethnic status affect the choices people make in their lives. Until this book though these types of relationships have received scant serious attention. Craig-Henderson forthrightly addresses the taboo interspersing analysis with verbatim accounts from black men involved in such relationships.Grounded in serious research interviews and analysis of census data Black Men in Interracial Relationships examines why such relationships appear to be so popular among black male elites. In the process the author unravels the mystery behind the apparent absence of black women in black men's lives. It will be of interest to specialists in race gender family and sexual issues and appropriate for courses in these areas. It is also highly readable and thought-provoking for the general public who will find its observations and findings fascinating. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138507715

Black Men in Law SchoolUnmatched or Mismatched Grounded in Critical Race Theory (CRT) Black Men in Law School refutes the claim that when African American law students are "mismatched" with more selective law schools the result is lower levels of achievement and success. Presenting personal narratives and counter-stories Jackson demonstrates the inadequacy of the mismatch theory and deconstructs the ways race is constructed within American public law schools. Calling for a replacement to mismatch theory Jackson offers an alternative theory that considers marginalized student perspectives and crystallizes the nuances and impact that historically exclusionary institutions and systems have on African American law school students. To further the debate on affirmative action this book shows that experiences and voices of African American law school students are a crucial ingredient in the debate on race and how it functions in law schools. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138241411

Black Men Teaching in Urban SchoolsReassessing Black Masculinity This volume follows eleven Black male teachers from an urban predominantly Black school district to reveal a complex set of identity politics and power dynamics that complicate these teachers’ relationships with students and fellow educators. It provides new and important insights into what it means to be a Black male teacher and suggests strategies for school districts teacher preparation programs researchers and other stakeholders to rethink why and how we recruit and train Black male teachers for urban K-12 classrooms. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367894740

Black Movements in America Cedric Robinson traces the emergence of Black political cultures in the United States from slave resistances in the 16th and 17th centuries to the civil rights movements of the present. Drawing on the historical record he argues that Blacks have constructed both a culture of resistance and a culture of accommodation based on the radically different experiences of slaves and free Blacks. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203948132

Black Music Black PoetryBlues and Jazz's Impact on African American Versification Black Music Black Poetry offers readers a fuller appreciation of the diversity of approaches to reading black American poetry. It does so by linking a diverse body of poetry to musical genres that range from the spirituals to contemporary jazz. The poetry of familiar figures such as Paul Laurence Dunbar and Langston Hughes and less well-known poets like Harryette Mullen or the lyricist to Pharaoh Sanders Amos Leon Thomas is scrutinized in relation to a musical tradition contemporaneous with the lifetime of each poet. Black music is considered the strongest representation of black American communal consciousness; and black poetry by drawing upon such a musical legacy lays claim to a powerful and enduring black aesthetic. The contributors to this volume take on issues of black cultural authenticity of musical imitation and of poetic performance as displayed in the work of Paul Laurence Dunbar Langston Hughes Sterling Brown Amiri Baraka Michael Harper Nathaniel Mackey Jayne Cortez Harryette Mullen and Amos Leon Thomas. Taken together these essays offer a rich examination of the breath of black poetry and the ties it has to the rhythms and forms of black music and the influence of black music on black poetic practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138270565

Black OrpheusMusic in African American Fiction from the Harlem Renaissance to Toni Morrison The legendary Greek figure Orpheus was said to have possessed magical powers capable of moving all living and inanimate things through the sound of his lyre and voice. Over time the Orphic theme has come to indicate the power of music to unsettle subvert and ultimately bring down oppressive realities in order to liberate the soul and expand human life without limits. The liberating effect of music has been a particularly important theme in twentieth-century African American literature. The nine original essays in Black Orpheus examines the Orphic theme in the fiction of such African American writers as Jean Toomer Langston Hughes Claude McKay James Baldwin Nathaniel Mackey Sherley Anne Williams Ann Petry Ntozake Shange Alice Walker Gayl Jones and Toni Morrison. The authors discussed in this volume depict music as a mystical shamanistic and spiritual power that can miraculously transform the realities of the soul and of the world. Here the musician uses his or her music as a weapon to shield and protect his or her spirituality. Written by scholars of English music women’s studies American studies cultural theory and black and Africana studies the essays in this interdisciplinary collection ultimately explore the thematic linguistic structural presence of music in twentieth-century African American fiction. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138001770

Black Politics in a Time of Transition Black Politics in a Time of Transition appears at an historic point in American politics. From the vantage point of the maturation of the study of black politics this volume provides a framework for current and future discussion of this critical time. Incorporating the expanded stream of work on today's black politics this latest volume of the National Political Science Review is also a new assessment of the period from which the study of black politics emerged.Selected for this volume are chapters of contemporary relevance alongside those that reconsider an early twentieth- century pioneer in black politics and history W. E. B. Du Bois. The volume also includes a robust book review section that spans a range of topics from the South's new racial politics to the aftermath of Hurricane Katrina.This volume features work by varied and accomplished scholars including "Black Power in Black Presidential Bids From Jackson to Obama " Katherine Tate; "'But I Voted for Obama': Melodrama and Post-Civil Rights Post-Feminist Ideology in Grey's Anatomy Crash and Barack Obama's 2008 Presidential Bid " Nikol Alexander-Floyd; "Afro-Brazilian Black Linked Fate in Salvador and Sao Paulo Brazil " Gladys Mitchell; and "Beyond Tactical Withdrawal: An Early History of the National Conference of Black Political Scientists " Joseph P. McCormick II. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412842686

Black Politics in TransitionImmigration Suburbanization and Gentrification Black Politics in Transition considers the impact of three transformative forces—immigration suburbanization and gentrification—on Black politics today. Demographic changes resulting from immigration and ethnic blending are dramatically affecting the character and identity of Black populations throughout the US. Black Americans are becoming more ethnically diverse at the same time that they are sharing space with newcomers from near and far. In addition the movement of Black populations out of the cities to which they migrated a generation ago—a reverse migration to the American South in some cases and in other cases a movement from cities to suburbs shifts the locus of Black politics. At the same time middle class and white populations are returning to cities displacing low income Blacks and immigrants alike in a renewal of gentrification. All this makes for an important laboratory of discovery among social scientists including the diverse range of authors represented here. Drawing on a wide array of disciplinary perspectives and methodological strategies original chapters analyze the geography of opportunity for Black Americans and Black politics in accessible jargon-free language. Moving beyond the Black–white binary this book explores the tri-part relationship among Blacks whites and Latinos as well. Some of the most important developments in Black politics are happening at state and local levels today and this book captures that for students scholars and citizens engaged in this dynamic milieu. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138058507

Black Politics TodayThe Era of Socioeconomic Transition The late 1980s ushered in a new era of black politics the socioeconomic transition era. Coming on the heels of the protest era and politics era the current stage is characterized by the emergence of a new black middle class that came of age after the Civil Rights struggle. Although class still isn’t a strong factor in the external politics of the black community it is increasingly a wedge issue in the community’s internal politics. Black politics today is increasingly less about the interest of the larger group and more about the interest of smaller subgroups within the community. Theodore J. Davis Jr. argues that the greatest threat to the social and political cohesiveness of the so-called black community may be the rise of a socially and economically privileged group among the ranks of black America. This rift has affected blacks’ ability to organize effectively and influence politics. Davis traces the changes in economic status public opinion political power and participation and leadership over three generations of black politics. The result is an insightful analysis of black politics today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415879156

Black Popular Music in Britain Since 1945 Black Popular Music in Britain Since 1945 provides the first broad scholarly discussion of this music since 1990. The book critically examines key moments in the history of black British popular music from 1940s jazz to 1970s soul and reggae 1990s Jungle and the sounds of Dubstep and Grime that have echoed through the 2000s. While the book offers a history it also discusses the ways black musics in Britain have intersected with the politics of race and class multiculturalism gender and sexuality and debates about media and technology. Contributors examine the impact of the local the ways that black music in Birmingham Bristol Liverpool Manchester and London evolved differently and how black popular music in Britain has always developed in complex interaction with the dominant British popular music tradition. This tradition has its own histories located in folk music music hall and a constant engagement since the nineteenth century with American popular music itself a dynamic mixing of African-American Latin American and other musics. The ideas that run through various chapters form connecting narratives that challenge dominant understandings of black popular music in Britain and will be essential reading for those interested in Popular Music Studies Black British Studies and Cultural Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138504875

Black Reconstruction in AmericaToward a History of the Part Which Black Folk Played in the Attempt to Reconstruct Democracy in America 1860-1880 After four centuries of bondage the nineteenth century marked the long-awaited release of millions of black slaves. Subsequently these former slaves attempted to reconstruct the basis of American democracy. W. E. B. Du Bois one of the greatest intellectual leaders in United States history evaluates the twenty years of fateful history that followed the Civil War with special reference to the efforts and experiences of African Americans.Du Bois's words best indicate the broader parameters of his work: "the attitude of any person toward this book will be distinctly influenced by his theories of the Negro race. If he believes that the Negro in America and in general is an average and ordinary human being who under given environment develops like other human beings then he will read this story and judge it by the facts adduced."The plight of the white working class throughout the world is directly traceable to American slavery on which modern commerce and industry was founded Du Bois argues. Moreover the resulting color caste was adopted forwarded and approved by white labor and resulted in the subordination of colored labor throughout the world. As a result the majority of the world's laborers became part of a system of industry that destroyed democracy and led to World War I and the Great Depression. This book tells that story. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412846202

Black Reflective SociologyEpistemology Theory and Methodology John H. Stanfield II the leading contemporary Black sociologist of knowledge distills decades of his research and thinking in a set of articles—some original to the volume others from fugitive sources—that address race in the formation of epistemologies theories and methodologies in social science. Stanfield’s contributions to the discipline such as the adoption of restorative justice as an anti-racism solution in multiracial societies and the development of African diasporic sociological reasoning are highlighted here. Ranging widely across theoretical methodological and substantive topics Stanfield creates a reflective sociology viewed through an African diasporic lens that enriches the thinking and practice of social science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781598746471

Black Religious IntellectualsThe Fight for Equality from Jim Crow to the 21st Century Professor Clarence Taylor sheds some much-needed light on the rich intellectual and political tradition that lies in the black religious community. From the Pentecostalism of Bishop Smallwood Williams and the flamboyant leadership of the Reverend Al Sharpton to the radical Presbyterianism of Milton Arthur Galamison and the controversial and mass-mobilization by Minister Louis Farrakhan black religious leaders have figured prominently in the struggle for social equality in America. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203616635

Black Resistance in the Americas All across the United States in the last few years there has been a resurgence of Black protest against structural racism and other forms of racial injustice. Black Resistance in the Americas draws attention to this renewed energy and to how this theme of resistance intersects with other communities of Black people around the world. This edited collection examines in-depth stories of resistance against slavery; narratives of resistance in African American Afro-Caribbean and Afro-Latin American literature; resistance in politics education religion music dance and film exploring a range of new perspectives from established and emerging researchers on Black communities. The chapters in this pivotal book discuss some of the mechanisms that Black communities have used to resist bondage domination disempowerment inequality and injustices resulting from their encounters with the West from colonization to forced migration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138384460

Black Sabbath and the Rise of Heavy Metal Music The definition of 'heavy metal' is often a contentious issue and in this lively and accessible text Andrew Cope presents a refreshing re-evaluation of the rules that define heavy metal as a musical genre. Cope begins with an interrogation of why during the late 1960s and early 1970s Birmingham provided the ideal location for the evolution and early development of heavy metal and hard rock. The author considers how the influence of the London and Liverpool music scenes merged with the unique cultural climate industry and often desolated sites of post-war Birmingham to contribute significantly to the development of two unique forms of music: heavy metal and hard rock. The author explores these two forms through an extensive examination of key tracks from the first six albums of both Black Sabbath and Led Zeppelin in which musical visual and lyrical aspects of each band are carefully compared and contrasted in order to highlight the distinctive innovations of those early recordings. In conclusion a number of case studies are presented that illustrate how the unique synthesis of elements established by Black Sabbath have been perpetuated and developed through the work of such bands as Iron Maiden Metallica Pantera Machine Head Nightwish Arch Enemy and Cradle of Filth. As a consequence the importance of heavy metal as a genre of music was firmly established and its longevity assured. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138254138

Black Sea SketchesMusic Place and People Black Sea Sketches is a portrait of some of the diverse musical cultures surrounding the Black Sea and in its hinterlands. Its six separate chapters follow a very broad trajectory from close-ups of traditional music (chapters 1-4) towards wide-angle studies of art music (chapters 5-6) and each of them opens windows to big border-crossing themes about music and place. A wide variety of repertoires is discussed: ancient layers of polyphonic music bardic songs traditional music from the coasts and mountains the sacred music of Islam and Orthodox Christianity the art music of Europe and West Asia and present-day popular music ‘scenes’. The usual practice is for each chapter to begin with a Black Sea coastal location before reaching out into the hinterlands. The result is a collection of six relatively discrete essays on different locations and topics but with underlying thematic continuities and offering a wide-ranging commentary on cultural difference. Firmly grounded in ethnographic and documentary research this is an important study for scholars and researchers of Ethnomusicology as also of Caucasian and Russian/East European Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367276805

Black Sheep and Kissing CousinsHow Our Family Stories Shape Us When someone says at a holiday dinner table "Oh those Lawrence cousins lose control all the time " or "the Davises always had more talent than luck " you can be sure there's a lesson being passed along from one generation to another. Who tells stories to whom and about what is never a random matter. Our family stories have a secret power: they play a unique role in shaping our identity our sense of our place in the world. The give us values inspirations warnings incentives. We need them. We use them. We keep them. They reverberate throughout our lives affecting our choices in love work friendship and lifestyle. Elizabeth Stone whose grandparents came from Italy to Brooklyn artfully weaves her own family stories among the stories of more than a hundred people of all backgrounds ages and regions - clarifying for us predictable types of family legends providing ways to interpret our own stories and their roles in our lives. She examines stories of birth death work money romantic adventure - all in the context of the family storytelling ritual. And she shows how stories about our most ancient ancestors may provide answers at milestone moments in our lives as well as how stories about our newest family members carve out places for them so they will fit into their families comfortably or otherwise. Upon its initial publication in 1988 Studs Terkel said that the book is "A wholly original approach to an ancient theme: family storytelling and its lasting mark on the individual." Judy Collins noted that "Elizabeth Stone's marvelous book on family myths and fables is irresistible. It lets us in on our own secrets in a provocative and exciting way." And Maggie Scarf wrote "What a clever topic and how beautifully Elizabeth Stone has written about it! I recommend Black Sheep and Kissing Cousins for everyone who has ever been raised in a family." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138519688

Black Single Mothers and the Child Welfare SystemA Guide for Social Workers on Addressing Oppression Black Single Mothers and the Child Welfare System examines the pressures hardships and oppression women of color face in the child welfare system and how this affects social workers who investigate childhood abuse and neglect. Author Brandynicole Brooks addresses intersectionality and ideological institutional interpersonal and internalized oppression and how it affects the safety permanence and well-being of children. Through research and real-life examples the reader will be immersed in a historical perspective of oppression faced by black single mothers involved with social service systems understand the definition of oppression and its four interrelated facets examine ways oppression plays out in child welfare supports and services and discover new integrated methods of addressing oppression. The last chapter discusses theory generalist social work practice and　transformational leadership styles 　which can be used by social workers to advocate on behalf of their clients and inspire self-advocacy thus transforming child welfare. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138903005

Black Skins Black MasksHybridity Dialogism Performativity Black Skin Black Masks: Hybridity Dialogism Performativity offers a timely exploration of Black identity and its negotiation. The book draws on empirical work recording everyday conversations between Black women: friends peers and family members. These conversations are discussed in the light of the work of Homi Bhabha Stuart Hall Gerd Baumann Claire Alexander and others on questions of hybridity identity otherness and the development of ’new ethnicities’. Tate aims to address what she sees as significant omissions in contemporary Black Cultural Studies. She argues that theorists have rarely looked at the process of identity construction in terms of lived-experience; and that they have tended to concentrate on the demise of the essential Black subject paying little attention to gender. The book points to a continuation of a ’politics of the skin’ in Black identities. As such it argues against Bhabha's claim that essence is not central to hybrid identities. The conversations recorded in the book reveal the ways in which women negotiate the category of Blackness in what Tate calls a 'hybridity-of- the-everyday'. The book introduces a new interpretative vocabulary to look at the ways in which hybridity is orchestrated and fashioned showing it to be performative dialogical and dependent on essentialism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367604400

Black Skins French VoicesCaribbean Ethnicity And Activism In Urban France About 337 000 people of French Antillean Origin live in metropolitan France today. Unlike immigrants from North Africa Turkey or sub-Saharan Africa Antilleans are French citizens with deep roots in French history. Indeed the Caribbean Islands they come from have been a part of France for over three centuries. Antilleans were for many years an invisible population dispersed throughout the Paris region with few community organizations and little political activism. Beginning in the early 1980s however activists in the Antillean community began to recognize that their status as citizens would not protect them from the growth of racism in France. From neighborhood groups interested in promoting traditional Martinican and Guadeloupan dance and music to politically charged associations these new cultural militants denounced French colonialism challenged racism and demanded political representation. Black Skins French Voices is situated at the intersection of changing French ideas and policies regarding ethnic diversity and Antillean demands for recognition. It shows the creative and exciting struggles of Antilleans to remake French culture on their own terms. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367314675

Black SpacesAfrican Diaspora in Italy Black Spaces examines how space and place are racialized and the impacts on everyday experiences among African Italians immigrants and refugees. It explores the deeply intertwined histories of Africa and Europe and how people of African descent negotiate contest and live with anti-blackness in Italy. The vast majority of people crossing the Mediterranean into Europe are from West Africa and the Horn of Africa. Their passage is part of the legacy of Italian and broader European engagement in colonial projects. This largely forgotten history corresponds with an ongoing effort to erase them from the Italian social landscape on arrival. Black Spaces examines these racialized spaces by blending a critical geographical approach to place and space with Afro-Pessimist and critical race perspectives on the lived experiences of Blackness and anti-blackness in Italy.“ Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138549371

Black Sportsmen (Routledge Revivals) First published in 1982 Black Sportsmen examines the affect that race has had on sportspeople. The book is based on interviews with a wide range of sportspeople from Olympic athletes to schoolchildren and novices. Written at a time when many black youths were turning to and succeeding in sports such as athletics boxing football karate and table tennis this book focuses on the various ways in which black sports competitors reacted to their blackness. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415812245

Black Star Over JapanRising Forces of Militarism The Japanese are the only people in the world who have experienced the horror of nuclear weapons with their own flesh. Atomic holocaust was followed by American occupation and the American-inspired postwar Japanese ‘Peace Constitution’ which explicitly outlawed Japanese military forces and the use of war as an instrument of state policy. At the time of original publication the author argued that contemporary forces within Japan were combining to create a strong movement for revision of the constitution and for the acquisition of nuclear weapons by renewed and powerful military establishment. The American government which had encouraged rearmament was beginning to wonder about the world effect of an economically powerful rearmed Japan and was weighing the consequences of considering Japan its only major ally in East Asia. Albert Axelbank suggests that shifting international politics and the conservative momentum in Japan make revision of the constitution and the development of Japanese militarism and nuclear weapons almost inevitable.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415852753

Black StarA View of the Life and Times of Kwame Nkrumah This book provides a balanced view about a charismatic leader Kwame Nkrumah during an exciting period of history in Ghana. It discusses the failure of Nkrumah's means and abilities to meet the challenge of his aims from the standpoint of Ghana's welfare. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367003586

Black Student PoliticsHigher Education and Apartheid from SASO to SANSCO 1968-1990 Black Student Politics Higher Education and Apartheid examines two black national higher education student political organizations - the South African National Students' Congress (SANSCO) and the South African Students' Organization (SASO) popularly associated with Black Consciousness. It analyzes the ideologies and politics and organization of SASO and SANSCO and their intellectual political and social determinants. It also analyzes their role in the educational political and social spheres and the factors that shaped their activities. Finally it assesses their contributions to the popular struggle against apartheid education and race class and gender oppression and the extent to and ways in which their activities reproduced undermined and/or transformed apartheid and capitalist social relations institutions and practices. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138987883

Black Theatre in Britain First Published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138165519

Black Theology Slavery and Contemporary Christianity200 Years and No Apology Black Theology Slavery and Contemporary Christianity explores the legacy of slavery in Black theological terms. Challenging the dominant approaches to the history and legacy of slavery in the British Empire the contributors show that although the 1807 act abolished the slave trade it did not end racism notions of White supremacy or the demonization of Blackness Black people and Africa. This interdisciplinary study draws on biblical studies history missiology and Black theological reflection exploring the strengths and limitations of faith as the framework for abolitionist rhetoric and action. This Black theological approach to the phenomenon of the trans-Atlantic slave trade and the institution of slavery draws on contributions from Africa the Caribbean North America and Europe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138279148

Black Theology in BritainA Reader Black theology as a discipline emerged in 1960s America growing out of the experiences of Black people of the African Diaspora as they sought to re-interpret the central ideas of Christianity in light of struggle and oppression. However a form of Black theology has been present in Britain since the time of slavery. 'Black Theology in Britain' offers the first comprehensive survey of Black theology tracing its development in Britain from the eighteenth century to today. The essays cover a wide range of topics: Black Liberation; drama as a medium for Black theology; the perspective of Black women; Black theology in the pulpit and pastoral care; and the work of Robert Beckford and Anthony Reddie. 'Black Theology in Britain' is a key resource for students of British history cultural studies Black theology and religious studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138181625

Black USA and SpainShared Memories in the 20th Century During the 20th-century Spaniards and African-Americans shared significant cultural memories forged by the profound impact that various artistic and historical events had on each other. Addressing three crucial periods (the Harlem Renaissance and Jazz Age the Spanish Civil War and Franco's dictatorship) this collection of essays explores the transnational bond and the intercultural exchanges between these two communities using race as a fundamental critical category. The study of travelogues memoirs documentaries interviews press coverage comics literary works music and performances by iconic figures such as Josephine Baker Langston Hughes and Ramón Gómez de la Serna as well as the experiences of ordinary individuals such as African American nurse Salaria Kea invite an examination of the ambiguities and paradoxes that underlie this relationship: among them the questionable and at times surprising racial representations of blacks in Spanish avant-garde texts and in the press during the years of Franco’s dictatorship; African Americans very unique view of the Spanish Civil War in light of their racial identity; and the oscillation between fascination and anxiety when these two communities look at each other. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367182724

Black Wealth / White WealthA New Perspective on Racial Inequality The award-winning Black Wealth / White Wealth offers a powerful portrait of racial inequality based on an analysis of private wealth. Melvin Oliver and Thomas Shapiro's groundbreaking research analyzes wealth - total assets and debts rather than income alone - to uncover deep and persistent racial inequality in America and they show how public policies have failed to redress the problem. First published in 1995 Black Wealth / White Wealth is considered a classic exploration of race and inequality. It provided for the first time systematic empirical evidence that explained the racial inequality gap between blacks and whites. The Tenth Anniversary edition contains two entirely new and substantive chapters. These chapters look at the continuing issues of wealth and inequality in America and the new policies that have been launched in the past ten years. Some have been progressive while others only recreate inequality - for example the proposal to eliminate the estate tax. Compelling and also informative Black Wealth / White Wealth is not just pioneering research. It is also a powerful counterpoint to arguments against affirmative action and a direct challenge to current social welfare policies that are tilted towards the wealthy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203707425

Black Women Agency and the New Black Feminism The powerful Beyoncé formidable Rihanna and the incalculable Nikki Minaj. Their images lead one to wonder: are they a new incarnation of black feminism and black women’s agency or are they only pure fantasy in which instead of having agency they are in fact the products of the forces of patriarchy and commercialism? More broadly one can ask whether black women in general are only being led to believe that they have power but are really being drawn back into more complicated systems of exploitation and oppression. Or are black women subverting patriarchy by challenging notions of their subordinate and exploitable sexuality? In other words ‘who is playing who’?Black Women Agency and the New Black Feminism identifies a generational divide between traditional black feminists and younger black women. While traditional black feminists may see for example sexualized images of black women negatively and as an impediment to progress younger black women tend to embrace these new images and see them in a positive light. After carefully setting up this divide this enlightening book will suggest that a more complex understanding of black feminist agency needs to be developed one that is adapted to the complexities faced by the younger generation in today’s world.Arguing the concept of agency as an important theme for black feminism this innovative title will appeal to scholars teachers and students interested in black feminist and feminist philosophy identity construction subjectivity and agency race gender and class. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367870188

Black Women and The Criminal Justice SystemTowards the Decolonisation of Victimisation First published in 1997 this book identifies the problems that face black women in the criminal justice system as the result of the articulation of unequal and oppressive class race and gender relations; the research aims to be aware of all three rather than prioritising isolating or reducing one or two of these relations. The focus of this research primarily on black women is based on the belief that they are marginalised in both society and criminological research. Black women are poorly represented in education employment the professions commerce industry and politics while in prison their presence is highly disproportionate to their wider numbers in society. The author examines the problems facing black women and compares these with those facing black men and white women to demonstrate the articulation of social relations. He addresses the structural positions of black women in society their social relations and the nature of the institutional practices of the criminal justice system. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138608603

Black Women and White Women in the ProfessionsOccupational Segregation by Race and Gender 1960-1980 First published in 1992. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138468078

Black Women College StudentsA Guide to Student Success in Higher Education The latest book in the Key Issues on Diverse College Students series explores the state of Black women students in higher education. Delineating key issues proposing an original student success model and describing what institutions can do to better support this group this important book provides a succinct but comprehensive exploration of this underrepresented and often neglected population on college campuses. Full of practical recommendations for working across academic and student affairs this is a useful guide for administrators faculty and practitioners interested in creating pathways for Black female college student success. Whether this book is read cover to cover or used as a resource manual the pages contain critical insights that should be taken into serious consideration wherever Black women college students are concerned. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138659407

Black Women Film and Video Artists First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203698990

Black Women Filmmakers and Black Love on Screen This book offers a thorough analysis of how romantic love between Black men and women (referred to here as Black Love) is portrayed in Hollywood films specifically from the perspective of Black female filmmakers. Using historical and contemporary images of Black female representation in the media as a foundation the main themes of this text focus on the male gazes’ influence on Hollywood narratives the necessity for the Black female perspective in Hollywood and that perspective’s influence on ideologies and narratives.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367670382

Black Women in Interracial RelationshipsIn Search of Love and Solace According to the most recent U.S. census twice as many black men are involved in interracial relationships as black women. Do black women consciously resist such involvement? What motivates the relatively few women who are in these types of relationships? And how do they navigate the unfamiliar terrain in intimacy?One of the most popular explanations for black women's involvement in interracial intimacy is the unavailability of eligible black men. This explanation focuses on the dismal statistics popularly discussed in reports that forecast lonely futures for African American females. Craig-Henderson explores another more provocative explanation. She argues that some black women may disassociate from larger social stereotypes by consciously and strategically making choices that distance them from what is considered characteristic of the "typical" African American woman.Scant serious attention has focused upon intimate interracial relationships perhaps because of a general reluctance to deal with two extremely provocative issues: race and sex. As rates of interracial relationships continue to increase discussions about interracial intimacy are relevant and timely. Craig-Henderson considers the continuing taboo of interracial relationships involving African Americans the way this taboo is changing and the way that contemporary race relations perpetuate longstanding stereotypes about race and sex.The book includes in-depth unstructured interviews with a wide range of black women currently involved in interracial intimate relationships. Each individual discusses their relationships with family members beliefs about the influence of race in America unique problems associated with interracial intimacy as well as sexual attraction racial identity and children. Of particular interest to specialists in race gender family and sexual issues this work is also accessible and appealing to general readers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138507722

Black Women in New South Literature and Culture Using the "the Negro Problem" in African American literature as a point of departure this book focuses on the profound impact that racism had on the literary imagination of black Americans specifically those in the South. Although the South has been one of the most enduring sites of criticism in American Studies and in American literary history Johnson argues that it is impossible to consider what the "South" and what "southernness" mean as cultural references without looking at how black women have contributed to and contested any unified definition of that region. Johnson challenges the homogeneity of a "white" South and southern cultural identity by recognizing how fictional and historical black women are underacknowledged agents of cultural change. Johnson regards the South as a cultural region that (re)constructs black womanhood but she also considers how black womanhood have transformed the South. Specialists in nineteenth and twentieth century American literature will find this book a necessary addition as will scholars of African American Literature and History. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415846288

Black Women in PoliticsIdentity Power and Justice in the New Millennium The research included in this volume examines the competing pressures felt by black women as political agents in the domains of elections public policy and social activism. Their challenges and initiatives are explored in public spaces institutional behaviours and public policy.The volume features cutting-edge research exploring black women's political engagement. The first group of contributors interrogates the treatment of black women within the discipline of political science. The second group examines the relationship between cultural politics and policymaking. The third and final group outlines the politics of race-gendered identity and black feminist practice.Black Women in Politics includes chapters on black leadership radical versus moderate politics in New Orleans and the Shelby vs. Holder Supreme Court decision. The editors introduce a new series highlighting trends in black politics. Finally the work notes the passing of William (Nick) Nelson and Hanes Walton Jr. prominent members of the National Conference of Black Political Scientists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412854696

Black Women in TelevisionAn Illustrated History and Bibliography This bibliography lists more than 700 articles books dissertations and theses on the participation of African American women in the television industry. Includes materials on specific television personalities and programs and black women's involvement as producers news anchors and editorial directors (among other topics). Also provides an extensive essay on the history of black women in television since 1939 and includes photographs of prominent African American television personalities. The appendices list African American women as Emmy NAACP Image and Los Angeles Black Media Coalition Technical Achievement award winners and nominees and black women in starring and co-starring television roles. Indexing of the text covers authors subjects programs films and stations. Originally published in 1990. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138964761

Black Women PlaywrightsVisions on the American Stage First published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138964778

Black Women Theorizing Curriculum Studies in Colour and Curves This book explores the curriculum theorizing of Black women as well as their historical and contemporary contributions to the always-evolving complicated conversation that is Curriculum Studies. It serves as an opportunity to begin a dialogue of revision and reconciliation and offers a vision for the transformation of academia’s relationship with black women as students teachers and theorizers. Taking the perennial silencing of Black women’s voices in academia as its impetus the book explains how even fields like Curriculum Studies – where scholars have worked to challenge hegemony injustice and silence within the larger discipline of education – have struggled to identify an intellectual tradition marked by the Black female subjectivity. This epistemic amnesia is an ongoing reminder of the strength of what bell hooks calls "imperialist white supremacist capitalist patriarchy" and the ways in which even the most critical spaces fail to recognize the contributions and even the very existence of Black women. Seeking to redress this balance this book engages the curricular lives of Black women and girls epistemologically bodily experientially and publicly.Providing a clarion call for fellow educators to remain reflexive and committed to emancipatory aims this book will be of interest to researchers seeking an exploration of critical voices from nondominant identities perspectives and concerns. This book was originally published as a special issue of Gender and Education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367664244

Black Women's HealthA Special Double Issue of women's Health: Research on Gender Behavior and Policy In this special issue top researchers from a diversity of disciplines provide an overview of and insights into the major social cultural and structural variables that play a role in Black women's poor health and differential morbidity and mortality. The articles focus on the major threats to Black women's health such as diabetes obesity cancer violence and AIDS and utilize a wide range of qualitative and quantitative methods from medicine psychology sociology and feminist analysis. Among the articles are: An examination of the role of Black women's cultural and ethnomedical beliefs in their use of cancer screening by Laurie Hoffman-Goetz and Sherry Mills of the National Cancer Institute; An empirical analysis of Black women's utilization of health services entailing more than 18 000 women by Lonnie Snowden and his colleagues at the University of California-Berkeley Center for Mental Health Services Research; A comprehensive review and empirical analysis of the role of violence in Black women's health by Nancy Felipe Russo (Arizona State University) Mary Koss (University of Arizona) and Gwen Keita (APA Office on Women); An empirical investigation of the role of social and contextual variables in HIV risk among low-income Black women by Kathleen Sikkema Timothy Heckman and Jeffrey Kelly of the Center for AIDS Intervention Research Medical College of Wisconsin. Other articles include comprehensive and critical analyses and reviews of diabetes breast cancer risk perceptions and obesity among Black women as well as analyses of Black women's exclusion from research in medicine women's health health psychology and behavioral medicine. The first issue of any psychology journal to be devoted to the health of Black women this special issue is a step in the direction of redressing the long-overdue neglect of Black women's health. It provides a cogent overview of the state of Black women's health numerous empiri Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138431249

Black Writers AbroadA Study of Black American Writers in Europe and Africa Originally published in 1999 Black Writers Abroad puts forward the theory that African American literature was born partially within the context of a people and its writers who lived for the most part in slavery and bondage prior to the Civil War. It is an in-depth study of black American writers who left the United States as expatriates. The book discusses the people that left where they went why they left and why they did or did not return from the nineteenth century to the twentieth century. It seeks to explain the impact exile had upon these authors’ literary work and careers as well as upon African American literary history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138389571

Black Writers Interpret the Harlem Renaissance First Published in 1996. One of the most interesting features of the Harlem Renaissance was the degree to which black writers and poets were involved in promoting and analyzing their own literary movement. One of its formative events was the 1926 attempt by Wallace Thurman Langston Hughes and other young writers to publish a literary magazine FIRE!! This was the first of several efforts by black writers to establish literary journals. While these efforts failed the magazine Opportunity employed a series of black poets as columnists to analyze and review black literary efforts. This volume collects the writings of this important literary journal as well as including many autobiographical and historical sketches. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315050522

Black Youth in Crisis (Routledge Revivals) First published in 1982 this book considers the position of young Afro-Caribbean people in Britain in the 1980s. It looks at how at the time this group of young people were disproportionately hit by growing unemployment seemed to be over-represented in crime statistics and were often disadvantage at school. The authors of the book analyse the struggles of the time and look at the reasons for their existence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415815710

Blackbody RadiationA History of Thermal Radiation Computational Aids and Numerical Methods Shelving Guide: Electrical Engineering In 1900 the great German theoretical physicist Max Planck formulated a correct mathematical description of blackbody radiation. Today understanding the behavior of a blackbody is of importance to many fields including thermal and infrared systems engineering pyrometry astronomy meteorology and illumination. This book gives an account of the development of Planck’s equation together with many of the other functions closely related to it. Particular attention is paid to the computational aspects employed in the evaluation of these functions together with the various aids developed to facilitate such calculations. The book is divided into three sections. Section I – Thermal radiation and the blackbody problem are introduced and discussed. Early developments made by experimentalists and theoreticians are examined as they strove to understand the problem of the blackbody. Section II – The development of Planck’s equation is explained as are the all-important fractional functions of the first and second kinds which result when Planck’s equation is integrated between finite limits. A number of theoretical developments are discussed that stem directly from Planck’s law as are the various computational matters that arise when numerical evaluation is required. Basic elements of radiometry that tie together and use many of the theoretical and computational ideas developed is also presented. Section III – A comprehensive account of the various computational aids such as tables nomograms graphs and radiation slide rules devised and used by generations of scientists and engineers when working with blackbody radiation are presented as are more recent aids utilizing computers and digital devices for real-time computations.Scientists and engineers working in fields utilizing blac Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367871116

Blackening EuropeThe African American Presence Traditional Scholars have often looked at African American studies through the lens of European theories resulting in the secondarization of the African American presence in Europe and its contributions to European culture. Blackening Europe reverses this pattern by using African American culture as the starting point for a discussion of its influences over traditional European structures. Evidence of Europe's blackening abound form French ministers of Hip-hop and British incarnations of "Shaft" to slavery memorial in the Netherlands and German youth sporting dreadlocks. Collecting essays by scholars from both sides of the Atlantic and fields as diverse as history literature politics social studies art film and music Blackening Europe explores the implications of these cultural hybrids and extends the growing dialogues about Europe's fascination with African America. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203446157

Blackface Minstrelsy in Britain Blackface minstrelsy is associated particularly with popular culture in the United States and Britain yet despite the continual two-way flow of performers troupes and companies across the Atlantic there is little in Britain to match the scholarship of blackface studies in the States. This book concentrates on the distinctively British trajectory of minstrelsy. The historical study and cultural analysis of minstrelsy is important because of the significant role it played in Britain as a form of song music and theatrical entertainment. Minstrelsy had a marked impact on popular music dance and other aspects of popular culture both in Britain and the United States. Its impact in the United States fed into significant song and music genres that were assimilated in Britain from ragtime and jazz onwards but prior to these influences minstrelsy in Britain developed many distinct features and was adapted to operate within various conventions themes and traditions in British popular culture. Pickering provides a convincing counter-argument to the assumption among writers in the United States that blackface was exclusively American and its British counterpart purely imitative. Minstrelsy was not confined to its value as song music and dance. Jokes at the expense of black people along with demeaning racial stereotypes were integral to minstrel shows. As a form of popular entertainment British minstrelsy created a cultural low-Other that offered confirmation of white racial ascendancy and imperial dominion around the world. The book attends closely to how this influence on colonialism and imperialism operated and proved ideologically so effective. At the same time British minstrelsy cannot be reduced to its racist and imperialist connections. Enormously important as those connections are Pickering demonstrates the complexity of the subject by insisting that the minstrel show and minstrel performers are understood also in terms of their own theatrical dynamics talent and appeal. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138265363

Blackfoot Religion and the Consequences of Cultural Commoditization This book explores the exchange of Blackfoot "medicine bundles" within contemporary Blackfoot culture and between the Blackfoot Peoples and Euro-Americans. These ceremonial bundles which are circulated as gifts in their native context are robbed of their statuses as living beings or persons when they are treated as symbolic objects or commodities by cultural outsiders. Much of the original ethnographic data presented in this book deals with the attempts of some Blackfeet to repatriate ceremonial materials from Euro-American hands. This book represents a valuable study of contemporary Blackfoot religion as well as the repatriation movement. Kenneth Lokensgard also contributes to the studies of material culture and exchange; central to his investigation is the critical examination and reapplication of the interpretative terms "gift" and "commodity." Careful use of these terms Lokensgard argues can better help scholars appreciate how different peoples perceive the worlds they inhabit. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138262171

Blackness and Transatlantic Irish IdentityCeltic Soul Brothers Blackness and Transatlantic Irish Identity analyzes the long history of imagined and real relationships between the Irish and African-Americans since the mid-nineteenth century in popular culture and literature. Irish writers and political activists have often claimed - and thereby created - a "black" identity to explain their experience with colonialism in Ireland and revere African-Americans as a source of spiritual and sexual vitality. Irish-Americans often resisted this identification so as to make a place for themselves in the U.S. However their representation of an Irish-American identity pivots on a distinction between Irish-Americans and African-Americans. Lauren Onkey argues that one of the most consistent tropes in the assertion of Irish and Irish-American identity is constructed through or against African-Americans and she maps that trope in the work of writers Roddy Doyle James Farrell Bernard MacLaverty John Boyle O’Reilly and Jimmy Breslin; playwright Ned Harrigan; political activists Bernadette Devlin and Tom Hayden; and musicians Van Morrison U2 and Black 47. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415653671

Blackness in Britain Black Studies is a hugely important and yet undervalued academic field of enquiry that is marked by its disciplinary absence and omission from academic curricula in Britain. There is a long and rich history of research on Blackness and Black populations in Britain. However Blackness in Britain has too often been framed through the lens of racialised deficits constructed as both marginal and pathological.Blackness in Britain attends to and grapples with the absence of Black Studies in Britain and the parallel crisis of Black marginality in British society. It begins to map the field of Black Studies scholarship from a British context by collating new and established voices from scholars writing about Blackness in Britain. Split into five parts it examines:Black studies and the challenge of the Black British intellectual; Revolution resistance and state violence;Blackness and belonging; exclusion and inequality in education;experiences of Black women and the gendering of Blackness in Britain. This interdisciplinary collection represents a landmark in building Black Studies in British academia presenting key debates about Black experiences in relation to Britain Black Europe and the wider Black diaspora. With contributions from across various disciplines including sociology human geography medical sociology cultural studies education studies post-colonial English literature history and criminology the book will be essential reading for scholars and students of the multi- and inter-disciplinary area of Black Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367871840

Blackness in IsraelRethinking Racial Boundaries This book explores contemporary inflections of blackness in Israel and foreground them in the historical geographies of Europe the Middle East and North America. The contributors engage with expressions and appropriations of modern forms of blackness for boundary-making boundary-breaking and boundary-re-making in contemporary Israel underscoring the deep historical roots of contemporary understandings of race blackness and Jewishness. Allowing a new perspective on the sociology of Israel and the realm of black studies this volume reveals a highly nuanced portrait of the phenomenon of blackness one that is located at the nexus of global regional national and local dimensions. While race has been discussed as it pertains to Judaism at large and Israeli society in particular blackness as a conceptual tool divorced from phenotype skin tone and even music has yet to be explored. Grounded in ethnographic research the study demonstrates that many ethno-racial groups that constitute Israeli society intimately engage with blackness as it is repeatedly and explicitly addressed by a wide array of social actors. Enhancing our understanding of the politics of identity rights and victimhood embedded within the rhetoric of blackness in contemporary Israel this book will be of interest to scholars of blackness globalization immigration and diaspora. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367629755

Blackness in Western EuropeRacial Patterns of Paternalism and Exclusion While the study of race relations in the United States continues to inspire and influence European thinking Europeans have yet to confront their own history. To be black in Europe whether during the sixteenth century or today means sharing one crucial experience: being part of a small but visible minority.European slave-owners company directors and investors in the distant past maintained an ocean-wide gap between themselves and the enslaved in the plantation colonies of the Caribbean. In the following centuries this distance persisted. Even today to be black in Europe often means to be one of a few black persons in a group. A racial pattern of exclusion has characterized European policy for more than four centuries.Dienke Hondius identifies ideas and attitudes toward "blackness " the concept of race as visible difference developed in western Europe. She argues that racial discourses are generally dominated by paternalism a concept usually used to explain power structures that is often applied to the nineteenth century. Hondius identifies five patterns of paternalism that influenced Europe much earlier and iniated trends of imagery and perception.Taking a chronological and thematic approach Hondius first focuses on southern European societies in the Early Modern period and moves to northwest European societies in the Modern period. Addressing religion law and science she concludes with a synthesis of developments from the twentieth century to the present. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138507739

Blacks Mulattos and the Dominican Nation Blacks Mulattos and the Dominican Nation is the first English translation of the classic text Los negros los mulatos y la nación dominicana by esteemed Dominican scholar Franklin J. Franco. Published in 1969 this book was the first systematic work on the role of Afro-descendants in Dominican society the first society of the modern Americas where a Black-Mulatto population majority developed during the 16th century. Franco’s work a foundational text for Dominican ethnic studies constituted a paradigm shift breaking with the distortions of traditional histories that focused on the colonial elite to place Afro-descendants slavery and race relations at the center of Dominican history. This translation includes a new introduction by Silvio Torres-Saillant (Syracuse University) which contextualizes Franco's work explaining the milieu in which he was writing and bringing the historiography of race slavery and the Dominican Republic up to the present. Making this pioneering work accessible to an English-speaking audience for the first time this is a must-have for anyone interested in the lasting effects of African slavery on the Dominican population and Caribbean societies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138785007

Blacks and Blackness in European Art of the Long Nineteenth Century Compelling and troubling colorful and dark black figures served as the quintessential image of difference in nineteenth-century European art; the essays in this volume further the investigation of constructions of blackness during this period. This collection marks a phase in the scholarship on images of blacks that moves beyond undifferentiated binaries like ’negative’ and ’positive’ that fail to reveal complexities contradictions and ambiguities. Essays that cover the late eighteenth through the early twentieth century explore the visuality of blackness in anti-slavery imagery black women in Orientalist art race and beauty in fin-de-siècle photography the French brand of blackface minstrelsy and a set of little-known images of an African model by Edvard Munch. In spite of the difficulty of resurrecting black lives in nineteenth-century Europe one essay chronicles the rare instance of an American artist of color in mid-nineteenth-century Europe. With analyses of works ranging from Géricault's Raft of the Medusa to portraits of the American actor Ira Aldridge this volume provides new interpretations of nineteenth-century representations of blacks. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138310315

Blacks and Britannity This title was first published in 2001: Featuring original research concerning young African-Caribbeans in Birmingham this book addresses complex issues of urban violence and insecurity racism and discrimination alienation resistance and social networks. Employing the methodology of sociological intervention developed by Alain Touraine the book explores the experiences of a group of young people who are simultaneously presumed to be victims and perpetrators of violence. It examines their relationship to this violence its meanings for and effects upon them how they constitute themselves as social actors and subjects and their capacity for action. The book also addresses the fact that ethnic monitoring and multicultural policies place the question of ethnicity on the British social and political agenda alongside issues of racism and discrimination. Exploring both the perceived and personally experienced position of young people within this context it sheds important new light upon processes of group identification and action. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138629417

Blackstone's Commentaries on the Laws of England Volumes I-IV First published in 2001. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge-Cavendish 9781843141778

Blackwashing HomophobiaViolence and the Politics of Sexuality Gender and Race As lesbian gay bisexual transgender and intersex identities increasingly secure legal recognition across the globe these formal equality gains are contradicted by the continued presence of violence. Such violence emerges as a political pressure point for contestations of identity and power within wider systems of global and local inequality. Discourses of homophobia-related violence constitute subjectivities that enact violence and that are rendered vulnerable to it as well as shaping political possibilities to act against violence. Blackwashing Homophobia critiques prevailing discourses through which violence and its queer targets are normatively understood exploring the knowledge regimes in which multiple forms of othering are both reproduced and/or resisted. This book draws on primary research on lesbian subjectivity and violence in South Africa examining the intersections of sexual gender race and class identities and the contemporary politics of violence in a postcolonial context: • What are the contending ways of knowing queers and the violence they face? • How are the causes characters consequence of and ‘cures’ for violence constructed through such knowledges and what are their power effects? The book explores these questions and their implications for how violence as an instrument of power might be countered. Blackwashing Homophobia is a timely intervention for theorising the discourse of homophobia-related violence and what it reveals and conceals enables and hinders in relation to queer identities and political imaginaries in times of violence. The book’s interdisciplinary approach to the topic will appeal to social and political scientists philosophers and psychology professionals as well as to advanced psychology undergraduates and postgraduates alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138219052

Blade Runner Ridley Scott’s Blade Runner is widely regarded as a "masterpiece of modern cinema" and is regularly ranked as one of the great films of all time. Set in a dystopian future where the line between human beings and ‘replicants’ is blurred the film raises a host of philosophical questions about what it is to be human the possibility of moral agency and freedom in ‘created’ life forms and the capacity of cinema to make a genuine contribution to our engagement with these kinds of questions. This volume of specially commissioned chapters systematically explores and addresses these issues from a philosophical point of view. Beginning with a helpful introduction the seven chapters examine the following questions: How is the theme of death explored in Blade Runner and with what implications for our understanding of the human condition? What can we learn about the relationship between emotion and reason from the depiction of the ‘replicants’ in Blade Runner? How are memory empathy and moral agency related in Blade Runner? How does the style and ‘mood’ of Blade Runner bear upon its thematic and philosophical significance? Is Blade Runner a meditation on the nature of film itself? Including a brief biography of the director and a detailed list of references to other writings on the film Blade Runner is essential reading for students – indeed anyone - interested in philosophy and film studies. Contributors: Colin Allen Peter Atterton Amy Coplan David Davies Berys Gaut Stephen Mulhall C. D. C. Reeve. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415485852

Blade Runner 2049A Philosophical Exploration Widely acclaimed upon its release as a future classic Denis Villeneuve’s Blade Runner 2049 is visually stunning philosophically profound and a provocative extension of the story in Ridley Scott’s Blade Runner. Containing specially commissioned chapters by a roster of international contributors this fascinating collection explores philosophical questions that abound in Blade Runner 2049 including: What distinguishes the authentically "human" person? How might natality condition one’s experience of being-in-the-world? How might shared memories feature in the constitution of personal identities? What happens when created beings transcend the limits intended in their design? What (if anything) is it like to be a hologram? Can artificial beings participate in genuinely romantic relationships? How might developing artificial economics impact our behaviour as prosumers? What are the implications of techno-human enhancement in an era of surveillance capitalism? Including a foreword by Denis Villeneuve Blade Runner 2049: A Philosophical Exploration is essential reading for anyone interested in philosophy film studies philosophy of mind psychology gender studies and conceptual issues in cognitive science and artificial intelligence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138625334

Blair's Educational Legacy? The United Kingdom General Election on 1st May 1997 gave a landslide victory to a re-vitalised Labour Party. Tony Blair became Prime Minister with a huge Commons majority of 179 over all other parties. Such a majority meant that extensive changes of policy could be implemented with little effective opposition. During the election campaign Tony Blair had repeatedly claimed that the top three priorities of a New Labour government would be 'education education education' and on page two of the Labour Party's election manifesto a smiling Blair is seen with Nelson Mandela - the unacknowledged originator of the oratorical education triplet. Following a third Election victory in 2005 and after over ten years as Prime Minister Blair finally stepped down to Gordon Brown in mid-2007 but only after a promotional ‘final tour’ that lasted several months. Towards the end Blair devoted considerable efforts to try to ensure that his legacy would be positive and that he would be remembered for more than his role in the Iraq war. But what is his legacy in the field of education? This book brings together the assessments of key educational researchers who have been centrally involved with both the critique and implementation of various policy developments. It is now time to make a solid academic evaluation of his influence on education. This book is timely and relates directly to the central policy themes of the last decade. It considers the relationships between theory and practice and examines the nature of policy and politics. Each contribution will review empirical data and policy changes relating to Blair’s period as Prime Minister and will make an assessment of the enduring effects of changes in policy. Each will assess the long-term and lasting effects as well as the shorter-term responses. This book was published as a special issue of the Oxford Review of Education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138964792

Blair's Successful WarBritish Military Intervention in Sierra Leone Andrew Dorman introduces Sierra Leone as Blair's second great military adventure after Kosovo and the first he undertook on his own. It is tied to Blair's 1999 Chicago speech on the 'Doctrine of the International Community' his move towards humanitarianism and the impact of the Kosovo experience. The book links this move with the rise of cosmopolitan militaries and the increasing involvement of Western forces in humanitarian operations and their impact on the international system. Furthermore it places it within the context of defence transformation and the emerging Western expeditionary capabilities in particular the European Union's new battle group concept and developments in concepts such as Network Centric Warfare and Networked Enabled Capability. Examining the whole campaign and considering the impact on the Blair Government this book will prove to be a key reader on the topic. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138376489

Blake Gender and Culture Blake's combination of verse and design invites interdisciplinary study. The essays in this collection approach his work from a variety of perspectives including masculinity performance plant biology empire politics and sexuality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138661943

Blake Lavater and Physiognomy This book examines the early reception of Johann Caspar Lavater's Essays on Physiognomy and demonstrates how the challenges occurring during the production of Henry Hunter's translation resonate in William Blake's treatment of the Genesis story. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367602291

Blake Politics and History First published in 1998 this book formed part of an ongoing effort to restore politics and history to the centre of Blake studies. It adopts a three pronged approach when presenting its essays seeking to promote a return to the political Blake; to deepen the understanding of some of the conversations articulated in Blake’s art by introducing new historical material or new interpretations of texts; and to highlight differing perspectives on Blake’s politics among historically focused critics. The collection contains essays with varying methodological assumptions and differing positions on questions central to historicist Blake scholarship. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138939226

Blake Politics and History First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138964808

Blake & Tradition V1 First published in 2002. This is a collection of topics of A.W.Mellon Lectures of fine Arts stemming from 1962 on the works of Blake. This volume looks at Blake’s work in three sections; ‘The Northern Sun’ ‘The Myth of The Soul’ and ‘Zoas of Physical Life’. Includes works such as ‘Tireil’ Blake’s Cupid and Psyche’ and ‘Enion’ Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429349478

Blake & Tradition V2 First published in 2002. This is a collection of topics of A.W.Mellon Lectures of fine Arts stemming from 1962 on the works of Blake. This volume looks at Blake’s work in three discussions; Reason Perception and ‘What is Man’. Includes poems such as The Tyger The Ancient Trees and The Sickness of Albion. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429349485

Blake and Antiquity Blake was a visionary like no other. To some like William Wordsworth the only explanation for the remarkable spiritual world Blake witnessed and brought to life in his books was 'insane genius'. Although such a view persisted well into the twentieth century this is the pivotal work which challenged that perspective and changed forever our understanding of William Blake's genius placing him in the esoteric tradition. For many this book will be a revelation; for lovers of Blake it is indispensable. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315824451

Blake and the New Age (Routledge Revivals) First published in 1979 this is a very welcome reissue of Kathleen Raine's seminal study of William Blake - England’s only prophet. He challenged with extraordinary vigour the premises which now underline much of Western civilization hitting hard at the ideas of a naive materialist philosophy which even in his own day was already eating at the roots of English national life. In his insistence that ‘mental things are alone real’ Blake was ahead of his time. Materialist views are now challenged from various quarters; the depth psychologies of Freud and Jung the study of Far Easter religion and philosophy the reappraisal of myth and folk lore the wealth of psychical research have all prepared the way for an understanding of Blake’s thought. We are ready to acknowledge that in attacking ‘the sickness of Albion’ Blake penetrated to the inner worlds of man and explored them in a way that is quite unique. Dr Raine who has made a long study of Blake’s sources presents him as a lonely powerful genius who stands within the spiritual tradition of Sophia Perennis ‘the Everlasting Gospel’. From the standpoint of this great human Norm our immediate past described by W.B. Yeats as ‘the three provincial centuries’ is a tragic deviation; catastrophic as Blake believed in its spiritual and material consequences. Only now do we possess the necessary knowledge to understand William Blake and the ever-growing number of people who turn to him surely justifies his faith in the eternal truths he strove to communicate. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415678254

Blake and Tradition Blake and Tradition is an investigation of the sources of Blake's knowledge of the Neoplatonic and Hermetic tradition and allied currents of thought. The volumes contain what was then new information on Blake's vast fund of exact knowledge in these fields and Kathleen Raine interprets his works in the light of the ideas that originally inspired and informed them.The core of this important work of scholarship formed the A. W. Mellon Lectures in the Fine Arts in 1962 at the National Gallery of Art in Washington. The expanded two-volume work was originally published by Routledge & Kegan Paul in 1969. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315020877

Blake and Tradition Blake and Tradition is an investigation of the sources of Blake's knowledge of the Neoplatonic and Hermetic tradition and allied currents of thought. The volumes contain what was then new information on Blake's vast fund of exact knowledge in these fields and Kathleen Raine interprets his works in the light of the ideas that originally inspired and informed them.The core of this important work of scholarship formed the A. W. Mellon Lectures in the Fine Arts in 1962 at the National Gallery of Art in Washington. The expanded two-volume work was originally published by Routledge & Kegan Paul in 1969. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429353987

Blake: The Complete Poems William Blake (1757 - 1827) is one of the great figures in literature by turns poet artist and visonary. Profoundly libertarian in outlook Blake's engagement with the issues of his day is well known and this - along with his own idiosynratic concerns - flows through his poetry and art. Like Milton before him the prodigality of his allusions and references is little short of astonishing. Consquently his longer viosnary poems can challege the modern reader who will find in this avowedly open edition all they might need to interpret the poetry. W. H. Stevenson's Blake is a masterpiece of scrupulous scholarship. It is as the editor makes clear in his introduction 'designed to be widely and fluently read' and this Third Edition incorporates many changes to further that aim. Many of the headnotes have been rewritten and the footnotes updated. The full texts of the early prose tracts All Religions are One and There is no Natural Religion are included for the first time. In many instances Blake's capitalisation has been restored better to convey the expressive individuality of his writing. In addition a full colour plate section contains a representation of Blake's most significant paintings and designs. As the 250th anniversary of his birth approaches Blake has perhaps more readers than ever before; Blake: The Complete Poems will stand those readers new and old in good stead for many years to come. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138174344

Blake's Design of Mechanical Joints Blake's Design of Mechanical Joints Second Edition is an updated revision of Alexander Blake’s authoritative book on mechanical joint and fastener design. This revision brings Blake’s 1985 volume up-to-date with modern developments in joint design and recent technological advances in metallic and non-metallic materials and in adhesive joining technologies. The book retains Blake’s lucid readable style and his balance of basic concepts with practical applications. Coverage of statistical methods computational software usage extensive examples and a full glossary have been added to make the new edition a comprehensive practical sourcebook for today's mechanical design engineers. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498766296

Blake's Heroic Argument First published in 1988 this book is a study of all Blake’s work in illuminated printing. It traces in particular the development of his ideas on politics religion sexuality and the imagination. There are substantial sections on some of Blake’s best-known works including the Marriage of Heaven and Hell and the Songs of Innocence and Experience and full critical essays on the Four Zoas and Jerusalem. The book describes the historical contexts of Blake’s work and sets it in relation to the political controversies of his age as these are reflected in the writings of Burke Paine and Mary Wollstonecraft. It discusses the relationships of text and design in Blake the characteristic verbal textures and rhythms of his longer poems some influences on his thought and developing structure of his personal myth and its relationship to other mythologies. The opening chapter discusses areas of fundamental disagreement with some of the main approaches to Blake whilst the final chapter discusses literary theory and the practice of criticism arguing for an open and explicit involvement of personal experience and values and a more creative use of form in critical writing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138939233

Blaming the Government: Citizens and the Economy in Five European DemocraciesCitizens and the Economy in Five European Democracies This work examines the impact of macroeconomic conditions on public support for the government in Britain France Netherlands Denmark and Germany. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315483016

Blasphemies ComparedTransgressive Speech in a Globalised World This volume examines both historical developments and contemporary expressions of blasphemy across the world. The transgression of religious boundaries incurs more or less severe sanctions in various religious traditions. This book looks at how religious and political authorities use ideas about blasphemy as a means of control. In a globalised world where people of different faiths interact more than ever before and world-views are an increasingly important part of identity politics religious boundaries are a source of controversy. The book goes beyond many others in this field by widening its scope beyond the legal aspects of freedom of expression. Approaching blasphemy as effective speech the chapters in this book focus on real-life situations and ask the following questions: who are the blasphemers who are their accusers and what does blasphemy accomplish? Utilising case studies from Europe the Middle East and Asia that encompass a wide variety of faith traditions the book guides readers to a more nuanced appreciation of the historical roots political implications and religious rationale of attitudes towards blasphemy. Incorporating historical and contemporary approaches to blasphemy this book will be of great use to academics in Religious Studies and the Sociology of Religion as well as Political Science Media Studies History. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367254223

Blasphemy Islam and the StatePluralism and Liberalism in Indonesia This book draws on the work of Rawls to explore the interaction between faith law and the right to religious freedom in post-Soeharto Indonesia the world’s largest democracy after India and the United States.　 It argues that enforcement of Islamic principles by the state is inconsistent with religious diversity and the country’s liberal constitution.　 The book thus contributes to understanding the role of religion in the development of democracy in the world’s largest Muslim nation. A key objective is to test the argument that Rawls’ thinking about public reason cannot apply to the case of Indonesia and Muslim states more broadly. The book therefore contributes to emerging scholarship that considers Rawls in a Muslim context. In addition to examining public reason in detail and considering critiques of the concept the work highlights the fact that the theory was created to deal with value pluralism and is therefore relevant in any religious setting including an Islamic one. In doing so it emphasises that Islam is multifaceted and demonstrates the difficulties and negative consequences of integrating faith and law in a liberal state. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138362857

Blasphemy in Modern Britain1789 to the Present Originally published in 1999 this book deals with the cultural and legal debates which have counterposed the right to free speech and the need to protect Christian sensibilities in Britain from the time of the French Revolution to the present day. Central to the book is a close study of the content and public reception of the anti-Christian literature of the 19th century associated with the names G.W.Foote and J.W. Gott the Freethinker and The Truthseeker. David Nash here also examines a variety of critical-theoretical approaches to blasphemy and blasphemous writing including postmodernism and the work of Foucault and Said. The book concludes with a detailed examination of 20th-century blasphemy cases up to and including the Gay News case The Last Temptation of Christ and Visions of Ecstasy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429261886

Blast and Ballistic Loading of Structures This book brings together in a concise format the key elements of the loads produced from explosive sources and how they interact with structures. Explosive sources include gas high explosives dust and nuclear materials.It presents quantitative information and design methods in a useable form without recourse to extensive mathematical analysis. The authors Peter Smith and John Hetherington are staff members at the Royal Military College of Science in Shrivenham and have been instrumental in establishing an active team studying the response of structures to blast and ballistic loading. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367866877

Blaster: A Card Game for Problem-Solving Skills Blaster is a fun fast-paced card game to develop children’s problem solving skills and social awareness. Players will learn to approach challenging situations with constructive thoughts communication and actions and are encouraged to consider the consequences of different choices in a safe environment. The game includes examples of everyday situations which might happen in school at home or with friends and is a great way to faciliate discussion about appropriate and inappropriate behaviours through friendly competition. The game includes playing cards and over 100 scenario cards some of which can be customised for different players. Full instructions are provided alongside tips for adults to support personalise and extend the game and a players' prompt mat is available for download from www.routledge.com/9781138337053. Easy to learn and play this game is ideal for secondary aged children with neurodevelopmental disorders including Autism and Asperger’s Syndrome as well as children with anxiety emotional and behavioural difficulties language difficulties or mild cognitive difficulties. It can be used by teachers teaching assistants SENCOs or therapists supporting children. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138337053

Blasting in Mining - New Trends Blasting practices in mines have undergone many changes in the recent past and continue to be honed and reconfigured to meet the demands of today’s mining needs. This volume compiles papers of the workshop Blasting in Mines – New Trends hosted by the Fragblast 10 Symposium . The 17 papers provide a mix which highlight the evolving trends in blasting in mines. These range from special techniques of cast blasting applications of seed wave modelling for improved fragmentation to design of mass blasts and controlled blasting for stability of pit-walls. Blasting in Mines – New Trends will be of particular interest to mining and blasting engineers. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780415621397

BlastVorticism 1914-1918 This title was first published in 2000. Founded in 1914 by Wyndham Lewis and christened by Ezra Pound the Vorticism movement was a sustained act of aggression against the moribund Victorianism seen as stifling to artistic energies. Inspired by the example of F.T.Marinetti and the Futurists the Vorticists were nevertheless harshly critical of the Futurists' naive enthusiasm for modernity. They created their own style of geometric abstraction to celebrate the new consciousness of humanity in a mechanized urban environment. But their splintered and discordant style also measured the cost of the psychic disruption that modernity caused. This illustrated guide to the movement covers topics including sculpture painting literary Vorticism women in Vorticism and Vorticist aesthetics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138743137

Blaxploitation Films of the 1970sBlackness and Genre During the early years of the motion picture industry black performers were often depicted as shuckin’ and jivin’ caricatures. Specifically black males were portrayed as toms coons and bucks while the mammy and tragic mulatto archetypes circumscribed black femininity. This misrepresentation began to change in the 1950s and 1960s when performers such as Dorothy Dandridge and Sidney Poitier were cast in more positive roles. These performers paved the way for the black exploitation or blaxploitation movement which began in 1970 and flourished until 1975. The movement is characterized by films that feature a black hero or heroine black supporting characters a predominately black urban setting a display of black sexuality excessive violence and a contemporary rhythm and blues soundtrack. Blaxploitation films were made across varying genres but the questionable elements of some of the pictures caused them to be referred to as "blaxploitation" films with little or no regard given to their generic categorization. This book examines how Cotton Comes to Harlem (1970) Blacula (1972) The Mack (1973) and Cleopatra Jones (1973) can be classified within the detective horror gangster and cop action genres respectively and illustrates the manner in which the inclusion of "blackness" represents a significant revision to the aforementioned genres. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415540957

Bleeding KansasSlavery Sectionalism and Civil War on the Missouri-Kansas Border Between 1854 and 1861 the struggle between pro-and anti-slavery factions over Kansas Territory captivated Americans nationwide and contributed directly to the Civil War. Combining political social and military history Bleeding Kansas contextualizes and analyzes prewar and wartime clashes in Kansas and Missouri and traces how these conflicts have been remembered ever since. Michael E. Woods’s compelling narrative of the Kansas-Missouri border struggle embraces the diverse perspectives of white northerners and southerners women Native Americans and African Americans. This wide-ranging and engaging text is ideal for undergraduate courses on the Civil War era westward expansion Kansas and/or Missouri history nineteenth-century US history and other related subjects. Supported by primary source documents and a robust companion website this text allows readers to engage with and draw their own conclusions about this contentious era in American History. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138958548

Blended and Online Learning for Global CitizenshipNew Technologies and Opportunities for Intercultural Education By showcasing international European and community-based projects this volume explores how online technologies and collaborative and blended learning can be used to bolster social cohesion and increase students’ understanding of what it means to be a global citizen. With the pace of technology rapidly increasing Blended and Online Learning for Global Citizenship draws timely attention to the global lessons being learned from the impact of these technologies on peace building community development and acceptance of difference. In-depth case studies showcasing successful projects in Europe Northern Ireland and Israel explore blended learning and illustrate how schools and educators have embraced online technologies to foster national and international links both within and beyond communities. This has in turn equipped students with experiences that have informed their attitudes to cultural and political conflicts as well as racial ethnic and social diversity. Building on the authors’ previous work Online Learning and Community Cohesion (2013) this thought-provoking text will be of interest to researchers academics and postgraduate students in the fields of international and comparative education. Educators and school leaders concerned with how multiculturalism and technology play out in the classroom environment will also benefit from reading this text. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367408213

Blended Basic Language CoursesDesign Pedagogy and Implementation Blended Basic Language Courses: Design Pedagogy and Implementation examines lower-division blended courses in fifty-two second language programs at U.S. colleges and universities. Drawing upon a large-scale original study of language faculty instructors program directors and students who have experience with blended classes of thirteen languages other than English this volume provides new information about the breadth of blended course designs and implementation strategies in use in basic language programs. The mixed-methods study conducted with surveys and interviews recommends ways that institutions departments and instructors can make the most of digital pedagogy to support student learning both in officially blended courses and at all levels of technological integration from fully face-to-face to fully online. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138571914

Blended Learning and Online TutoringPlanning Learner Support and Activity Design Blended learning provides the flexibility to accommodate the varied requirements of pedagogies disciplines and levels of course together with the needs of a wide variety of learners. However anyone concerned with the integration of online tutoring to support students appropriately may need to reassess current practice. This book adopts a pragmatic and common-sense approach to blended learning by situating the use of online media within a well-grounded teaching and learning strategy. It provides practical ideas for the successful implementation of blended strategies including good practice in both asynchronous and synchronous tutoring appropriate assessment design for developing successful blended learners and innovative approaches to professional development for distance tutors. It is illustrated with a wide variety of examples and comments from students and practitioners in both distance and campus-based environments in 13 different countries. Since the first edition was published in 2006 there has been great interest in Web 2.0 technologies and their potential for use in an educational environment. This second edition has therefore incorporated many new examples of good practice making use of a combination of tried and tested tools as well as blogs and wikis for supporting students. There has also been a recent rise in the use of activity-based learning and interest in its potential for supporting students in distance and online environments. The new edition incorporates many new exemplars of learning activity design in Part Three to illustrate approaches to the development of critical independent learners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138470743

Blended Learning in Engineering EducationRecent Developments in Curriculum Assessment and Practice Blended Learning combines the conventional face-to-face course delivery with an online component. The synergetic effect of the two modalities has proved to be of superior didactic value to each modality on its own. The highly improved interaction it offers to students as well as direct accessibility to the lecturer adds to the hitherto unparalleled learning outcomes. "Blended Learning in Engineering Education: Recent Developments in Curriculum Assessment and Practice" highlights current trends in Engineering Education involving face-to-face and online curriculum delivery. This book will be especially useful to lecturers and postgraduate/undergraduate students as well as university administrators who would like to not only get an up-to-date overview of contemporary developments in this field but also help enhance academic performance at all levels. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138056220

Blended LearningResearch Perspectives Volume 2 Blended learning which combines the strength of face-to-face and technology-enhanced learning is increasingly being seen as one of the most important vehicles for education reform today.   Blended learning allows both teacher and learner access to radically increased possibilities for understanding how we transmit and receive information how we interact with others in educational settings how we build knowledge and how we assess what we have taught or learned.  Blended Learning: Research Perspectives Volume 2 provides readers with the most current in-depth collection of research perspectives on this vital subject addressing institutional issues design and adoption issues and learning issues as well as an informed meditation on future trends and research in the field.  As governments foundations schools and colleges move forward with plans and investments for vast increases in blended learning environments a new examination of the existing research on the topic is essential reading for all those involved in this educational transformation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415632515

Blender for Animation and Film-Based Production See Why Blender Is Right for Your Studio’s Pipeline Blender for Animation and Film-Based Production explores why Blender is ideal for animation films. It demonstrates Blender’s capability to do the job in each production department. Whether you are a beginner or more advanced user you’ll see why Blender should be taken into consideration in animation and film production. This Blender reference will help you: Manage your projects from start to finish Understand the different stages in any animation production See how studios work and develop their animation projects Describing the versatility and power of Blender the book shows you why studios should incorporate Blender in their pipeline. It avoids tedious tutorials and incomprehensible examples. Instead the book guides you toward finding efficient solutions for issues with your production files or pipeline. It familiarizes you with the animation industry and explores the risks involved in choosing Blender as a primary tool in animation studios. Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781482204742

Blender for Visual Effects Bringing concrete examples from industry to light this book explains how to use Blender to create visual effects for video/film production. It supplies readers with a practical way to learn how to use Blender’s tools across a wide range of scenarios in video/film production including setting up cameras on a stage lighting and other production processes. Maintaining a focus on composition the book not only explains how to use the most common tools such as tracking rendering and compositing but also explains how to deal with software limitations and sort out problems. Since the best way to learn something is with a practical example this book follows one of the author’s own projects starting with how to prepare the elements that will be needed later on. The example illustrates how to use Blender tools and features for scene tracking setup rendering masking and other post-production functions—from start to finish in a professional workflow. The book examines all the compositing nodes that can be used in Blender. It details time-saving tips features such as the motion tracker and rendering techniques so readers will have enough information to accomplish the most common tasks encountered in the creation of a professional visual effects composition. By following the example project presented in the book you will gain the practical understanding required to use Blender’s tools in the most common scenarios in video/film production. You will also gain industry insights into the limitations of the software and how to sort out the problematic scenarios that may come up through the various stages of your project. Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781498724500

Blender FoundationsThe Essential Guide to Learning Blender 2.6 Blender Foundations is the definitive resource for getting started with 3D art in Blender one of the most popular 3D/Animation tools on the market . With the expert insight and experience of Roland Hess noted Blender expert and author animators and artists will learn the basics starting with the revised 2.6 interface modeling tools sculpting lighting and materials through rendering compositing and video editing. Some of the new features covered include the completely re-thought interface the character animation and keying system and the smoke simulator. More than just a tutorial guide "Blender Foundations" covers the philosophy behind this ingenious software that so many 3D artists are turning to today. Start working today with Blender with the accompanying web site which includes all of the projects and support files alongside videos step-by-step screenshots of the trickier tutorials as well as a direct links to official resources like the Blender download site and artist forums. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138400672

Blender ProductionCreating Short Animations from Start to Finish Short animation projects are ambitious and time-consuming but with a good plan and toolset they can be hugely rewarding. Blender expert Roland Hess will get you up to speed on animated short fundamentals including writing storyboarding blocking and character creation. This follow-up of Blender Foundations will introduce the more advanced functionalities of Blender such as the Library and Linking system physics simulators the integrated compositor and the Sequence Editor. If that wasn’t enough this tutorial-based book will also have you create a short animation from scratch making you a master of the Blender toolkit in no time. * Learn how to fully manage your art assets using the Library and Linking system *Gain practical advice on story construction tailored specifically for short animations *Companion website includes the full Blender software kit sample project files amounting to 100+ MB of valuable content including models textures materials scenes and animations ***PLEASE NOTE THAT WE ARE CURRENTLY EXPERIENCING DIFFICULTIES WITH THE COMPANION SITE URL.  PLEASE VISIT http://cw.routledge.com/textbooks/9780240821450/ TO ACCESS ALL OF THE COMPANION MATERIALS!*** Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780240821450

'Blerwytirhwng?' The Place of Welsh Pop Music In the 1960s Welsh-language popular music emerged as a vehicle for mobilizing a geographically dispersed community into political action. As the decades progressed Welsh popular music developed beyond its acoustic folk roots adopting the various styles of contemporary popular music and ultimately gaining the cultural self-confidence to compete in the Anglo-American mainstream market. The resulting tensions between Welsh and English amateur and professional rural and urban the local and the international necessitate the understanding of Welsh pop as part of a much larger cultural process. Not merely a 'Celtic' issue the cultural struggles faced by Welsh speakers in a predominantly Anglophone environment are similar to those faced by innumerable other minority communities enduring political social or linguistic domination. The aim of 'Blerwytirhwng?' The Place of Welsh Pop Music is to explore the popular music which accompanied those struggles to connect Wales to the larger Anglo-American popular culture and to consider the shift in power from the dominant to the minority the centre to the periphery. By surveying the development of Welsh-language popular music from 1945-2000 'Blerwytirhwng?' The Place of Welsh Pop examines those moments of crisis in Welsh cultural life which signalled a burgeoning sense of national identity which challenged paradigms of linguistic belonging and out of which emerged new expressions of Welshness. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138273337

Blessed AnastaciaWomen Race and Popular Christianity in Brazil The weakness of Brazil's black consciousness movement is commonly attributed to the fragility of Afro-Brazilian ethnic identity. In a major account John Burdick challenges this view by revealing the many-layered reality of popular black consciousness and identity in an arena that is usually overlooked: that of popular Christianity.Blessed Anastacia describes how popular Christianity confronts everyday racism and contributes to the formation of racial identity. The author concludes that if organizers of the black consciousness movement were to recognize the profound racial meaning inherent in this area of popular religiosity they might be more successful in bridging the gap with its poor and working-class constituency. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203610541

Blind Equalization and Identification This text seeks to clarify various contradictory claims regarding capabilities and limitations of blind equalization. It highlights basic operating conditions and potential for malfunction. The authors also address concepts and principles of blind algorithms for single input multiple output (SIMO) systems and multi-user extensions of SIMO equalization and identification. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315214917

Blind Image DeconvolutionTheory and Applications Blind image deconvolution is constantly receiving increasing attention from the academic as well the industrial world due to both its theoretical and practical implications. The field of blind image deconvolution has several applications in different areas such as image restoration microscopy medical imaging biological imaging remote sensing astronomy nondestructive testing geophysical prospecting and many others. Blind Image Deconvolution: Theory and Applications surveys the current state of research and practice as presented by the most recognized experts in the field thus filling a gap in the available literature on blind image deconvolution.Explore the gamut of blind image deconvolution approaches and algorithms that currently exist and follow the current research trends into the future. This comprehensive treatise discusses Bayesian techniques single- and multi-channel methods adaptive and multi-frame techniques and a host of applications to multimedia processing astronomy remote sensing imagery and medical and biological imaging at the whole-body small-part and cellular levels. Everything you need to step into this dynamic field is at your fingertips in this unique self-contained masterwork.For image enhancement and restoration without a priori information turn to Blind Image Deconvolution: Theory and Applications for the knowledge and techniques you need to tackle real-world problems. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315221793

Blind Men and ElephantsPerspectives on Humor In Blind Men and Elephants Arthur Asa Berger uses case histories to show how scholars from different disciplines and scholarly domains have tried to describe and understand humor. He reveals not only the many approaches that are available to study humor but also the many perspectives toward humor that characterize each discipline. Each case history sheds light on a particular aspect of humor making the combination of approaches of considerable value in the study of social research.Among the various disciplines that Berger discusses in relation to humor are: communication theory philosophy semiotics literary analysis sociology political science and psychology. Berger deals with these particular disciplines and perspectives because they tend to be most commonly found in the scholarly literature about humor as well as being those that have the most to offer. Blind Men and Elephants covers a wide range of humor from simple jokes to the uses of literary devices in films. Berger observes how humor often employs considerable ridicule directed at diverse groups of people: women men animals politicians African Americans Jews Catholics Protestants gay people straight people and so forth. The book also explains the risk factor in ridicule as a humorous device.Blind Men and Elephants depicts how one entity or one situation can be viewed in as many different ways as the number of people studying it. Berger also shows how those multiple perspectives the Rashomon Effect can be used together to create a clearer understanding of humor. Blind Men and Elephants is a valuable companion to Berger's recent effort about humor An Anatomy of Humor and will be enjoyed by communication and information studies scholars sociologists literary studies specialists philosophers and psychologists. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351293723

Blind ObedienceThe Structure and Content of Wittgenstein's Later Philosophy There is considerable debate amongst philosophers as to the basic philosophical problem Wittgenstein is attempting to solve in Philosophical Investigations. In this bold and original work Meredith Williams argues that it is the problem of "normative similarity". In Blind Obedience Williams demonstrates how Wittgenstein criticizes traditional representationalist theories of language by employing the ‘master/novice’ distinction of the learner arguing that this distinction is often overlooked but fundamental to understanding philosophical problems about mind and language. The book not only provides revealing discussions of Wittgenstein’s corpus but also intricate analyses of the work of Brandom Dummett Frege Sellars Davidson Cavell and others. These are usefully compared in a bid to better situate Wittgenstein’s non-intellectualist non-theoretical approach and to highlight is unique features. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138873858

Blindness and InsightEssays in the Rhetoric of Contemporary Criticism First published in 1983. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138172821

Blixa Bargeld and Einstürzende Neubauten: German Experimental Music'Evading do-re-mi' At the end of his life Pierre Schaeffer commented that his musical and sound experiments had attempted to go beyond 'do-re-mi'. This had a direct bearing on Einstürzende Neubauten's musical philosophy and work with the musicians always striving to extend the boundaries of music in sound instrumentation and purpose. The group are one of the few examples of 'rock-based' artists who have been able to sustain a breadth and depth of work in a variety of media over a number of years while remaining experimental and open to development. Jennifer Shryane provides a much-needed analysis of the group's important place in popular/experimental music history. She illustrates their innovations with found- and self-constructed instrumentation their Artaudian performance strategies and textual concerns as well as their methods of independence. Einstürzende Neubauten have also made a consistent and unique contribution to the development of the independent German Language Contemporary Music scene which although often acknowledged as influential is still rarely examined. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138278875

Blob Bereavement Cards This set of 48 cards carefully provides an introduction to the nature and experience of loss through bereavement. The cards are particularly designed to use with children who may be confronted with bereavement for the first time and have no experience or knowledge of how to understand and cope with their loss and fears. The images on the cards go through from the moment of being told of their death a variety of ways a person dies the feelings of loss and anger the funeral service and life following this event. The cards can also be used individually or combined to create other situations. It is ideal for use by bereavement counsellors. There are 15 suggested ways to use the cards detailed in the accompanying booklet. The images have been produced in conjunction with Helen MacKinnon of 'Seasaw' Bereavement Group. Contents: 48 full-colour cards 125 x 82mm plus instruction booklet boxed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781909301016

Blob School Blob School is an educational resource designed specifically for one of the main purchasers of the Blobs  -  teachers! This practical resource aims to cover all the key areas of school life so that teachers assistants school workers pupils and parents can reflect upon a wide range of contexts and issues which occur throughout the school year. The book includes 47 images which can be projected upon an Interactive White Board or photocopied for whole class or small group discussion. The Blobs are simple. They deal with deep issues using the primary languages we learn from infancy  -  feelings and body language. This is why they are used with children as young as 4 all the way through to the elderly. Without words the Blobs can be interpreted in a hundred different ways. There is no right and wrong about the Blobs which is very important. A leader who uses them in a 'one way of reading them only way' will find that the rest of their group become very frustrated in discussions. Each picture is a means to a conversation rather than a problem to be solved or a message to be agreed upon. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781909301382

Block Copolymer Nanocomposites This book provides a comprehensive overview of the synthesis and characterization of nanocomposites based on block copolymers. Because of the self-assembly capability of block copolymers for the generation of nanostructures besides their ability to nanostructure thermosetting matrices such as epoxy and polyester binary or ternary nanocomposites can be prepared with different nanofillers such as nanoparticles and carbon nanotubes. The book starts with a review on nanocomposites based on block copolymers and nanoparticles synthesized with the use of surfactants followed by a review on nanocomposites with metallic nanoparticles with polymer brushes and those with carbon nanotubes. A chapter is devoted to binary systems based on block copolymers and nanoparticles synthesized by sol-gel. A review on nanocomposites based on thermosetting matrices nanostructured with block copolymers (amphiphilic or chemically modified) is also presented for both epoxy and polyester resins. The work on ternary systems based on thermosetting matrices block copolymers and nanoparticles is presented next. The book concludes with a discussion on nanocomposites based on epoxy and block copolymers with azobenzene groups for optical purposes. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814669542

Block Granting MedicaidA Model for 21st Century Health Reform? Medicaid is the largest grant-in-aid program in the United States. Reform in this area therefore provides a unique opportunity to study the intersection between federal and state policy making in an area recently characterized by substantial uncertainty deriving from the lingering effects of the Great Recession ongoing debate over the federal budget and implementation of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act. Invariably states reform the way health care is delivered regulated and financed within broader parameters established by federal statutes and regulations. It is critical therefore that effective strategies be put into place if both current and future health and long-term care reform efforts are to have their greatest chances at success. Rhode Island is the first state to receive permission to operate its entire Medicaid program under a global cap. As a consequence it has entered the national consciousness as a key data point potentially supporting the block grant approach to Medicaid reform. In this book Edward Alan Miller identifies factors that either facilitated or impeded the design and implementation of Rhode Island’s Global Consumer Choice Compact Medicaid Waiver in order to draw broader lessons for the Medicaid block grant debate and health and long-term care reform more generally. Evidence gathered from archival sources and in-depth interviews with key stakeholders exposes the role that provider capacity has played in the implementation process including adult day care assisted living home maker and other home- and community-based services. The impact of the Global Waiver on the nursing home sector is examined as well in addition to new authority to obtain federal matching dollars for previously state-only funded programs. By providing a sophisticated understanding of factors enhancing or impeding state health reform this book will contribute to improvements in the development and administration of policy development at both the state- and federal-levels. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138194076

Block SchedulingBringing All the Data Together for Continuous School Improvement This bestseller shows you how block schedules can enhance learning and instruction increase opportunities for students and improve teachers' performance. It provides practical tools for planning and implementation. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315853482

Blockchain Big Data and Machine LearningTrends and Applications Present book covers new paradigms in Blockchain Big Data and Machine Learning concepts including applications and case studies.  It explains dead fusion in realizing the privacy and security of blockchain based data analytic environment. Recent research of security based on big data blockchain and machine learning has been explained through actual work by practitioners and researchers including their technical evaluation and comparison with existing technologies. The theoretical background and experimental case studies related to real-time environment are covered as well. Aimed at Senior undergraduate students researchers and professionals in computer science and engineering and electrical engineering this book: Converges Blockchain Big Data and Machine learning in one volume. Connects Blockchain technologies with the data centric applications such Big data and  E-Health. Easy to understand examples on how to create your own blockchain supported by case studies of blockchain in different industries. Covers big data analytics examples using R. Includes lllustrative examples in python for blockchain creation. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367370688

Blockchain and Web 3.0Social Economic and Technological Challenges Blockchain is no longer just about bitcoin or cryptocurrencies in general. Instead it can be seen as a disruptive revolutionary technology which will have major impacts on multiple aspects of our lives. The revolutionary power of such technology compares with the revolution sparked by the World Wide Web and the Internet in general. Just as the Internet is a means of sharing information so blockchain technologies can be seen as a way to introduce the next level: sharing value. Blockchain and Web 3.0 fills the gap in our understanding of blockchain technologies by hosting a discussion of the new technologies in a variety of disciplinary settings. Indeed this volume explains how such technologies are disruptive and comparatively examines the social economic technological and legal consequences of these disruptions. Such a comparative perspective has previously been underemphasized in the debate about blockchain which has subsequently led to weaknesses in our understanding of decentralized technologies. Underlining the risks and opportunities offered by the advent of blockchain technologies and the rise of Web 3.0 Blockchain and Web 3.0 will appeal to researchers and academics interested in fields such as sociology and social policy cyberculture new media and privacy and data protection. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367139841

Blockchain for Cybersecurity and PrivacyArchitectures Challenges and Applications Blockchain technology is defined as a decentralized system of distributed registers that are used to record data transactions on multiple computers. The reason this technology has gained popularity is that you can put any digital asset or transaction in the blocking chain the industry does not matter. Blockchain technology has infiltrated all areas of our lives from manufacturing to healthcare and beyond. Cybersecurity is an industry that has been significantly affected by this technology and may be more so in the future. Blockchain for Cybersecurity and Privacy: Architectures Challenges and Applications is an invaluable resource to discover the blockchain applications for cybersecurity and privacy. The purpose of this book is to improve the awareness of readers about blockchain technology applications for cybersecurity and privacy. This book focuses on the fundamentals architectures and challenges of adopting blockchain for cybersecurity. Readers will discover different applications of blockchain for cybersecurity in IoT and healthcare. The book also includes some case studies of the blockchain for e-commerce online payment retention payment system and digital forensics. The book offers comprehensive coverage of the most essential topics including: Blockchain architectures and challenges Blockchain threats and vulnerabilities Blockchain security and potential future use cases Blockchain for securing Internet of Things Blockchain for cybersecurity in healthcare Blockchain in facilitating payment system security and privacy This book comprises a number of state-of-the-art contributions from both scientists and practitioners working in the fields of blockchain technology and cybersecurity. It aspires to provide a relevant reference for students researchers engineers and professionals working in this particular area or those interested in grasping its diverse facets and exploring the latest advances on the blockchain for cybersecurity and privacy. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367343101

Blockchain for Medical ResearchAccelerating Trust in Healthcare It takes 17 years on average to bring new medical treatments ideas into evidence-based clinical practice. The growing replicability crisis in science further delays these "new miracles." Blockchain can improve science and accelerate medical research while bringing a new layer of trust to healthcare. This book is about science its value to medicine and how we can use blockchain to improve the quality and impact of both. The book looks at science and medicine from an insider’s perspective and describes the processes successes shortcomings and opportunities in an accessible way for a broad audience. It weaves this a non-technical look at the emerging world of blockchain technology; what it is where it is useful and how it can improve science and medicine. It lays out a roadmap for this application to transform how we develop knowledge about health and medicine to improve our lives. In the first part Blockchain isn’t Tech the authors look at blockchain/distributed ledger technology along with critical trade-offs and current explorations of its utility. They give an overview of use cases for the technology across industries including finance manufacturing and healthcare with interviews and insights from leaders across government academia and tech/health industry both big and start-up. In the second part Science is Easy the authors look at science as a process and how this drives advancement in medicine. They shed a light on some of science’s shortcomings including the reproducibility crisis and problems with misaligned incentives (i.e. publish or perish). They apply a breakdown of critical components to the functional steps in the scientific process and outline how the open science movement is looking to improve these while highlighting the limit of these fixes with current technology incentives and structure of science. In the third part DAO of Science the authors look at how blockchain applied to open science can impact medical research. They examine how this distributed approach can provide better quality science value-based research and faster medical miracles. Finally they provide a vision of the future of distributed medical research and give a roadmap of steps to get there. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9780367347468

Blockchain in HealthcareInnovations that Empower Patients Connect Professionals and Improve Care Blockchain technology is poised to revolutionize more than just payment and crypto-currency. Many vertical industries will be reshaped by the new trusted data models enabled and inspired by the blockchain – healthcare is no exception. In fact healthcare may hold the greatest opportunities for meaningful use of the technology. Early pioneers have explored some of the first use cases for medical payments electronic health records HIPAA/data privacy drug counterfeiting and credentialing of healthcare professionals. We have only begun to scratch the surface in how to automate the complexities of today’s healthcare systems and design new systems which focus on trust transparency and the alignment of incentives. Metcalf Bass Dhillon and Hooper have curated a collection of examples based on the fundamentals of blockchain that build upon the early successes and examples that point to the future. After a brief introduction to bitcoin blockchain and the protocols available a getting-started guide is presented specific to health and healthcare. The authors discuss the complexities and possibilities of smart contracts and some of the early consortia that are exploring the possibilities. Examples and use cases are found throughout the book with specific sections that cover the more sophisticated and far-reaching examples which have the potential to scale at the industry-level. In addition a discussion of integrating blockchain technology into other advanced healthcare trends and IT systems – such as telemedicine artificial intelligence machine learning the Internet of Things value-based payments patient engagement solutions big data solutions medical tourism and precision medicine/genetic therapies among many others are presented. The final section provides a glimpse into the future using blockchain technology and examples of research projects that are still in labs across the globe. The appendices may prove particularly useful for additional details on how to get started including resources and organizations specifically focusing on blockchain and distributed ledger solutions. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9780367031084

Blockchain Technology and Applications Blockchain is emerging as a powerful technology which has attracted the wider attention of all businesses across the globe. In addition to financial businesses IT companies and business organizations are keenly analyzing and adapting this technology for improving business processes. Security is the primary enterprise application. There are other crucial applications that include creating decentralized applications and smart contracts which are being touted as the key differentiator of this pioneering technology. The power of any technology lies in its ecosystem. Product and tool vendors are building and releasing a variety of versatile and robust toolsets and platforms in order to speed up and simplify blockchain application development deployment and management. There are other infrastructure-related advancements in order to streamline blockchain adoption. Cloud computing big data analytics machine and deep learning algorithm and connected and embedded devices all are driving blockchain application development and deployment. Blockchain Technology and Applications illustrates how blockchain is being sustained through a host of platforms programming languages and enabling tools. It examines: Data confidential integrity and authentication Distributed consensus protocols and algorithms Blockchain systems design criteria and systems interoperability and scalability Integration with other technologies including cloud and big data It also details how blockchain is being blended with cloud computing big data analytics and IoT across all industry verticals. The book gives readers insight into how this path-breaking technology can be a value addition in several business domains ranging from healthcare financial services government supply chain and retail. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780367533403

Blockchain Technology and the Internet of ThingsChallenges and Applications in Bitcoin and Security This new volume looks at the electrifying world of blockchain technology and how it has been revolutionizing the Internet of Things and cyber-physical systems. Aimed primarily at business users and developers who are considering blockchain-based projects the volume provides a comprehensive introduction to the theoretical and practical aspects of blockchain technology. It presents a selection of chapters on topics that cover new information on blockchain and bitcoin security IoT security threats and attacks privacy issues fault-tolerance mechanisms and more. Some major software packages are discussed and it also addresses the legal issues currently affecting the field. The information presented here is relevant to current and future problems relating to blockchain technology and will provide the tools to build efficient decentralized applications. Blockchain technology and the IoT can profoundly change how the world—and businesses—work and this book provides a window into the current world of blockchain. No longer limited to just Bitcoin blockchain technology has spread into many sectors and into a significant number of different technologies. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771888974

Blockchain Technology and the LawOpportunities and Risks Blockchain Technology and the Law: Opportunities and Risks is one of the first texts to offer a critical analysis of Blockchain and the legal and economic challenges faced by this new technology. This book will offer those who are unfamiliar with Blockchain an introduction as to how the technology works and will demonstrate how a legal framework that governs it can be used to ensure that it can be successfully deployed.Discussions included in this book:- an introduction to smart contracts and their potential from a commercial and consumer law perspective to change the nature of transactions between parties;- the impact that Blockchain has already had on financial services and the possible consumer risks and macro-economic issues that may arise in the future;- the challenges that are facing global securities regulators with the development of Initial Coin Offerings and the ongoing risks that they pose to the investing public;- the risk of significant privacy breaches due to the online public nature of Blockchain; and- the future of Blockchain technology.Of interest to academics policy-makers technology developers and legal practitioners this book will provide a thorough examination of Blockchain technology in relation to the law from a comparative perspective with a focus on the United Kingdom Canada and the United States. Media > Books > Print Books Informa Law from Routledge 9780367730925

Blockchain TechnologyFundamentals Applications and Case Studies This book presents a detailed exploration of adaption and implementation as well as a 360-degree view spectrum of blockchain technologies in real-world business applications. Blockchain is gaining momentum in all sectors. This book offers a collection of　protocol standards issues security improvements applicability features and types of cryptocurrency in processing and through 5G technology. The book covers the evolution of blockchain from fundamental theories to present forms. It offers diversified business applications with usable case studies and provides successful implementations in cloud/edge computing smart city and IoT. The book emphasizes the advances and cutting-edge technologies along with the different tools and platforms. The primary audience for this book includes industry experts researchers graduates and under graduates practitioners and business managers who are engaged in blockchain and IoT-related technologies. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367431372

Blockchain-enabled Fog and Edge Computing: Concepts Architectures and ApplicationsConcepts Architectures and Applications This comprehensive book unveils the working relationship of blockchain and the fog/edge computing. The contents of the book have been designed in such a way that the reader will not only understand blockchain and fog/edge computing but will also understand their co-existence and their collaborative power to solve a range of versatile problems.   The first part of the book covers fundamental concepts and the applications of blockchain-enabled fog and edge computing. These include: Internet of Things Tactile Internet Smart City; and E-challan in the Internet of Vehicles. The second part of the book covers security and privacy related issues of blockchain-enabled fog and edge computing. These include hardware primitive based Physical Unclonable Functions; Secure Management Systems; security of Edge and Cloud in the presence of blockchain; secure storage in fog using blockchain; and using differential privacy for edge-based Smart Grid over blockchain.   This book is written for students computer scientists researchers and developers who wish to work in the domain of blockchain and fog/edge computing. One of the unique features of this book is highlighting the issues challenges and future research directions associated with Blockchain-enabled fog and edge computing paradigm. We hope the readers will consider this book a valuable addition in the domain of Blockchain and fog/edge computing. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367457358

BlockchainTransforming Your Business and Our World The internet was envisaged as a decentralised global network but in the past 25 years it has come to be controlled by a few very powerful centralised companies. Blockchain is a technological paradigm shift that allows secure reliable and direct information transfer between individuals organisations and things so that we can manage verify and control the use of our own data. Blockchain also offers a new opportunity for humanity to fix some major problems. It can authenticate data manage its analysis and automate its use. With better data comes better decision-making. In this way Blockchain can contribute to solving climate change reduce voting fraud fix our identity systems improve fair trade and give the poor an opportunity to improve their lives by monetising their (digital) capital. A world built upon peer-to-peer transactions and smart contracts can empower individuals and communities. This book offers a fresh perspective with which to consider this transformative technology. It describes how Blockchain can optimise the processes that run our society. It provides practical solutions to global problems and offers a roadmap to incorporate Blockchain in your business. It offers a blueprint for a better world. Filled with easy-to-understand examples this book shows how Blockchain can take over where the internet has fallen short. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138313248

Blocks and Freedoms in Sexual LifeHandbook in Psychosexual Medicine Doctors increasingly recognize that sexual unhappiness has serious effects on the health of individuals and families. Sexual function depends on our bodies and our minds and sexual problems may present with physical symptoms. Using case histories the book describes the practice of psychosexual medicine and explores the skills used by doctors therapists and counsellors. A systematic and comprehensive examination of this field for the first time this book places psychosexual medicine in context with other therapies. For those working at all levels throughout primary care including doctors and nurses in general practice and in family planning clinics therapists and counsellors and for specialists in the fields of genito-urinary medicine gynaecology andrology and urology Blocks and Freedoms in Sexual Life is an essential reference and a tool for increasing the scope and effectiveness of their work. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315381039

blogdownCreating Websites with R Markdown blogdown: Creating Websites with R Markdown provides a practical guide for creating websites using the blogdown package in R. In this book we show you how to use dynamic R Markdown documents to build static websites featuring R code (or other programming languages) with automatically rendered output such as graphics tables analysis results and HTML widgets. The blogdown package is also suitable for technical writing with elements such as citations footnotes and LaTeX math. This makes blogdown an ideal platform for any website designed to communicate information about data science data analysis data visualization or R programming. Note that blogdown is not just for blogging or sites about R; it can also be used to create general-purpose websites. By default blogdown uses Hugo a popular open-source static website generator which provides a fast and flexible way to build your site content to be shared online. Other website generators like Jekyll and Hexo are also supported. In this book you will learn how to: Build a website using the blogdown package; Create blog posts and other website content as dynamic documents that can be easily edited and updated; Customize Hugo templates to suit your site’s needs; Publish your website online; Migrate your existing websites to blogdown and Hugo. Yihui Xie is a software engineer at RStudio. He has authored and co-authored several R packages including knitr rmarkdown bookdown blogdown shiny xaringan and animation. He has published two other books Dynamic Documents with R and knitr and bookdown: Authoring Books and Technical Documents with R Markdown. Amber Thomas is a data journalist and "maker" at the online publication of visual essays: The Pudding (https://pudding.cool). Her educational background was marine biology but she has a strong love of data analysis visualization and storytelling. Alison Presmanes Hill is an Associate Professor of Pediatrics at Oregon Health & Science University where she teaches Computer Science courses on data analysis data science and visualization. Her research focuses on using computational methods to study the development of children with neurodevelopmental disorders in particular Autism Spectrum Disorders. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780815363729

Bloggers Boot CampLearning How to Build Write and Run a Successful Blog Anyone can build a blog. It’s quite easy. The difficult part is keeping it relevant technically sound and popular. Bloggers Boot Camp shows you how to blog for success. It teaches you how to find a niche find your unique voice and how to hold a conversation with an audience. It provides information on all the right tools for the blog and it offers best ways to promote your blog and content for maximum success and a profitable life.  Though rules in creating compelling content haven’t really changed ways in which the world blogs has since the last edition. The authors have learned a lot about social media since writing the previous edition’s manuscript. They understand and know how social media can make or break a blog. Microblogging is a new trend brought on by the wide utilization of social media. To that same end networking with other bloggers and content creators on the web is another form of building one’s blog and one’s reputation as a writer. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415737142

Blogging Citizenship and the Future of Media This collection of original essays addresses a number of questions seeking to increase our understanding of the role of blogs in the contemporary media landscape. It takes a provocative look at how blogs are reshaping culture media and politics while offering multiple theoretical perspectives and methodological approaches to the study. Americans are increasingly turning to blogs for news information and entertainment. But what is the content of blogs? Who writes them? What is the consequence of the population’s growing dependence on blogs for political information? What are the effects of blogging? Do readers trust blogs as credible sources of information? The volume includes quantitative and qualitative studies of the blogosphere its contents its authors and its networked connections. The readers of blogs are another focus of the collection: how are blog readers different from the rest of the population? What consequences do blogs have for the lives of everyday people? Finally the book explores the ramifications of the blog phenomenon on the future of traditional media: television newspapers and radio. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203944196

Blogging and Other Social MediaExploiting the Technology and Protecting the Enterprise Blogging and other types of social media such as wikis and social networking sites have transformed the way we use the internet in recent years. It is a transformation that business is eager to exploit. In order to do so a clear commercial strategy needs to be established; does your organization wish to use the media actively as a business tool or do you need to respond to the use of social media by others? Blogging and Other Social Media will address this question with practical guidance on using social media as well as the risks associated with it. A collaboration by leading thinkers and business users of social media the book contains detailed and practical advice on the various forms of social media - their applications advantages and disadvantages how these technologies are evolving and whether or not their use will benefit your business. The section covering social media and the law explains the risks and remedies related to abuse of copyright defamation privacy data protection and user contracts as well as the opportunities and threats for online reputation. If you are looking to encourage your employees but want to protect your business from the threats this emerging media presents get a copy of this practical guide and study it before you start including social media as part of your corporate marketing or communications strategy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138255470

Blogging My ReligionSecular Muslim and Catholic Media Spaces in Europe Religion in Europe is currently undergoing changes that are reconfiguring physical and virtual spaces of practice and belief and these changes need to be understood with regards to the proliferation of digital media discourses. This book explores religious change in Europe through a comparative approach that analyzes Atheist Catholic and Muslim blogs as spaces for articulating narratives about religion that symbolically challenge the power of religious institutions. The book adds theoretical complexity to the study of religion and digital media with the concept of hypermediated religious spaces. The theory of hypermediation helps to critically discuss the theory of secularization and to contextualize religious change as the result of multiple entangled phenomena. It considers religion as being connected with secular and post-secular spaces and media as embedding material forms institutions and technologies. A spatial perspective contextualizes hypermediated religious spaces as existing at the interstice of alternative and mainstream private and public imaginary and real venues. By offering the innovative perspective of hypermediated religious spaces this book will be of significant interest to scholars of religious studies the sociology of religion and digital media. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367584870

Blogging WildlifeThe Perception of Animals by Hikers on the Appalachian Trail This volume reports on the encounters between hikers and wildlife on the Appalachian Trail. Based on narratives provided by trail hikers it explores the ways in which humans relate to the animals with whom they temporarily share a home. With attention to the themes of pilgrimage the changing perception of the animals encountered and reactions to them risk auditory experience and a sense of wildness the author considers the meaning constituted by nonhuman animals in the context of the walkers’ narrative journeys. A phenomenologically informed study of the ways in which people perceive wild animals when in an unmediated wilderness setting how they navigate interactions with them and how they experience living among them Blogging Wildlife will appeal to scholars across the social sciences with interests in anthrozoology and human–animal relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367351007

Blood Bodies and Families in Early Modern England This collection of essays contains a wealth of information on the nature of the family in the early modern period. This is a core topic within economic and social history courses which is taught at most universities. This text gives readers an overview of how feminist historians have been interpreting the history of the family ever since Laurence Stone's seminal work FAMILY SEX AND MARRIAGE IN ENGLAND 1500-1800 was published in 1977.The text is divided into three coherent parts on the following themes: bodies and reproduction; maternity from a feminist perspective; and family relationships. Each part is prefaced by a short introduction commenting on new work in the area.This book will appeal to a wide variety of students because of its sociological historical and economic foci. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138173347

Blood and Home in Early Modern DramaDomestic Identity on the Renaissance Stage In this volume the author argues that blood was crucially a means by which dramatists negotiated shifting contours of domesticity in 16th and 17th century England. Early modern English drama vividly addressed contemporary debates over an expanding idea of "the domestic " which encompassed the domus as well as sex parenthood household order the relationship between home and state and the connections between family honor and national identity. The author contends that the domestic ideology expressed by theatrical depictions of marriage and household order is one built on the simultaneous familiarity and violence inherent to blood. The theatrical relation between blood and home is far more intricate than the idealized language of the familial bloodline; the home was itself a bloody place with domestic bloodstains signifying a range of experiences including religious worship sex murder birth healing and holy justice. Focusing on four bleeding figures—the Bleeding Bride Bleeding Husband Bleeding Child and Bleeding Patient—the author argues that the household blood of the early modern stage not only expressed the violence and conflict occasioned by domestic ideology but also established the home as a site that alternately reified and challenged patriarchal authority. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138377516

Blood in the BankSocial and Legal Aspects of Death at Work First published in 1999 this volume is based upon a detailed empirical study of 40 cases of commercially-related deaths - the first such English study. The cases are taken from 20 towns and cities in England. Slapper critically examines the theory and practice of the legal response to such deaths. The conduct of the Health and Safety Executive the police coroner lawyers and the Crown Prosecution Service are analyzed in detail. He executes his analysis in three stages: events are first scrutinized in the context of the law that governs them; the deaths and official responses are then considered in the context of the psychology of the decision-makers; and finally the dramas are looked at in a wider context of political economy. Slapper draws several disturbing conclusions. His original empirical research based on attending coroner’s hearings and interviewing those interviewing those involved in enforcing safety laws shows how and why potentially criminal behaviour at work is constructed as merely regulatory misbehaviour or even as no more than an unavoidable ‘accident’. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138611689

Blood Into InkSouth Asian And Middle Eastern Women Write War "These writings on war by Middle Eastern and South Asian women are passionate bitter and deeply attached to place and circumstance. They should be part of our essential reading. At the tail end of this century they help to remap a vivid splintering world".--Meena Alexander author of "Fault Lines". Lightning Print On Demand Title Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367314682

Blood Libel and Its DerivativesThe Scourge of Anti-Semitism At the doorstep of the twenty-first century one would expect that medieval concepts such as blood libel the accusation that Jews kill children to use their blood in religious ritual would have been discarded by any civilized human being. Certainly in the Christian world where the story originated and endured for centuries modern attitudes have nearly erased these barbaric accusations. But in Arab and Islamic worlds where enmity towards Israel and Zionism has conditioned beliefs attitudes positions and fantasies blood libel and similar charges are still part of life.Most people are unaware of the history of blood libel and do not perceive links between it and many of the false accusations currently hurled against the state of Israel. Raphael Israeli argues that individuals and organizations guilty of human rights crimes project crimes onto Israel to avoid awareness of their own guilt. Certainly when countries ruled by dictators set the agenda of the UN Council for human rights Israel is consistently censured and condemned.Accusations of "apartheid" and charges of discrimination against Muslims are frequently made. Israel is accused of plots against Muslims in order to harm their productive sectors of using weapons of mass destruction to commit "genocide" against Arabs of injecting poisonous substances into Palestinian children of poisoning Arab lands under the guise of "agricultural aid " and of laying siege to peaceful citizens. All of these charges are derivatives of blood libel and have been adopted by Middle East Jihadists in their struggle against Israel. This volume aims to explain the origins of the charge of blood libel and define the ways its derivatives have achieved acceptance in certain parts of the world today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138507746

Blood MattersFive Civilized Tribes and the Search of Unity in the 20th Century This study explores how the five tribes of Oklahoma - Cherokees Chickasaws Choctaws Creeks and Seminoles - strove to achieve political unity within their tribes during the first decades of the 20th century by forging a new sense of peoplehood around the idea of blood. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138964815

Blood StoriesMenarche and the Politics of the Female Body in Contemporary U.S. Society Blood Stories focuses on menarche as a central aspect of body politics in contemporary US society emphasizing that women are integrated into the social and sexual order through the body. Using oral and written narratives of 104 diverse women the authors address the central question of how menarche as a bodily event signifying womanhood takes on cultural significance in a society that devalues women. Exploring issues of contamination and concealment and the sexualization of women's bodies that occurs at menarche the authors emphasize how the politics of gender are negotiated on/through women's bodies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315865812

BloodlinesRecovering Hitler's Nuremberg Laws from Patton's Trophy to Public Memorial At the end of World War II an American military intelligence team retrieved an original copy of the 1935 Nuremberg Laws signed by Hitler and turned over this rare document to General George S. Patton. In 1999 after fifty-five years in the vault of the Huntington Library in southern California the Nuremberg Laws resurfaced and were put on public display for the first time at the Skirball Cultural Center in Los Angeles. In this far-ranging interdisciplinary study that is part historical analysis part cultural critique part detective story and part memoir Tony Platt explores a range of interrelated issues: war-time looting remembrance of the holocaust German and American eugenics and the public responsibilities of museums and cultural centers. This book is based on original research by the author and co-researcher historian Cecilia O'Leary in government military and library archives; interviews and oral histories; and participant observation. It is both a detailed scholarly analysis and a record of the author's activist efforts to correct the historical record. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315635774

Bloodrites of the Post-StructuralistsWord Flesh and Revolution How do you write history when it's no longer linear? In Bloodrites of the Post-Structuralists respected political theorist Anne Norton reminds us of the real interplay between words (laws scriptures myths and texts) and the world of flesh. Drawing from sources as diverse as foundational myths from Sarah in the bible Marat in his death bath and thinkers like Hegel and Foucault Norton reinterprets the relationship between word and flesh and places it in historical context. The French and English Revolutions as well as the period of anti-colonialism and post-colonialism are used to frame her discussion of word and body and their historical significance. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203616680

Bloodstain Pattern Analysis FundamentalsPrinciples and Scientific Practice This book takes a step-by-step approach to the underlying foundational principles and science behind bloodstain pattern analysis. The book examines the physical properties of blood; patterns and classification of patterns; how to document collect and preserve evidence; as well as the mathematics of impact patterns and the latest methods for performing presumptive tests and chemical enhancements. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498733229

Bloody NationsMoral Dilemmas for Nations States and International Relations The dominance of nationalism as ideology and the resurgence of nationalist and ethnic conflict since the end of the Cold War both demand further analysis of the complex interplay between nation state sovereignty and self determination. Contrary to many commentators who regard nationalism today merely as an atavistic counter-modernist experience Cherry Bradshaw places the phenomenon of nationalism squarely within the continuing Enlightenment project and brings together political theory history anthropology and international relations in order to investigate the appeal and the dangers of nationalism in contemporary world politics. This is critical reading for those interested in ethics political theory and philosophy human rights and political sociology. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315569550

Bloody RevengeEmotions Nationalism And War In this book the author argues that the roots of protracted conflict lie in unacknowledged feelings of shame and rage. He builds from the assumption that the social bond is a real and palpable phenomena and that in every type of human contact the bond is built maintained repaired or damaged. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367158804

Blow-up for Higher-Order Parabolic Hyperbolic Dispersion and Schrodinger Equations Blow-up for Higher-Order Parabolic Hyperbolic Dispersion and Schrödinger Equations shows how four types of higher-order nonlinear evolution partial differential equations (PDEs) have many commonalities through their special quasilinear degenerate representations. The authors present a unified approach to deal with these quasilinear PDEs. The book first studies the particular self-similar singularity solutions (patterns) of the equations. This approach allows four different classes of nonlinear PDEs to be treated simultaneously to establish their striking common features. The book describes many properties of the equations and examines traditional questions of existence/nonexistence uniqueness/nonuniqueness global asymptotics regularizations shock-wave theory and various blow-up singularities. Preparing readers for more advanced mathematical PDE analysis the book demonstrates that quasilinear degenerate higher-order PDEs even exotic and awkward ones are not as daunting as they first appear. It also illustrates the deep features shared by several types of nonlinear PDEs and encourages readers to develop further this unifying PDE approach from other viewpoints. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781482251722

Blue Economy of the Indian OceanResource Economics Strategic Vision and Ethical Governance The economic paradigms currently dominating the world are not sustainable. The threats from climate change exploitation-based approaches to commerce and the excess acquisition of resources loom large as well as the possibility of military flare-ups. Maintaining a balance between development and ecosystems aspirations for growth and the need for sustainability is a prescient challenge. The Indian Ocean Region (IOR) encompasses some of the poorest countries in the world and those that will bear the brunt of the negative impacts from climate change. This book explores the immense potential of the IOR and how best to maintain sustainable and responsible economic and strategic activities. The combination of science innovation and entrepreneurship will create a new blue economy business model which has the potential to transform society. Based on critical analysis of the model and its practical applications including risks as well as opportunities the topics discussed range from food security energy and resilience to climate change trade and investments and improved maritime connectivity to tourism poverty alleviation and socioeconomic growth encompassing a wide range of interests and expertise. FEATURES Examines the geo-politics geo-resources and geo-hazards of the IOR and identifies opportunities and methods to achieve success Covers a detailed assessment of available resources (fisheries minerals energy) threats such as pollution (plastic acoustic carbon bio-invasion) geo-politics (maritime security military invasion) and strategic vision (determining carrying capacity ethical governance and responsible ecosystem) of the Indian Ocean Analyzes the economics of the blue economy the global scenario including the Pacific and Caribbean islands and the aspect of the Chinese geo-political invasion in the Indian Ocean Inspires entrepreneurs to adopt new ways of creating economic benefits reducing energy use and increasing revenue while simultaneously helping the communities involved Discusses the threat and security perspectives of the IOR and the collective responsibility for a sustainable use of resources Crossing a wide range of interests and expertise this book explores topics and ideas that will be essential to researchers and professionals in marine sciences economics business geography and political sciences. Graduate students in the same fields as well as any and all organizations that maintain a presence in the IOR will likewise find this book to be a valuable resource. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367334673

Blue GenesSharing and Conserving the World's Aquatic Biodiversity The advance of genetic sciences has led to a 'blue revolution' in the way we use aquatic biodiversity. By 2020 the world will be eating almost as much farmed as wild fish marine bacteria could yield the cure for cancer and deep-sea bacteria may be exploited to gobble up oil spills. Science is moving ahead at a staggering speed and the demand for genetic resources is growing rapidly - yet governance and policy lag far behind. This groundbreaking work is the first to look at the ownership governance and trade in aquatic genetic resources. Blue Genes describes the growing demand for aquatic genetic resources and the desperate need to fill the policy vacuum about the management and conservation of aquatic biodiversity which would help create a foundation for rules dictating access to and use of aquatic genetic resources. Special attention is paid to indigenous and local people having the right to access these resources and their role in managing and conserving aquatic biodiversity. The book concludes with policy recommendations specifically tailored to aquatic resources with the use of six case studies from four continents to illustrate key issues. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781849770606

Blue GoldThe Battle Against Corporate Theft of the World's Water International tensions around water are rising in many of the world's most volatile regions. The policy recipe pursued by the West and imposed on governments elsewhere is to pass control over water to private interests which simply accelerates the cycle of inequality and deprivation. California as well as China South Africa Mexico and countries on every continent already face a crisis. This book exposes the enormity of the problem the dangers of the proposed solution and the alternative which is to recognize access to water as a fundamental human right not dependent on ability to pay. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315096216

Blue Marble EvaluationPremises and Principles As a transdisciplinary profession evaluation has much to offer to global change interventions that work toward a sustainable future across national boundaries sectors and issues. This book introduces Blue Marble evaluation which provides a framework for developing adapting and evaluating major systems change initiatives involving complex networks of stakeholders. Michael Quinn Patton demonstrates how the four overarching principles and 12 operating principles of this innovative approach allow evaluators planners and implementers to home in on sustainability and equity issues in an intervention. Compelling case examples bulleted review lists charts and 80 original exhibits and graphics connect the global and local the human and ecological. Rooted in utilization-focused developmental and principles-focused evaluation Blue Marble evaluation is designed to tackle problems outside the reach of traditional evaluation practice.  Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462541942

Blue RevolutionIntegrated Land and Water Resources Management 'Blue Revolution upturns some environmental applecarts - not for the hell of it but so we can manage our environment better.' Fred Pearce New Scientist This updated and revised edition of The Blue Revolution provides further evidence of the need to integrate land management decision-making into the process of integrated water resources management. It presents the key issues involved in finding the balance between the competing demands for land and water: for food and other forms of economic production for sustaining livelihoods and for conservation amenity recreation and the requirements of the environment. It also advocates the means and methodologies for addressing them. A new chapter 'Policies Power and Perversity ' describes the perverse outcomes that can result from present often myth-based land and water policies which do not consider these land and water interactions. New research and case studies involving ILWRM concepts are presented for the Panama Canal catchments and in relation to afforestation proposals for the UK Midlands. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781849770613

Blue Sky BodyThresholds for Embodied Research Blue Sky Body: Thresholds for Embodied Research is the follow-up to Ben Spatz's 2015 book What a Body Can Do charting a course through more than twenty years of embodied artistic and scholarly research. Emerging from the confluence of theory and practice this book combines full-length critical essays with a kaleidoscopic selection of fragments from journal entries performance texts and other unpublished materials to offer a series of entry points organized by seven keywords: city song movement theater sex document politics. Brimming with thoughtful and sometimes provocative takes on embodiment technology decoloniality the university and the politics of knowledge the work shared here models the integration of artistic and embodied research with critical thought opening new avenues for transformative action and experimentation. Invaluable to scholars and practitioners working through and beyond performance Blue Sky Body is both an unconventional introduction to embodied research and a methodological intervention at the edges of contemporary theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138608559

Blue Space Health and WellbeingHydrophilia Unbounded Health geography makes critical contributions to contemporary and emerging interdisciplinary agendas of nature-based health and health-enabling places. Couched in theory and critical empirical work on nature and health this book addresses questions on the relationships between water health and wellbeing. Water and blue space is a key focus in current health geography research and a new hydrophilic turn has emerged with a particular focus on the aspects of water which are affective life-enhancing and health-enabling. Research considers the benefits and risks associated with blue space from access to safe and clean water in the Global South to health promoting spaces found around urban waters to the deeper implications of climate change for water-based livelihoods and indigenous cultures. This book reflects recent theoretical debates within health geography drawing from research in the public health anthropology and psychology sectors. Broad thematic sections focus on interdisciplinary experiential and equity-based elements of blue space with individual chapters that consider indigenous and global health water’s healing properties leisure and blue yogic culture coastal landscapes surfing swimming and sailing along with more contested hydrophobic dimensions.The interdisciplinary lens means this book will be extremely valuable to human geographers and cultural geographers. It will also appeal to practitioners and researchers interested in environmental health leisure and tourism health inequalities and public health more broadly. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367661809

BlueberriesA Century of Research Blueberries: A Century of Research presents the results of basic and applied research into blueberry science and culture around the world. It contains technical reports on genetics nutrition physiology culture and harvesting of several blueberry species. Readers will find much current helpful and interesting information for their work with blueberries.General areas covered in the book are the blueberry culture and its future blueberry genetics and diseases blueberry nutrition and blueberry fruit quality. Specific chapters address a variety of topics including: utilization of wild blueberry germplasm use of sparkleberry in breeding highbush cultivars identification of markers linked to genes controlling chilling requirement and cold hardiness detection of blueberry scorch virus and red ringspot virus methods of controlling blueberry gall midge damage control of bunchberry in wild blueberry fields blueberry nitrate reductase activity use of gibberellic acid as a management tool for increasing yield of rabbiteye blueberry blueberry culture and research in JapanIn Blueberries: A Century of Research small fruit researchers extension workers and blueberry specialists will find important new information for continued improvement of blueberry culture and specialization. The book is a vital resource that appeals to a professional audience worldwide. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315138497

Blueprint 1For a Green Economy This report has been prepared by the London Environmental Economics Centre (LEEC). LEEC is a joint venture established in 1988 by the International Institute for Environment and Development (IIED) and the department of Economics of University College London (UCL). Popularly known as The Pearce Report this book is a report prepared for the Department of the Environment. It demonstrates the ways in which elements in our environment at present under threat from many forms of pollution can be costed. The book goes on to show ways in which governments are able as a consequence of this analysis to construct systems of taxation which would both reduce pollution by making it too costly and generate revenue for cleaning up much of the damage. The book ends with a series of skeleton programmes for progress. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138176195

Blueprint 2Greening the World Economy Following 'Blueprint for a Green Economy' (the Pearce Report) David Pearce and his team have turned their attention to global environmental threats. If it makes sense to apply economic analysis to national environmental problems then it makes even more sense to apply it to world-wide dangers. The authors start by describing the reasons for using economic approaches to common resources like climate ozone and biodiversity. They then take a detailed look at the economic ways of tackling the issues involved in global warming ozone layer depletion environmental degradation in the Third World population rain forests aid equity international environmental co-operation and what might amount to green foreign policies. They show not only how to take all these things into account in economic theory but also the economic price of failing to do so. Blueprint 2 is an agenda for international and governmental economic action. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138423930

Blueprint 3Measuring Sustainable Development Blueprint 3 is the direct sequel to the ground-breaking Blueprint for a Green Economy. Taking the argument much further David Pearce and his colleagues show how progress towards sustainability in the UK can be measured. They set out the conditions for sustainable development and the measures of economic progress these imply before looking in detail at all the main areas of economic activity to which the measures are applicable. The result is a wide-ranging and cogent critique of existing policies which also offers new options - options which will require far-reaching reform of this country's existing political and institutional structure. Blueprint 3 will be a touchstone for future discussions of all the major policy areas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138164185

Blueprint 4Capturing Global Environmental Value Blueprint 4 continues the theme of Blueprint 2 in looking at the opportunities for using market forces for environmental ends. It assesses a range of possible imaginative 'global bargains' which give all parties a self-interested incentive to improve the global environment. The book begins by reviewing the principle global issues to be addressed and then explains the mechanisms of resource degradation: how economic systems fail the operation of trade on the environment and the effects of population growth and consumption patterns. It then shows how environmental value can be captured and the basis means and institutions for doing so. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138423909

Blueprint 5True Costs of Road Transport Evidence has come to light regarding the impact of benzene emissions from road transport the incidence of asthmatic attacks and the possible toll of particulate matter from diesel engines on human health. This book examines the issues and argues that without a fundamental change in policy it is inevitable that the transport sector will continue to impose increasing costs on the natural environment human health and the economy. It also quantifies the external costs of road transport and suggests new measures such as road pricing and financial incentives to pave the way to a sustainable transport system. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138423886

Blueprint for a Common School Originally published in 1943 recognising the importance of early education this title looked at a way forward for creating a "Common School" for all children. At a time when most attention was focused on secondary education this title outlines a plan for primary state education much of it suggested by experience in elementary schools along with the author’s own research and reflection. Today it can be read and enjoyed in its historical perspective. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138337299

Blueprint for EngagementAuthentic Leadership Authentic leadership is an approach to leadership that emphasizes building the leader’s legitimacy through honest relationships with followers which value their input and are built on an ethical foundation. By building trust and generating enthusiastic support from their subordinates authentic leaders are able to improve individual and team performance. Many scholars and practitioners of authentic leadership say that the number one quality of an authentic leader is self-awareness. Self-aware leaders are transformational. Armed with self-awareness they build engaging cooperative teams. How to gain and sustain self-awareness is the focus of the book. This book addresses current leadership challenges in health care and gives leaders guidelines for finding living and sharing their authentic voice at home and at work. It is a much needed handbook to give current leaders perspective and practical tips to being more authentic communicating more effectively while building engaging rapport across the organization. Additionally a focus of the book is patient satisfaction. With a focus on nurse and physician leadership this book provides new perspectives and action plans to increase patient satisfaction through communication that speaks to the needs of the patient in authentic and engaging ways. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138747135

Blueprint for ScreenwritingA Complete Writer's Guide to Story Structure and Character Development Blueprint for Screenwriting demystifies the writing process by developing a "blueprint" for writers to follow for each new screenplay--from original concept to completed script. Author and international script consultant Dr. Rachel Ballon explores the writing craft and emphasizes creativity in the writing process. She blends her expertise in script analysis and writing coaching with her personal experience as a screenwriter to help writers construct their stories and characters.Starting with the story's framework Dr. Ballon helps readers to understand the key "building blocks" of story structure and character development including characters' emotional and psychological states story conflicts and scene and act structure. She also covers the essential components in the script writing process such as outlines script treatments synopses and formats. Dr. Ballon devotes a chapter to overcoming writer's block--the writer's greatest obstacle--and offers guidance for taking the next steps once a script is completed.A practical tool for any writer this distinctive resource:*offers a blueprint for writers to follow breaking the writing process down into specific easy-to-follow steps;*stresses the psychology of the characters as well as that of the writer; and*offers first-hand knowledge of the screenwriting process and gives practical advice for completing and marketing scripts.With its unique and insightful approach to the writing process this book will be indispensable for scriptwriters fiction writers and professional writers and it will serve as a useful text in screenwriting courses. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781410611123

Blueprint ReadingFundamentals for the Water and Wastewater Maintenance Operator Experience has shown that when maintenance operators can understand and properly use blueprints and schematics they have little difficulty in correctly interpreting and using plant unit process drawings. Blueprint Reading bridges the gap between available training materials and the information water and wastewater maintenance operators need to know. It covers basic principles of blueprint reading and deals with principles and applications of schematics and symbols. Each chapter presents essential practical knowledge vital to understanding and interpreting plant operations and that enhances the reader's ability to properly maintain plant systems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138474581

Blues Funk Rhythm and Blues Soul Hip Hop and RapA Research and Information Guide Despite the influence of African American music and study as a worldwide phenomenon no comprehensive and fully annotated reference tool currently exists that covers the wide range of genres. This much needed bibliography fills an important gap in this research area and will prove an indispensable resource for librarians and scholars studying African American music and culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138870413

Blues with a FeelingThe Little Walter Story Whenever you hear the prevalent wailing blues harmonica in commercials film soundtracks or at a blues club you are experiencing the legacy of the master harmonica player Little Walter. Immensely popular in his lifetime Little Walter had fourteen Top 10 hits on the R&B charts and he was also the first Chicago blues musician to play at the Apollo. Ray Charles and B.B. King great blues artists in their own right were honored to sit in with his band. However at the age of 37 he lay in a pauper's grave in Chicago. This book will tell the story of a man whose music life and struggles continue to resonate to this day. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203446454

Bluescreen CompositingA Practical Guide for Video & Moviemaking Master the art and technique of blue and greenscreen compositing with this comprehensive how-to course in creating effective and realistic composited scenes in video formats. You get clear understandable explanations of the different types of keying techniques and how they work including real-world examples and tutorials. Topics include setting up a greenscreen studio how to light the screen effectively how to light the talent or foreground material and matching lighting to the composited background plate. Complete tutorials of each of the major software keyers walk you through the process for creating a clean and accurate composite. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138459816

Bluestockings Now!The Evolution of a Social Role Bringing together top specialists in the field this edited volume challenges the theory that the eighteenth-century British intellectual women known as the Bluestockings were an isolated phenomenon spanning the period from the 1750s through the 1790s. On the contrary the contributors suggest the Bluestockings can be conceptualized as belonging to a chain of interconnected networks taking their origin at a threshold moment in print media and communications development and extending into the present. The collection begins with a definition of the Bluestockings as a social role rather than a fixed group a movement rather than a static phenomenon an evolving dynamic reaching into our late-modern era. Essays include a rare transcript of a Bluestocking conversation; new previously unknown Bluestockings brought to light for the first time; and descriptions of Bluestocking activity in the realms of natural history arts and crafts theatre industry travel and international connections. The concluding essay argues that the Blues reimagined and practiced women’s work in ways that adapted to and altered the course of modernity decisively putting a female imprint on economic social and cultural modernization. Demonstrating how the role of the Bluestocking has evolved through different historical configurations yet has structurally remained the same the collection traces the influence of the Blues on the Romantic Period through the nineteenth century and proposes the reinvention of Bluestocking practice in the present. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367879013

Blurred BoundariesMigration Ethnicity Citizenship First published in 1999 this volume examines new forms of cultural diversity which result from migration and globalization. Historically most liberal democracies have developed on the basis of national cultures – either a single one or a dominant one or a federation of several ones. However political and economic developments have upset traditional patterns and have blurred established boundaries. Ongoing immigration from diverse origins has inserted new ethnic minorities into formerly homogenous populations. Democratic liberties and rights provided opportunities for old and new marginalized minorities to resist assimilation and to assert identities. The resulting pattern of multiculturalism is different from earlier ones. Often cultural boundaries are neither clearly defined nor do they simply dissolve by assimilation into a dominant group – they have become fuzzy and a constant source of real or imagined hostility and anxiety. A proliferation of mixed identities goes together with stronger claims for cultural rights and escalating hostilities between ethnic minorities and national majorities. In many countries multiculturalism is today perceived as a challenge rather than as an enrichment. The book focuses on the question how institution and policies of liberal democracies can cope with these trends. The book addresses two tasks: 1) To compare different national contexts and types of ethnic groups (immigrant and indigenous linguistic and religious minorities) and to discuss how policies of multicultural integration have to be adapted in order to cope with such differences. 2) To evaluate the impact of common rends of globalization which link societies and encourage convergence between national models of multicultural integration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138625914

Blurred Transparencies in Contemporary Glass ArchitectureMaterial Culture and Technology Blurred Transparencies in Contemporary Glass Architecture brings to light complex readings of transparent glass through close observations of six pivotal works of architecture. Written from the perspectives of a practitioner the six essays challenge assumptions about fragility and visual transparency of glass. A material imbued with idealism and utopic vision glass has captured architects’ imagination and glass’s fragility and difficulties in thermal control continue to present technical challenges. In recent decades architecture has witnessed an emergence of technological advancements in chemical coating structural engineering and fabrication methods that resulted in new kinds of glass transparencies. Buildings examined in the book include a sanatorium with expansive windows delivering light and air to recovering tuberculosis patients a pavilion with a crystal clear glass plenum circulating air for heating and cooling a glass monument symbolizing the screen of personal devices that shortened the distance between machines and humans and a glass building symbolizing the social and material intertwining in the glass ceiling metaphor. Connecting material glass to broader cultural and social contexts Blurred Transparencies in Contemporary Glass Architecture enlightens students and practitioners of architecture as well as the general public with interest in design. The author demonstrates how glass is rarely crystal clear but is blurred both materially and metaphysically revealing complex readings of ideas for which glass continues to stand. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138584020

Blurring The BoundariesThe Declining Significance of Age Over the decades the lines separating young- middle-aged- and older adults have blurred as indicated by a broadening of the appropriate years for making life decisions.  Not only are many people marrying later but some are marrying earlier than ever.  Overall women giving birth later but some are having children earlier in their lives. Older people are retiring later but some are retiring at a younger age.  The spread or variability (standard deviation) of age-based decisions has increased substantially giving adults greater freedom from the traditional constraints of age. With these relaxed age norms has come a host of related social problems. The relaxation of age norms for adult decision-making has inadvertently blurred the boundaries between adults and teenagers between teenagers and children.  This generalization of the phenomenon throughout the life cycle is responsible for the adultification of childhood.  Eight year old girls are to an increasing extent being treated as sexual objects; bullying peaks in the 6th grade; larger numbers of girls are having oral sex or sexual intercourse by the age of 15; the pregnancy rate for girls 13-15 is on the rise; we are in the process of dismantling the juvenile justice system in favor of adult forms of punishment; and more and more children are left without adult supervision in the afternoons as though they were miniature adults who are capable of raising themselves.  Jack Levin is the American Sociological Association’s 2009 Winner of the “Public Understanding of Sociology” Award.  This short book communicates the power and importance of sociological thinking to major worldwide social trends.  Ideal for use in undergraduate courses such as introductory sociology social problems and social change as well as more advanced courses in population or sociology of aging. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415503822

B-Lymphocyte Differentiation This book discusses the mechanisms of transmembrane signal transduction during B-Cell Activation the Regulation of Gene Expression during B-Cell Differentiation Anti-immunoglobulin antibody induction of B-Lymphocyte activation and differentiation in vivo and in vitro Helper signals in B-Lymphocyte differentiation Growth and differentiation of b-cell clones in vitro B-Cell tumors as models of lymphocyte differentiation and Memory b-cell activation differentiation and isotype switching. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315890913

BNVR: The Butt Non-Verbal Reasoning TestThe Butt Non-Verbal Reasoning Test The BNVR Test is a unique non-linguistic approach for identifying whether a cognitive (problem-solving) deficit as well as a linguistic deficit exists in individuals with acquired aphasia. Recognising cognitive deficits in terms of problem-solving may be  a key factor in understanding why some individuals overcome their communication difficulties better than others. Failure to recognise problem-solving difficulties may lead to unrealistic expectations of therapeutic intervention and thus inappropriate management and goal setting.  The BNVR requires the client to solve 10 everyday problems presented in full-colour photographic format. It is short requires minimal linguistic input contains real-life situations and is likely to be suitable for non-English speaking individuals. It will be useful  to speech  language therapists occupational therapists and psychologists who need to ascertain whether problem-solving skills are affected and to assist in multi-disciplinary team decision-making in acute and rehabilitation settings. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315168807

Board Accountability in Corporate Governance Within corporate governance the accountability of the board of directors is identified as a major issue by governments international bodies professional associations and academic literature.　 Boards are given significant power in companies and as a consequence it is argued that they should be accountable for their actions. Drawing on political science public administration accounting and ethics literature this book examines the concept of accountability and its meaning in the corporate governance context. It examines the rationale for making boards accountable and outlines the obstacles and drawbacks involved in providing for accountability. The book goes on to examine how current mechanisms for ensuring accountability are assessed in terms of fairness justice transparency practicality effectiveness and efficiency before discussing the ways that accountability might be improved. Andrew Keay argues that enhanced accountability can provide better corporate governance helping to reduce the frequency and severity of financial crises and improve confidence in company practice. As an in depth study of a key element within the exercise of authority and management in corporate entities this book will be of great use and interest to researchers and students of corporate governance business and management and corporate social responsibility. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138702127

Board Level Employee Representation in EuropePriorities Power and Articulation Board Level Employee Representation in Europe analyses the role activities and networking of board level employee representatives in sixteen European countries and their counterparts operating in companies that have adopted European status. Board level employee representation is viewed as a key element of worker participation in Europe but there has been only limited international comparative research that establishes what board level employee representatives do and how their activities vary between countries. Based on a large-scale survey distributed to board level employee representatives (circa more than 4 000 respondents) this study identifies the personal characteristics and industrial location of board level employee representatives what they do and how they interact with other parties within and outside of the company. This study fills in a knowledge gap at a time when policy debates are considering stakeholder models of corporate governance as a means on the way out of the crisis and the achievement of sustainable economies. The book allows direct comparisons between clusters of countries for the first time as the same survey instrument has been employed in all the participating countries. The research findings demonstrate a large variation in what constitutes board level employee representation in practice including the relations between board level employee representatives and parties within and external to the company and the pattern of influence of board level employee representatives on strategic company decision-making. Aimed at practioners researchers and policymakers alike this book makes a vital contribution to the field and will be the definitive work on board-level employee representation for the foreseeable future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138616875

Board of Adjustment Compatibility ethics hearings record keeping variances and appeals. There are so many things board of adjustment members must consider-and so few sources to guide them. This book explains them all. Novice members will gain insight into the board's unique role while veterans can turn to the tips and strategies that will make their work smoother. With checklists sample reports real-world examples and easy-to-understand prose the book demystifies waivers conditional uses legal issues and more. It also covers bylaws record keeping and day-to-day operations. This is a must-have reference for all board of adjustment members. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781611901658

Boarding School SyndromeThe psychological trauma of the 'privileged' child Boarding School Syndrome is an analysis of the trauma of the 'privileged' child sent to boarding school at a young age. Innovative and challenging Joy Schaverien offers a psychological analysis of the long-established British and colonial preparatory and public boarding school tradition. Richly illustrated with pictures and the narratives of adult ex-boarders in psychotherapy the book demonstrates how some forms of enduring distress in adult life may be traced back to the early losses of home and family. Developed from clinical research and informed by attachment and child development theories ‘Boarding School Syndrome’ is a new term that offers a theoretical framework on which the psychotherapeutic treatment of ex-boarders may build. Divided into four parts History: In the Name of Privilege; Exile and Healing; Broken Attachments: A Hidden Trauma and The Boarding School Body the book includes vivid case studies of ex-boarders in psychotherapy. Their accounts reveal details of the suffering endured: loss bereavement and captivity are sometimes compounded by physical sexual and psychological abuse. Here Joy Schaverien shows how many boarders adopt unconscious coping strategies including dissociative amnesia resulting in a psychological split between the 'home self' and the 'boarding school self'. This pattern may continue into adult life causing difficulties in intimate relationships generalized depression and separation anxiety amongst other forms of psychological distress. Boarding School Syndrome demonstrates how boarding school may damage those it is meant to be a reward and discusses the wider implications of this tradition. It will be essential reading for psychoanalysts Jungian analysts psychotherapists art psychotherapists counsellors and others interested in the psychological cultural and international legacy of this tradition including ex-boarders and their partners.　 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415690034

Boats of South Asia This book sets new standards for the documentation of water transport and introduces styles of boat-building which are unlikely to be found outside the sub-Continent. A fascinating and accessible read for anyone interested in boats or the South Asian way of life as well as ethnographers maritime archaeologists and historians Boats of South Asia covers recent exhaustive fieldwork in India Bangladesh and Sri Lanka; and covers a vast array of traditional boats used in the sub-Continent today for fishing and other coastal riverine tasks. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138964839

Bob Dylan and the British SixtiesA Cultural History Britain played a key role in Bob Dylan's career in the 1960s. He visited Britain on several occasions and performed across the country both as an acoustic folk singer and as an electric-rock musician. His tours of Britain in the mid-1960s feature heavily in documentary films such as D.A. Pennebaker's Don't Look Back and Martin Scorsese's No Direction Home and the concerts contain some of his most acclaimed ever live performances. Dylan influenced British rock musicians such as The Beatles The Animals and many others; they in turn influenced him. Yet this key period in Dylan's artistic development is still under-represented in the extensive literature on Dylan. Tudor Jones rectifies that glaring gap with this deeply researched yet highly readable account of Dylan and the British Sixties. He explores the profound impact of Dylan on British popular musicians as well as his intense and at times fraught relationship with his UK fan base. He also provides much interesting historical context – cultural social and political – to give the reader a far greater understanding of a defining period of Dylan's hugely varied career. This is essential reading for all Dylan fans as well as for readers interested in the tumultuous social and cultural history of the 1960s. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138341296

Boccaccio and the BookProduction and Reading in Italy 1340-1520 This book is collections of essays on Italian literature language history culture politics art and media during 1340–1520. It discusses the Boccaccio's assumption within the text of the Teseida Decameron and De mulieribus. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367602307

Boccaccio's HeroinesPower and Virtue in Renaissance Society In contrast to earlier scholars who have seen Boccaccio's Famous Women as incoherent and fractured Franklin argues that the text offers a remarkably consistent coherent and comprehensible treatise concerning the appropriate functioning of women in society. In this cross disciplinary study of a seminal work of literature and its broader cultural impact on Renaissance society Franklin shows that through both literature and the visual arts Famous Women was used to promote social ideologies in both Renaissance Tuscany and the dynastic courts of northern Italy. Speaking equally to scholars in medieval and early modern literature history and art history Franklin brings needed clarification to the text by demonstrating that the moral criteria Boccaccio used to judge the lives of legendary women - heroines and miscreants alike - were employed consistently to tackle the challenge that politically powerful women represented for the prevailing social order. Further the author brings to light the significant influence of Boccaccio's text on the representation of classical heroines in Renaissance art. By examining several paintings created in the republics and principalities of Renaissance Italy Franklin demonstrates that Famous Women was employed as a conceptual guide by patrons and artists to draw the teeth from the challenge of unconventionally powerful women by co-opting their stories into the service of contemporary Italian standards and mores. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138379121

Bod XXIIIIndexes to the Bodleian Shelley Manuscripts with Addenda Corrigenda List of Watermarks and Related Bodleian Garland's magnificent facsimile series of the manuscripts of Percy Bysshe Shelley and Mary Wollstonecraft Shelley in the Bodleian Library Oxford ( The Bodleian Shelley Manuscripts 22 volumes 1986-1997) is now made complete by the publication of its Index-volume. Volume XXIII provides the key to the contents of the Shelleyan notebooks and papers in all their complexity: poems prose translations fragments calculations drawing and doodles addresses and other miscellaneous jottings. The accumulated findings provide a treasure-trove of information about the Shelley's lives: their writings and readings and echoes of classical and later authors; the people they met corresponded with rented houses from or saw perform; the towns they visited the very houses in which they lived the lakes and rivers they sailed and the mountains they climbed. The intellectual and physical data of these manuscripts will help open new vistas for students of their lives thought and creative writing. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203775059

Bodies Politics and Transformations: John Donne's Metempsychosis Since the beginning of the twentieth century critics have predominantly offered a negative estimate of John Donne’s Metempsychosis. In contrast this study of Metempsychosis re-evaluates the poem as one of the most vital and energetic of Donne’s canon. Siobhán Collins appraises Metempsychosis for its extraordinary openness to and its inventive portrayal of conflict within identity. She situates this ludic verse as a text alert to and imbued with the Elizabethan fascination with the processes and properties of metamorphosis. Contesting the pervasive view that the poem is incomplete this study illustrates how Metempsychosis is thematically linked with Donne’s other writings through its concern with the relationship between body and soul and with temporality and transformation. Collins uses this genre-defying verse as a springboard to contribute significantly to our understanding of early modern concerns over the nature and borders of human identity and the notion of selfhood as mutable and in process. Drawing on and contributing to recent scholarly work on the history of the body and on sexuality in the early modern period Collins argues that Metempsychosis reveals the oft-violent processes of change involved in the author’s personal life and in the intellectual religious and political environment of his time. She places the poem’s somatic representations of plants beasts and humans within the context of early modern discourses: natural philosophy medical political and religious. Collins offers a far-reaching exploration of how Metempsychosis articulates philosophical inquiries that are central to early modern notions of self-identity and moral accountability such as: the human capacity for autonomy; the place of the human in the ’great chain of being’; the relationship between cognition and embodiment memory and selfhood; and the concept of wonder as a distinctly human phenomenon. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409406358

Bodies Power and Resistance in the Middle EastExperiences of Subjectification in the Occupied Palestinian Territories The book examines how exercises of power and processes of security exercised in the Occupied Palestinian Territories have formed Palestinian women as subjects. To understand how women experience occupation this book examines the various ways in which the occupation is directed at making Palestinian women into subjects of power. The work argues that the exercises of power are focused on controlling and disciplining women’s bodies. The objectives are to expose how the exclusions of women’s daily-lived experiences of conflict in the occupied Palestinian territories obscures how power operates to demonstrate how the elements of Israeli security practices make women insecure and to highlight how resistance to the occupation can be found embedded within daily life in the occupied territories. Ultimately all of these themes can be related more broadly to how women might experience conflict and resist subjectification by exposing different ways that subjectifications result in insecurities and resistance to those insecurities. While the book is specific to women in the Occupied Palestinian Territories the exercises of power and enactments of resistance it exposes demonstrate how important it is to take seriously the feminist argument that ‘the personal is international and the international is personal.’ This book will be of much interest to students of gender politics critical security studies Middle Eastern politics sociology and IR in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138802407

Bodies Speech and Reproductive Knowledge in Early Modern England This volume examines early modern representations of women’s reproductive knowledge through new readings of plays monstrous birth pamphlets medical treatises court records histories and more which are often interpreted as depicting female reproductive bodies as passive silenced objects of male control and critique. Luttfring argues instead that these texts represent women exercising epistemological control over reproduction through the stories they tell about their bodies and the ways they act these stories out combining speech and physical performance into what Luttfring calls 'bodily narratives.' The power of these bodily narratives extends beyond knowledge of individual bodies to include the ways that women’s stories about reproduction shape the patriarchal identities of fathers husbands and kings. In the popular print and theater of early modern England women’s bodies women’s speech and in particular women’s speech about their bodies perform socially constitutive work: constructing legible narratives of lineage and inheritance; making and unmaking political alliances; shaping local economies; and defining/delimiting male socio-political authority in medical royal familial judicial and economic contexts. This book joins growing critical discussion of how female reproductive bodies were used to represent socio-political concerns and will be of interest to students and scholars working in early modern literature and culture women’s history and the history of medicine. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367871918

Bodies Symbols and Organizational PracticeThe Gendered Dynamics of Power Despite all the efforts to promote change power and authority still seem to be permanently associated with the white the straight and the masculine both symbolically and in the everyday world of organizations. As the intricate relationship between the symbolic and the everyday remains under-researched this anthology proposes a transdisciplinary feminist perspective drawing on the humanities in order to explore the complex nature of the gendered politics of organizations. Indeed analyzing how images narratives symbols and bodies are all part of how power and gender are constructed in organizations through a broad and international range of empirical studies Bodies Symbols and Organizational Practice explores issues at the interstices of the humanities and social sciences combining theoretical and analytical perspectives from both areas. Providing a radical analysis of the gendered dynamics of power as well as petitioning for radical intervention into those dynamics this timely volume will appeal to postgraduate students and postdoctoral researchers interested in fields such as: Organization and Management Studies Gender studies Feminist theory and Sociology of Work & Industry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367884345

Bodies Technologies and Methods This book examines how different technologies can be used to enhance research methods in the social sciences and humanities. The boundary between the body and the digital has become increasingly blurred in recent years due to the rise of technologies that capture and reshape our embodied selves. New technologies all too often reflect the attitudes of the privileged white men who dominate the tech sector. This book thus in part considers how critical researchers can employ new technologies while challenging some of the problematic assumptions that underpin their design. It also includes a series of case studies that examine the dynamic use of different techniques to explore key questions around the intersection of embodiment and the digital. With a playful experimental approach to conducting research today this book offers new cutting-edge methods that respond to the potential of different technologies. It will be invaluable reading for undergraduate and post-graduate students of social sciences and humanities to explore ways in which this approach can bring new insights to a range of interdisciplinary research questions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367195830

Bodies Across BordersThe Global Circulation of Body Parts Medical Tourists and Professionals Historically organised at a local or national scale the fields of medicine and healthcare are being radically transformed by new communication transport and biotechnologies creating in the process a genuinely globalised sphere of biomedical production and consumption. This emerging market is characterised by the circulation of bodily materials (tissues organs and bio-information) patients and expertise across what traditionally have been relatively secure ontological and geographical borders. Crossing both disciplinary and geographical boundaries this volume draws together a number of important contributions from acknowledged leaders in three respective fields: the trade in bodily commodities biomedical tourism and migration of health care professionals. It explores and maps out the key characteristics of this emerging although as yet poorly researched global trade questioning how where and why bodies cross borders whether this exacerbates existing health inequalities and how these circulations impact on healthcare services. Considered together the chapters in this volume invite comparisons of the ways in which body parts patients and medical professionals cross national borders elucidating common themes concerns and issues. Contributors also pose important questions about the ethical and legal implications of the circulation of bodies across borders and evaluate current and future strategies for regulation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138308381

Bodies and Lives in Ancient AmericaHealth Before Columbus Bodies and Lives in Ancient America offers a broad overview of what it was like to live and die throughout North America before European contact. Using a unique life history approach the book moves from pregnancy and birth through to senescence. Drawing on biological data gathered from human remains as well as cultural and environmental data derived from archaeological investigations the authors provide  students with a wealth of information on health and other aspects of life that leave changes on the skeletal system. Rich case studies throughout demonstrate the temporal cultural and environmental variability across the continent prior to colonial times. The authors also examine how different groups faced a variety of challenges in their lives including climate change and violence and the effects this had on their health. The book concludes by considering the relevance of what ancient bones reveal for people today. Written in an engaging style with complex paleopathology data synthesized and clearly presented   Bodies and Lives in Ancient America is an accessible introduction to the state of health across prehistoric North America. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138904286

Bodies and Lives in Victorian EnglandScience Sexuality and the Affliction of Being Female This volume offers an overview of what it was like to be female and to live and die in Victorian England (c. 1837-1901) by situating this experience within the scientific and social contexts of the times. With a temporal focus on women’s life experience the book moves from childhood and youth through puberty and adolescence to pregnancy birth and motherhood into senescence. Drawing on osteological sources medical discourses and examples from the literature and cultural history of the period alongside social and environmental data derived from ethnographic and archival investigations the authors explore the experience of being female in the Victorian era for women across classes. In synthesizing current research on demographic statistics maternal morbidity and mortality and bioarchaeological evidence on patterns of aging and death they analyze how changing social ideals cultural and environmental variability shifting economies and evolving medical and scientific understanding about the body combined to shape female health and identity in the nineteenth century. Victorian women faced a variety of challenges including changing attitudes regarding appropriate behavior social roles and beauty standards while grappling with new understandings of the role played by gender and sexuality in shaping women’s lives from youth to old age. The book concludes by considering the relevance of how Victorian narratives of womanhood and the experience of being female have influenced perceptions of female health and cultural constructions of identity today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367026110

Bodies and Machines (Routledge Revivals) Bodies and Machines is a striking and persuasive examination of the body-machine complex and its effects on the modern American cultural imagination. Bodies and Machines first published in 1992 explores the links between techniques of representation and social and scientific technologies of power in a wide range of realist and naturalist discourses and practices. Seltzer draws on realist and naturalist writing such as the work of Hawthorne and Henry James and the discourses which inform it: from scouting manuals and the programmes of systematic management to accounts of sexual biology and the rituals of consumer culture. He explores other mass-produced and mass-consumed cultural forms including visual representations such as composite photographs scale models and the astonishing iconography of standardization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138829527

Bodies and Social RhythmsNavigating Unconscious Vulnerability and Emotional Fluidity This exciting new book traces the development of an unfolding challenge for psychoanalytic attention which augments contemporary theoretical lenses focusing on structures of meaning with an accompanying registration different than and interacting with structural experience. This accompanying registration of experience is given the term ‘fluidity’ in order to characterize it as too fast moving and unformulated to be symbolized with linguistic categorization. Expanding attention from speech meaning to include embodied registrations of rhythm involving tonality pauses and accents can catalyze additional and often emotionally more significant communications central to the state of the transactional field in any psychoanalytic moment. This perspective is contextualized within recognition of how cultural practices and beliefs are carried along both structural and fluid registrations of experience and can shape emotional turbulence for both interactants in a clinical encounter. Experiences of gender culture class and race emerging as sources of conflict and mis-recognition are engaged and illustrated throughout the text. This book part of the popular "Psychoanalysis in a New Key" book series will appeal to teaching and practicing psychoanalysts but also an increasing volume of therapists attending to embodied experience in their practice and drawn to the practical clinical illustrations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367466855

Bodies and SufferingEmotions and Relations of Care This book is a critical response to a range of problems – some theoretical others empirical – that shape questions surrounding the lived experience of suffering. It explores how moral and ethical questions of personal suffering are experienced contested negotiated and institutionalised. Bodies and Suffering investigates the moral labour and significance invested in actions to care for others or in failing to do so. It also explores circumstances – personal political and social – under which that which is perceived as non-moral becomes moral. Drawing on case studies and empirical research Bodies and Suffering examines the idea of the suffering body across different cultures and contexts and the experience and treatment of these suffering bodies. The book draws on theories of affect embodiment the phenomenology of illness and moralities of care to produce a nuanced understanding of suffering as being located across the assumed borders of time space bodies persons and things. Suitable for bioethicists medical anthropologists health sociologists and body studies scholars Bodies and Suffering will also be of use on health science courses as essential reading on suffering bodies mental health and morality and ethics issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138885264

Bodies and Transformance in Taiwanese Contemporary Theater In Bodies and Transformance in Taiwanese Contemporary Theater Peilin Liang develops a theory of bodily transformation. Proposing the concept of transformance a conscious and rigorous process of self-cultivation toward a reconceptualized body Liang shows how theater practitioners of minoritized cultures adopt transformance as a strategy to counteract the embodied practices of ideological and economic hegemony. This book observes key Taiwanese contemporary theater practitioners at work in forging five reconceptualized bodies: the energized the rhythmic the ritualized the joyous and the (re)productive. By focusing on the development of transformance between the years of 2000–2008 a tumultuous political watershed in Taiwan’s history the author succeeds in bridging postcolonialism and interculturalism in her conceptual framework. Ideal for scholars of Asian and postcolonial theater Bodies and Transformance in Taiwanese Contemporary Theater shows how transformance rather than performance calibrates with far greater precision and acuity the state of the body and the culture that it seeks to create. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367205331

Bodies as Sites of Cultural Reflection in Early Childhood Education Taking the body as a locus for discussion Rachael S. Burke and Judith Duncan argue not only that implicit cultural practices shape most of the interactions taking place in early childhood curricula and pedagogy but that many of these practices often go unnoticed or unrecognized as being pedagogy. Current scholars inspired by Foucault acknowledge that the body is socially and culturally produced and historically situated—it is simultaneously a part of nature and society as well as a representation of the way that nature and society can be conceived. Every natural symbol originating from the body contains and conveys a social meaning and every culture selects its own meaning from the myriad of potential body symbolisms. Bodies as Sites of Cultural Reflection in Early Childhood Education uses empirical examples from qualitative fieldwork conducted in New Zealand and Japan to explore these theories and discuss the ways in which children’s bodies represent a central focus in teachers’ pedagogical discussions and create contexts for the embodiment of children’s experiences in the early years. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138795044

Bodies at RiskAn Ethnography of Heart Disease In Bodies at Risk Elizabeth Wheatley provides a fascinating ethnography of heart disease. She looks at what happens to someone after a heart attack and how they get on with 'business as usual' in the wake of a potentially fatal medical crisis. How are daily routines personal identities families friends and careers affected and rearranged after diagnosis and treatment? This book examines the unfinished business of having and handling heart disease. The research is based on one-on-one and collective interviews focus groups and participant observation in hospitals cardiac rehabilitation clinics and in people's homes. As heart disease is one of the major causes of death in the western world this book is both timely and important. It is inspired by and contributes to sociological writing on the body risk experiences of illness and medicalization and will appeal to academics and students in these areas as well as in cultural studies health-related consumption health promotion and qualitative health research. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315261461

Bodies in CodeInterfaces with Digital Media Bodies in Code explores how our bodies experience and adapt to digital environments. Cyberculture theorists have tended to overlook biological reality when talking about virtual reality and Mark B. N. Hansen's book shows what they've been missing. Cyberspace is anchored in the body he argues and it's the body--not high-tech computer graphics--that allows a person to feel like they are really "moving" through virtual reality. Of course these virtual experiences are also profoundly affecting our very understanding of what it means to live as embodied beings. Hansen draws upon recent work in visual culture cognitive science and new media studies as well as examples of computer graphics websites and new media art to show how our bodies are in some ways already becoming virtual. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203942390

Bodies in ConflictCorporeality Materiality and Transformation Twentieth-century war is a unique cultural phenomenon and the last two decades have seen significant advances in our ability to conceptualize and understand the past and the character of modern technological warfare. At the forefront of these developments has been the re-appraisal of the human body in conflict from the ethics of digging up First World War bodies for television programmes to the contentious political issues surrounding the reburial of Spanish Civil War victims the relationships between the war body and material culture (e.g. clothing and prostheses) ethnicity and identity in body treatment and the role of the ‘body as bomb’ in Iraq Afghanistan and beyond.Focused on material culture Bodies in Conflict revitalizes investigations into the physical and symbolic worlds of modern conflict and that have defined us as subjects through memory imagination culture and technology. The chapters in this book present an interdisciplinary approach which draws upon but does not privilege archaeology anthropology military and cultural history art history cultural geography and museum and heritage studies. The complexity of modern conflict demands a coherent integrated and sensitized hybrid approach which calls on different disciplines where they overlap in a shared common terrain - that of the materiality of conflict and its aftermath in relation to the human body. Bodies in Conflict brings together the diverse interests and expertise of a host of disciplines to create a new intellectual engagement with our corporeal nature in times of conflict. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367867942

Bodies in QuestionGender Religion Text Exploring a range of subjects from the human genome project to Kierkegaard's Fear and Trembling the poetry of Jorie Graham to feminist Christian art the contributors pose questions around the theme 'Body and Voice'. Questions raised include: 'Who speaks for the foetus and on what basis?'; 'What effect does the near-sacrifice of Isaac have on mother Sarah's body?'; and 'What do embodiment and gender mean for the resurrected body and Jesus's body?' Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315261454

Bodies in RevoltGender Disability and a Workplace Ethic of Care Bodies in Revolt argues that the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) could humanize capitalism by turning employers into care-givers creating an ethic of care in the workplace. Unlike other feminists Ruth O'Brien bases her ethics not on benevolence but rather on self-preservation. She relies on Deleuze's and Guttari's interpretation of Spinoza and Foucault's conception of corporeal resistance to show how a workplace ethic that is neither communitarian nor individualistic can be based upon the rallying cry "one for all and all for one." Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203954782

Bodies in Transition in the Health HumanitiesRepresentations of Corporeality In recent years the transitioning body has become the subject of increasing scholarly medical and political interest. This interdisciplinary collection seeks to enable productive dialogue about bodily transformation and its many potential meanings and possibilities. Recent high-profile sex transitions such as Bruce Jenner’s transformation into Caitlyn have contributed to a proliferation of public and private debates about the boundaries of personal identity and the politics of gender. Sexual transition is only one possible type of bodily transformation and bodies that change forms vex many binaries that underpin daily life such as male/female gay/straight well/unhealthy able/disabled beautiful/ugly or adult/child. When transformations and transitions involve trauma illness injury surgery or death bodies can become culturally and socially illegible and enter the realm of abjection or even horror. Health humanities a recent revision of medical humanities that includes patients and other nonphysicians provides an interdisciplinary lens through which to read such bodily transformation and its representation in public culture. The authors of the essays in the present volume situate their work in this interdisciplinary space to enable productive dialogue about bodily transformation and its meanings in artistic literary visual and health discourses. The essays in this volume discuss non-normative bodies from eighteenth-century France to present-day Iran and investigate narratives of cancer aging anorexia AIDS intersexuality transsexuality viruses bacteria and vaccinations. This collection will be of key interest to faculty and students in women' studies/gender studies cultural studies studies of visual and material culture medical/health humanities disability studies and rhetorics of science health and medicine and will be a useful resource for scholars across interdisciplinary fields of study. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815356066

Bodies In TreatmentThe Unspoken Dimension Bodies in Treatment is a challenging volume that brings into conceptual focus an "unspoken dimension" of clinical work - the body and nonverbal communication - that has long occupied the shadowy realm of tacit knowledge. By bringing visceral sensory and imagistic modes of emotional processing to the forefront Editor Frances Sommer Anderson and the contributors to this original collection expand the domain of psychodynamic engagement. Working at the leading edge of psychoanalytic theory and practice and in the forefront of the integrative psychotherapy movement Anderson has created a collaborative project that stimulates interdisciplinary dialogue on the developmental neurobiology of attachment the micro-processing of interchanges between the infant and caregiver the neuroscience of emotional processing and trauma body-focused talking treatments for trauma and research in cognitive science. Enlightened by experiencing body-based treatments for thirty years Anderson reflects on the powerful impact of these interventions recounting attempts to integrate her somatically-informed discoveries into the "talking" frame. Reaching further her contributors present richly informative accounts of how experiences in body-based modalities can be creatively integrated into a psychoanalytic framework of treatment. Readers are introduced to specialized modalities such as craniosacral therapy and polarity therapy as well as to the adjunctive use of yoga the effectiveness of which can be grounded neurophysiologically. Somatic interventions are discussed in terms of the extent to which they can promote depth-psychological change outside the psychoanalytic consulting room as well as how they can enrich the relational process in psychodynamic treatment. The final sections of Bodies in Treatment explore the range of ways in which patients’ and therapists’ bodies engage sustain and contain the dynamics of treatment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138005891

Bodies of EvidenceAncient Anatomical Votives Past Present and Future Dedicating objects to the divine was a central component of both Greek and Roman religion. Some of the most conspicuous offerings were shaped like parts of the internal or external human body: so-called ‘anatomical votives’. These archaeological artefacts capture the modern imagination recalling vividly the physical and fragile bodies of the past whilst posing interpretative challenges in the present. This volume scrutinises this distinctive dedicatory phenomenon bringing together for the first time a range of methodologically diverse approaches which challenge traditional assumptions and simple categorisations. The chapters presented here ask new questions about what constitutes an anatomical votive how they were used and manipulated in cultural cultic and curative contexts and the complex role of anatomical votives in negotiations between humans and gods the body and its disparate parts divine and medical healing ancient assemblages and modern collections and collectors. In seeking to re-contextualise and re-conceptualise anatomical votives this volume uniquely juxtaposes the medical with the religious the social with the conceptual the idea of the body in fragments with the body whole and the museum with the sanctuary crossing the boundaries between studies of ancient religion medicine the body and the reception of antiquity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367595579

Bodies of InformationReading the VariAble Body from Roman Britain to Hip Hop Bodies of Information initiates the Routledge Advances in the History of Bioethics series by encompassing interdisciplinary Bioethical discussions on a wide range of descriptions of bodies in relation to their contexts from varying perspectives: including literary analysis sociology criminology anthropology osteology and cultural studies to read a variety of types of artefacts from the Romano-British period to Hip Hop. Van Rensselaer Potter coined the phrase Global Bioethics to define human relationships with their contexts. This and subsequent volumes return to Potter’s founding vision from historical perspectives and asks how did we get here from then? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367360481

Bodies of PainSuffering in the Works of Hartmann von Aue First published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415866958

Bodies of SoundStudies Across Popular Music and Dance From the ragtime one-step of the early twentieth century to the contemporary practices of youth club cultures popular dance and music are inextricably linked. This collection reveals the intimate connections between the corporeal and the sonic in the creation transmission and reception of popular dance and music which is imagined here as ’bodies of sound’. The volume provokes a wide-ranging interdisciplinary conversation that includes scholarship from Asia Europe and the United States which explores topics from the nineteenth century through to the present day and engages with practices at local national and transnational levels. In Part I: Constructing the Popular the authors explore how categories of popular music and dance are constructed and de-stabilized and their proclivity to appropriate and re-imagine cultural forms and meanings. In Part II: Authenticity Revival and Reinvention the authors examine how popular forms produce and manipulate identities and meanings through their attraction to and departure from cultural traditions. In Part III: (Re)Framing Value the authors interrogate how values are inscribed silenced rearticulated and capitalized through popular music and dance. And in Part IV: Politics of the Popular the authors read the popular as a site of political negotiation and transformation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138248144

Bodies that BirthVitalizing Birth Politics Bodies that Birth puts birthing bodies at the centre of questions about contemporary birth politics power and agency. Arguing that the fleshy and embodied aspects of birth have been largely silenced in social science scholarship Rachelle Chadwick uses an array of birth stories from diverse race-class demographics to explore the narrative entanglements between flesh power and sociomateriality in relation to birth. Adopting a unique theoretical framework incorporating new materialism feminist theory and a Foucauldian ‘analytics of power’ the book aims to trace and trouble taken-for-granted assumptions about birthing bodies. Through a diffractive and dialogical approach the analysis highlights the interplay between corporeality power and ideologies in the making of birth narratives across a range of intersectional differences. The book shows that there is no singular birthing body apart from sociomaterial relations of power. Instead birthing bodies are uncertain zones or unpredictable assortments of physiology flesh sociomateriality discourse and affective flows. At the same time birthing bodies are located within intra-acting fields of power relations including biomedicine racialized patriarchy socioeconomics and geopolitics. Bodies that Birth brings the voices of women from different sociomaterial positions into conversation. Ultimately the book explores how attending to birthing bodies can vitalize global birth politics by listening to what matters to women in relation to birth. This is fascinating reading for researchers academics and students from across the social sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138123342

Bodies That MatterOn the Discursive Limits of Sex In Bodies That Matter renowned theorist and philosopher Judith Butler argues that theories of gender need to return to the most material dimension of sex and sexuality: the body. Butler offers a brilliant reworking of the body examining how the power of heterosexual hegemony forms the "matter" of bodies sex and gender. Butler argues that power operates to constrain sex from the start delimiting what counts as a viable sex. She clarifies the notion of "performativity" introduced in Gender Trouble and via bold readings of Plato Irigaray Lacan and Freud explores the meaning of a citational politics. She also draws on documentary and literature with compelling interpretations of the film Paris is Burning Nella Larsen's Passing and short stories by Willa Cather. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415610155

Bodily Communication Non-verbal communication - the eye movements facial expressions tone of voice postures and gestures that we all use more or less consciously and more or less effectively - can enhance or diminish every form of social interaction. Michael Argyle's second edition of Bodily Communication is an invaluable up-to-date guide for students of the subject. In the last ten years NVC has become recognized as an important part of social psychology and of professional training particularly in social work education and management.Greatly expanded from the first edition and significantly revised this second edition has two completely new chapters on social skills and personality and a new chapter on research methods. The author a pioneer in the study of non-verbal communication presents the second edition in the same accessible style as the first bringing to the reader both his intense interest in the subject and his authoritative knowledge of it. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138467354

Bodily DemocracyTowards a Philosophy of Sport for All Sport has gained increasing importance for welfare society. In this process however the term of ‘sport’ has become less and less clear. Larger parts of what nowadays is called ‘sport for all’ are non-competitive and derived from traditions of gymnastics dance festivity games outdoor activities and physical training rather than from classical modern elite sports. This requires new philosophical approaches as the philosophy of sport so far has been dominated by topics of elite sports. Based on Scandinavian experiences the book presents studies about festivities of sport outdoor activities song and movement and play and game. The engagement of elderly people challenges sports. Games get political significance in international cooperation for peace culture and as means against poverty (in Africa). The empirical studies result in philosophical analyses on the recognition of folk practice in education and on relations between identity and recognition. The study of ‘sport for all’ opens up for new ways of phenomenological knowledge moving bottom-up from sport to the philosophy of "the individual" of event of nature and of human energy. Popular sports give inspiration to a philosophy of practice as well as to a phenomenological understanding of ‘the people’ of civil society and the ‘demos’ of democracy – as folk in movement. This book was published as a special issue in Sport Ethics and Philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415509435

Bodily Exchanges Bioethics and Border CrossingPerspectives on Giving Selling and Sharing Bodies Medical therapy research and technology enable us to make our bodies or parts of them available to others in an increasing number of ways. This is the case in organ tissue egg and sperm donation as well as in surrogate motherhood and clinical research. Bringing together leading scholars working on the ethical social and cultural aspects of such bodily exchanges this cutting-edge book develops new ways of understanding them. Bodily Exchanges Bioethics and Border Crossing both probes the established giving and selling frameworks for conceptualising bodily exchanges in medicine and seeks to develop and examine another less familiar framework: that of sharing. A framework of sharing can capture practices that involve giving up and giving away part of one’s body such as organ and tissue donation and practices that do not such as surrogacy and research participation. Sharing also recognizes the multiple relationalities that these exchanges can involve and invites inquiry into the context in which they occur. In addition the book explores the multiple forms of border crossing that bodily exchanges in medicine involve from the physical boundaries of the body to relational borders – as can happen in surrogacy – to national borders and the range of ethical issues that these various border-crossings can give rise to. Engaging with anthropology sociology philosophy and feminist and postcolonical perspectives this is an original and timely contribution to contemporary bioethics in a time of increasing globalization. It will be of use to students and researchers from a range of humanities and social science backgrounds as well as medical and other healthcare professionals with an interest in bioethics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367341473

Bodily Expression in Electronic MusicPerspectives on Reclaiming Performativity In this book scholars and artists explore the relation between electronic music and bodily expression from perspectives including aesthetics philosophy of mind phenomenology dance and interactive performance arts sociology computer music and sonic arts and music theory transgressing disciplinary boundaries and established beliefs. The historic decoupling of action and sound generation might be seen to have distorted or even effaced the expressive body with the retention of performance qualities via recoupling not equally retaining bodily expressivity. When where and what is the body expressed in electronic music then? The authors of this book reveal composers’ performers’ improvisers’ and listeners’ bodies as well as the works’ and technologies’ figurative bodies as a rich source of expressive articulation. Bringing together humanities’ scholarship and musical arts contingent upon new media the contributors offer inspiring thought and critical reflection for all those seriously engaged with the aesthetics of electronic music interactive performance and the body’s role in aesthetic experience and expression. Performativity is not only seen as being reclaimed in live electronic music interactive arts and installations; it is also exposed as embodied in the music and the listeners themselves. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415745710

Bodily ExtremitiesPreoccupations with the Human Body in Early Modern European Culture A strong preoccupation with the human body - often manifested in startling ways - is a characteristic shared by early modern Europeans and their present-day counterparts. Whilst modern manifestations of this interest include body piercing tattoos plastic surgery and eating disorders early modern preoccupations encompassed such diverse phenomena as monstrous births and physical deformity body snatching public dissection flagellation judicial torture and public punishment. This volume explores such extreme manifestations of early modern bodily obsessions and fascinations and their wider cultural significance. Agreeing that an interest in physical boundaries extreme physical manifestations and situations developed and grew stronger during the early modern period the essays in this volume investigate whether this interest can be traced in a wider range of cultural phenomena and should therefore be given a prominent place in any future characterization of the early modern period. Taken as a whole the volume can be read as an attempt to create a new context in which to explore the cultural history of the human body as well as the metaphors of research and investigation themselves. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315261447

Bodily Pain in Romantic Literature When writers of the late eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries explored the implications of organic and emotional sensitivity the pain of the body gave rise to unsettling but irresistible questions. Urged on by some of their most deeply felt preoccupations – and in the case of figures like Coleridge and P. B. Shelley by their own experiences of chronic pain – many writers found themselves drawn to the imaginative scrutiny of bodies in extremis. Bodily Pain in Romantic Literature reveals the significance of physical hurt for the poetry philosophy and medicine of the Romantic period. This study looks back to eighteenth-century medical controversies that made pain central to discussions about the nature of life and forward to the birth of surgical anaesthesia in 1846. It examines why Jeremy Bentham wrote in defence of torture and how pain sparked the imagination of thinkers from Adam Smith to the Marquis de Sade. Jeremy Davies brings to bear on Romantic studies the fascinating recent work in the medical humanities that offers a fresh understanding of bodily hurt and shows how pain could prompt new ways of thinking about politics ethics and identity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138203259

Body Femininity and NationalismGirls in the German Youth Movement 1900–1934 This social and cultural history of girls in the German youth movements in the pre-Nazi era brings fascinating new light to bear on the history of the German youth movements. It contributes to our wider understanding of girlhood in the period and investigates how mentalities collective identities and German nationalism developed in the three decades before the Nazi period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415540964

Body Migration Re/constructive SurgeriesMaking the Gendered Body in a Globalized World Bringing together an international range of case studies and interviews with individuals who have had genital re/construction Body Migration Re/constructive Surgeries explores the socio-cultural meanings of clitoral re/construction following female genital cutting (FGC) hymen reconstruction trans and intersex bodily interventions; and cosmetic surgery. Drawing critical attention to how decisions around such surgeries are affected by social economic and regulatory contexts that change over time and across spaces it raises questions such as: How are bodies genderized through surgical interventions? How do such interventions express cultural context? How do women who have experienced female genital cutting respond to opportunities for clitoral reconstruction? How do female-to-male (FtM) trans people decide on how and where to undertake body modifications? What roles do cultural expectations and official regulations play in how people decide to have their bodies modified? Suggesting that conventional gender binaries are no longer adequate to understanding the quest for bodily interventions this insightful volume seeks to give a greater voice to those engaged in gender body modification. It will appeal to students and postdoctoral researchers interested in fields such as Gender Studies Social Studies Sexuality Studies and Cultural Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367490171

Body Paper StageWriting and Performing Autoethnography Tami Spry provides a methodological introduction to the budding field of performative autoethnography. She intertwines three necessary elements comprising the process. First one must understand the body – navigating concepts of self culture language class race gender and physicality. The second task is to put that body on the page assigning words for that body’s sociocultural experiences. Finally this merger of body and paper is lifted up to the stage crafting a persona as a method of personal inquiry. These three stages are simultaneous and interdependent and only in cultivating all three does performance autoethnography begin to take shape. Replete with examples and exercises this is an important introductory work for autoethnographers and performance artists alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781598744873

Body Sound and Space in Music and Beyond: Multimodal Explorations Body and space refer to vital and interrelated dimensions in the experience of sounds and music. Sounds have an overwhelming impact on feelings of bodily presence and inform us about the space we experience. Even in situations where visual information is artificial or blurred such as in virtual environments or certain genres of film and computer games sounds may shape our perceptions and lead to surprising new experiences. This book discusses recent developments in a range of interdisciplinary fields taking into account the rapidly changing ways of experiencing sounds and music the consequences for how we engage with sonic events in daily life and the technological advancements that offer insights into state-of-the-art methods and future perspectives. Topics range from the pleasures of being locked into the beat of the music perception–action coupling and bodily resonance and affordances of musical instruments to neural processing and cross-modal experiences of space and pitch. Applications of these findings are discussed for movement sonification room acoustics networked performance and for the spatial coordination of movements in dance computer gaming and interactive artistic installations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138586857

Body and CityHistories of Urban Public Health A provocative survey of new research in the history of urban public health Body and City links the approaches of demographic and medical history with the methodologies of urban history and historical geography. It challenges older methodologies offering new insights into the significance of cultural history which has largely been overlooked by previous histories of public health. This book explores important issues and experiences in the public health arena in diverse European settings from the Middle Ages to the early 20th century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138271012

Body and Gender Soul and Reason in Late Antiquity What does it mean to say that a human being is body and soul and how does each affect the other? Late antique philosophers Christians included asked these central questions. The papers collected here explore their answers and use those answers to ask further questions reading Iamblichus Porphyry Augustine and others in their social and intellectual context. Among the topics dealt with are the following. Humans are mortal rational beings so how does the mortal body affect the rational soul? The body needs food: what foods are best for the soul and is it right to eat animal foods if animals are less rational than humans? The body is gendered for reproduction: are reason and the soul also gendered? Ascetic lifestyles may free our bodies from the limitations of gender and desire so that our souls are free to reconnect with the divine; but this need must be balanced with the claims of family and society. Philosophers asked whether life in the body is exile for the soul; Christians defended their claim that body as well as soul would live after death and even the smallest fragment of a martyr's body is proof of resurrection. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367602246

Body and ImageExplorations in Landscape Phenomenology 2 The understanding and interpretation of ancient architecture landscapes and art has always been viewed through an iconographic lens—a cognitive process based on traditional practices in art history. But ancient people did not ascribe their visions on canvas rather on hills stones and fields. Thus Chris Tilley argues the iconographic approach falls short of understanding how ancient people interacted with their imagery. A kinaesthetic approach one that uses the full body and all the senses can better approximate the meaning that these artifacts had for their makers and today’s viewers. The body intersects the landscape in a myriad of ways—through the effort to reach the image the angles that one can use to view the multiple senses required for interaction. Tilley outlines the choreographic basis of understanding ancient landscapes and art phenomenologically and demonstrates the power of his thesis through examples of rock art and megalithic architecture in Norway Ireland and Sweden. This is a powerful new model from one of the leading contemporary theorists in archaeology. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315432854

Body and Mature BehaviourA Study of Anxiety Sex Gravitation and Learning First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138875487

Body and SoulLucrative and Life-Changing Boudoir Photography Body and Soul presents a unique and emotionally intelligent approach to building a sustainable boudoir photography business. The higher-level strategies within these pages will enable photographers to move beyond the task of simply making pretty pictures to greater goals such as understanding the emotional journey of the boudoir process building meaningful long-term relationships with clients and creating a referral engine to sustain your business. Susan Eckert combines her professional experience as an internationally published photographer with her advanced degree in Psychology to deconstruct the boudoir experience. Each chapter is complemented by interviews with her clients and illustrates how photographers can partner with their clients throughout the boudoir process in the development of meaningful work. Highlights of this book include: Self-assessment questionnaires to help you develop your brand and identify your market Best practices for developing positive client relationships before during and after the photoshoot Helpful advice for how to work with the sensitive aspects of boudoir photography such as body image Succinct and thorough guidance for behind-the-camera techniques that will bring your client’s emotional story to life Personal interviews with clients who openly discuss their photoshoot goals comfort levels and boudoir photography journeys An interview with a clinical psychologist on the role and value of the emotionally-intelligent boudoir photographer Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138856998

Body Composition in Sport Exercise and Health The analysis of body composition (fat bone and muscle) is an important process throughout the biomedical sciences. This is the first book to offer a clear and detailed introduction to the key methods and techniques in body composition analysis and to explain the importance of body composition data in the context of sport exercise and health. With contributions from some of the world’s leading body composition specialists the book goes further than any other in demonstrating the practical and applied value of body composition analysis in areas such as performance sport and weight control in clinical populations. The book pays particular attention to the important concept of change in body composition and includes discussion of ethical issues in the collection interpretation and presentation of data and considerations when working with special populations. Bridging the gap between research methods and practical application this book is important reading for advanced students and practitioners working in sport and exercise science health science anatomy nutrition physical therapy or ergonomics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415614986

Body CompositionHealth and Performance in Exercise and Sport Interest in the relationships between body structure and function in physical activity has persisted for centuries. Body Composition: Health and Performance in Exercise and Sport advances understanding beyond simple descriptions of body physique and composition of athletes and fills gaps in our understanding of the important role of muscle fat and bone in facilitating physical performance and health in sports and physically demanding occupations. lt addresses basic practical and applied topics in body composition performance and health with comprehensive reviews organized in four logical parts: Body Composition Assessment; Physical Activity and Body Composition; Body Composition in Sports and Occupations; and Moderating Factors. This book integrates state-of-the-art knowledge by international experts in the field and produces an evidence-based practical guide for a balanced understanding of the role and use of body composition assessment in physical performance and health for youth and adults. It also provides a needed link between the practice of body composition assessment and its application by members of public health advisory committees that develop national guidelines for diet physical activity and health. This book is suitable for students and professionals in sports nutrition exercise science kinesiology and athletic training. Sport administrators and policy-makers for international and national sport federations and organizations and national intercollegiate and scholastic federations would also benefit from this book. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498731676

Body CulturesEssays on Sport Space & Identity by Henning Eichberg Body Cultures explores the relationship between the body sport and landscape. This book presents the first critically edited collection of Henning Eichberg's provocative essays into 'body culture'. Eichberg a well-known scholar in continental Europe who draws upon the ideas of Elias Focault Habermas and others is now attracting considerable interest from Anglo-American sociologists historians and geographers. This collection has been extensively edited to highlight Eichberg's most important arguments and themes. Introductory essays from the editors and Susan Brownell provide clear explanations and interpretations as well as a biography of Eichberg. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138867123

Body Ecology and Emersive Leisure The emerging field of body ecology offers fresh insights into how the body engages with its surrounding environment through consciousness perception knowledge and emotion. In this groundbreaking collection leading scholars of sport leisure and philosophy draw on research on topics as diverse as surfing freediving slacklining parkour bodybuilding dance and circus arts to flesh out the concept of body ecology and its potential for helping us understand our connection with the world around us. Touching on theories of subjectivity embodiment pleasure and play this book explores different approaches to studying body ecology as a way of conceptualising the experience of being immersed in nature in the elements and in one’s own body through the power of awareness. An experience becomes emersive when it involves the production of new emotions in the body: emersion is the activation of what is living within the body itself. Shedding new light on the possibilities of physical cultural studies Body Ecology and Emersive Leisure is fascinating reading for all students and scholars with an interest in sport leisure philosophy and the body. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367894153

Body Image and Disfigurement Care Intended for health care professionals working with patients who have suffered a threat to body image whether from trauma injury disease or the developmental process Body Image and Disfigurement Care:*offers practical advice about care*critically appraises the existing knowledge-base*describes the different theoretical approaches to body image disturbance*puts forward a new model of what happens to people with disturbed body image.While written in an accessible style this is not a superficial text; it presents practical skills which can be used in clinical settings and these skills are based on appropriate research evidence Interactive exercises enable the student to consolidate their learning and improve their understanding of the patient's experience of a threat to body image. Body Image and Disfigurement Care provides a sound source of help and advice about an issue of growing importance in modern health. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203350188

Body Image and Identity in Contemporary SocietiesPsychoanalytic social cultural and aesthetic perspectives Popular interest in body image issues has grown dramatically in recent years due to an emphasis on individual responsibility and self-determination in contemporary society as well as the seemingly limitless capacities of modern medicine; however body image as a separate field of academic inquiry is still relatively young. The contributors of Body Image and Identity in Contemporary Societies explore the complex social political and aesthetic interconnections between body image and identity. It is an in-depth study that allows for new perspectives in the analysis of contemporary visual art and literature but also reflects on how these social constructs inform clinical treatment.　　 Sukhanova and Thomashoff bring together contributions from psychoanalysts psychotherapists psychiatrists and scholars in the fields of the social sciences and the humanities to explore representations of the body in literature and the arts across different times and cultures. The chapters analyse the social construction of the 'ideal' body in terms of beauty gender sexuality race ethnicity class and disability from a broadly psychoanalytic perspective and traces the mechanisms which define the role of the physical appearance in the formation of identity and the assumption of social roles. Body Image and Identity in Contemporary Societies' unique interdisciplinary outlook aims to bridge the current gap between clinical observations and research in semiotic theory. It will be of interest to psychoanalysts psychotherapists art therapists art theorists academics in the humanities and social sciences and those interested in an interdisciplinary approach to the issues of body image and identity. Ekaterina Sukhanova is University Director of Academic Program Review at the City University of New York USA. She serves as Scientific Secretary of the Section for Art and Psychiatry and the Section of Art and Psychiatry of the World Psychiatric Association. She is also engaged in interdisciplinary research on cultural constructs of mental health and illness and curates exhibits of art brut as a vehicle for fighting stigma. Hans-Otto Thomashoff was born in Germany and lives in Vienna.　 He is a psychiatrist psychoanalyst art historian and author of fiction and non-fiction books.　 He has been curator of several art exhibitions highlighting the connection between the psyche and art as well as president of the section of Art and Psychiatry of the World Psychiatric Association and advisory committee member of the Sigmund Freud Foundation Vienna. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415742917

Body Image as an Everyday ProblematicLooking Good It is well known that body image has been associated to health risks related to eating habits. However to what extent do identity categories everyday social interaction and common discourses affect our preoccupations and sufferings related to body image in contemporary society and our coordinated ways of confronting them?In Body Image as an Everyday Problematic Diaz seeks to offer a comprehensive perspective on body image as an everyday problematic grounded on verbal accounts of biographic experience. The main body of the book unfolds through five analyses: (1) a framework for how persons are categorized on the grounds of their beauty weight or physical appeal; with reference to heterosexual and friendship relations; (2) how men position themselves with respect to culturally provided images of beautiful women in relation to their heterosexual partners; (3) biographic processes through which people locate problems with the body confront them and interpret them after some time; (4) the role of mothers in providing help across different kinds of problems; and (5) the experiences and contradictions of caring for relatives or partners who suffer for their body image. Indeed these five analytical threads together compose a structured and rich understanding of the meaningful social order that lies at the core of our everyday preoccupations with the body.Challenging conventional psychological theories of body image this enlightening volume will appeal to postgraduate students and postdoctoral researchers interested in fields such as Gender Studies Clinical Psychology and Sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367889050

Body Image in the Primary SchoolA Self-Esteem Approach to Building Body Confidence 80% of primary aged children have been on a diet. 75% of 10- to 11-year-olds would like to change their appearance. Children as young as 6 are worrying about their shape and size. Body image is an important aspect of children’s self-esteem and confidence. Unfortunately many young children are suffering from anxieties about their appearance which has a harmful effect on their overall mental health and wellbeing. This updated second edition of the award-winning Body Image in the Primary School recognises these anxieties as a concern for younger children that needs to be addressed at an early age and examines some of the pressures that young people face. Presenting a clear easy-to-use scheme of work to support emotional literacy and Personal Social Health and Economic Education (PSHE) throughout the primary school and into the first years of secondary school this new edition offers: A practical evidence based curriculum for children aged 4 –13. More than 60 lively varied and detailed lesson plans.  Additional lessons on gender social media and the selfie culture. An overview of research on the links between body image academic achievement and emotional wellbeing. The evidence-based lessons in Body Image in the Primary School have been awarded the quality kitemark by the PSHE Association and highlighted by Ofsted as an example of excellent practice. This book will be of significant interest to all teachers teaching assistants and practitioners working with primary aged children. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367188429

Body ImageA Handbook of Science Practice and Prevention The standard reference for practitioners researchers and students this acclaimed work brings together internationally recognized experts from diverse mental health medical and allied health care disciplines. Contributors review established and emerging theories and findings; probe questions of culture gender health and disorder; and present evidence-based assessment treatment and prevention approaches for the full range of body image concerns. Capturing the richness and complexity of the field in a readily accessible format each of the 53 concise chapters concludes with an informative annotated bibliography. New to This Edition *Addresses the most urgent current questions in the field.*Reflects significant advances in key areas: assessment body image in boys and men obesity illness-related body image issues and cross-cultural research. *Conceptual Foundations section now incorporates evolutionary genetic and positive psychology perspectives. *Increased coverage of prevention. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462509584

Body ImagesEmbodiment as Intercorporeality Drawing on relevant discussions of embodiment in phenomenology feminist theory psychoanalytic theory queer theory and post-colonial theory Body Images explores the role played by the body image in our everyday existence. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203699003

Body ImageUnderstanding Body Dissatisfaction in Men Women and Children Body Image provides a comprehensive summary of research on body image in men women and children drawing together research findings from the fields of psychology sociology clothing and gender studies. This third edition has been thoroughly revised and updated to reflect the significant increase in research on body image since the previous edition as well as the significant cultural changes in how men’s and women’s bodies are viewed. Data are also included from interviews and focus groups with men women and children who have spoken about their experiences of body image and body dissatisfaction producing a comprehensive understanding of how men and women construct and understand their bodies in the twenty-first century. The only sole-authored text to provide a comprehensive view of body image research focusing on men women and children Body Image will be invaluable to students and researchers as well as practitioners with an interest in body image and how to reduce body dissatisfaction. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138928886

Body Language for Competent Teachers Non-verbal skills are invaluable for teachers in getting their own messages across to classes and understanding the messages pupils are sending them. Here an educational psychologist and a classroom teacher join forces to show new teachers in particular how to use gesture posture facial expression and tone of voice effectively to establish a good relationship with the classes that they teach. Each chapter is illustrated with clear drawings of pupils and teachers in common classroom situations and accompanied by training exercises aimed at improving the new teacher's ability to observe both her class and her own practice. A section at the end of the book gives suggested solutions to some of the exercises and the final chapter addressed to staff responsible for their colleagues' professional development provides suggestions for half and whole day courses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138151123

Body LanguageNarrating illness and disability As much as we may like to evade them illness and disability inescapably attend human embodiment – we are all vulnerable subjects. So it might seem natural and inevitable that the most universal most democratic form of literature – autobiography – should address these common features of human experience. Yet for the most part autobiographical writing expressive of illness and disability remained quite uncommon until the second half of the twentieth century when it flourished concurrently with successive civil rights movements. Women’s liberation with its signature manifesto Our Bodies Ourselves supported the breast cancer narrative; the gay rights movement encouraged AIDS narrative in response to a deadly epidemic; and the disability rights movement stimulated a surge in narratives of various disabilities. Conversely the narratives helped to advance the respective rights movements. Such writing then has been representative in two senses of the term: aesthetic (mimetic) and political (acting on behalf of). It has done and continues to do important cultural work. This volume explores this phenomenon using the latest critical theories and from the perspectives of patients and creative writers as well as academics. It attends to the problematic intersection of trauma and disability; it encompasses graphic narratives essays and diaries as well as full-length memoirs; and it examines the ethical as well as the aesthetic dimensions of narrative. This book was originally published as a special issue of Life Writing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367890087

Body Massage for the Beauty Therapist The beauty therapist increasingly called upon to administer massage will welcome this manual. Its modern and practical approach will appeal to all who wish to improve their standard of massage. The physical comfort and reassurance which massage can give especially when coupled with exercises make it more than a sensuous luxury: rather it is a positive factor in promoting bodily wellbeing. The clear and detailed explanations of massage techniques in 'Body Massage for the Beauty Therapist' are supplemented by many drawings and photographs which also serve to clarify the structure of the human body and its functioning. The personality and qualities of the therapist are brought into perspective and helpful advice given on the organization of the salon. Valuable sections are included on relaxation techniques correct breathing and exercises which the client can undertake. Aromatherapy and gyratory massage are also covered. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138173392

Body MovementCoping with the Environment "'Irmgard Bartenieff has a profound knowledge of the human body and how it moves. I am delighted that this will now be made available to many more people.'." -- George Balanchine of Director New York City Ballet"'Irmgard Bartenieff's pioneering work in the multiple applications of Labananalysis has had a transforming influence on many areas of movement training. Her careful and detailed development of the spatial principles into active corrective work has illuminated and altered the training of people as varied as dancers choreographers physical therapists movement and dance therapists and psychotherapists. Anthropologists and non-verbal communication researchers have found their world view necessarily altered by her fundamental innovations. The field of body/mind work will need to adapt to include her clear working through of basic principles.'." -- Kayla Kazahn Zalk of President American Dance Guild Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315025445

Body of AwarenessA Somatic and Developmental Approach to Psychotherapy Merging scientific theory with a practical clinical approach Body of Awareness explores the formation of infant movement experience and its manifest influence upon the later adult. Most significantly it shows how the organizing principles in early development are functionally equivalent to those of the adult. It demonstrates how movement plays a critical role in a developing self-awareness for the infant and in maintaining a healthy self throughout life. In addition a variety of case studies illustrates how infant developmental movement patterns are part of the moment-to-moment processes of the adult client and how to bring these patterns to awareness within therapy. Body of Awareness is intended to help therapists new or advanced to enhance their skills of attunement. They can do this by heightening their observations of subtle movement patterns as they emerge within the client/therapist relationship and by respective their own developing feelings within session as essential information to the therapy process. And as developmental patterns are central to psychological functioning a background study of movement provides the therapist with critical insight into the unfolding psychodynamic field. Media > Books > Print Books Gestalt Press 9781138130890

Body Politics The politics of the body is often highly contested culturally specific and controlled and this book calls our attention to how bodies are included or excluded in the polity. With governments regulating bodies in ways that mark the political boundaries of who is a citizen worthy of protection and rights as well as those who transgress socially proscribed norms the contributors to this volume offer a systematic investigation of both theoretical and empirical account of bodily differences broadly defined. These chapters diverse in both the populations and the political behaviours examined as well as the methodological approaches employed showcase the significance of body politics in a way few edited works in political science currently do. Arguing that the body is an important site to understand power relations this book will be of interest to those studying the unequal application of rights to women racial and ethnic minorities the LGBTQ community and people with disabilities. This book was originally published as a special issue of Politics Groups and Identities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367358136

Body PoliticsDisease Desire And The Family This book looks at the physical and metaphorical attributes of the human body as a site of contention politics and cultural protest. It discusses a range of issues from torture and moral panics to the "AIDS plague" and the homosocial subtexts of George Bush's political speeches. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367157685

Body ProblemsRunning and Living Long in a Fast-Food Society Body Problems addresses the relationship between the body and society in a fast-food culture. Agger focuses on issues of food exercise work dieting and eating disorders fashion bariatric and cosmetic surgery and health. He addresses a growing fundamental dilemma that we have ample access to abundant calories yet lead lifestyles and have jobs that for the most part do not enable us to expend those calories. He proposes solutions both individual and structural that involve re-orienting ourselves to exercise as play. This second edition has been updated to include a new chapter on food capitalism and a concluding passage arguing Cartesian dualism can be resolved by exercising vegans in ways that would thwart this food capitalism and give people immense control over their bodies health and well-being. The book is ideal for courses in introductory sociology social problems work sociology of sport and leisure gender and health and illness. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138658752

Body ProblemsRunning and Living Long in a Fast-Food Society This book addresses the relationship between the body and society in a fast-food society. Agger focuses on issues of food exercise work dieting and eating disorders fashion bariatric and cosmetic surgery and health. He addresses the dilemma that we have ample access to abundant calories but lead lifestyles and have jobs that for the most part do not enable us to expend those calories. He proposes solutions both individual and structural that involve re-orienting ourselves to exercise as play. The book can be used in introductory sociology social problems work sociology of sport gender health and illness. The goal of this new unique Series is to offer readable teachable "thinking frames" on today’s social problems and social issues by leading scholars all in short 60 page or shorter formats and available for view on http://routledge.customgateway.com/routledge-social-issues.html For instructors teaching a wide range of courses in the social sciences the Routledge Social Issues Collection now offers the best of both worlds: originally written short texts that provide "overviews" to important social issues as well as teachable excerpts from larger works previously published by Routledge and other presses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138143920

Body ProcessA Gestalt Approach to Working with the Body in Psychotherapy Traditional psychotherapy approaches focusing on working with and correcting mental events and conditions have placed little importance on the fundamentally physical nature of the person. Yet many of the problems people bring to therapy are linked with or manifested in the body--such as obesity psychosomatic distress chronic tension and sexual problems. This book provides a therapeutic approach that addresses both the physical and mental nature of clients.     In this book James Kepner shows that a client's posture movements and bodily experiences are indeed relevant to therapy and he offers an insightful framework for incorporating these aspects into a therapeutic framework. This comprehensive treatment explains how body work can be integrated with the aims methods and philosophy of psychotherapy offering a framework within which practitioners of different theoretical approaches can better appreciate body processes in the context of the whole person rather than as isolated events.     This book including an updated introduction by the author explores the range of body work in psychotherapy from the development of body awareness to intensive work with physical structure and expression. And it demonstrates how this approach can be particularly effective with a range of clients including survivors of sexual abuse recovering drug addicts or alcoholics or those suffering from chronic illness. Media > Books > Print Books Gestalt Press 9781138134201

Body Projects in Japanese ChildcareCulture Organization and Emotions in a Preschool Examines the place of body practices and the management of emotions in Japanese preschools. Early childhood socialization is explored as a set of 'body projects': a series of practices undertaken (over time) to design the body according to prevailing cultural definitions and images. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138964846

Body Psychotherapy In the past the practice of body psychotherapy has been taken less seriously in professional circles than more traditional psychotherapeutic approaches.Body Psychotherapy redresses the balance offering insights into a spectrum of approaches within body-oriented psychotherapy. A range of experienced contributors introduce new areas of development and emerging theory and clinical material covering:* the history of body psychotherapy* theoretical perspectives on body psychotherapy including post-Reichian and development of integrative methodologies* body psychotherapy in practice including applications for trauma and regression* the future for body psychotherapy.This book shows how body psychotherapy can be healing reparative and rewarding. It will make essential reading for postgraduates and professionals whether they are already involved in this field or wish to learn more about incorporating it into their own practice. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315820286

Body Reshaping through Muscle and Skin Meridian TherapyAn Introduction to 6 Body Types Body Reshaping through Muscle and Skin Meridian Therapy: An Introduction to 6 Body Types shows you how your weight and body shape can be a direct result of ill health and explains the structures and functions involved. It explores much more than just what your scale and the fit of your clothes might tell you. It looks at skin fat muscles diaphragm historical illnesses or injuries body posture body clock or circadian rhythm digestion blood vessels nutrition sympathetic nervous system parasympathetic nervous system and enteric nervous system. By examining the above factors you will learn how they contribute toward changes in body shape (notice no mention of dieting or exercise). Muscle meridian therapy refers to the passive application of treatments to muscles not connected to any major organ. The techniques involved improve all the metabolic balances of the body (pressure temperature and balance) as well as your overall health. Therapies can benefit all people including those with traumas such as digestive system disorders autonomic nerve system disorders medication complications post-childbirth complications major scarring posture issues and pain management. The author provides the traditional Chinese medicine (TCM) tools and techniques needed for practitioner-guided wellness or at-home wellness understanding and maintenance. The book offers a full guide to "body type" evaluation for muscle meridian therapy and presents a "passive" therapy method (like massage or acupuncture) to complement "active" therapies (like physical therapy and exercise). It covers concepts that are highly individualized yet very "whole body" for physical restoration and balance. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498758734

Body ShameConceptualisation Research and Treatment Physical appearance plays a powerful role in social relationships. Those who feel shame regarding the way they look and who think others view their appearance negatively can therefore be vulnerable to impoverished social relationships and a range of psychological difficulties. However there are a few books which look specifically at the many permutations of body shame and their differing treatments.In this book researchers and therapists from a wide range of different disciplines and areas explore the role of shame in various physical and psychological disorders and provide practical advice on management and treatment. Chapters are organised to address issues of conceptualisation assessment and treatment on topics such as:* definitional controversies* possible biopsychosocial and evolutionary origins of body shame* effects on adjustment to maturation and aging process* specific forms of disfigurement* the role of body shame in depression eating disorders and body dysmorphic disorder.Body Shame gives the reader insight into the nature and mechanisms of shame how it can focus on the body how it can underlie a variety of psychological difficulties and how to intervene to help resolve it. This book will be invaluable for practitioners from different disciplines working with people who have problems centred on their physical appearance and/or functions and clinicians working with various mental health problems. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315820255

Body Studies: The Basics Consideration of the body as a subject for study has increased in recent years with new technologies forms of modification debates about obesity and issues of age being brought into focus by the media. Drawing on contemporary culture Body Studies: The Basics introduces readers to the key concerns and debates surrounding the study of the sociological body cutting across disciplines to cover topics which include: Nature vs. Culture: how we ‘build’ and transform our bodies Conformity and resistance in bodily practice Issues of body image – beauty diet exercise and age Sporting bodies and the pursuit of ideals Enfreakment disability and monstrosity Cyborgs and virtual online bodies With further reading signposted throughout this accessible book is essential reading for anyone studying the body through the lens of sociology cultural studies sports studies media studies and gender studies; and all those with an interest in how the physical body can be a social construct. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415696203

Body StudiesAn Introduction In recent years body studies has expanded rapidly becoming an increasingly popular field of study within anthropology sociology and cultural studies. This groundbreaking textbook takes the topics and theories from these disciplines and combines them into one single easily accessible text for students. Body Studies is a comprehensive textbook on the social and cultural uses and meanings of the body for use in undergraduate college courses. Its clear accessible chapters explore among other things: the measurement and classification of the human body illness and healing the racialized body the gendered body cultural perceptions of beauty new bodily technologies. This book investigates how power plays an important role in the uses views and shapes of the body—as well as how the body is invested with meaning. Body Studies provides a wealth of pedagogic features for ease of teaching and learning: ethnographic case studies boxes covering contemporary controversies news stories and legislative issues as well as chapter summaries further reading recommendations and key terms. This book will appeal to students and teachers of sociology anthropology cultural studies women’s studies gender studies and ethnic studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415699303

Body TradeCaptivity Cannibalism and Colonialism in the Pacific Body Trade exposes myths surrounding the trade in heads cannibalism captive white women the display of indigenous people in fairs and circuses the stolen generations the 'comfort' women and the making of the exotic/erotic body. This is a lively and intriguiung comtribution to the study of the postcolonial body. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315023823

Body TransformationsEvolutions and Atavisms in Culture This book presents some eruptions of archaic compulsions and behaviors and the forms that they acquire in contemporary societies. It explores how we see and feel our bodies and some of the ways evolution and culture are transforming them. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003061922

Body Voice ImaginationImageWork Training and the Chekhov Technique First published in 2008. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203878194

Body WorkYouth Gender and Health The rise of the health beauty and fitness industries in recent years has led to an increased focus on the body. Body image gender and health are issues of long-standing concern in sociology and in youth studies but a theoretical and empirical focus on the body has been largely missing from this field. This book explores young people’s understandings of their bodies in the context of gender and health ideals consumer culture individualisation and image. Body Work examines the body in youth studies. It explores paradoxical aspects of gendered body work practices highlighting the contradiction in men’s increased participation in these industries as consumers alongside the re-emphasis of their gendered difference. It explores the key ways in which the ideal body is currently achieved via muscularising practices slimming regimes and cosmetic procedures. Coffey investigates the concept of ‘health’ and how it is inextricably linked both to the bodily performance of gender ideals and an increased public emphasis on individual management and responsibility in the pursuit of a ‘healthy’ body. This book’s conceptual framework places it at the forefront of theoretical work concerning bodies affect and images particularly in its development of Deleuzian research. It will appeal to a wide range of scholars and students in fields of youth studies education sociology gender studies cultural studies affect and body studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138592841

Body/EmbodimentSymbolic Interaction and the Sociology of the Body The body and experiences of embodiment have generated a rich and diverse sociological literature. This volume articulates and illustrates one major approach to the sociology of the body: symbolic interactionism an increasingly prevalent theoretical base of contemporary sociology derived from the pragmatism of writers such as John Dewey William James Charles Peirce Charles Cooley and George Herbert Mead. The authors argue that from an interactionist perspective the body is much more than a tangible corporeal object - it is a vessel of great significance to the individual and society. From this perspective body self and social interaction are intimately interrelated and constantly reconfigured. The collection constitutes a unique anthology of empirical research on the body from health and illness to sexuality from beauty and imagery to bodily performance in sport and art and from mediated communication to plastic surgery. The contributions are informed by innovative interactionist theory offering fresh insights into one of the fastest growing sub-disciplines of sociology and cultural studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367603946

Body/PoliticsWomen and the Discourses of Science Body/Politics demonstrates how many of the controversies in modern science involve or invoke the feminine body as their battleground. This groundbreaking collection addresses such scientific issues as artificial fertilization the "crisis" in childbirth management and the medical invention of "female" maladies and the debates surrounding them. In the process it makes an important attempt to remedy the traditional division between science and non-science by focusing on the interconnection of literary social and scientific discourses concerning the female body. The editors have brought together noted feminist scholars and critics from various fields. Contributers include Susan Bordo Mary Ann Doane Donna Haraway Emily Martin Mary Poovey and Paula A. Treichler. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138160941

Body/State Body/State brings together original essays addressing various aspects of the evolving interaction between bodies and states. While each essay has different empirical and/or theoretical focus authors consider a number of overlapping themes to appreciate the state's engagement with and concern about bodies. Divided into five parts the first part 'Bodies Modified and Divided' considers how the production regulation policing and maintenance of borders (physical social sexual political religious etc.) are used to enable or constrain the physical (re)shaping of the body. Part two 'Capital Bodies' extends the state's concern with the flows of bodies that make up the nation to consider how they are enrolled in the complex structures of capitalist exchange that form the basis for maintaining and contesting a set of relationships between states and markets. Part three 'Deviance and Resistance' examines both how states seek to discipline ’non-normal’ bodies and appreciates the capacity of changes in the socio-cultural meaning and nature of bodies to resist and/or escape states. Part four ’Sovereignty and Surveillance’ develops themes of deviancy and resistance by considering the impact of new technologies both on the intimate regulatory reach of states into and across bodies and on the nature of embodiment itself. Finally Part five ’The Body Virtual’ examines the impact of new technologies and online spaces both on the intimate regulatory reach of states into and across bodies and on the nature of embodiment itself. A varied collection of essays that address important and complex topics in a readable and creative way. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138253513

BodyDreaming in the Treatment of Developmental TraumaAn Embodied Therapeutic Approach Winner of the NAAP 2019 Gradiva® Award! Winner of the IAJS Book Award for Best Book published in 2019! Marian Dunlea’s BodyDreaming in the Treatment of Developmental Trauma: An Embodied Therapeutic Approach provides a theoretical and practical guide for working with early developmental trauma. This interdisciplinary approach explores the interconnection of body mind and psyche offering a masterful tool for restoring balance and healing developmental trauma. BodyDreaming is a somatically focused therapeutic method drawing on the findings of neuroscience analytical psychology attachment theory and trauma therapy. In Part I Dunlea defines BodyDreaming and its origins placing it in the context of a dysregulated contemporary world. Part II explains how the brain works in relation to the BodyDreaming approach: providing an accessible outline of neuroscientific theory structures and neuroanatomy in attunement affect regulation attachment patterns transference and countertransference and the resolution of trauma throughout the body. In Part III through detailed transcripts from sessions with clients Dunlea demonstrates the positive impact of BodyDreaming on attachment patterns and developmental trauma. This somatic approach complements and enhances psychobiological developmental and psychoanalytic interventions. BodyDreaming restores balance to a dysregulated psyche and nervous system that activates our innate capacity for healing changing our default response of "fight flight or freeze" and creating new neural pathways. Dunlea’s emphasis on attunement to build a restorative relationship with the sensing body creates a core sense of self providing a secure base for healing developmental trauma. Innovative and practical and with a foreword by Donald E. Kalsched BodyDreaming in the Treatment of Developmental Trauma: An Embodied Therapeutic Approach will be essential reading for psychotherapists analytical psychologists and therapists with a Jungian background arts therapists dance and movement therapists and body workers interested in learning how to work with both body and psyche in their practices. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367025946

Body-Mind Dissociation in PsychoanalysisDevelopment after Bion The conflict and dissociation between the Body and the Mind have determinant implications in the context of　our current clinical practice and are an important source of internal and relational disturbances. Body-Mind Dissociation in Psychoanalysis proposes the concept as a new hypothesis 　different from traumatic dissociation or states of splitting.　 This approach opens the door to a clinical confrontation with extreme forms of mental disturbance such as psychosis or borderline disorders and strengthens the relational power of the analytic encounter through a focus on the internal sensory/emotional axis in both analyst and analysand.　The book details this importance of the analyst’s intrasubjective relationship with the analysand in constructing new developmental horizons starting from the body-mind exchange of the two participants. Body-Mind Dissociation in Psychoanalysis will be of use to students beginners in psychotherapy mental health practitioners and seasoned psychoanalysts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138100053

BodyscapeArt modernity and the ideal figure This book explores body images in visual culture from revolutionary France to contemporary New York. It engages with artists' use of different kinds of body images in painting sculpture photography and film and shows the centrality of the body in the work of artists from da Vinci to Manet. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203393406

BodyspaceAnthropometry Ergonomics and the Design of Work Third Edition In the 20 years since the publication of the first edition of Bodyspace the knowledge base upon which ergonomics rests has increased significantly. The need for an authoritative contemporary and above all usable reference is therefore great. This third edition maintains the same content and structure as previous editions but updates the material and references to reflect recent developments in the field. The book has been substantially revised to include new research and anthropometric surveys the latest techniques and changes in legislation that have taken place in recent years. New coverage in the third edition: Guidance on design strategies and practical advice on conducting trials Overview of recent advances in simulation and digital human modes Dynamic seating ·         Recent work on hand/handle interface Computer input devices ·         Laptop computer use and children’s use of computers ·         Design for an aging population and accessibility for people with disabilities ·         New approaches to risk management and new assessment tools legislation and standards As the previous two editions have shown Bodyspace is an example of the unusual: a text that is a favorite among academics and practitioners. Losing none of the features that made previous editions so popular the author skillfully integrates new knowledge into the existing text without sacrificing the easily accessible style that makes this book unique. More than just a reference text this authoritative book clearly delineates the field of ergonomics. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315375212

Body-States:Interpersonal and Relational Perspectives on the Treatment of Eating Disorders In this edited volume Jean Petrucelli brings together the work of talented clinicians and researchers steeped in working with eating disordered patients for the past 10 to 35 years. Eating disorders are about body-states and their relational meanings. The split of mindbody functioning is enacted in many arenas in the eating disordered patient’s life. Concretely a patient believes that disciplining or controlling his or her body is a means to psychic equilibrium and interpersonal effectiveness. The collected papers in Body-States: Interpersonal and Relational Perspectives on the Treatment of Eating Disorders elaborates the essential role of linking symptoms with their emotional and interpersonal meanings in the context of the therapy relationship so that eating disordered patients can find their way out and survive the unbearable. The contributors bridge the gaps in varied protocols for recovery illustrating that at its core trust in the reliability of the humanness of the other is necessary for patients to develop regain or have - for the first time - a stable body. They illustrate how embodied experience must be cultivated in the patient/therapist relationship as a felt experience so patients can experience their bodies as their own to be lived in and enjoyed rather than as an ‘other’ to be managed. In this collection Petrucelli convincingly demonstrates how interpersonal and relational treatments address eating problems body image and "problems in living." Body States: Interpersonal and Relational Perspectives on the Treatment of Eating Disorders will be essential reading for psychoanalysts psychotherapists psychologists psychiatrists social workers and a wide range of professionals and lay readers who are interested in the topic and treatment of eating disorders. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415629577

Body-to-Body IntimacyTransformation Through Love Sex and Neurobiology This book presents an integrative growth-oriented approach to therapy with couples that demonstrates the dynamic interplay between partners’ emotional issues and their sexual difficulties. It offers a model for relational and sexual enhancement that focuses as much on partners’ present nonverbal body-to-body communications as on their words. Dr. Stella Resnick draws on research from interpersonal neurobiology sexology positive psychology and Gestalt therapy and shares a rich assortment of therapy vignettes to demonstrate the transformative power of pleasure and how a focus on body-to-body intimacy can heal emotional wounds from the past and encourage greater presence empathy authenticity playfulness and sexual pleasure between intimate partners. The therapeutic process is explored in four related spectrums: the Problem-Transformation Spectrum the Attachment-Sexuality Spectrum the Pain-Pleasure Spectrum and the Cognitive-Somatic-Experiential-Behavioral-Spectrum. Part I lays the theoretical foundation for the work. Part II examines the early attachment bond between parent and child and its effects on adult capacity for emotional closeness and sexual pleasure. Part III offers methods for resolving painful emotional issues underlying many sexual difficulties. Finally Part IV describes the procedure for moving from a cognitive reframing of the problem to a somatic focus on the body and tracking present-moment emotional interactions to the repair of relational injuries that nurture transformational change. Also included is a series of process-oriented exercises and a handout that therapists can use in their own practice. Body-to-Body Intimacy will enable couples and sex therapists to expand their practices and enrich their clients’ sexual and relational dynamics. This book also contains valuable information that will be appreciated by anyone　interested in a greater understanding of a growth-oriented therapeutic process for couples and what can be achieved together by gaining a deeply loving and sexually fulfilling intimate love relationship. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138123908

Bogdanov and His WorkA Guide to the Published and Unpublished Works of Alexander A Bogdanov (Malinovsky) 1873-1928 Alexander Bogdanov was a co-founder with Lenin of the Bolshevik faction of the Russian Social Democratic Party in 1904. After 1905 Bogdanov criticized Lenin's adaption of Bolshevism to the requirements of Duma politics and his authoritarian style of leadership. Expelled from the Bolshevik fraction in 1909 he at first formed the Forward faction of the RSDRP and then turned increasingly to scholarly and publicistic work. In 1910 he published Faith and Science replying to Lenin's Materialism and Empiriocritcism which had been written to discredit him. His ideas on the sociology of culture led to the founding of the Proletkult in 1917 and during the 1920s these ideas were taken up adapted and often distorted in the course of the 'Cultural Revolution'. Bogdanov's textbooks in sociology and economics were widely used during the 1920s. Seeking to liberate Marxism from the shackles of Hegelianism he developed a theory of 'organizational science' ('Tektology') which influenced early economic planning through the work of Groman and Bazarov. As a systems thinker Bogdanov is now viewed as a precursor of Ludwig von Berthalanffy and Norbert Wiener. Arrested by the GPU in 1923 for alleged political opposition Bogdanov withdrew even further from public life and returned to medicine his original calling. In 1926 he founded the first Russian Institute of Blood Transfusion presiding over pioneering work in this sphere until 1928 when he died. During the Stalin years Bogdanov's works were judged to be heretical and were not republished. It was not until 1989 that his 'Universal Organizational Science' was republished though his contribution to systems thinking had been recognized by Russian and East European systems thinkers as early as the 1960s. In the West. the importance of Bogdanov as a 'cultural Marxist' as an influence upon Gramsci and as a pioneer in systems thinking is increasingly being acknowledged. This bibliography of Bogdanov's works takes advantage of the opening of the Party and State archives and provides references to the principal relevant archives in Europe and the United States. Its publication is a landmark in the history of Bolshevism and in the history of Russian social thought. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315261423

Bohm-Biederman CorrespondenceCreativity in Art and Science "It was sheer chance that I encountered David Bohm's writing in 1958 ... I knew nothing about him. What struck me about his work and prompted my initial letter was his underlying effort to seek for some larger sense of reality which seemed a very humanized search." - Charles Biederman from the foreword of the bookThis book marks the beginning of a four thousand page correspondence between Charles Biederman founder of Constructivism in the 1930s and David Bohm the prestigious physicist known for his interpretation of quantum theory. Available for the first time we are given a rare opportunity to read through and engage in a remarkable transatlantic intellectual discussion on art and science creativity and theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415757133

Bohuslav MartinůA Research and Information Guide This annotated bibliography uncovers the wealth of resources available to prospective researchers and supports emerging scholarship and inquiry into the life and music of this Czech composer. It includes all secondary sources on Martinu and his music as well as chronology of his life and a complete list of works. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138380417

Boiler Operator's Handbook Second Edition This book was written specifically for boiler plan operators and supervisors who want to learn how to lower plant operating costs as well as how to operate plants of all types and sizes more wisely. It is newly revised with guidelines for HRSGs combined cycle systems and environmental effects of boiler operation. Also included is a new chapter on refrigeration systems that addresses the environmental effects of inadvertent and intentional discharges of refrigerants. Going beyond the basics of "keeping the pressure up " the author explains in clear terms how to set effective priorities to ensure optimal plant operation including ensuring safety and continuity of operations preventing damage managing environmental impact training replacement plant operators logging and preserving historical data and operating the plant economically. Media > Books > Print Books Fairmont Press 9781482253894

Boiler Plant and Distribution System Optimization Manual Third Edition The book has been upgraded with ten new checklists with over 100 ways to improve performance with 50 additional illustrations to communicate specific information about applying these technologies. The new checklists serve as a handy reference for designing an energy plan for your plants. Understanding that funds for energy come directly from your bottom line this book has been designed for those tasked with increasing profits by reducing fuel costs while also reducing pollution and carbon footprints with attention to plant safety. The author presents many complex boiler-related topics in a simple and understandable way to simplify the decision-making process. Media > Books > Print Books Fairmont Press 9781482260786

BoilersA Practical Reference Following the publication of the author’s first book Boilers for Power and Process by CRC Press in 2009 several requests were made for a reference with even quicker access to information. Boilers: A Practical Reference is the result of those requests providing a user-friendly encyclopedic format with more than 500 entries and nearly the same number of supporting illustrations.Written for practicing engineers and dealing with practical issues rather than theory this reference focuses exclusively on water tube boilers found in process industries and power plants. It provides broad explanations for the following topics: A range of boilers and main auxiliaries as well as steam and gas turbines Traditional firing techniques—grates oil/gas and modern systems Industrial utility waste heat MSW and bio-fuel-fired boilers including supercritical boilers The scientific fundamentals of combustion heat transfer fluid flow and more The basics of fuels water ash high-temperature steels structurals refractory insulation and more Additional engineering topics like boiler instruments controls welding corrosion and wear Air pollution its abatement techniques and their effect on the design of boilers and auxiliaries Emerging technologies such as carbon capture oxy-fuel combustion and PFBC This reference covers almost every topic needed by boiler engineers in process and power plants. An encyclopedia by design and a professional reference book by focus and size this volume is strong on fundamentals and design aspects as well as practical content. The scope and easy-to-navigate presentation of the material plus the numerous illustrations make this a unique reference for busy design project operation and consulting engineers. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138073272

Boiling Heat Transfer And Two-Phase Flow Completely updated this graduate text describes the current state of boiling heat transfer and two-phase flow in terms through which students can attain a consistent understanding. Prediction of real or potential boiling heat transfer behaviour both in steady and transient states is covered to aid engineering design of reliable and effective systems. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315138510

Boko Haram and the Drivers of Islamist Violence This book analyzes the factors that drive Boko Haram’s violence arguing that the movement is rooted in the historical and religious context of west Africa. The data presented is based on extensive research including fieldwork in Nigeria primary source analysis archival work and large-scale survey analyses. Each chapter deals with a different case-study that showcases a driver of Boko Haram’s violence including how the jihad of Usman dan Fodio is used as a source of contemporary inspiration to Boko Haram; how the extrajudicial killing of its then leader Mohammad Yusuf spurred the group to violence; why the kidnapping of the Chibok schoolgirls was motivated by both ideology and strategy; how the formation of a caliphate and pledging of allegiance to ISIS gave Boko Haram an amplified presence; and how the issue of takfir led to the fracturing of the movement. To succeed in the fight against Boko Haram this book argues the Nigerian state needs to couple military advances with deep social changes such as combatting corruption reforming the police and investing equitably across the country. This book will be of much interest to students of terrorism and political violence African politics war and conflict studies and security studies in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138611863

Boko HaramSecurity Considerations and the Rise of an Insurgency Boko Haram analyzes the activities and atrocities of Nigeria’s Jihadi terrorist group Boko Haram in the context of global religious fundamentalism and extremism. The book traces the early beginnings of the religious sect the conversion of its leader to radical Islam in 2002 and the group’s campaign of violence beginning in 2009 and continuing to the present. The group’s attacks against a variety of targets are examined in detail as are their general tactics and strategies. The Nigerian government response is also examined in order to provide critical lessons to counterterrorism planners policy and government officials and scholars. The initial military response was hampered by capability and legislative constraints including a lack of arms and ammunition a lack of modern counterterrorism equipment training gaps leadership issues intelligence gaps politicization of the conflict and limited support to the Nigerian military by the international community. Boko Haram looks at the work that has been done thus far and what work needs to continue to make gains to combat marginalize and ultimately defeat Boko Haram and resolve the conflict facing Nigeria. Key features: Outlines the history of Boko Haram and its emergence in Nigeria Provides the latest developments on fundamentalism in Nigeria the growth of Boko Haram and the government response Focuses on the attacks attack methodology and targeting of Boko Haram addressing best-practice countermeasures Examines Boko Haram’s ties to other Islamist groups including ISIL/ISIS and others Details the importance for international cooperation in responding to Boko Haram’s activities and threats. About the Author: Dr. Ona Ekhomu CFE CPP CSP PCI CPOI was born in Irrua Nigeria. He holds the PhD from University of Pittsburgh. A policy analyst and security expert Ekhomu is Chairman Trans-World Security Systems Ltd. and Chairman School of Management and Security (Lagos Nigeria). President of Trans-World Security Systems Inc. of Chicago Illinois USA Ekhomu is also a lecturer in the Sociology Department of the University of Lagos Nigeria. He is President of the Association of Industrial Security and Safety Operators of Nigeria; Africa Representative of the International Foundation for Protection Officers; and former Regional Vice-President (West and Central Africa) of ASIS International. Ekhomu is author of Kidnap: Face to Face with Death (2014) and Effective Personal & Corporate Security (2009). Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138561366

Bold MindsLibrary Leadership in a Time of Disruption Are librarians and libraries relevant in the 21st century? This is a fundamental question and one that presents differing opinions across the many diverse information sectors. If there is a continuing need for libraries and for librarians then how do library leaders obtain strategic support when there appears to be a lack of clarity or understanding about the very purpose of libraries at a time when economically libraries are under pressure to develop new business models and be more commercially focussed? Bold Minds: Library leadership in a time of disruption brings together international leaders who frame many aspects of the current library provision and who carry responsibility for the library models of the future to consider how librarians and libraries can be a driving force in a time of disruptive economic technological and cultural change. Each chapter critically presents a short leadership provocation regarding libraries and their purpose encompassing impact service delivery collections staff skills and professional training and assessing what it means for leaders their sectors and organisations and how they have developed their personal leadership signature. This book will be invaluable to library and information professionals in a range of public and private sector libraries as well as policy makers in services where libraries are a component. It will also be useful for students educational establishments and IT professionals with an information management element to their work. Media > Books > Print Books Facet Publishing 9781783304530

Bold Plans for School RestructuringThe New American Schools Designs Two powerful forces are driving American's demands for better schools -- one longstanding force is idealistic and the other is "new" and economic. The current group of young Americans is in danger of being the first full generation to consistently make less money and enjoy fewer worldly rewards than their parents. The intersection of idealistic and pragmatic forces has produced an era of calls for reform in U.S. education that is unparalleled -- calls that have resulted in the creation of the New American Schools Development Corporation (NASDC). The chapters in this book highlight the path traveled by NASDC -- a private non-profit corporation charged with creating new "break the mold" school designs for the 21st century -- and describes the first three years' accomplishments of nine NASDC development teams. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203053683

Bolivia at the CrossroadsPolitics Economy and Environment in a Time of Crisis As Bolivia reels from the collapse of the government in November 2019 a wave of social protests and now the impact of Covid-19 this book asks: where next for Bolivia? After almost 14 years in power the government of Bolivia’s first indigenous president collapsed in 2019 amidst widescale protest and allegations of electoral fraud. The contested transitional government that emerged was quickly struck by the impacts of the Covid-19 public health crisis. This book reflects on this critical moment in Bolivia’s development from the perspectives of politics the economy the judiciary and the environment. It asks what key issues emerged during Evo Morales’s administration and what are the main challenges awaiting the next government in order to steer the country through a new and uncertain road ahead. As the world considers what the ultimate legacy of Morales’s left-wing social experiment will be this book will be of great interest to researchers across the fields of Latin American studies development politics and economics as well as to professionals active in the promotion of development in the country and the region. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367707729

Bolivia: Geopolitics of a Landlocked State Bolivia: Geopolitics of a Landlocked State goes beyond the traditional focus on inter-American relations territorial issues and the maritime question to provide the first comprehensive study of Bolivian foreign policy from independence to the present day. It aims to redress the balance between the often overstated importance of external determinants – actors and forces outside Bolivia which have influenced the foreign policy process – and the understated impact of internal determinants similar actors and forces within Bolivia. Drawing on 50 years of research and study the author focuses on the five interrelated goals of sovereignty national security territorial integrity continental solidarity and economic independence which have characterized Bolivian foreign policy from the outset. In so doing the negative impact which poor governance weak state capacity and a fixation on the seaport issue had on the achievement of those five goals is centre stage in the discussion. In acknowledging the geopolitical ramifications of being landlocked the singular nature of Bolivia’s approach to the problem also is detailed. An examination of foreign policy today can no longer be confined to intergovernmental relations; instead it must consider the full range of internal and external forces which have influenced its scope and direction. In addition to bilateral relations boundary disputes and the seaport issue this volume explores the impact of foreign capital and multinational companies together with the effects of domestic entrepreneurs political parties labour unions and social movements. It also assesses the overlap or linkage between domestic and foreign variables when the two combined to influence Bolivian foreign policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781857439694

Bollywood Serious research on Bollywood—perhaps the most well-known and vital aspect of contemporary Indian culture—has flourished in recent decades. This new four-volume collection from Routledge meets the need for an authoritative anthology to enable users to navigate and make sense of the subject’s large body of scholarship and the continuing explosion in research output. Edited by Rachel Dwyer a leading expert in the field this new Routledge title is a ‘mini library’ of foundational and the very best cutting-edge work. Bollywood provides an indispensable one-stop resource on the development of popular cinema within India with of course an emphasis on Hindi films produced in Bombay. Tracing the development of Indian popular cinema from the early twentieth century onwards the collection allows users fully to comprehend the role of film and popular culture in colonial and independent India the evolution and nature of different film genres the importance of film music and the great regional diversity 'Bollywood' encompasses. The collection also brings together the best and most influential scholarly works on topics that include: the silent era; the studio period; the ‘Golden Age’; and the so-called ‘segmentation’ of cinema. The contribution of major stars and directors is also assessed. Bollywood includes a full index and a comprehensive introduction newly written by the editor which places the collected material in its historical and intellectual context. It is an essential work of reference and is destined to be valued by scholars and advanced students as a vital research tool. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415530552

Bollywood and GlobalizationThe Global Power of Popular Hindi Cinema The field of Bollywood studies has remained predominantly critical theoretical and historical in focus. This book brings together qualitative and quantitative approaches to tackle empirical questions focusing on the relationship between soft power hybridity cinematic texts and audiences. Adopting a critical-transcultural framework that examines the complex power relations that are manifested through globalized production and consumption practices the book approaches the study of popular Hindi cinema from three broad perspectives: transcultural production contexts content trends and audiences. It firstly outlines the theoretical issues relevant to the spread of popular Indian cinema and emergence of India’s growing soft power. The book goes on to report on a series of quantitative studies that examine the patterns of geographical cultural political infrastructural and artistic power dynamics at work within the highest-grossing popular Hindi films over a 61-year period since independence. Finally an additional set of studies are presented that quantitatively examine Indian and North American audience consumption practices. The book illuminates issues related to the actualization and maintenance of cinematic soft power dynamics highlighting Bollywood’s increasing integration into and subsumption by globalized practices that are fundamentally altering India’s cinematic landscape and thus its unique soft power potential. It is of interest to academics working in Film Studies Globalisation Studies and International Relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138119321

Bollywood CinemaTemples of Desire India is home to Bollywood - the largest film industry in the world. Movie theaters are said to be the "temples of modern India " with Bombay producing nearly 800 films per year that are viewed by roughly 11 million people per day. In Bollywood Cinema Vijay Mishra argues that Indian film production and reception is shaped by the desire for national community and a pan-Indian popular culture. Seeking to understand Bollywood according to its own narrative and aesthetic principles and in relation to a global film industry he views Indian cinema through the dual methodologies of postcolonial studies and film theory. Mishra discusses classics such as Mother India (1957) and Devdas (1935) and recent films including Ram Lakhan (1989) and Khalnayak (1993) linking their form and content to broader issues of national identity epic tradition popular culture history and the implications of diaspora. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203951392

Bollywood TravelsCulture Diaspora and Border Crossings in Popular Hindi Cinema Using an interdisciplinary framework this book offers a fresh perspective on the issues of diaspora culture and border crossings in the films popular cultures and media and entertainment industries from the popular Hindi cinema of India. It analyses and discusses a range of key contemporary films in detail such as Veer Zaara Jhoom Barabar Jhoom and Dostana. The book uses the notion of travel analytically in and through the cinema to comment on films that have dealt with Indo-Pak border crossings representations of diaspora and gender and sexuality in new ways. It engages with common sense assumptions about everyday South Asian and diasporic South Asian cultures and representations as expressed in Bollywood cinema in order to look at these issues further. Moving towards an innovative exploration beyond the films this book charts the circuits and routes of Bollywood as South Asian club cultures in the diaspora and Hindi cinema entertainment shows around the world as well as its impact on social media websites. Bollywood Travels is an original and thought provoking contribution to studies on Asian Culture and Society Sociology World Cinema and Film Media and Cultural Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138844520

BollywoodA Guidebook to Popular Hindi Cinema 'Bollywood' is the dominant global term to refer to the prolific Hindi language film industry in Bombay (renamed Mumbai in 1995). Characterised by music dance routines melodrama lavish production values and an emphasis on stars and spectacle Bollywood films have met with box-office success and enthusiastic audiences from India to West Africa to Russia and throughout the English-speaking world. In Bollywood anthropologist and film scholar Tejaswini Ganti provides a guide to the cultural social and political significance of Hindi cinema outlining the history and structure of the Bombay film industry and the development of popular Hindi filmmaking since the 1930s. Providing information and commentary on the key players in Bollywood including directors and stars as well as material from current filmmakers themselves the areas covered in Bollywood include: history of Indian cinema narrative style main themes and key genres of Hindi cinema significant films directors and stars production and distribution of Bollywood films interviews with actors directors and screenwriters. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415583886

Bolognese Instrumental Music 1660–1710Spiritual Comfort Courtly Delight and Commercial Triumph This book the first of its kind is a study of Bolognese instrumental music during the height of the city's musical activity in the late seventeenth century. The period”marked by a rapid expansion of the cappella musicale of the principal city church San Petronio by the founding of the Accademia Filarmonica and by increasingly lavish patronage of musical events”witnessed the proliferation of repertory for instrumental ensembles. This music not only reveals crucial stages in the development of the sonata and concerto but also recalls the elaborate church rituals and the opulent public and private celebrations in which they figured prominently. Moreover the late seventeenth century saw the heyday of Bolognese music publishing whose output of sonatas and related instrumental genres easily surpassed that of the once-dominating Venetian presses. The approach taken here departs from composer- and genre-centered monographs on Italian instrumental music in order to illuminate an array of topics that center on the Bolognese repertory: the social condition of instrumentalist-composers; the acumen of music publishers in the creation of the repertory; the diverse contexts of the instrumental dances; the influence of liturgical traditions on sonata topoi; the impact of psalmodic practice on tonal style; and the innovative climate that led to experiments with scoring and form in the earliest instrumental concertos. In sum this book not only illustrates the historically significant and defining features of the music but also links the surviving repertory to the flourishing musical culture in which it was created. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138255937

Bolsheviks and British JewsThe Anglo-Jewish Community Britain and the Russian Revolution First Published in 1992. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415861731

Bolshevism and the Labour Movement Originally published in 1916 this volume discusses the history of the labour movement during the latter part of the 19th and early part of the 20th centuries in so far as it relates to the advocacy and use of violence. A contentious issue which divided the labour movement during the 19th century the author presents arguments made by both sides of this controversy. Nonetheless the book remains a Marxist critique of violence as practised by direct action anarchists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138227231

Bolshevism at a Deadlock (Routledge Revivals) Bolshevism at a Deadlock was written Karl Kautsky one of the leading Marxist intellectuals of the late-nineteenth and early-twentieth centuries in response to the catastrophic failures of Stalin’s first Five Year Plan which was intended to raise Russian industry and productivity to equal that of Western Europe. Kautsky sets out to demonstrate how the repressive autocracy of the Bolsheviks and the disregard for economic exigencies achieved nothing more than "the wholesale pauperisation and degradation of the Russian people" and prophesies the imminent collapse of Soviet Russia in the face of mass famine ideological dogmatism and ultimately the failures inherent in the 1917 Revolution itself. Kautsky’s analysis of the situation of Socialist Russia at the beginning of the troubled 1930s will be of interest to students of pre-war Soviet political practice economic history and domestic policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415742672

Bolshevism in Perspective Originally published in 1931 this volume is a level-headed account of the Bolshevik Revolution and Bolshevist Russia which covers the whole ground of the Revolution the early history of Bolshevism and the state of Russia in the late 1920s and early 1930s. Based on two visits by the author to Russia the book presents a picture in which real problems are set against an historical background examining life under Bolshevism and examining it as a working system. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138070349

Bolshevist Russia This book originally published in English in 1927 deals with the social state of Russia after eight years of Bolshevist rule and influence up to the end of 1925. Laced with predicitions of failure the book is nonetheless prophetic in many ways. It discusses the limitations in practice of Bolshevist politics and the reality of the Soviet elections of the early 1920s and the growing influence of the Communist Party. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138070103

Bombay in the Days of Queen Anne Being an Account of the Settlement written by John Burnell In addition to the main text with introduction and notes there is 'added Burnell's narrative of his adventures in Bengal With an Introduction by Sir William Foster and Notes by Sir Evan Cotton C.I.E. and L.M. Anstey'. This is a new print-on-demand hardback edition of the volume first published in 1933. Media > Books > E-books Hakluyt Society 9781315569659

Bombay--London--New York First published in 2003. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203954157

Bombs IEDs and ExplosivesIdentification Investigation and Disposal Techniques A guide on procedures administration and equipment Bombs IEDs and Explosives: Identification Investigation and Disposal Techniques introduces concepts basic knowledge and necessary skill sets for bomb technicians. It covers topics such as training resources bomb threat and incident response legal aspects of bomb disposal explosives and improvised explosive devices (IEDs) bomb technology bomb disposal equipment and explosive evidence handling. The book outlines where bomb squads and technicians have historically been placed within the public safety system and suggests where they should ideally fit according to their function. It details specific standard operating procedures (SOPs) for various bomb threat and response scenarios discusses protocols for requesting and supporting a bomb squad response and addresses legal and forensic aspects of handling and associated recordkeeping. With the growing threat of chemical biology and radiological terrorism the book recommends a stronger alliance of bomb disposal and hazardous materials response teams. Such alliances—in conjunction with increased interorganizational coordination between public safety divisions such as police and fire departments—will lead to more effective responses to incidents and threats. The field of bomb disposal is constantly evolving. Bombers and bombmakers especially those associated with terrorist organizations study emergency responses to incidents to modify their devices for increased effectiveness. This book stresses the need for flexibility and creativity in response. Bombs IEDs and Explosives provides a ready reference on a wide variety of technical administrative and legal information that makes it indispensable to bomb disposal professionals and units. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498714495

Bombs and BallotsGovernance by Islamist Terrorist and Guerrilla Groups Eventually most terrorist and guerrilla groups are defeated by governments or gradually die off - sometimes becoming political parties democratically participating in the non-violent governance of their states. Yet some terrorist and guerrilla groups maintain military capabilities using violence and democratic participation simultaneously. Here Krista E. Wiegand examines the different political strategies that Islamist terrorist and guerrilla groups use to achieve their political objectives. Focussing on Hezbollah in Lebanon and Hamas in Palestine Wiegand skilfully reveals the factors that determine why Islamist militant groups become involved in governance as political parties how mainstream governments may or may not accept them as legitimate why some groups like al- Gama'a al-Islamiya in Egypt renounce guerrilla tactics and how some groups govern whilst employing political violence. Bombs and Ballots is a valuable contribution to the study of state-society relations in the Middle East exposing the blurred line between terrorist activity and governance. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315569666

Bombs in the Consulting RoomSurviving Psychological Shrapnel What does one do when a dangerous paedophile nearly six feet seven inches in height threatens to kill you? How does one manage when a brain-damaged psychotic patient spits on the office floor two hundred times during the first consultation? And what does one say when one member of a warring couple reveals the most horrific acts of sexual cruelty? In perhaps his most gripping book to date Professor Brett Kahr offers colleagues a detailed glimpse into the challenge of working with highly distressed and disturbing individuals in long-term psychotherapy. Kahr explains the ways in which such deeply troubled people hurl "bombs" into the consulting room leaving considerable "psychological shrapnel" in their wake. The book contains five sensitively and compellingly written clinical chapters followed by several historical chapters which explore the ways in which Donald Winnicott attempted to manage the bombs in his consulting room often of his own making. Kahr then examines the pioneering contribution of Enid Eichholz (later Enid Balint) who during the Second World War created marital psychoanalysis as a means of dealing with couples ravaged by actual wartime bombs. The book concludes with an historico-clinical chapter on how thoughtful and sophisticated classical interpretation can reduce the impact of clinical bombs. Kahr even provides us with an examination of his favourite "top ten" interpretations in the history of psychoanalysis! A unique and helpful volume written by a practitioner steeped equally in psychoanalysis and history Bombs in the Consulting Room: Surviving Psychological Shrapnel will be essential reading for anyone who has ever felt frightened while treating patients. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782206606

Bonaparte This book originally published in 1978 argues that there was no ‘turning-point’ in Bonaparte’s career but rather a consistent pattern from beginning to end. As a commander Bonaparte’s forte was speed and aggressiveness. As a planner however he was slapdash: his armies starved and went barefoot. The author argues that far from being a master of concentration of force on the battlefield he was again and again caught with his army dispersed and only rescued from disaster by the last-minute arrival of reinforcements. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138932784

Bond Duration and ImmunizationEarly Developments and Recent Contributions First published in 1982 Bond Duration and Immunization is a collection of seminal papers featuring articles from high profile academics such as Frederick McCaulay John Hicks and F.M. Redington. This collection also features several articles published in British actuarial journals often unavailable outside of the UK and a strong collection of articles which contextually offer a significant contribution to the field. This strong collection will appeal to anyone working or researching in the area of bond duration and immunization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138504363

Bond MarketsStructures and Yield Calculations As cross-market bond trading has increased it has become vital for international participants to understand the many different features that characterize the various international bond markets. Of particular interest to bond traders and investors are such factors as calculation of prices accrued interest yields and durations. Bond Markets compares and contrasts all major bond markets with particular attention to: how different instruments are normally quoted; how much accrued interest is payable by the buyer in addition to traded price; the cost of a bond if quoted on a yield basis; normal settlement terms; rules for adjusting coupon rates; and how yields are quoted and calculated. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315062129

Bond Men Made FreeMedieval Peasant Movements and the English Rising of 1381 Rodney Hilton's account of the Peasant's Revolt of 1381 remains the classic authoritative text on the 'English Rising'. Hilton views the revolt in the context of a general European pattern of class conflict. He demonstrates that the peasant movements that disturbed the Middle Ages were not mere unrelated outbreaks of violence but had their roots in common economic and political conditions and in a recurring conflict of interest between peasants and landowners.Now with a new introduction by Christopher Dyer this survey remains the leading source for students of medieval English peasantry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138173279

Bond Orders and Energy ComponentsExtracting Chemical Information from Molecular Wave Functions While modern computational methods can provide us with the wave function of a molecule in numerical form most computer programs lack the sophisticated tools needed to extract chemical concepts from these wave functions. Saving researchers vast time and potential confusion this volume collects and organizes those validated tools currently scattered throughout the literature and details their application. It provides immediate access for those needing to calculate such critical factors as bond order and valence indices and atomic and diatomic contributions to molecular energy. Supporting material is available for download from the authors' continually updated website. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781420090116

Bonded Labour and Debt in the Indian Ocean World This volume of essays contains case studies of debt bondage covering the impact of an expanding globalized economy increased commercialization colonial and post-colonial societies and emerging economies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138664715

Bonding through CodeTheoretical Models for Molecules and Materials This timely and unique publication is designed for graduate students and researchers in inorganic and materials chemistry and covers bonding models and applications of symmetry concepts to chemical systems. The book discusses the quantum mechanical basis for molecular orbital concepts the connections between molecular orbitals and localized views of bonding group theory bonding models for a variety of compounds and the extension of these ideas to solid state materials in band theory. Unlike other books the concepts are made tangible to the readers by guiding them through their implementation in MATLAB functions. No background in MATLAB or computer programming is needed; the book will provide the necessary skills. Key Features Visualization of the Postulates of Quantum Mechanics to build conceptual understanding MATLAB functions for rendering molecular geometries and orbitals Do-it-yourself approach to building a molecular orbital and band theory program Introduction to Group Theory harnessing the 3D graphing capabilities of MATLAB Online access to a growing collection of applications of the core material and other appendices Bonding through Code　is ideal for first-year graduate students and advanced undergraduates in chemistry materials science and physics. Researchers wishing to gain new tools for theoretical analysis or deepen their understanding of bonding phenomena can also benefit from this text.　 About the Author Daniel Fredrickson is a Professor in the Department of Chemistry at the University of Wisconsin–Madison where his research group focuses on understanding and harnessing the structural chemistry of intermetallic phases using a combination of theory and experiment. His interests in crystals structure and bonding can be traced to his undergraduate research at the University of Washington (B.S. in Biochemistry 2000) with Prof. Bart Kahr his Ph.D. studies at Cornell University (2000–2005) with Profs. Stephen Lee and Roald Hoffmann and his post-doctoral work with Prof. Sven Lidin at Stockholm University (2005–2008). As part of his teaching at UW–Madison since 2009 he has worked to enhance his department’s graduate course Physical Inorganic Chemistry I: Symmetry and Bonding through the incorporation of new material and the development of computer-based exercises. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498762212

Bone Antler Ivory and HornThe Technology of Skeletal Materials Since the Roman Period Artefacts made from skeletal materials since the Roman period were before this book neglected as a serious area of study. This is a comprehensive account which reviews over fifty categories of artefact. The book starts with a consideration of the formation morphology and mechanical properties of the materials and illuminates characteristics concerning working with them. Following chapters discuss the organisation of the industry and trade in such items including the changing status of the industry over time. Archaeological evidence is combined with that from historical and ethnological sources with many illustrations providing key visual reference. Originally published in 1985. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138818002

Bone Health in Children Bone health is one of the most widely discussed topics in pediatric nutrition. Ensuring adequate calcium and vitamin D intake is essential and other factors also play a significant role. Bone Health in Children explores the recent decades of research and public commentary on the subject debunks popular myths and clarifies the often confusing and contradictory scientific literature. Presenting practical and theoretical education and advice the book provides rational and accessible information geared to a wide audience of individuals interested in this critical element of pediatric health.Highlights include:The Institute of Medicine process by which Dietary Reference Intakes (DRIs) are developedIron calcium and vitamin D requirements for infants children and pregnant and lactating womenControversy over high-dose vitamin D supplementation and pregnancyDetailed explanation of the scientific research process related to human nutritionThe nonbone health aspects of vitamin D and why literature claims about this topic can be misleadingFrequently Asked Questions regarding nutrition with answers in short formatProviding a solid understanding as to how dietary guidelines are developed and evaluating the strengths and weaknesses of their underlying data this volume answers practical questions crucial for choosing diets for children while also delving into the more theoretical aspects of conducting and interpreting medical research. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367381622

Bone HistologyAn Anthropological Perspective A broad understanding of bone and tooth microstructure is necessary for constructing the biological profile of an individual or individuals within a population. Bone Histology: An Anthropological Perspective brings together authors with extensive experience and expertise in various aspects of hard tissue histology to provide a comprehensive discussion of the application of methods current theories and future directions in hard tissue research related to anthropological questions. Topics discussed include: The biology underlying skeletal growth and development leading to adult skeletal morphology Current research in understanding in bone modeling Histological features of dental hard tissues and their utility in biological anthropology Histological analysis as a means to differentiate human from nonhuman bone and for the purpose of age estimation The biomechanics of cortical bone Histotaphonomy and how postmortem microstructural change can be used for taphonomic inquiry The application of light microscopy in paleopathology to classify pathological conditions The histological study of bone tissue of archaeological origin Researchers’ access to collections of bone samples with known demographic information Technological aspects of hard tissue histology including laboratory requirements and high-resolution imaging In most cases the physical remains of humans available to bioarchaeologists paleopathologists and paleontologists are limited to skeletal material. Fortunately these hard tissues are a storehouse of information about biological processes experienced during the life of an individual. This volume provides an overview of the current state of research and potential applications in anthropology and other fields that employ a histological approach to the study of hard tissues. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439866917

Bone Marrow Processing and Purginga Practical Guide Bone Marrow Processing and Purging: A Practical Guide provides an up-to-date practical guide to the major ex vivo procedures associated with bone marrow transplantation. Previously this information was communicated primarily by word of mouth; now experts in the field present detailed descriptions and evaluations of methods for marrow harvesting evaluation (including tumor infiltration flow cytometric analysis and colony assays) comparative methods for automated nucleated cell separation and enumeration tumor cell purging T cell depletion stem cell selection gene transfer and cytopreservation. Special sections address quality control and FDA regulations. The book provides a unique information source intended for clinicians researchers technical staff transplant nurses and medical students involved in this rapidly expanding area of medicine. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003068501

Book and Text in France 1400–1600Poetry on the Page In recent years literary scholars have come increasingly to acknowledge that an adequate understanding of texts requires the study of books the material objects through which the meanings of texts are constructed. Focusing on French poetry in the period 1400-1600 contributors to this volume analyze layout illustration graphology paratext typography anthologization and other such elements in works by a variety of writers among them Charles d'Orléans Jean Bouchet Pierre de Ronsard and Louise Labé. They demonstrate how those elements play a crucial role in shaping the relationships between authors texts contexts and readers and how these relationships change as the nature of the book evolves. An introduction to the volume outlines the methodological implications of studying the materiality of literature in this period; situates the various papers in relation to each other and to the field as a whole; and indicates possible future directions of research in the field. By engaging with issues of major current methodological concern this volume appeals to all scholars interested in the materiality of the literary text including the burgeoning field of text-image studies not only in French but also in other national literatures. In addition it enables fruitful connections to be made between late-medieval and Renaissance literature areas still often studied in isolation from each other. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315261409

Book Ceremonial Magic First published in 2006. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138964877

Book MattersThe Changing Nature of Literacy Scholars have been puzzling over the "future of the book" since Marshall McLuhan's famous maxim "the medium is the message" in the early 1950s. McLuhan famously argued that electronic media was creating a global village in which books would become obsolete. Such views were ahead of their time but today they are all too relevant as declining sales even among classic texts have become a serious matter in academic publishing. Does anyone still read long and complex works either from the past or the present? Is the role of a professional reader and reviewer of manuscripts still relevant? Book Matters closely analyses these questions and others. Alan Sica surmises that the concentration span required for studying and discussing complex texts has slipped away as undergraduate classes are becoming inundated by shorter easier-to-teach scholarly and literary works. He considers such matters in part from the point of view of a former editor of scholarly journals. In an engaging style he gives readers succinct analyses of books and ideas that once held the interest of millions of discerning readers such as Simone de Beavoir's Second Sex and the works of David Graham Phillips and C. Wright Mills among others. Book Matters is not a nostalgic cry for lost ideas but instead a stark reminder of just how aware and analytically illuminating certain scholars were prior to the Internet and how endangered the book is in this era of pixelated communication. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412865029

Book of DanielAn Annotated Bibliography 'Book of Daniel' An Annotated Bibliography This volume is one of a series of bibliographies on the books of the Bible. This is the first volume of the series of bibliographies described in the series introduction in this case on the Book of Daniel in the Old Testament (OT) or the Hebrew Scriptures fTanakh).Scholars for these bibliographies have been drawn from across the Judeo-Christian perspective as well as across doctrinal perspectives. These bibliographies should be of value to students and faculty to laity and professional to religious and academic groups for undergraduate and graduate study. They should serve a significant role as reference works in libraries for the public the university and religious groups as well as individuals. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315056609

Book Of Governors First published in 2008. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138964891

Book Of Medicines First published in 2005. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138964907

Book of Sides II: Original Two-Page Scenes for Actors and Directors Book of Sides II: Original Two-Page Scenes for Actors and Directors is the second book in the Book of Sides series by Dave Kost featuring original two-page two-character scenes for use in acting directing and auditioning classes. While shorter than the traditional three-to-six-page scenes commonly used in classes Book of Sides II features longer scenes than the first Book of Sides with greater character development more reversals and stronger climaxes. Balanced structured scenes designed specifically for educational use challenge both actors and directors equally with objectives obstacles tactics and subtext; Two-page length is ideal for high-intensity exercises and faster-paced workshops; Printed in easy-to-read film-script format with plenty of room for notes; Scenes are completely original and unencumbered by copyright so students may film and post legally on the internet; Universally castable so all roles can be played by actors of any gender appearance skill level or ethnicity; Accessibly-written for modern students helping them to focus on the fundamentals of performance and directing; Simple and conducive to performing in a classroom without sets costumes or special props. This book was written by an educator for educators and designed for use in the classroom. Never search for scenes again! Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138220553

Book of Sides: Original One-Page Scenes for Actors and Directors Looking for fresh original scenes for your fast-paced acting or directing class? Tired of the same old material everyone recognizes? Want the flexibility to play any character in any scene? Book of Sides: Original Short Scenes for Actors and Directors offers scenes that are considerably shorter than those in similar books but still feature the structure of typical scenes with arcs clear playable objectives and stakes for both actors. Here you will find scenes that are: One-page in length and specially designed for new high-intensity exercises that help students develop quickly Printed in an easily readable film-script format that provides plenty of room for annotations Completely original allowing you to produce and distribute reinterpretations without worrying about copyright restrictions Universally castable with roles that can be assigned to actors regardless of gender appearance skill level or race Simple and conducive to performing in the classroom without props costumes or sets Perfect for audition workshops and crowded directing or acting classes where everyone wants an opportunity to perform Written in accessible contemporary language that keeps student actors engaged Don’t miss out! In Book of Sides Dave Kost brings two decades of teaching experience to the table to deliver the ideal set of scenes for busy classroom settings auditions and general training. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138022263

Book of the Knowledge of All the Kingdoms Lands and Lordships that are in the WorldAnd the Arms and Devices of each Land and Lordship or Translation of the Libro del Conoscimiento de todos los reynos. This is a new print-on-demand hardback edition of the volume first published in 1912. Media > Books > E-books Hakluyt Society 9781315569673

Book Of Woodcraft First published in 2005. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315831688

Book Production The digital revolution has brought with it a wider range of options for creating and producing print on paper products than ever seen before. With the growing demand for skills and knowledge with which to exploit the potential of digital technology comes the need for a comprehensive book that not only makes it possible for production staff editors and designers to understand how the technology affects the industry they work in but also provides them with the skills and competencies they need to work in it smartly and effectively. This book is designed to satisfy this need. Book Production falls into two parts: The first part deals with the increasingly important role of production as project managers a role which has not been adequately written about in any of the recent literature on publishing. The second part deals with the processes and raw materials used in developing and manufacturing print on paper products. Case studies are used to illustrate why and how some processes or raw materials may or may not be appropriate for a particular job. With expert opinions and case studies and a consideration of the practices and issues involved this offers a comprehensive overview of book production for anyone working or training to work in or in conjunction with the books industry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415593809

Book Publishing Books are the cornerstone of our culture. They disseminate ideas and preserve and transmit literature. Their contents underpin great religions and have been responsible for wars and revolutions. They lie at the heart of education and scholarship. They have brought pleasure (and some pain) to countless millions of people for nearly three millennia. The systematic study of books and the means by which they are created and distributed began in the eighteenth century but it is only in the last 150 years or so that it has developed into an important field of scholarship. After an intellectual transformation in the last quarter of the twentieth century the history of books—and particularly the commercial history of books—is now a vibrant and widely practised area of study and research. Literary scholars historians and many others in the humanities and social sciences have a keen interest in how texts have reached us how they were created marketed and distributed and what impact the commercial processes of publishing had on their contents. As serious academic work on and around publishing and the printed book continues to flourish as never before this new title in the Routledge Major Works series Critical Concepts in Media and Cultural Studies meets the need for an authoritative reference work to make sense of a growing and ever more complex corpus of literature and to provide a map of the area as it has emerged and developed. It is a landmark collection of foundational and the best cutting-edge scholarship in the field and is organized in four volumes. Volume I (‘Concepts and Theories: Issues in Book History’) deals with the discipline itself its parameters its theoretical foundations and the issues and controversies which have helped it to develop and which are still carrying it forward. Volume II (‘Publishing and the Book Trade’) meanwhile focuses on the development of the publishing industry the commercial heart of the book world and the engine of its evolution. In the third volume (‘Publishers and Authors’) the emphasis is on the extremities of the chain of production and distribution—the authors who create books and the readers who use them—and on the complex relationships between both and the publishers. The final volume (‘Printing and Book Production’) is concerned with the history of printing—the most important single technological development in the whole history of the book. The materials gathered in this collection exemplify schools of thought and the development of ideas about the discipline as well as embodying some of the key results of scholarship to give a coherent view of its achievements and of its potential for further development. For the novice or advanced student the collection will be particularly useful as an essential database allowing scattered and often fugitive material to be easily located. And for the more advanced scholar it will be welcomed as a crucial tool permitting rapid access to less familiar—and sometimes overlooked—texts. For both Book Publishing will be valued as a vital one-stop research and pedagogic resource. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415490092

Bookbinding Old & New First Published in 1990. Bookbindings Old and New- Notes of a Book-Lover is a collection of plates illustrations and a look through the history of book-binding. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315056036

bookdownAuthoring Books and Technical Documents with R Markdown bookdown: Authoring Books and Technical Documents with R Markdown presents a much easier way to write books and technical publications than traditional tools such as LaTeX and Word. The bookdown package inherits the simplicity of syntax and flexibility for data analysis from R Markdown and extends R Markdown for technical writing so that you can make better use of document elements such as figures tables equations theorems citations and references. Similar to LaTeX you can number and cross-reference these elements with bookdown. Your document can even include live examples so readers can interact with them while reading the book. The book can be rendered to multiple output formats including LaTeX/PDF HTML EPUB and Word thus making it easy to put your documents online. The style and theme of these output formats can be customized. We used books and R primarily for examples in this book but bookdown is not only for books or R. Most features introduced in this book also apply to other types of publications: journal papers reports dissertations course handouts study notes and even novels. You do not have to use R either. Other choices of computing languages include Python C C++ SQL Bash Stan JavaScript and so on although R is best supported. You can also leave out computing for example to write a fiction. This book itself is an example of publishing with bookdown and R Markdown and its source is fully available on GitHub. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138700109

Booker Tropical Soil ManualA Handbook for Soil Survey and Agricultural Land Evaluation in the Tropics and Subtropics First published in 1991. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138147065

Books Bodies and BronzesComparing Sites of Global Citizenship Creation One out of every seven people in the world today is on the move voluntarily and involuntarily within countries and between them. More and more people belong to several communities at once and yet the social contract between state and citizen is still bounded by questions of nationality. Where will the cultural building blocks come from with which we can imagine a different kind of nation and different kinds of institutions that better reflect this reality? This book looks at the potential role of international music competitions beauty magazines elite social clubs and religious movements among others as potential breeding grounds for the creation of global citizenship. This book was originally published as a special issue of Ethnic and Racial Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138082816

Books Bricks and BytesLibraries in the Twenty-first Century Libraries are experiencing a technological revolution that goes well beyond anything that has existed since the invention of printing. Not surprisingly the digital library with all that it portends for the future of the book and the periodical but also with all that it implies for the kinds of information that will be collected and disseminated will necessarily preoccupy those responsible for libraries in the new century. Everything from copyright access and cost to the nature of the reading public itself is now up for re-examination.'Books Bricks and Bytes' brings together an extraordinary array of authors at the cutting edge of these concerns not only within the United States but experts drawn from Germany France Russia the United Kingdom Brazil and India. James H. Billington discusses the Library of Congress in the information age; Ann S. Okerson outlines two models for securing scholarly information; Donald S. Lamm discusses the shaky partnership of publishers and librarians hi this new environment; Klaus-Dieter Lehmann provides a framework for maintaining the intellectual heritage of the past in a digitized future. Each contributor shows hi concrete detail and vivid illustration that the library as a world of holdings is increasingly valued as an incomparable place to access information. In his preface to the book Stephen Graubard reminds us that whether or not one believes in the reality of the information revolution that is said to be overtaking the world it is obvious that the libraries being built today do not resemble those marble sanctuaries constructed hi the Victorian age or in the early twentieth entury. This is a work that shows how libraries have been transformed from "refuges" from the external world to places that reflect the social and intellectual values of specific societies. The idea that the library is a public trust and public resource is at the center of this unusually fine collection at the cutting edge of professional and public life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138519725

Books Buildings and Social EngineeringEarly Public Libraries in Britain from Past to Present Public libraries have strangely never been the subject of an extensive design history. Consequently this important and comprehensive book represents a ground-breaking socio-architectural study of pre-1939 public library buildings. A surprisingly high proportion of these urban civic buildings remain intact and present an increasingly difficult architectural problem for many communities. The book thus includes a study of what is happening to these historic libraries now and proposes that knowledge of their origins and early development can help build an understanding of how best to handle their future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815399285

Books Bytes and BusinessThe Promise of Digital Publishing How are businesses responding to global changes in markets driven by changes in technology? Whatever the industry the trends are familiar: globalization and the rise of industrial conglomerates mergers and acquisitions the networking of businesses and markets outsourcing and shifts in the distribution of resources and production all reflected in the emergence of new players new products and services and new forms of competition. As arguably the first knowledge-based business book publishing provides an ideal setting for the study of challenge and opportunity. The industry is currently experiencing fierce levels of competition extreme financial pressures restructuring and the threat of technology-induced obsolescence. Added to these are the challenges posed by new and potential entrants to the market the emergence of new products and services new ways of doing business including trading in virtual markets and the vulnerability of traditional business models. The suitability of book publishing as a context for researching the emergence of knowledge-based business becomes all too apparent. Through combining primary research with secondary analysis drawn from the relevant literatures Books Bytes and Business is both a readable and informative account of business in the knowledge-based economy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138267923

Books Stories and Puppets Part of the Ready Steady Play! series Books Stories and Puppets promotes visual storytelling and provides ideas for extending learning through a range of stories and characters that are well-known and much loved by children and adults alike. This book: provides ideas and templates for visual resources that will enhance storytime outlines fun ideas across all curriculum areas linked to favourite stories encourages the use of drama as a mode of story telling. Containing simple but excellent ideas for creative play experiences for all early years practitioners and students on early years courses  this book is also recommended reading for parents looking for inspiration. Media > Books > E-books David Fulton Publishers 9780203769102

Books and Libraries in American Society during World War IIWeapons in the War of Ideas World War II presented America's public libraries with the daunting challenge of meeting new demands for war-related library services and materials with Depression-weakened collections inadequate budgets and demoralized staff in addition to continuing to serve the library's traditional clientele of women and children seeking recreational reading. This work examines how libraries could respond to their communities need through the use of numerous primary and secondary sources. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415653688

Books and Periodicals in Brazil 1768-1930 This book brings together a collection of original articles on the transnational relations between Brazil and European countries especially Britain and France in the domain of literature and print culture from the beginning of the nineteenth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367599621

Books of Definition in Islamic PhilosophyThe Limits of Words Islamic Philosophy has unusual origins. Originally a hybrid of Greek philosophy and early Islamic theology its technical language consisted of a number of words translated from the Greek. This book studies how Islamic philosophers of the ninth century AD such as al-Kindi al-Farabi and Ibn Sina developed an indigenous set of terms and concepts. Their Books of Definition influenced the revision of the Arabic language to incorporate these new fields of knowledge.Books of Definition in Islamic Philosophy: The Limits of Words uses the work of these philosophers as a basis from which a comparison with their Greek precedents is enabled. The book presents a framework for incorporating an Islamic and historically contextualised philosophy into a continuum of world philosophers. At the core of this framework is Ibn Sina's Kitab al-hudud which the author has translated into English and situates it in its correct geopolitical framework. In establishing a historical and literary context for the writing and circulation of Ibn Sina's definitions the book breaks new ground in the integration of Islamic philosophy within a general history of philosophies.This fascinating and comprehensive study will be of interest to scholars and postgraduate students of Islamic Philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138879256

Books on Children (ES 5-vol. set) This is the third part of Edition Synapse’s series of collections of early English writings on children. It consists of facsimile reprints of rare educational and religious books and pamphlets including conduct books and advice for parents in the early Modern period. A total of fourteen items are reproduced in this part which includes writings by Benjamin Bourn Thomas Lancaster Thomas Beddoes and others. For those seeking to trace the development of British views on children during the period from the late sixteenth century to the turn of the eighteenth century it is an invaluable resource. Media > Books > Print Books Edition Synapse 9784902454321

Bookshelfa Guide For Librarians and System Managers First published in 1992 This guide one of a series looking at library automation systems will not only help prospective users in their systems choice but will also give current a better appreciation of the potential of their own system.Written by users of the system and reflecting their experience the guide examines BookshelF’s place in the automated libraries’ market the company’s history reliability and support services. All the hardware and software used in connection with BookshelF are described and the reader is taken through all the process involved in setting up the system and introduced to the specific packages and application. This guide will also be interest to students of information management information science and librarianship. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138609686

Boom and BustSociety and Electoral Politics in the Düsseldorf Area: 1867-1878 Originally published in 1987 this study assesses the extent to which social and economic conditions affected the outcome of Reichstag and Landtag elections. It discusses the economic development in the district of Düsseldorf both before and during the period covered 1867-1878; it also examines those social conditions in the region that remained static from 1867 – 1878 but also considers as a background to each election or set of elections short term changes in economic and social conditions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367246051

Boom Town Growth Managem/h This book discusses the origins of the boom the impact of the issues raised by boom growth in sweetwater county Wyoming as well as the strategies for the management of boom town growth. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367170387

Booms Bubbles and Bust in the US Stock Market An extremely user-friendly overview of the inner workings of the US stock market. Things have changed a great deal since the heady days of the 1980s and we are now entering an era of profound uncertainty with most analysts predicting trouble ahead. Indeed the alarming decline of the NASDAQ shows no sign of abating and the fear is that traditional industries will be the next to bite the dust. September 11th has only added to the gloomy mood.This book examines the current conditions before looking back to the events of the past century - The Great Depression the 1970s oil crisis the party-for-the-rich atmosphere of the 1980s and the emergence of the new economy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138154001

Booms Bubbles and Busts in US Stock Markets In the US stock market things have changed a great deal since the heady days of the 1980s and we are now entering an era of profound uncertainty with most analysts predicting trouble ahead. Indeed the alarming decline of the NASDAQ shows no sign of abating and the fear is that traditional industries will be the next to bite the dust. September 11th has only added to the gloomy mood. A user-friendly overview of the inner workings of the US stock market  this book examines the current market conditions before looking back to the events of the past century - the Great Depression the 1970s oil crisis the party-for-the-rich atmosphere of the 1980s and the emergence of the new economy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415646123

Booms and Busts: An Encyclopedia of Economic History from the First Stock Market Crash of 1792 to the Current Global Economic CrisisAn Encyc This timely and authoritative set explores three centuries of good times and hard times in major economies throughout the world. More than 400 signed articles cover events from Tulipmania during the 1630s to the U.S. federal stimulus package of 2009 and introduce readers to underlying concepts recurring themes major institutions and notable figures. Written in a clear accessible style "Booms and Busts" provides vital insight and perspective for students teachers librarians and the general public - anyone interested in understanding the historical precedents causes and effects of the global economic crisis. Special features include a chronology of major booms and busts through history a glossary of economic terms a guide to further research an appendix of primary documents a topic finder and a comprehensive index. It features 1 050 pages; three volumes; 8-1/2" X 11"; topic finder; photos; chronology; glossary; primary documents; bibliography; and index. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315706078

Boosting Competitiveness Through DecentralizationSubnational Comparison of Local Development in Mexico Decentralization is accepted as one of the defining features of the third wave of democratic transitions in Latin America and commonly understood as an index and an agent of democratization. This rather optimistic perspective is inherent in the literature which is dominated by two theories. The liberal-individualist approach especially as advocated by the World Bank promotes decentralization policies on the premise of their efficiency equity and responsiveness to local demands. Similarly the statist approach claims that decentralization can be the route to greater accountability transparency and participation in governance; they add that this path should be guided by political elites and institutions. These dominant views nevertheless understate the extent to which certain decentralization policies have been implemented in lockstep with neoliberalization. This book examines the relationship between global economic processes and decentralization. It argues that through decentralization policies the imperatives of neoliberal rules of competitiveness have been diffused into local governments and economies generating different local development models. Whether decentralization produces democratic opening at the local level is contingent on how the local economy is integrated into global economic processes and which social and economic groups are empowered and disempowered in that transition. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138268623

Boosting Learning in the Primary ClassroomOccupational therapy strategies that really work with pupils Boosting Learning in the Primary Classroom is your one-stop practical guide to understanding the physical development of children and how this affects their ability to learn. Not only does it explain the reasons behind the theories but provides over 75 practical tips that really work in the classroom. The book is based on a successful five-step approach　 to help children acquire the skills needed to manage at school and daily life. It works by being able to pinpoint a problem assists others in recognising the impact that difficulty is having to the child and then provides strategies to develop that child’s specific skills. Using the latest medical research and established occupational therapy techniques to obtain great results this approach provides teachers with the tools to use different knowledge and strategies to engage children in the learning process. Key ideas explored include: Exploring the reasons for poor handwriting Increasing Disability Awareness The link between body posture and concentration Dyspraxia in a school setting Play develops learning Understanding sensory behaviour By providing teachers with an understanding of physical child development and the impact this has in the classroom this book demonstrates how teachers can use this knowledge to boost the learning of their primary-aged children. It encourages teachers to identify improvements in the child’s progress of not just educational learning targets but also in physical motor development using real life case studies latest theory and tried & tested occupational therapy methods to help every child improve. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138826786

Boosting School BelongingPractical Strategies to Help Adolescents Feel Like They Belong at School With rising rates of youth mental illness disconnection and social isolation strategies are needed that can help stem the tide. A sense of belonging to one’s school is associated with good school performance physical and psychological wellbeing and offers a quintessential solution to help address many of the issues faced by young people today. Grounded in theory research and practical experience Boosting School Belonging provides 48 activities for practitioners and teachers to use with classes groups or individuals to help secondary students develop a sense of school belonging. Through six modules readers will understand the evidence underlying each module identify fun and practical tools to use with young people and develop strategies for helping young people connect with teachers parents peers themselves learning and help. The evidence-based strategies and concepts make it an invaluable resource for teachers psychologists and counsellors looking to help foster a sense of school belonging amongst students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138305083

Boots of Leather Slippers of GoldThe History of a Lesbian Community Boots of Leather Slippers of Gold traces the evolution of the lesbian community in Buffalo New York from the mid-1930s up to the early 1960s. Drawing upon the oral histories of 45 women it is the first comprehensive history of a working-class lesbian community. These poignant and complex stories show how black and white working-class lesbians although living under oppressive circumstances nevertheless became powerful agents of historical change. Kennedy and Davis provide a unique insider's perspective on butch-fem culture and argue that the roots of gay and lesbian liberation are found specifically in the determined resistance of working-class lesbians. This 20th anniversary edition republishes the book for a new generation of readers. It includes a new preface in which the authors reflect on where the last 20 years have taken them. For anyone interested in lesbian life during the 1940s and 1950s or in the dynamics of butch-fem culture this study remains the one that set the highest standard for all oral histories and ethnographies of lesbian communities anywhere. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138785854

BORBBirmingham Object Recognition Battery BORB provides a set of standardised procedures for assessing neuropsychological disorders of visual object recognition based on tests developed in the cognitive neuropsychological literature. The tests are introduced in terms of cognitive neuropsychological analyses of object recognition and guidance is given concerning test use and interpretation. The tests assess low-level aspects of visual perception (using same-different matching of basic perceptual features such as orientation length position and object size) intermediate visual processes (e.g. matching objects different in viewpoint) access to stored perceptual knowledge about objects (object decision) access to semantic knowledge (function and associative matches) and access to names from object (picture naming). BORB will serve as an invaluable companion test battery to the PALPA test of language ability. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781003069645

Border Crossing in Greater ChinaProduction Community and Identity China’s transformation from a poor and underdeveloped country into a global market power has profoundly altered its socioeconomic power relations with the other countries in the Greater China region namely Taiwan and Hong Kong. Indeed this economic shift has resulted in the massive flow of capital and people from Taiwan as well as Hong Kong to China to seek business opportunities and new lifestyles. These flows have in turn completely transformed longstanding borderlines in the region. This book examines the transformation of Taiwan and Hong Kong’s socioeconomic relationships with China as their economies have become more deeply integrated into Greater China. Across three key sections it explores the impact of increasing social interaction and the shrinking of existing borderlines to ask whether these changes will bring about a convergence of identity among the people involved. "Production" examines how investments from Taiwan and Hong Kong to China have transformed production networks; "Community" explores the impact of cross-boundary mobility and the integration of migrants into Chinese communities; and finally "Identity" engages with what is one of the most important issues in contemporary Taiwanese society. Border Crossing in Greater China contributes not only to theoretical debates on border crossing issues but also provides valuable insights on the practical concerns regarding social and political integration and tensions in the region. As such it will be of great interest to students and scholars of Taiwan studies Chinese studies Chinese society and Chinese economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138089600

Border CrossingsEssays in Identity and Belonging The border between intimate memory and historical revelation is explored in this wide-ranging collection which features original contributions from leading figures in the life-writing field from Australia Canada Europe the UK and the USA.The transmission and preservation of personal knowledge and stories from generation to generation frequently requires crossing into the private contested spaces of memory. The most secret accounts or guarded remnants of information can sometimes lead to the most profound insights. In this context there is a delicate balance between life writing’s role in revealing lives and the desire to be respectful towards them. As the essays in this book attest exposing secrets even if humiliating can be a way of honouring lives. Throughout runs the framing theme of memory as the source of all intergenerational transmission of culture and history—whether relating to family community nation ancestry or political allegiance—and the importance of the intimate and personal in that process of handing on.This book was originally published as a special issue of Life Writing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367586492

Border Dialogues (Routledge Revivals)Journeys in Postmodernity First published in 1990 Border Dialogues explores some of the territories of contemporary culture philosophy and criticism. It touches on arguments surrounding Nietzsche and Italian ‘weak thought’ the mysteries of being ‘British’ and with more immediate concerns such as computers fashion gender and ethnicity. The chapters explore how such different strands are joined together and how this can lead to a reassessment of contemporary cultural criticism. This innovative and interesting reissue will be of particular interest to students of critical theory cultural studies radical philosophy and deconstruction. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415730693

Border FetishismsMaterial Objects in Unstable Spaces First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315022437

Border FrictionsGender Generation and Technology on the Frontline How did Canadian border officers come to think of themselves as a "police of the border"? This book tells the story of the shift to law enforcement in Canadian border control. From the 1990s onward it traces the transformation of a customs organization into a border-policing agency. Border Frictions investigates how considerable political efforts and state resources have made bordering a matter of security and trade facilitation best managed with surveillance technologies. Based on interviews with border officers ethnographic work carried out in the vicinity of land border ports of entry and policy analysis this book illuminates features seldom reviewed by critical border scholars. These include the fraught circulation of data the role of unions in shaping the border policy agenda the significance of professional socialization in the making of distinct generations of security workers and evidence of the masculinization of bordering. In a time when surveillance technologies track the mobilities of goods and people and push their control beyond and inside geopolitical borderlines Côté-Boucher unpacks how we came to accept the idea that it is vital to deploy coercive bordering tactics at the land border. Written in a clear and engaging style this book will appeal to students and scholars in criminology sociology social theory politics and geography and appeal to those interested in learning about the everyday reality of policing the border. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367136413

Border FuryEngland and Scotland at War 1296-1568 Border Fury provides a fascinating account of the period of Anglo-Scottish Border conflict from the Edwardian invasions of 1296 until the Union of the Crowns under James VI of Scotland James I of England in 1603. It looks at developments in the art of war during the period the key transition from medieval to renaissance warfare the development of tactics arms armour and military logistics during the period. All the key personalities involved are profiled and the typology of each battle site is examined in detail with the author providing several new interpretations that differ radically from those that have previously been understood. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138143432

Border Modernism First published in 2003. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415867078

Border Policing and Security TechnologiesMobility and Proliferation of Borders in the Western Balkans This book is a unique and original examination of borders and bordering practices in the Western Balkans prior to during and after the migrant "crisis" of the 2010s. Based on extensive mixed-method exploratory research in Serbia Croatia FYR Macedonia and Kosovo the book charts technological and human interventions deployed in this region that simultaneously enable and hinder the mobility projects of border crossers. Within the rich historical context of the Balkan Wars and subsequent displacement of many people from the region and beyond this book discusses the types and locations of borders as well as their development transformation and impact on people on the move. These border crossers fall into three distinct categories: people from the Middle East Africa and Asia transiting the region; citizens of the Western Balkans seeking asylum and access to labour markets in the EU; and women border crossers. This book also maps border struggles that follow these processes analyses the creation of labour "reserves" in the region and examines the role that technology – in particular smartphones and social media - play in regulating mobility and creating social change. This volume also explores the role of the EU in and the impact of the aforementioned processes on nation-states of the Western Balkans their European future and mobility in the region. Whilst the book focusses on a particular region in Southeast Europe its findings can be easily applied to other social contexts and settings. It will be particularly useful to academics and postgraduate students studying social sciences such as criminology sociology legal studies law international relations political science and gender studies. It will also be useful for legal practitioners NGO activists and government officials. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138858930

Border Security in the BalkansEurope Gatekeepers Borders dominate the security agenda in South-east Europe. Political and ethnic discontents focus on disputed borders while traffickers in migrants and drugs ignore them.The EU argues that the Balkan countries should develop models of border management using its policing standards but the region is rife with corruption and its border guards are both under-resourced and ineffective. This Paper asks how and why border management in South-east Europe is developing as it is and what this might mean for the future of Europe. Drawing on recent experience in Bosnia Herzegovina Slovenia Macedonia and Albania it looks at the ways in which the regions' borders are managed and gauges the development of a consensual European approach to border security. It shows how governments and guards understand the predicament of regional insecurity and how they respond with strategies that accommodate evade or subvert unavoidable political pressures. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138466678

Border SecurityShores of Politics Horizons of Justice What kind of a world is one in which border security is understood as necessary? How is this transforming the shores of politics? And why does this seem to preclude a horizon of political justice for those affected? Border Security responds to these questions through an interdisciplinary exploration of border security politics and justice. Drawing empirically on the now notorious case of Australia the book pursues a range of theoretical perspectives – including Foucault’s work on power the systems theory of Niklas Luhmann and the cybernetic ethics of Heinz Von Foerster – in order to formulate an account of the thoroughly constructed and political nature of border security. Through this detailed and critical engagement the book’s analysis elicits a political alternative to border security from within its own logic: thus signaling at least the beginnings of a way out of the cost cruelty and devaluation of life that characterises the enforced reality of the world of border security. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367232337

Border Thinking on the Edges of the WestCrossing Over the Hellespont Drawing on scholarly and life experience on and over the historically posited borders between "West" and "East " the work identifies interrogates and challenges a particular enduring violent inheritance – what it means to cross over a border – from the classical origins of Western political thought. The study has two parts. The first is an effort to work within the Western tradition to demonstrate its foundational and enduring violent conception of crossing over borders. The second is a creative effort to explore and encourage a fundamentally different outlook towards borders and what it means to be on at or over them. The underlying social theoretical disposition of the work is a form of post-Orientalist hermeneutics; the textual subject matter of the two parts of the study is linked using Walter Benjamin's concept of the storyteller. The underlying premise of the work is that the sense of violent possibility on the borders between "West" and "East" existed well before the more recent "age of imperialism" and even before there was a "West" or an "East" to speak of. That sense is constitutive of a political imagination about borders developed deep within the revered sources of Western culture. On the other hand confronting the influence of such violent imaginaries requires truly novel modes of hermeneutical openness hospitality and solidarity. Seeking to offer a new understanding and opening in the study of borders this work will provide a significant contribution to several areas including international relations theory border studies and political theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138287860

Border-crossing in EducationHistorical perspectives on transnational connections and circulations Border-crossing in Education comprises a series of case studies covering a variety of cultural areas in order to reveal the density of connections and exchanges that inform educational practices policies and systems. It attaches particular importance to individual and collective actors that govern these flows – initiating promoting or reconfiguring transfers of policy models. The contributors explore various aspects of the circulatory mechanisms that have been deployed in the field of education during the modern and contemporary period. Varying the observation scales from local to international they demonstrate the multilateral character of the circulatory dynamics observed. The implementation of rich and varied approaches to these complex processes offers a perspective that complements and renews our knowledge of the genesis and evolution of educational policies and systems most notably highlighting their foreign inspirations. However these studies do not merely evoke borrowings and hybridization as if national borders proved porous or non-existent. Instead they show that the phenomena of resistance reinterpretation and rejection are also an integral part of transnational mechanisms of exchanges. The book thus demonstrates the relevance of a historical approach in addressing these transnational mechanisms in the field of education and childhood policy. This book was originally published as a special issue of Paedagogica Historica. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367028220

Bordering RussiaTheory and Prospects for Europe's Baltic Rim First published in 1998 this book exsplores the dilemma in Western policy towards Russia in recent years is whether to admit into NATO and the EU all those countries who wish to join or whether to respect Russian sensitivities and be more selective. The Dilemma is at its peak for those countries bordering Russia; they are the ones who fear Russia the most but whose integration into the West provokes Russia the most a situation likely to strengthen Russian non-democratic forces. This is the dilemma that the present volume evolves around. Apart from stressing geopolitical fundamentals and the countries’ historical experiences the book is also future-orientated. Will Europe’s Baltic rim become an outpost of the West with an iron curtain to its East will it become an extensive ‘grey zone’ or will the countries become Western bridge-builder’s eastwards? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138607651

Bordering the Middle East This volume focuses on the influence that borders in the Middle East can have on actors’ identity building as well as how local national or transnational actors re/ define borders and boundaries.The Middle East is facing a political crisis revealed by the Arab uprisings that is affecting states’ borders in a paradoxical way: while local communal or tribal dissent tends to contest international borders states are trying to affirm their control over national territory in building border fences. Focusing on borders in their materiality as well as their symbolic dimensions – their representations – may help with reappraising the region’s own history the local/national specificities as well as regional/ global constraints affecting borderlands and those who cross borders; be they workers migrants or jihadists. In this book six case studies will provide insights on state- community relationships through the lens of border issues in the Levant and the Gulf. The theoretical framework provided by the border studies conceptual tools allows authors to delve into the process of bordering de- bordering and re- bordering which is affecting the region raising questions on sovereignty authority and the political legitimacy of the regimes.This book was originally published as a special issue of Geopolitics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367729844

BorderingIdentity Processes between the National and Personal What is a border? This seemingly simple question is here answered via a multidisciplinary study of the cultural geographic and historic existence of borders and the ways that they have shaped our world. Using the Danish-Swedish border to illustrate the actions of groups and individuals engaged in bordering since the 1600s this richly theoretical discussion highlights the complexities of political and cultural identity processes. Comparative perspectives are brought together to produce a thoughtful analysis of how such processes function and of how borders work on both an imagined nationhood and experiential personal level. The author also examines how throughout history people have lived with and influenced or been influenced by borders why some borders remain uncontested while others repeatedly provoke cross-border conflicts and how today's bordering processes may be deliberately manipulated. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138260429

Borderland Politics in Northern India The colonial legacy in the construction of the modern Indian state has left a deep imprint on contemporary Indians’ self-identity and self-determination. Borderland Politics in Northern India is a collection of essays giving detailed accounts of the many different ways that people throughout India understand their homeland the territory where they live and the broader region to which they belong. Mona Chettri looks at the Gorkha community in the Darjeeling hills to the northeast Manjeet Baruah examines Assam and L. Lam Khan Piang explores the dispersion of the Zo people throughout many northeastern states. In the northwest Aijaz Ashraf Wani illustrates how Jammu and Kashmir state is severed along complex regional religious and ethnic lines. This book is an invaluable source for readers interested in comparative studies of borderlands globally. It also contributes to South Asian studies broadly conceived to Indian border studies and to local social cultural and political histories of the constituent border regions of Northern India.This book was published as a special issue of Asian Ethnicity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367739607

Borderland ReligionAmbiguous practices of difference hope and beyond Borderland Religion narrates presents and interprets the fascinating and significant practices when borders migrants and religion intersect. This collection of original essays combines theology philosophy and sociology to examine diverse religious issues surrounding external national borders and internal domestic borders as these are challenged by the unstoppable flow of documented and undocumented migrants. While many studies of migration have examined how religion plays a major role in the assimilation and integration of waves of migration this volume looks at a number of empirical studies of how emergent religious practices arise around border crossings.The volume begins with a detailed analysis of the borderland religion context and research. The aim is to bring an eschatological interpretation of the borderland religion its impact and significance for migrants. Themes include a critical analysis of how religion has formatted Europe; empirical studies from the US/Mexican border and Southern Africa; an overview of the European refugee crisis in 2015; editors’ account of borderland religion from the perspective of citizenship studies.Contributions of scholars from a broad range of disciplines ensure a careful analysis of this highly topical situation. The volume’s interdisciplinary profile will appeal to scholars and students in religious studies migration studies theology and citizenship studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367893132

Borderlands in East and Southeast AsiaEmergent conditions relations and prototypes This book provides a glimpse into the different emergent borderland prototypes in East and Southeast Asia with illustrative cases and discussions. Asia has contained a number of reactivated border zones since the end of the Cold War borders which have witnessed ever greater human activity concerning trade commerce tourism and other forms of money-related activities such as shopping gambling and job-seeking. Through seven borderland cases the contributors to this volume analyse how the changing political economy and the regional and international politics of Asia have shaped and reshaped borderland relations and produced a few essential prototypes of borderland in Asia such as reopened borders and re-activated economic zones; reintegrated but "separated" border cities; porous borderlands; and abstruse borderlands. This book aims to bring about further discussions of borderland development and governance and how these actually inform and shape state-state and state-city relations across borders and regional politics. This book was originally published as a special issue of Asian Anthropology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367255176

Borderlands in European Gender StudiesBeyond the East–West Frontier Challenging persistent geopolitical asymmetries in feminist knowledge production this collection depicts collisions between concepts and lived experiences between academic feminism and political activism between the West as generalizable and the East as the concrete Other. Borderlands in European Gender Studies narrows the gap between cultural analysis and social theory addressing feminist theory’s epistemological foundations and its capacity to confront the legacies of colonialism and socialism. The contributions demonstrate the enduring worth of feminist concepts for critical analysis conceptualize resistance to multiple forms of oppression and identify the implications of the decoupling of cultural and social feminist critique for the analysis of gender relations in a postsocialist space. This book will be of import to activists and researchers in women’s and gender studies comparative gender politics and policy political science sociology contemporary history and European studies. It is suitable for use as a supplemental text for advanced undergraduate and graduate courses in a range of fields. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367258962

Borderlands of EconomicsEssays in Honour of Daniel R. Fusfeld In recent years there has been increasing discontent with the abstract nature of mainstream economics. Not only does this make the subject less relevant to real issues it drives a wedge between economics and other disciplines ostensibly addressing the same issues. Borderlands of Economics explores the ways in which economics might be reconnected both with the real world and with other disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138866140

Borderless Education as a Challenge in the 5.0 SocietyProceedings of the 3rd International Conference on Educational Sciences (ICES 2019) N These proceedings contain a selection of papers presented at the 3rd International Conference on Educational Sciences organized on 16 November 2019. It covers themes such as philosophy and policy of teacher education; curriculum teaching and learning approaches; learner’s characteristics in the digital era; global citizenship education; vocational education; teacher education qualification framework; management supervision and assessment; lifelong learning for all; diversity in education; equality of educational opportunity; vocational and entrepreneurship education; and education in the industry 4.0 era. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367619602

Borderless LeadershipGlobal Skills for Personal and Business Success "Borderless Leadership is a must read for anyone involved in international business. It enables beginners to avoid common pitfalls and seasoned executives will recognize many of their own mistakes and benefit from the frameworks Dr. Kraljevic provides." — Professor Sibrandes Poppema President University of Groningen Netherlands "I just cannot stop recommending this book to ever so many people—my academic colleagues industry colleagues friends in the government former students students young CEOs of start-ups that I mentor and my media friends. The book is very special deep with several gems of ideas told in absorbing narrative; neither a text book nor a cook book but a candid sincere and extremely effective set of real world lessons for so many global citizens. Dr. Kraljevic uses personal examples from across continents in diverse industry settings. All I can say is this: Go grab the book on a Thursday night and you will have a wonderful weekend reading this amazing book." — Professor S. Sadagopan Director International Institute of Information Technology of Bangalore India "Everything I know about international markets I owe it to Zlática." — Sue Payne Former ExxonMobil Area Manager U.S. & Mexico "As the global village rapidly expands understanding borderless leadership becomes a prerequisite for international success in this 21st century. Kraljevic brings her vast and unique worldly experiences to open your mind with practical treasures thoughtful how-to models and conceptual insights. Find out about the human fractal on your journey to becoming a borderless leader." — Lane Sloan Former President Shell Chemical Company USA　 Studies consistently show that international partnerships between organizations fail to generate expected results at a significant cost. The leading cause behind this failure is lack of trust among people at all levels within organizations. Borderless Leadership explores the disparity that exists between the ways that the West and other cultures conduct business. The book’s premise is that if one cannot control the events or circumstances one must learn how to control reactions to new environments. Using real-life examples the book illustrates how to build trust and rapport with business partners across borders and establish relationships that help businesses grow. The book is about achieving success with and through total strangers as you progress from awareness to understanding and from understanding to acquiring internalizing and applying new knowledge so you bring your approach to life up to date. Only then can you transform obstacles into unsuspected opportunities that will have a positive impact on your personal and business success. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781138591493

Borderless Worlds for Whom?Ethics Moralities and Mobilities The optimism heralded by the end of the Cold War and the idea of an emerging borderless world was soon shadowed by conflicts wars terrorism and new border walls. Migrants asylum seekers and refugees have simultaneously become key political figures. Border and mobility studies are now two sides of the same coin. The chapters of this volume reflect the changing relations between borders bordering practices and mobilities. They provide both theoretical insights and contextual knowledge on how borders bordering practices and ethical issues come together in mobilities. The chapters scrutinize how bounded (territorial) and open/networked (relational) spaces manifest in various contexts. The first section ‘Borders in a borderless world’ raises theoretical questions. The second ‘Politics of inclusion and exclusion’ looks at bordering practices in the context of migration. The third section ‘Contested mobilities and encounters’ focuses on tourism which has been an ‘accepted’ form of mobility but which has recently become an object of critique because of overtourism. Section four ‘Borders security politics’ examines bordering practices and security in the EU and beyond highlighting how the migration/border politics nexus has become a national and supra-national political challenge. The chapters of this interdisciplinary volume contribute both conceptually and empirically to understanding contemporary bordering practices and mobilities. It is essential reading for geographers political scientists sociologists and international relations scholars interested in the contemporary meanings of borders and mobilities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367584221

Borderline Personality DisorderMeeting the Challenges to Successful Treatment Explore and understand new approaches in Borderline therapy.Borderline Personality Disorder (BPD) lags far behind other disorders such as schizophrenia in terms of research and treatment interventions. Debates about diagnosis etiology neurobiology genetics medication and treatment still persist. Borderline Personality Disorder: Meeting the Challenges to Successful Treatment brings together over two dozen of the field’s leading experts in one enlightening text. The book also offers mental health providers a view of BPD from the perspectives of sufferers as well as family members to foster an understanding of the experiences of relatives who are often devastated by their loved ones’ struggles with this common disorder.Although there has been an increasing interest in BPD in terms of research funding treatment advancement and acknowledgment of family perspective over the last decade the fact remains that the disorder is still highly stigmatized. Borderline Personality Disorder: Meeting the Challenges to Successful Treatment provides social workers and other mental health clinicians with practical access to the knowledge necessary for effective treatment in a single volume of the most current research information and management considerations. This important collection explores the latest methods and approaches to treating BPD patients and supporting their families. This useful text also features handy worksheets and numerous tables that present pertinent information clearly.Chapters in Borderline Personality Disorder: Meeting the Challenges to Successful Treatment include: an overview of Borderline Personality Disorder confronting myths and stereotypes about BPD biological underpinnings of BPD BPD and the need for community - a social worker’s perspective on an evidence-based approach to managing suicidal behavior in BPD patients Dialectical Behavior Therapy supportive psychotherapy for borderline patients Systems Training for Emotional Predictability and Problem Solving (STEPPS) Mentalization-based Treatment fostering validating responses in families Family Connections: an education and skills training program for family member wellbeing and much more!Full of practical useable ideas for the betterment of those affected by BPD Borderline Personality Disorder: Meeting the Challenges to Successful Treatment is a valuable resource for social workers psychologists psychiatrists and counselors as well as students researchers and academics in the mental health field family members loved ones and anyone directly affected by BPD. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003063872

Borderline Personality DisorderMeeting the Challenges to Successful Treatment Explore and understand new approaches in Borderline therapy Borderline Personality Disorder (BPD) lags far behind other disorders such as schizophrenia in terms of research and treatment interventions. Debates about diagnosis etiology neurobiology genetics medication and treatment still persist. Borderline Personality Disorder brings together over two dozen of the field’s leading experts in one enlightening text. The book also offers mental health providers a view of BPD from the perspectives of sufferers as well as family members to foster an understanding of the experiences of relatives who are often devastated by their loved ones’ struggles with this common disorder. Although there has been an increasing interest in BPD in terms of research funding treatment advancement and acknowledgment of family perspective over the last decade the fact remains that the disorder is still highly stigmatized. Borderline Personality Disorder provides social workers and other mental health clinicians with practical access to the knowledge necessary for effective treatment in a single volume of the most current research information and management considerations. This important collection explores the latest methods and approaches to treating BPD patients and supporting their families. This useful text also features handy worksheets and numerous tables that present pertinent information clearly. Chapters in Borderline Personality Disorder include: an overview of Borderline Personality Disorder confronting myths and stereotypes about BPD biological underpinnings of BPD BPD and the need for community—a social worker’s perspective on an evidence-based approach to managing suicidal behavior in BPD patients Dialectical Behavior Therapy supportive psychotherapy for borderline patients Systems Training for Emotional Predictability and Problem Solving (STEPPS) Mentalization-based Treatment fostering validating responses in families Family Connections: an education and skills training program for family member wellbeing and much more!Full of practical useable ideas for the betterment of those affected by BPD Borderline Personality Disorder is a valuable resource for social workers psychologists psychiatrists and counselors as well as students researchers and academics in the mental health field family members loved ones and anyone directly affected by BPD. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203837016

Borderline SlaveryMexico United States and the Human Trade Exploring human trafficking in the US - Mexico borderlands as a regional expression of a pressing global problem Borderline Slavery sheds light on the contexts and causes of trafficking offering policy recommendations for addressing it that do justice to border communities' complex circumstances. This book focuses on both sexual and labor trafficking proceeding thematically from global to regional levels to provide an empirically grounded theoretically informed and policy-relevant approach which examines the problem through the eyes of scholars and researchers from various fields as well as journalists public officials law enforcement personnel victims' advocates and NGO representatives. Discussing the multinational networks global economics and personal motives that fuel a multibillion dollar trade in human beings as cheap labor Borderline Slavery suggests future directions for effective policies and law enforcement strategies to prevent the advance of human trafficking. As such it will be of interest to both policy makers and scholars across the social sciences working in the fields of migration exploitation and trafficking. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138279063

Borderline VirginitiesSacred and Secular Virgins in Late Antiquity How and why did virginity come to play such a crucial part in the Christian Church in the formative and defining period of Late Antiquity? Sissel Undheim analyzes the negotiations over what constituted virginity and assesses its socio-religious value in fourth-century Rome by looking at those at the very margins of virginity and non-virginity. The Church Fathers’ efforts to demarcate an exclusively Christian virginity in contrast to the ‘false virgins’ of their pagan adversaries displays a tension that it is argued played a larger role in the construction of a specifically Christian sacred virginity than previous studies have acknowledged. Late fourth-century Christian theologians’ persistent appraisals of sacred virgins paved the way for a wide variety of virgins that often challenged the stereotype of the unmarried female virgin. The sources abound with seemingly paradoxical virgins such as widow virgins married virgins virgin mothers infant virgins old virgins heretical virgins pagan virgins male virgins false virgins and fallen virgins. Through examining these kinds of ‘borderline virgins’ as they appear in a range of textual sources from varied genres Undheim demonstrates how physical cultural and cognitive boundaries of virginity were contested drawn and redrawn in the fourth and early fifth centuries in the Latin West. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367495985

Borderline WelfareFeeling and Fear of Feeling in Modern Welfare Which 'forms of feeling' are facilitated and which discouraged within the cultures and structures of modern state welfare? This book illuminates the social and psychic dynamics of these new public cultures of welfare locating them in relation to our understanding of borderline states of mind in individuals organizations and society. Drawing upon Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367323554

BorderlineA Psychological Study of Paranoia and Delusional Thinking Originally published in 1992 Borderline presents a unique study of the disturbed mind. Professional psychologist Peter Chadwick draws upon his own personal experience of madness to provide a valuable exploration of the psychology of paranoia and schizophrenia. The book goes beyond a narrowly focused analytical approach to examine schizophrenia from as many perspectives as possible. Using participant observation introspection case study and experimental methods Chadwick shows how paranoid and delusional thinking are only exaggerations of processes to be found in normal cognition. Impressed by the similarities between the thinking of mystics and psychotics he argues that some forms of madness are closely related to profound mystical experience and intuition but that these are expressed in a distorted form in the psychotic mind. He explores the many positive characteristics and capabilities of paranoid patients providing a sympathetic account which balances the heavily negative constructions usually put on paranoia in the research literature. Borderline provide many novel insights into madness and raises important questions as to how psychosis and psychotics are to be evaluated. It will be essential reading for all practising professionals and students in clinical psychology and psychiatry and for everyone involved in the treatment understanding and management of schizophrenia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415724807

BorderlinesGenders and Identities in War and Peace 1870-1930 Borderlines weaves together the study of gender with that of the evolution of nationalism and colonialism. Its broad comparative perspective will rechart the war experiences and identities of women and men during this period of transformation from peace to war and again to peace. Drawing on a wide range of materials from government policy and propaganda to subversive trench journalism and performance from fiction drama and film to the record of activists in various movements and in various countries Borderlines weaves together the study of gender with that of the evolution of nationalism and colonialism. Its broad comparative perspective will rechart the war experiences and identities of women and men during this period of transformation from peace to war and again to peace. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203610497

Borders Boundaries and Frames The essays in this volume take up the challenge of working out -- or reworking -- the problematics of the borders the boundaries and the frameworks that structure our various and multiple notions of identity -- textual personal collective generic and disciplinary. The contributors to this volume write about subjects (and are often themselves subjects) who "refuse to occupy a single territory" -- who cross geographical cultural national linguistic generic specular and disciplinary borders. Essays by Kathryn Hellerstein Anita Goldman Jane Marcus and Scott Malcomson exlpore the semiotics of exile and the problem of its representation in the lives and writings of individual aritists and intellectuals. Autobiographical criticism as represented in the essays by Nancy Miller and Sara Suleri enlargess our conventional notions of what consitutes literature in general and criticism in particular. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315865911

Borders Conflict Zones and MemoryScholarly engagements with Luisa Passerini This volume pays tribute to Luisa Passerini whose scholarship has had a major impact on feminist and other scholars around the world. First known internationally for developing new conceptual approaches to oral history and memory studies based on the recognition of the subjective nature of memory Passerini has more recently written about autobiography the history of emotions and concepts of belonging in Europe and reimagining a more inclusive Europe. In this book scholars from North America South America and Europe engage Passerini’s groundbreaking insights into the nature of subjectivity intersubjectivity autobiography and love in relation to the themes of borders emotions and memory. The contributions deal with topics including Mennonite refugee women's food memories; the testimonies of far-left Chilean women who survived brutal sexualized violence; and memories of the war between East and West Pakistan and India and Pakistan. Other contributions to the volume situate and reflect on Passerini’s career-encompassing scholarship. Passerini speaks with the editors of her latest work on oral and visual memories of human movement and also offers a thoughtful response to the essays whose authors represent a transnational and multi-generational group of scholars. This book was originally published as a special issue of Women’s History Review. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367231132

Borders Fences and WallsState of Insecurity? Twenty years after the fall of the Berlin Wall the question remains ’Do good fences still make good neighbours’? Since the Great Wall of China the Antonine Wall built in Scotland to support Hadrian's Wall the Roman ’Limes’ or the Danevirk fence the ’wall’ has been a constant in the protection of defined entities claiming sovereignty East and West. But is the wall more than an historical relict for the management of borders? In recent years the wall has been given renewed vigour in North America particularly along the U.S.-Mexico border and in Israel-Palestine. But the success of these new walls in the development of friendly and orderly relations between nations (or indeed within nations) remains unclear. What role does the wall play in the development of security and insecurity? Do walls contribute to a sense of insecurity as much as they assuage fears and create a sense of security for those 'behind the line'? Exactly what kind of security is associated with border walls? This book explores the issue of how the return of the border fences and walls as a political tool may be symptomatic of a new era in border studies and international relations. Taking a multidisciplinary approach this volume examines problems that include security issues ; the recurrence and/or decline of the wall; wall discourses ; legal approaches to the wall; the ’wall industry’ and border technology as well as their symbolism role objectives and efficiency. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138308404

Borders Media Crossings and the Politics of TranslationThe Gaze from Southern Africa This book examines concepts of the border and translation within the context of social and cultural theory through the lens of southern Africa. Borders Media Crossings and the Politics of Translation studies a diverse range of media representations of borders imagined borders border struggles collectivity boundaries and scenes of translation: films documentaries literary texts photographs websites and other media texts and artistic interventions. The book makes a case for bringing together media texts and sociocultural experiences across multiple platforms. It argues that this transdisciplinary approach is singularly suited to the age of media convergence when words speech music videos and images compete for attention on the screens of digital devices where the written oral aural and visual are constantly mixed and remixed. But it also reminds the reader of the digital divides linked to socioeconomic cultural language and geopolitical borders. With its focus on sociocultural borders and translation this book will be of interest to scholars and students of media studies African studies and cultural studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367139568

Borders Sociocultural Encounters and ContestationsSouthern African Experiences in Global View This book examines the enduring significance of borders in Southern Africa covering encounters between people ideas and matter and the new spatialities and transformations they generate in their historical social economic and cultural contexts. Situated within debates on borders borderlands sub- and regional integration this volume examines local grassroots and non-state actors and their cross-border economic and sociocultural encounters and contestations. Particular attention is also paid on the role they play in the Southern African Development Community (SADC) region and its integration project in its multiplicity. The interdisciplinary chapters address the diverse human activities relating to cross-border economic and sociocultural encounters and contestations that are manifested through multiform and -scalar interactions between or among grassroots actors involving engagements between grassroots actors and the state or its agencies and/or to the broader arrangements that bear consequences of the first two upon regional integration. By bringing these different at times contrasting forms of interaction under a holistic analysis this volume devises novel ways to understand the persistence and role of borders and their relation to new transnational and transcultural integrative phenomena at various levels extending from the (nation-)state and the political to the cultural and social at the everyday level of border practices. Scholars and students of African studies geography economics politics sociology and border studies will find this book useful. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367408466

Borders and Border WallsIn-Security Symbolism Vulnerabilities This book addresses the recent evolution of borderlines around the world as an attempt to control transnational movements with a view to securitization of borders rooted in the need to control mobility and preserve national identities. This book moves beyond physical borders and studies new manifestations of borders such as technological and symbolic walls. It brings together scholars from various academic fields such as geography political science and border studies to examine the various movements functions and articulations of international borders. It explores two main issues: how international borders have become enforced lines of demarcation and division reinforcing national identity and impacting national and regional dynamics; and the material and immaterial discursive and concrete expressions of borders and the impacts of the transformation of bodies into threat to be monitored as daily lives become sites of border enforcement. Offering multidisciplinary insights on the growing phenomenon of border walls this book will be of interest to undergraduate and postgraduate students of Border Studies European Studies International Relations Political Geography and Regional Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367370626

Borders and Travellers in Early Modern Europe Early modern Europe was obsessed with borders and travel. It found imagined and manufactured new borders for its travellers to cross. It celebrated and feared borders as places or states where meanings were charged and changed. In early modern Europe crossing a border could take many forms; sailing to the Americas visiting a hospital or taking a trip through London's sewage system. Borders were places that people lived on through and against. Some were temporary like illness while others claimed to be absolute like that between the civilized world and the savage but as the chapters in this volume show to cross any of them was an exciting anxious and often a potentially dangerous act. Providing a trans-European interdisciplinary approach the collection focuses on three particular aspects of travel and borders: change status and function. To travel was to change not only humans but texts words goods and money were all in motion at this time having a profound influence on cultures societies and individuals within Europe and beyond. Likewise status was not a fixed commodity and the meaning and appearance of borders varied and could simultaneously be regarded as hostile and welcoming restrictive and opportunistic according to one's personal viewpoint. The volume also emphasizes the fact that borders always serve multiple functions empowering and oppressing protecting and threatening in equal measure. By using these three concepts as measures by which to explore a variety of subjects Borders and Travellers in Early Modern Europe provides a fascinating new perspective from which to re-assess the way in which early modern Europeans viewed themselves their neighbours and the wider world with which they were increasingly interacting. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315261393

Borders in Post-Socialist EuropeTerritory Scale Society 'Borders' have attracted considerable attention in public and academic debates in light of the impact of globalisation and in Europe the end of the divisions of the Cold War era. Instead being inside or outside of the EU has become a major paradigmatic divide between claimed 'spheres of influence' by 'Brussels' and 'Moscow' respectively. In the aftermath of the end of communism established certainties no longer seemed to apply. And this included many of the borders within the former eastern Bloc with some losing their relevance while others re-assert themselves. As its particular contribution this book adopts a symbiotic approach to the analysis of borders drawing on a political-economy perspective while also recognising the importance of the socio-cultural dimension as found in 'border studies'. This seeks to do greater justice to the complex composite nature of borders as geo-political state-legal and cultural-historic constructs in both theory and practice. In addition the book's approach stretches across spatial scales to capture the multi-level nature of borders. The first part of the book presents the conceptual framework as it sets out to embrace this multi-faceted multi-layered nature of borders. In the second part case studies from north-central Europe including the Baltic Sea Region exemplify the complexity of borders in the context of post-socialist transformation and continuing EU-isation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138266773

Borderscaping: Imaginations and Practices of Border Making Using the borderscapes concept this book offers an approach to border studies that expresses the multilevel complexity of borders from the geopolitical to social practice and cultural production at and across the border. Accordingly it encourages a productive understanding of the processual de-territorialized and dispersed nature of borders and their ensuring regimes in the era of globalization and transnational flows as well as showcasing border research as an interdisciplinary field with its own academic standing. Contemporary bordering processes and practices are examined through the borderscapes lens to uncover important connections between borders as a ’challenge' to national (and EU) policies and borders as potential elements of political innovation through conceptual (re-)framings of social political economic and cultural spaces. The authors offer a nuanced and critical re-reading and understanding of the border not as an entity to be taken for granted but as a place of investigation and as a resource in terms of the construction of novel (geo)political imaginations social and spatial imaginaries and cultural images. In so doing they suggest that rethinking borders means deconstructing the interweaving between political practices of inclusion-exclusion and the images created to support and communicate them on the cultural level by Western territorialist modernity. The result is a book that proposes a wandering through a constellation of bordering policies discourses practices and images to open new possibilities for thinking mapping acting and living borders under contemporary globalization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138308411

BordersFrontiers of Identity Nation and State Borders are where wars start as Primo Levi once wrote. But they are also bridges - that is sites for ongoing cultural exchange. Anyone studying how nations and states maintain distinct identities while adapting to new ideas and experiences knows that borders provide particularly revealing windows for the analysis of 'self' and 'other'. In representing invisible demarcations between nations and peoples who may have much or very little in common borders exert a powerful influence and define how people think as well as what they do. Without borders whether physical or symbolic nationalism could not exist nor could borders exist without nationalism. Surprisingly there have been very few systematic or concerted efforts to review the experiences of nation and state at the local level of borders. Drawing on examples from the US and Mexico Northern Ireland Israel and Palestine Spain and Morocco as well as various parts of Southeast Asia and Africa this timely book offers a comparative perspective on culture at state boundaries. The authors examine the role of the state ethnicity transnationalism border symbols rituals and identity in an effort to understand how nationalism informs attitudes and behaviour at local national and international levels. Soldiers customs agents smugglers tourists athletes shoppers and prostitutes all provide telling insights into the power relations of everyday life and what these relations say about borders. This overview of the importance of borders to the construction of identity and culture will be an essential text for students and scholars in anthropology sociology political science geography nationalism and immigration studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003084815

Borderwork in Multicultural Australia Refugees. Border protection. Ethnic gangs. Terrorism. History wars. Pauline Hanson. Australia's faith in multiculturalism has been shaken by fierce attacks from its enemies and a sense of crisis among its friends. Multiculturalism has become a political tool to win votes and generate community anxiety. What is left of the multicultural ideal?Bob Hodge and John O'Carroll take the pulse of multicultural Australia in the wake of September 11. They investigate the hot spots' of multiculturalism showing how they cluster around fiercely defended boundaries and borders both literal and symbolic. They tackle the issues of racism past and present and show how injustice impacts on many communities in Australia including Aboriginals as well as more recent migrant groups.The authors argue that despite appearances multiculturalism is alive and well in Australia and a commitment to tolerance and diversity characterises daily life. In fact Australia's multiculture is the best kind of borderwork against terrorism racism and injustice. A timely original and optimistic discussion of Australia's multicultural past and our possible futures.'Graeme Turner Director Centre for Critical and Cultural Studies University of Queensland This clearly written book shines a welcome light on the fog of critique of Australian multiculturalism from both the Right and the Left.' Jock Collins Professor of Economics University of Technology Sydney Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003115076

Boreal Shield WatershedsLake Trout Ecosystems in a Changing Environment Boreal Shield Watersheds: Lake Trout Ecosystems in a Changing Environment brings together the work of a renowned international group of scientists who specialize in aquatic science and environmental management. They explore the functioning of Boreal Shield ecosystems focusing on the lake trout the classic coldwater species of northern glaciated lakes using it as an indicator of environmental change and as a model to measure the effectiveness of management actions. This book demonstrates how boreal waters have served as a crucible for decades of environmental research into the impacts of nutrient additions trace contaminants acid rain climate change sport fishing invasive species and watershed disturbances.The text builds on this substantial research legacy and explores our ability to manage human interactions with ecosystems across the vast Boreal Shield ecozone of North America and with other important ecosystems worldwide. It also provides models and new methods of assessing the risk to and the durability of ecosystems in relation to local regional and global human activities. Maps and descriptions of several important long-term monitoring sites and an atlas describing more than 3 000 lake trout lakes in the region are special components of the book. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367395056

'Boredom is the Enemy'The Intellectual and Imaginative Lives of Australian Soldiers in the Great War and Beyond War is often characterised as one percent terror 99 per cent boredom. Whilst much ink has been spilt on the one per cent relatively little work has been directed toward the other 99 per cent of a soldier's time. As such this book will be welcomed by those seeking a fuller understanding of what makes soldiers endure war and how they cope with prolonged periods of inaction. It explores the issue of military boredom and investigates how soldiers spent their time when not engaged in battle work or training through a study of their creative imaginative and intellectual lives. It examines the efforts of military authorities to provide solutions to military boredom (and the problem of discipline and morale) through the provisioning of entertainment and education but more importantly explores the ways in which soldiers responded to such efforts arguing that soldiers used entertainment and education in ways that suited them. The focus in the book is on Australians and their experiences primarily during the First World War but with subsequent chapters taking the story through the Second World War to the Vietnam War. This focus on a single national group allows questions to be raised about what might (or might not) be exceptional about the experiences of a particular national group and the ways national identity can shape an individual's relationship and engagement with education and entertainment. It can also suggest the continuities and changes in these experiences through the course of three wars. The story of Australians at war illuminates a much broader story of the experience of war and people's responses to war in the twentieth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138110953

Boredom Studies ReaderFrameworks and Perspectives Boredom Studies is an increasingly rich and vital area of contemporary research that examines the experience of boredom as an importan – even quintessential – condition of modern life. This anthology of newly commissioned essays focuses on the historical and theoretical potential of this modern condition connecting boredom studies with parallel discourses such as affect theory and highlighting possible avenues of future research. Spanning sociology history art philosophy and cultural studies the book considers boredom as a mass response to the atrophy of experience characteristic of a highly mechanised and urbanised social life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367873752

Borges and JoyceAn Infinite Conversation This book examines the interface between two revolutionary writers of the twentieth century James Joyce and Jorge Luis Borges. It argues that Borges created himself as a 'precursor' of Joyce and discusses the way in which Borges and Joyce conjured up the ghosts of Homer Dante and Shakespeare. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367602314

Borges and the Politics of Form Jorge Luis Borges-one of the most important Latin American writers-has also attained considerable international stature and his work is commonly cited in a wide array of scholarship on contemporary fiction. Partly as a consequence of Borges' international identity and partly because of a long-standing view in Borges criticism that his writing is principally concerned with abstract ideas critics have been reluctant to address the question of politics in his writingFilling this critical gap Gonzalez begins by rejecting the proposition that Borges withdraws from the "real " and provides a detailed analysis of the various political issues that Borges takes up in his essays and short stories. The author places particular emphasis on the turbulent questions that shaped Argentine social history during the period of Borges' output. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138001732

Born Globals Networks and the Large Multinational EnterpriseInsights from Bangalore and Beyond Focusing on international entrepreneurship this research book explores the accelerated internationalization of young firms. Known variously as international new ventures (INVs) or "born globals " such firms have come to be viewed as legitimate actors on the global stage alongside large multinational enterprises (MNEs). However the current approach taken by scholars – studying large MNEs and born globals separately – is questionable. This book explores the crucial MNE/INV interface – a fascinating yet under-researched relationship in international entrepreneurship. Drawing upon a decade of case-based research the author argues that the MNE influence on born globals must be considered more carefully and suggests how new ventures can leverage MNE networks in the pursuit of their rapid internationalization. Furthermore it demonstrates that as firms enhance their levels of innovation new pathways emerge via multinational corporation networks a phenomenon vividly demonstrated in the emerging economy context of the Bangalore software industry. This innovative research text will be of interest to academics researchers and advanced students with an interest in international entrepreneurship and business strategy innovation and new ventures. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138062580

Born in TibetBy Chögyam Trungpa the Eleventh Trungpa Tulku as told to Esmé Cramer Roberts This is the story of the early life and escape from the Chinese of a young tulku of Tibet an incarnate lama of high rank. The book first published in 1966 shows the quality of human life as lived in Tibet at all levels. The account of his religious education is detailed and of equal value is his description of the meditational centres and seminaries and of his tutors and spiritual teachers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138333932

Born That WayGenes Behavior Personality Taking the nature vs. nurture debate to a new level this fascinating comprehensive journey into the world of genetic research and molecular biology offers a fresh assessment of the work that has been done in this relatively new field during the last half century-work that has demolished common assumptions and overturned existing theories about what determines our personality and behavior. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203760796

Born to ChooseEvolution Self and Well-Being Born to Choose is John H. Falk’s compelling account of why and how we make the endless set of choices we do every second of every day of our lives. Synthesizing research from across the biological and social sciences Falk argues that human choice-making is an evolutionarily ancient and complex process. He suggests that all our choices are influenced by very basic and early evolving needs and that ultimately each choice is designed to support survival in the guise of perceived well-being. This engaging book breaks new intellectual ground and enhances our understanding not just of human choice-making but human behavior overall. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781629585635

Born to TradeIndian Business Communities in Medieval and Early Modern Eurasia This pioneering work traces migration of Indian traders to Russia Iran West Asia and South-East Asia in medieval times. Four essays throw light on the activities of the Indian business community in Russia. Generally Indians came to Russia via Iran. There they took a boat crossed the Caspian Sea and reached the Russian port of Astrakhan. Indian visitors included Hindus (including Jains) Muslims Christians Parsis among others. Hindus constituted the largest segment of the migrants. They became an object of local curiosity because of their rituals and social practices. They also became an object of jealousy. Indians did not enjoy political and administrative support as the European East India Companies did. Occasionally local rulers consulted them and sought their advice. Three essays deal with Indian traders in Iran in the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. One essay discusses trade between India and Iran in the fifteenth century. There are papers discussing activities of Indian traders in West Asia Yemen and South East Asia in the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. The conclusion focuses on Indian merchants and the Indian Ocean in medieval times. The author concludes that Indian traders did not enjoy political and royal support essential for success. He also affirms that crossing the seas did not lead to social boycott by their caste-men. This taboo came much later probably with the advent of British rule in the nineteenth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138280298

Born Too EarlyHidden Handicaps of Premature Children Premature children suffering consequences of their early birth do not grow out of them and new difficulties may appear as they mature. The sum of negative influences from the time in the Neonatal Intensive Care Unit eventual problems with interaction and later a defective or delayed development can cause continuous problems for premature chi Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367323561

Borneo and SulawesiIndigenous Peoples Empires and Area Studies This book presents a great deal of new research findings on the history of Borneo the history of Sulawesi and the interrelationship between the two islands. Some specific chapters focus on empires and colonizers including the activities of James Brooke in Sulawesi of Chinese mining communities in Borneo and of the the quisling issue in immediate post-war Sarawak. Other chapters consider indigenous peoples and how different regimes have handled them. The book is published in honour of Victor T. King a leading scholar in the field of Southeast Asian studies and a final chapter discusses his contribution to scholarship in particular his views on how area studies should be approached and the implications of this for future research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138365667

Borneo in the Cold War 1950-1990 Although by about 1950 both British Borneo including the protected sultanate of Brunei and Indonesian Borneo seemed settled under their different regimes and well on the way to post-war reconstruction and economic development the upheavals which affected Southeast and East Asia during the Cold War period also deeply affected Borneo. Besides the impact of the Korean and Vietnam Wars and the Malayan Emergency and communist uprisings in other Southeast Asian states there was within Borneo the attempted communist takeover of Sarawak from the 1950s a failed coup d’état in Brunei in 1962 Sukarno’s Konfrontasi (confrontation) with Malaysia and the horrific purge of Leftists and ethnic Chinese in the late 1960s. This book details these momentous events and assesses their impact on Borneo and its people. It is a sequel to the author’s earlier books The Japanese Occupation of Borneo 1941-1945 (2011) and Post-War Borneo 1945-1950: Nationalism Empire and State-Building (2013) collectively a trilogy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138910782

Boron ScienceNew Technologies and Applications Boron has made a significant impact in our lives through its quiet use in fertilizers fungicides soaps detergents and heat-resistant glassware. Boron Science: New Technologies and Applications addresses the applications of boron in chemistry industry medicine and pharmacology by explaining its role in problems such as catalysis and hydroboration as well as its use in superconductors materials magnetic/nonmagnetic nanoparticles and medical applications including cancer therapy. Illustrating the practical versatility of boron the 29 chapters are divided into seven major sections: Boron for Living: Medicine Boron for Living: Health and Nutrition Boron for Living: Radioisotope Boron for Living: Boron Neutron Capture Therapy Boron for Electronics: Optoelectronics Boron for Energy: Energy Storage Space and Other Applications Boron for Chemistry and Catalysis: Catalysis and Organic Transformations More than just an updated compilation of progress in the applied science of boron this book is a tribute to the legions of workers who have spent years conducting groundbreaking studies. The book celebrates these scientists and their protégés who together transformed boron science into the exciting and growing area it is today. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439826621

Boron-Based Fuel-Rich PropellantProperties Combustion and Technology Aspects Boron-Based Fuel-Rich Solid Rocket Propellant Technology is a professional book that systematically introduces the latest research progress for boron-based fuel-rich solid propellants. It covers surface modifications coating and agglomerating techniques granulation and characterization of amorphous boron powders and its application to fuel-rich solid rocket propellants. Technologies for controlling the processing methods and combustion performance of fuel-rich propellants are examined and the book concludes with a summary of the research progress in boron-based fuel-rich solid propellants and a look forward to the foreseeable development trends of military applications. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367141660

Borrowed NarrativesUsing Biographical and Historical Grief Narratives With the Bereaving What do Dexter King Condoleeza Rice Mackenzie King Corazon Aquino Eleanor Roosevelt Bill Cosby Tony Dungy Theodore Roosevelt George H. W. and Barbara Bush Caroline Kennedy Arthur Ashe Lady Bird Johnson Colin Powell and C. S. Lewis have in common? They all have significant grief experiences that have shaped their lives in dramatic ways stories that have also shaped our lives. Grieving individuals through "borrowing narratives " look for inspiration in biographic historical and memoir accounts of political and religious leaders celebrities sports figures and cultural icons. In a time of diminishing trust in heroes and "sainted leaders" who will speak to us from their grief? In a diverse society grief counselors and educators need to identify and "mine" the experienced grief(s) of historical personalities for resources for reflection and meaning-making. This book will help readers: find "read " evaluate extract and adapt historical/biographical materials create bio-narrative resources for use in grief counseling and grief education explore the wide diversity of experienced grief in biographical narratives identify ways to "harness" grief narratives for personal reflection. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138110557

Bosnia and HerzegovinaA Polity on the Brink First published in 2007. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138179103

Bosnia and the Destruction of Cultural Heritage The massive intentional destruction of cultural heritage during the 1992-1995 Bosnian War targeting a historically diverse identity provoked global condemnation and became a seminal marker in the discourse on cultural heritage. It prompted an urgent reassessment of how cultural property could be protected in times of conflict and led to a more definitive recognition in international humanitarian law that destruction of a people's cultural heritage is an aspect of genocide. Yet surprisingly little has been published on the subject. This wide-ranging book provides the first comprehensive overview and critical analysis of the destruction of Bosnia-Herzegovina's cultural heritage and its far-reaching impact. Scrutinizing the responses of the international community during the war (including bodies like UNESCO and the Council of Europe) the volume also analyses how after the conflict ended external agendas impinged on heritage reconstruction to the detriment of the broader peace process and refugee return. It assesses implementation of Annex 8 of the Dayton Peace Agreement a unique attempt to address the devastation to Bosnia's cultural heritage and examines the treatment of war crimes involving cultural property at the International Criminal Tribunal for the former Yugoslavia (ICTY). With numerous case studies and plentiful illustrations this important volume considers questions which have moved to the foreground with the inclusion of cultural heritage preservation in discussions of the right to culture in human rights discourse and as a vital element of post-conflict and development aid. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138308428

Bosnian Security after DaytonNew Perspectives Featuring fresh contributions from leading scholars this new volume considers a varied range of post-war post-Dayton and post-9/11 problems and issues reminding readers that Dayton is not the only challenge to the safety stability and long-term viability of the post-war Bosnian state. Drawing together all the latest research this book covers new ground in its discussion of post-9/11 security concerns and in its leading-edge analyses of crime corruption and terror in a transitional state. It takes Bosnia-Herzegovina seriously as a subject of regional and international affairs and is a critically important contribution to scholarship showing how redefined global security concerns have heavily altered international and domestic security priorities in Bosnia-Herzegovina with corresponding implications for post-war justice and identity politics foreign intervention and state-level institution building. This is essential reading for scholars of the Balkans peacebuilding and reconstruction European politics and of security studies in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415653695

Boss Ladies Watch Out!Essays on Women Sex and Writing A new collection of essays on literature and sexuality by one of the wittiest and most iconoclastic critics writing today. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203699027

Boss TweedThe Story of a Grim Generation No political scandal in American history has had a greater impact on America's political consciousness than the rise and fall of the "Tweed Ring" in New York City between 1866 and 1871. In an age ripe with scandal both public and private the spectacular corruption charged to "Boss" Tweed and his associates-estimates of their extortion range from $20 million to $200 million-became an enduring symbol of the dark side of democratic politics.The Tweed Ring contributed much more than cartoonist impressions; it helped to shape a powerful theory of political reform. It was in truth one of the formative events of progressivism that multifaceted doctrine that has evolved into the modern American creed. In this sense the Tweed Ring was to produce not only deep misgivings about the existing regime but an insight into how it should be reformed.Denis Tilden Lynch's biography of "Boss" Tweed was first published in 1927 in a time filled like Tweed's with sudden prosperity daunting problems and spectacular scandals. It is a straight-forward workmanlike study untroubled by the conceits of modern historical scholarship and close enough to its subject's generation to have some of the immediacy of journalism. Of all the books published about the Tweed affair Lynch's study is the only one that is a genuine biography in which the man himself is the focus. For this reason it conveys something of the texture of daily life in New York in the nineteenth century while bringing Tweed out from behind the shadows of Thomas Nast's leering cartoons and presenting him as much as is possible as a man and not an icon. An interesting example of Americana this volume will be of interest to historians of the period as well as those interested in American urban and political life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138519732

Bosses in British BusinessManagers and Management from the Industrial Revolution to the Present Day In this volume first published in 1974 the author provides an introduction to the historical development of management in business. Success and failure in a commercial world can be explained partly in terms of economic forces but much also depends on the people on the management of the firms – on the bosses. The author approaches this topic by examining some of the major companies and individuals over the past two hundred years and examines how apparently secure and profitable companies at times run into great difficulties and shows that by examining the reasons for success and failure pitfalls may be avoided and efficiency improved. This book will be of special value to business and commercial students as well as to the general reader who is interested in the problems of modern industry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815370147

Botanical Drug ProductsRecent Developments and Market Trends Botanicals which have been part of human food and medicine for thousands of years are perceived as being safer than synthetic pharmaceuticals. The global botanical drug market was expected to reach $26.6 billion by 2017. In terms of FDA regulations botanical drugs are no different from non-botanical products having to meet the safety and effectiveness standards of a new drug in accordance. This book comprises a complete start-to-end process from drug-idea conception to drug development process.Key Features:Provides a complete compendium for botanical drug productsDescribes what BDP is and how it differs from Pharma Biopharma and NutraceuticalsCompiles all critical regulatory steps in a variety of countriesDiscusses clinical trial management for BDP development and how it differs from conventional chemical-based drugs and biopharmaceutics Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367732479

Botanical MedicinesThe Desk Reference for Major Herbal Supplements Second Edition Answer patients’questions about botanical supplements quickly and easily!This informative book is a compendium of detailed scientific research on 34 of the most popular dietary supplements used in North America and Europe. Its coverage of pharmacological studies on the main medicinal plants used in clinical practice and sold in pharmacies in the Western world is more extensive than any other publication of monographic reviews available. The way Botanical Medicines: The Desk Reference for Major Herbal Supplements Second Edition. is organized (standardized topic formats are used in each monograph) makes it easy for you to locate relevant information quickly and to compare corresponding sections between different entries. This book is an invaluable tool for pharmacists physicians and other health care professionals who need detailed scientifically accurate information on appropriate use safety dosages and similar issues related to botanical dietary supplements.Each entry in Botanical Medicines: The Desk Reference for Major Herbal Supplements Second Edition. covers botanical data (classification and nomenclature common names geographic occurrence and botanical characteristics) plus: history and traditional uses chemistry therapeutic applications pre-clinical studies clinical studies recommended dosages safety profiles (including toxicology) side effects and contraindications drug interactions and special precautions safety recommendations during pregnancy and lactationThis extensively referenced volume includes appendixes with information on the major provisions of DSHEA (the Dietary Supplement Health and Education Act of 1994) and on the criteria and procedures for assessing the quality of botanical products. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203048368

Botanical MiraclesChemistry of Plants That Changed the World As the shortcomings of purely synthetic approaches to biochemical discovery and development are becoming more apparent a renaissance of interest in the chemistry of natural products as sources for new compounds is occurring. A unique approach to natural products chemistry Botanical Miracles: Chemistry of Plants That Changed the World relates applications of plant extracts to the historical progress of civilization. It focuses on selected plants from around the world connecting their stories and properties to the development of modern marvels such as medicinal compounds nutrition products beverages perfumes and organic pigments. Each chapter describes a particular group of plant extracts from various perspectives including their chemistry interest and value to man and historical background. The ends of the chapters pose challenging questions. Introducing plants that are emerging into more prominent roles in human life and addressing current challenges Botanical Miracles presents a fascinating point of entry to the chemistry of important natural products. It examines plants and their extracts through the key functional groups building blocks and concepts of organic chemistry. This book provides in a single source information and learning opportunities of value to a wide range of individuals involved in the fields of chemistry medicine nutrition or cosmetics whether they be students educators researchers or those who simply wish to extend their horizons. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367076214

Botanical Pesticides in Agriculture Due to the prohibitive cost of synthetic pesticides and the problems of environmental pollution caused by continuous use of these chemicals there is a renewed interest in the use of botanicals for crop protection. Agricultural entomologists nematologists and pathologists the world over are now actively engaged in research into the use of plants to fight agricultural pests and diseases and to reduce the losses caused by them. Botanical Pesticides in Agriculture reviews the research on botanical pesticides used to combat losses due to pests of agricultural importance with special attention focused on the use of higher plants. This book will serve as the baseline reference work for future research and many of the botanicals discussed such as neem bael begonia pyrethrum tobacco karanj and mahuwa may become integral parts of pest control programs currently being developed. It is believed that botanical pesticides will minimize the undesirable side effects of synthetic pesticides and help preserve the environment for future generations. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315138572

BotanicalsMethods and Techniques for Quality & Authenticity The international trade in plants is growing steadily as the worldwide demand for natural and botanical raw materials increases. Customers value natural products and botanicals as "green" alternatives—safer ingredients for their families which also represent an environmentally and socially responsible choice for the planet. In order to build assurance into the sourcing of natural ingredients R&D organizations must have valid scientific matrices to authenticate the quality of those ingredients provide traceability and minimize risk. An assemblage of insight from expert contributors Botanicals: Methods and Techniques for Quality & Authenticity compiles a range of methods and techniques that can be used to help guide quality and authenticity determinations.Topics include:Metabolic profiling authentication of botanicals by morphology and genetic methods of botanical authenticationTools for building models for the authentication of materialsHow multivariate statistics can play a role in determining botanical quality and authenticityRadiocarbon and stable isotope ratio analysis and emerging stable isotope toolsNMR (nuclear magnetic resonance) spectroscopy NIR (near-infrared) and HPTLC (high-performance thin-layer chromatography) methods for analysisThe use of electronic sensing instruments and applications for analysis The contributors also discuss the challenge of identifying a botanical extract or preparation on the basis of its chemical content and discuss quality issues faced by botanicals used as cosmetic ingredients. The book provides you with a range of traditional taxonomic and newer analytical tools to assure the quality authenticity and traceability of botanical raw materials for dietary supplements cosmetics and natural products research. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367377847

Both Sides of the Circle (Routledge Revivals)The Autobiography of Christmas Humphreys First published in 1978 Christmas Humphrey’s autobiography presents the fascinating history of a life rich and varied in both private and in public. Spanning seven decades it touches on many events of historical interest in which he was personally involved. Among them the abdication of Edward VIII the Japanese War Trials and his time with the Dalai Lama after his flight from Tibet. The author gives a graphic portrait of life behind the Bar and on the Bench – of what it is like to prosecute and to defend and of the immense difficulties which face a judge when passing sentence. Here too are recollections of many famous cases of the twentieth century and of the many murder trials in which he appeared as prosecuting counsel or judge. Of equal interest is his fifty years’ of work in the field of English Buddhism. In 1924 he and his wife founded the Buddhist Society which would become hugely influential in the spread of Buddhism throughout the West. Both Sides of the Circle is rich in humour and humanity. There is the joyful account of the author’s Edwardian Boyhood followed by the tragedy of his brother’s death in World War 1 which lead to the awakening of his interest in Buddhism and Theosophy. He speaks freely of his encounters with the Dalai Lama with D.T. Suzuki with Jung and with the Royal families of Thailand Sikkim and Nepal as well as his travels throughout the Europe and in the Orient. Both sides of the Circle is more than autobiography – it is also a spiritual odyssey whose reissue will be of great interest to those who’ve enjoyed Christmas Humphreys’ other work and wish to know more about his brilliant career. It will also be very welcome to those wanted to learn about Buddhism in general and the origins of English Buddhism in particular. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415531108

Bothered By Alligators Milner's final text Bothered by Alligators came about when in her nineties she unexpectedly came across a diary she had kept during the early years of her son's life recording his conversations and play between the ages of two and nine. With it was a storybook written and illustrated by him when he was about seven years old. Whilst working on the material Milner gradually realised that both diary and storybook were provoking questions she realised had scarcely been asked let alone answered in her own analysis. Through her memories her notebooks and by interpreting her own previously discarded drawings and paintings she reaches a point of awareness that they were depicting things she did not know in herself addressing her relationships not only with her son but also with her husband her father and in particular her mother. Like many of Milner's earlier books there is a deeply personal quality to Bothered by Alligators but it is a quality that transcends the personal and reveals insights and conclusions that will be both interesting and useful to clinicians; and fascinating to readers from a psychological a literary an artistic or an educational background and in particular those with an interest in psychoanalysis and autobiography and in Milner's work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415684569

BotheredHelping Teenagers Talk About Their Feelings At this challenging developmental stage when teenagers are finding things difficult this book can really help. It is full of tools and techniques of what to say and how to be enabling teenagers to move from unhappiness poor functioning or learning blocks to a place of self-awareness self esteem and the ability to thrive. The first part of the book offers a key assessment tool namely 'The Teenager Well-Being Profile'. This is designed for people to easily assess just how well the teenager is doing in their life emotionally and relationally. If the teenager is messing up in some areas the Well-Being Profile will show clearly which life skill he or she has not yet mastered. The accompanying empowering worksheets address key feelings issues and concerns common to teenagers. The worksheets enable adults to be with the teenager in a confident non-embarrassing and effective way so that the conversation flows. This book provides a real opportunity for transformational conversations that will really make a difference. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780863889080

BotnetsArchitectures Countermeasures and Challenges This book provides solid state-of-the-art contributions from both scientists and practitioners working on botnet detection and analysis including botnet economics. It presents original theoretical and empirical chapters dealing with both offensive and defensive aspects in this field. Chapters address fundamental theory current trends and techniques for evading detection as well as practical experiences concerning detection and defensive strategies for the botnet ecosystem and include surveys simulations practical results and case studies. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367191542

Bottom-Line Call Center Management 'Bottom-Line Call Center Management breaks new ground by addressing key skills and techniques in assessing and implementing effective management practices to maximize the human and capital resources at the call center manager's disposal. Drawing on the author's unique data sets and years of research experience in the industry 'Bottom-Line Call Center Management' helps call center managers evaluate their current status implement cost-effective changes and measure results of their changes to ensure a culture of accountability within the call center at all levels increasing the bottom line. The processes include an evaluation of current customer service representatives defining delimiting and assessing the labor shed of the center and exploring the customer service representative's unique skills and leveraging those skills into a unique and dynamic work environment. Likewise the process also determines the learning skills and competencies necessary to meet and exceed the basic requirements for all call centers. Furthermore each step has a pre in-process and post evaluation to ensure projects are progressing according to plan. Lastly all evaluations are measured against the bottom line through a return on investment (ROI) model.The framework for this book uses the culture of call centers defined and lived through the customer service representatives as the lens to view all processes measurements accountability and return on investment. This framework is critical since there has been much emphasis on technology-as-a-solution which treats the employees as a hindrance instead of the enablers of positive change. Likewise customer service representatives eventually act as strong determinants of success with the call center and thus the bottom line. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138175327

Botulinum Toxins in Clinical Aesthetic Practice 3E Volume OneClinical Adaptations This bestselling guide to the complexities of botulinum toxins has now been extensively revised updated and expanded. Now in two volumes Volume 1 examines clinical adaptations in the toxins in use today use with other injectables use for other parts of the body and other indications and legal aspects while Volume 2 documents in detail the functional anatomy and injection techniques for the face neck and upper chest. No practitioner of aesthetic medicine will want to be without this comprehensive and authoritative guide from the international experts. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138301849

Botulinum Toxins in Clinical Aesthetic Practice 3E Volume TwoFunctional Anatomy and Injection Techniques This bestselling guide to the complexities of botulinum toxins has now been extensively revised updated and expanded. Now in two volumes Volume 1 examines clinical adaptations in the toxins in use today use with other injectables use for other parts of the body and other indications and legal aspects while Volume 2 documents in detail the functional anatomy and injection techniques for the face neck and upper chest. No practitioner of aesthetic medicine will want to be without this comprehensive and authoritative guide from the international experts. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138304802

Botulinum Toxins in Clinical Aesthetic Practice 3ETwo Volume Set This bestselling guide to the complexities of botulinum toxins has now been extensively revised updated and expanded. Now in two volumes Volume 1 examines clinical adaptations in the toxins in use today use with other injectables use for other parts of the body and other indications and legal aspects while Volume 2 documents in detail the functional anatomy and injection techniques for the face neck and upper chest. No practitioner of aesthetic medicine will want to be without this comprehensive and authoritative guide from the international experts. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498716314

Boublil and Schönberg’s Les Misérables "One more dawn! One more day! One day more!" Did Les Misérables make you miserable? Or did it inspire you? When Sarah Whitfield was a teenager her Dad frequently embarrassed her with his love of this musical above all others. So after he was diagnosed with late stage cancer Whitfield set out to find out why this musical meant so much to him and to its worldwide following. In this new book she asked her Dad and 350 other people how they felt about this musical exploring people’s personal connections with the show. In the middle of some of the hardest moments in family life Whitfield explores how the musical might help us deal with some of our most difficult experiences and give us hope for when ‘tomorrow comes’. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138094383

Boudica Britannia When Roman troops threatened to seize the wealth of the Iceni people their queen Boudica retaliated by inciting a major uprising allying her tribe with the neighbouring Trinovantes. The ensuing clash is one of the most important - and dramatic - events in the history of Britain standing testament to what can happen when an insensitive colonial power meets determined resistance from a subjugated people head-on. In this fascinating account of a legendary figure Miranda Aldhouse-Green raises questions about female power colonial oppression and whether Boudica would be seen today as a freedom fighter terrorist or martyr. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315834917

Boudica's Odyssey in Early Modern England This diachronic study of Boudica serves as a sourcebook of references to Boudica in the early modern period and gives an overview of the ways in which her story was processed and exploited by the different players of the times who wanted to give credence and support to their own belief systems. The author examines the different apparatus of state ideology which processed the social religious and political representations of Boudica for public absorption and helped form the popular myth we have of Boudica today. By exploring images of the Briton warrior queen across two reigns which witnessed an act of political union and a move from English female rule (under Elizabeth I) to British/Scottish masculine rule (under James VI & I) the author conducts a critical cartography of the ways in which gender colonialism and nationalism crystallised around this crucial historical figure. Concentrating on the original transmission and reception of the ancient texts the author analyses the historical works of Hector Boece Raphael Holinshed and William Camden as well as the canonical literary figures of Edmund Spenser William Shakespeare and John Fletcher. She also looks at aspects of other primary sources not covered in previous scholarship such as Humphrey Llwyd’s Breuiary of Britayne (1573) Petruccio Ubaldini’s Le Vite delle donne illustri del regno d’Inghilterra e del regno di Scotia (1588) and Edmund Bolton’s Nero Caesar (1624). Furthermore she incorporates archaeological research relating to Boudica. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138253841

BoudicaThe British Revolt Against Rome AD 60 First published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138173637

Boundaries Identity and belonging in Modern Judaism The drawing of boundaries has always been a key part of the Jewish tradition and has served to maintain a distinctive Jewish identity. At the same time these boundaries have consistently been subject to negotiation transgression and contestation. The increasing fragmentation of Judaism into competing claims to membership from Orthodox adherence to secular identities has brought striking new dimensions to this complex interplay of boundaries and modes of identity and belonging in contemporary Judaism. Boundaries Identity and Belonging in Modern Judaism addresses these new dimensions bringing together experts in the field to explore the various and fluid modes of expressing and defining Jewish identity in the modern world. Its interdisciplinary scholarship opens new perspectives on the prominent questions challenging scholars in Jewish Studies. Beyond simply being born Jewish observance of Judaism has become a lifestyle choice and active assertion. Addressing the demographic changes brought by population mobility and ‘marrying out ’ as well as the complex relationships between Israel and the Diaspora this book reveals how these shifting boundaries play out in a global context where Orthodoxy meets innovative ways of defining and acquiring Jewish identity. This book is essential reading for students and scholars of Jewish Studies as well as general Religious Studies and those interested in the sociology of belonging and identities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138320864

Boundaries Territory and Postmodernity Contributions to this collection seek to determine the extent to which states and boundaries have in fact disappeared or are simply changing their functions as we move from an era of fixed territories into a post-Westphalian territorial system. A group of international political geographers and political scientists examine the changing nature of the state pointing to significant changes on the one hand but equally noting the continued importance of territory and boundaries in determining the political ordering of the post-modern world. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315038278

Boundaries and BridgesPerspectives on Time and Space in Psychoanalysis This book explores the meaning of gaps and intervals between events and between experiences—the transitional space/time separating them as well as the metaphorical bridges that could join them. It examines the experience of time as a central aspect of the psychoanalytic situation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782200826

Boundaries and Hulls of Euclidean GraphsFrom Theory to Practice Boundaries and Hulls of Euclidean Graphs: From Theory to Practice presents concepts and algorithms for finding convex concave and polygon hulls of Euclidean graphs. It also includes some implementations determining and comparing their complexities. Since the implementation is application-dependent either centralized or distributed some basic concepts of the centralized and distributed versions are reviewed. Theoreticians will find a presentation of different algorithms together with an evaluation of their complexity and their utilities as well as their field of application. Practitioners will find some practical and real-world situations in which the presented algorithms can be used. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367657178

Boundaries of Adult Learning Until relatively recently adult learning in the UK was largely recognised as being situated mainly within the LEA adult education centre university extra-mural departments and the WEA. However this picture has changed. The major change has been a shift from 'education' to 'learning' as the key organising concept. A greater range of settings are now recognised as sites producing learning and alongside this has grown a debate about the purpose and form of study within adult learning. This has led people to question both the concept of adult learning and the boundaries of its provision. This book reviews and assesses the changes which are taking place. It explores the disputes surrounding adult learning discussing how boundaries have blurred thereby creating new opportunities such as APL and credit transfer and including a significantly wider range of activities within the definition of learning. It also assesses the extent to which despite the changes in boundaries inequalities in learning opportunities still persist. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138150980

Boundaries of Clan and ColorTransnational Comparisons of Inter-Group Disparity Economic disparity between ethnic and racial groups is a ubiquitous and pervasive phenomenon internationally. Gaps between groups encompass employment wage occupational status and wealth differentials. Virtually every nation is comprised of a group whose material well-being is sharply depressed in comparison with another socially dominant group.This collection is a cross-national comparative investigation of the patterns and dynamics of inter-group economic inequality. A wide range of respected experts discuss such issues as:*a wide range of groups from the Burakumin in Japan to the scheduled castes and tribes in India*policy attempts to remedy intergroup inequality*race and labor market outcomes in Brazil.Under the impressive editorship of William Darity Jr and Ashwini Deshpande this collection forms an important book. It will be of interest to students and academics involved in racial studies the economics of discrimination and labor economics as well as policy makers around the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415753753

Boundaries of CompetenceKnowing the Social with Science The term "social science" promises more than its practitioners can deliver: it promises knowledge. This knowledge is to consist of statements of empirical regularities of such quality as will enhance predictive power and inform public and private policy. Boundaries of Competence illuminates obstacles to this aspiration.Chapter 1 grounds knowledge in perception. Chapter 2 challenges the assumption that ordinary language necessarily describes reality and reveals the mischief words can do. Chapter 3 proposes a continuum of perceiving-conceiving involved in different ways of "knowing" worlds. Chapter 4 lays out requirements of measurement arguing that assigning numbers to dubious observations gives false assurance that mathematical manipulations necessarily rep- resent events.Chapter 5 shows how choice of unit affects the correlations we find in our search for causes. Chapter 6 holds that given deficiencies in knowledge and perhaps because of the way Nature works we assess probabilities rather than seek certainties. Chapter 7 notes difficulties in counting events that consist of "social facts " which "depend on us " and those that refer to "brute facts " that exist independently of us. Chapter 8 criticizes the practice of employing proxies for observations of what we're talking about. In particular it demonstrates the error produced by relying on what people say as measure of what they do.Chapter 9 criticizes ways of explaining conduct by characterizing actors and their acts and by "understanding" them through empathy. Chapter 10 discusses the important and never-ending quarrel about causation. Chapters 11 and 12 argue that in social affairs decision is regularly torn between doing what is effective (rational) and doing what is right (moral).Nettler's writing is crisp and his argument balanced. He employs research from several disciplines to challenge ideologically driven descriptions of our condition and explanations of our conduct. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138507753

Boundaries of DissentProtest and State Power in the Media Age Boundaries of Dissent looks at the way that political protest as it is shaped through the space-time collapsing power of media questions national identity and state authority. Through this lens of protest politics Bruce D'Arcus examines how public and private space is symbolically mediated-the way that power and dissent are articulated in the contemporary media. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315880969

Boundaries of European Social CitizenshipEU Citizens’ Transnational Social Security in Regulations Discourses and Experiences This edited collection contributes to studies of intra-EU migration and mobility welfare and European social citizenship by focusing on transnational labour movements from new to the old EU member states (Hungary–Austria Bulgaria–Germany Poland–UK and Estonia–Sweden). The volume provides a comparative analysis of formal organization and mobile individuals’ use of European social security coordination which involves mobile Europeans' access to and portability of social security rights from the sending to the receiving country (and back). The book discloses the selectivity criteria of welfare provision in four areas (unemployment family benefits health insurance and pensions) that lay at heart of European cross-border social security governance. It also identifies specific discourses of belonging (gendered ethnicized/racialized and class-related images of ‘Us’ and ‘Them’) that frame the institutional selectivity by constructing images of mobile EUcitizens' ‘deserving’ or ‘non-deserving’ social membership. The collection offers a detailed examination of inequality experiences mobile EU citizens from the new EU countries encounter while accessing and porting social security rights across borders. It will be of interest to a wide range of social science and interdisciplinary researchers students and practitioners as well as those interested in intra-EU migration and mobility social security European social citizenship and transnational studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367249830

Boundaries of JournalismProfessionalism Practices and Participation The concept of boundaries has become a central theme in the study of journalism. In recent years the decline of legacy news organizations and the rise of new interactive media tools have thrust such questions as "what is journalism" and "who is a journalist" into the limelight. Struggles over journalism are often struggles over boundaries. These symbolic contests for control over definition also mark a material struggle over resources. In short: boundaries have consequences. Yet there is a lack of conceptual cohesiveness in what scholars mean by the term "boundaries" or in how we should think about specific boundaries of journalism. This book addresses boundaries head-on by bringing together a global array of authors asking similar questions about boundaries and journalism from a diverse range of perspectives methodologies and theoretical backgrounds. Boundaries of Journalism assembles the most current research on this topic in one place thus providing a touchstone for future research within communication media and journalism studies on journalism and its boundaries.　 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138020672

Boundaries of the LawGeography Gender and Jurisdiction in Medieval and Early Modern Europe Exploring the boundaries of the law as they existed in medieval and early modern times and as they have been perceived by historians this volume offers a wide ranging insight into a key aspect of European society. Alongside and inexorably linked with the ecclesiastical establishment the law was one of the main social bonds that shaped and directed the interactions of day-to-day life. Posing fascinating conceptual and methodological questions that challenge existing perceptions of the parameters of the law the essays in this book look especially at the gender divide and conflicts of jurisdiction within an historical context. In addition to seeking to understand the discrete categories into which types of law and legal rules are sometimes placed consideration is given to the traversing of boundaries to the overlaps between jurisdictions and between custom(s) and law(s). In so doing it shows how law has been artificially compartmentalised by historians and lawyers alike and how existing perceptions have been conditioned by particular approaches to the sources. It also reveals in certain case studies how the sources themselves (and attitudes towards them) have determined the limitations of historical enterprise. Adopting an interdisciplinary approach to the subject the contributors demonstrate the fruitfulness of examining the interfaces of apparently diverse disciplines. Making fresh connections across subject areas they examine for example the role of geography in determining litigation strategies how the law interacted with social and theological issues and how fact and fiction could intertwine to promote notions of justice and public order. The main focus of the volume is upon England but includes useful comparative papers concerning France Flanders and Sweden. The contributors are a mixture of young and established scholars from Europe and North America offering a new and revisionist perspective on the operation of law in the medieval and early modern periods. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138379039

Boundaries of the Universe The boundaries of space exploration are being pushed back constantly but the realm of the partially understood and the totally unknown is as great as ever. Among other things this book deals with astronomical instruments and their application recent discoveries in the solar system stellar evolution the exploding starts the galaxies quasars pulsars the possibilities of extraterrestrial life and relativity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415846295

Boundaries of Utopia - Imagining Communism from Plato to Stalin The idea that socialism could be established in a single country was adopted as an official doctrine by the Soviet Union in 1925 Stalin and Bukharin being the main formulators of the policy. Before this there had been much debate as to whether the only way to secure socialism would be as a result of socialist revolution on a much broader scale across all Europe or wider still. This book traces the development of ideas about communist utopia from Plato onwards paying particular attention to debates about universalist ideology versus the possibility for "socialism in one country". The book argues that although the prevailing view is that "socialism in one country" was a sharp break from a long tradition that tended to view socialism as only possible if universal in fact the territorially confined socialist project had long roots including in the writings of Marx and Engels. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815364320

Boundary and SpaceAn Introduction to the Work of D.W. Winnicott D.W. Winnicott - one of this centuries most important theorists - is the focus of the new edition of this extraordinary volume. Drawing extensively upon Winnicott's own papers and lectures the main themes of his theory and personal development are revealed. His vast contributions to the understandings of the profound significance of infancy in the Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367323264

Boundary And SpaceAn Introduction To The Work of D.W. Winnincott First published in 1991. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138148550

Boundary Control and Variation Based on the Working Conference on Boundary Control and Boundary Variation held in Sophia-Antipolis France this work provides important examinations of shape optimization and boundary control of hyperbolic systems including free boundary problems and stabilization. It offers a new approach to large and nonlinear variation of the boundary using global Eulerian co-ordinates and intrinsic geometry. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138417656

Boundary Layer Climates This modern climatology textbook explains those climates formed near the ground in terms of the cycling of energy and mass through systems. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138170438

Boundary RetracementProcesses and Procedures The survey and the transference are the distinctive and operative acts in the transmission of real property and where they differ from each other one must of necessity control the other. This book addresses the aforementioned concepts by external explanations in order to understand the discrepancies between them. It also helps to avoid expensive and wasteful litigation over boundaries that were previously not in conflict. The text offers an extensive review of the law for boundary retracement and cites numerous case examples. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367573881

Boundary Stelae Of Akhentaten First published in 1993. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138964945

Boundary-Spanning in OrganizationsNetwork Influence and Conflict In more recent times the essence of the gatekeeper's role has moved to the 'boundary spanner' - a systems thinker who understands the specific needs and interests of the organization and whose greatest asset is their ability to move across and through the formal and informal features of the modern organization. There are many types of boundaries associated with an organization for example horizontal (function and expertise) vertical (status hierarchy) geographic demographic and stakeholder. Boundaries are "the defining characteristic of organizations and boundary roles are the link between the environment and the organization" (Aldrich & Herker 1977) with functions crucial to the effectiveness and success of the organization. Despite being a critical success factor for an organization beginning in the 1970s the term - 'boundary spanning' has had an intermittent research history: there has been no systematic body of research that has evolved over time. This book aims to invigorate excite and expand the literature on boundary spanning in a diverse range of disciplines such as sociology organizational psychology management medicine defence health social work and community services. The book serves as the first collection of reviews on boundary spanning in organizations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138616882

Bounded Bureaucracy and the Budgetary Process in the United States Bureaucracies have been criticized from various perspectives and blamed for a variety of failings. Critics have claimed that bureaucracies are too focused on conforming to rules rather than achieving an organization's core mission. Bureaucracies are said to oppress human freedom because of their orientation toward hierarchical control. Bureaucratic organizations are also said to be unable to deal effectively with public problems that span multiple administrative jurisdictions; they do not reach beyond their own organizational boundaries.This book provides solid data on how bureaucracies can expedite information processing and reduce organizational conflicts. Jay Eungha Ryu finds that the functions of bureaucracies are highly dependent upon external political conditions. Whether the executive and legislative branches are dominated by the same party significantly influences the ability of bureaucracies to function effectively.Ryu notes that the merits of bureaucratic centralization are worth close attention. Numerous attempts including performance budgeting systems have been made to improve bureaucratic malfunctions. However such reform initiatives are doomed to failure he argues unless they employ a core feature of bureaucracy itself centralization. Ryu defines bureaucratic centralization at its best as bounded bureaucracy. If well managed bounded bureaucracy can substantially improve the rational behavior of organizations and reduce institutional frictions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138507760

Bounded Rationality and Behavioural Economics Economics Nobel Laureate Herbert Simon developed the concept of bounded rationality in the 1950s. This asserts that the cognitive abilities of human decision-makers are not always sufficient to find optimal solutions to complex real-life problems leading decision-makers to find satisfactory sub-optimal outcomes. This was a foundational component of the development of Behavioural Economics but in recent years the two fields have diverged each with its own literature its own approach and its own proponents. Behavioural Economics explores the areas of commonality between Economics and Psychology in terms of its focus and its approach whereas the bounded rationality literature largely analyses the implications of sub-optimal decision‐making through the mathematically sophisticated methodology of mainstream Economics. This book examines the nature and consequences of this divergence and questions whether this is a case of beneficial specialisation or whether it is unhelpful potentially stunting the development of some aspects of Economics. It has been suggested that the major deficiency of Behavioural Economics is that it has failed to produce a single widely applicable alternative to constrained optimisation. This book evaluates the extent to which this is the true and if it is the extent to which it is a product of the divergence between the two literatures. It also seeks to identify commonalities between the two subjects and suggests avenues of research in Economics that would benefit from a re-fusion of these two fields. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138499744

Boundless Innocence in Thomas Traherne's Poetic Theology'Were all Men Wise and Innocent...' The seventeenth-century poet and divine Thomas Traherne finds innocence in every stage of existence. He finds it in the chaos at the origins of creation as well as in the blessed order of Eden. He finds it in the activities of grace and the hope of glory but also in the trials of misery and even in the abyss of the Fall. Boundless Innocence in Thomas Traherne’s Poetic Theology traces innocence through Traherne’s works as it transgresses the boundaries of the estates of the soul. Using grammatical and literary categories it explores various aspects of his poetic theology of innocence uncovering the boundless desire which is embodied in the yearning cry: ’Were all Men Wise and Innocent...’ Recovering and reinterpreting a key but increasingly neglected theme in Traherne’s poetic theology this book addresses fundamental misconceptions of the meaning of innocence in his work. Through a contextual and theological approach it indicates the unexplored richness complexity and diversity of this theme in the history of literature and theology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138053083

Bounds for Determinants of Linear Operators and their Applications This book deals with the determinants of linear operators in Euclidean Hilbert and Banach spaces. Determinants of operators give us an important tool for solving linear equations and invertibility conditions for linear operators enable us to describe the spectra to evaluate the multiplicities of eigenvalues etc. We derive upper and lower bounds and perturbation results for determinants and discuss applications of our theoretical results to spectrum perturbations matrix equations two parameter eigenvalue problems as well as to differential difference and functional-differential equations. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781498796903

Bourdieu Language-based Ethnographies and ReflexivityPutting Theory into Practice Offering a unique and original perspective on Bourdieu language-based ethnographies and reflexivity this volume provides a nuanced in-depth discussion of the complex relationship between these interconnected topics and their impact in real-world contexts. Part I opens the book with an overview of the historical background and development of language-based ethnographic research and Bourdieu’s work in this space. Part II presents a series of case studies that highlight a Bourdieusian perspective and demonstrate how reflexivity impacts language-based ethnography. In each study Bourdieu’s conceptual framework of reflexively-informed objectivity examines the ways in which the studies themselves were constructed and understood. Building on Parts I and II the concluding set of chapters in Part III unpacks the messiness of the theory and practice of language-based ethnography and provides insights into what reflexivity means for Bourdieu and in practical contexts. Arguing for a greater reflexive understanding in research practice this volume sets an agenda for future literacy and language research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138652262

Bourdieu and AfterA Guide to Relational Phenomenology Pierre Bourdieu was the most influential sociologist of the late 20th century. The framework he developed continues to inspire countless researchers across the globe and provokes intense debates long after his death. Novel concepts innovative applications and countless elaborations spring up every day bulking out and shaping a distinct if not always entirely consistent body of work that might be characterised as a recognisable tradition. For those coming to Bourdieu for the first time therefore and interested in using his ideas in their own research it no longer makes sense to confine oneself to the ideas of the man himself. An overview of the varied ways his concepts and arguments have been deepened and updated to make sense of new times or to fill certain gaps and how insights on seemingly disconnected topics weave together into a bigger picture is not just desirable but essential. Bourdieu and After aims to provide exactly this overview. Working closely with Bourdieu’s own writings but also covering a wide range of research and literature inspired by him it aims to guide the reader through the key principles the major and minor concepts and the concrete findings of Bourdieusian sociology as clearly and comprehensively as possible. It explains the difficult and often overlooked philosophical foundations walks through the logic of famous terms like ‘field’ ‘habitus’ and ‘capital’ and demonstrates how they have been or can be used to provide powerful accounts of colonialism the emergence of nation states and the rise of global social relations. It covers topics that Bourdieu was famous for analysing like class and educational inequality yet also traverses subjects on which he said little but that others influenced by him have tackled in depth such as ethnicity sexuality and family. Along the way Atkinson seeks to undermine some of the common criticisms levelled at Bourdieu while identifying remaining gaps and limitations. Rather than simply recognising the problems however Atkinson proposes possible solutions too – solutions that are facilitated he argues by characterising Bourdieusian sociology as what he calls ‘relational phenomenology’. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367224622

Bourdieu and Chinese EducationInequality Competition and Change This book uses Bourdieu’s sociological approach for research as a jumping-off point for framing our understandings and analyses of China and Chinese education. Three major themes—inequality competition and change—are explored across several theoretical and contextual bases. Bringing together top scholars in the field the volume examines empirical studies that analyse social (im)mobility through education for students affected by the social divides of class culture and rural/urban locations; teacher identity and the field of schooling in the current Chinese environment and going forward; and the university as an institution for the production of knowledge about education in the globalising academy. Offering insights into the historical and cultural context for China’s educational landscape the contributions of this book revisit Bourdieusian concepts from a new empirical vantage point and bring together key studies that illuminate new pathways for the study of Chinese sociology of education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138098671

Bourdieu and Education Specially selected by Diane Reay this is a collection of innovative and thought-provoking recently published papers that 'use' Bourdieu to put theory into practice in order to understand and analyse educational problems. Bourdieu's work is renowned for its focus on inequalities and its centering of social justice. The contributions utilise a wide range of diverse concepts in Bourdieu's theoretical 'tool-kit' and address educational inequalities across different aspects of the educational system – from higher education and parental choice of schooling to teachers' professional development and the PE classroom. Illuminating key aspects of Bourdieu's scholarship they reveal how good Bourdieu is 'for thinking with’; illustrate the merits of reflexivity the move beyond binary ways of reading the social world; and demonstrate the significance of power in any analysis of education. The chapters in this book were all originally published as articles in Taylor and Francis journals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367585983

Bourdieu and the Sociology of Music Education Pierre Bourdieu has been an extraordinarily influential figure in the sociology of music. For over four decades his concepts have helped to generate both empirical and theoretical interventions in the field of musical study. His impact on the sociology of music taste in particular has been profound his ideas directly informing our understandings of how musical preferences reflect and reproduce inequalities between social classes ethnic groups and men and women. Bourdieu and the Sociology of Music Education draws together a group of international researchers academics and artist-practitioners who offer a critical introduction and exploration of Pierre Bourdieu’s rich generative conceptual tools for advancing sociological views of music education. By employing perspectives from Bourdieu’s work on distinction and judgement and his conceptualisation of fields habitus and capitals in relation to music education contributing authors explore the ways in which Bourdieu’s work can be applied to music education as a means of linking school (institutional habitus) and learning and curriculum and family (class habitus). The volume includes research perspectives and studies of how Bourdieu’s tools have been applied in industry and educational contexts including the primary secondary and higher music education sectors. The volume begins with an introduction to Bourdieu’s contribution to theory and methodology and then goes on to deal in detail with illustrative substantive studies. The concluding chapter is an extended essay that reflects on and critiques the application of Bourdieu’s work and examines the ways in which the studies contained in the volume advance understanding. The book contributes new perspectives to our understanding of Bourdieu’s tools across diverse settings and practices of music education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367597337

Bourdieu and the Sociology of Translation and Interpreting Bourdieu's key concepts of habitus field and capital have been adopted or adapted to elaborate the social and cultural nature of translation or interpreting activity to locate this activity within social structures and social institutions and to analyse the cultural historical and political specificity of translation and interpreting practices. This special issue of The Translator explores the emergence and subsequent development of Bourdieu?s work within translation and interpreting studies. Contributors to this volume offer their critical assessment of the force of Bourdieu?s arguments in clarifying strengthening or challenging existing analyses of the role of the social in translation and interpreting studies. The topics include a consideration of the role of habitus and symbolic/linguistic capital in translation and interpreting within the legal field; a critical evaluation of how educational sign language interpreters serve to reinforce the continuation of exclusionary practices toward deaf pupils within mainstream schooling; a critique of the dominant historiography of the early translations of Shakespeare?s drama in Egypt; an exploration of Bourdieu?s concepts of habitus capital and illusio in relation to the formation of the literary field in France and America in the 19th and 20th century; a re-evaluation of the potential for a theoretical alliance between Latour? s actor-network theory and Bourdieu?s reflexive sociology; and a discussion of the ethnographic epistemological foundations of Bourdieu?s work with reference to political asylum procedures in Belgium. From varying perspectives the papers in this volume demonstrate the contribution of Bourdieu?s work toward the continued elaboration of sociological perspectives within translation and interpreting studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781900650861

Bourdieu in International RelationsRethinking Key Concepts in IR This book rethinks the key concepts of International Relations by drawing on the work of Pierre Bourdieu. The last few years have seen a genuine wave of publications promoting sociology in international relations. Scholars have suggested that Bourdieu’s vocabulary can be applied to study security diplomacy migration and global environmental politics. Yet we still lack a systematic and accessible analysis of what Bourdieu-inspired IR might look like. This book provides the answer. It offers an introduction to Bourdieu’s thinking to a wider IR audience challenges key assumptions which currently structure IR scholarship – and provides an original theoretical restatement of some of the core concepts in the field. The book brings together a select group of leading IR scholars who draw on both theoretical and empirical insights from Bourdieu. Each chapter covers one central concept in IR: Methodology Knowledge Power Strategy Security Culture Gender Norms Sovereignty and Integration. The chapters demonstrate how these concepts can be reinterpreted and used in new ways when exposed to Bourdieusian logic. Challenging key pillars of IR scholarship Bourdieu in International Relations will be of interest to critical theorists and scholars of IR theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415870757

Bourdieu in Translation StudiesThe Socio-cultural Dynamics of Shakespeare Translation in Egypt This book explores the implications of Pierre Bourdieu’s sociology of cultural production for the study of translation as a socio-cultural activity. Bourdieu’s work has continued to inspire research on translation in the last few years though without a detailed large-scale investigation that tests the viability of his conceptual tools and methodological assumptions. With focus on the Arabic translations of Shakespeare’s tragedies in Egypt this book offers a detailed analysis of the theory of ‘fields of cultural production’ with the purpose of providing a fresh perspective on the genesis and development of drama translation in Arabic. The different cases of the Arabic translations of Hamlet Macbeth King Lear and Othello lend themselves to sociological analysis due to the complex socio-cultural dynamics that conditioned the translation decisions made by translators theatre directors actors/actresses and publishers. In challenging the mainstream history of Shakespeare translation into Arabic which is mainly premised on the linguistic proximity between source and target texts this book attempts a ‘social history’ of the ‘Arabic Shakespeare’ which takes as its foundational assumption the fact that translation is a socially-situated phenomenon that is only fully appreciated in its socio-cultural milieu. Through a detailed discussion of the production dissemination and consumption of the Arabic translations of Shakespeare’s tragedies Bourdieu in Translation Studies marks a significant contribution to both sociology of translation and the cultural history of modern Egypt. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138499140

Bourdieu on ReligionImposing Faith and Legitimacy Pierre Bourdieu was one of the most influential social theorists of our time. He developed a series of concepts to uncover the way society works and to challenge assumptions about what society is. His ideas illuminate how individuals and groups find value and meaning and so have rapidly come to be seen as hugely productive in analysing how religion works in society. 'Bourdieu on Religion' introduces students to Bourdieu's key concepts: cultural social and symbolic capital; habitus and field; and his challenge to the structures of social inequality. This study will be invaluable to any student interested in the relationships between religion class and social power. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315711089

Bourdieu: The Next GenerationThe Development of Bourdieu's Intellectual Heritage in Contemporary UK Sociology This book will give unique insight into how a new generation of Bourdieusian researchers apply Bourdieu to contemporary issues. It will provide a discussion of the working mechanisms of thinking through and/or with Bourdieu when analysing data. In each chapter individual authors discuss and reflect upon their own research and the ways in which they put Bourdieu to work. The aim of this book is not to just to provide examples of the development of Bourdieusian research but for each author to reflect on the ways in which they came across Bourdieu’s work why it speaks to them (including a reflexive consideration of their own background) and the way in which it is thus useful in their thinking. Many of the authors were introduced to Bourdieu’s works after his death. The research problems which the individual authors tackle are contextualised in a different time and space to the one Bourdieu occupied when he was developing his conceptual framework. This book will demonstrate how his concepts can be applied as "thinking tools" to understand contemporary social reality. Throughout Bourdieu’s career he argued that sociologists need to create an epistemological break to abandon our common sense – or as much as we can – and to formulate findings from our results. In essence we are putting Bourdieu to work to provide a structural constructivist approach to social reality anchored through empirical reflexivity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138596351

BourdieuA critical introduction Throughout his career French philosopher Pierre Bourdieu sought to interrogate what he described as the 'social unconscious' the means by which power is held and transmitted across generations. Bourdieu's work has been hugely influential in disciplines across the social sciences and humanities for decades yet Schirato and Roberts argue that few scholars are using his work to its full potential.Bourdieu's work is so wide-ranging that commentary tends to focus on specific theoretical concepts he developed or his books on particular fields of inquiry. However he continued to develop these concepts in his work across his whole career and much of the richness of his thinking is lost if this isn't taken into account. Drawing on recently released lectures Schirato and Roberts offer a systematic account of Bourdieu's full body of work from his early research in Algiers to his last lectures in Paris. They show how Bourdieu continued to develop his concepts of habitus field capital power and socio-cultural reproduction well into his later years. They also offer a nuanced reading of Bourdieu's thinking about education class language knowledge and culture beyond the individual books Bourdieu published on these topics.This critical introduction to Bourdieu is essential reading for all Bourdieu scholars and for researchers and thinkers using Bourdieu's work in their own social and cultural analysis.'A terrific book which sets out a comprehensive overview of Bourdieu's oeuvre in a way that no other text I know has done' - Professor John Frow University of Sydney Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781760111748

Bourdieu's PoliticsProblems and Possiblities In the last decade of his career the French sociologist Pierre Bourdieu became involved in a series of high-profile political interventions defending the cause of striking students and workers speaking out in the name of illegal immigrants the homeless and the unemployed challenging the incursion of the market into the field of artistic and intellectual production. The first sustained analysis of Bourdieu's politics this study seeks to assess the validity of his claims as to the distinctiveness and superiority of his own field theory as a tool of political analysis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415646147

Bourdieu's Theory of Social FieldsConcepts and Applications Bourdieu’s theory of social fields is one of his key contributions to social sciences and humanities. However it has never been subjected to genuine critical examination. This book fills that gap and offers a clear and wide-ranging introduction to the theory. It includes a critical discussion of its methodology and relevance in different subject areas in the social sciences and humanities. Part I "theoretical investigations" offers a theoretical account of the theory while also identifying some of its limitations and discussing several strategies to overcome them. Part II "Education culture and organization" presents the theory at work and highlights its advantages and disadvantages. The focus in Part III devoted to "The State" is on the formation and evolution of the State and public policy in different contexts. The chapters show the usefulness of field theory in describing explaining and understanding the functioning of the State at different stages in its historical trajectory including its recent redefinition with the advent of the neoliberal age. A last chapter outlines a postcolonial use of the theory of fields. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138921047

Bourdieusian Prospects Bourdieusian Prospects considers the ongoing relevance of Bourdieu's social theory for contemporary social science. Breaking with the tendency to reflect on Bourdieu's legacies it brings established and emergent scholars together to debate the futures of a specifically Bourdieusian sociology. Driven by a central leitmotif in Bourdieu’s oeuvre namely that his work not be blindly appropriated but actively interpreted contributors to this volume set out to map the potentials of Bourdieusian inflected social science. While for many social scientists the empirical and theoretical developments of the twenty-first century mark a limit point of Bourdieusian social theory this collection charts both how and why a Bourdieusian sociology has a future which is crucial for the ongoing development and roll out of an engaged relevant and critical social science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367871673

Bourgeois Ideology and EducationSubversion Through Pedagogy This book identifies the origins and central assertions of bourgeois ideology as well as the reasons for their persuasive power and offers pedagogical tools to weaken them. The author suggests techniques for use in the classroom the community and the imagination that subvert negative stereotypes about poor people and individualist explanations for socio-economic status. Written from an ecumenical socialist perspective combining Marxist neo-Marxist and anarchist perspectives this book utilizes a broad interdisciplinary scope encompassing political theory religion political psychology and literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138721111

Bourne on Company Law An ideal introductory textbook Bourne on Company Law offers a succinct overview of the fundamental areas covered in LLB and GDL courses. The text is clear and easy to follow being presented in short sub-headed sections for ease of navigation and is thoroughly cross-referenced to highlight connections across topics. Written for both law and non-law students this text offers straightforward explanations of all key cases as well as chapter summaries and end of chapter questions to aid understanding. The book is also supported by a companion website offering self-test questions a useful glossary and annotated web links. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138911895

Bovine Somatotropin And Emerging IssuesAn Assessment This book offers a full discussion of the issues surrounding bovine somatotropin (BST) and a comprehensive review of research findings on the probable consequences of BST highlighting what is currently known and unknown about this technology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367155445

Bowles And Gintis RevisitedCorrespondence And Contradiction In Educational Theory First Published in 1988. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138180406

Bowtie MethodologyA Guide for Practitioners Bow Tie Methodology (BTM) consists of two methods Fault Tree Analysis (FTA) and Event Tree Analysis (ETA) which are connected by a single event. The methodology is holistic and provides the tools and pre-event analysis which is also called the risk calculations and post-event analysis also called the risk mitigations of quality and safety related events. There are plenty of articles or chapters on this methodology however there is no book that covers everything in one place. The book is filled with examples taken from the aviation industry and elaborates theory implemented in practice which gives quality and safety practitioners a guidance on how to use and apply BTM in practice. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138067059

Box Office ArchaeologyRefining Hollywood’s Portrayals of the Past “How true is it?” is a common refrain of patrons coming out of movie theatres after the latest film on pirates Vikings or mummies. While Hollywood usurps the past for its own entertainment purposes archaeologists and historians know a lot about many of these subjects digging up stories often more fascinating than the ones projected on screen. This distinguished group of archaeologists select key subjects and genres used by Hollywood and provide the historical and archaeological depth that a movie cannot—what really happened in history. Topics include Egypt the Wild West Civil War submarines Vikings the Titanic and others. The book should be of interest to introductory archaeology and American history classes courses on film and popular culture and to a general audience. Alternate Selection History Book Club. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315432779

Boxing and PerformanceMemetic Hauntings Boxing and Performance is the first substantial piece of work to place the lived experience of female and male boxers in dialogue with one another. Crews and Lennox critically reflect on their ethnographic experiences of boxing and their reading of the cultural representations of the sport. They conceive of the project as an extended sparring session. This book offers a unique perspective on boxing in/as performance and boxing in/as culture. It explores how the connections between boxing and performance address ideas about bodies relationships intimacy and combat. It challenges and renegotiates oft-repeated narratives used to make meaning about boxing. This volume examines questions of visibility voice and agency and will appeal to scholars and students in the fields of performance and media and sport and social studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367266059

Boy Bands and the Performance of Pop Masculinity Boy Bands and the Performance of Pop Masculinity provides a history of the boy band from the Beatles to One Direction placing the modern male pop group within the wider context of twentieth- and twenty-first-century popular music and culture. Offering the first extended look at pop masculinity as exhibited by boy bands this volume links the evolving expressions of gender and sexuality in the boy band to wider economic and social changes that have resulted in new ways of representing what it is to be a man. The popularity of boy bands is unquestionable and their contributions to popular music are significant yet they have attracted relatively little study. This book fills that gap with chapters exploring the challenges of defining the boy band phenomenon its origins and history from the 1940s to the present the role of management and marketing the performance of gender and sexuality and the nature of fandom and fan agency. Throughout the author illuminates the ways in which identity politics influence the production and consumption of pop music and shows how the mainstream pop of boy bands can both reinforce and subvert gender and class hierarchies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138647329

Boy CrazyRemembering Adolescence Therapies and Dreams In answering these questions Janet Sayers highlights the revolution wrought in both sexes' psychology by adolescence particularly by its fantasies of divided selves and loves and of 'boy crazy' grandiosity and romance. Illustrated throughout with fascinating examples from a groundbreaking study of adolescent memories and dreams Boy Crazy presents an engaging account of this little-researched period of human development. Sayers also draws on her own work as a therapist and weaves in vignettes from fiction and film to demonstrate the significance we attach in adulthood to our experiences as adolescents. She suggests that men and women respond differently to the sexual awakening that takes place during their teens and to their own memories of that part of their life. In relating the findings of her research the author also explores to what extent the theories of Freud Jung and feminism shape our understanding of the formative effect of adolescent experiences and emotions. Boy Crazy provides a fascinating insight into the repercussions of adolescence on our adult lives and loves and will appeal to the general and specialist reader alike. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315787886

Boy Racer CultureYouth Masculinity and Deviance On the public roads boy racers are a foreboding presence viewed with suspicion and derision by the ‘respectable’ motorist. The problem of the young (male) driver is one which has plagued authorities and governments due to youths’ acclaimed propensity to engage in deviant and dangerous driving behaviours. Boy Racer Culture sheds light on the boy racer phenomenon through ethnographic research with the notorious ‘Bouley Basher’ culture in the city of Aberdeen Scotland and the moral panic on the part of outside groups including the local community police politicians and media. This book examines the creation of masculine and feminine identities in a traditionally male-dominated subculture through car-related rituals such as ‘modding’ subcultural media and events and the quest for celebrity status via public performances. Boy Racer Culture challenges common misconceptions surrounding the boy racer the ‘problematic’ young (male) motorist and the car modifier. It will be essential reading for an international audience including sociologists and criminologists particularly those with an interest in youth culture subcultures moral panics car culture anti-social behaviour and the governance and policing of the roads. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415813853

Boycotts and Dixie ChicksCreative Political Participation at Home and Abroad Boycotts and Dixie Chicks introduces the concept of 'creative political participation' collective political actions which do not use traditional methods and which are innovative collaborative and creative in character. Andrew S. McFarland discusses creative participation on issues concerning the environment political corruption consumer rights and transnational issues. He draws on specific examples including anti-corruption demonstrations in contemporary rural China community action in 1890s Wisconsin consumer boycotts of Shell Oil ExxonMobil the Nestle Corporation and the Dixie Chicks music group the 'colour revolutions' and transnational fair trade and transparency activism. Written in an engaging everyday language and using a wide variety of sources and case studies Boycotts and Dixie Chicks is highly recommended for students of alternative social and political movements and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781594518201

BoyhoodA Young Life on Screen This book traces the development of Richard Linklater’s Boyhood from its audacious concept through its tenacious production to its celebrated reception placing it within the context of cinematic parables about children to demonstrate its distinctive vision. Timothy Shary author of numerous studies on the history of teen cinema evaluates the film’s many messages about youth and adolescence within the context of early twenty-first century American culture illuminating how Linklater’s singular vision of the otherwise ordinary life of a boy reveals potent universal truths about all people. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367735630

Boyle StudiesAspects of the Life and Thought of Robert Boyle (1627-91) The significance of Robert Boyle (1627-91) as the most influential English scientist in the generation before Newton is now generally acknowledged but the complexity and eclecticism of his ideas has also become increasingly apparent. This volume presents an important group of studies of Boyle by Michael Hunter the leading expert on Boyle’s life and thought. It forms a sequel to two previous books: Hunter’s Robert Boyle: Scrupulosity and Science (2000) and The Boyle Papers: Understanding the Manuscripts of Robert Boyle (2007). Like them it conveniently brings together material otherwise widely scattered in essay volumes and academic journals while nearly a third of the book’s content is hitherto unpublished. The collection opens with a substantial introduction that places the studies that follow in the context of existing studies of Boyle; appended to it is an annotated edition of Boyle’s telling list of desiderata for science. The next three essays comprise a group of essentially biographical studies exploring various aspects of Boyle’s life and intellectual evolution after which three others provide further evidence of the ’convoluted’ Boyle divulged in Robert Boyle: Scrupulosity and Science. Finally we have two chapters one hitherto published only in French and the other not at all which throw important light on topics that preoccupied Boyle in the last few years of his life - the supernatural and the exotic. Together these essays add greater depth to our understanding of Boyle both as an individual and as a natural philosopher. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472428103

Boys Bodies and Physical EducationProblematizing Identity Schooling and Power Relations through a Pleasure Lens Using visual ethnography this book explores the many forms of pleasures that boys derive in and through the spaces and their bodies in physical education. Employing the works of Michel Foucault and Judith Butler Gerdin examines how pleasure is connected to identity schooling and power relations and demonstrates how discourses of sport fitness health and masculinity work together to produce a variety of pleasurable experiences. At the same time the book provides a critique of such pleasurable experiences within physical education by illustrating how these pleasures can still for some boys quickly turn into displeasures and can be associated with exclusion humiliation bullying and homophobia. Boys Bodies and Physical Education argues that pleasure can both be seen as an educational and productive practice in physical education but also a constraint that both engenders and privileges some boys over others as well as (re)producing narrow and limited conceptions of masculinity and pleasures for all boys. This book works to problematize these pleasures and their articulations with gender bodies and spaces. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367195212

Boys Boyz BoisAn Ethics of Black Masculinity in Film and Popular Media Boys Boyz Bois concerns questions of ethics gender and race in popular American images national discourse and cultural production by and about black men. The book proposes an ethics of masculinity as ethnics refers to a system of morality and valuation and as ethics refers to a care of the self and ethical subject formation. The texts of analysis include recent films by black/African American filmmakers gangsta rap and hip-hop and black star persona: texts ranging from Blaxploitation and New Black Cinema to contemporary music video to autobiography and the public image of Sidney Poitier. The book is a significant contribution to cultural studies and gender studies and critical race theory. What is distinctive about the book is the question of ethics as a question of race and gender. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203959459

Boys Masculinities and ReadingGender Identity and Literacy as Social Practice Boys Masculinities and Reading explores elementary students’ interpretations of their experiences of reading and the contextual influences that impact those experiences. While research continues to highlight the apparent systematic underperformance of boys in comparison to girls on national and international reading benchmarks this text moves beyond broad generalizations to consider complexities inherent in notions of masculinity and associated tensions. Applying a socio-cultural perspective Scholes highlights the voices of boys and girls by focusing on their reading experiences. Examining the perceived generalized "crisis" of boys’ underperformance in reading and literacy Scholes identifies the factors that shape perceptions of masculinity among different groups of boys across the globe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367884758

Boys and Their SchoolingThe Experience of Becoming Someone Else This book presents an ethnographic study of the experiences of teenage boys in an Australian high school. It follows a group of thirteen to fifteen year olds over a period of more than two years  and seeks to understand why so many boys say they hate school yet enjoy being with one another in their daily confrontations with the formal school. The study acknowledges the ongoing significance of the "boys' debate" to policy-makers and the media and therefore to teachers and parents but moves it on from issues of gender construction and the panic about achievement to the broader question of what it is to experience being schooled as a boy in the new liberal educational environment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138021792

Boys and their ToysMasculinity Class and Technology in America Negotiating the divide between "respectable manhood" and "rough manhood" this book explores masculinity at work and at play through provocative essays on labor unions railroads vocational training programs and NASCAR racing. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203951163

Boys Don't Try? Rethinking Masculinity in Schools There is a significant problem in our schools: too many boys are struggling. The list of things to concern teachers is long. Disappointing academic results a lack of interest in studying higher exclusion rates increasing mental health issues sexist attitudes an inability to express emotions.... Traditional ideas about masculinity are having a negative impact not only on males but females too. In this ground-breaking book Matt Pinkett and Mark Roberts argue that schools must rethink their efforts to get boys back on track. Boys Don’t Try? examines the research around key topics such as anxiety and achievement behaviour and bullying schoolwork and self-esteem. It encourages the reader to reflect on how they define masculinity and consider what we want for boys in our schools. Offering practical quick wins as well as long-term strategies to help boys become happier and achieve greater academic success the book: offers ways to avoid problematic behaviour by boys and tips to help teachers address poor behaviour when it happens highlights key areas of pastoral care that need to be recognised by schools exposes how popular approaches to "engaging" boys are actually misguided and damaging details how issues like disadvantage relationships violence peer pressure and pornography affect boys’ perceptions of masculinity and how teachers can challenge these. With an easy-to-navigate three-part structure for each chapter setting out the stories key research and practical solutions this is essential reading for all classroom teachers and school leaders who are keen to ensure male students enjoy the same success as girls. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815350255

Boys in Children's Literature and Popular CultureMasculinity Abjection and the Fictional Child Boys in Children’s Literature and Popular Culture proposes new theoretical frameworks for understanding the contradictory ways masculinity is represented in popular texts consumed by boys in the United States. The popular texts boys like are often ignored by educators and scholars or are simply dismissed as garbage that boys should be discouraged from enjoying. However examining and making visible the ways masculinity functions in these texts is vital to understanding the broad array of works that make up children’s culture and form dominant versions of masculinity. Such popular texts as Harry Potter Captain Underpants and Japanese manga and anime often perform rituals of subject formation in overtly grotesque ways that repulse adult readers and attract boys. They often use depictions of the abject – threats to bodily borders – to blur the distinctions between what is outside the body and what is inside between what is "I" and what is "not I." Because of their reliance on depictions of the abject those popular texts that most vigorously perform exaggerated versions of masculinity also create opportunities to make dominant masculinity visible as a social construct. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203941805

BoysMasculinities in Contemporary Culture Analyzing the meanings of masculinity in contemporary culture this book examines specific cultural male icons like Muhammad Ali Harvey Keitel Jean-Claude Van Damme and Newt Gingrich and explores the male stereotypes such as the cowboy the father the homosexual and the Black terror. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367009212

Brümmer on Meaning and the Christian FaithCollected Writings of Vincent Brümmer This volume presents a wide-ranging selection from the writings of a leading contemporary philosophical theologian Vincent Brümmer. In his many books and articles Brümmer has demonstrated how the tools of philosophical analysis are not only fruitful but also essential for dealing with the central issues of systematic theology. The title of this volume Meaning and the Christian Faith highlights two characteristic themes that recur throughout the many writings of Vincent Brümmer. Much of his work has been devoted to exploring the meaning of the Christian faith and especially of its central claim that God is a personal being whose fellowship believers may enjoy. On the other hand Brümmer has also shown that religious belief should not be understood as an explanatory theory but rather as a way in which believers understand the meaning of their lives and their experience of the world and direct their lives accordingly. Thus in the Christian tradition believers claim that their lives are meaningful because they seek to attain ultimate happiness in the love of God. In the introductory sections throughout this volume Vincent Brümmer describes how he came to pay attention to the various themes dealt with in his writings and explains why he came to deal with them in the ways he did. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367583149

Brachiopods This collection of conference papers presents information on the molecular genetics biomineralization growth and ecology of extant brachiopod stocks (extrapolated back to the Cambrian) and the shell microstructure taphonomy paleogeography evolution and taxonomy of fossil brachiopods. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367401306

Bracing for the ApocalypseAn Ethnographic Study of New York's ‘Prepper’ Subculture Increasing American fear about terrorism environmental catastrophes pandemics and economic crises has fueled interest in "prepping": confronting disaster by mastering survivalist skills. This trend of self-reliance is not merely evidence of the American belief in the power of the individual; rather this pragmatic shift away from expecting government aid during a disaster reflects a weakened belief in the bond between government and its citizens during a time of crisis. This ethnographic study explores the rise of the urban preppers' subculture in New York City shedding light on the distinctive approach of city dwellers in preparing for disaster. With attention to the role of factors such as class race gender and one’s expectations of government it shows that how one imagines Doomsday affects how one prepares for it. Drawing on participant observation the author explores preppers’ views on the central question of whether to "bug out" or "hunker down" in the event of disaster and examines the ways in which the prepper economy increases revenue by targeting concerns over developing skills building networks securing equipment and arranging a safe locale. A rich qualitative study Bracing for the Apocalypse will appeal to scholars of sociology and anthropology with interests in urban studies ethnography and subcultures. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415788489

Brady Urology Manual While comprehensive textbooks are essential to the practice of urology equally important are readily accessible manuals that students residents trainees and even experienced urologists can carry with them in their pockets or on PDAs. Filling a gap in the market for a definitive pocket urology reference guide this easy-to-use text covers the key topics in the field with an emphasis on the straightforward presentation of practical knowledge and bedside skills. Written by residents and attending physicians at the world famous Brady Institute of Urology at Johns Hopkins University Hospital this is a much-needed highly useful handbook for those in the field. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367453503

BrahmanA Comparative Theology This book is a critique of western systematic theology. It borrows insights from India and other traditions; it is not a synthesis of religious traditions. The book includes two parts method and systematics. It examines the traditional topics of systematic theology '- topics such as the existence and nature of God revelation and reason religious ethics and human practice the relation of God to the world Christology and eschatology - and allows these topics to grow in conversation with India and to change according to dialogical insights. The book is prompted by a perceived need to cross the boundaries between western and Indian worldviews in a systematic and comprehensive way. The purpose of the book is to enable scholars worldwide to extend their theological resources and to look anew at the problems and prospects of a comparative systematic theology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138964969

Brahms and the ScherzoStudies in Musical Narrative Despite the incredible diversity in Brahms's scherzo-type movements there has been no comprehensive consideration of this aspect of his oeuvre. Professor Ryan McClelland provides an in-depth study of these movements that also contributes significantly to an understanding of Brahms's compositional language and his creative dialogue with musical traditions. McClelland especially highlights the role of rhythmic-metric design in Brahms's music and its relationship to expressive meaning. In Brahms's scherzo-type movements McClelland traces transformations of primary thematic material demonstrating how the relationship of the initial music to its subsequent versions creates a musical narrative that provides structural coherence and generates expressive meaning. McClelland's interpretations of the expressive implications of Brahms's fascinatingly intricate musical structures frequently engage issues directly relevant to performance. This illuminating book will appeal to music theorists musicologists working on nineteenth-century instrumental music and performers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138262164

Brahms Beyond MasteryHis Sarabande and Gavotte and its Recompositions In 1853 Robert Schumann identified fully-formed compositional mastery in the young Brahms who nevertheless in the years following embarked on a period of intensive further study producing among other works the neo-baroque Sarabande and Gavotte. These dances have not been properly recognized as constituting a distinct Brahms work before now but manuscript evidence and their performance history indicate that Brahms and his friends thought of them as such in the mid-1850s when they became the first music of his performed publicly in Gdansk Vienna Budapest and London. He later suppressed the dances using them instead as a thematic quarry for three chamber music masterpieces from different stages in his life and in distinctly different ways: the Second String Sextet the First String Quintet and the Clarinet Quintet. This book gives an account of the compositional and performance history stylistic features and re-uses of the dances setting these in the wider context of Brahms’s developing creative concerns and trajectory. It constitutes therefore a study of a ’lost’ work of how a fully-formed master opens himself to ’the in-flowing from afar’ (in Martin Heidegger’s terms) and of the transformative reach and concomitant expressive richness of Brahms’s creative thought. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409465577

Braided Structures and CompositesProduction Properties Mechanics and Technical Applications Braiding is a very old textile manufacturing technology that traditionally has been used to produce items like ropes shoe laces and cables. Recently braiding has gained attention in the medical aerospace transportation and civil engineering communities among others due to its ability to produce structures that can fulfill the explicit demands imposed by these technical sectors. Braided Structures and Composites: Production Properties Mechanics and Technical Applications provides a single source of cutting-edge information on braiding and its applications. Featuring chapters authored by leading experts in their respective fields this first-of-its-kind book: Explains the basic principles of braiding technology for industrial textiles composites and products Identifies the key parameters that influence the braiding process and its produced structures Shows how to control these parameters to achieve the desired material characteristics Discusses braided structure modeling and analysis techniques and software tools Describes various application requirements and their design solutions Braided Structures and Composites: Production Properties Mechanics and Technical Applications supplies a critical understanding of braiding from concept to product design and application. This book is vital to the development of multifunctional products with highly specific features using braiding technology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138796300

Braided ThreadsA Historical Overview of the American Nonprofit Sector The United States today supports the strongest most varied nonprofit sector in the world an economic force of about $2 trillion responsible for 5.4% of the nation’s Gross Domestic Product in 2014 and accounting that year for 10.3% of the country's private-sector workforce. Roughly three-quarters of all households in America give to charity with the average total donation being $2 030 annually. Yet for all this few Americans and more specifically a surprisingly small proportion of the sector’s practitioners know where the nonprofit sector came from or how it developed and came to be what we know it as today. This work is a historical overview of that sector presented less as a chronology than as a discussion of the major influences—some legal some social some political—that helped shape the arena. The core message of the book is that the developmental trajectory of nonprofits has not been a straight line. Rather its path over the years might be compared to that of a pinball moving straight and building up momentum for a time but then ricocheting off some event or social trend and taking off in a new direction altogether. Equally important however the sector is also the product of a founding genome that came out of colonial Puritan-inspired New England and spread as that culture and its values became one of the dominant forces in American society. Knowing this history is a prerequisite for understanding and appreciating the character of this deeply influential part of American social culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815393931

Brain Attachment PersonalityAn Introduction to Neuroaffective Development This book is intended as an inspiration and as an introduction to what Susan Hart has called neuroaffective developmental psychology. As an underlying theme throughout the book she seeks to emphasize the importance of attachment for the formation of personality in all its diversity. This book presents a merger of systems that are not normally brought together in a structured psychodynamic context. Thus it operates on three levels: a neurobiological level an intrapsychological level and an interpersonal level. It also focuses on the brain structures that are essential for the formation of relationships personality development and emotions. It attempts to provide an understanding of the way that the uniquely human nervous system develops capacities for empathy mentalization and reflection that enable us to address such aspects as: past and present interpersonal relations ethics art and aesthetics. Susan Hart has endeavoured to make the text meaningful and comprehensible in order to make the topic interesting and inspiring to the reader and to spark an interest in further studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367106034

Brain Behaviour and Evolution Originally published in 1979 this book provides students with an example of the ways in which an evolutionary perspective can rephrase and clarify traditional questions and issues in psychology. The format provides the student firstly with the minimal amount of basic information in neuroanatomy genetics and modern evolutionary theory in a form which is readily related to the remainder of the volume. The book then goes on to consider the relationships between different forms of explanation in biology and the role of brain behaviour students in these relationships. Finally the reader is given an opportunity to follow the reasoning which stems from a biological approach when applied to topics in human behaviour such as learning dreaming sleeping exploration anxiety reasoning intelligence and consciousness. Modern evolutionary biology places man in a broader context than does traditional psychology and this new perspective reduces our tendency to view life solely from a human standpoint. The significance as well as the uniqueness of some traditionally ‘human’ attributes are challenged by this approach. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138555433

Brain Mind and MedicineCharles Richet and the Origins of Physiological Psychology Charles Richet was one of the most remarkable figures in the history of medical science. He is best known for his work on the body's immune reactions to foreign substances for which he won the Nobel Prize in medicine in 1913. Richet was also a poet playwright historian bibliographer political activist classical scholar and pioneer in aircraft design.Brain Mind and Medicine is the first major biography of Richet in any language. Wolf brilliantly situates Richet's work in the intellectual currents of Europe during the latter half of the nineteenth and early twentieth century. Richet was a contemporary of Wilhelm Wundt and William James. All three considered psychology to be an aspect of physiology governed by biological laws. But while James and Wundt considered consciousness as a process influenced by experience without much reference to neural structures Richet's focus was on the brain itself as shaped by genetics and experience and serving as the organ of the mind.Brain Mind and Medicine illuminates a significant chapter in scientific and cultural history. It should be read by medical scientists historians and individuals interested in medicine and psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412849548

Brain Mind and the External Signs of Intelligence Born in Vienna in 1864 Bernard Hollander was a London-based psychiatrist in the early twentieth century. He is best known for being one of the main proponents of the interest in phrenology at that time. This title originally published in 1931 looks at the different regions of the brain and their various functions in relation to intelligence. From the preface: "The records of cases collected by the author including some of his own point to there being at least three main regions of totally different functions…. Of these three regions the frontal is by far the largest in man and the most important being the region for the manifestation of the highest intellectual abilities." Back in print this is a chance to read all about the study of the brain mind and external signs of intelligence from the early twentieth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138841543

Brain AgingModels Methods and Mechanisms Recognition that aging is not the accumulation of disease but rather comprises fundamental biological processes that are amenable to experimental study is the basis for the recent growth of experimental biogerontology. As increasingly sophisticated studies provide greater understanding of what occurs in the aging brain and how these changes occur new possibilities emerge for limiting the effects of aging on neural function. A single source reference is necessary to keep abreast of the recent advances and future directions of gerontology research. Brain Aging: Models Methods and Mechanisms offers a selective overview of the research in this rapidly expanding field. A valuable resource for new and established investigators of the aging brain this volume reviews critical studies of brain aging in new animal models as well as advances in brain imaging techniques that permit investigations in aging humans with increasingly higher resolution. Detailed discussions link the information from human and animal studies to illustrate a comprehensive picture of the mechanism of aging. Emphasizing normal brain aging rather than pathological degeneration the text provides an understanding of fundamental age-related changes in the nervous system and hypothesis-driven research into their basis. The book includes critical analyses of the distinct methodological challenges inherent in investigating the aging nervous system. Contributions from distinguished leaders and pioneers in their respective fields address data and mechanisms as well as models and methods that are key to the study of aging. Each chapter is extensively referenced and highlights experimental concerns that are magnified or unique to the aging brain. Outlining relevant methods and techniques this book provides scientists researchers and clinicians with a broad understanding of the important progress and implications for the future of this significant field. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367453107

Brain and BehaviorResearch in Clinical Neuropsychology Research in the field of clinical neuropsychology has greatly advanced understanding of the complex relationships between brain functions and human behavior. This edited collection originally published in the early days of this dynamic field draws from the findings of clinical study animal experimentation and developmental observation to clarify the relationships between brain and behavior. The result is a report on the state of knowledge at that time and a barometer of how far the field has come.The book's contributors include some of the leading figures in the field of human and developmental neuropsychology. They present comprehensive reviews of salient topics on which they themselves have done important investigative work. An introduction by Klaus Poeck describes the historical evolution of clinical neuropsychology and discusses the status of the field from both substantive and methodological standpoints. George Ettlinger and Colin Blakemore describe understanding of inter-hemispheric relations as demonstrated by studies in animals and man. Sidney Weinstein discusses the phenomenon of the "phantom" in patients with amputated body parts and its implications for the concept of body image.Norman Geschwind who was instrumental in reviving interest in the anatomical approach to aphasia focuses on some unsolved anatomical problems and suggests needed clinical and experimental study. Arthur L. Benton outlines questions concerning constructional apraxia. Josephine Semmes offers a brilliant reformulation on whether there are discrete basic types of somatosensory function. Luigi Vignolo presents a masterful analysis of the concept of auditory agnosia and describes his own research in this area. Concentrating on a few important problem areas each of which is intensively probed this book offers valuable insight into how research advances understanding of the neuroanatomical bases of behavior. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138519749

Brain and Mind The relationship between brain and mind is one of the most baffling problems in science but potentially one of the most interesting. First published in 1985 this collection of original essays traces the development of mind in animals and human beings from its origins in the evolution of larger brains with a capacity for creating mental models of the environment. Examples are given of the way in which the brain may use this increased capacity to represent both the physical and social worlds and the authors suggest that this type of mental activity might underly what human beings recognize in themselves as ‘awareness’ or ‘consciousness’. Brain and Mind brings together much of the latest research and provides a useful framework for the study of this increasingly important subject. The contributors are experts in a wide range of disciplines and draw their conclusions from a broad base of clinical and experimental evidence. Students of psychology zoology anatomy medicine and philosophy as well as anyone who has wondered about their own mind and its relation to the brain will find this a fascinating and stimulating source. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138562370

Brain and MindModern Concepts of the Nature of Mind Presenting some modern views on the problem of the nature of mind and its relationship to the brain this book published in 1965 brings together contributors from various disciplines which are affected by this issue. Coming from different philosophical outlooks as well as subjects these contributors also comment on each other’s’ chapters with a view of developing thought on the approaches to the problem. The theory of mind-brain relationship is vital to human interest and has been in debate throughout western thought over centuries split mainly into dualist and monistic theories. These discussions had and still have wide impact philosophy psychology religion and cosmology among other areas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138825147

Brain and PerceptionHolonomy and Structure in Figural Processing Presented as a series of lectures this important volume achieves four major goals: 1) It integrates the results of the author's research as applied to pattern perception -- reviewing current brain research and showing how several lines of inquiry have been converging to produce a paradigm shift in our understanding of the neural basis of figural perception. 2) It updates the holographic hypothesis of brain function in perception. 3) It emphasizes the fact that both distributed (holistic) and localized (structural) processes characterize brain function. 4) It portrays a neural systems analysis of brain organization in figural perception by computational models -- describing processing in terms of formalisms found useful in ordering data in 20th-century physical and engineering sciences. The lectures are divided into three parts: a Prolegomenon outlining a theoretical framework for the presentation; Part I dealing with the configural aspects of perception; and Part II presenting its cognitive aspects. The appendices were developed in a collaborative effort by the author Kunio Yasue and Mari Jibu (both of Notre Dame Seishin University of Okayama Japan). Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9780203728390

Brain and Spinal Tumors of Childhood This second edition comes at a time of a paradigm shift in understanding of the molecular pathology and neuroscience of brain and spinal tumors of childhood and their mechanisms of growth within the developing brain. Excellent collaborative translational networks of researchers are starting to drive change in clinical practise through the need to test many ideas in trials and scientific initiatives. This text reflects the growing concern to understand the impact of the tumour and its treatment upon the full functioning of the child’s developing brain and to integrate the judgments of the risks of acquiring brain damage with the risk of death and the consequences for the quality of life for those who survive. Information on the principles of treatment has been thoroughly updated. A chapter also records the extraordinary work done by advocates. All medical and allied professionals involved in any aspect of the clinical care of these patients will find this book an invaluable resource. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482242775

Brain and ValuesIs A Biological Science of Values Possible? This 5th volume of the Appalachian Conference discusses how the brain processes information the role of memory and value and models of creativity. It pursues aspects of cognitive neuroscience and behavioral neurodynamics such as the topic of values and quantum-distributed processing in the brain. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138411531

Brain Art and NeuroscienceNeurosensuality and Affective Realism The first of its kind this book examines artistic representations of the brain after the rise of the contemporary neurosciences examining the interplay of art and science and tackling some of the critical-cultural implications. Weaving an MRI pattern onto a family quilt. Scanning the brain of a philosopher contemplating her own death and hanging it in a museum. Is this art or science or something in-between? What does it mean? How might we respond? In this ground-breaking new book David R. Gruber explores the seductive and influential position of the neurosciences amid a growing interest in affect and materiality as manifest in artistic representations of the human brain. Contributing to debates surrounding the value and/or purpose of interdisciplinary engagement happening in the neuro-humanities Gruber emphasizes the need for critical-cultural analysis within the field. Engaging with New Materialism and Affect Theory the book provides a current and concrete example of the on-going shift away from constructivist lenses arguing that the influence of relatively new neuroscience methods (EEG MRI and fMRI) on the visual arts has not yet been fully realised. In fact the very idea of a brain as it is seen and encountered today—or "The Brain " as Gruber calls it—remains in need of critical wild and rebellious re-imagination. Illuminating how artistic engagement with the brain is often sensual and suggestive even if rooted in objectivist impulses and tied to scientific realism this book is ideal for scholars in Art Media Studies Sociology and English departments as well visual artists and anyone seriously engaging discourses of the brain. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367898199

Brain Based EnterprisesHarmonising the Head Heart and Soul of Business Brain Based Enterprises offers a unique synthesis of intelligent thought fused with pragmatic and pithy insights on the art and discipline of leading enterprises where intelligence ideas and innovation are the currencies of Sustainable Coopetive Advantage (SCA). From the first signs of intelligence through making axes and fire we now have access to unprecedented powers of creation through the convergence of humanity and technology. Rapid and dramatic advances in our understanding of genomics biotechnology computing and robotics make it possible for us to create a better world or destroy what we have created. The author explores both sides of the Man-Machine dynamic so that you can choose wisely. Expressed clearly and concisely this book is essential reading for busy people seeking to inform and illuminate themselves with a rich mixture of pragmatism inspiration and wisdom. Featuring numerous micro case-ettes from enterprises ranging from biotechnology to banking and bots Brain Based Enterprises grounds the ideas for people seeking to make the most of the Fourth Industrial Revolution. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138036741

Brain Development and SchoolPractical Classroom Strategies to Help Pupils Develop Executive Function Brain Development and School offers a range of practical classroom strategies to help pupils develop their executive function. Packed with useful tips that are grounded in theory it examines how to support aspects of children’s executive functioning that can affect their school life; including self-control memory metacognition organisation motivation self-regulation and focus. Relevant for pupils in the primary and secondary school the book focuses on ways of improving children’s emotional and intellectual development. It includes: Discussion of what executive functioning is and the different factors that might affect a child’s executive functioning Ways that executive functioning weaknesses show themselves in school Support strategies for teachers and advice for pupils to improve specific areas of executive functioning Manageable solutions and modifications that can be applied within the mainstream classroom A self-assessment questionnaire that can be used as a starting point for discussion with pupils This book will be beneficial to all teachers school leaders and SENCOs looking to support their pupils by identifying and understanding the root causes of their behaviour. It recognises the important role that schools play in pupils’ neurological development and suggests ways for schools to provide more personalised differentiated support for individual pupils. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138494916

Brain Diseases and Metalloproteins This book describes the latest research on neurodegenerative disease and metal-binding proteins. It lays strong emphasis on biochemistry and cell biology. The diseases covered in the book include Parkinson’s disease Alzheimer’s disease prion disease and ALS. The chapters separately examine such issues as mechanisms of metal binding metal-induced structural changes in proteins alterations in cellular metal metabolism in disease and attempts at a therapeutic approach based on protein metal binding. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814316019

Brain Evolution Language and Psychopathology in Schizophrenia This book provides a comprehensive review of new developments in the study of language processing and related neural networks in schizophrenia by addressing the complex link between psychopathology language and evolution at different levels of analysis. Psychopathological symptoms in schizophrenia are mainly characterized by thought and language disorders which are strictly intertwined. In particular language is the distinctive dimension of human beings and is ontologically related to brain development. Although normal at the levels of segmental phonology and morphological organization the speech of patients suffering from schizophrenia is often characterized by flattened intonation and word-finding difficulties. Furthermore research suggests that the superior temporal gyrus and specific prefrontal areas which support language in humans are altered in people with schizophrenia. Brambilla and Marini bring together international contributors to explore the link between brain evolution and the psychopathological features of schizophrenia with a focus on language and its neural underpinnings. Divided into three sections the book covers: • brain evolution and language phylogenesis• brain abnormalities in schizophrenia • psychopathology and schizophrenia. This theoretical approach will appeal to professionals including clinical psychologists cognitive neuroscientists neuropsychiatrists neuropsychologists neurolinguists and researchers considering the links between brain evolution language and psychopathology in schizophrenia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138635807

Brain Injury and Gender Role StrainRebuilding Adult Lifestyles After Injury Discover new interventions to restore self-respect and personal life control!When men suffer traumatic brain injury (TBI) they can lose their sense of competence confidence and masculinity resulting in a gender role strain. Brain Injury and Gender Role Strain offers an innovative solution to help such men regain a masculine identity. This important book tells the story of four brain-injured men who suffered because they had lost the roles relationships and activities that had once defined their identities as adult men.Most traumatic brain injury is suffered between the ages of 18 and 30 when men are making the developmental transition from adolescent to young adult roles. TBI interrupts that transition and often sends men back into an infantile role where they rapidly become frustrated. Many of the behavioral and morale problems of men with TBI can be traced to their anger at being unable to participate in the adult world of work marriage parenting and independence. Brain Injury and Gender Role Strain discusses how these issues affected the four men included in the study all of whom felt isolated victimized abandoned and useless when they could not be the men they had always expected to be.Dr. Gutman's innovative approach can help men regain the gender-related social roles activities and rites of passage that help men construct their masculine identity. Brain Injury and Gender Role Strain provides a specialized intervention program that enabled the men to: rebuild familial roles create extended-family roles turn to mentors for guidance learn the skills to form and maintain dating relationships find meaningful community work reclaim a sense of personal competency life control and normalityBrain Injury and Gender Role Strain offers timely and important information for health care professionals and family members of individuals with long-term brain injury. This is also an inspiring book for anyone with a brain injury who is struggling to rebuild a life as a competent adult. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315821412

Brain Injury and Neuropsychological RehabilitationInternational Perspectives Most individuals with brain damage experience a curtailment or loss of lifestyle without rehabilitation. Improved methods and appropriately timed medical interventions now make it possible for more individuals to survive brain insults and to be assisted by rehabilitation neuropsychologists in achieving renewed commitment to life. Damage to the brain -- the organ of human emotions and cognition -- reduces psychological functioning and realistic adaptation and the patient and his/her family are often encapsulated in the time prior to injury. To regain part or most of the lifestyle lost an honest dedicated and realistic approach is required. Neuropsychological rehabilitation can provide tools for this task provided that the most comprehensive elaborate and knowledge-based methods are integrated in the training and provided that knowledge from many disciplines and from community environments and family is encompassed. In the present book knowledge representing the development of neuropsychological rehabilitation during the past five years is collected from a conference titled "Progress in Neuropsychological Rehabilitation." The chapters are written by professionals who were invited to share their experiences from different areas within the field because of their expertise with processes involved in neuropsychological rehabilitation. After a historical review the chapters follow a visible sequence from biology to neuropsychology and neuropharmacology. Experts discuss the most advanced medical knowledge of the effect of injury on states of the organism. The second part of the book is dedicated to the outcome and the economics of rehabilitation as well as plans for the future. Finally a panel discussion addresses the overall concept: Is rehabilitation worthwhile and ethical? The reactions -- influenced by the cross-cultural exchange of knowledge -- shed light on the essence and practice of today's neurorehabilitation. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315806587

Brain Injury and Pediatric Cardiac Surgery An estimated 30 000 children are born in the USA with congenital heart disease each year two thirds of which will require corrective surgery. Medical advances have formed a trend of operating on newborns rather than waiting until the child is older. Ten years ago the mortality for these operationswas 60% to 70%. That percentage has dropped to 2%. This specialized book explores the basic mechanisms of neurologic injury associated with congenital heart surgery while covering the emerging technologies for assessment of neurologic integrity and injury. The text also highlights the current and future techniques for reducing and preventing these injuries and reviews the pertinent medicolegal issues. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780367813864

Brain Injury TreatmentTheories and Practices Brain Injury Treatment: Theories and Practices is a thorough and wide-ranging account of the rehabilitation of brain injury. Written from an international perspective this book presents a detailed discussion of the basic science of brain injury. It explains the treatments used in brain injury rehabilitation and covers new methods of rehabilitation including complementary medicine theories. It contains a wealth of information on different neurosurgical and neuropsychological treatments. It also includes a comprehensive reference to the theories underlying rehabilitation practices and chapters on community reentry and family dynamics following brain injury. It will be an invaluable tool to students from psychology medicine physical and occupational therapy studying the treatment and aftercare of people with brain injury. Media > Books > Print Books Taylor & Francis 9780415653701

Brain Lateralization and Developmental DisordersA New Approach to Unified Research Brain Lateralization and Developmental Disorders provides a comprehensive review of key findings and speculations from previous research on atypical cerebral lateralization in the most common neurodevelopmental disorders: stuttering dyslexia autism and intellectual disability. Emphasis is placed on recent studies as well as descriptions of the author’s personal research which will provide a promising new direction for future research on these issues. In this text Asenova presents four separate studies aiming to examine hemispheric asymmetries in neurodevelopmental disorders. These include the subtypes of developmental stuttering the subtypes of developmental dyslexia mild non-syndromic intellectual disability with comorbid speech and language deficits and autism spectrum disorder with comorbid severe language impairment. The use of uniform research methods including dichotic verbal perception tasks and lateral preference performance tests has led to findings that suggest that this new approach could be a key factor in overcoming the ambiguity of findings from previous studies. By focusing on the discussion of key issues concerning the role of atypical laterality in the genesis of neurodevelopmental psychopathology in both past research and Asenova’s own studies Brain Lateralization and Developmental Disorders is a valuable reading for students and researchers in neurodevelopmental psychopathology as well as in developmental neuropsychology and developmental neuroscience. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138551503

Brain Maturation and Cognitive DevelopmentComparative and Cross-cultural Perspectives This volume adopts a unique multidisciplinary approach to the study of the development of the human brain and early behavior. It includes chapters by researchers from several disciplines whose work addresses specific aspects of brain-behavioral interactions in development. The chapters provide strong evidence that the development of both brain and behavior is a response to biological and environmental variations.Language is also discussed and provides a useful example of biosocial development because linguistic and brain functions and development can be examined under controlled conditions of both genetic and environmental deprivation. Research in this area has produced particularly exciting results pointing to the universality of language capacity among humans and illuminating the processes by which language competence develops.Brain Maturation and Cognitive Development provides new views in the understanding of human nature and present new biosocially oriented research directions that are unique in their focus. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315082028

Brain NeurotraumaMolecular Neuropsychological and Rehabilitation Aspects Every year an estimated 1.7 million Americans sustain brain injury. Long-term disabilities impact nearly half of moderate brain injury survivors and nearly 50 000 of these cases result in death. Brain Neurotrauma: Molecular Neuropsychological and Rehabilitation Aspects provides a comprehensive and up-to-date account on the latest developments in the area of neurotrauma including brain injury pathophysiology biomarker research experimental models of CNS injury diagnostic methods and neurotherapeutic interventions as well as neurorehabilitation strategies in the field of neurotraum research. The book includes several sections on neurotrauma mechanisms biomarker discovery neurocognitive/neurobehavioral deficits and neurorehabilitation and treatment approaches. It also contains a section devoted to models of mild CNS injury including blast and sport-related injuries. Over the last decade the field of neurotrauma has witnessed significant advances especially at the molecular cellular and behavioral levels. This progress is largely due to the introduction of novel techniques as well as the development of new animal models of central nervous system (CNS) injury. This book with its diverse coherent content  gives you insight into the diverse and heterogeneous aspects of CNS pathology and/or rehabilitation needs. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466565982

Brain Plasticity and Behavior There are few books devoted to the topic of brain plasticity and behavior. Most previous works that cover topics related to brain plasticity do not include extensive discussions of behavior. The first to try to address the relationship between recovery from brain damage and changes in the brain that might support the recovery this volume includes studies of humans as well as laboratory species particularly rats. The subject matter identifies a consistent correlation between specific changes in the brain and behavioral recovery as well as various factors such as sex and experience that influence this correlation in consistent ways. Evolving from a series of lectures given as the McEachran Lectures at the University of Alberta this volume originally began as a summary of the lectures but has expanded to include more background literature allowing the reader to see the author's biases assumptions and hunches in a broader perspective. In writing this volume the author had two goals in mind: * to initiate senior undergraduates or graduate psychology biology neuroscience or other interested students to the issues and questions regarding the nature of brain plasticity and * to provide a monograph in the form of an extended summary of the work the author and his colleagues have done on brain plasticity and recovery of function. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138964976

Brain Research and Childhood EducationImplications for Educators Parents and Society Brain Research and Childhood Education provides teacher educators education students (both in regular and special education programs) school psychologists practicing teachers and school leaders with a brief readable distillation of the most up-to-date research on brain development and how it relates to optimum teaching practice in childhood and adolescence. This accessible reference uses cases to further illustrate how studies on brain development and various learning processes have implications for educators and psychologists as they strive to enhance children’s cognitive social emotional and academic learning opportunities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138206373

Brain Research in Education and the Social SciencesImplications for Practice Parenting and Future Society Brain Research in Education and the Social Sciences: Implications for Practice Parenting and Future Society　provides practitioners parents and policy makers with research-based information and illustrative case studies about brain development across the lifespan. Neurotechnological advances that are contributing to a broader understanding of brain development and brain illnesses are discussed in a　context　specifically relevant to those　working in education and the social sciences. The book　enables readers to understand the societal implications of this expanding knowledge base and offers suggestions for future policies and practices that would make　high-quality learning　environments available to all students and individuals receiving care. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138206359

Brain Slices in Basic and Clinical Research Brain Slices in Basic and Clinical Research describes advancements in the field of brain function and dysfunction through use of central nervous system slice preparations. Topics are authored by leading scientists and include the following:Mechanisms of synaptic plasticity as the basis of memory processesChaos and synaptic variabilityBrain calcium currentsGlutamate receptorsPathophysiology of excitotoxinsCerebral hypoxia-ischemiaNeuronal injuryFree radicalsOptical methods of measuring brain metabolismVoltammetry in brain slicesCalcium imagingPatch-clamp recording and application of macromolecules through patch-clamp pipettes in brain slicesIntracellular double labeling of various neuronal populationsUse of brain slices in teaching neurophysiological methodsMost of the topics are published in book format for the first time and some of the techniques are more fully detailed than in any other book. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780367812157

Brain Source Localization Using EEG Signal Analysis Of the research areas devoted to biomedical sciences the study of the brain remains a field that continually attracts interest due to the vast range of people afflicted with debilitating brain disorders and those interested in ameliorating its effects. To discover the roots of maladies and grasp the dynamics of brain functions researchers and practitioners often turn to a process known as brain source localization which assists in determining the source of electromagnetic signals from the brain. Aiming to promote both treatments and understanding of brain ailments ranging from epilepsy and depression to schizophrenia and Parkinson’s disease the authors of this book provide a comprehensive account of current developments in the use of neuroimaging techniques for brain analysis. Their book addresses a wide array of topics including EEG forward and inverse problems the application of classical MNE LORETA Bayesian based MSP and its modified version M-MSP. Within the ten chapters that comprise this book clinicians researchers and field experts concerned with the state of brain source localization will find a store of information that can assist them in the quest to enhance the quality of life for people living with brain disorders. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367884970

Brain Stimulation and Language Focal brain stimulation to enhance human cognitive and language functions in both healthy individuals and those with aphasia is a relatively new and exciting area of research. In this special issue leading authors in the field present novel data and summarize the evidence related to the use of transcranial magnetic stimulation (TMS) transcranial direct current stimulation (tDCS) and epidural cortical stimulation. These techniques are used not only for understanding normal brain-language functions but also language learning and recovery after brain damage. The first brain stimulation trials in aphasia rehabilitation are then investigated along with suggested directions for future research. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781848727694

Brain Structure Learning And Memory This book demonstrates that the analysis of the physical-chemical substrates of some of the simpler learning and memory phenomena will soon result in a characterization of brain circuits as information processing networks. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367164553

Brain TrainStudying for success A new edition of a highly successful study skills books. The style and approach is particularly suited to current student needs as the author stresses the importance of adopting a positive response to study. The lively and enthusiastic tone and the practical advice on everything from planning revision to designing CVs gives this book enormous appeal to all from A-level to mature students. Media > Books > Print Books Taylor & Francis 9781138155480

Brain TumorsPractical Guide to Diagnosis and Treatment Emphasizing new and emerging therapies in each chapter this reference provides essential information for clinicians to provide accurate diagnoses and select the most appropriate treatment regimens for patients with primary and metastatic brain tumors and neurological complications of cancer. Edited by a leading cast of authorities on the topic-including the Chief and Associate Editors of the Journal of Neuro-oncology-this easily-accessible guide reviews the epidemiology identification and management of brain tumors while exploring the latest advances in this increasingly diverse field. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367390228

Brain–Computer Interfaces HandbookTechnological and Theoretical Advances Brain–Computer Interfaces Handbook: Technological and Theoretical Advances provides a tutorial and an overview of the rich and multi-faceted world of Brain–Computer Interfaces (BCIs). The authors supply readers with a contemporary presentation of fundamentals theories and diverse applications of BCI creating a valuable resource for anyone involved with the improvement of people’s lives by replacing restoring improving supplementing or enhancing natural output from the central nervous system. It is a useful guide for readers interested in understanding how neural bases for cognitive and sensory functions such as seeing hearing and remembering relate to real-world technologies. More precisely this handbook details clinical therapeutic and human-computer interfaces applications of BCI and various aspects of human cognition and behavior such as perception affect and action. It overviews the different methods and techniques used in acquiring and pre-processing brain signals extracting features and classifying users’ mental states and intentions. Various theories models and empirical findings regarding the ways in which the human brain interfaces with external systems and environments using BCI are also explored. The handbook concludes by engaging ethical considerations open questions and challenges that continue to face brain–computer interface research. Features an in-depth look at the different methods and techniques used in acquiring and pre-processing brain signals extracting features and classifying the user's intention Covers various theories models and empirical findings regarding ways in which the human brain can interface with the systems or external environments Presents applications of BCI technology to understand various aspects of human cognition and behavior such as perception affect action and more Includes clinical trials and individual case studies of the experimental therapeutic applications of BCI Provides human factors and human-computer interface concerns in the design development and evaluation of BCIs Overall this handbook provides a synopsis of key technological and theoretical advances that are directly applicable to brain–computer interfacing technologies and can be readily understood and applied by individuals with no formal training in BCI research and development. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367375454

Brain-gut Peptides and Reproductive Function This book elucidates the role of brain-gut peptides in neuroendocrine regulation for understanding how these peptides interact with the reproductive neuroendocrine axis and for developing novel therapeutic agents for fertility or contraceptive therapies. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003069157

Brains Media and PoliticsGenerating Neoliberal Subjects Following the 2007–2008 global financial crisis a number of prominent academics journalists and activists were quick to pronounce the demise of neoliberal capitalism and governance. This rather optimistic prediction however underestimated the extent to which neoliberalism has shaped the 21st-century world order and become entrenched in our sociopolitical and cognitive fabric. Indeed 11 years after the crisis and in spite of the significant levels of socioeconomic inequality psychological distress and environmental destruction generated by neoliberal policies and corresponding business and cultural practices the ideological hegemony of neoliberalism has not been supplanted nor has it really faced any serious unsettling. How then has neoliberalism inflected and shaped our “common-sense” understandings of what is politically economically and culturally viable? To help answer this question this book combines leading theories from sociology media-communication research developmental psychology and cognitive science and draws on primary evidence from a unique mix of ethnographic survey and experimental studies – of young people’s leisure practices and educational experiences of young adults’ political socialisation processes in relation to exposure to social networking sites and of the effects of commercial media viewing on material values and support for social welfare. In doing so it provides a nuanced and robustly empirically tested account of how the conscious and non-conscious cognitive dimensions of people’s subjectivities and everyday social practices become interpellated through and reproductive of neoliberal ideology. As such this book will appeal to scholars across the social and behavioural sciences with interests in neoliberalism political engagement enculturation social reproduction and media effects. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367030339

Brainstorming Questions in Toxicology Brainstorming Questions in Toxicology is designed to serve as a comprehensive quick reference supplement for various examinations that include sections on toxicology. It reflects the breadth and multidisciplinary nature of toxicology with an objective approach to the subject. With 3500 short questions and answers multiple choice questions true/false or correct/incorrect statements fill in the blanks and matching the statements this book is a helpful tool for students teachers and toxicologists preparing for licensure and certification exams. It is also a resource or refresher for toxicologists working in pharmacy medical clinical and forensic toxicology veterinary and other related fields such as environment and eco-toxicology. Key Features: Serves as a refresher for academicians and professionals in the field of toxicology Provides an essential guide for the student who needs a study aid for toxicology and the teacher of toxicology who needs inspiration when composing questions for their students Supplements in-house training courses in toxicology that exist in some pharmaceutical and chemical industries Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367429522

Brainwaves: A Cultural History of Electroencephalography In the history of brain research the prospect of visualizing brain processes has continually awakened great expectations. In this study Cornelius Borck focuses on a recording technique developed by the German physiologist Hans Berger to register electric brain currents; a technique that was expected to allow the brain to write in its own language and which would reveal the way the brain worked. Borck traces the numerous contradictory interpretations of electroencephalography from Berger’s experiments and his publication of the first human EEG in 1929 to its international proliferation and consolidation as a clinical diagnostic method in the mid-twentieth century. Borck's thesis is that the language of the brain takes on specific contours depending on the local investigative cultures from whose conflicting views emerged a new scientific object: the electric brain. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367881498

Bram Stoker and the Stage Volume 1Reviews Reminiscences Essays and Fiction Though best known as the author of Dracula (1897) Bram Stoker had a successful career in the theatre. This collection brings together all Stoker’s theatrical reviews from Dublin’s Evening Mail his published essays and interviews on the theatre selections from Reminiscences of Henry Irving (1906) and a fictional work on the theatre. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138750562

Bram Stoker and the Stage Volume 2Reviews Reminiscences Essays and Fiction Though best known as the author of Dracula (1897) Bram Stoker had a successful career in the theatre. This collection brings together all Stoker’s theatrical reviews from Dublin’s Evening Mail his published essays and interviews on the theatre selections from Reminiscences of Henry Irving (1906) and a fictional work on the theatre. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138750579

Bram Stoker and the StageReviews Reminiscences Essays and Fiction Though best known as the author of Dracula (1897) Bram Stoker had a successful career in the theatre. This collection brings together all Stoker’s theatrical reviews from Dublin’s Evening Mail his published essays and interviews on the theatre selections from Reminiscences of Henry Irving (1906) and a fictional work on the theatre. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781848931428

Branch's Elements of Shipping Since it was first published in 1964 Elements of Shipping has become established as a market leader. Now in its ninth edition Branch’s Elements of Shipping renamed in memory of Alan Branch has been updated throughout and revised to take in the many changes that have occurred in the shipping industry in recent years including the impact of the economic crisis the Panama Canal expansion and new legislation. All tables and data have been brought up-to-date and many new illustrations have been added. The book explains in a lucid professional manner the basic elements of shipping including operational commercial legal economic technical managerial logistical and financial considerations. It also explores how shipping markets behave and provides an overview of the international shipping industry and seaports. Filling a gap for the discerning reader who wishes to have a complete understanding of all the elements of the global shipping scene together with the interface with seaports international trade and logistics it remains essential reading for shipping executives along with students and academics with an interest in the shipping industry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138786684

Brand Meet StoryHow to Create Engaging Content to Win Business and Influence Your Audience Think of the last great article you read or the last great speech you heard. Chances are if you remember one key message you also remember one compelling story. That's because the best content starts with a story. When it comes to marketing the best business content starts with a story the audience cares about not the brand's message about what it wants to sell them.  In Brand Meet Story Heather Pemberton Levy describes the Story Comes First method a practical approach that combines techniques from journalism and fiction writing to help brands tell stories that put the readers' interests first. Whereas most brand marketers create content to sell their product service or technology the Story Comes First method turns this approach on its head to create content with the "human moments" that truly engage an audience.  Filled with examples from Levy's experience creating content marketing programs trade books and hundreds of articles for a variety of B2B and B2C brands the book shows readers a step-by-step approach to create content designed to deliver business results. Brand Meet Story explains the key ways to uncover what your audience cares about and how to turn brand messaging into stories that matter. Levy inspires readers to develop a compelling voice that will carry the brand tone and values across all channels and helps them turn their ideas into engaging story-driven content their audiences will read love and share. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781629561813

Brand Beauty UnleashedThe Value of Aesthetics in Marketing This book presents an in-depth careful study of our understanding of the concept of beauty in everyday objects and its impact on markets and brands. Moving beyond artistic notions of beauty it demonstrates how beauty is an asset that can be leveraged in the marketplace. Traditionally beauty has been examined in relation to its influence on painting sculpture literature music and architecture. However its value and power in the marketplace is understudied. Álvarez del Blanco provides a systematic analysis of beauty in commonplace objects and brands drawing on cutting-edge research at the intersection of marketing and neurosciences. Through examining the neuroscientific evidence for how the brain processes beauty the author articulates the implications this may have on marketing and brand management. He also offers a glimpse of how beauty may evolve and its marketing implications for firm strategy in the coming decades. Written by a recognized authority in marketing and brand strategy Brand Beauty Unleashed gives students with an interest in marketing consumer behavior branding and neuromarketing an exciting new perspective on this intangible asset. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367112417

Brand China in the MediaTransformation of Identities This book examines China’s identity transformations with a focus on self-perceptions and their representations and communication in the mass media. By considering the internal dynamics of change it explores the emerging multifaceted ‘China brand’. With its growing economic clout China has taken a proactive stance in shaping global economic and strategic order through ambitious programmes such as the Asian Infrastructure Investment Bank and the ‘Belt and Road’ initiative. However as a developing country China is at pains to manage its own transformations while trying to carve out an international identity. Arguably China’s unique sense of history and identities may lead to a ‘contested modernity’ or ‘multiple modernities’; radically different from the prevalent classical theories of modernisation and convergence of industrial societies. To understand China’s trajectory of future development has been a major issue in international affairs. This book is concerned with how China’s hybridised identities are articulated and intertwined with situational institutional and societal dynamics – and how they are interwoven with China’s international outlook which converges with or diverges from China’s historical assumptions and beliefs. This book will be of interest to those studying China’s identity in the media; situated at the juncture of past present and future and between China and the wider world. The chapters in this book were originally published in Critical Arts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367335014

Brand Equity & AdvertisingAdvertising's Role in Building Strong Brands The tenth annual Advertising and Consumer Psychology Conference held in San Francisco focused on branding -- a subject generating intense interest both in academia and in the "real world." The principle theory behind these conferences is that much can be gained by joining advertising and marketing professionals with academic researchers in advertising. Professionals can gain insight into the new theories measurement tools and empirical findings that are emerging while academics are stimulated by the insights and experience that professionals describe and the research questions that they pose. This book consists of papers delivered by experts from academia and industry discussing issues regarding the role of advertising in the establishment and maintenance of brand equity -- making this volume of interest to advertising and marketing specialists as well as consumer and social psychologists. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138150522

Brand Journalism Responding to the newly-emerging trend of organisations hiring journalists to create content on their behalf Brand Journalism is the first comprehensive practical guide to this hybrid form of traditional journalism marketing and public relations. This textbook takes a direct and practical approach to the subject showing journalists and journalism students how they can apply their skills to working for a brand and showing those who work for non-media organisations how their organisation can acquire the skills necessary to become a multimedia publisher. Areas covered include: • Establishing the audience your brand wants to engage with • Identifying your organisation’s business goals • Developing a brand journalism strategy to help deliver those business goals • Measuring the results of your brand journalism strategy The book also features a wealth of case studies on the subject and offers an invaluable companion website - www.brand-journalism.co.uk. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415638104

Brand Love is not EnoughA Theory of Consumer Brand Relationships in Practice How would you feel about a bank that handled all of your financial needs efficiently but made you feel like a dummy? In a relationship between two people what the other person thinks of you (or what you believe they think of you) exerts great influence on the quality of your relationship. The same is true for your relationship with brands. In this trailblazing book Blackston extends his theory on consumer brand relationships introduced in the 1990s. He introduces a new construct called "brand's attitude " which complements the idea of brand image and introduces a typology of consumer relationships that is richer and more varied than the familiar concept of brand love. This construct describes more fully the two-way street that exists between consumers and brands and fills a crucial gap in traditional branding literature in explaining consumers’ brand purchasing and usage behavior. Drawing on numerous actual examples and cases from a variety of different industries and supported by 30 years of consumer data Brand Love is not Enough should be on the shelf of any serious marketer or student of branding. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138039827

Brand ManagementMastering Research Theory and Practice Brand Management: Mastering Research Theory and Practice is a valuable resource for those looking to understand how a brand can be conceptualized and thus managed in all its complexity. Going beyond the 'quick fixes' of branding it offers a comprehensive overview of brand management theories from the last 35 years. A highly regarded textbook this fully updated third edition brings fresh perspectives on the latest research in and analysis of the various approaches to brand management. More than 1 000 academic sources have been carefully divided into a taxonomy with eight schools of thought – offering depth breadth and precision to one of the most elusive management disciplines of our time. Perfectly marrying theory with practice this comprehensive text is particularly useful for advanced undergraduate and postgraduate students of brand management strategy and marketing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367172589

Brand MascotsAnd Other Marketing Animals Tony the Tiger. The Pillsbury Doughboy. The Michelin Man. The Playboy bunny. The list of brand mascots spokes-characters totems and logos goes on and on and on. Mascots are one of the most widespread modes of marketing communication and one of the longest established. Yet despite their ubiquity and utility brand mascots seem to be held in comparatively low esteem by the corporate cognoscenti. This collection the first of its kind raises brand mascots’ standing both in an academic sense and from a managerial perspective. Featuring case studies and empirical analyses from around the world – here Hello Kitty there Aleksandr Orlov beyond that Angry Birds – the book presents the latest thinking on beast-based brands broadly defined. Entirely qualitative in content it represents a readable reliable resource for marketing academics marketing managers marketing students and the consumer research community. It should also prove of interest to scholars in adjacent fields such as cultural studies media studies organisation studies anthropology sociology ethology and zoology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138825079

Brand MeaningMeaning Myth and Mystique in Today’s Brands This second edition of Brand Meaning lays out new territory for the understanding of how brands both acquire and provide meaning. The author draws on his experience with leading international companies to propose a compelling framework for the conscious and unconscious ways in which people connect with products and brands. Revised and updated it contains contemporary as well as classic examples of brand meaning in practice from various countries and expands on the theory methods and applications of brand meaning. The book’s multidisciplinary approach and concise yet comprehensive content makes it an ideal supplemental reader for undergraduate graduate and MBA courses as well as valuable reading for practitioners in the fields of marketing advertising and consumer research. For more information visit www.brandmeaning.com. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138839427

Brand New Ireland?Tourism Development and National Identity in the Irish Republic What role does the state have over national development within an increasingly globalized economy? Moreover how do we conceive 'nationality' during periods of rapid economic and social change spurred on by globalization? By examining tourism in the Republic of Ireland over the past 20 years Michael Clancy addresses these questions of national identity formation as well as providing a detailed understanding of the political economy of tourism and development. He explores tourism's role in the 'Celtic Tiger' phenomenon and uses tourism as a lens for observing national identity formation in a period of rapid change. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315569857

Brand New Justice Recently vilified as the prime dynamic driving home the breach between poor and rich nations here the branding process is rehabilitated as a potential saviour of the economically underprivileged.Brand New Justice now in a revised paperback edition systematically analyses the success stories of the Top Thirteen nations demonstrating that their wealth is based on the 'last mile' of the commercial process: buying raw materials and manufacturing cheaply in third world countries these countries realise their lucrative profits by adding value through finishing packaging and marketing and then selling the branded product on to the end-user at a hugely inflated price. The use of sophisticated global media techniques alongside a range of creative marketing activities are the lynchpins of this process.Applying his observations on economic history and the development and impact of global marketing Anholt presents a cogent plan for developing nations to benefit from globalization. So long the helpless victim of capitalist trading systems he shows that they can cross the divide and graduate from supplier nation to producer nation. Branding native produce on a global scale making a commercial virtue out of perceived authenticity and otherness and fully capitalising on the 'last mile' benefits are key to this graduation and fundamental to forging a new global economic balance.Anholt argues with a forceful logic but also backs his hypothesis with enticing glimpses of this process actually beginning to take place. Examining activities in India Thailand Russia and Africa among others he shows the risks challenges and pressures inherent in 'turning the tide' but above all he demonstrates the very real possibility of enlightened capitalism working as a force for good in global terms. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138172401

Brand Planning for the Pharmaceutical Industry Written by John Lidstone and Janice MacLennan the second edition of Marketing Planning for the Pharmaceutical Industry became accepted as the bible for the industry. In this new companion book Janice MacLennan picks up two of the themes touched on in Marketing Planning - market segmentation and branding and the inter-relationship between these two - and with this book makes them key topics for discussion. Brand Planning for the Pharmaceutical Industry begins by exploring what branding is and why it is of importance particularly to the pharmaceutical sector. The book then goes on to show how branding can be integrated into the early stages of the commercialization process for new products both in theory and in the 'real' world. The book provides a step-by-step guide to brand planning using market segmentation as the starting point. The book is split into two parts the first dealing comprehensively with brand planning for products yet to get to the market with the second part applying the same process to products that are already on the market. Both parts are extremely pragmatic full of pertinent examples and insights from the pharmaceutical industry and are directly applicable to your own brand planning. Brand Planning for the Pharmaceutical Industry concludes by confronting the problems that organizations are likely to have in actually making brand planning an integral part of their work and presents strategies for dealing with them. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138247826

Brand PositioningConnecting Marketing Strategy and Communications Brand Positioning is an English translation of an exceptionally well-renowned Dutch textbook which provides a practical approach to analysing defining and developing a brand’s positioning strategy. Divided into three key parts the book works step-by-step through the creation of an effective marketing strategy combining an academic approach with the strategic and operational guidelines tools and techniques required. Unlike other textbooks it has a unique focus on the relationship between branding marketing and communications exploring brand values brand identity and brand image and analysing how these can be transformed into a successful positioning strategy using international case studies examples and practical exercises. This textbook will be core reading for advanced undergraduate and postgraduate students of marketing strategy branding marketing communications and consumer behaviour. It will also be of great value to marketing and communications professionals looking to develop and maintain their company’s brand. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367250195

Brand RiskAdding Risk Literacy to Brand Management Brand risk is often narrowly defined as risk to reputation. Yet risk and uncertainty are evident in many aspects of brand performance and marketing operations. Considered and responsible risk-taking is central to effective brand management. Risk literacy is the marketer’s third necessary competence alongside strategic insight and financial understanding. In Brand Risk a practical and accessible book for those who hold responsibilities in marketing or risk management David Abrahams brings together relevant risk thinking and a range of techniques for the evaluation of brand exposures and opportunities - whether in response to the ambitions of a key business project new market conditions or shareholder concern. A balanced review of the subject is enriched by reference to topics of current interest and is supported by illustrative examples throughout. Presenting the essentials of brand management and risk management side-by-side Brand Risk offers graduated and complementary approaches to brand risk assessment from the intuitive to the data-driven. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315569864

Brand TransformationTransforming Firm Performance by Disruptive Pragmatic and Achievable Brand Strategy To be of value to firms branding must operate in the "real" world not a theoretical one unlocking latent commercial potential and delivering tangible business results. The imperative is to pragmatically change as you go making simple branding changes that deliver a commercial difference. This radical new textbook combines best practice research and theory to teach how to accelerate a firm’s branding performance without disrupting and derailing day-to-day business. It demonstrates how to make practical "best-fit" changes to a firm's branding by implementing commercially feasible branding activity to achieve commercial results. Structured around a brand transformation template Brand Transformation demonstrates how to make pragmatic changes to branding by implementing improvements to six critical components of branding performance. The text not only presents new and different insights; importantly it contains a set of diagnostic questions frameworks tools and templates to design implementable changes to a firm’s branding. The text includes a set of six widely occurring firm "typologies" and suggests practical immediate activity on which to base a firm’s implementation plan. This text is essential reading for final year marketing undergraduates postgraduate students of marketing practising marketers and general managers Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138064300

Brand Valuation In the new economy where value drivers are shifting from tangible to intangibles resources brands are the most familiar asset. They are well known by consumers perceived as a critical component of enterprise value and often motivate large mergers and acquisitions. Yet brands are a complex intangible asset and their valuation is a difficult task requiring a variety of expertise: legal economic financial sector-specific and marketing. Using rigorous methodologies an analysis of the world of the new economy and an inquiry into the limits of modern valuation technics this book offers empirical and theoretical background to the key issue of brand valuation. It provides answers to the many questions that arise when attempting to value a brand: How to understand the origin of brand value? How to assess its value objectively? Why valuations of some brands by consulting firms differ so widely? How to understand that some brands are valued millions of euros when the companies that own them are losing money? Brand Valuation explains the economics and finance factors explaining the value and volatility of brands and presents the most commonly used methodologies to value brands such as the cost methods the excess earnings approach the relief-from-royalty method or the excess revenue approach. The methodologies covered are illustrated with numerous examples allowing the reader to grasp the advantages and limits of each valuation techniques. The book presents the relevant context of brand valuation including the applicable existing accounting and valuation standards and also discusses the models developed by consulting firms. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138616899

Brand vs. WildBuilding Resilient Brands for Harsh Business Environments Today’s business leaders operate in an increasingly harsh environment. Uncertainty in the economy causes paralysis. Quarterly goals drive short-term and shortsighted decisions. Workforce mobility kills loyalty. Iconic products decline as fast as start-ups create new categories. And the pressure to do more with less combined with the multiplicity of available marketing tools and technology can be overwhelming. Now more than ever brands and the people who lead them need clarity and guidance. The good news is that people have found ways to thrive in harsh environments for millennia. Author Jonathan David Lewis combining the lessons of group survival dynamics with more than a decade of proprietary research into the factors that cause companies to lose their way shows leaders how to thrive in unforgiving business environments by learning to: Focus on navigating risk instead of trying to measure or reduce it. Cultivate your brand’s will to live by staying positive and asking the most important question: Are you worth it? Read the brand signs by observing the market keeping an eye on performance measures engaging your team and listening to your gut. Develop a concept of "mission" to ensure internal alignment and reduce friction. Act with urgency rather than waiting for the right circumstance. Brand vs. Wild helps readers understand the wilderness in which they find their companies and identify the specific steps they must take to thrive in the Brand Wilderness. There is hope in a harsh business world. And Brand vs. Wild is it. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138736016

Brand-Driven City Building and the Virtualizing of Space This book is an investigation of the cultural phenomenon of branding and its transformational effects on the contemporary spatial – and urban – reality. It develops a novel understanding of the rationale behind the construction of large-scale architectural complexes that relate to corporate brands and of its tremendous cultural effects. The author suggests that what we see today is the creation of "global mass ornaments" of a thorough ornamentalization of the entire globe. The origins of this are discussed with regard to examples of corporate brand-building from Europe and China (Autostadt Wolfsburg BMW Welt Munich and Anting New Town). Additional cases are several simulated spaces in Berlin and the space-branding activities of companies like Apple or Prada. Theoretically the author develops an innovative poststructuralist framework combining ideas from Gilles Deleuze with the space philosophy of Peter Sloterdijk. He analyzes how the corporate redefinition of space makes the city enter into a mode of virtual urbanity. This idea leads to a notion of a "global urban" and ultimately the "global mass ornament". This concept of a global mass ornament is developed here with reference to Sloterdijk’s concept of a world of "spheres". The latter is used to understand the new mode of spatiality of mediatized spaces. The book makes the point that our world is involved in a process of mass ornamentalization that has only just begun. The concept of the global mass ornament is the first to come to grips with a culture in which branding is effectively changing the physiognomy of the earth. The global mass ornament is a banner for a cultural transformation that employs architecture sign theory and mechanisms borrowed from traditional advertising and from social media as well as social processes – and that we have yet to properly understand. This book is a significant step forward in this respect. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138686809

Branded Entertainment and CinemaThe Marketisation of Italian Film The history of Italian cinema is mostly regarded as a history of Italian auteurs. This book takes a different standpoint looking at Italian cinema from the perspective of an unusual but influential actor: advertisers. From the iconic Vespa scooter and the many other Made in Italy products placed in domestic and international features to Carosello’s early format of branded entertainment up through the more recent brand integration cases in award-winning titles like The Great Beauty the Italian film and advertising industries have frequently and significantly intersected in ways that remain largely unexplored by academic research. This book contributes to fill this gap by focusing on the economic and cultural influence that advertising and advertisers’ interests have been exerting on Italian film production between the post-war period and the 2010s. Increasingly market-oriented film policies ongoing pressure from Hollywood competition and the abnormal economic as well as political power held by Italian ad-funded broadcasters are among the key points addressed by the book. In addition to a macro-level political economic analysis the book draws on exclusive interviews with film producers and promotional intermediaries to provide a meso level analysis of the practices and professional cultures of those working at the intersection of Italian film and advertising industries. Providing an in-depth yet clear and accessible overview of the political and economic dynamics driving the Italian media landscape towards unprecedented forms of marketisation this is a valuable resource for academics and students in the fields of film and media studies marketing advertising and Italian studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815348528

Branded Entertainment in Korea Branded Entertainment in Korea examines the varied texts and wider context of branded entertainment and related advertising and marketing communications practices in Korea. The book discusses the origins development current state ethics and regulations of branded entertainment in Korea considering the impact and implications for communication users and regulators as well as industry actors. Over 30 cases from 2013 to 2019 are offered to provide an up-to-date account of current developments with a closer look at the ethical challenges and controversies surrounding branded entertainment. The book also provides a review of branded entertainment-related literature in order to help the readers to understand this growing marketing discipline.　 This is a valuable case study for scholars and students of critical advertising studies as well as those interested in broader disciplines of communication and media studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367205317

Branding and Designing DisabilityReconceptualising Disability Studies Over the past fifty years design and branding have become omnipotent in the market and have made their way to other domains as well. Given their potential to divide humans into categories and label their worth and value design and branding can wield immense but currently unharnessed powers of social change. Groups designed as devalued can be undesigned redesigned and rebranded to seamlessly and equivalently participate in community work and civic life. This innovative book argues that disability as a concept and category is created reified and segregated through current design and branding that begs for creative change. Transcending models of disability that locate it either as an embodied medical condition or as a socially constructed entity this book challenges the very existence and usefulness of the category itself. Proposing and illustrating creative and responsible design DePoy and Gilson include thinking and action strategies that are useful and potent for "undesigning" redesigning and rebranding to meet the full range of human needs and to enhance full participation in local through global communities. Divided into two parts the first section presents a critical examination of disability as a designed and branded phenomenon exploring what exactly is being designed and branded and how. The second part investigates the redesign of disability and provides principles for redesign and rebranding illustrated with examples from high-tech to place-based sustainable strategies. The book provides a unique and contemporary framework for thinking about disability as well as providing relevant design and branding guidance to designers and engineers interested in embodiment issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138601161

Branding and Positioning in Base of the Pyramid Markets in AfricaInnovative Approaches Brand management to sustain corporate reputation and customer loyalty is essential for both multinationals and indigenous fi rms in Africa. This book provides a practical overview of country branding and positioning activities in Africa based on a broad defi nition of base of the pyramid (BoP) marketing which includes both goods and services as well as business-to-business marketing corporate branding and country branding. The text highlights branding strategies that can be adopted in BoP markets as well as marketing mix strategies appropriate for much of the continent. Taking into account the role of social networks culture and religion the book explores avenues for developing and building competitive advantage and how African countries can leverage country branding as part of the development process. The book is ideal for researchers educators and advanced students in international marketing management and brand strategy who are interested in the unique branding characteristics of the African continent. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138489332

Branding and Product DesignAn Integrated Perspective Why do winning brands appear to be more creative and authentic than less successful ones? Despite the strong link between famous brands and the products sold under their name there is still a gap in understanding the relationship between product design and brand-building - Monika Hestad plugs that gap. Branding and Product Design discusses key questions about the link between product and brand and about design processes and innovation. It examines these questions on both macro and micro levels and provides the reader with tools to help understand the role of products in building a brand and how to bring the brand and the product design process together. These are based on the author's research into branding and product design her years of teaching these topics and her own industrial practice. Qualitative interviews delivering an 'insider' perspective on major brands bring abstract concepts to life. The book includes case studies from well-known and up-and-coming brands and will prove invaluable to design practitioners marketers managers and other professionals working close to designers. It will also benefit those teaching and studying particularly if they are involved in the new higher education programmes where business schools and design schools are co-operating to reflect the intersection between design and branding. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409446262

Branding CitiesCosmopolitanism Parochialism and Social Change Fierce competitiveness between established and emerging major cities such as Berlin London Shanghai and Sydney has led to a pressure to excel as desirable locations for business cultural activities highly skilled migrants and tourists. At the same time the transformation of settled and new migrant communities creates complex urban borders and variegated representations (academic cinematic popular official) of the city. While cities increasingly deploy cosmopolitan images portraying the diversity of past and present populations and activities this continues to coexist with parochialism as a mood and mode of cultural formations and a reflection of local specificities. This volume brings together cultural analysts social scientists and media and film scholars to explore the ways in which core cities generate competing claims on and visions of their use and their future and thus have engaged with the necessity to brand their image for international consumption and for internal coherence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415536707

Branding DiversityNew Advertising and Cultural Strategies Branding Diversity considers how brands both reflect and affect contemporary discussions of cultural diversity. Advancing an innovative critical perspective on advertising the book challenges the latent assumption that advertisers are inherently conservative and reluctant to represent anything other than popularly agreeable scripts and narratives. On the contrary advertising is now replete with progressive messaging. Through Budweiser Gillette Vogue and Patagonia Susie Khamis demonstrates that such forays into the political realm are not just shrewd appraisals of popular causes but also inevitable outcomes of contemporary media and politics. This book will be of interest to scholars in advertising studies marketing communications and media studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367145446

Branding in Governance and Public Management Politicians and public managers utilize branding to communicate with the public as well as to position themselves within the ever-present media now so central to political and administrative life. They must further contend with stakeholders holding contradictory opinions about the nature of a problem the desirable solutions and the values at stake. Branding is used as a strategy to manage perceptions motivate stakeholders communicate clear messages in the media and position policies and projects. Brands have a unique ability to simplify such messages and motivate different actors to invest their energy in governance processes. Public administration scholars so far have however paid little attention to branding. This book provides a systematic analysis of branding as phenomenon in governance. It deals with the nature of public branding its relation to existing theories in public administration the way branding is used as a managerial strategy in governance processes and the risks and limitations of branding. Branding in Public Governance and Management highlights the growing importance of public banding as a public management strategy to influence political events decision-making processes and outcomes in governance processes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415817912

Branding MasculinityTracing the Cultural Foundations of Brand Meaning Branding Masculinity examines two ideologies of masculinity – one typifying rural agricultural areas and the other found in urban business settings. Comparisons are made between these two current forms of masculinity and both similarities and differences are identified. Six product categories compose the Constellation of Masculinity for both groups. Hirschman selects a masculine prototype brand from each category and presents a detailed analysis of the images language and marketing actions used to create the brand's masculinity over time. Using her method marketers for other brands will be equipped to enhance the masculine status of their brands as well. Branding Masculinity proposes that masculine brands are made not born. Masculinity is an enduring cultural ideal which can be attached to a variety of products and brands by the appropriate use of symbols icons and images. Scholars from various disciplines within the fields of branding marketing public relations and corporate identity will see this book as vital in continuing the academic discourse in the field. It will serve as a respected reference resource for researchers academics students and policy makers alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138933392

Branding Oscar Wilde Branding Oscar Wilde traces the development and perception of Wilde’s public persona and examines the impact of interpretations of his writing. Through calculated behavior provocative language and arresting dress Wilde self-consciously created a brand initially recognized by family and friends then by the British public and ultimately by large audiences over the world. That brand changed over the course of his public career—both in the way Wilde projected it and in the way it was perceived. Comprehending the fundamental elements of the Wilde brand and following its evolution are integral to a full understanding of his art. The study focuses on how branding established important assumptions about Wilde and his work in his own mind and in those of his readers and it examines how each stage of brand development affected the immediate responses to Wilde’s writings and as it continued to evolve progressively shaped our understanding of the Wilde canon. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367889470

Branding Post-Communist NationsMarketizing National Identities in the “New” Europe Nation branding--a set of ideas rooted in Western marketing--gained popularity in the post-communist world by promising a quick fix for the identity malaise of "transitional" societies. Since 1989 almost every country in Central and Eastern Europe has engaged in nation branding initiatives of varying scope and sophistication. For the first time this volume collects in one place studies that examine the practices and discourses of the nation branding undertaken in these countries. In addition to documenting various rebranding initiatives these studies raise important questions about their political and cultural implications. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138776777

Branding Television Branding Television examines why and how the UK and US television industries have turned towards branding as a strategy in response to the rise of satellite cable and digital television and new media such as the internet and mobile phone. This is the first book to offer a sustained critical analysis of this new cultural development. Branding Television examines the industrial regulatory and technological changes since the 1980s in the UK and the USA that have led to the adoption of branding as broadcasters have attempted to manage the behaviour of viewers and the values associated with their channels services and programmes in a world of increased choice and interactivity. Wide-ranging case studies drawn from commercial public service network and cable/satellite television (from NBC and HBO to MTV and from BBC and Channel 4 to UKTV and Sky) analyse the role of marketing and design in branding channels and corporations and the development of programmes as brands. Exploring both successful and controversial uses of branding this book asks what problems there are in creating television brands and whether branding supports or undermines commercial and public service broadcasting. Branding Television extends and complicates our understanding of the changes to television over the past 30 years and of the role of branding in contemporary Western culture. It will be of particular interest to students and researchers in television studies but also in creative industries and media and cultural studies more generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415548434

Branding the Nation the Place the Product Branding is a profoundly geographical type of commodification process. Many things become commodities that are compared and valuated on markets around the globe. Places such as cities or regions countries and nations attempt to acquire visibility through branding. Geographical imaginations are evoked to brand goods and places as commodities in order to show or create connections and add value. Yet not all that is branded was originally intended and created for markets.This volume aims to broaden current understanding of branding through a series of contributions from geography history political studies cultural and media studies offering insight into how ordinary places objects and practices become commodities through branding. In so doing the contributions also show how nation place and product as targets of branding can be seen as intertwined. To discuss these forms of branding book chapters refer to states cities holiday destinations food malls movies dances post stamps and other items that serve as brands and/or are branded.The book will be of interest to students and scholars in geography sociology history cultural studies and business studies who would like to gain an understanding of the intricate and surprising ways in which things places and cultural practices become brands. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367884871

Branding TVPrinciples and Practices In an effort to halt increasing media competition and decreasing audience shares Branding has become the new mantra among television station and network executives. Branding TV: Principles and Practices second edition goes beyond the jargon of branding to explain the essential principles underlying successful branding and offers many practical strategies to measure build and manage television brand equity. For instructional purposes the book pays particular attention to the local commercial TV station and its news franchise. Written by broadcast professionals with years of experience this book shows how the notions of branding are no more prevalent than in the battle for dominance in local news. The practical suggestions in the book will help the savvy manager understand and take advantage of branding in their efforts to move their property to the forefront in the marketplace. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138142671

Brands and Brand ManagementContemporary Research Perspectives Very few books exist that meaningfully integrate the rich and vast body of scientific research and theories that have accumulated in the field relating to both traditional and contemporary topics in branding. This book accomplishes that task with contributions from leading experts in the science of branding national and international.  The book should appeal to all students faculty and marketing professionals with an interest in research findings about brands and an interest in deepening their understanding of how consumers view brands. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138882706

Brands and the CityEntanglements and Implications for Urban Life From commercial retail environments to branded urban villages brands are now a salient feature of contemporary cityscapes and are deeply entwined in people’s everyday lives. Drawing on extensive empirical material and recent theoretical developments in the sociology of brands this book explores the complex relationship between brands consumption and urban life. Covering a range of brands and branding in the city from themed retail stores to branded cultural quarters it considers how brands provide new ways of mediating identities lifestyles and social relations. At the same time the book reveals how brands are bound up with forms of socio-spatial division and exclusion in the city defining what kinds of practices images or attitudes are acceptable in a particular place constituting cultural boundaries that keep certain people and activities out. With attention throughout to the social and cultural implications of the presence of brands in urban space Brands and the City examines how people engage with brands and how brands shape urbanites’ experiences and sense of self society and space. An extensive exploration of the processes through which brands are integrated into cities their effects on everyday experiences and their role in the policing and governance of urban space this book will appeal to scholars across the social sciences with interests in urban studies consumption and branding. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367332976

Brands on a MissionHow to Achieve Social Impact and Business Growth Through Purpose Brands on a Mission explores the importance of creating a performance culture that is built on driving impact through purpose and the type of talent required to drive these transformational changes within companies – from CEO to brand developers. Using evidence from interviews and stories from over 100 CEOs thought leaders and brand managers the book presents an emergent model that organisations can follow to build purpose into their growth strategy – and shows how to bridge the gap between Brand Say and Brand Do. Readers will learn from the real experts in the field: how Paul Polman former CEO of Unilever built purpose into the DNA of his company; what keeps Alan Jope (new CEO Unilever) and Emmanuel Faber (CEO Danone) awake at night; and how brand developers from Durex Dove Discovery and LIXIL have made choices and the reasons behind them. In this book you will learn how a soap brand Lifebuoy taught one billion people about hygiene how a beer is tackling gender-based violence and how a toothpaste is tackling school absenteeism amongst many others. Renowned experts like Peter Piot (Director London School of Health and Tropical Medicine) Michael Porter (Professor Harvard School of Business) Jane Nelson (Director Corporate Responsibility Initiative Harvard Kennedy School) and Susie Orbach (leading feminist and formerly professor London School of Economics) also share examples data and their everyday experiences of helping corporates create a culture of purpose. And leading NGOs and UN experts like Lawrence Haddad (Executive Director GAIN) and Natalia Kanem (Executive Director of UNFPA) will recount how the public and private sector have worked together to create an accelerated path to reaching the Sustainable Development Goals by 2030. The book provides a clear pathway of how to take brands through the journey of developing impactful social missions and driving business growth and is an essential guide for both managers and students alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367428334

BrandsInterdisciplinary Perspectives Branding has emerged as a cornerstone of marketing practice and corporate strategy as well as a central cultural practice. In this book Jonathan Schroeder brings together a curated selection of the most influential and thought-provoking papers on brands and branding from Consumption Markets and Culture accompanied by new contributions from leading brand scholars Giana Eckhardt John F. Sherry Jr. Sidney Levy and Morris Holbrook.Organised into four perspectives – cultural corporate consumer critical - these papers are chosen to highlight the complexities of contemporary branding through leading consumer brands such as Disney eBay Guinness McDonalds Nike and Starbucks. They address key topics such as celebrity branding corporate branding place branding and retail branding and critique the complexities of contemporary brands to provide a rich trove of interdisciplinary research insights into the function of brands as ethical ideological and political objects.This thought-provoking collection will be of interest to all scholars of marketing consumer behaviour anthropology and sociology and anyone interested in the powerful roles brands play in consumer’s lives and cultural discourse. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367870171

Brass Bands of the World: Militarism Colonial Legacies and Local Music Making Bands structured around western wind instruments are among the most widespread instrumental ensembles in the world. Although these ensembles draw upon European military traditions that spread globally through colonialism militarism and missionary work local musicians have adapted the brass band prototype to their home settings and today these ensembles are found in religious processions and funerals military manoeuvres and parades and popular music genres throughout the world. Based on their expertise in ethnographic and archival research the contributors to this volume present a series of essays that examine wind band cultures from a range of disciplinary perspectives allowing for a comparison of band cultures across geographic and historical fields. The themes addressed encompass the military heritage of band cultures; local appropriations of the military prototype; links between bands and their local communities; the spheres of local band activities and the modes of sociability within them; and the role of bands in trajectories toward professional musicianship. This book will appeal to readers with an interest in ethnomusicology colonial and post-colonial studies community music practices as well as anyone who has played with or listened to their local band. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138251212

Brass RootsA Hundred Years of Brass Bands and Their Music 1836-1936 This book was originally published in 1998. For most of the nineteenth and the early part of the twentieth century the brass band was a major feature of musical life in Britain. This book surveys the hundred years from 1836 in which bands flourished examining their origins in the village bands of the nineteenth century the culture of banding competitions that developed and the manner in which this fostered the growth and success of bands. Roy Newsome charts the impact of social and economic change on amateur bands during this period. The influence of classical music in particular opera on early band music is also examined. The latter part of the book looks in detail at the original music written for brass bands by composers such as Holst Elgar and Bliss as well as pieces written by prominent band leaders. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367136406

Brauer Groups and the Cohomology of Graded Rings This book introduces various notions defined in graded terms extending the notions most frequently used as basic ingredients in the theory of Azumaya algebras: separability and Galois extensions of commutative rings crossed products and Galois cohomology Picard groups and the Brauer group. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003066040

BRAVO Principal!Building Relationships with Actions that Value Others It is only through effective leadership actions that principals can become outstanding leaders. By building relationships that value all stakeholders—including teachers students parents and community members—your actions will lead to a thriving school. This book provides you with the tools for emphasizing shared purpose caring integrity and honesty so you can Build Relationships with Actions that Value Others. In this updated edition you’ll find out how to: Establish trusting relationship based on mutual support respect and empowerment. Demonstrate cultural responsiveness by embracing diversity and integrating multicultural awareness throughout the curriculum. Employ creative concern-solving strategies and address conflicts with students parents and staff. Develop a learning culture to nurture student and teacher achievement. Each chapter concludes with a set of review questions to help you to reflect evaluate and improve upon your leadership skills. Filled with suggestions for actions that you can apply today this book shows you how to become a BRAVO Principal! Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138851573

Bravo TeacherBuilding Relationships with Actions That Value Others As they wrestle with today’s rules regulations and high-stakes testing our best teachers never forget that strong positive relationships are at the core of student success. This book shows us how to build relationships with students parents and co-workers to create the kind of learning environments where all students achieve success. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315853642

Brazil And Brazilians First published in 2006. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138862043

Brazil and Climate ChangeBeyond the Amazon Climate change is increasingly a part of the human experience. As the problem worsens the cooperative dilemma that the issue carries has become evident: climate change is a complex problem that systematically gets insufficient answers from the international system. This book offers an assessment of Brazil’s role in the global political economy of climate change. The authors Eduardo Viola and Matías Franchini expertly review and answer the most common and widely cited questions on whether and in which way Brazil is aggravating or mitigating the climate crisis including:　Is it the benign cooperative environmental power that the Brazilian government claims it is? Why was it possible to dramatically reduce deforestation in the Amazon (2005-2010) and more recently was there a partial reversion?　 The book provides an accessible—and much needed—introduction to all those studying the challenges of the international system in the Anthropocene. Through a thorough analysis of Brazil in perspective vis a vis other emerging countries this book provides an engaging introduction and up to date assessment of the climate reality of Brazil and a framework to analyze the climate performance of major economies both on emission trajectory and policy profile: the climate commitment approach. Brazil and Climate Change is essential reading for all students of Environmental Studies Latin American Studies International Relations and Comparative Politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138106253

Brazil as a Rising PowerIntervention Norms and the Contestation of Global Order This book examines the normative tensions inherent in upward mobility within the international system focusing particularly on the clash between sovereign self-interest and the putatively universal norms associated with international interventions. It provides extensive detail and deep analysis of Brazil’s nature as a rising power and that nature’s implications for how the country crafts its international profile on issues such as intervention. In addition the book proposes innovative ways of (re)organising thematic conceptual and empirical research on the normative behaviour of emergent powers with regard to institutions of global governance and questions of intervention. In analysing what distinguishes Brazil as a rising power the contributors begin from the assumption that participation in intervention is an increasingly crucial element in demonstrating the capacity and responsibility for which demand accrues as a state seeks increased international profile. As such the debates around intervention serve as an indicative locus for examining the clash of norms that accompanies emergence as a global player. The book’s approach is to organise the analysis around thematic rather than chronological or praxis-based lines using the Brazilian case as an illustrative example capable of extrapolation to other emerging powers such as Turkey India and others.This work draws together rich empirical detail with sophisticated and varied conceptual analysis and will be of interest to scholars of international relations Latin-American politics and global governance.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367597177

Brazil EmergingInequality and Emancipation This volume is a critical inquiry into the social project and socioeconomic realities of emerging Brazil a country that faces profound changes. A team of acknowledged specialists on Brazil’s complex configuration addresses state policies social dynamics and economic constraints and opportunities for emancipation. Chapters adopt long-run perspectives on the development of the Brazilian welfare state limits and opportunities for emancipation in the labor market the scope and depth of social policies such as "Bolsa Família" and Rio’s Peacemaking Police Units (UPP) social movements - in particular the Movement of the Landless (MST) - cultural policies at the federal level the role of media in the country’s democratization project and how two important commodities (sugar and oil) shape the identities of blacks and whites in Bahia. This book is essential reading for all those interested in understanding what kind of Brazil has acquired a prominent global position and what hurdles it faces to consolidate its position as a global player. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138952911

Brazil in the AnthropoceneConflicts between predatory development and environmental policies Brazil is considered one of the world’s most important environmental powers. With a continental territory containing almost 70 per cent of the Amazon rainforest along with a rich biodiversity and huge amount of natural resources its geopolitical role in environmental decisions is crucial to ongoing global negotiations surrounding climate change. Development policies based on extraction and exportation of raw materials by the mining and agribusiness sectors threaten the global environmental balance and the long-term sustainability of Brazil’s economy. Brazil in the Anthropocene examines Brazil's role within the global ecological crisis and considers how national and international policy is influenced by the interdependence of social political ethical scientific and economic factors in the modern age. With chapters from a diverse range of international scholars this interdisciplinary volume will be of great interest to students and scholars of environmental politics environmental sociology and the environmental humanities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138315907

Brazil In The International SystemThe Rise Of A Middle Power This book evaluates Brazil from a "Brazil in the world" viewpoint placing the country in the current international system in relation to its capabilities effects and interest positions. It assesses the extent and direction of Brazil's potential to exert international influence in the future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367172114

Brazil in the Uruguay Round of the GATTThe Evolution of Brazil's Position in the Uruguay Round with Emphasis on the Issue of Services First published in 1998 this volume analyses Brazil’s strategy in the Uruguay Round focusing on the issue of services. Three different moments were chosen for analysis. The first was during discussions before the launch of the Uruguay Round. During this period Brazil led the Less Developed Countries (LDCs) in obstructing the inclusion of services on the agenda. The Second was during the launch of the Uruguay Round when Brazil persisted with this policy. This second period is referred to as the initial position of Brazil in the Uruguay Round. The third was Montreal in 1988 when Brazil supported the principles which guided an agreement on services. After this turning point Brazil’s position in the Round was increasingly supportive of an agreement not only in services but in all fields. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138607750

Brazil’s EconomyAn Institutional and Sectoral Approach The past century has witnessed profound transitions in Brazil’s economy: from a surge of industrialization connected to export economy to state projects of importsubstitution industrialization followed by a process of neoliberal global market integration. How have Brazilian entrepreneurs and businesses navigated these contexts?This comprehensive text explores the institutional and sectoral structure of the Brazilian economy through a collection of new case studies examining how key institutions work within Brazil’s specific economic political and cultural context. Offering a long-term evolutionary perspective the book explores Brazil’s economic past in order to offer insights on its present and future trajectory. The contributions gathered here offer fresh insights into representative sectors of Brazil’s economy from aerospace to software television music and banking paying particular attention to sectors that are likely to drive future growth. Chapters include questions about the roles of foreign and state capital changes in market regulation the emergence of new technologies the opening of markets institutional and organizational frameworks and changing management paradigms.When examined together the contributions shed light not only on Brazilian business history but also on the country as a whole. Brazil’s Economy: An Institutional and Sectoral Approach offers fascinating reading for anyone with an interest in: Latin American Economics; the business history of the region; and in doing business in present-day Latin America. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367667658

BrazilCulture And Politics In A New Industrial Powerhouse Myths and misconceptions about Brazil the world's fifth largest and most populous country are long-standing. Far from a sleeping giant Brazil is the southern hemisphere's most important country. Entering its second decade of civilian constitutional government after a protracted period of military rule it has also recently achieved sustained eco Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367314699

Brazilian Agrarian Social Movements Contradictions between impressive levels of economic growth and the persistence of poverty and inequality are perhaps nowhere more evident than in rural Brazil. While Brazil might appear to be an example of the potential harmony between large-scale export-oriented agribusiness and small-scale family farming high levels of rural resistance contradict this vision. In this volume individual contributions from a variety of researchers across the field highlight seven key characteristics of contemporary Brazilian resistance that have broader resonance in the region and beyond: the growth of international networks the changing structure of state–society collaboration the deepening of territorial claims the importance of autonomy the development of alternative economies continued opposition to dispossession and struggles over the meaning of nature. By analyzing rural mobilization in Brazil this collection offers a range of insights relevant to rural contention globally. Each contribution in this title increases our understanding of alternative agricultural production large-scale development projects education race and political parties in the contemporary agrarian context. This book was previously published as a special issue of the Journal of Peasant Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138393233

Brazilian Folk Narrative Scholarship PbdirectA Critical Survey and Selective Annotated Bibliography Although Brazilian scholars have collected and studied folklore since the second half of the nineteenth century their work has gone largely unnoticed by folklorists working in other parts of the world. With the exception of anthropologists who occasionally study the folk literature of indigenous peoples in Brazil few foreigners are familiar with or even aware of the kinds of folklore studies that have been undertaken in that country. This work aims to characterize the nature of Brazilian narrative studies and trends; to discuss and assess the roots of the apparent preoccupations approaches and objectives of traditional narrative scholarship in Brazil; to examine Brazilian folklore scholarship in light of Euro-American research; and to point out the results and accomplishments of Brazilian research while simultaneously indicating possibilities for new directions in research. First published in 1994. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138845336

Brazilian Lectures1973 Sao Paulo; 1974 Rio de Janeiro/Sao Paulo These lectures delivered in Sao Paulo and Rio de Janeiro during 1973 and 1974 reveal Bion in his most vital and challenging mode both in respect of the material he presents and in his responses to the questions from his audience. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367323578

Brazilian Legacies Focusing on Brazil this text covers issues such as: the legacy of colour; social realities; and diversions and assertive behaviour. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315503851

Brazilian Medicinal Plants The vast and exciting Brazilian flora biodiversity is still underexplored. Several research groups are devoted to the study of the chemical structure richness found in the different Biomes. This volume presents a comprehensive account of the research collated on natural products produced from Brazilian medicinal plants and focuses on various aspects of the field. The authors describe the key natural products and their extracts with emphasis upon sources an appreciation of these complex molecules and applications in science. Many of the extracts are today associated with important drugs nutrition products beverages perfumes cosmetics and pigments and these are highlighted. Key Features: Presents Brazilian biodiversity: its flora its people and its research Describes the emergence of natural products research in Brazil Emphasizes the increasing global interests in botanical drugs Aids the international natural product communities to better understand the herbal resources in Brazil Discusses Brazilian legislation to work with native plants Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138093751

Brazilian Mobilities Brazilian Mobilities presents an overview of the diversity of mobility studies developed in Brazil. It builds a picture of a strong Latin-American perspective emerging in the field of mobilities research which provides unique insight into the complex dynamics of mobilities in the emerging countries from the Global South. Addressing such different areas as tourism urbanization media studies social inequalities marketing and mega-events transport and technology among others the contributors use the new mobilities paradigm or NMP (Sheller & Urry 2006) as a starting point to reflect about the social changes experienced in the country and they also engage with newer literature on mobilities including work done by Brazilian and Latin-American authors depending on the subject of each individual chapter. Illustrating to scholars the uniqueness and complexity of the Brazilian social-political and economic context the book was organized in order to be a representative sample of the studies carried out in Brazil as well as to contribute to other academic investigations on (im)mobilities and different social realities in emerging countries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367172770

Brazilian National Cinema Brazilian cinema is one of the most influential national cinemas in Latin America and this wide-ranging study traces the evolution of Brazilian film from the silent era to the present day including detailed studies of more recent international box-office hits such as Central Station (1998) and City of God (2002). Brazilian National Cinema gives due importance to traditionally overlooked aspects of Brazilian cinema such as popular genres ranging from musical comedies (the chanchada) to soft-core porn films (the pornochanchada) and horror films and also provides a fresh approach to the internationally acclaimed avant-garde Cinema Novo of the 1960s. Lisa Shaw and Stephanie Dennison apply recent theories on stardom particularly relating to issues of ethnicity race and gender to both well-known Brazilian performers such as Carmen Miranda and Sonia Braga and lesser known domestic icons such as the Afro-Brazilian comic actor Grande Otelo (Big Othello) and the uberblonde children’s TV and film star and media mogul Xuxa. This timely addition to the National Cinemas series provides a comprehensive overview of the relationship between Brazilian cinema and issues of national and cultural identity. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203755037

Brazilian Popular Music and Globalization This collection of articles by leading scholars traces the history of Brazilian pop music through the twentieth-century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138169142

Brazilian Popular MusicCaetano Veloso and the Regeneration of Tradition Brazilian Popular Music or Música Popular Brasileira (MPB) developed in the mid 1960s as a response to the re-thinking of Brazilian national identity following the establishment of the post-1964 military regime. A leading figure in MPB at this time was Caetano Veloso and it is his music and its reception that form the focus of this book. A leader of the Tropicalist movement Veloso sought to initiate a critical debate on Brazilian Popular Music and the political and ideological foundations which underpinned its aesthetic. Lorraine Leu examines Veloso's musical and vocal styles revealing the ways in which they play with traditional expectations between the performer and listener and argues that they represent an important response to the severe censorship and repression of the military regime. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138275072

Brazilian Sports History Sport History is a growing field of study in Brazil. In the past decades scholars from different areas have taken an increasing interest in studying how sports help us in understanding broader social cultural political and economic aspects of society. Barriers of language have often distanced Brazilian historiography from the international community which makes this volume in English especially important as a contribution to the field. In the last decade Brazil has been on the spotlight of international sporting events and with the staging of the 2014 FIFA World Cup and the 2016 Olympic Games in Rio de Janeiro the world is focused on Brazilian sports and this book provides a route into understanding it.Brazilian Sports History offers a glimpse into the work of ten Brazilian leading sport historians exploring topics as diverse as sports in 19th-century Brazil the political aspects of sport in Brazilian authoritarian regimes sport and environment the image of Brazilian women and sport sport as a Brazilian intangible cultural heritage and the importance of staging mega sporting events in Brazilian politics. This book was previously published as a special issue of the International Journal of the History of Sport. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367022815

Brazilian Woodcut Prints First published in 2001. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138964983

Brazilian YouthGlobal Trends and Local Perspectives The collection brings together texts of Brazilian researchers who are dedicated to themes related to studies of youth cultures: social interactions subcultures identities and belonging pop culture social movements migration consumption and materialities generational exchanges media representations and digital media among others. The objective is to promote a broad dialogue that includes fields of knowledge such as communication and social sciences as well as local perspectives that represent the huge and rich diversity of the Brazilian regions. At the same time the book proposes to discuss the reflexivity of such local youth cultures in the face of a global context that challenges with ruptures and permanencies the very idea of youth. The book seeks to fill the gap of a selection of scientific texts by Brazilian authors about Brazilian youth cultures aimed at foreign researchers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367257644

Brazil's Economic And Political Future The 1985 elections in Brazil returned South America's largest country to democratic rule after two decades of military government. But the Sarney administration faces substantial economic and political challenges: over a 250 percent annual inflation rate a foreign debt of more than $115 billion and over a 20 percent unemployment rate. This collec Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367156206

'Bread and Circuses'Euergetism and Municipal Patronage in Roman Italy Cities in the ancient world relied on private generosity to provide many basic amenities as well as expecting leading citizens to pay for 'bread and circuses' - free food and public entertainment. This collection of essays by leading scholars from the UK and USA explores the important phenomenon of benefaction and public patronage in Roman Italy.Ranging from the late republican period to the later Roman Empire the contributions cover a wide range of topics including the impact of benefactions and benefactors on the urban development of Roman Italy on cultural and economic activity and on the changing role of games and festivals in Roman society. They also explore the relationship between communities and their benefactors whether these were local notables senators or the emperor himself and examine how the nature of benefaction changed under the Empire. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415518567

Bread and Its FortificationNutrition and Health Benefits Today bread supplies over half of the caloric intake of the world’s population including a high proportion of the intake of Vitamins B and E. Bread therefore is a major food of the world. Bread was the main stables of the ancient Egyptian diet. Around 7 000 BC humans (probably Egyptians) somehow learned to grind grains in water and heat the mix on hot stoves to make unleavened bread. The art of bread making goes back to very early stages of different historical eras. Bread is an important part of the human diet but for many people it is much more than just providing macro- and micro-nutrients. Bread with their different types is influenced mainly by the nature of substrate and microorganisms involved in the fermentation. The components of bread depend on the type of bread and on practice and regulations operating in a country. They include basic components and other components (fortifying or enriching ingredients emulsifiers anti-fungal agents anti-oxidants enzymes and favoring agents etc.). Bread and its Fortification for Nutrition and Health Benefits provides updated information in the area of bread and its fortification for health benefits. It serves as a useful reference book with recent advances in the areas of fermentation technology bread microbiology bread biotechnology and bread biochemistry which is related strongly to human health. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498701563

Bread and the British Economy 1770–1870 In this ambitious book Christian Petersen has taken a central topic in economic and social history and given it a new sweep and coherence. As the Lord’s Prayer suggests securing an adequate supply of bread was a matter of over-riding concern to everyone until very recently. Bread was always by far the largest single item in the budgets of the poor but bread could be made from many grains - wheat rye barley etc. Christian Petersen describes how in the later eighteenth century the process of replacing other cereals by wheat in bread making was completed throughout Britain. He provides a continuous series of estimates of bread consumption per caput of bread prices (and consequently used in conjunction with population data of total national expenditure on bread) and of wheat output and net imports. The implications of the changes in techniques of milling and baking that occurred are analysed and the organisation of the baking and retailing of bread is described. Bread was so central to the economy of individual households and to the national economy as a whole that this book represents a major contribution to the history of the British economy and of British society in the period 1770-1870. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138380189

Bread Staling The role of starch gluten lipids water and other components in bread staling is a subject of continual study using advanced analytical methodologies and sophisticated multidisciplinary approaches. Significant recent progress has been made in the fundamental understanding of the events leading to bread staling. Bread Staling presents current knowledge from a physico-chemical perspective with the intent of providing applicable methods to improve product shelf-life and to design new and longer-lasting baked goods. The contributors detail how to solve this food problem by using polymer science material research and molecular spectroscopy which is a new way to approach a centuries-old problem. This approach can aid manufacturers in developing anti-staling formulations for bread and other baked products. The non-traditional areas of research presented in this book such as the glassy-rubbery transition and its relevance to bread staling provide crucial information for scientists and engineers. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315891248

Breaded Fried Foods Despite the hype about healthy low-carb/low-fat diets the production of deep-fat fried foods continues to be a major processing operation around the world generating billions of dollars each year. Due to their uniquely crispy exterior and juicy interior breaded fried foods in particular are popular among consumers. Unlike many books that have focused solely on the process of deep-fat frying and fried foods in general Breaded Fried Foods is one of the first references to provide a coherent and concise overview of issues that are specific to breaded or battered fried foods. With internationally recognized authors including renowned expert Dr. Manjeet S. Chinnan this comprehensive resource addresses groundbreaking advances in the reduction of fat uptake in fried foods best practices for enhancing the quality of breaded fried foods techniques for improving product crispness and the impact of breading and batters on the quality of frying oil. The book also discusses new industry frying methods preventive measures to reduce oil waste and pre- and post-frying procedures to limit oil uptake. Deep-fat fried foods are universal with strong consumer appeal in countries worldwide. Filled with numerous graphs and photographic illustrations Breaded Fried Foods encapsulates the most current industry research and technological advances in this ever-growing industry. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138117884

Breadline Britain in the 1990s First published in 1997 this series published in association with the Social Policy Research Unity at the University of York is designed to inform public debate about these policy areas and to make the details of important policy-related research more widely available. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138607590

Breadline USAThe Hidden Scandal of American Hunger and How to Fix It Twenty-five million Americans—nearly 9 percent of the U.S. population—rely on food pantries. Another 13 million aren’t linked to a food distribution network and 14 million children are at risk of going hungry on any given day. Moreover the faltering economy is increasing the number of American families that don’t know where their next meals are coming from.<br><br><i>Breadline USA</i> treats this crisis not only as matter of failed policies but also as a portrait of real human suffering. Investigative reporter Sasha Abramsky focuses attention on the people behind the statistics—the families caught up in circumstances beyond their control. <i>Breadline USA</i> is a vivid reminder of the fate to which many more Americans may be subject without urgent action.<br><br> Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781936227099

Breakdown and Change of Private Interest Governments Private Interest Governments were identified in the 1980s as a special form of public regulation in selected economic sectors rivalling conventional market state or community-based forms of public order. This book examines how these institutional arrangements have changed since their identification. It takes into account external changes such as Europeanization globalization liberalization and sector-specific developments which have had an impact on even long-established public policies. Breakdown and Change of Private Interest Governments presents new empirical insights in changes which led to the disappearance of a prime example of neo-corporatism a traditional form of political and economic regulation recurring to original data for interest associations in the dairy sector of four countries Austria Britain Germany and Switzerland. It discusses the empirical results and the similarities and differences between the countries with regard to external processes which were studied with a different focus in the past. Utilising a comparative country case approach and the dairy industry as a specific sector case study Breakdown and Change of Private Interest Governments will be of interest to students and scholars of Globalization and Political Economy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138377011

BreakdownThe facts about stress in teaching Between 1989 and 1999 half the teachers in England and Wales quit their posts. By the late nineties more than six thousand teachers a year were retiring early on grounds of ill health. In recent years hardly a school in the country has not lost at least one teacher because of a 'nervous breakdown'.Breakdown looks at what is happening in teaching today. Why breakdowns have become so common what it means to suffer a breakdown and the consequences of this epidemic for schools and children. It suggests what teachers can do to help themselves what schools should do to help their staff and the ways in which the local authorities can offer practical support. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138155305

Breaking Al-QaedaPsychological and Operational Techniques Second Edition Breaking Al-Qaeda: Psychological and Operational Techniques Second Edition explores the background and history of al-Qaeda covers recent developments and explains how why and where the al-Qaeda network is expanding. The author examines the current state of the terrorist network and describes what groups in the network are doing to recruit plan and carry out attacks worldwide.The book reports on intelligence and counterterror methods being used to garner information on al-Qaeda. It describes how the destabilization of Arab countries has led to opportunities for terrorists to capitalize on that instability and gain a foothold in countries such as Egypt Yemen Somalia and Syria. Addresses information collection and analysis Provides an overview of the business of informational influence Explains how psychology can be used to understand and exploit individuals in terrorist networks Explores the relationships between the core of al-Qaeda and other groups Illustrating the message and ideology of al-Qaeda since the death of Usama bin Laden the text explains the steps being taken to counter this threat. It also details psychological and operational techniques that can be used to counter network groups and fracture relationships between groups. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482230116

Breaking Away From Broken WindowsBaltimore Neighborhoods And The Nationwide Fight Against Crime Grime Fear And Decline In Breaking Away from Broken Windows Ralph Taylor uses data on recent Baltimore crime-reduction efforts to attack the 'broken windows' thesis--that is the currently fashionable notion that by reducing or eliminating superficial signs of disorder (dilapidated buildings graffiti incivil behavior by teenagers etc.) urban police deparments can make significant and lasting reductions in crime. Taylor argues that such measures while useful are only a partial solution to the problem at hand. His data supports a materialist view: changes in levels of physical decay superficial social disorder and racial composition do not lead to higher crime while economic decline does. He contends that the Baltimore example shows that in order to make real long-term reductions in crime urban politicians businesses and community leaders must work together to improve the economic fortunes of those living in high-crime areas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367098728

Breaking Barriers in Counseling MenInsights and Innovations Breaking Barriers in Counseling Men is a unique collection of personal and engaging contributions from nationally recognized scholars and clinicians with expertise in treating men. The editors have selected men’s clinicians who address areas as diverse as sexual dysfunction male bonding over sports father-son relationships and counseling men in the military. Featuring a mix of clinical tips personal anecdotes and theoretical reframing this book takes clinicians invested in these issues to the next level breaking down barriers to connecting with men and getting them the help that is so often needed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415532891

Breaking BoundariesPolitics and Play in the Drama of Shakespeare and His Contemporaries First published in 1998 this volume explores the period 1585-1649 identifying it as rich in innovative drama which challenged the boundaries between social political and cultural activities of various kinds. Molly Smith examines ways in which texts by Renaissance authors reflect question and influence their society’s ideological concerns. In the drama of Kyd Shakespeare Beaumont and Fletcher Webster Middleton Massinger and Ford she identifies the simultaneously serious and playful appropriation of popular cultural practices an appropriation which is expertly reversed by authorities in the political drama of Charles I’s public trial and execution in 1649. This compelling interpretation of Renaissance drama will prove of value to students of literature and social history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138607460

Breaking BreadInsurgent Black Intellectual Life In this provocative and captivating dialogue bell hooks and Cornel West come together to discuss the dilemmas contradictions and joys of Black intellectual life. The two friends and comrades in struggle talk argue and disagree about everything from community to capitalism in a series of intimate conversations that range from playful to probing to revelatory. In evoking the act of breaking bread the book calls upon the various traditions of sharing that take place in domestic secular and sacred life where people come together to give themselves to nurture life to renew their spirits sustain their hopes and to make a lived politics of revolutionary struggle an ongoing practice. This 25th anniversary edition continues the dialogue with "In Solidarity " their 2016 conversation at the bell hooks Institute on racism politics popular culture and the contemporary Black experience. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138218765

Breaking Free from DepressionPathways to Wellness When it comes to treating depression one size definitely doesn't fit all. How do you find the science-based treatment that will work for you? What can you do to restore the fighting spirit and motivation that are so essential for overcoming this illness? Leading psychiatrist-researcher Jesse Wright and his daughter Laura McCray a family physician have helped many thousands of depressed patients discover effective pathways to wellness. Here they describe powerful treatment tools and present a flexible menu of self-help strategies you can try today or turn to in the future. Dozens of reproducible worksheets and forms are included for you to complete in the book or download and print for repeated use. Learn proven ways to break the cycle of negative thinking restore energy and a sense of well-being strengthen your relationships and make informed decisions about medications. You can beat depression and keep your life headed in a positive direction. This book shows how. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781606239193

Breaking InTales from the Screenwriting Trenches Breaking In: Tales from the Screenwriting Trenches is a no-nonsense boots-on-the-ground exploration of how writers REALLY go from emerging to professional in today’s highly saturated and competitive screenwriting space. With a focus on writers who have gotten representation and broken into the TV or feature film space after the critical 2008 WGA strike and financial market collapse the reader will learn from tangible examples of how success was achieved via hard work and specific methodology. This book includes interviews from writers who wrote major studio releases (The Boy Next Door) staffed on television shows (American Crime NCIS New Orleans Sleepy Hollow) sold specs and television shows placed in competitions and were accepted to prestigious network and studio writing programs. These interviews are presented as Screenwriter Spotlights throughout the book and are supported by insight from top-selling agents and managers (including those who have sold scripts and pilots had their writers named to prestigious lists such as The Black List and The Hit List) as well as working industry executives. Together these anecdotes learnings and perceptions tied in with the author's extensive experience in and knowledge of the industry will inform the reader about how the industry REALLY works what it expects from both working and emerging writers as well as what next steps the writer should engage in in order to move their screenwriting career forward. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138679122

Breaking into the CurriculumThe Impact of Information Technology on Schooling Information technology is here to stay. Its impact has already been far-reaching: in business in communications and in leisure activities it has been responsible for replacing human action by that of machines. As such it raised questions about freedom and the meaning of work and human activity which could no longer be ignored by those working in education. The educational response to information technology must ensure that human activities are enhanced rather than enslaved by computers. Originally published in 1988 Breaking into the Curriculum provides one such response. A range of curricular structures and teacher roles are examined for their potential for preserving freedom in a future that was already being formed and informed by electronic systems. Drawing on case studies of pupils and teachers from throughout their school career the authors of this collection sought to provoke discussion on the true ends of education and the kinds of strategies that would best realise those ends. Information technology it is argued is already shaping our thinking concerning the schooling of children. As such it can either create an electronically-controlled environment or it can provide the stimulus for imaginative playful and creative thought and the development of ‘intelligence’ in its broadest sense. The choice is ours: the authors of this collection seek to inform that choice. Today it can be read in its historical context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367441357

Breaking New Ground in U.S. Trade Policy This book reexamines the U.S. trade policy discussing challenges that prompted the Committee for Economic Development to construct a modern framework and reaffirm its support of the multilateral trade system. It presents recommendations essential to bolstering U.S. competitiveness in the future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367012601

Breaking New GroundMining Minerals and Sustainable Development Mining is fundamental to our lives - we wear and travel in; build cook and communicate with its products daily. However it is also one of the most environmentally damaging industries. This study examines how such a huge and multi-facetted industry can be made sustainable minimizing its harmful impacts and maximizing its social and economic contribution. It analyses the different needs and risks of those affected as well as issues of supply and demand of minerals throughout the world. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315541501

Breaking Out of the Games Industry This book offers a perspective into a phenomenon becoming more and more common: AAA developers ‘going indie’. Written through the personal story of the author finding his way into the AAA games space only to retreat back to indie games and consulting work and finding a new-old life making games for himself and finding fulfillment in doing so. It is both a word of warning to creatives seeking a corporation and a call for disillusioned developers to break free and do something wild creative and unexpected. It is critical of common industry issues such as structural crunch health issues work life balance and more but is also a personal story of mismatched needs in doing creative work.   Key Features Under-explored viewpoint of the games industry someone who worked for years to ‘break in’ then worked for years to ‘break out’. Offers a unique look at making an indie game life both financially and mentally feasible. Encourages developers sitting on the fence to take the plunge. Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9780815360063

Breaking Out of the Pink-Collar GhettoPolicy Solutions for Non-College Women Widely interdisciplinary in appeal this book reports on the successes of innovative training opportunities for non-college women who end up in low-paying low-mobility pink-collar jobs. The author examines the relative effectiveness of various programs in helping these women gain access to high-wage high-mobility employment opportunities. The analysis includes case studies of grant-funded projects as well as in-depth statistical analysis using ten years of data on women throughout the United States. These types of education and training options are in tremendous demand and the author finds that they are having a powerful impact on the job prospects of non-college women. As an integral part of her study she spells out what kinds of programs have proven most and least effective. Breaking Out of the Pink-Collar Ghetto addresses vital issues concerning the effects of gender segregation in career counseling and employment and training policy. It provides much-needed guidance on employment and training services delivery. The book has wide application for students as well as professionals in the fields of public policy and public administration educational counseling and vocational education labor economics and women's studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315497938

Breaking Patterns of ConflictBritain Ireland and the Northern Ireland Question The role of external powers and international bodies in efforts to break patterns of conflict and to install stable and durable peace settlements is well known. This book focuses on an unusual case where the sovereign state and a neighbour state help broker an agreed settlement in a disputed and conflictual region. It analyses the roles of the British and Irish governments in pursuing political stability in Northern Ireland a disputed region of the United Kingdom over which the Irish state has had a territorial claim.The book focuses on the changes in the British state whose writ extends over Northern Ireland but also the Irish state which surrendered a strong formal but ineffective claim to jurisdiction over Northern Ireland for the reality of a significant voice in its political future. These changes ultimately facilitated the process of settlement leading to the 1998 Good Friday Agreement and the later transformation of institutions and political relations in Northern Ireland and between the UK and Ireland. It innovates by using a new oral archive of elite interviews built up over the past decade.The authors of the various chapters address a range of dimensions in which these changes are reflected. These include new interpretations of the dynamics of the Northern Ireland conflict and in particular of the evolving British-Irish relationship new perspectives on the positions of governments and parties and new analyses of the contribution of cross-border contacts in two areas where consequences are likely to be indirect but profound: television broadcasting and business cooperation.This book was published as a special issue of Irish Political Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367739461

Breaking Records100 Years of Hits First Published in 2004. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138870239

Breaking StoryThe South African Press A comprehensive review of the press in South Africa since 1976—the year the Soweto riots triggered nationwide protests against white domination—this book examines the role the press has played in reflecting and shaping both apartheid and its undoing. Beginning with a survey of the social and political changes occurring during the period Gordon Jackson goes on to examine the overall structure of the newspaper industry in South Africa. Jackson offers an in-depth analysis of the economic difficulties facing journalism including the impact of television's increasing share of the advertising market. He gives special attention to the alternative press which arose in the mid-1980s at the height of the government's crackdown on dissent and explores the origins and impacts of regulations imposed under the State of Emergency in effect from 1985 to 1990 which included massive restrictions on the media. In closing Jackson considers how the press confronted obstacles in order to survive in a political climate that brought freedom of the press to the brink of extinction and looks at how the press is changing now that the South African government itself has rejected apartheid. He concludes by examining the forces favoring the success of a free press under a black majority government and assessing the desirability of a national media policy Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367011468

Breaking the Iron Rice BowlProspects for Socialism in China's Countryside First published in 1988 this book explores the socio-economic and political impacts of Chinese socialist movements peasant initiatives rural industrialization and economic reforms in China in the mid-twentieth century. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315493497

Breaking the RulesWomen in Prison and Feminist Therapy Breaking the Rules: Women in Prison and Feminist Therapy challenges therapists public policymakers voters and those in the criminal justice system to find treatment options empowerment strategies viable resources community support and policies that can help women with problems such as drug abuse domestic violence poverty and prostitution rather than perpetually punishing them.Breaking the Rules shows you how our society makes ‘other’of those among us who are most vulnerable injured and without resources. It digs under your skin and forces you to look at: the histories of abuse among women who have murdered their partners the impact of race and ethnicity on patterns of mothering and caretaking of children of women prisoners the lack of treatment options for addicted women prisoners how prison reawakens the feelings of powerlessness in women who have suffered childhood physical and sexual abuse helping women inmates develop marketable educational and vocational skills support systems and positive perceptions of themselves collaborative strategies that challenge the status quo of programs and support available to female offenders and their families a relational model of treatment that is based on the integration of three theoretical perspectives the strengths and limitations of twelve step programs for womenMapping the problems and offering solutions Breaking the Rules walks you through treatment strategies and self-confirming experiences--such as feminist therapy prisoner-led support groups affirmative prison programming and art therapy--that help women draw on their strengths come to terms with their pasts and meet future challenges head on. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315783956

Breaking the Silence Intended for psychologists clergy and therapists and school guidance counselors specializing in treating dysfunctional families grief counseling for the family unresolved grief issues etc. This book is also especially appropriate for students of psychology and death and bereavement courses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415784450

Breaking the SilenceA Guide to Helping Children with Complicated Grief - Suicide Homicide AIDS Violence and Abuse The second edition of this bestselling book is designed for mental health professionals educators and the parent/caregiver this book provides specific ideas and techniques to work with children in various areas of complicated grief. It presents words and methods to help initiate discussions of these delicate topics as well as tools to help children understand and separate complicated grief into parts. These parts in turn can be grieved for and released one at a time.A new chapter is included called "Communities Grieve: Involvement with Children and Trauma." It includes information on The Taiwan Earthquake and how the community worked with children a school bus accident in which 36 elementary school children witnessed the death of the bus driver that was driving and how the school system worked with these children and their families; a boy who was running on a cross country team and got hit by a car which was witnessed by teammates; and how a non-profit community grief agency worked with family school and community. The last study is from the Oklahoma bombing and the outgrowth of a place for the traumatized children and how they still work with kids and family today. This chapter then contains new activities to work with traumatized grieving children.The new edition also includes updated resources books curriculums websites hotlines and another new chapter on bullying and victimization issues. The chapter for educators has been expanded including the coverage of topics such as at-risk students gay and lesbian issues and self-injurious behaviors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138136618

Breaking the SilenceArt Therapy With Children From Violent Homes First published in 1997. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315803593

Breaking the SilenceGroup Therapy for Childhood Sexual Abuse A Practitioner's Manual A program you can use for time limited clients suffering from sexual abuse!Breaking the Silence: Group Therapy for Childhood Sexual Abuse guides you through initial establishment and group formation to its termination. The step-by-step approach outlines themes and issues common to this population raises pertinent questions and highlights common pitfalls or problem areas in conducting therapy. You’ll discover innovative ways to work with survivors of childhood sexual abuse by addressing these key therapy issues: issues of trust sexuality and disclosure family dynamics emotional expression transference/countertransference male survivors group sessions the impact of abuse a concise fifteen-session time-limited psycho-educational group therapy program for adult survivors of sexual abuseThe program planning approach described in Breaking the Silence allows you to adapt the program to meet your individual clients’needs. The concise fifteen-session time-limited psycho-educational group therapy program for adult survivors of sexual abuse is designed to therapeutically address the long-term sequelae associated with a past history of child abuse. The literature review of childhood sexual abuse treatment along with this program and the invaluable sections on male survivors sexuality and other areas dealing with the emotional repercussions of childhood sexual abuse are invaluable sources of information for helping survivors develop and maintain healthy relationships and balanced lives. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315809915

Breaking the Thread of LifeOn Rational Suicide Suicide and how civilized people should respond to it is an increasingly controversial topic in modern society. In Holland suicide is the third leading cause of death of people between the ages of fifteen and forty. In the United States it is the second leading cause of death among older teenagers. Laws prohibiting assisted suicide are being directly and boldly confronted by activists in the United States most notably Jack Kevorkian. Meanwhile the American Civil Liberties Union has publicly declared suicide a fundamental human right that should be protected under the Constitution. The Hemlock Society has introduced referenda in California Washington and Oregon to legalize suicide and assisted suicide. The most vocal opposition to these initiatives has come from the Roman Catholic church.Breaking the Thread of Life marshalls philosophical moral medical historical and theological arguments in support of the Roman Catholic position against suicide. In a comprehensive study of the history of suicide Barry shows that Christian civilization was one of only a few early societies that was able to bring suicide under control. He counters claims that Catholicism and the Bible endorse rational suicide. Barry also analyzes arguments in support of the rationality of suicide and illuminates their biases inadequacies and dangers.Barry presents the rationale for the Roman Catholic church's strong extensive and articulate opposition to efforts to gain legal and social endorsement of suicide and assisted suicide. His book represents the most complete study of the classical Roman Catholic view of rational suicide to date and it will be of significant interest to philosophers theologians physicians and lawyers. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315082004

Breaking the Wave: Women Their Organizations and Feminism 1945-1985 Breaking the Wave is the first anthology of original essays by both younger and established scholars that takes a long view of feminist activism by systematically examining the dynamics of movement persistence during moments of reaction and backlash. Ranging from the "civic feminism" of white middle-class organizers and the "womanism" of Harlem consumers in the immediate postwar period to the utopian feminism of Massachusetts lesbian softball league founders and environmentally minded feminists in the 1970s and 1980s Breaking the Wave documents a continuity of activism in both national and local organizing that creates a new discussion and a new paradigm for twentieth century women’s history. Contributors: Jacqueline L. Castledine Susan K. Freeman Julie A. Gallagher Marcia Gallo Sally J. Kenney Rebecca M. Kluchin Kathleen A. Laughlin Lanethea Mathews Catherine E. Rymph Julia Sandy-Bailey Jennifer A. Stevens Janet Weaver and Leandra Zarnow. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203842935

Breaking Through BiasCommunication Techniques for Women to Succeed at Work More than fifty years after the beginning of the Women's Movement and forty years after passage of Title IX women are still not "making it" in traditionally male careers. Women start their careers on parity with men but generally end them far earlier having achieved less status lower compensation and less satisfaction than men. Breaking Through Bias explains that it is the stereotypes about women men work leadership and family that hold women back and it presents an integrated set of communication techniques that women can use to avoid the discriminatory consequences of these stereotypes. Women define career success in a wide variety of ways. But whatever a woman's personal definition if she is in a traditionally male-dominated career--virtually all high status highly compensated fields--her career is at risk because of pervasive gender stereotypes. This highly practical book makes clear that women don't need to change who they are to succeed in their chosen careers and they certainly don't need to act more like men. Women do however need to be attuned to the negative gender stereotypes that surround them; they need to anticipate the biases these stereotypes foster and they need to manage the impressions they make to avoid or overcome these biases.  Based on the authors' personal experiences as business leaders and practicing attorneys involvement in compensation and hiring decisions extensive mentoring activities and numerous scientific and academic studies Breaking Through Bias presents unique practical and effective advice about how women can at last break through gender bias in the workplace and win at the career advancement game. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781629561042

Breaking Through Grass Ceiling First Published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315080123

Breaking Through the Language Arts BlockOrganizing and Managing the Exemplary Literacy Day This innovative book helps K–6 teachers infuse the entire school day with research-based literacy best practices. Classroom-tested strategies are presented for planning and implementing each component of the "exemplary literacy day"--vocabulary and word study sessions literacy work stations differentiated guided reading groups reading and writing workshops and interdisciplinary projects. Teachers get tips for organizing a print-rich classroom supporting students' social–emotional well-being and using assessment to guide instruction. User-friendly features include vivid vignettes classroom management tips questions for discussion and reflection and 15 reproducible forms checklists and lesson templates. Purchasers get access to a Web page where they can download and print the reproducible materials in a convenient 8 1/2" x 11" size. Note: this book is a contemporary follow-up to Morrow's influential earlier title Organizing and Managing the Language Arts Block. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462534463

Break-Out from the Crystal PalaceThe Anarcho-Psychological Critique: Stirner Nietzsche Dostoevsky Before Marcuse and Laing before Heidegger and Sartre even before Freud the way was prepared for the anarcho-psychological critique of economic man of all codes of ideology or absolute morality and of scientific habits of mind. First published in 1974 this title traces this philosophical tradition to its roots in the nineteenth century to the figures of Stirner Nietzsche and Dostoevsky and to their psychological demolition of the two alternative axes of social theory and practice a critique which today reads more pertinently than ever and remains unanswered. To understand this critique is crucial for an age which has shown a mounting revulsion at the consequences of the Crystal Palace symbol at once of technologico-industrial progress and its rationalist-scientist ideology an age whose imaginative preoccupations have telescoped onto the individual and whose interest has switched from the social realm to that of anarchic inner 'psychological man'. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138882041

Breakthrough (RLE Edu M)Autobiographical Accounts of the Education of Some Socially Disadvantaged Children Social mobility educational priority areas and equality of opportunity are topics discussed as much today as when this book was first published over 30 years ago. This book is written by people of varying ages and professions who have broken through from poor social beginnings deprived backgrounds and many disadvantages into a high level of professional achievement. Starting in working class or slum environments in areas such as Sheffield Wales Manchester Leeds Huddersfield London Glasgow and Birmingham they describe their struggles and the ways in which they attempted to over-come their earlier deprivations. The descriptions in this volume are illustrations of potential which is present in the most unpromising beginnings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138008335

Breakthrough IT Change Management This is a different book on change management. Using commonsense and practical advice tested in their work with hundreds of organizations the authors walk the reader through clear guidelines and checklists to implement change that works. Readers will develop a change management strategythat starts by diagnosing the current culture and organization then prepares for change carefully addresses resistance to change develops the change strategy measures results builds momentum for further change and prevents deterioration and reversion. The authors then apply their framework to two areas that are major targets for change management: implementing new technology and systems and implementing successful e-business strategies. Included throughout are real-world examples from a number of industries and government. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138461116

Breakthrough Moments in Arts-Based PsychotherapyA Personal Quest to Understand Moments of Transformation in Psychotherapy In psychotherapy clients sometimes experience breakthrough moments - profound moments in which their world and how they view themselves is changed for ever. But what exactly occurs during such moments? In Breakthrough Moments in Arts-Based Psychotherapy the author shares her very personal journey to discover what might be happening at these pivotal moments and demonstrates their importance for clients' change processes. Filled with examples from her own practice the book dips into the worlds of chaos and complexity theory neuroscience quantum physics and theories of change in order to show how the use of arts-media in psychotherapy - visual images and drawing drama and music sand-tray and enactment - can encourage the arrival of these dramatic breakthrough moments. The aim of this unique book is to shine a spotlight for the first time on a deeply profound aspect of arts-based psychotherapy in an accessible and engaging way. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782203063

Breakthrough Technology Project Management Although there are many books of methods and tools in different areas few books actually give detailed tips and lessons on how to effectively set up and manage projects. Most books on project management devote all their space to specific methods. Breakthrough Technology Project Management Second Edition provides tangible guidelines through examples and suggestions to help people participate in and manage projects more effectively. The authors' techniques and guidelines have been proven over the past 15 years in courses and counseling. This book is a valuable tool for those working in information systems engineering computer science operations and production and other environments involving project management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138461154

BreakthroughsRe-creating the American City Large or small America's cities have had a difficult time generating admiration respect or understanding. They have served the nation as sources of commerce finance and the arts. They have taken millions of new Americans from their point of entry and helped newcomers elevate themselves economically into the American mainstream. In recent years the greatest of cities have become command centers of a new global economy. However the headlines from urban America proclaim riot decline and despair.This book is different it is about solutions: the breakthroughs - the indicators that can serve as models for neighborhoods communities and cities in the twenty-first century. In vivid colorful and provocative prose authors Neal R. Peirce and Robert Guskind describe six innovative experiments in urban revitalization: the winners of the Rudy Bruner Award for Excellence in the Urban Environment. The Bruner Award recognizes and rewards innovative projects that blend empowerment diversity and equity with effective design social responsibility and economic viability.Peirce and Guskind describe the premises underlying each project the barriers that were overcome and the results that were achieved. They also provide the vital lessons of what made these efforts work and lessons that stand as requirements for successful projects elsewhere: openness to innovation; decentralized decision-making; broad-based participation; empowerment of locally driven solutions. This is essential reading for students policy-makers planners and all those seeking a glimpse of a future in which we can take pride in being Americans. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412848435

Breaktime and the SchoolUnderstanding and Changing Playground Behaviour Breaktime in the school is a period when pupils learn social skills they will need in the world outside. But it can also be an occasion for aggression harassment and bullying. Breaktime and the School gives an accessible account of the latest research into children's play and behaviour. The contributors show how an understanding of the area can inform practical action in designing an environment which encourages positive behaviour in effective management and supervision and in involving the children themselves in decision-making and conflict resolution. Staff in primary and secondary schools school governors deciding on budget allocations as well as local education authority advisers will find the book essential reading. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138421516

Breakwaters and Closure Dams Breakwaters and closure dams belong to the most spectacular hydraulic structures. They are exposed to the most severe loading by waves and currents either during their construction or during their life cycle.Design and construction of these structures are so vitally interrelated that a proper understanding requires a thorough knowledge of the theory and a proper understanding of practical matters. This book offers an essential integrated combination of theory and practice to the graduate student. Beginning with a description of the functional requirements it discusses the relevant theory and shows the application of experience and theoretical knowledge to the design. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138470347

Breast and Gynecologic Cancer Epidemiology Published in 1983: It is the authors’ intent to provide an overview of the state of knowledge of the epidemiology of cancers of the breast corpus uteri ovary cervix uteri vulva and vagina as of the end of 1981. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367201142

Breast Cancer Gene Research and Medical PracticesTransnational Perspectives in the Time of BRCA The discovery of the two inherited susceptibility genes BRCA1 and BRCA2 in the mid-1990s created the possibility of predictive genetic testing and led to the establishment of specific medical programmes for those at high risk of developing breast cancer in the UK US and Europe. The book provides a coherent structure for examining the diversity of practices and discourses that surround developments linked to BRCA genetics and to the evolving field of genetics more broadly. It will be of interest to students and scholars of anthropology sociology history of science STS public health and bioethics.Chapter 8 of this book is freely available as a downloadable Open Access PDF under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 3.0 license. https://s3-us-west-2.amazonaws.com/tandfbis/rt-files/docs/Open+Access+Chapters/9780415824064_oachapter8.pdf  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367867843

Breast Cancer in the Eighteenth Century Early modern physicians and surgeons tried desperately to understand breast cancer testing new medicines and radically improving operating techniques. In this study the first of its kind Kaartinen explores the emotional responses of patients and their families to the disease in the long eighteenth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138664692

Breast Cancer? Let Me Check My Schedule!Ten Remarkable Women Meet The Challenge Of Fitting Breast Cancer Into Their Very Busy Lives This book features step-by-step tactics to help women handle the emotional sexual and occupational impact of breast cancer and includes practical information on finding proper health care locating support groups and more. . Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367160463

Breast CancerDaughters Tell Their Stories “I will always and forever feel I have a 'hole' in my life where my mother once existed.”“I think when you have to think about the fact you might have to take care of your parents someday and juggle kids at the same time…It's a scary proposition.”“We had open communication during and before the breast cancer. But then after the breast cancer I was often afraid to bring things up in trying to protect Mom.”This insightful book tells the stories of women whose mothers had breast cancer. It uses their own voices to express the common fears and expectations of daughters in the periods before and during their mothers' illnesses involving genetic risks death and dying and changes in their relationships. The case studies tables and figures and two appendices will benefit health professionals and counselors while the poignant narratives will help mothers and daughters better understand their experiences with breast cancer.“I was kind of surprised to be alive and free of cancer at age 42 when at this point my mother was crippled by metastases. When I get to be 43—the age at which my mother died or maybe when I get to 44—it's like 'what do I do?' I have this life that I didn't expect to have.”Breast Cancer: Daughters Tell Their Stories presents the results of a qualitative grounded theory study of breast cancer survivors providing in-depth information about an aspect of breast cancer that has been previously overlooked. The book examines the daughters' experiences through four phases—the period prior to mother's illness the period during mother's illness and treatment the period following mother's death (if mother dies) and the long-term impact. From this study recommendations are compiled for providing or improving services for tomorrow's daughters.“The radical mastectomy left her scarred and disfigured below her nightgown. It was bruised and nasty looking. That was kind of scary. I think that has terrified me since. Sometimes I'll have pains in my left breast and that's what I visualize. It's terrifying.”“I'm not really obsessed about dying of cancer. I'm more along the line of 'If this is going to happen to me and there's a chance it's going to I'm gonna survive. I'm not going to die from it.”From an empathetic perspective this book reveals how many daughters react to and deal with their mothers' diagnoses depending on their age and family situation at the time of their mothers' illnesses. It shows how daughters can gain a more accurate idea of their level of risk by providing educational materials and developing new strategies for communication. It also helps breast cancer survivors see how their illnesses can shape their daughters' future outlook offering new inspiration for resolving and preventing family crises. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315043807

Breast CancerPrognosis Treatment and Prevention Now in its second edition this bestselling title has been extensively revised and expanded to include new topics on:obesity and breast cancerinduction of anti-hormone and anti-growth factor resistance in breast cancerclinical implications of testosterone and breast cancerinsulin-like growth factorsdiscussions on the biological genetic and molecular pathways linked to the development and progression of breast canceranalyses on the latest therapeutic strategies prognostic and predictive factors and prevention strategiesExamining new developments Breast Cancer: Prognosis Treatment and Prevention Second Edition also covers:the mechanism involved in carcinogenesisthe relationship among a fetus pregnancy and breast cancerrecent developments in endocrine treatmentthe relationship among hormone replacement therapy cytotoxic therapy and other non-hormonal approaches for the treatment of metastasesmanagement of locally advanced breast cancer and the importance of BRCA-1 and BRCA-2 in hereditary breast cancerWith new topics and updated chapters this new edition keeps both oncologists and radiologists abreast of the current trends and advancements in the prognosis treatment and prevention of breast cancer. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367387495

Breastfeeding and Medication Sadly women often feel they have no alternative but to give up breastfeeding having been prescribed or purchased medication. In many cases however this is unnecessary. This book outlines the evidence base for the use of medication during breastfeeding. Breastfeeding and Medication presents a comprehensive A to Z guide to the most frequently prescribed drugs and their safety for breastfeeding mothers. Evaluating the evidence for interventions and using a simple format for quickly identifying medications that are safe or unsafe to use it also highlights those drugs where there is inconclusive evidence. Additional contextual information makes this the most complete text for those practitioners who support and treat breastfeeding women. It: provides an overview of the anatomy and physiology of the breast together with hormonal influences to better understand how complications such as mastitis arise and inform the approach to their treatment; includes a section on conditions that affect women specifically when they are lactating where prescription of medication may be necessary; discusses the importance of breastfeeding and its advantages as well as its disadvantages; and explores how to support breastfeeding mothers and presents a counselling model approach. This new edition contains information on more drugs and a chapter on the management of some chronic conditions which may affect breastfeeding mothers. In most cases there are options to support the mother’s optimal care whilst allowing her to continue to breastfeed her baby as long as she wishes. This is a topic which raises many questions on social media which informed the choice of conditions to consider. This is an invaluable reference for all health practitioners and volunteers who work with support and treat breastfeeding women including lactation consultants breastfeeding support workers health visitors GPs practice nurses pharmacists and midwives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138298323

BreastfeedingBiocultural Perspectives Breastfeeding is a biocultural phenomenon: not only is it a biological process but it is also a culturally determined behavior. As such it has important implications for understanding the past present and future condition of our species. In general scholars have emphasized either the biological or the cultural aspects of breastfeeding but not both. As biological anthropologists the editors of this volume feel that an evolutionary approach combining both aspects is essential. One of the goals of their book is to incorporate data from diverse fields to present a more holistic view of breastfeeding through the inclusion of research from a number of different disciplines including biological and social/cultural anthropology nutrition and medicine. The resulting book presenting the complexity of the issues surrounding very basic decisions about infant nutrition will fill a void in the existing literature on breastfeeding. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315081984

BreastfeedingContemporary Issues in Practice and Policy In recent decades global healthcare professionals and organisations have formed a wide evidence-based consensus that breastfeeding is usually the best option for both mother and baby. However women and professionals alike often face a sea of shifting attitudes and values and complex social cultural political and economic factors that may influence women's feeding decisions. This book examines the global evidence and the factors that affect women's decisions around initiating breastfeeding and maintaining it through the first year of their children's lives. It outlines potential areas for development and policy change at practitioner and strategic levels and shows how health professionals can effectively communicate and provide information to help women make unpressured but informed decisions. Breastfeeding - Contemporary Issues in Practice and Policy is essential reading for healthcare professionals policy movers and shapers and all those with an interest in breastfeeding who wish to influence the development of related policies practices and healthcare services. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315376035

BreastfeedingNew Anthropological Approaches Breastfeeding: New Anthropological Approaches unites sociocultural biological and archaeological anthropological scholarship to spark new conversations and research about breastfeeding. While breastfeeding has become the subject of intense debate in many settings anthropological perspectives have played a limited role in these conversations. The present volume seeks to broaden discussions around breastfeeding by showcasing fresh insights gleaned from an array of theoretical and methodological approaches which are grounded in the close study of people across the globe. Drawing on case studies and analyses of key issues in the field the book highlights the power of anthropological research to illuminate the evolutionary historical biological and sociocultural context of the complex lived experience of breastfeeding. By bringing together researchers across three anthropological subfields the volume seeks to produce transformative knowledge about human lactation breastfeeding and human milk. This book is a key resource for scholars of medical and biological anthropology evolutionary biology bioarchaeology sociocultural anthropology and human development. Lactation professionals and peer supporters midwives and others who support infant feeding will find the book an essential read. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138502871

Breath Sounds Methodology Published in 1995: Breath Sounds Methodology is a practical introduction to the measurement of the acoustic properties of the respiratory system. The author describes objective and quantitative methods for extracting the information embedded in the sounds produced in the airways and by the lung during breathing. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367201302

Breathing as a Tool for Self-Regulation and Self-Reflection The book describes how to use breathing as a medium for self-regulation and self-reflection and how balanced breathing thus helps to promote mental and physical health and alleviate symptoms resulting from imbalanced breathing. The authors describe applications of psychophysical breathing therapy in many areas of life developed by both themselves and other professionals trained by them. The approach of the book is based on the interactional aspects between mind and body. A person's breathing style influences their relation both to themselves and to others - and vice versa and thus mental and also physical health. A comprehensive theoretical description of the psychophysical regulation of breathing and the consequences of imbalanced breathing is complemented by material derived from the authors' extensive clinical experience. Psychological orientations used by the writers include object relations theories and psychodynamic cognitive brief and group therapy theories. As a new aspect the writers introduce how breathing patterns are learnt in early interaction. The writers also acknowledge how physical factors affect and interact with psychological factors in producing imbalanced breathing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782203834

Brecht and Critical TheoryDialectics and Contemporary Aesthetics Arguing that Brecht’s aesthetic theories are still highly relevant today and that an appreciation of his theory and theatre is essential to an understanding of modern critical theory this book examines the influence of Brecht’s aesthetic on the pre-eminent materialist critics of the twentieth century: Louis Althusser Walter Benjamin Roland Barthes Frederic Jameson Theodor W. Adorno and Raymond Williams. Re-reading Brecht through the lens of post-structuralism Sean Carney asserts that there is a Lacanian Brecht and a Derridean Brecht: the result of which is a new Brecht whose vital importance for the present is located in decentred theories of subjectivity. Brecht and Critical Theory maps the many ways in which Brechtian thinking pervades critical thought today informing the critical tools and stances that make up the contemporary study of aesthetics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415646154

Brecht in IndiaThe Poetics and Politics of Transcultural Theatre Brecht in India analyses the dramaturgy and theatrical practices of the German playwright Bertolt Brecht in post-independence India. The book explores how post-independence Indian drama is an instance of a cultural palimpsest a site celebrating a dialogue between Western and Indian theatrical traditions rather than a homogenous and isolated canon. Analysing the dissemination of a selection of Brecht’s plays in the Hindi belt between the 1960s and the 1990s this study demonstrates that Brecht’s work provided aesthetic and ideological paradigms to modern Hindi playwrights helping them develop and stage a national identity. The book also traces how the reception of Brecht was mediated in India how it helped post-independence Indian playwrights formulate a political theatre and how the dissemination of Brechtian aesthetics in India addressed the anxiety related to the stasis in Brechtian theatre in Europe. Tracking the dialogue between Brechtian aesthetics in India and Europe and a history of deliberate cultural resistance Brecht in India is an invaluable resource for academics and students of theatre studies and theatre historiography as well as scholars of post-colonial history and literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367466749

BREEAM and the Code for Sustainable Homes on the London 2012 Olympic ParkLessons from the Velodrome Aquatics Centre and the Olympic and Par This publication contributes to the ‘learning legacy’ for the London 2012 Olympic and Paralympic Games and shares the lessons learned about sustainable design and construction on this exceptional project with the construction industry. The report examines the achievement of high levels of sustainability on two of the key venues at the Olympic Park: the use of the BRE Environmental Assessment Method (BREEAM) in the design and construction of the Velodrome and Aquatics Centre; and the use of the Code for Sustainable Homes on the Olympic and Paralympic Village. The findings of these projects will be especially valuable to clients designers and contractors. Media > Books > Print Books IHS BRE Press 9781848062740

Breeches and MetaphysicsThackeray's German Discourse "This study traces the successive stages of Thackeray's contact with the German world and analyses the discourse he developed as a result. The author is concerned with the fiction and criticism of Thackeray's :Paris Sketch Book"" and the impressions related by the cockney traveller in ""Irish Sketch Book"" and ""Notes of a Journey from Cornhill to Grand Cairo"". Thackeray's own pictorial illustrations of his writings and those by Cruikshank Doyle and Walker which he supervised and supplemented are recognized as an integral part of his German discourse. The study is a chronological one setting Thackeray's construction of ""German"" and ""the Germans"" against the background of his own development and of the social industrial cultural and political history of Britain and its continental neighbours." Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351199278

Breeding Services for Small Dairy FarmersSharing the Indian Experience Better validation of indigenous domestic animal genetic resources is becoming more important with regard to the potential of livestock for poverty alleviation and income generation. To improve indigenous breeds for sustainable income and employment generation the methods to be employed are the same as developed in systematic breeding programs be it for cross-breeding or selective breeding within a specific breed. This book systematically introduces the reader to the breed improvement theory and illustrates the theory with practical examples and case studies. The book is addressed to animal science teachers to undergraduate and postgraduate students as well as to decision makers in the state and central livestock departments. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138401549

Brexit and Aviation Law Focusing on the consequences of Brexit for aviation law this book presents the key legal issues for aviation business and administration as well as all major stakeholders that could potentially be affected by Brexit. This will include airlines airports aerospace manufacturers regulatory and judicial institutions passengers and employees. The book will indicate groups of legal acts disturbed by Brexit and those few that will remain untouched and develop on this basis a digest of regulatory and institutional problems that will arise in various areas of the discussed sector. Finally the short title will deliberate on the directions of possible actions which may be undertaken to avoid post-Brexit legal incoherence. This review should give essential guidance to the industry and the authorities on both sides of the English Channel as to what to expect and how to prepare for the forthcoming legal earthquake. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367606572

Brexit and Europe's Crises The shock of the vote for Brexit – the UK’s 23 June 2016 referendum on leaving the European Union – is being felt in all areas of the UK policy community: in domestic and foreign affairs in politics economics and the law. But the IISS is an international institution and Brexit is not just a British phenomenon. Spanning 13 years this collection of articles depict a European project struggling to expand geographically to deepen institutionally and to survive in the face of political economic and security threats worldwide. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138598843

Brexit and LiteratureCritical and Cultural Responses Brexit is a political economic and administrative event: and it is a cultural one too. In Brexit and Literature Robert Eaglestone brings together a diverse range of literary scholars writers and poets to respond to this aspect of Brexit. The discipline of ‘English’ as the very name suggests is concerned with cultural and national identity: literary studies has always addressed ideas of nationalism and the wider political process. With the ramifications of Brexit expected to last for decades to come Brexit and Literature offers the first academic study of its impact on and through the humanities. Including a preface from Baroness Young of Hornsey Brexit and Literature is a bold and unapologetic volume focusing on the immediate effects of the divisive referendum while meditating on its long-term impact. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815376699

Brexit and Procurement Law Public procurement law regulating public sector purchasing of certain contracts for goods works and services is an area of EU law which is closely intertwined with the UK's economy. It will almost inevitably be affected by the consequences of Brexit. At a time of significant uncertainty this book explores policy directions which domestic procurement law could take in the future including whether 'Buy National' policies might feasibly be introduced or whether existing procurement procedures could be significantly reviewed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138591073

Brexit and the Car Industry One of the principal arguments put forth by Brexit supporters is that by freeing the UK from the stranglehold of EU law the country will be able to expand its markets through increased bilateral trade and enhance economic growth. This book tests this proposition by reference to the car industry. Brexit and the Car Industry explores the international position of the car market to argue that the hope of Brexit bringing regulatory freedom is illusory. The book starts by examining the structure of the vehicle industry how its regulatory framework evolved and how the environment in which it operates is constrained by international standards and the practicalities associated with trading across different regulatory systems. By examining the evolution of vehicle regulations particularly related to the environment it argues that a UK independent path is not only impractical but self-defeating. The private car market is structured in such a way that is global and meeting the various international regulatory requirements is a price of entry requirement which no bilateral trade agreements are likely to alter. The book also considers changing environment affecting the car industry in the context of an aspiration for regulatory freedom. The response to climate change and the impact of technological change – specifically driverless vehicles – are big questions for the industry and both are examined in this book. The book also considers the emergence of large metropolitan areas imposing their own use and environmental requirements operating separately to national standards. The future of electric and autonomous vehicles combined with the complexity of the regulatory environment with both international and localised pollution measures make the UK navigating a safe independent path through with a viable car industry highly questionable.　 Providing a comprehensive review of the relationship between regulatory frameworks and free trading models this book is aimed at industry and legal professionals. It will also be of interest to students studying market behaviour free trade law and the free movement of goods and environmental protection. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367086985

Brexit and the CommonwealthWhat Next? The decision of the UK to ‘Leave’ the European Union (EU) was unexpected and as a consequence the precise details of what would come next were left very unclear and still today there is little certainty or agreement over what ‘Brexit’ will actually mean. It is within this context that this edited volume has been produced. The Commonwealth featured quite heavily in the referendum campaign particularly on the ‘Leave’ side; claiming that a vote for Brexit would allow the UK to re-new and extend links with the countries of the Commonwealth. However critics highlighted the potential limitations of a new bilateral link and that in many instances the UK’s role is strengthened by its membership of the EU. The tension between aspiration and likely reality is a key theme of the volume. Another is how the decision of the UK may have consequences across the Commonwealth in terms of both domestic policy and regional cooperation. In short the volume shines a detailed light on the historical and contemporary nature of relations between the UK and the Commonwealth. Linked to this and possibly of greatest utility is the consideration of how policy should be formulated to best strengthen the relationship in the future.  This book originally appeared as a special issue of The Round Table. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367891763

Brexit and the Political Economy of FragmentationThings Fall Apart Brexit means Brexit and other meaningless mantras have simply confirmed that confusion and uncertainty have dominated the early stages of this era defining event. Though there has been a lack of coherent and substantive policy goals from the UK government this does not prevent analysis of the various causes of Brexit and the likely constraints on and consequences of the various forms Brexit might take. Is Brexit a last gasp of neoliberalism in decline? Is it a signal of the demise of the EU? Is it possible that the UK electorate will get what they thought they voted for (and what was that)? Will a populist agenda run foul of economic and political reality? What chance for the UK of a brave new world of bespoke trade treaties straddling a post-geography world? Is the UK set to become a Singapore-lite tax haven? What is the difference between a UK-centric and a UK-centred point of view on Brexit? Will Brexit augment disintegrative tendencies in the European and world economy? These are some of the questions explored in this timely set of essays penned by some of the best known names in political economy and international political economy. The chapters in this book originally published as a special issue in Globalizations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367892616

Brexit Geographies This comprehensive volume explores the political social economic and geographical implications of Brexit within the context of an already divided UK state. It demonstrates how support for Brexit not only sharpened differences within England and between the separate nations comprising the UK state but also reflected how austerity politics against which the referendum was conducted impacted differently with north and south urban and rural becoming embroiled in the Leave vote. This book explores how as the process of negotiating the secession of the UK from the EU was to demonstrate the seemingly intractable problem of the Irish border and the need to maintain a ‘soft border’ provided a continuing obstacle to a smooth transition. The authors in this book also explore various other profound questions that have been raised by Brexit; questions of citizenship of belonging of the probable impacts of Brexit for key economic sectors including agriculture and its meaning for gender politics. The book also brings to the forefront how the UK was geographically imagined – a new lexicon of ‘left behind places’ ‘citizens of somewhere’ and ‘citizens of nowhere’ conjuring up new imaginations of the spaces and places making up the UK. This book draws out the wider implications of Brexit for a refashioned geography. It was originally published as a special issue of the journal Space and Polity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367236755

Brezhnev and the Decline of the Soviet Union Leonid Brezhnev was leader of the Soviet Union from 1964-1982 a longer period than any other Soviet leader apart from Stalin. During Brezhnev’s time Soviet power seemed at its height and increasing. Living standards were rising the Soviet Union was a nuclear power and successful in its space missions and the Soviet Union's influence reached into all part of the world. Yet as this book which provides a comprehensive overview and reassessment of Brezhnev’s life early political career and career as leader shows the seeds of decline were sown in Brezhnev's time. There was a huge over-commitment of resources to the Soviet industrial-military complex and to massively expensive foreign policy overstretch. At the same time there was a failure to deliver on citizens' rising expectations and an overconfident ignoring of dissidents and their demands. The book will be of great interest to Russian specialists and also to scholars of international relations and world history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138687349

Brezhnev's Peace ProgramA Study Of Soviet Domestic Political Process And Power This analysis of the Soviet Union's foreign policymaking process focuses on Brezhnev's Peace Program a foreign policy plan undertaken in the 1970s to normalize political-economic relations with the West and to moderate military competition. It clarifies the distribution of power among leaders. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367171568

BRI and International Cooperation in Industrial CapacityCountry Cooperation Guide BRI and International Cooperation in Industrial Capacity: Country Cooperation Guide provides research reports on international production capacity and equipment-manufacturing cooperation of major countries offering a better understanding of the destination country’s information and its market trend facilitating decision-making for both domestic and foreign investors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367192785

BRI and International Cooperation in Industrial CapacityIndustrial Layout Study BRI and International Production Capacity Cooperation: Industrial Layout conducts analysis on China’s advantageous surplus capacity of various industries and measures for optimizing their overseas layout with experience on production capacity cooperation of home and abroad providing a wealth of information for a thorough understanding on relevant areas to domestic and foreign investors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367192747

Brian FrielA Casebook First published in 1997 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138870512

Bribery and CorruptionHow to Be an Impeccable and Profitable Corporate Citizen Politicians and regulators do not run businesses. Bribery and Corruption is for managers who do. It will help you transform uncertainties and problems created via legislation and regulations (such as The UK Bribery Act The Proceeds of Crime Act The Foreign Corrupt Practices Act Sarbanes-Oxley) into opportunities to: ¢ Maintain entrepreneurial profitable and enjoyable working environments while easily surpassing compliance standards ¢ Control incoming internal outgoing competitive corruption and fraud ¢ Take decisions in grey areas confidently Bribery and Corruption frames control and compliance in an entirely different way: not as a brake on your company’s forward motion but as essential protective equipment enabling you to go faster and further in safety. Written by the world’s leading practitioners in the fields of fraud prevention detection and investigation with massive practical experience in both commercial and governmental sectors Bribery and Corruption exposes the misconceptions myths and corruption of the word bribery and suggests effective solutions that go well beyond simple compliance. It commits to assertive managerial rather than timorous legal solutions to anti-bribery and other laws. It explains how processes can be tested - using automated fraud detection software - to expose current cases of fraud and corruption or to provide assurance that controls are functioning optimally. It tackles the usually ignored problems of stratospheric political academic and media corruption which often motivate commercial bribery. It exposes the dangers of employee to employee corruption; skulduggery by blue collar workers and lots more. Over the last 25 years Mike Comer occasionally writing with Tim Stephens has been responsible for some of the most readable and influential books on fraud. Bribery and Corruption is another tour de force complete authoritative and yet a great pleasure to read. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409453574

Brick and Block Masonry - From Historical to Sustainable MasonryProceedings of the 17th International Brick/Block Masonry Conference (17thIB Brick and Block Masonry - From Historical to Sustainable Masonry contains the keynote and semi-keynote lectures and all accepted regular papers presented online during the 17th International Brick and Block Masonry Conference IB2MaC (Kraków Poland July 5-8 2020). Masonry is one of the oldest structures with more than 6 000 years of history. However it is still one of the most popular and traditional building materials showing new and more attractive features and uses. Modern masonry based on new and modified traditional materials and solutions offers a higher quality of life energy savings and more sustainable development. Hence masonry became a more environmentally friendly building structure. Brick and Block Masonry - From Historical to Sustainable Masonry focuses on historical current and new ideas related to masonry development and will provide a very good platform for sharing knowledge and experiences and for learning about new materials and technologies related to masonry structures. The book will be a valuable compendium of knowledge for researchers representatives of industry and building management for curators and conservators of monuments and for students. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367565862

Brick and Block MasonryProceedings of the 16th International Brick and Block Masonry Conference Padova Italy 26-30 June 2016 Brick and Block Masonry - Trends Innovations and Challenges contains the lectures and regular papers presented at the 16th International Brick and Block Masonry Conference (Padova Italy 26-30 June 2016). In an ever-changing world in which innovations are rapidly implemented but soon surpassed the challenge for masonry the oldest and most traditional building material is that it can address the increasingly pressing requirements of quality of living safety and sustainability. This abstracts volume and full paper USB device focusing on challenges innovations trends and ideas related to masonry in both research and building practice will proof to be a valuable source of information for researchers and practitioners masonry industries and building management authorities construction professionals and educators. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138029996

Brickwork Brickwork allows the reader to develop their understanding of key subjects by completing the numerous exercises and tests including multiple choice questions. In addition each topic begins with a summary of key facts and figures making this an ideal course text based round core information and assessments rather than reading an extended text. The coverage includes health and safety and basic calculations as well as the technical and practical aspects of brickwork. All students of bricklaying will find this a stimulating and useful revision aid. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138407923

Brickwork for Apprentices Expanded and edited by Malcolm Thorpe a former CITB Advisor this latest edition incorporates all the latest industry-based requirements and technical developments in the construction industry. A new feature is the e-resource facility that includes multiple choice questions and answers short oral questions and answers and practical competency checks with marking schemes. These are all matched to current programmes providing students with essential practice and revision for exam preparation. A classic text Brickwork for Apprentices has been the established reference on brickwork for generations of bricklayers. Continuously in print since 1944 John Hodge’s classic text has now been revised in its sixth edition and brought fully in line with the latest Building Regulations and requirements for City & Guilds courses. This is an essential text for qualified bricklayers and other professionals working in construction as well as students new to the industry and wishing to embark on a career in bricklaying. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367624347

Brickwork Level 1 Brickwork Level 1 has been adapted from John Hodges’s classic Brickwork for Apprentices – the established textbook on brickwork for bricklayers. Designed to meet new requirements of the City and Guilds bricklaying programmes this book has been written to match the latest industry-based requirements and technical developments in the field including recent changes to the Building Regulations. Each chapter follows the syllabus and contains a section of multiple-choice questions to provide trainees with vital practice for the job knowledge and multiple-choice tests. Highly illustrated throughout and now in full colour this is the essential reference for qualified bricklayers and other professionals working in the construction industry as well as students wishing to embark on a career in bricklaying. There is also the facility to access the Support Material on the Routledge website that includes: PowerPoint slides for each chapter Lesson plans and schemes of work Multiple-choice questions and answers Job knowledge questions and answers Practical drawings and mark sheets Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367625344

Brickwork Level 1 As part of their everyday work bricklayers must be able to interpret technical documents understand the properties of various mortars/building materials and understand the basics of health and safety on site. Brickwork Level 1 is in full colour and has been tailored to match Level 1 of both the Construction Alliance Awards Diplomas in Bricklaying and the Trowel Occupations NVQs. Written by Malcolm Thorpe who acted as a CITB adviser and was involved in the draughting of the Intermediate Construction Award syllabus (bricklaying route) Brickwork Level 1 matches the latest industry-based requirements and technical developments in the field including recent changes to the Building Regulations. This text is an essential reference for qualified bricklayers and other professionals working in the construction industry as well as NVQ students wishing to embark on a career in bricklaying. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138407916

Brickwork Level 2 Brickwork Level 2 has been adapted from John Hodge’s classic Brickwork for Apprentices – the established textbook on brickwork for bricklayers. Designed to meet new requirements of the City and Guilds bricklaying programmes this book has been written to match the latest industry-based requirements and technical developments in the field including recent changes to the Building Regulations. Each chapter follows the syllabus and contains a section of multiple-choice questions to provide trainees with vital practice for the job knowledge and multiple-choice tests. Highly illustrated throughout and now in full colour this is the essential reference for qualified bricklayers and other professionals working in the construction industry as well as students wishing to embark on a career in bricklaying. There is also the facility to access the Support Material on the Routledge website which includes: PowerPoint slides for each chapter Lesson plans and schemes of work Multiple-choice questions and answers Job knowledge questions and answers Practical drawings and mark sheets Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367625368

Brickwork Level 2 As part of their everyday work bricklayers must be able to interpret technical documents understand the properties of various mortars/building materials and understand the basics of health and safety on site. Brickwork Level 2 has been adapted from John Hodge’s classic Brickwork for Apprentices - the established textbook on brickwork for generations of bricklayers. Now in full colour this new book has been tailored to match Level 2 of both the Construction Alliance Awards Diplomas in Bricklaying and the Trowel Occupations NVQs. Written by Malcolm Thorpe who acted as a CITB adviser and was involved in the draughting of the Intermediate Construction Award syllabus (bricklaying route) Brickwork Level 2 matches the latest industry-based requirements and technical developments in the field including recent changes to the Building Regulations. This text will remain an essential reference for qualified bricklayers and other professionals working in the construction industry as well as NVQ students wishing to embark on a career in bricklaying. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138407909

Brickwork Level 3 Brickwork Level 3 has been adapted from John Hodge's classic Brickwork for Apprentices – the established textbook on brickwork for bricklayers. Designed to meet new requirements of the City and Guilds bricklaying programmes this book has been written to match the latest industry-based requirements and technical developments in the field including recent changes to the Building Regulations. Each chapter follows the syllabus and contains a section of multiple-choice questions to provide trainees with vital practice for the job knowledge and multiple-choice tests. Highly illustrated throughout and now in full colour this is the essential reference for qualified bricklayers and other professionals working in the construction industry as well as students wishing to embark on a career in bricklaying. There is also the facility to access the Support Material on the Routledge website which includes: PowerPoint slides for each chapter Lesson plans and schemes of work Multiple-choice questions and answers Job knowledge questions and answers Practical drawings and mark sheets Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367625511

Brickwork Level 3 As part of their everyday work bricklayers must be able to interpret technical documents understand the properties of various mortars/building materials and understand the basics of health and safety on site. Brickwork Level 3 has been adapted from John Hodge’s classic Brickwork for Apprentices - the established textbook on brickwork for generations of bricklayers. Now in full colour this new book has been tailored to match Level 3 of both the Construction Alliance Awards Diplomas in Bricklaying and the Trowel Occupations NVQs. Written by Malcolm Thorpe who acted as a CITB adviser and was involved in the draughting of the Intermediate Construction Award syllabus (bricklaying route) Brickwork Level 3 matches the latest industry-based requirements and technical developments in the field including recent changes to the Building Regulations. This text will remain an essential reference for qualified bricklayers and other professionals working in the construction industry as well as NVQ students wishing to embark on a career in bricklaying. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138407893

BRICS and Global Governance The past few decades have witnessed the development of an increasingly globalised and multipolar world order in which the demand for multilateralism becomes ever more pronounced. The BRICS group established in 2009 has evolved into a plurilateral summit institution recognized both by sceptics and proponents as a major participant in the international system. Addressing the BRICS’s role in global governance this book critically examines the club’s birth and evolution mechanisms of inter-BRICS cooperation its agenda priorities BRICS countries’ interests decisions made by members their collective and individual compliance with the agreed commitments and the patterns of BRICS engagement with other international institutions. This volume advances the current state of knowledge on global governance architecture the BRICS role in this system and the benefits it has provided and can provide for world order. This book will interest scholars and graduate students who are researching the rise and role of emerging powers global governance China and India’s approach to global order and relationship with the United States Great Power politics democratization as a foreign policy strategy realist theory-building and hegemonic transitions and the (crisis of) liberal world order. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367524500

BRICS and MICs: Implications for Global Agrarian Transformation The economic and political rise of the BRICS countries (Brazil Russia India China and South Africa) and powerful middle-income countries (MICs) such as Argentina Indonesia and Turkey has far-reaching implications for global agrarian transformation. These countries are key sites of agricultural commodity production distribution circulation and consumption and are contributing to major shifts in the character of agro-food systems. This comprehensive collection explores these issues through the lens of critical agrarian studies which examine fundamental social change in and in relation to rural worlds. The authors explore key themes such as the processes of agrarian change associated with individual countries within the grouping the role and impact of BRICS countries within their respective regions the role of other MICs within these regions and the rising importance of MICs within global and regional agro-food systems. The book encompasses a wide variety of case studies including the expansion of South African agrarian capital within Africa; Brazil as a regional agro-food power and its complex relationship with China which has been investing heavily in Brazil; the role of BRICS and MICs in Bolivia’s soy complex; crop booms within China; China’s role in land deals in Southeast Asia; and Vietnamese investment in Cambodia.This book will be of interest to students and researchers of critical agrarian studies with a focus on BRICS and MICs. It was originally published as a special issue of the journal Globalizations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367664114

BRICS MediaReshaping the Global Communication Order? Bringing together distinguished scholars from BRICS nations and those with deep interest and knowledge of these emerging powers this collection makes a significant intervention in the ongoing debates about comparative communication research and thus contributes to the further internationalization of media and communication studies. The unprecedented expansion of online media in the world’s major non-Western nations exemplified by BRICS (Brazil Russia India China and South Africa) is transforming global communication. Despite their differences and divergences on key policy issues what unites these five nations representing more than 20 per cent of the global GDP is the scale and scope of change in their communication environment triggered by a multilingual mobile Internet. The resulting networked and digitized communication ecology has reoriented international media and communication flows. Evaluating the implications of globalization of BRICS media on the reshaping of international communication the book frames this within the contexts of theory-building on media and communication systems soft power discourses and communication practices including in cyberspace. Adopting a critical approach in analysing BRICS communication strategies and their effectiveness the book assesses the role of the BRICS nations in reframing a global communication order for a ‘post-American world’. This critical volume of essays is ideal for students teachers and researchers in journalism media politics sociology international relations area studies and cultural studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138604032

BRICS National Systems of Innovation This series of books brings together results of an extensive research programme on aspects of the national systems of innovation (NSI) in the five BRICS countries — Brazil Russia India China and South Africa. It provides a comprehensive and comparative examination of the challenges and opportunities faced by these dynamic and emerging economies. In discussing the impact of innovation with respect to economic geopolitical socio-cultural institutional and technological systems it reveals the possibilities of new development paradigms for equitable and sustainable growth. Original and detailed data together with expert analyses on wide-ranging issues make this book an invaluable resource for researchers and scholars in economics development studies and political science in addition to policymakers and development practitioners interested in the BRICS countries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780415735711

Bride of Hades to Bride of ChristThe Virgin and the Otherworldly Bridegroom in Ancient Greece and Early Christian Rome This volume argues that ancient Greek girls and early Christian virgins and their families made use of rhetorically similar traditions of marriage to an otherworldly bridegroom in order to handle the problem of a girl’s denied or disrupted transition into adulthood. In both ancient Greece and early Christian Rome the standard female transition into adulthood was marked by marriage sex and childbirth. When problems arose just before or during this transition the transitional girl’s status within society became insecure. Walker presents a case for how and why the dead Greek virgin girl depicted in Archaic through Hellenistic sources in both texts and inscriptions as a bride of Hades and the life-long female Christian virgin or celibate ascetic dubbed the bride of Christ around the third century CE provide a fruitful point of comparison as particular examples of strategies used to neutralize the tension of disrupted female transition into adulthood. Bride of Hades to Bride of Christ offers a fascinating comparative study that will be of interest to anyone working on virginity and womanhood in the ancient world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138481626

Bridge Deck Analysis Captures Current Developments in Bridge Design and MaintenanceRecent research in bridge design and maintenance has focused on the serviceability problems of older bridges with aging joints. The favored solution of integral construction and design has produced bridges with fewer joints and bearings that require less maintenance and deliver increased durability. Bridge Deck Analysis Second Edition outlines this growing development and covers the structural analysis of most common bridge forms. It introduces reliability analysis an emergent method that allows bridge engineers to determine risk when maintaining older or damaged bridges. Explains the Background Theory along with Practical ToolsThis book includes practical examples of everyday problems in bridge engineering and presents real-life examples of the application of reliability analysis. The authors show how reliability analysis can determine structural safety even for bridges which have failed a deterministic assessment. They also update other chapters to reflect the most current advancements towards more sophisticated analysis and the more widespread use of finite element software.What’s New in this Edition:Incorporates new research on soil-structure interactionA new section with examples of how to analyze for the effects of creepGreatly expands the sections on 3-D brick finite elementsNow consistent with both Eurocodes and AASHTO standards An appropriate resource for senior undergraduates taking an advanced course on bridge engineering Bridge Deck Analysis is also suitable for practicing engineers and other professionals involved in the development of bridge design. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367869397

Bridge Deck Behaviour This book describes the underlying behaviour of steel and concrete bridge decks. It shows how complex structures can be analysed with physical reasoning and relatively simple computer models and without complicated mathematics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367863425

Bridge Design Assessment and Monitoring Bridges play important role in modern infrastructural system. This book provides an up-to-date overview of the field of bridge engineering as well as the recent significant contributions to the process of making rational decisions in bridge design assessment and monitoring and resources optimization deployment for the purpose of enhancing the welfare of society.Tang specifies the purposes and requirements of the conceptual bridge design considering　bridge types basic elements structural systems and load conditions. Cremona and Poulin propose an assessment procedure for existing bridges. Kallias et al. develop a framework for the performance assessment of metallic bridges under atmospheric exposure by integrating coating deterioration and corrosion modelling. Soriano et al. employ a simplified approach to estimate the maximum traffic load effect on a highway bridge and compare the results with other approaches based on on-site weigh-in-motion data. Akiyama et al. propose a method for reliability-based durability design and service life assessment of reinforced concrete deck slab of jetty structures. Chen et al. propose a meso-scale model to simulate the uniform and pitting corrosion of rebar in concrete and to obtain the crack patterns of the concrete with different rebar arrangements. Ruan et al. present a traffic load model for long span multi-pylon cable- stayed bridges. Khuc and Catbas implement a non-target vision- based method for the measurement of both static and dynamic displacements time histories. Finally Cruz presents the career of the outstanding bridge engineer Edgar Cardoso in the fields of bridge design and experimental analysis.　The book serves as a valuable reference to all concerned with bridge structure and infrastructure systems including students researchers engineers consultants and contractors from all areas sections of bridge engineering.The chapters originally published as a special issue in Structure and Infrastructure Engineering. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367572204

Bridge EmploymentA Research Handbook With the long-term trend toward earlier retirement slowing and the majority of older workers remaining in employment up to and beyond statutory retirement age it is increasingly important that we understand how to react to these changes. Bridge employment patterns and activities have changed greatly over the past decade yet there is little information about the benefits of the various different forms this can take both for employees and employers. This comparative international collection provides the first comprehensive summary of the literature on bridge employment bringing together experiences from Europe the United States Canada Australia and Japan. It identifies the opportunities barriers and gaps in knowledge and practice whilst offering recommendations on how organisations and individuals can cope with future challenges in aging and work. Written by international experts in the field each chapter also makes substantive and contextualized suggestions for public policy and organizational decision-makers providing them with a roadmap to implement and integrate bridge employment into policies and practices designed to prolong working life - a priority for workers organizations and societies in the coming decades. This unique research handbook will be useful to a wide range of readers with an interest in the new concept of bridge employment and the extension of working life and of interest to researchers and practitioners in organizational behavior labor market analysis human resource management career development/counselling occupational health social economy and public policy administration Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415829090

Bridge Engineering Handbook Five Volume Set Over 140 experts 14 countries and 89 chapters are represented in the second edition of the Bridge Engineering Handbook. This extensive collection provides detailed information on bridge engineering and thoroughly explains the concepts and practical applications surrounding the subject and also highlights bridges from around the world. Published in five books: Fundamentals Superstructure Design Substructure Design Seismic Design and Construction and Maintenance this new edition provides numerous worked-out examples that give readers step-by-step design procedures includes contributions by leading experts from around the world in their respective areas of bridge engineering contains 26 completely new chapters and updates most other chapters. It offers design concepts specifications and practice and presents various types of bridges. The text includes over 2 500 tables charts illustrations and photos. The book covers new innovative and traditional methods and practices; explores rehabilitation retrofit and maintenance; and examines seismic design and building materials. This text is an ideal reference for practicing bridge engineers and consultants (design construction maintenance) and can also be used as a reference for students in bridge engineering courses. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439852057

Bridge Engineering HandbookConstruction and Maintenance Over 140 experts 14 countries and 89 chapters are represented in the second edition of the Bridge Engineering Handbook. This extensive collection highlights bridge engineering specimens from around the world contains detailed information on bridge engineering and thoroughly explains the concepts and practical applications surrounding the subject. Published in five books: Fundamentals Superstructure Design Substructure Design Seismic Design and Construction and Maintenance this new edition provides numerous worked-out examples that give readers step-by-step design procedures includes contributions by leading experts from around the world in their respective areas of bridge engineering contains 26 completely new chapters and updates most other chapters. It offers design concepts specifications and practice as well as the various types of bridges. The text includes over 2 500 tables charts illustrations and photos. The book covers new innovative and traditional methods and practices; explores rehabilitation retrofit and maintenance; and examines seismic design and building materials. The fifth book Construction and Maintenance contains 19 chapters and covers the practical issues of bridge structures. What’s New in the Second Edition:  Includes nine new chapters: Steel Bridge Fabrication Cable-Supported Bridge Construction Accelerated Bridge Construction Bridge Management Using Pontis and Improved Concepts Bridge Maintenance Bridge Health Monitoring Nondestructive Evaluation Methods for Bridge Elements Life-Cycle Performance Analysis and Optimization and Bridge Construction Methods  Rewrites the Bridge Construction Inspection chapter and retitles it as: Bridge Construction Supervision and Inspection  Expands and rewrites the Maintenance Inspection and Rating chapter into three chapters: Bridge Inspection Steel Bridge Evaluation and Rating and Concrete Bridge Evaluation and Rating; and the Strengthening and Rehabilitation chapter into two chapters: Rehabilitation and Strengthening of Highway Bridge Superstructures and Rehabilitation and Strengthening of Orthotropic Steel Bridge Decks This text is an ideal reference for practicing bridge engineers and consultants (design construction maintenance) and can also be used as a reference for students in bridge engineering courses. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439852088

Bridge Engineering HandbookFundamentals Over 140 experts 14 countries and 89 chapters are represented in the second edition of The Bridge Engineering Handbook. This extensive collection highlights bridge engineering specimens from around the world contains detailed information on bridge engineering and thoroughly explains the concepts and practical applications surrounding the subject. Published in five books: Fundamentals Superstructure Design Substructure Design Seismic Design and Construction and Maintenance this new edition provides numerous worked-out examples that give readers step-by-step design procedures includes contributions by leading experts from around the world in their respective areas of bridge engineering contains 26 completely new chapters and updates most other chapters. It offers design concepts specifications and practice as well as the various types of bridges. The text includes over 2 500 tables charts illustrations and photos. The book covers new innovative and traditional methods and practices explores rehabilitation retrofit and maintenance and examines seismic design and building materials. The first book Fundamentals contains 22 chapters and covers aesthetics planning design specifications structural modeling fatigue and fracture. What’s New in the Second Edition: • Covers the basic concepts theory and special topics of bridge engineering • Includes seven new chapters: Finite Element Method High Speed Railway Bridges Concrete Design Steel Design Structural Performance Indicators for Bridges High Performance Steel and Design and Damage Evaluation Methods for Reinforced Concrete Beams under Impact Loading • Provides substantial updates to existing chapters including Conceptual Design Bridge Aesthetics: Achieving Structural Art in Bridge Design and Application of Fiber Reinforced Polymers in Bridges This text is an ideal reference for practicing bridge engineers and consultants (design construction maintenance) and can also be used as a reference for students in bridge engineering courses. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439852071

Bridge Engineering HandbookSeismic Design Over 140 experts 14 countries and 89 chapters are represented in the second edition of the Bridge Engineering Handbook. This extensive collection highlights bridge engineering specimens from around the world contains detailed information on bridge engineering and thoroughly explains the concepts and practical applications surrounding the subject. Published in five books: Fundamentals Superstructure Design Substructure Design Seismic Design and Construction and Maintenance this new edition provides numerous worked-out examples that give readers step-by-step design procedures includes contributions by leading experts from around the world in their respective areas of bridge engineering contains 26 completely new chapters and updates most other chapters. It offers design concepts specifications and practice as well as the various types of bridges. The text includes over 2 500 tables charts illustrations and photos. The book covers new innovative and traditional methods and practices; explores rehabilitation retrofit and maintenance; and examines seismic design and building materials. The fourth book Seismic Design contains 18 chapters and covers seismic bridge analysis and design. What’s New in the Second Edition: Includes seven new chapters: Seismic Random Response Analysis Displacement-Based Seismic Design of Bridges Seismic Design of Thin-Walled Steel and CFT Piers Seismic Design of Cable-Supported Bridges and three chapters covering Seismic Design Practice in California China and Italy Combines Seismic Retrofit Practice and Seismic Retrofit Technology into one chapter called Seismic Retrofit Technology Rewrites Earthquake Damage to Bridges and Seismic Design of Concrete Bridges chapters Rewrites Seismic Design Philosophies and Performance-Based Design Criteria chapter and retitles it as Seismic Bridge Design Specifications for the United States Revamps Seismic Isolation and Supplemental Energy Dissipation chapter and retitles it as Seismic Isolation Design for Bridges This text is an ideal reference for practicing bridge engineers and consultants (design construction maintenance) and can also be used as a reference for students in bridge engineering courses. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439852187

Bridge Engineering HandbookSubstructure Design   Over 140 experts 14 countries and 89 chapters are represented in the second edition of the Bridge Engineering Handbook. This extensive collection highlights bridge engineering specimens from around the world contains detailed information on bridge engineering and thoroughly explains the concepts and practical applications surrounding the subject. Published in five books: Fundamentals Superstructure Design Substructure Design Seismic Design and Construction and Maintenance this new edition provides numerous worked-out examples that give readers step-by-step design procedures includes contributions by leading experts from around the world in their respective areas of bridge engineering contains 26 completely new chapters and updates most other chapters. It offers design concepts specifications and practice as well as the various types of bridges. The text includes over 2 500 tables charts illustrations and photos. The book covers new innovative and traditional methods and practices; explores rehabilitation retrofit and maintenance; and examines seismic design and building materials. The third book Substructure Design contains 11 chapters addressing the various substructure components. What’s New in the Second Edition: • Includes new chapter: Landslide Risk Assessment and Mitigation • Rewrites the Shallow Foundation chapter • Rewrites the Geotechnical Consideration chapter and retitles it as: Ground Investigation • Updates the Abutments and Retaining Structures chapter and divides it into two chapters: Abutments and Earth Retaining Structures This text is an ideal reference for practicing bridge engineers and consultants (design construction maintenance) and can also be used as a reference for students in bridge engineering courses. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439852194

Bridge Engineering HandbookSuperstructure Design Over 140 experts 14 countries and 89 chapters are represented in the second edition of the Bridge Engineering Handbook. This extensive collection highlights bridge engineering specimens from around the world contains detailed information on bridge engineering and thoroughly explains the concepts and practical applications surrounding the subject. Published in five books: Fundamentals Superstructure Design Substructure Design Seismic Design and Construction and Maintenance this new edition provides numerous worked-out examples that give readers step-by-step design procedures includes contributions by leading experts from around the world in their respective areas of bridge engineering contains 26 completely new chapters and updates most other chapters. It offers design concepts specifications and practice as well as the various types of bridges. The text includes over 2 500 tables charts illustrations and photos. The book covers new innovative and traditional methods and practices; explores rehabilitation retrofit and maintenance; and examines seismic design and building materials. The second book Superstructure Design contains 19 chapters and covers information on how to design all types of bridges. What’s New in the Second Edition: Includes two new chapters: Extradosed Bridges and Stress Ribbon Pedestrian Bridges Updates the Prestressed Concrete Girder Bridges chapter and rewrites it as two chapters: Precast/Pretensioned Concrete Girder Bridges and Cast-In-Place Post-Tensioned Prestressed Concrete Girder Bridges Expands the chapter on Bridge Decks and Approach Slabs and divides it into two chapters: Concrete Decks and Approach Slabs Rewrites seven chapters: Segmental Concrete Bridges Composite Steel I-Girder Bridges Composite Steel Box Girder Bridges Arch Bridges Cable-Stayed Bridges Orthotropic Steel Decks and Railings This text is an ideal reference for practicing bridge engineers and consultants (design construction maintenance) and can also be used as a reference for students in bridge engineering courses. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439852217

Bridge Engineering HandbookVolume 1 First Published in 1999: The Bridge Engineering Handbook is a unique comprehensive and state-of-the-art reference work and resource book covering the major areas of bridge engineering with the theme "bridge to the 21st century." Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367228224

Bridge Engineering HandbookVolume 2 First Published in 1999: The Bridge Engineering Handbook is a unique comprehensive and state-of-the-art reference work and resource book covering the major areas of bridge engineering with the theme "bridge to the 21st century." This second volume includes sections covering substructure design and seismic design. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367253295

Bridge Engineering HandbookVolume 3 First Published in 1999: The Bridge Engineering Handbook is a unique comprehensive and state-of-the-art reference work and resource book covering the major areas of bridge engineering with the theme "bridge to the 21st century." This third volume includes sections covering construction and maintenance special topics and worldwide practice. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367253356

Bridge EngineeringConstruction and Maintenance The Principles and Application in Engineering Series is a series of convenient economical references sharply focused on particular engineering topics and subspecialties. Each volume in this series comprises chapters carefully selected from CRC's bestselling handbooks logically organized for optimum convenience and thoughtfully priced to fit every budget. From the award-winning Bridge Engineering Handbook Bridge Engineering: Construction and Maintenance takes an in-depth look at the construction engineering and maintenance aspects of steel and concrete bridges. Topics include effective project management construction procedures and practices construction and maintenance inspections and ratings and bridge strengthening and rehabilitation. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367454579

Bridge Hydraulics The design of bridges across rivers and streams is a major component of many civil engineering projects. The size of waterways must be kept reasonably small for reasons of economy and yet be large enough to allow floods to pass. Bridge Hydraulics is the first book to consider both arched and rectangular waterway openings in detail and to describe all of the main methods of analysis. With clear examples and relevant case studies using both laboratory models and full- size bridges in the field it is not only a thorough and accessible introduction to bridge hydraulics but also a guide that will enable engineers to produce authoritative analyses and more effective designs. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367447632

Bridge LoadsAn International Perspective This book provides a detailed summary of bridge loads from an international perspective. The authors cover all aspects from the methodology behind the calculation of bridge loads and the complex interactions between loads and bridges to economic considerations. A wide range of bridge loads are covered including highway vehicle loads pedestrian loads railing loads and wind loads. The structure and design of bridges to accommodate these loads are examined and examples provided. Different modes of failure and current codes of practice are also covered.This book is unique in its exclusive examination of the loading and will be a useful handbook for structural engineers and designers involved in bridge construction. It is also recommended to senior undergraduates and postgraduates of structural engineering and bridge design. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367447328

Bridge Maintenance Safety Management Resilience and SustainabilityProceedings of the Sixth International IABMAS Conference Stresa Lake Bridge Maintenance Safety Management Resilience and Sustainability contains the lectures and papers presented at The Sixth International Conference on Bridge Maintenance Safety and Management (IABMAS 2012) held in Stresa Lake Maggiore Italy 8-12 July 2012. This volume consists of a book of extended abstracts (800 pp) and a DVD (4057 pp) containing the full papers of 555 contributions presented at IABMAS 2012 including the T.Y. Lin Lecture nine Keynote Lectures and 545 technical papers from 40 countries. The contributions deal with the state-of-the-art as well as emerging concepts and innovative applications related to all main aspects of bridge maintenance safety management resilience and sustainability. Major topics covered include: advanced materials ageing of bridges assessment and evaluation bridge codes bridge diagnostics bridge management systems composites damage identification design for durability deterioration modeling earthquake and accidental loadings emerging technologies fatigue field testing financial planning health monitoring high performance materials inspection life-cycle performance and cost load models maintenance strategies non-destructive testing optimization strategies prediction of future traffic demands rehabilitation reliability and risk management repair replacement residual service life resilience robustness safety and serviceability service life prediction strengthening structural integrity and sustainability. This volume provides both an up-to-date overview of the field of bridge engineering as well as significant contributions to the process of making more rational decisions concerning bridge maintenance safety serviceability resilience sustainability monitoring risk-based management and life-cycle performance using traditional and emerging technologies for the purpose of enhancing the welfare of society. It will serve as a valuable reference to all involved with bridge structure and infrastructure systems including students researchers and engineers from all areas of bridge engineering. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780415621243

Bridge Maintenance Safety Management and Life Extension Bridge Maintenance Safety Management and Life Extension contains the lectures and papers presented at IABMAS 2014 the Seventh International Conference on Bridge Maintenance Safety and Management (IABMAS 2014) held in Shanghai China July 7-11 2014. This set consists of a book of abstracts and a DVD containing the full papers of 396 contributions presented at IABMAS 2014 including the T.Y. Lin Lecture nine Keynote Lectures and 386 technical papers from about 40 countries. All major aspects of bridge maintenance safety management and life extension are addressed including advanced materials aging of bridges assessment and evaluation bridge codes bridge diagnostics bridge management systems damage identification design for durability deterioration modeling earthquake and accidental loadings fatigue field testing health monitoring load models life-cycle assessment maintenance strategies non-destructive testing prediction of future traffic demands repair and replacement residual service life safety and serviceability service life prediction and sustainable bridges among others. This set provides an up-to-date overview of the field of bridge engineering as well as the recent significant contributions to the process of making rational decisions in bridge maintenance safety management sustainability monitoring long life strategy and resources optimization deployment for the purpose of enhancing the welfare of society. It will serve as a valuable reference to all concerned with bridge structure and infrastructure systems including students researchers engineers consultants and contractors from all areas of bridge engineering. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138001039

Bridge Management As the emphasis in construction moves from building new bridges to maintenance and rehabilitation of existing stock bridge management is becoming an increasingly important subject. This is the definitive single volume reference for professionals and postgraduates covering the whole gamut of bridge management topics. Highly illustrated and in full colour this revised and updated second edition has been expanded to include new chapters on deterioration modelling asset management and the impact of heavy goods vehicles. Including examples of practices and techniques drawn from around the world this will be an invaluable source for the modern bridge engineer.* Comprehensive specialist information for the bridge engineer* Not only covers testing and assessment but also financial and management issues * Highly illustrated with full colour diagrams and photographsMichael Ryall has worked for over forty years both in the UK and abroad in the practice of design and construction of a wide variety of bridges. He has also taught and developed both undergraduate and postgraduate bridge engineering courses at the University of Surrey and run bridge-related courses worldwide. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367866891

Bridge Management: Proceedings of the Third International Conference This volume contains the papers presented at the Third International Conference on Bridge Management held at the University of Surrey Guildford UK on 14-17 April 1996. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429182273

Bridge to IslamA Study of the Religious Forces of Islam and Christianity in the Near East Originally published in 1953 Bridge to Islam is a detailed study of the beliefs of Muhammad and his followers exploring the relationship between the world of Islam and that of Christianity. Drawing attention to the common beliefs between Islam and Christianity the book examines the relationship between these two prominent religions and poses the argument that it is only through a proper appreciation of the differences in spiritual attitudes that a bridge of understanding and knowledge can be built between them. It traces the religious histories of different countries in the Middle East and assesses the position of Islam and Christianity in each one. Bridge to Islam will appeal to those with an interest in the history of Christianity the history of Islam religious studies and the Middle East. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367623722

Bridges and BarriersLanguage in African Education and Development Recent decades have seen sub-Saharan Africa decline in both economic and human terms. The rich North has responded with a barrage of well-publicized initiatives from pop concerts to international commitments on debt relief aid trade and good governance. Among the complex of factors necessary to sustain economic and human development education receives little media coverage although it is crucial. However education must be effective.  This book argues that in 'Anglophone' Africa education is not effective because of the use of English rather than children's first languages both as the medium of instruction and also as the language in which children are first taught to read. Research is presented from Malawi and Zambia countries with contrasting language policies using evidence from tests in English and African languages small-group discussions and classroom observation. The findings show that English-medium policies in Africa do not give students any advantage in English over first-language policies while the use of English discriminates against girls and rural children.  The book concludes that much education in Africa is a barrier rather than a bridge to learning because of the prevailing language ideology which has resulted in massive over-estimation of the value of English. While appropriate language policies alone will not solve education and development difficulties in Africa they do have a positive contribution to make. The evidence presented here suggests they are failing to make that contribution. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315759463

Bridges and BarriersThe European Union's Mediterranean Policy 1961-1998 Originally published in 1999 Bridges and Barriers is a detailed study of the European Union’s Mediterranean Policy from the initial agreements in the 1960s to the recent Euro-Mediterranean Partnership. The scope of this analysis includes the Maghreb and Mashreq countries in addition to Turkey Malta Israel the Occupied Territories and Cyprus. The authors argue that the limited success of trade and development policy in this region resulted from endogenous and exogenous factors: examples of the former include the lack of the political will necessary to implement trade aid and reform policies while the latter include the energy crisis of the 1970s the Arab-Israeli conflict and the Cold War. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367135393

Bridges and Spans Information about types of bridges and how they are built. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315706061

Bridges Between Psychology and LinguisticsA Swarthmore Festschrift for Lila Gleitman Written as a tribute to Lila Gleitman an influential pioneer in first language acquisition and reading studies this significant book clearly establishes the relationships between psychology and linguistics. It begins with a thorough examination of issues in developmental psychology continues with questions on perception and cognition studies the realm of psycholinguistics and concludes with an exploration of theoretical linguistics. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138987890

Bridges to ConsciousnessComplexes and complexity This book investigates consciousness as an emergent state arising from the global functioning of the brain and the body. In this research Krieger applies these concepts to analytical psychology particularly to the constellation of the complex and of the archetype. Global brain functioning is considered as a complex system whose macroscopic emergent patterns such as thoughts and behaviours are determined by physical parameters including emotion memory and perception. The concept of the feeling-toned complex was among the first of the theories to be developed by Jung and the theories of complexity and dynamical systems which subsequently developed in the physical sciences did not exist at the time. This book takes a new look at the feeling-toned complex as a basin of attraction which competes for consciousness against other complexes to determine behaviour. By drawing parallels between current ideas in neuroscience and Jung’s more traditional theories Krieger discusses the relevance for both psychotherapy and everyday life. Bridges to Consciousness considers the importance of the link between emotion and the complex in both the establishment of consciousness and the determination of self-esteem making the work relevant to therapists and analysts. This book will also awaken interest in complexes in both the Jungian and wider neuroscientific research communities and will therefore interest researchers and academics in the field of psychology who want an insight into how the ideas of Jung can be applied beyond the traditional analytic field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415791724

Bridges To The FutureProspects For Peace And Security In Southern Africa With the ending of white minority rule in South Africa the democratic elections in Mozambique and the renewed efforts at a negotiated settlement of civil war in Angola Southern Africa has entered a new era. Much more is required however to ensure lasting peace and security. The states on the subcontinent are confronted with the twofold task of Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367159184

BridgesMetaphor for Psychic Processes This book focuses on a number of psychodynamic concepts processes symptoms and also achievements in terms of the bridge and the bridging functions. It deals with questions of psychological growth creativity and the arts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367323585

BridgesPsychic Structures Functions and Processes This book encompasses a wide range of author's diverse explorations and provides readers with rich food for thought—whether their interest is in clinical or cultural issues of the psyche. It re-examines the idea of the self and explores the distinction between symbols and symbolic experience. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138519787

Bridging Boundaries in Consumption Markets and Culture This book focuses on the bridges that connect the dynamic relations between consumer actions the marketplace and cultural meanings. Answering the challenge to do more than merely cross the boundaries between these fields the authors in this volume also undertake the far harder work of bridging them. Consequently this book is a rich and topical array of research projects which engage in a variety of theoretical and empirical boundary crossings. The authors’ diverse methodologies span archival research visual content analysis ethnography and phenomenological interviewing. Their research contexts are distinctly globally diverse as reflected in the topics of their studies: aid in contemporary Syrian refugee camps in Germany; early twentieth-century Swedish advertisements for kitchens; family formation in twenty-first-century Sri Lanka; Brazilian book (de)collectors; and the signification of magazine covers in India. Overall the book makes for compelling reading across and beyond conventional boundaries associated with the study of consumption markets and culture. This book was originally published as a peer-reviewed special issue of Consumption Markets & Culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367353049

Bridging Cognitive Science and Education: Learning Memory and MetacognitionA Special Issue of the European Journal of Cognitive Psychology The fields of cognitive science and education have worked hard to discover effective principles of learning with the goal of improving educational achievement. And although each has made significant advances there has been until today a gap between the two disciplines. This special issue brings together researchers aiming to bridge laboratory data with real world learning practices each providing recent and crucial information concerning the improvement of learning. The readings will allow both researchers and educators to understand strategies that would most benefit students by improving learning as well as the ability of learning to learn - or what has been defined as metacognition. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138883208

Bridging Communities through Socially Engaged Art Promoting the expansion of art in society and education this book highlights the significance of the arts as an instrument of social justice inclusion equity and protection of the environment. Including twenty-seven diverse case studies of socially engaged art practice with groups like the Black Lives Matter movement the LGBTQ community and Rikers Island this book guides art educators toward innovative transdisciplinary and diverse methodologies. A valuable resource on creating spaces for change it addresses the relationships between artists and educators museums and communities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815396802

Bridging Cultures Between Home and SchoolA Guide for Teachers Bridging Cultures Between Home and School: A Guide for Teachers is intended to stimulate broad thinking about how to meet the challenges of education in a pluralistic society. It is a powerful resource for in-service and preservice multicultural education and professional development. The Guide presents a framework for understanding differences and conflicts that arise in situations where school culture is more individualistic than the value system of the home. It shares what researchers and teachers of the Bridging Cultures Project have learned from the experimentation of teacher-researchers in their own classrooms of largely immigrant Latino students and explores other research on promoting improved home-school relationships across cultures. The framework leads to specific suggestions for supporting teachers to cross-cultural communication; organization parent-teacher conferences that work; use strategies that increase parent involvement in schooling; increase their skills as researchers; and employ ethnographic techniques to learn about home cultures. Although the research underlying the Bridging Cultures Project and this Guide focuses on immigrant Latino families since this is the primary population with which the framework was originally used it is a potent tool for learning about other cultures as well because many face similar discrepancies between their own more collectivistic approaches to childrearing and schooling and the more individualistic approach of the dominant culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138170698

Bridging Cultures in Early Care and EducationA Training Module Bridging Cultures in Early Care and Education: A Training Module is a resource designed to help pre-service and in-service early childhood educators including infant-toddler caregivers understand the role of culture in their programs. It is also intended for professionals who work with children and their families in a variety of other roles such as social workers special educators and early interventionists and for use in college courses focused on early childhood education and child development.The module explains and illustrates how early childhood educators can use the organizing concepts of individualism and collectivism as a means of understanding cultural conflict and difference. These concepts have been shown to be highly useful in improving home-school understanding across cultures. Based on real-life examples of cultural dilemmas in early care and education settings participants engage the concepts of individualism and collectivism to solve a variety of scenarios in a dynamic and engaging manner.*Chapter 1 introduces the Bridging Cultures for Early Care and Education approach provides a brief history and explains the training module. It presents the conceptual framework of individualism and collectivism which is at the heart of the training.*Chapter 2 provides the information needed for a two-hour workshop including a script and notes to the facilitator. The script is not meant to be read word for word. Rather it is offered as a guide based on a pilot-tested approach. Appendices at the end of the book contain transparency masters for the overheads referenced in the script and masters for suggested handouts.*Chapter 3 offers ideas for augmenting the basic two-hour training by expanding it over a longer time period. It also identifies additional diversity resources that can complement the Bridging Cultures training.*Appendices providing additional information data and bibliographic resources are included. This module originated as part of the Bridging Cultures Project at WestEd--a nonprofit research development and service agency working with education and other communities to promote excellence achieve equity and improve learning for children youth and adults. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138152670

Bridging Disciplinary Perspectives of Country Image Reputation Brand and Identity Country image and related constructs such as country reputation brand and identity have been subjects of debate in fields such as marketing psychology sociology communication and political science. This volume provides an overview of current scholarship places related research interests across disciplines in a common context 　and illustrates connections among the constructs. Discussing how different scholarly perspectives can be applied to answer a broad range of related research questions this volume aims to contribute to the emergence of a more theoretical open and interdisciplinary study of country image reputation brand and identity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138281356

Bridging Research and Good Practices towards Patients WelfareProceedings of the 4th International Conference on Healthcare Ergonomics and Pa Ergonomics is a human-centered discipline. This is particularly true for healthcare systems and patient safety where the human’s well-being will undergo critical impacts if solutions are not properly designed and practiced. Effective handling of these concerns involves knowledge from healthcare work (e.g. shift work patient handling and medical teamwork) to safety research (resilience medical process control intensive care surgery/anesthesiology and patient involvement) and to more general issues such as community participation in public affairs. To pursue the mission the Healthcare System Ergonomics and Patient Safety (HEPS) commenced its first conference in Florence Italy in 2005. Following the founding success HEPS became an IEA-sponsored event and the series subsequently took place in Strasbourg France in 2008 and in Oviedo Spain in 2011. The three remarkable conferences have forged a world-class platform for researchers and practitioners from around the globe to exchange and disseminate the knowledge in HEPS. This volume contains the selected papers presented at the Fourth International conference on HEPS held from June 23 to 26 2014 in Taiwan. The Fourth HEPS organized by the Ergonomics Society of Taiwan (EST) and endorsed by the International Ergonomics Association (IEA) aims to consolidate the knowledge bridged between ergonomics research and healthcare practices for the safety and welfare of patients. Researchers professionals and practitioners in ergonomics and healthcare around the world have shared their wisdom experience insights and visions on past current and future efforts in healthcare systems ergonomics and patient safety.The papers contributing to this book address the latest research applications and practices in accordance with the theme of the conference "Bridging Research and Good Practices towards Patients Welfare " and cover the following areas: "Aging and Healthcare System" "Healthcare Mobil Application and Usability" "Safety Hazards and MSDs" "Simulation Modeling and Decision Making" "Environment and System Design" and "Human Factors and Product Design". Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138027169

Bridging the BarrierIsraeli Unilateral Disengagement The construction of the barrier separating Israel from the West Bank has become the site of one of the most heated controversies the world over the source of virulent propaganda incitement and hatred. Tami A. Jacoby explores the incongruent narratives of Israelis and Palestinians with regards to Israel's security barrier and the policy of unilateral withdrawal. This insightful book offers a multidimensional approach that takes into consideration different sides of the barrier conflict as well as internal divisions. It also observes how the barrier affects the lives of individuals and communities through the rapid profusion of events in the legal political social and military sphere. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815387831

Bridging the Business-Project DivideTechniques for Reconciling Business-as-Usual and Project Cultures In organizations these days there are two cultures two sets of expectations two languages; that of the business-as-usual organization and separately that of projects. These cultures need to work together effectively. Unfortunately the natural side-effect of two such different perspectives is misunderstanding mutual incomprehension and despite good intentions on both sides failure to deliver desired benefits. In Bridging the Business-Project Divide John Brinkworth tackles these issues by examining: · Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409465171

Bridging the Divide between Faculty and AdministrationA Guide to Understanding Conflict in the Academy Conflicts between faculty and administration have become particularly virulent and disruptive in recent years as institutions have struggled to adapt to intensifying pressures for efficiency and accountability. Analyzing common sources of conflict and challenges on campus that impede attempts to address these conflicts Bridging the Divide between Faculty and Administration provides a theory-driven and research-based approach for authentic discourse between faculty and administration. This important resource presents a wealth of strategies for improving communication in colleges and universities ultimately enhancing organizational effectiveness and institutional performance. Special Features: End-of-chapter "Implications for Practice" provide practical tips and advice for faculty and administrators to use in their own contexts. Analysis of actual conflicts based on extensive interviews with administrators and faculty across a variety of college and university settings. Exploration of creative ways for faculty and administrators to work across differences in their belief systems and to address the underlying sources of conflict. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415842730

Bridging the DivideIndigenous Communities and Archaeology into the 21st Century The collected essays in this volume address contemporary issues regarding the relationship between Indigenous groups and archaeologists including the challenges of dialogue colonialism the difficulties of working within legislative and institutional frameworks and NAGPRA and similar legislation. The disciplines of archaeology and cultural heritage management are international in scope and many countries continue to experience the impact of colonialism. In response to these common experiences both archaeology and indigenous political movements involve international networks through which information quickly moves around the globe. This volume reflects these dynamic dialectics between the past and the present and between the international and the local demonstrating that archaeology is a historical science always linked to contemporary cultural concerns. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781598743937

Bridging the Early Modern Atlantic WorldPeople Products and Practices on the Move Bridging the Early Modern Atlantic World brings together ten original essays by an international group of scholars exploring the complex outcomes of the intermingling of people circulation of goods exchange of information and exposure to new ideas that are the hallmark of the early modern Atlantic. Spanning the period from the earliest French crossings to Newfoundland at the beginning of the sixteenth century to the end of the wars of independence in Spanish South America c. 1830 and encompassing a range of disciplinary approaches the contributors direct particular attention to regions communities and groups whose activities in and responses to an ever-more closely bound Atlantic world remain relatively under-represented in the literature. Some of the chapters focus on the experience of Europeans including French consumers of Newfoundland cod English merchants forming families in Spanish Seville and Jewish refugees from Dutch Brazil making the Caribbean island of Nevis their home. Others focus on the ways in which the populations with whom Europeans came into contact enslaved or among whom they settled - the Tupi peoples of Brazil the Kriston women of the west African port of Cacheu among others - adapted to and were changed by their interactions with previously unknown peoples goods institutions and ideas. Together with the substantial Introduction by the editor which reviews the significance of the field as a whole these essays capture the complexity and variety of experience of the countless men and women who came into contact during the period whilst highlighting and illustrating the porous and fluid nature in practice of the early modern Atlantic world. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315569949

Bridging the Entrepreneurial Financing GapLinking Governance with Regulatory Policy This title was first published in 2001: Governments world-wide have developed policies to encourage innovation entrepreneurship and small firm growth and to increase access to small firm finance. However the effectiveness of small firms and entrepreneurs as innovators depends on their incentives and the effective governance of relations between entrepreneurs investors and employees. This book links these regulatory policies to the ethical and governance practices of small firms in order to explain the impact and success these policies might be expected to enjoy. The book examines the empirical and theoretical nature of governance practices in small firms as well as a range of regulatory policy areas including intellectual property insolvency law taxation securities regulation and directors’ duties in Australia Europe and North America. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138631052

Bridging the GapA Training Module in Personal and Professional Development The book opens a very important debate for the family therapy field. At a ie of treatment rationing and standard setting it aptly draws our attention to an issue of increasing importance: training the highest-quality family therapists. In addition it offers trainers and supervisors an invaluable “howto-do-it” guide to tried-and-tested methods of taking trainees through a programme of personal and professional development. Judy Hildebrand is known throughout the family therapy who has always spoken for integrating formal aspects of with personal development and she has designed and run for courses in Britain and Europe for many years. But the picture would be incomplete without understanding the effect that the exercises have on personal development and for this volume she is joined by Collette Richardson and Frankie Zimmerman two colleagues and ex-trainees who have collated the experiences of a range of trainees from several courses and are able to complement Hildebrand’s ideas with the voice of the trainee. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367323592

Bridging the GapConnecting Users to Digital Contents The amount of digital information that libraries need to manage effectively for the benefit of users is constantly increasing. This book discusses in detail how library administrators can better handle this growing abundance of information as well as effective ways to allow library users easy access. Respected leaders in the field of librarianship explore various aspects of how librarians are meeting the challenges of delivering more digital information to a changing user base including preservation demands licensing agreements digitizing and making available collections unique to specific libraries and providing more personalized digital services to library users. This book focuses on timely issues that impact how libraries are administered and viewed by both librarians and by users. This innovative book discusses practical ways to provide remote access and services to digital resources support the preservation of digital resources understand their library users who prefer the digital information format and reshape the traditional library for better digital access. The book is carefully referenced and includes helpful illustrations. The book is a valuable resource for senior and mid-level library administrators including deans directors and department heads of public special and academic libraries. This book was published as a special issue of the Journal of Library Administration. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315877358

Bridging the Global Divide on Human Rights: A Canada-China DialogueA Canada-China Dialogue This title was first published in 2003. In this collection of essays that explores Western and Chinese perspectives on human rights leading Canadian and Chinese scholars bridge the global divide on some of the key aspects of human rights. Issues covered include the role of civil society in human rights protection the imperative of the rule of law in the protection of human rights freedom of expression and its relation to social economic and cultural development and corruption in the public and private sectors. The volume also focuses on the domestic implementation of human rights treaties and offers gender perspectives on implementing social and economic rights in an era of globalization. The independent Chinese and Canadian scholars present a new vision of global pluralism in the area of human rights protection in a modernizing China and in the rest of the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138716162

Bridging the Medieval-Modern DivideMedieval Themes in the World of the Reformation The debate about when the middle ages ended and the modern era began has long been a staple of the historical literature. In order to further this debate and illuminate the implications of a longue durée approach to the history of the Reformation this collection offers a selection of essays that address the medieval-modern divide. Covering a broad range of topics - encompassing legal social cultural theological and political history - the volume asks fundamental questions about how we regard history and what historians can learn from colleagues working in other fields that may not at first glance appear to offer any obvious links. By focussing on the concept of the medieval-modern divide - in particular the relation between the Middle Ages and the Reformation - each essay examines how a medievalist deals with a specific topic or issue that is also attracting the attention of Reformation scholars. In so doing it underlines the fact that both medievalists and modernists are often involved in bridging the medieval-modern divide but are inclined to construct parallel bridges that end between the two starting points but do not necessarily meet. As a result the volume challenges assumptions about the strict periodization of history and suggest that a more flexible approach will yield interesting historical insights. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409447634

Bridging the Progressive-Traditional Divide in Education ReformA Unifying Vision for Teaching Learning and System Level Supports This book brings together a variety of connected voices which consider potential ways forward for school reform. By demonstrating how the ‘subject-centered’ and ‘student-centered’ models of education can and have been working together in various contexts the text sets out a compelling case for an emerging movement that unites ideologies and pedagogical traditions which have traditionally been considered to be at odds with one another.In drawing from historical sources the full range of contemporary research and a series of investigations led by the authors this book documents the deep back-story of school reform and explains the powerful and largely unacknowledged consensus on what constitutes excellence in teaching and learning.This book will be of great interest to researchers academics and postgraduate students in the fields of school reform and educational leadership. It will also appeal to graduate students researchers and postgraduates in the fields of history of education educational leadership teaching and learning and curriculum studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367728045

Bridging The RiftThe New South Africa In Africa This book explores the repercussions prospects for political and economic development security consequences and casualties of the social political and economic interactions between the hobbled leviathan of the South Africa and its continental neighbours. . Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367159993

Bridging the Transition from Primary to Secondary School The transition from primary to secondary school can often be a difficult time for children and managing the transition smoothly has posed a problem for teachers at both upper primary and lower secondary level. At a time when 'childhood' recedes and 'adulthood' beckons the inequalities between individual children can widen and meeting the needs of all children is a challenge. Bridging the Transition from Primary to Secondary School offers an insight into children's development building a framework for the creation of appropriate and relevant educational experiences of children between the ages of 10-12. Based on the five 'transition bridges' - administrative social and personal curriculum pedagogy and autonomy and managing learning - this book is a complete guide to the primary-secondary transition. Chapters cover: A review of the issues and challenges of transition and school transfer; Management of physical intellectual social and emotional changes; Issues of changing self-identity; Approaches to ensure curriculum progression and continuity; Ways to develop cooperation between primary and secondary schools; Alternatives to traditional primary-secondary systems and pedagogy. This book will be essential reading for all trainee teachers undergraduate and postgraduate education students and those working with children over the transition. The contributors offer a wealth of guidance and insight into meeting the educational and social needs of children through early adolescence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415575478

Bridging WorldsUnderstanding and Facilitating Adolescent Recovery from the Trauma of Abuse With Bridging Worlds you will learn to uncover the roots of teenage problems – the causes behind symptoms such as self-destructiveness anger recklessness and violence. Originally published in 1998 this title shows you how to develop treatment guidelines and thoughtful frames of reference that address the problems of teenage violence pregnancy truancy and delinquency. It will help you detect when the reckless even frightening behaviour of adolescents is a cry for help and show you what you can do to defuse the situation make authentic and meaningful connections and offer valuable help. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138952003

Brief Coaching with Children and Young PeopleA Solution Focused Approach Brief Coaching with Children and Young People: A Solution Focused approach is the first book of its type to describe the thinking and practice of Solution Focused coaching with these age groups. The approach empowers young people to find their own solutions in the shortest possible time focusing on where they want to get to rather than the details of the problem they are concerned about. The authors’ emphasis on practical and straightforward techniques and materials will equip all those interested in working with and supporting young people and their families to help them achieve their hopes for the future. The book is illustrated with numerous examples from the coaching practice of the authors in different settings with a particular emphasis on challenging cases. As a whole it serves as a key resource for working with children and young people but each chapter can also be read individually to enhance the reader’s understanding of the topic. Downloadable resources are available online which enhance the practicality of the text. Ratner and Yusuf have created a practical jargon-free resource for all those who work with and support children young people and their families. It will be invaluable for coaches therapists and counsellors as well as anyone who interacts with children and young people including social workers teachers and mentors and foster parents. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415855891

Brief CoachingA Solution Focused Approach Brief Coaching offers a new approach to coaching by considering how the client will know when they have reached their goal and what they are already doing to get there. The coach aims to work towards the solution rather than working away from the problem so that the client's problem is not central to the session but instead the coach and the client work towards the client's preferred future. This book employs case examples and transcripts of sessions to offer guidance on: looking for resources rather than deficits exploring possible and preferred futures examining what is already contributing to that future treating clients as experts in all aspects of their lives. This practical guide includes summaries and activities for the coach to do with the client and will therefore be a useful tool for both new and experienced coaches as well as therapists branching into coaching who want to add to their existing skills. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415667470

Brief Cognitive Behavior Therapy for Cancer PatientsRe-Visioning the CBT Paradigm Brief Cognitive Behavior Therapy for Cancer Patients is a practical clinical guide that allows for the integration of techniques from multiple newer CBT models organized around a clear conceptual foundation and case conceptualization. The book targets those cognitive emotional and behavioral processes that research suggests are instrumental in the maintenance of human psychological suffering. Author Scott Temple also draws on newer models that build on strengths and resilience and brings clinical work to life through vivid case examples worksheets and case conceptualization forms. Detailed vignettes show clinicians how to create a case conceptualization as a guide to treatment as well as how to integrate Beckian and newer CBT techniques. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138942639

Brief Cognitive Behavioural Therapy for Non-Underweight PatientsCBT-T for Eating Disorders Most people with eating disorders struggle to find an effective therapy that they can access quickly. Brief Cognitive Behavioural Therapy for Non-Underweight Patients: CBT-T for Eating Disorders presents a new form of cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT) that is brief and effective allowing more patients to get the help that they need. CBT is a strongly supported therapy for all adults and many adolescents with eating disorders. This 10-session approach to CBT (CBT-T) is suitable for all eating disorder patients who are not severely underweight helping adults and young adults to overcome their eating disorder. Using CBT-T with patients will allow clinicians to treat people in less time shorten waiting lists and see patients more quickly when they need help. It is a flexible protocol which fits to the patient rather than making the patient fit to the therapy. Brief Cognitive Behavioural Therapy for Non-Underweight Patients provides an evidence-based protocol that can be delivered by junior or senior clinicians helping patients to recover and go on to live a healthy life. This book will appeal to clinical psychologists psychiatrists psychotherapists dietitians nurses and other professionals working with eating disorders. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367192297

Brief Cognitive-Behavioral Therapy for Suicide Prevention An innovative treatment approach with a strong empirical evidence base brief cognitive-behavioral therapy for suicide prevention (BCBT) is presented in step-by-step detail in this authoritative manual. Leading treatment developers show how to establish a strong collaborative relationship with a suicidal patient assess risk and immediately work to establish safety. Proven interventions are described for building emotion regulation and crisis management skills and dismantling the patient's suicidal belief system. The book includes case examples sample dialogues and 17 reproducible handouts forms scripts and other clinical tools. The large-size format facilitates photocopying; purchasers also get access to a Web page where they can download and print the reproducible materials. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462536665

Brief Confessional Writings: Grey Stubbes Livingstone ClarksonePrinted Writings 1500–1640: Series I Part Two Volume 2 The works by the four protestant women authors collected in this volume participate in the ars moriandi (art of dying) tradition which became increasingly powerful over the 16th and 17th centuries. The moment of death was thought to reveal the ’true’ state of the individual’s soul. This volume provides four varying forms of heroic subjectivity offered by middle class and aristocratic women by the act of dying well. In all four cases their heroic deaths also proclaimed and thus helped to define specifically Protestant doctrines. When so few women’s words appeared in print this ideological function probably represented a primary reason for the recording and publishing of these works. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315261355

Brief Encounters with Couples Deriving from a conference organised by the Tavistock Marital Studies Institute the present volume draws the main focus of its inquiry from a few fundamental questions. In its various brief encounters and in disparate contexts how effective can a psychoanalytic approach be when it addresses the parental/child or adult couple relationship? What specific quality of contact can be achieved in the relationship between client(s) and therapist in shorter-term work? This compilation of essays written by experienced practitioners engages directly and positively these and other questions demonstrating with clinical material the efficacious contribution of a psychoanalytic psychotherapy. In both the similarity and variety of responses to the complex issues explored the authors display a creative engagement and theoretical understanding that will be of great interest and stimulus to all professionals working in this field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367105198

Brief Group Psychotherapy for Eating DisordersInpatient protocols In the treatment of Anorexia Nervosa delivering psychological interventions in a group format can bring unique benefits in addition to those associated with working with patients individually. These include: sharing experiences and learning from others in a safe and therapeutic environment becoming accustomed to being with other people and practising interpersonal skills. However these aspects of group treatment also represent a challenge for group facilitators as it is exactly these interpersonal and relational demands that patients find difficult to tolerate. Facilitators are likely to be confronted with low motivation or complete disengagement as a result of the discomfort evoked by spending time in psychological groups. Nonetheless once these difficulties are successfully overcome the group setting can be effectively utilised to address the specific aims of a given psychological intervention as well as tapping into these wider benefits Drawing upon research carried out by the Maudsley national inpatient eating disorders programme Brief Group Psychotherapy for Eating Disorders brings together expert contributions in order to review the evidence base as well as discussing how the challenges of the group setting can be overcome. This book outlines newly-developed protocols for group interventions aimed at providing brief but effective treatment for an increased numbers of patients and addresses the need to develop and evaluate cost effective psychological interventions for patients with Anorexia Nervosa. Brief Group Psychotherapy for Eating Disorders is designed to offer therapists clinicians and researchers in the field a synopsis of the available evidence along with guidance on how to put theory into practice effectively. It will also be an invaluable resource for students trainees and teachers in the clinical counselling psychology psychiatry nursing occupational therapy and other allied professions.　 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138848917

Brief Interventions for Adolescent Alcohol and Substance Abuse Bringing together leading experts this book demonstrates the unique value of brief motivational interventions for addressing adolescent alcohol and other substance use in a range of clinical contexts. It presents cutting-edge knowledge on the etiology and developmental context of adolescent addictive behaviors and reviews exemplary treatment approaches. Effective strategies are described for intervening with diverse populations such as college students youth in the justice system and in foster care those with co-occurring substance abuse and psychiatric problems LGBT youth and Latino and American Indian adolescents. This book replaces the editors' influential earlier work Adolescents Alcohol and Substance Abuse with an expanded focus on practical applications. Most of the chapters are completely new. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462535002

Brief Notes in Advanced DSPFourier Analysis with MATLAB Based on the authors’ research in Fourier analysis Brief Notes in Advanced DSP: Fourier Analysis with MATLAB® addresses many concepts and applications of digital signal processing (DSP). The included MATLAB® codes illustrate how to apply the ideas in practice. The book begins with the basic concept of the discrete Fourier transformation and its properties. It then describes lifting schemes integer transformations the discrete cosine transform and the paired transform method for calculating the discrete Hadamard transform. The text also examines the decomposition of the 1D signal by so-called section basis signals as well as new forms of 2D signal/image representation and decomposition by direction signals/images. Focusing on Fourier transform wavelets and Givens–Haar transforms the last chapter discusses the problem of signal multiresolution. This book presents numerous interesting problems and concepts of unitary transformations such as the Fourier Hadamard Hartley Haar paired cosine and new signal-induced transformations. It aids readers in using new forms and methods of signals and images in the frequency and frequency-and-time domains. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138117747

Brief Psychotherapy with the Latino Immigrant Client Understand the unique needs beliefs and values of your Latino immigrant clients!Brief Psychotherapy with the Latino Immigrant Client is a manual for the practicing psychotherapist or student with tips on the assessment process and suggested interventions that work efficiently. With this book you will explore the influence of medical anthropological concepts on Latino immigrant populations in North America. The author draws on her experience as both a medical anthropologist and a licensed psychotherapist and on her extensive fieldwork in the Amazon for help in developing psychosociocultural assessments of Spanish-speaking migrants. This valuable book examines which kinds of therapy work for the growing Latino immigrant population and looks at metaphors (dichos) that can be used to help in brief interventions for clinical issues. In relation to the specific beliefs values and sentiments of these clients Brief Psychotherapy with the Latino Immigrant Client presents: hypnosis techniques that work with this population behavior modification and cognitive restructuring techniques specific culturally appropriate metaphors for distinctive clinical issues an examination of alcohol issues in this population psychological issues that go along with tuberculosis hints for the non-Latino therapist who deals with Latino clients case studies that illustrate the book's principles of care and assessment shamanic techniques of healing that can provide a model for treating these clientsBrief Psychotherapy with the Latino Immigrant Client includes a glossary of Spanish terms appendixes on hypnotic pain control inductions sample tests scales and diagrams several case studies and listings of Spanish language resources. Every therapist who treats Latino immigrants should own this book! Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315809281

Brief Therapy and BeyondStories Language Love Hope and Time Brief Therapy and Beyond is a collection of new and selected papers by prominent psychologist Michael Hoyt. Numerous clinical vignettes and informative discussions describe time-sensitive treatments to relieve psychological distress and/or promote growth. Drawing from an encyclopedic knowledge of the professional literature as well as humor poetry sports and candid revelation Hoyt illustrates the importance of stories language love hope and time in shaping worldviews that inspire and empower clients and clinicians to make effective and efficient changes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138636712

Brief Therapy Approaches to Treating Anxiety and Depression Maintaining that most cases of anxiety and depression will respond to intelligently planned brief directive therapies Dr. Yapko has assembled this collection of 17 insightful and challenging papers illuminating such brief therapy methods. These innovative essays from such respected practitioners as S.G. Gilligan J.C. Mills E.L. Rossi M.E. Seligman and others cover such topics as disturbances of temporal orientation as a feature of depression; the use of multisensory metaphors in the treatment of children's fears and depression; a hypnotherapeutic approach to panic disorder anxiety as a function of depression; and more. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138004573

Brief Therapy With Couples and Families in Crisis As the average length of therapy shortens clinicians need a resource to lead them step-by-step through the goals and process of the opening sessions of brief therapy as well as clear treatment maps for the most common presenting problems. This resource helps clinicians do just that and more including doing a quick assessment and isolating and addressing the underlying emotional wounds that prevent families and couples from solving problems on their own. Readers will not only learn how to "think brief " they will also discover how to navigate the session process in an interactive and action-oriented way even with clients who are in high-pressure crisis situations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415787819

Brief Therapy With Single-Parent Families First published in 1984. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138868991

Brief TherapyMyths Methods And Metaphors A tapestry of rich and varied perspectives drawn from a remarkable event. The Brief Therapy Congress sponsored by the Milton H. Erickson Foundation brought together over 2200 therapists and an impressive faculty that included J. Barber J. Bergman S. Budman G. Cecchin N. Cummings S. de Shazer A. Ellis M. Goulding J. Gustafson J. Haley C. Lankton S. Lankton A. Lazarus C. Madanes W. O'Hanlon P. Papp E. Polster E. Rossi P. Sifneos H. Strupp P. Watzlawick J. Weakland M. Yapko and many more. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138004726

Briefcase on Family Law This Briefcase is made up of a very wide selection of cases chosen so as to enunciate and illustrate some of the fundamental principles applied by the courts to contemporary problems of family law. The basic facts of the cases and the courts decisions are outlined and particular attention is given to judicial comments on the essence of the legal questions under discussion. Special emphasis is placed on recent decisions of the Court of Appeal and House of Lords. Attention has been paid to the implications of the recent announcement that the Family Law Act 1996 has been placed on hold with the exception of the important Part IV of the Act relating to domestic violence.  Full reference tables of cases and statutes are given. Presentation of the text is designed specifically for students involved in preparation for law degrees and other law-related courses and for social workers whose daily activities necessitate an understanding of the impact of the decisions of the courts on fundamental social problems related to the family. Media > Books > E-books Routledge-Cavendish 9781843142669

Briefing Your Architect This book sets out the essential activities and inter-relationships involving the client organization and multi-disciplinary design team as they progress through each phase of the job. It guides the client through the preliminary steps needed to start up work; seeking out and appraising a site studying the feasibility of all ideas and proposals and showing how to work with all architects and specialist consultants. The tasks to be performed by both architect and client as well as consultants are clearly set out together with appropriate methods of working together until the building design drawings are completed. The book is arranged so that the information relevant to each stage of work can be checked as the project develops. Detailed sequential activity tables and checklists are included for this purpose.This key publication fulfils a vital need for clients who will be enabled to progress the building project more efficiently with the guidance provided. Frank Salisbury is a practising architect and lecturer in architecture for the University of Wales Associate College at Wrexham. He designed many important public buildings during his career with Cheshire County Council's Department of Architecture and as Assistant County Architect led architectural and multidisciplinary teams in the realization of a great many high quality building projects. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138460706

BriefingA Practical Guide to RIBA Plan of Work 2013 Stages 7 0 and 1 (RIBA Stage Guide) This is the first in a must-have series of step-by-step guides to using the new RIBA Plan of Work 2013 on your project. Drawing together Stages 7 0 and 1 this book is about much more than briefing; it guides you through the brand new Stage 0 – Strategic Definition – as well as how Stage 7 – In Use – can feed into the definition process reflecting the circular principles of the new Plan of Work.Providing a practical tool to running an efficient project each guide follows the same format leading you through the core tasks at each stage supported by tips definitions templates and useful techniques. Five theoretical scenarios are used throughout the guides to illustrate how the Plan of Work can be applied on various project types and sizes including an extension to a house a new library and a large office building.These guides will provide unrivalled support for practices on all projects – large and small – and across all types of procurement. Media > Books > Print Books RIBA Publishing 9781859465707

Briefs of Leading Cases in Corrections Briefs of Leading Cases in Corrections Sixth Edition offers extensive updates on the leading Supreme Court cases impacting corrections in the United States—prisons and jails probation parole the death penalty juvenile justice and sexual assault offender laws. Each chapter contains an introduction to the topic area making the book more user-friendly and a better source of succinct legal information than before. All cases are briefed in a common format to allow for comparisons among cases and include facts relevant issues and the Court’s decision and reasoning. The significance of each case is also explained making clear its impact on prisoners and corrections in general. The book provides students and practitioners with historical and social context for their role in criminal justice and the legal guidelines that should be followed in day-to-day correctional activities. Twenty-one cases have been added including those in a new section on the Antiterrorism and Effective Death Penalty Act. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781437735086

Briefs of Leading Cases in Law Enforcement Briefs of Leading Cases in Law Enforcement Tenth Edition offers extensive updates on the leading Supreme Court cases impacting law enforcement in the United States creating a must-have reference for police officers to stay up-to-date and have a strong understanding of the law and their function within it. All cases are briefed in a common format to allow for comparisons among cases and include facts relevant issues and the Court’s decision and reasoning. The significance of each case is also explained making clear its impact on citizens and law enforcement. The book provides students and practitioners with historical and social context for their role in criminal justice and the legal guidelines that should be followed in day-to-day policing activities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367146924

Briggs' Information Processing Model of the Binary Classification Task First published in 1983. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company.  This monograph is a review of the evolution of George Briggs’ informationprocessing model from a general schema beginning with the work of Saul Sternberg (1969a) and Edward E. Smith (1968) to a fairly well-detailed schematic representation of central processes that Briggs was working on at the time of his early death. The development of Briggs’ model of the binary classification task (BCT) spanned the period from 1969 when he published his first report on choice reaction time with Blaha (Briggs & Blaha 1969) to 1977 with the publication of a posthumous paper (Briggs Thomason & Hagman 1978). The model evolved across a total of 16 experimental and 2 review papers. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315781815

Brigham YoungSovereign in America Brigham Young was one of the most influential—and controversial—Mormon leaders in American history. An early follower of the new religion he led the cross-continental migration of the Mormon people from Illinois to Utah where he built a vast religious empire that was both revolutionary and authoritarian radically different from yet informed by the existing culture of the U.S. With his powerful personality and sometimes paradoxical convictions Young left an enduring stamp on both his church and the region and his legacy remains active today. In a lively concise narrative bolstered by primary documents and supplemented by a robust companion website David Mason tells the dynamic story of Brigham Young and in the process illuminates the history of the LDS Church religion in America and the development of the American west. This book will be a vital resource for anyone seeking to understand the complex uniquely American origins of a church that now counts over 15 million members worldwide. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415844840

Bright Kids Who Can't Keep UpHelp Your Child Overcome Slow Processing Speed and Succeed in a Fast-Paced World Do you find yourself constantly asking your child to "pick up the pace"? Does he or she seem to take longer than others to get stuff done--whether completing homework responding when spoken to or getting dressed and ready in the morning? Drs. Ellen Braaten and Brian Willoughby have worked with thousands of kids and teens who struggle with an area of cognitive functioning called "processing speed " and who are often mislabeled as lazy or unmotivated. Filled with vivid stories and examples this crucial resource demystifies processing speed and shows how to help kids (ages 5 to 18) catch up in this key area of development. Helpful practical tools can be downloaded and printed in a convenient 8 1/2" x 11" size. Learn how to obtain needed support at school what to expect from a professional evaluation and how you can make daily routines more efficient--while promoting your child's social and emotional well-being. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781609184728

Bright Satanic MillsUniversities Regional Development and the Knowledge Economy Recent years have seen a growing emphasis upon the need for universities to contribute to the economic social and environmental well-being of the regions in which they are situated and for closer links between the university and the region. This book brings together a cross-disciplinary and cross-national team of experts to consider the reasons for and the implications of the new relationship between universities and territorial development. Examining the complex interactions between the 'inner life' of the university and its external environment it poses the question: 'Can the modern university manage the governance and balancing of these sometimes conflicting demands'? Against a backdrop of ongoing processes of globalization there is growing recognition of the importance of sub-national development strategies - processes of regionalization governmental decentralization and sub-national mobilization that provide a context for universities to become powerful partners in the process of managing sub-national economic social and environmental change. Allied to this the continued evolution of the knowledge economy has freed up location decisions within knowledge-intensive industries while paradoxically innovation in the production of goods and services has become still more 'tied' to locations that can nurture the human and intellectual capital upon which those industries rely. Thus cities and regions in which higher education services are concentrated have or are thought to have a competitive advantage. With universities facing ever increasing pressures of commercialization which deepen the engagement between universities and external stakeholders including those based in their localities the tension between the university's academic (basic research and teaching) mission and external demands has never been greater. This book provides a long overdue analysis bringing all the competing issues together synthesizing the key conceptual debates and analyzing the way in which they have been experienced in different local regional and national contexts and with what effects. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367603809

Brilliance Poster The poster is available with a thin Plastic Film Coating to protect against dust and grime fading due to light exposure and oil from finger marks. We encourage our customers to protect their posters with this product. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138071117

Brilliant Ideas for Using ICT in the ClassroomA very practical guide for teachers and lecturers Brilliant Ideas for Using ICT in the Classroom is a totally practical hands-on guide to using ICT in and around the classroom for all secondary school teachers and lecturers in post-compulsory education. Assuming no prior expertise it centres on software and resources that are free or very low cost and offers step-by-step guidance and creative ideas to improve the experience and engagement of your students. With a focus on what tools to use what educational need they satisfy and how to incorporate them into good pedagogy key topics covered include: Effective use of presentation technologies Using producing and sharing multimedia Interactive whiteboards and related technologies Using Web 2.0 technologies Mobile learning Supporting diverse student needs through technology. Brilliant Ideas for Using ICT in the Classroom puts equal emphasis on both technical and pedagogical issues making it the ideal companion whatever your ICT or e-learning needs. Catering equally well for Windows Mac and Linux users this book is designed to give you all the confidence you need to start teaching brilliantly with ICT. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415640503

Brilliant Ideas for Using ICT in the Inclusive Classroom Runner up in Teach Secondary’s Technology and Innovation Awards 2014 sponsored by Lego Brilliant Ideas for using ICT in the Inclusive Classroom provides lots of simple practical ideas showing teachers and support staff how they can use ICT to boost the achievement of all pupils. How can you use ICT to boost the achievement of all your pupils? This practical teachers’ guide will help you to unlock the enormous potential of new technology in order to enhance pupils’ learning particularly for young people with additional needs. Written by two of the UK’s leading technology experts this invaluable and newly updated resource will enable you to use ICT effectively to make lessons more accessible motivating and fun. With　fifty illustrated case studies and　twenty starter activities this practical resource will help you to introduce new technology into the inclusive classroom. It has been specifically designed to help develop your pupils’ key skills such as problem solving developing concepts and communicating to different audiences. In each activity the authors show why and how a particular resource was used and show how similar techniques can be implemented to open up the curriculum to your learners. The authors include timely and realistic advice on how to use a range of technologies from the cheap and cheerful – and even free – to more sophisticated and specialist packages. Find out about: Apps Blogging Digital animation Podcasting Digital storytelling Wikis Geocaching Coding Games and gaming Sat nav Art packages Twitter Whether you’re already techno-savvy or looking to get started with ICT this book is full of brilliant ideas on how to engage learners of all abilities using technology. If you’re looking for inspiration on how to integrate creative uses of ICT with the curriculum this book will prove invaluable. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138809024

Brimful of AsiaNegotiating Ethnicity on the UK Music Scene During the 1990s Asian pop artists began entering the mainstream of the British music industry for the first time. Bands such as Black Star Liner Cornershop Fun Da Mental and Voodoo Queens led those within and without the industry to start asking questions such as what did it mean to be Asian? How did the bands' Asian background affect their music? What did their music say about Asians in Britain? In this book Rehan Hyder draws on in-depth interviews with musicians from these bands and with critics and record producers to examine the pressures associated with making music as a young Asian in today's multi-ethnic Britain. As the book reveals these musicians wish to convey an authentic sense of creativity in their music while at the same time wanting to assert a positive ethnic identity. Hyder explores these two impulses against the backdrop of a music industry and a society at large that hold a range of confining stereotypes about what it means to be Asian. The experiences of these bands add considerably to the wider debate about the nature of identity in the contemporary world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138459656

Bring the FunnyThe Essential Companion for the Comedy Screenwriter A sharp funny book about comedy screenwriting from a successful screenwriter that uses recent – as in this century – movies you've actually seen as examples. Greg DePaul (Screenwriter Bride Wars Saving Silverman) has sold scripts to Miramax Fox Disney New Line Sony MGM and Village Roadshow. He's worked with comedy stars like Jack Black Kate Hudson Jason Biggs and Amanda Peet. Now Greg takes everything he knows about writing comedy and breaking into the biz tosses it into a blender and serves up this tasty fat-free smoothie of a book that’s easy to read brutally honest and straight from the heart ... of Hollywood. Bring the Funny is chock full o' tricks strategies and insider terms used by successful comedy screenwriters including: Comic Justice Wrylies Genre-Bending Shadow Characters The BDR's The Two-Hander The Conceit Comedic Escalation Gapping A.I.C. Fish Outta Water The Idea Factory Really Important Comedy Screenwriting Rules Number 99 and 100 If you're looking to write funnier and better screenplays you want this book. But if you're ready to pack up your car drive out to L.A. and dive into a career as a comedy screenwriter you need this book. Now. Buy it jam it into your pocket and hit the gas. Greg's got your back. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138929258

Bring Work to Life by Bringing Life to WorkA Guide for Leaders and Organizations Organizations accomplish results when they powerfully engage employees and capture their discretionary time. This is more important than ever during this period where employees are facing unprecedented time poverty. Technology has blurred the lines between employees' work and personal lives and they are faced with the challenges of successfully navigating and integrating work and personal demands. When organizations provide the right benefits policies and cultural practices they win and they serve employees in the process.  Using examples and real-world experiences from senior executives and employees author Tracy Brower shows readers the importance of work-life supports and how they lead to more engaged and fulfilled employees. Bring Work to Life by Bringing Life to Work is your go-to guide to work-life support providing easy-to-read strategies for building and implementing your organization's strategies to harness work-life supports increasing positive impact to your bottom line. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781629560038

Bring Your Own Devices (BYOD) Survival Guide Where end-users once queued up to ask the IT department for permission to buy a new computer or a new version of software they are now bypassing IT altogether and buying it on their own. From laptops and smartphones to iPads and virtually unlimited software apps end-users have tasted their freedom and love it. IT will simply never be the same.Bring Your Own Devices (BYOD) Survival Guide explains the psycho-techno phenomenon also known as bring your own technology (BYOT). Providing the guidance necessary for living in this new world it describes the new end-users (Millennials) and their demands as well as the strategic and tactical ramifications of these demands.Examining the business aspects of BYOD—selection purchasing and corporate culture—the book covers the broad range of technical considerations including selection connectivity training support and security. It also includes an extensive set of best practices.The book is geared for the small- to medium-size enterprise that needs to integrate BYOD into their environment. It addresses topics such as content and data management risk assessment performance measurement management and even configuration management.The text includes a set of Quick Start guides that provide tips for such things as assessing costs cloud integration and even legal issues. There is also a full set of appendices that supply helpful information on everything from security settings for Apple iOS devices to a sample employee mobile device agreement. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781466565036

Bringing Bayesian Models to Life Bringing Bayesian Models to Life empowers the reader to extend enhance and implement statistical models for ecological and environmental data analysis. We open the black box and show the reader how to connect modern statistical models to computer algorithms. These algorithms allow the user to fit models that answer their scientific questions without needing to rely on automated Bayesian software. We show how to handcraft statistical models that are useful in ecological and environmental science including: linear and generalized linear models spatial and time series models occupancy and capture-recapture models animal movement models spatio-temporal models and integrated population-models. Features: R code implementing algorithms to fit Bayesian models using real and simulated data examples. A comprehensive review of statistical models commonly used in ecological and environmental science. Overview of Bayesian computational methods such as importance sampling MCMC and HMC. Derivations of the necessary components to construct statistical algorithms from scratch. Bringing Bayesian Models to Life contains a comprehensive treatment of models and associated algorithms for fitting the models to data. We provide detailed and annotated R code in each chapter and apply it to fit each model we present to either real or simulated data for instructional purposes. Our code shows how to create every result and figure in the book so that readers can use and modify it for their own analyses. We provide all code and data in an organized set of directories available at the authors' websites. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367198480

Bringing Class Back InContemporary And Historical Perspectives This book brings together scholars who are engaged in class analysis that addresses continuing debates over the relationship between class structure and human agency the centrality of class relations the dynamics of class formation class culture ideology and consciousness. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367153625

Bringing Cold War Democracy to West BerlinA Shared German–American Project 1940–1972 Within the span of a generation Nazi Germany’s former capital Berlin found a new role as a symbol of freedom and resilient democracy in the Cold War. This book unearths how this remarkable transformation resulted from a network of liberal American occupation officials and returned émigrés or remigrés of the Marxist Social Democratic Party (SPD).This network derived from lengthy physical and political journeys. After fleeing Hitler German-speaking self-professed "revolutionary socialists" emphasized "anti-totalitarianism" in New Deal America and contributed to its intelligence apparatus. These experiences made these remigrés especially adept at cultural translation in postwar Berlin against Stalinism.This book provides a new explanation for the alignment of Germany’s principal left-wing party with the Western camp. While the Cold War has traditionally been analyzed from the perspective of decision makers in Moscow or Washington this study demonstrates the agency of hitherto marginalized on the conflict’s first battlefield. Examining local political culture and social networks underscores how both Berliners and émigrés understood the East-West competition over the rubble that the Nazis left behind as a chance to reinvent themselves as democrats and cultural mediators respectively. As this network popularized an anti-Communist pro-Western Left this book identifies how often ostracized émigrés made a crucial contribution to the Federal Republic of Germany’s democratization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367586119

Bringing Ethics AliveFeminist Ethics in Psychotherapy Practice Gain fresh theoretical and practical perspectives of feminist ethics in psychotherapy from this groundbreaking book. The combined effect of increases in the population of minorities in the U.S. and the number of women in psychotherapy practice will have great impact on the future of the mental health profession. Psychotherapy practitioners and students must learn how to make ethical considerations concerning gender ethnicity and sexual orientation. Bringing Ethics Alive is the only book of its kind that deals with the multicultural aspects of ethics in mental health services and discusses specific objectives for incorporating ethics in psychotherapy education.Divided into two sections Bringing Ethics alive focuses on both theoretical and practical issues of ethics in feminist therapy. The first section addresses theory by emphasizing the ethical responsibility of training programs to incorporate discussions on issues of racism sexism and heterosexism into the curricula. The important principles that should be included in courses on ethics in psychotherapy are outlined and include in-depth explanations of the ethics of confidentiality professional competence and conflicts of interest. A model for reconceptualizing boundary definitions in therapy is also provided.The second half of Bringing Ethics Alive provides insights on a wide range of ethical considerations in psychotherapy practice. Some of the specific issues discussed include: sexual abuse of clients by women therapists experiences of women sexually abused by male therapists compared to women sexually abused by female therapists a personal account of sexual misconduct in therapy from the point of view of the victim the ethics code of the Feminist Therapy Institute and the difficulties in translating the code into practice the inappropriate use of Native American spiritual practices or activities by non-Native American professionalsGraduate students in psychology social work and counseling psychiatric residents psychologists social workers counselors and counseling clergy no matter what their level of experience will benefit from this thought-provoking exploration of feminist ethics in theory and practice. With its multicultural viewpoint and clear definitions of ethical issues Bringing Ethics Alive is an essential book for helping mental health professionals sort through the complex issues of ethics in feminist therapy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315783994

Bringing French to LifeCreative activities for 5-11 Bringing French to Life provides an innovative and refreshing cross-curricular approach to teaching languages in primary schools combining art design and foreign languages with various aspects of the National Primary Curriculum such as Literacy Numeracy and PE. This unique practical resource comprises an engaging storyline about a day in the life of two French children and gives an opportunity for learners to re-enact their day using finger puppets handmade crafts and exciting games to practise new language. Each of the 14 sections begins with a short accessible dialogue in French and is followed by suggestions for using the new vocabulary in pairs small groups or as a whole class. The main story is accompanied by fun craft activities linked to the story (one for each section ie 14 in total) for children to create in class using the templates and instructions provided. A wide range of further activities follows consisting of lively games songs and opportunities to communicate simple ideas. Language extensions are suggested focussing on imaginative writing and reading ideas linked to the theme of each section. Written to support the new foreign languages programme of study the book also includes:　 * Cross-curricular links to numerous subjects including Literacy Numeracy PE and ICT　 * Classroom games and activities　 * Photocopiable resources and templates for fun classroom activities and projects　 * Language extension activities.　 Bringing French to Life can be read on three levels to suit a variety of classroom situations. First the story can be told ‘straight’ with the whole class participating in the　dialogues. Second the story can be combined with the craft activities after each main section. 14 doing and making activities match the storyline and provide a colourful eye catching display and learning focus in the classroom or for Open Days or Assemblies. Teachers can use as many or as few as they wish. The resultant crafts can be used for very effective classroom displays/open days/assemblies etc. Finally the language extension activities can be used alongside the art/craft/design activities as desired. The aim of these activities is to extend the target language in a relevant context through a variety of methods such as songs playlets simple communicative exchanges games with numbers etc.　 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138795310

Bringing German to LifeCreative activities for 5-11 Bringing German to Life provides an innovative and refreshing cross-curricular approach to teaching languages in primary schools combining art design and foreign languages with various aspects of the National Primary Curriculum such as Literacy Numeracy and PE. This unique practical resource comprises an engaging storyline about a day in the life of two German children and gives an opportunity for learners to re-enact their day using finger puppets handmade crafts and exciting games to practise new language. Each of the 14 sections begins with a short accessible dialogue in German and is followed by suggestions for using the new vocabulary in pairs small groups or as a whole class. The main story is accompanied by fun craft activities linked to the story (one for each section ie 14 in total) for children to create in class using the templates and instructions provided. A wide range of further activities follows consisting of lively games songs and opportunities to communicate simple ideas. Language extensions are suggested focussing on imaginative writing and reading ideas linked to the theme of each section. Written to support the new foreign languages programme of study the book also includes:　 * Cross-curricular links to numerous subjects including Literacy Numeracy PE and ICT　 * Classroom games and activities　 * Photocopiable resources and templates for fun classroom activities and projects　 * Language extension activities.　 Bringing German to Life can be read on three levels to suit a variety of classroom situations. First the story can be told ‘straight’ with the whole class participating in the　dialogues. Second the story can be combined with the craft activities after each main section. 14 doing and making activities match the storyline and provide a colourful eye-catching display and learning focus in the classroom or for Open Days or Assemblies. Teachers can use as many or as few as they wish. The resultant crafts can be used for very effective classroom displays/open days/assemblies etc. Finally the language extension activities can be used alongside the art/craft/design activities as desired. The aim of these activities is to extend the target language in a relevant context through a variety of methods such as songs playlets simple communicative exchanges games with numbers etc.　 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138797703

Bringing History Alive through Local People and PlacesA guide for primary school teachers A much-needed and delightful book. It shows how history can be taught with the meaningful experiences of each child at its centre making connections between the child the locality and community the national and global past and concepts of time. Throughout the authors empower teachers to adopt their philosophy by showing them how to plan select resources and strategies and reflect on ideas and case studies. Hilary Cooper Emeritus professor of history and pedagogy The University of Cumbria UK.   Bringing History Alive through Local People and Places puts the local environment and community at the heart of history showing how it can be used as the context for successful history teaching across the primary age range. It considers how to develop children’s concepts and skills through local history how to link local national and global aspects of history and helps you develop your own historical knowledge understanding and confidence in teaching the subject. Practical topics explored include: Investigating children’s cultural and geographical roots through fieldwork Finding and visiting local museums archives and heritage sights Choosing and using resources Using significant people events and buildings to link with national history Environmental education and sustainable development through local history Understanding the links between history and everyday life Planning and assessing history. Based on the latest research and practice in the field Bringing History Alive through Local People and Places offers an exciting template of creative ideas and activities to show teachers how they can make history relevant to all children. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415535861

Bringing Innovative Practices to Your SchoolLessons from International Schools Exploring issues of student agency equity assessment teaching management teacher leadership and use of technology this book provides strategies tips and guidance for enacting innovative change in today‘s schools. Drawing from unique and creative approaches at international schools real practitioners share their stories and best-practices. Chapters contain engaging snapshots of the innovative practices currently happening in international schools translate those practices into leadership actions and show how those innovations are played out in localized contexts. This exciting book is for every school and district leader keen to think outside the box reassess their schools’ strengths and improve the purposes and means by which they educate students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367185909

Bringing Insider Perspectives into Inclusive Teacher LearningPotentials and challenges for educational professionals This fascinating text offers a compelling argument for the need to include insider perspectives of disability in teacher education programs in order to enrich professional understandings and shed light on the reality of living with a disability. With contributions from a highly experienced team of authors from a wide range of educational settings Bringing Insider Perspectives into Inclusive Teacher Learning includes case studies and research projects on how teacher educators gather interpret and integrate insider perspectives into teacher education programs along with practical strategies as to how educators can develop programs more sensitive to the experiences of ‘insiders’. Questions addressed include: How do teacher educator researchers gather insider perspectives? What are some of the barriers and challenges involved? What critical experiences and lessons can be learned from teacher educators who have integrated insider perspectives? How can insider perspectives bring about a more meaningful inclusion of students with disabilities? Offering a range of different methodologies to engage students parents teachers school leaders and teacher educators this thought-provoking book provides practical ideas about how insider perspectives can enhance teacher learning and support greater inclusive practices in schools. This text will be useful to university lecturers teachers and education specialists as well as students of educational studies and ITE courses from foundation degree level through to undergraduate and postgraduate study. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415658317

Bringing Jobs Back to the USARebuilding America’s Manufacturing through Reshoring A follow-up to Tim Hutzel's previous book Keeping Your Business in the USA: Profit Globally While Operating Locally this book tells the stories of companies that have sent their jobs outside of the USA and the negative effects this had on the quality of their products and services employees supply chain providers and consumers.Bringing Jobs Back to the USA: Rebuilding America's Manufacturing Through Reshoring reveals the motivation these companies had to offshore their jobs as well as the errors of omission they made by not understanding the true cost of offshoring. Exposing the true cost of offshoring to US organizations and citizens it supplies concrete suggestions to help government officials and activists prevent offshoring and incentivize reshoring.The book provides food for thought for businesses currently thinking about sending US jobs to foreign countries. Outlining a roadmap for reshoring using a step-by-step methodology it provides business leaders with the understanding to make the right decisions regarding reshoring their products back to America. Watch the authors discuss how manufacturing and jobs can be shifted back to the USA.https://youtu.be/EwQf50rdlFA Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781466557567

Bringing Learning to LifeThe Learning Revolution The Economy and the Individual In an age of intense economic competition and continual change the ability to learn is a key factor in survival and prosperity. This book examines the changing interaction of the world economy Britain’s prospects for prosperity the connections between different kinds of work and the learning that support them. Focusing on specific areas where changed attitudes and ways of working are long overdue the authors show the need for a better balance between formal provision in schools colleges and within employment and less tangible informal learning at home and in the workplace. These in turn open up issues of the curriculum (especially in the formative later years in schools and colleges) guidance for education and work and the qualifications structure. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415753418

Bringing Lesbian and Gay Rights Into the MainstreamTwenty Years of Progress A lively memoir of LGBT activist Steve Endean—one of the most influential political strategists ever to lobby Washington DC!Bringing Lesbian and Gay Rights Into the Mainstream: Twenty Years of Progress is the spirited and provocative memoir that blows the lid off the complex machinations of state and national politics. LGBT activist Steve Endean’s autobiographical chronicle completed shortly before his death in 1993 tells insider stories that are sometimes rousing other times infuriating recounting the fight for lesbian and gay rights from the trenches of the Minnesota state capital to the Washington Beltway. Readers get a clear view of the political activism of building grassroots support systems fundraising efforts lobbying to rally support for bills and the election/reelection of sympathetic political representatives.Bringing Lesbian and Gay Rights Into the Mainstream: Twenty Years of Progress dynamically recounts Endean’s activism and instrumental leadership of the LGBT movement from 1973 to just before his death in 1993. From being the first Executive Director of the Gay Rights National Lobby founder and Executive Director of the Human Rights Campaign Fund and founder of the Speak Out mailgram campaigns for grassroots pressure on congresspersons on G/L rights issues the author discusses with amusing anecdotes and self-effacing humor his strategies victories and failures as movement leader. This lively mix of the accomplishments in those crucial years and the “dos and don’ts” of political activism is peopled with well-known and lesser-known movers and shakers on the political landscape.Bringing Lesbian and Gay Rights Into the Mainstream: Twenty Years of Progress gives an inside look at the political process discussing: the political roots of Steve Endean—from his activist beginnings in Minnesota his rise from state to national politics the basics of fundraising lobbying representatives the LGBT internal conflicts building grassroots support the hypocrisy and lack of courage inherent in politics protest activitiesFrom the book:“I began to ge a sense of what a challenge I had ahead when Mayo asked what brought me to DC. Exhausted from a long flight coping with tons of luggage and very nervous about such a big move I mustered the energy to explain earnestly that I'd been hired to be the first director and lobbyist for the Gay Rights National Lobby. To my shock this distinguished gentleman doubled up with laughter and in his charming Southern drawl told me the Gay Rights National Lobby was dead as a doornail. He went on to suggest if that is what really brought me to Washington DC I might not want to haul all those boxes upstairs and perhaps I should just pack up and catch a return flight to Minnesota. That was my welcome to Washington DC. Cold white Minnesota never looked so appealing.”Bringing Lesbian and Gay Rights Into the Mainstream: Twenty Years of Progress is stimulating eye-opening reading for educators students activists in search of guidance in the political process anyone interested in LGBT history and political history and anyone who knew the late Steve Endean. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203057360

Bringing Micro to the MacroAdapting Clinical Interventions for Supervision and Management The field of human services is filled with clinicians turned managers. Many of these managers have not studied business and lack leadership and management experience. Bringing Micro to the Macro: Adapting Clinical Interventions for Supervision and Management shows social workers and other human service professionals how to adapt their clinical and direct practice skills to be effective supervisors and managers. The book demonstrates the parallels between the micro process of client work and the macro process of staff supervision and management. It also shows managers how to properly adapt and employ their micro practice skills to engage motivate and guide their staff to achieve maximum impact and productivity. The first four parts are based on the four phases of service delivery in social work: Engagement Assessment Intervention and Evaluation and Termination. The book concludes with a part on Self-Care as this is important if you want to have longevity in this field. Bringing Micro to the Macro is a user-friendly book that can be a tool that new supervisors or managers in social work and human services can reach for when they wonder how to work with staff instead of clients. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138349605

Bringing Normativity into Critical Terrorism Studies This book explores and inquiries into the interrelation between normativity and Critical Terrorism Studies (CTS) from a wide range of critical views. The volume draws together authors with very different positions and understandings of normativity and policy-implementations in relation to countering terrorism to offer the reader a wide range of perspectives and views on this topic. As such the book is aimed at interrogating the concept of normativity in CTS from a wide range of theoretical angles but also at incorporating within the CTS’ agenda new debates and critiques. In its chapters the book covers debates that go from more philosophical theoretical and ethical discussions to questions revolving around the importance and need of being policy-relevant for CTS scholars. All in all this volume brings together chapters joining the debate on CTS’ main theoretical tenants and the role of critical scholars in counter-terrorism and prevention policies. Covering a broad spectrum of approaches and perspectives authors in this book give different answers to central questions such as: how can we rethink CTS? What is the role of the critical terrorism studies community in countering terrorism? The chapters in this book were originally published in the journal Critical Studies on Terrorism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367565619

Bringing Religion and Spirituality Into TherapyA Process-based Model for Pluralistic Practice Bringing Religion and Spirituality into Therapy provides a comprehensive and timely model for spirituality-integrated therapy which is truly pluralist and responsive to the ever-evolving World of religion/spirituality. This book presents an algorithmic process-based model for organizing the abundance of theoretical and practical literature around how psychology religion and spirituality interact in counseling. Building on a tripartite framework the book discusses the practical implications of the model and shows how it can be used in the context of assessment and case formulation research clinical competence and education and the broad framework ties together many strands of scholarship into religion and spirituality in counseling across a number of disciplines. Chapters address the concerns of groups such as the unaffiliated non-theists and those with multiple spiritual influences. This approachable book is aimed at mental health students practitioners and educators. In it readers are challenged to develop richer ways of understanding being and intervening when religion and spirituality are brought into therapy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138476479

Bringing Spanish to LifeCreative activities for 5-11 Bringing Spanish to Life provides an innovative and refreshing cross-curricular approach to teaching languages in primary schools combining art design and foreign languages with various aspects of the National Primary Curriculum such as Literacy Numeracy and PE. This unique practical resource comprises an engaging storyline about a day in the life of two Spanish children and gives an opportunity for learners to re-enact their day using finger puppets handmade crafts and exciting games to practise new language. Each of the 14 sections begins with a short accessible dialogue in Spanish and is followed by suggestions for using the new vocabulary in pairs small groups or as a whole class. The main story is accompanied by fun craft activities linked to the story (one for each section ie 14 in total) for children to create in class using the templates and instructions provided. A wide range of further activities follows consisting of lively games songs and opportunities to communicate simple ideas. Language extensions are suggested focussing on imaginative writing and reading ideas linked to the theme of each section. Written to support the new foreign languages programme of study the book also includes:　 * Cross-curricular links to numerous subjects including Literacy Numeracy PE and ICT　 * Classroom games and activities　 * Photocopiable resources and templates for fun classroom activities and projects　 * Language extension activities.　 Bringing Spanish to Life can be read on three levels to suit a variety of classroom situations. First the story can be told ‘straight’ with the whole class participating in the　dialogues. Second the story can be combined with the craft activities after each main section. 14 doing and making activities match the storyline and provide a colourful eye catching display and learning focus in the classroom or for Open Days or Assemblies. Teachers can use as many or as few as they wish. The resultant crafts can be used for very effective classroom displays/open days/assemblies etc. Finally the language extension activities can be used alongside the art/craft/design activities as desired. The aim of these activities is to extend the target language in a relevant context through a variety of methods such as songs playlets simple communicative exchanges games with numbers etc.　 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138797680

Bringing the Common Core Math Standards to LifeExemplary Practices from High Schools As high school math teachers shift to the Common Core State Standards the question remains: What do the standards actually look like in the classroom? This book answers that question by taking you inside of real Common Core classrooms across the country. You’ll see how exemplary teachers are meeting the new requirements and engaging students in math. Through these detailed examples of effective instruction you will uncover how to bring the standards to life in your own classroom! Special Features: A clear explanation of the big shifts happening in the classroom as a result of the Common Core State Standards Real examples of how exemplary teachers are using engaging strategies and tasks to teach algebra geometry trigonometry statistics mathematics across the curriculum and moreA detailed analysis of each example to help you understand why it is effective and how you can try it with your own students Practical ready-to-use tools you can take back to your classroom including unit plans and classroom handouts Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415733427

Bringing the Common Core Math Standards to LifeExemplary Practices from Middle Schools As middle school math teachers shift to the Common Core State Standards the question remains: What do the standards actually look like in the classroom? This book answers that question by taking you inside of real Common Core classrooms across the country. You’ll see how exemplary teachers are meeting the new requirements and engaging students in math. Through these detailed examples of effective instruction you will uncover how to bring the standards to life in your own classroom! Special Features:• A clear explanation of the big shifts happening in the classroom as a result of the Common Core State Standards • Real examples of how exemplary teachers are meeting the CCSS by teaching problem solving for different learning styles proportional reasoning the Pythagorean theorem measurements and more• A detailed analysis of each example to help you understand why it is effective and how you can try it with your own students• Practical ready-to-use tools you can take back to your classroom including unit plans and classroom handouts   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415733410

Bringing the Forest School Approach to your Early Years Practice This easy-to-read series provides an introduction to some of the most important early years philosophies and shows how they can be incorporated into your setting. Each book provides: an outline of the background to the approach clear explanations of the relevance to contemporary thinking suggestions to help you plan a successful learning environment examples of what the individual approach can look like in practice. These convenient guides are essential to early years practitioners students and parents who wish to fully understand what each approach means to their setting and children. How has Forest School helped to change attitudes about risk and challenge in the early years? What are the benefits of using this approach for children’s development health and overall wellbeing? Bringing the Forest School Approach to your Early Years Practice provides an accessible introduction to Forest School practice. It identifies the key issues involved in setting up running and managing a Forest school environment and offers clear guidance on resources staffing and space required for successful play and learning outdoors. Including links to the Early Years Foundation Stage and a wide range of case studies the book covers: The beginnings of Forest School and how practice has developed Child centred play and learning that allows for risk taking and challenge Planning for children’s individual needs learning styles and schemas The learning environment The role of the adult including health and safety and children’s welfare. Full of practical advice this convenient guide will help practitioners to deliver new exciting and inspiring opportunities for the children they care for. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415719070

Bringing the Froebel Approach to your Early Years Practice Have you ever wondered about the origins of the kindergarten and the influence of Froebel on early years practice? What did Froebel mean by a garden for children? Why did he believe that play is central in young children’s learning? Bringing the Froebel Approach to your Early Years Practice looks at the founder of the kindergarten and his profound influence on provision and practice for young children today. The Froebelian approach is not a method but includes distinctive principles which shape and guide practice. This new edition has been fully updated in line with the revised EYFS and includes: extra material on using the approach with children of different ages and the role of the adult a discussion of key Froebelian principles such as play imagination creativity learning through self-activity and making connections an examination of block play and how this can be developed in contemporary settings Froebel’s ideas on nature and outdoor play and why these are fundamental to young children’s learning how Froebel used movement song rhythm and rhyme to provide key learning experiences With examples of innovative practice and ideas for reflection this convenient guide will help practitioners and students fully understand what the Froebel approach can offer their setting and children. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138671171

Bringing the Law Back InEssays in Land Law and Development This title was first published in 2003. Bringing together the two fields of land reform and law this volume examines the role the law and lawyers can should and do play in developing countries in the evolution of land policies in land tenure reform and in the reform of land use and urban planning. Providing both a theoretical and practical perspective it discusses the role of law in both urban land reform concentrating on reforms in land use and town and country planning law and general national land reform looking at specific case studies and at more general themes. It provides a coherent set of ideas and philosophies about land reform through the medium of law which have been developed through reflection and action over a considerable period of time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138725430

Bringing the Montessori Approach to your Early Years Practice Have you ever wondered what the Montessori approach is all about and how it can be used to benefit the young children in your setting? This book explains how the Montessori approach works offering guidance on planning and assessment methods alongside practical activities for practitioners to try. Throughout there are practical examples involving children of different ages in a wide range of settings to show how Montessori principles have been implemented. . This new edition has been fully updated to include: The revised areas of learning in the EYFS and how these link to Montessori practice An examination of early effective learning Approaches to effective learning in Montessori settings A new chapter on Montessori approaches to the assessment requirements of the EYFSquestions for reflection This convenient guide will help early years practitioners students and parents to really understand what the Montessori approach means to their setting and children. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138022447

Bringing the Reggio Approach to your Early Years Practice Have you ever wondered what the Reggio Approach is all about why it works and how it can be used to benefit the young children in your setting? The book describes how educators in Reggio Emilia work with young children and looks at the connections between the Reggio Approach and the revised Early Years Foundation Stage framework. It provides practical examples involving children of different ages in a wide variety of settings helping the reader to see the connection between practice and theory. This new edition has been fully updated to show the increasingly mirroring connections between the Reggio Approach and the principles and commitments of the recently revised Early Years Foundation Stage (EYFS) framework. Each chapter focuses on one important aspect of the Reggio Approach and includes: Practical examples involving children of different ages in a wide variety of settings helping the reader to see the connection between practice and theory Questions to enable the reader to reflect on and develop his or her own practice in accordance with new statutory requirements References to sources of further reading and information. This convenient guide will help early years practitioners students and parents to really understand what the Reggio Approach can offer their setting and children. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415729123

Bringing the Standards for Foreign Language Learning to Life This book is a comprehensive guide to help foreign language teachers use technology in their classrooms. It offers the best ways to integrate technology into your teaching for student-centered learning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138475731

Bringing the Steiner Waldorf Approach to your Early Years Practice Have you ever wondered what the Steiner approach is all about where it comes from and how it can be used to benefit the young children in your setting? Bringing the Steiner Waldorf Approach to your Early Years Setting is an excellent introduction to this philosophy. Janni Nicol clearly explains the history of Steiner Waldorf education the role of play in learning and the key themes of rhythm repetition and reverence with ideas for activities and resources. Practical examples throughout the book involving children of different ages in a wide variety of settings allow readers to see the connection between theory and practice. This new edition has been fully updated to include: Clear comparisons between Steiner practice and the revised Early Years Foundations Stage (EYFS) requirements A section on the growth of international Steiner settings Information on celebrating festivals and outdoor environments This convenient guide will help Early Years practitioners students and parents to really understand what the Steiner Waldorf approach can bring to their practice and children. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138840492

Bringing Up BabyThe Psychoanalytic Infant Comes of Age This is an important text that synthesises diverse literatures and theories on infant development into a coherent framework that illuminates the essence of infancy for all those who have infants study infants teach about infancy make policy with respect to infant welfare and work medically or therapeutically with mothers and their infants. It brings together in one volume the principal theories of infant development beginning with Freud's vision of the Oedipal infant moving through the post-Freudian conceptualizations of the infant of Anna Freud Melanie Klein and the British Independents with Donald Winnicott as exemplar then to the attachment theorists the intersubjective theories the cognitive developmental psychologists examining the work of Jean Piaget and the neo-Piagetian cognitive theorists concluding with the modern infant of developmental neuroscience and an examination of the neurobiology of attachment stress and care giving. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781780490434

Bringing Up War-BabiesThe Wartime Child in Women’s Writing and Psychoanalysis at Mid-Century The figure of the wartime child in the mid-twentieth century unsettles and disturbs. This book employs a range of material – biographical literary and historical – to chart some of the surprising and unanticipated crossovers between women’s writing and early psychoanalysis in the years of the Second World War and the decades before and after. This volume includes examples of children’s adventure fiction as well as works written for adult audiences and important and previously unrecognized similarities are noted.The war was a disruptive influence in the lives of all who lived through it. Although active self-censorship is observed in the behaviour and attitudes of adults at this time this book demonstrates how fictional children are able to articulate feelings such as anxiety and fear that adults were under pressure to conceal or to repress and at times the figure of the wartime child becomes a surrogate for the writer herself or her suppressed fears and anxiety. When peace returned this study finds women writers quick to identify and communicate a discomfiting new ambivalence between parents and children. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367666460

Bringing Value to HealthcarePractical Steps for Getting to a Market-Based Model The healthcare sector is on the cusp of sweeping disruption. The hallmarks of the old system—pricing that’s disconnected from outcomes and incentives for treating sickness rather than maintaining health—are no longer sustainable. And yet after decades of financial success it’s difficult for most established industry players to grapple with meaningful changes to their business models. In their latest book Bringing Value to Healthcare: Practical Steps for Getting to a Market-Based Model Rita Numerof and Michael Abrams lay out the roadmap to a healthcare system that is accountable for delivering optimal patient outcomes at a sustainable cost. Based on in-depth research and decades of experience consulting with leading hospitals insurers and device and drug manufacturers Numerof and Abrams provide a market-based approach to addressing the ills of the current healthcare system. In addition to highlighting industry challenges and opportunities the authors also outline the changes required of consumers employers and policy makers to move to a patient-centered model characterized by value accountability and transparency. This is the handbook for payer provider pharmaceutical and medical device executives who are seeking to preserve today’s profitability while positioning their organizations for success in the very different markets of tomorrow. The book’s guidance is illuminated by case studies and each chapter concludes with a self-assessment tool and key questions. Getting to a new future isn’t easy. But if it can’t be envisioned it can’t be realized. Bringing Value to Healthcare is that critical first step. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781498735148

Bringing Words to LifeRobust Vocabulary Instruction Hundreds of thousands of teachers have used this highly practical guide to help K–12 students enlarge their vocabulary and get involved in noticing understanding and using new words. Grounded in research the book explains how to select words for instruction introduce their meanings and create engaging learning activities that promote both word knowledge and reading comprehension. The authors are trusted experts who draw on extensive experience in diverse classrooms and schools. Sample lessons and vignettes children's literature suggestions end-of-chapter summaries "Your Turn" learning activities and a Study Guide for teachers enhance the book's utility as a classroom resource professional development tool or course text. The Study Guide can be downloaded and printed for ease of use (www.guilford.com/beck-studyguide). New to This Edition*Reflects over a decade of advances in research-based vocabulary instruction.*Chapters on vocabulary and writing; assessment; and differentiating instruction for struggling readers and English language learners including coverage of response to intervention (RTI).*Expanded discussions of content-area vocabulary and multiple-meaning words.*Many additional examples showing what robust instruction looks like in action.*Appendix with a useful menu of instructional activities. See also the authors' Creating Robust Vocabulary: Frequently Asked Questions and Extended Examples which includes specific instructional sequences for different grade ranges as well as Making Sense of Phonics Second Edition: The Hows and Whys by Isabel L. Beck and Mark E. Beck an invaluable resource for K–3. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462508167

Britain 1846-1919 Britain 1846 - 1919 is an exciting new approach to teaching and learning late nineteenth and early twentieth century British History at A Level up to and including the First World War. It meets the needs of teachers and students studying for today's new AS level exams. In a unique style Britain 1846-1919 focuses on the key topics within the period. Each topic is comprehensively explored to provide background essay-writing advice and examples source work and historical skills exercises. From 1846 to 1919 the key topics featured include: * the Age of the Railways* Public Health and Social Policy* Gladstone and Disraeli at home and abroad* the Irish Question* the Liberal and Coalition Ministries in the early twentieth century. Using essay styles and source exercises from each of the exam boards AQA Edexcel and OCR this book is an essential text for students and teachers. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315013008

Britain America and the Special Relationship since 1941 Britain America and the Special Relationship since 1941 examines the Anglo-American strategic and military relationship that developed during the Second World War and continued until recent years. Forged on a common ground of social cultural and ideological values as well as political expediency this partnership formed the basis of the western alliance throughout the Cold War playing an essential part in bringing stability to the post-1945 international order. Clearly written and chronologically organized the book begins by discussing the origins of the ‘Special Relationship’ and its progression from uneasy coexistence in the eighteenth century to collaboration at the start of the Second World War. McKercher explores the continued evolution of this partnership during the conflicts that followed such as the Suez Crisis the Vietnam War and the Falklands War. The book concludes by looking at the developments in British and American politics during the past two decades and analysing the changing dynamics of this alliance over the course of its existence. Illustrated with maps and photographs and supplemented by a chronology of events and list of key figures this is an essential introductory resource for students of the political history and foreign policies of Britain and the United States in the twentieth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138800014

Britain America and Anti-Communist Propaganda 1945-53The Information Research Department In the Cold War battle for hearts and minds Britain was the first country to formulate a coordinated global response to communist propaganda. In January 1948 the British government launched a new propaganda policy designed to 'oppose the inroads of communism' by taking the offensive against it.' A small section in the Foreign Office the innocuously titled Information Research Department (IRD) was established to collate information on communist policy tactics and propaganda and coordinate the discreet dissemination of counter-propaganda to opinion formers at home and abroad. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315810157

Britain America and the Sinews of War 1914-1918 (RLE The First World War) Anglo-American relations were transformed during the First World War. Britain was already in long-term economic decline relative to the United States but this decline was accelerated by the war which was militarily a victory for Britain but economically a catastrophe. This book sets out the economic and in particular the financial relations between the two powers during the war setting it in the context of the more familiar political and diplomatic relationship. Particular attention is paid to the British war missions sent out to the USA which were the agents for much of the financial and economic negotiation and which are rescued here from underserved historical obscurity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138965034

Britain America and the War Debt ControversyThe Economic Diplomacy of an Unspecial Relationship 1917-45 This volume throws important new light upon a pivotal period of transition in the Anglo-American relationship and sets the stage for its equally dramatic transformation during and after the Second World War.  Based upon extensive research in previously unpublished archival material on both sides of the Atlantic for the first time this book offers a detailed and comprehensive analysis of the war debt problem from its origins at the end of the First World War until its final removal with the launch of Roosevelt's Lend-Lease programme in 1940-41. This work will be of great interest to diplomats and journalists as well as to students and scholars of political diplomatic economic and international history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415511452

Britain France and the Naval Arms Trade in the Baltic 1919 -1939Grand Strategy and Failure The strategy of the British and French prior to World War II was to preserve the status quo after the disaster of World War I. Donald Stoker's book examines British and French involvement from 1919 to 1939 in the creation and development of the naval forces of Poland Finland and the three Baltic states of Estonia Latvia and Lithuania. This is an in-depth scholarly study of a subject that should appeal to students of international history strategy international relations and naval history in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415646192

Britain Germany and the Cold WarThe Search for a European Détente 1949–1967 This well-researched book details the ambiguity in British policy towards Europe in the Cold War as it sought to pursue détente with the Soviet Union whilst upholding its commitments to its NATO allies. From the early 1950s Britain pursued a dual policy of strengthening the West whilst seeking détente with the Soviet Union. British statesmen realized that only through compromise with Moscow over the German question could the elusive East-West be achieved. Against this the West German hard line towards the East (endorsed by the United States) was seen by the British as perpetuating tension between the two blocs. This cast British policy onto an insoluble dilemma as it was caught between its alliance obligations to the West German state and its search for compromise with the Soviet bloc. Charting Britain's attempts to reconcile this contradiction this book argues that Britain successfully adapted to the new realities and made hitherto unknown contributions towards détente in the early 1960s whilst drawing towards Western Europe and applying for membership of the EEC in 1961. Drawing on unpublished US and UK archives Britain Germany and the Cold War casts new light on the Cold War the history of détente and the evolution of European integration. This book will appeal to students of Cold War history British foreign policy German politics and international history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138819672

Britain Ireland and Northern Ireland since 1980The Totality of Relationships This book is the first in-depth analysis of the interaction between the British and Irish governments and the role they have played in seeking to resolve the conflict in Northern Ireland since 1980. Eamonn O’Kane examines Britain and Ireland’s objectives in relation to the Northern Ireland conflict focusing on the influential factors that persuaded these two governments to co-operate at a closer level and those which made this co-operation difficult to achieve and at times sustain. Drawing on extensive primary research including interviews with leading British and Irish politicians and civil servants the book questions many of the most widely accepted arguments regarding the conflict. It sheds new light upon the objectives of the two states in Northern Ireland the origins of the peace process the reasons that the conflict appeared so intractable and the role of the international dimension. The book places events in context and offers a more convincing explanation for many of the advances and disappointments in Northern Ireland in recent years than is currently available. This volume offers a reinterpretation of the intergovernmental approach to the Northern Ireland conflict and peace process and is an invaluable resource for students and researchers of British politics Irish studies and conflict studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203016831

Britain Israel and Anglo-Jewry 1949-57 This book focuses on the bilateral and multilateral relations between Britain the 'former proprietor' and Israel the 'successor state' during the period following their armed clash in January 1949 to Israel's withdrawal from the Gaza and the Sinai in March 1957. It highlights the formulation of foreign policy decisions in Britain and Israel; Britain's special responsibility and influence which affected Israel's relations with neighbouring Arab states; Israel's complex policy towards Britain; Anglo-Jewry's attitude towards Israel and the distinctive relationship between Israel's embassy in London and the Jewish community. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138870130

Britain Israel and the United States 1955-1958Beyond Suez Orna Almog examines the Anglo-Israeli relationship from 1955 to 1958 in the context of the Cold War superpower rivalry and political upheaval in the Middle East. The author reveals how the British foreign service mistook Israeli thinking for psychological weakness and made errors of judgement. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138987920

Britain Japan and China 1876–1895East Asian International Relations before the First Sino–Japanese War This book revises the conventional wisdom about the Anglo-Japanese relationship in the late nineteenth century that these two countries were bound by mutual sympathy and common interests and therefore the common ground which led to the signing of the Anglo-Japanese Alliance in 1902 had already existed in the 1880s. Such understandings fail to take account of the fact that the Qing dynasty of China had emerged as the strongest regional power in East Asia by reasserting its influence as the traditional suzerain of the region in the years prior to the First Sino-Japanese War. The British and the Japanese governments clearly recognised that it would become difficult to maintain their interests in East Asia if they antagonised the Qing by challenging its claim of suzerainty over Korea. It was difficult for them to come to closer terms when their priority before 1894-5 was to maintain good relations with China and when they were also experiencing numerous diplomatic difficulties with each other. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138354715

Britain Japan and Pearl HarbourAvoiding War in East Asia 1936-1941 Recent controversies about Pearl Harbour have highlighted the need for a new assessment of British policy towards Japan during the period leading up to the Pacific War. Britain Japan and Pearl Harbour provides a thorough and authoritative account of British efforts to avert conflict with Japan and makes use of the most recently released material from British archives including information from intelligence sources.This is the most comprehensive study so far of British policy towards East Asia in this period. It illustrates the extent of British weakness in the region and the degree to which the constant need to appease American opinion hamstrung Britain's ability to achieve an understanding with Japan. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415867795

Britain Leftist Nationalists and the Transfer of Power in Nigeria 1945-1965 This is the first comprehensive study of leftist ideology and movements and their organizational structure in colonial and post colonial Nigeria. Tijani moves the contributions of Nigerian leftists from the archival centers into mainstream intellectual and nationalist history proving the first historical narrative of the unsung heroes of the Nigerian nationalist movement. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415646185

Britain Nasser and the Balance of Power in the Middle East 1952-1977From The Eygptian Revolution to the Six Day War A multi-archival documentary history of British policy towards Nasser's Egypt under the Churchill Eden Macmillan Home and Wilson governments. The primary focus of the study is an enquiry into the causes of the Anglo-Egyptian Cold War from 1952 to 1967. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138870109

Britain Palestine and Empire: The Mandate Years In 1948 Britain withdrew from Palestine bringing to an end its 30 years of rule in the territory. What followed has been well-documented and is perhaps one of the most intractable problems of the post-imperial age. However the long-standing connection between Britain and Palestine before May 1948 is also a fascinating story. This volume takes a fresh look at the years of the British mandate for Palestine; its politics economics and culture. Contributors address themes such as religion mandatory administration economic development policy and counter-insurgency violence art and culture and decolonization. This book will be valuable to scholars of the British mandate but also more broadly to those interested in imperial history and the history of the West’s involvement in the Middle East. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315570006

Britain Russia and the Road to the First World WarThe Fateful Embassy of Count Aleksandr Benckendorff (1903–16) For much of the later nineteenth-century Britain regarded Russia as its main international rival particularly as regarded the security of its colonial possessions in India. Yet by 1907 Russia's political revolution financial collapse and military defeat by Japan transformed the situation resulting in an Anglo-Russian rapprochement. As this book makes clear whilst international affairs lay at the root of this new relationship personal factors also played an important role in reversing many years of mutual animosity and suspicion. In particular the study explores the influence of the liberal anglophile Count Aleksandr Benckendorff the Russian ambassador in London between 1903 and 1916. By 1905 Russia's multiple weaknesses required a prolonged period of external peace by eliminating frictions with the principal rival powers Britain and Germany while France and Britain realised that a British rapprochement with Russia would be necessary to counter Germany's power. Benckendorff as one of the most important figures in the Russian diplomatic service persuaded Nicholas II and his Foreign Minister V.N. Lamsdorff to drop their objections to various long-standing British demands in order to pave the way for a Triple Entente. Although the overarching Russian strategy was conceived as 'balancing' the imperial rivalries of Britain and Germany numerous factors - not least Benckendorff's energetic pro-British stance - upset the scales and resulted in a stand-off with the Central Powers. Demonstrating how Benckendorff's fear of losing Britain's friendship made him oppose all Russia's efforts at improving Russo-German relations this book underlines the pro-Entente policy’s role in setting Russia on the road to war. For when the Sarajevo crisis struck; there was now no hope of appealing to German goodwill to help defuse the situation. Instead Russia's status within the Entente depended on a show of determination and strength which lead inexorably to a disaster o Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138261204

Britain Spain and Gibraltar 1945-1990The Eternal Triangle Since 1945 Gibraltar's sovereignty has repeatedly been questioned. A strategic possession overlooking Africa at the mouth of the Mediterranean Gibraltar is the victim of both history and geography and continues to be the barometer of Anglo-Spanish relations. Arguing that Gibraltar has played a much more proactive role in negotiations than is assumed the book describes the objectives and actions of the Gibraltarians against the wider map of Anglo-Spanish relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415755870

Britain Spain and the Treaty of Utrecht 1713-2013 In this book twelve eminent historians and legal experts from Spain and the United Kingdom consider the political and legal context and consequences of the War of the Spanish Succession and the Treaty of Utrecht of 1713 that brought it to an end consequences that still resonate today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367885892

Britain the Empire and the World at the Great Exhibition of 1851 Britain the Empire and the World at the Great Exhibition is the first book to situate the Crystal Palace Exhibition of 1851 in a truly global context. Addressing national imperial and international themes this collection of essays considers the significance of the Exhibition both for its British hosts and their relationships to the wider world and for participants from around the globe. How did the Exhibition connect London England important British colonies and significant participating nation-states including Russia Greece Germany and the Ottoman Empire? How might we think about the exhibits visitors and organizers in light of what the Exhibition suggested about Britain’s place in the global community? Contributors from various academic disciplines answer these and other questions by focusing on the many exhibits publications visitors and organizers in Britain and elsewhere. The essays expand our understanding of the meanings roles and legacies of the Great Exhibition for British society and the wider world as well as the ways that this pivotal event shaped Britain’s and other participating nations’ conceptions of and locations within the wider nineteenth-century world. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315570020

Britain the Euro and Beyond This important book provides an analysis of the economic relationship between Britain and the EU and discusses the future direction in which this relationship might develop. It examines the historic and contemporary costs and benefits of EU membership and assesses whether this has been a burden or a benefit for the British economy. In addition the authors assess current trends and developments most notably in the area of participation in Economic and Monetary Union (EMU) and the consequences that this would have. Questions of fiscal federalism the development of a minimum level of social policy for Europe together with the likely impact on business and trade unions are also considered. The authors then discuss potential future scenarios including a more flexible loose membership arrangement or complete withdrawal and the affect that a range of options might have on the British economy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315570037

Britain the Hashemites and Arab RuleThe Sherifian Solution Timothy Paris examines Winston Churchill's involvement in the struggle for power in a number of Middle Eastern countries between 1920 and 1925. His study traces the development of the Sherifian policy a policy that was devised by the British. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138883970

Britain and 1940History Myth and Popular Memory 1940 was the most significant year in European history this century. For Britain it was 'the finest hour' the beginning of the People's War. Britain and 1940 explores what the year meant for the people of Britain then and now. Covering the pre-history of 1940 in Britain Malcolm Smith explores the great fear that a second world war would perhaps mean the end of British civilization and charts the development of the myths of Dunkirk the Battle of Britain and the Blitz and the great influence they have had on our national consciousness and on attitudes to the outside world. The book presents students of British history with a panorama of the influences that have constructed national consciousness around a crucial moment in British history. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315011530

Britain and Ballistic Missile Defence 1942-2002 Britain was the first country to come under sustained ballistic missile attack during 1944-45. Defence against ballistic missiles has been a persistent if highly variable subject of political policy and technical investigation ever since. The British Second World War experience of trying to counter the V-2 attacks contained many elements of subsequent responses to ballistic missile threats. After the war a reasonably accurate picture of Soviet missile capabilities was not achieved until the early 1960s by which time the problem of early warning had largely been solved. From the mid-1960s on British attention shifted away from the development of the country's own defences towards the wider consequences of US and Soviet deployments. After the end of the Cold War there was renewed interest in a limited active-defence capability against Third World missile threats. This well-researched book is primarily aimed at students of post-war British foreign and defence policies but will also be of interest to informed general readers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780714685748

Britain and CanadaSurvey of a Changing Relationship First Published in 1976. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315034638

Britain and China 1840-1970Empire Finance and War This book presents a range of new research on British-Chinese relations in the period from Britain’s first imperial intervention in China up to the 1960s. Topics covered include economic issues such as fi nance investment and Chinese labour in British territories questions of perceptions on both sides such as British worries about and exaggeration of the ‘China threat’ including to India and British aggression towards and eventual withdrawal from China. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815355090

Britain and China 1945-1950Documents on British Policy Overseas Series I Volume VIII An examination of Britain's relations with China from the end of the World War II to the outbreak of the Korean War in 1950. This volume demonstrates how Britain's effort to recover something of its pre-war commercial pre-eminence in China were handicapped by its post-war financial weakness. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415761314

Britain and Defence 1945-2000A Policy Re-evaluation This text provides a concise thematic introduction to the evolution of British defence policy since the end of the second world war Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138180062

Britain and DisarmamentThe UK and Nuclear Biological and Chemical Weapons Arms Control and Programmes 1956-1975 Since the use of poison gas during the First World War and the dropping of atomic bombs on Japan at the end of the Second World War nuclear biological or chemical (NBC) weapons have registered high on the fears of governments and individuals alike. Recognising both the particular horror of these weapons and their potential for inflicting mass death and destruction much effort has been expended in finding ways to eliminate such weapons on a multi-lateral level. Based on extensive official archives this book looks at how successive British governments approached the subject of control and disarmament between 1956 and 1975. This period reflects the UK's landmark decision in 1956 to abandon its offensive chemical weapons programme (a decision that was reversed in 1963 but never fully implemented) and ends with the internal travails over the possible use of CR (tear gas) in Northern Ireland. Whilst the issue of nuclear arms control has been much debated the integration of biological and chemical weapons into the wider disarmament picture is much less well understood there being no clear statement by the UK authorities for much of the period under review in this book as to whether the country even possessed such weapons or had an active research and development programme. Through a thorough exploration of government records the book addresses fundamental questions relating to the history of NBC weapons programmes including the military economic and political pressures that influenced policy; the degree to which the UK was a reluctant or enthusiastic player on the international arms control stage; and the effect of international agreements on Britain's weapons programmes. In exploring these issues the study provides the first attempt to assess UK NBC arms control policy and practice during the Cold War. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138110960

Britain and Empire 1880-1945 Britain and Empire 1880-1945 traces the relationship between Britain and its empire during a period when the two spheres intersected with one another to an unprecedented degree. The story starts with the imperial expansion of the late nineteenth century and ends with the Second World War at the end of which Britain was on the brink of decolonisation. The author shows how empire came to figure into almost every important development that marked Britain¿s response to the upheavals of the late nineteenth century and first half of the twentieth century. He examines its influence on foreign policy party politics social reforms cultural practices and national identity. At the same time he shows how domestic developments affected imperial policies. Written in an engaging and accessible manner this book:     integrates British and imperial history in a single narrative    provides a useful synthesis of recent historical research in the area    analyses topics ranging from ideology and culture to politics and foreign affairs    contains a chronology glossary who¿s who and guide to further reading Britain and Empire 1880-1945 provides an up-to-date accessible survey ideal for students coming to the subject for the first time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138143456

Britain and Europe since 1945 This is a succinct timely introduction to one of the most highly charged political questions which has dominated British politics since 1945: Britain's position in Europe. The study traces the evolution of British policy towards Europe since 1945 presenting the full international context as well as the impact on domestic party politics - including an analysis of the divisions in the Conservative Party under John Major. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138154087

Britain and European Integration 1945 - 1998A Documentary History An illuminating and comprehensive exploration of a subject which has dominated the British political scene for much of the period since the Second World War. Through a wide and varied collection of documents complemented by detailed and perceptive analysis this book explores Britain's reactions to the dynamics of European integration.Key subjects covered include;European unity and "missed opportunities" in the early post-war yearsthe Commonwealth dimension and the "special relationship"Britain's belated attempts to join the EC in the 1960sthe singlecurrencyMany of its numerous sources are made widely accessible here for the first time. It is an invaluable resource for all students of Politics Modern British History and European Studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203060186

Britain and European Integration 1945-1998A Documentary History An illuminating and comprehensive exploration of a subject which has dominated the British political scene for much of the period since the Second World War. Through a wide and varied collection of documents complemented by detailed and perceptive analysis this book explores Britain's reactions to the dynamics of European integration.Key subjects covered include:* European unity and "missed opportunities" in the early post-war years* the Commonwealth dimension and the "special relationship"* Britain's belated attempts to join the EC in the 1960s* the singlecurrency.0L Many of its numerous sources are made widely accessible here for the first time. It is an invaluable resource for all students of Politics Modern British History and European Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138874350

Britain and Foreign Affairs 1815-1885Europe and Overseas This pamphlet examines British foreign policy from Castlereagh to Disraeli. Focusing on Britain's relations with other European and non-European powers such as America Afghanistan South Africa and Egypt this pamphlet examines the roles of Canning Palmerston and Gladstone amongst others. The author discusses British attitudes to empire and analyses socio-economic military and political factors as they influenced foreign affairs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138177093

Britain and IrelandA Concise History From highly experienced teacher Jürgen Kramer Britain and Ireland is a handbook on the history of the British Isles that recounts the history of the two states – the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland and the Republic of Ireland (Eire) – and four nations – the Irish the Welsh the Scottish and the English – from prehistory to the present. Accompanied by numerous illustrations and information boxes and also an extensive selection of documents with questions to challenge readers the book has a unique approach that presents not only the story of what happened in the British Isles but its interdependence with Europe and the rest of the world. With chapters organized chronologically and including a glossary and selected further reading this is a must for all students of British and Irish studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003060314

Britain and IrelandFrom Home Rule to Independence Jeremy Smith explores relations between Britain and Ireland during the late nineteenth and early twentieth century with a story that still raises deep passions and bitter disagreements both among historians and within wider public opinion. This examination attempts to chart a more dispassionate course between the various contending positions and has enormous relevance to the unfolding events in both Northern Ireland and Britain as the united Kingdom moves towards a federal constitutional structure. Books in this Seminar Studies in History series bridge the gap between textbook and specialist survey and consists of a brief "Introduction" and/or "Background" to the subject valuable in bringing the reader up-to-speed on the area being examined followed by a substantial and authoritative section of "Analysis" focusing on the main themes and issues. There is a succinct "Assessment" of the subject a generous selection of "Documents" and a detailed bibliography. Incorporates a large amount of research on Irish history during the last two decades and gives particular focus to the dramatic events between the Easter rising of 1916 and the intense negotiations surrounding the Treaty in the autumn of 1921. For those interested in the history between Ireland and Britain. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138837157

Britain and Italy from Romanticism to ModernismA Festschrift for Peter Brand "In this volume a team of experts in various fields considers the impact of Italian politics and culture on British life from the early nineteenth century to the first decades of the twentieth century. The essays cover a wide range of topics: politics music the visual arts literature and the intellectual life as well as the emergence of Italian as an academic discipline. Edited with an introduction by Martin McLaughlin the volume includes essays by Ian Campbell Hilary Fraser T. G. Griffith David Kimbell John Lindon Denis Mack Smith Brian Moloney and J. R. Woodhouse as well as the last article written by the late Serena Professor of Italian at Cambridge Uberto Limentani." Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351198554

Britain and Japan Vol IIBiographical Portraits This second collection under the 'Biographical Portraits' title incorporates a further 20 studies of key personalities including Edmund Morel pioneer railway builder in Meiji Japan Alexander Shand an important figure in the development of Japanese banking Lafcadio Hearn the great interpreter of Japanese culture Rev. Dr. John Batchelor whose work with the Ainu people of northern Japan is legendary and more recently Shigeru Yoshida Japan's first post-war prime minister and Christmas Humphreys founder of the Buddhist Society. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315073378

Britain and JapanBiographical Portraits Vol. IV The continuing success of this series highly regarded by scholars and the general reader alike has prompted The Japan Society to commission this fourth volume devoted as before to the lives of key people both British and Japanese who have made significant contributions to the development of Anglo-Japanese relations. The appearance of this volume brings the number of portraits published to over one hundred.The portraits cover diplomats (from Mori Arinori to Sir Francis Lindley) businessmen (from William Keswick to Lasenby Liberty) engineers and teachers (from W. E. Ayrton to Henry Spencer Palmer) scholars and writers (from Sir Edwin Arnold to Ivan Morris) as well as journalists judo masters and the aviator Lord Semphill. In all there are a total of 34 contributions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138965003

Britain and Latin America in the 19th and 20th Centuries The first full-length survey of Britain's role in Latin America as a whole from the early 1800s to the 1950s when influence in the region passed to the United States. Rory Miller examines the reasons for the rise and decline of British influence and reappraises its impact on the Latin American states. Did it as often claimed circumscribe their political autonomy and inhibit their economic development? This sustained case study of imperialism and dependency will have an interest beyond Latin American specialists alone. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138432178

Britain and Regional Cooperation in South-East Asia 1945-49 This book first published in 1995 traces the attempt by the British Foreign Office to establish an international regional organisation in South-East Asia which would allow Britain to dominate the region politically economically and militarily. The author explores the changing emphasis of Britain's regional policies and puts the issues affecting South-East Asia in the post-War period into a wide context. He explores events in the light of the Japanese defeat in the Second World War the Communist struggle for supremacy of China the development of Anglo-American relations in Asia and the beginnings of the Cold War. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138901292

Britain and Saudi Arabia 1925-1939The Imperial Oasis First Published in 1983. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138987906

Britain and Scandinavia This volume forms part of a five volume set charting the progress of the nineteenth century movement which was instrumental in establishing international guidelines for the teaching of modern languages. It was during this period that for the first time co-operation between phoneticians and teachers culminated in the publication of works that were instrumental in establishing the 'applied linguistic' approach to language teaching in the twentieth century. For the first time too the new science of psychology influenced a scientific theory of second language acquisition. The Reform Movement attracted support across Europe spurring the development of new professional associations and journals. In turn the publication in these journals of reports of innovative practice contributed to a greater sense of autonomy and professionalism among modern language teachers who had hitherto tended to live under the shadow of classical language teaching. The practical innovations and theoretical suggestions for the foreign language teaching although rooted in the nineteenth century still have relevance today. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315012773

Britain and South-West Persia 1880-1914A Study in Imperialism and Economic Dependence This book examines the diplomatic activities and behind-the-scene negotiations which led to the Karun opening including an 'Assurance' given by Britain to the Shah against a Russian retaliation. It also provides a comprehensive analysis of the region's demography commerce and industry before the advent of the Karun and the impact of Britain's political and commercial penetration which eventually resulted in her total domination of the south. This analytical study of the Anglo-Iranian relationship is unique in its extensive use of primary Persian sources and original material found at the Iranian Foreign Ministry archives which have been accessed by the author for the first time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138869776

Britain and State Formation in Arabia 1962�1971From Aden to Abu Dhabi Half a century ago Britain abandoned Aden its last colonial outpost in the Arab world as itsattempt to establish a new polity foundered amid a rising tide of Arab nationalism tribalinfighting and anti-colonial sentiment that eventually gave rise to the establishment ofSouth Yemen. Yet just over three years later in 1971 a new state the United Arab Emirates emerged in Arabia formed from the old Trucial states over which Britain had long heldsway. At a time when state failure and fragmentation has become synonymous with muchof the Middle East and where the very idea of sovereignty and legitimacy have becomecontested issues this comparative historical study of the varied British attempts at statecreation on the Arabian peninsula offers important insights into the limits of external ambition as well as the possibilities that great power retrenchment offered to the peoples of theregion. The legacy of British influence in Aden and Abu Dhabi still very much resonatestoday; this volume explains why.This book was originally published as a special issue of Middle Eastern Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367892050

Britain and the 1918-19 Influenza PandemicA Dark Epilogue Between August 1918 and March 1919 a flu pandemic spread across the globe and in just under a year 40 million people had died from the virus worldwide. This is the first book to provide a total history and seriously analyze the British experiences during that time.The book provides the most up-to-date tally of the pandemic’s impact including the vast mortality as well as questioning the apparent origins of the pandemic. A ‘total’ history this book ranges from the spread of the 1918–1919 pandemic to the basic biology of influenza and how epidemics and pandemics are possible to consider the demographic social economic and political impacts of such a massive pandemic including the cultural dimensions of naming blame metaphors memory the media art and literature. An inter-disciplinary study it stretches from history and geography through to medicine in order to convey the full magnitude of the first global medical ‘disaster’ of the twentieth century and looks ahead to possible pandemics of the future. Niall Johnson brings an impressive scholarly eye on this fascinating and highly relevant topic making this essential reading for historians and those with an interest in British and medical history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415514149

Britain and the American Revolution This is the first modern study to focus on the British dimension of the American Revolution through its whole span from its origins to the declaration of independence in 1776 and its aftermath. It is written by nine leading British and American scholars who explore many key issues including the problems governing the American colonies Britain's diplomatic isolation in Europe over the war the impact of the American crisis on Ireland and the consequences for Britain of the loss of America. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138140189

Britain and the Arab Gulf after EmpireKuwait Bahrain Qatar and the United Arab Emirates 1971-1981 Although Britain’s formal imperial role in the smaller oil-rich Sheikhdoms of the Arab Gulf – Kuwait Bahrain Qatar and the United Arab Emirates – ended in 1971 Britain continued to have a strong interest and continuing presence in the region. This book explores the nature of Britain’s role after the formal end of empire. It traces the historical events of the post-imperial years including the 1973 oil shock the fall of the Shah in Iran and the beginnings of the Iran–Iraq War; considers the changing positions towards the region of other major world powers including the United States; and engages with debates on the nature of empire and the end of empire. The book is a sequel to the author’s highly acclaimed previous books Britain’s Revival and Fall in the Gulf: Kuwait Bahrain Qatar and the Trucial States 1950–71 (Routledge 2004) and Ending Empire in the Middle East: Britain the United States and Post-war Decolonization 1945–1973 (Routledge 2012). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367671150

Britain and the Cyprus Crisis of 1974Conflict Colonialism and the Politics of Remembrance in Greek Cypriot Society This book examines the ideological and socio-political discourses shaping the remembrance and representation of Britain and the Cyprus conflict of 1974 within Greek Cypriot society. By combining the official with the popular and drawing on an extensive range of oral history interviews this monograph shows that a suspicion born out of Britain’s long (neo-)colonial connection to Cyprus has come to frame the image and understanding of British actions associated with the events and lasting consequences of 1974. Indeed with the island of Cyprus still divided and the requirement to remember a national imperative this book has a direct contemporary relevance. However within the existent literature while much has been written about the political roots of the Cyprus conflict no study has yet sought to systematically analyse and understand the influences shaping the history and memory of British actions on Cyprus in 1974. One defined by the existence of 'partitionist' conspiracies collusive accusations and a series of memory distortions which continue to resonate strongly irrespective of the evidence that is now available. As such by analysing the influences shaping the image of Britain in 1974 one can begin to understand in ever greater detail the Anglo–Greek Cypriot relationship in a modern context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367349387

Britain and the Economic Problem of the Cold WarThe Political Economy and the Economic Impact of the British Defence Effort 1945-1955 Many accounts of British development since 1945 have attempted to discover why Britain experienced slower rates of economic growth than other Western European countries. In many cases the explanation for this phenomenon has been attributed to the high level of defence spending that successive British post-war governments adhered to. Yet is it fair to assume that Britain's relative economic decline could have been prevented if policy makers had not spent so much on defence? Examining aspects of the political economy and economic impact of British defence expenditure in the period of the first cold war (1945-1955) this book challenges these widespread assumptions looking in detail at the link between defence spending and economic decline. In contrast to earlier studies Till Geiger not only analyses the British effort within the framework of Anglo-American relations but also places it within the wider context of European integration. By reconsidering the previously accepted explanation of the economic impact of the British defence effort during the immediate post-war period this book convincingly suggests that British foreign policy-makers retained a large defence budget to offset a sense of increased national vulnerability brought about by a reduction in Britain's economic strength due to her war effort. Furthermore it is shown that although this level of military spending may have slightly hampered post-war recovery it was not in itself responsible for the decline of the British economy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138263413

Britain and the European Union This engaging and concise text offers the student and the general reader a compact readable treatment of British membership of the European Union from 1973 to the present day. It provides a highly distilled and accessible analysis and overview of some of the parameters and recurring features of Britain’s membership of the European Union touching on all of the major facets of membership. Key features: examines the constant and changing character of British membership of the European Union (EU) discusses the problematical and often paradoxical features of membership familiarizes the reader with both academic and public debates about the subject offers thematic treatment of all aspects of policy and attitudes towards the EU provides an overview of the main landmarks in the history of the EU since 1973 presents the most comprehensive and up-to-date text on the course and result of the EU referendum campaign. This book will be of key interest to scholars students and the generally interested reader in the areas of European Studies British Politics EU Studies Area Studies and International Relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138825109

Britain and the First World War (RLE The First World War) This book gives students an informed insight into the British experience in the First World War. The contributors all established First World War historians have drawn on their own research and secondary sources to give a succinct account of politics diplomacy strategy and social developments during a period of dramatic change. Each chapter gives a concise account of its subject and the chapters are well supported by maps and tables. This is an important textbook for school students and undergraduates which bridges the gap between specialized research on the First World War and the needs of the student reader. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138965010

Britain and the French Revolution The French Revolution catapulted Europe into a new period of political upheaval social change and into the modern era. This book provides a concise introduction to the impact of the French Revolution on Britain and to the ways in which this impact has been assessed by historians. The book is organised thematically. It begins with a survey of the ideological debate sparked off by the Revolution discussing in particular the work of people such as Burke Paine Spence and Wollstonecraft. From here it presents an exploration of the Revolution s impact on * Parliamentary polities* The growth of radicalism and loyalism* The way in which French ideas influenced Irish aspirations to generate rebellion The third main section of the book focuses on the causes and course of Britain s war with Revolutionary France and on the effects of the war on the home front most notably the recurrent serious food shortages. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138177949

Britain and the Narration of Travel in the Nineteenth CenturyTexts Images Objects Interrogating the multiple ways in which travel was narrated and mediated by and in response to nineteenth-century British travelers this interdisciplinary collection examines to what extent these accounts drew on and developed existing tropes of travel. The three sections take up personal and intimate narratives that were not necessarily designed for public consumption tales intended for a popular audience and accounts that were more clearly linked with discourses and institutions of power such as imperial processes of conquest and governance. Some narratives focus on the things the travelers carried such as souvenirs from the battlefields of Britain’s imperial wars while others show the complexity of Victorian dreams of the exotic. Still others offer a disapproving glimpse of Victorian mores through the eyes of indigenous peoples in contrast to the imperialist vision of British explorers. Swiss hotel registers guest books and guidebooks offer insights into the history of tourism while new photographic technologies the development of the telegraph system and train travel transformed the visual audial and even the conjugal experience of travel. The contributors attend to issues of gender and ethnicity in essays on women travelers South African travel narratives and accounts of China during the Opium Wars and analyze the influence of fictional travel narratives. Taken together these essays show how these multiple narratives circulated cross-fertilised and reacted to one another to produce new narratives new objects and new modes of travel. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367140397

Britain and the Problem of International Disarmament1919-1934 In the aftermath of the Great War multilateral disarmament was placed at the top of the international agenda by the Treaty of Versailles and the Covenant of the League of Nations. This book analyzes the naval air and land disarmament policies of successive British governments from 1919 to 1934 articulating their dilemma either to fulfil their obligations or to avoid them. Daring and controversial the present study challenges the hitherto accepted view that Britain occupied the high moral ground by drastically reducing its armaments and argues that during this period British disarmament policy was reactive and generally failed to provide the leadership that this extremely sensitive time in international politics demanded. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138965027

Britain and the Revolutions in Eastern Europe 1989Documents on British Policy Overseas Series III Volume XII This volume documents the UK Government’s response to the unfolding social and political changes in Eastern Europe during 1989. The year 1989 saw momentous change in Europe. It was the year in which Communist rule in Eastern Europe finally ended: with mass demonstrations an end to one-Party rule free elections and the opening of borders. In Poland the independent trade union Solidarity went from being an illegal organisation to running the country. Vaclav Havel went from being a jailed dissident to President of Czechoslovakia. In October 1989 the German Democratic Republic marked the 40th anniversary of the Socialist state only to see that state collapse a month later following the opening of the Berlin Wall. In December the Romanian leader Nicolae Ceauşescu saw his near quarter century rule brought to an end in a matter of days. This volume charts the events of an historic year in Bulgaria Czechoslovakia the GDR Hungary Poland and Romania and looks at British policy towards the Baltic States. It contains reporting from British embassies on the rapidly changing political scene and documents attempts by the British Government to develop policy against the backdrop of unfolding revolution. This book will be of interest to students of British politics Eastern European politics and International Relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138609587

Britain and the Sterling AreaFrom Devaluation to Convertibility in the 1950s To complement current work on the British domestic economy in the post-war period it is necessary to examine external economic policy. Whilst considerable work has been done on Britain's relations with Europe and with America the complexities of the sterling area have remained obscure. This volume makes a significant contribution to unravelling the strands of British external economic policy in the post-war period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138865792

Britain and the War on TerrorPolicy Strategy and Operations Why did Britain come to play such a prominent role in the war on terror and why did the military instrument come to be the dominant theme in the British prosecution of what was an ideological and political struggle? This book is an analysis of Britain’s war against Al Qaeda and the phenomenon of international terrorism which marked a paradigm shift in the nature and conduct of war in the twenty-first century. At the heart of the book is an attempt to understand why Britain which possessed a wealth of experience in the conduct of counterterrorism counterinsurgency and small wars developed a strategic and operational design to defeat the Islamist threat which proved to be deeply flawed. In addressing this question the book explores the complex intellectual doctrinal and geopolitical challenge posed by Al Qaeda and international terrorism and how and why the British response took the form that it did. In conducting this analysis the book raises important questions about the assumptions and perceptions of those in government who led the UK into this conflict the nature of the civil military relationship in Britain and how well it functioned and finally the competence of its security forces in being able to deal with this threat both domestically and overseas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780754677802

Britain and the World since 1945 This Seminar Studies title is a succinct study of modern British foreign policy focusing on the period from 1945 to the present day. Since the end of the Second World War Britain has been engaged in international conflicts from the Suez Crisis to the Gulf War and has actively sought involvement in transnational and global affairs. Starting with a brief overview of the rise and fall of the British Empire and continuing chronologically with detailed chapters covering the second half of the twentieth century and the beginning of the twenty-first Alasdair Blair discusses the highs and lows of British foreign policy in an accessible yet analytical manner. Dealing with themes such as the issues triggered by decolonisation and the changing relationship between Britain and Europe this text considers the pivotal moments in modern Britain’s engagement with the wider world. Included in this title are supporting materials such as a chronology of important events from 1945 a Who’s Who of key government figures and a collection of relevant primary sources. Thorough yet concise Britain and the World since 1945 is the ideal resource for students interested in the development of British foreign policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781408248294

Britain and World War One The First World War appears as a fault line in Britain’s twentieth-century history. Between August 1914 and November 1918 the titanic struggle against Imperial Germany and her allies consumed more people more money and more resources than any other conflict that Britain had hitherto experienced. For the first time it opened up a Home Front that stretched into all parts of the British polity society and culture touching the lives of every citizen regardless of age gender and class: vegetables were even grown in the gardens of Buckingham Palace. Britain and World War One throws attention on these civilians who fought the war on the Home Front. Harnessing recent scholarship and drawing on original documents oral testimony and historical texts this book casts a fresh look over different aspects of British society during the four long years of war. It revisits the early war enthusiasm and the making of Kitchener’s new armies; the emotive debates over conscription; the relationships between politics government and popular opinion; women working in wartime industries; the popular experience of war and the question of social change. This book also explores areas of wartime Britain overlooked by recent histories including the impact of the war on rural society; the mobilization of industry and the importance of technology; responses to air raids and food and housing shortages; and the challenges to traditional social and sexual mores and wartime culture. Britain and World War One is essential reading for all students and interested lay readers of the First World War. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415455398

Britain As A Military Power 1688-1815 In 1688 Britain was successfully invaded its army and navy unable to prevent the overthrow of the government. 1815 Britain was the strongest power in the world with the most succesful navy and the largest empire. Britain had not only played a prominent role in the defeat of Napoleonic France but had also established itself as a significant power in South Asia and was unsurpassed in her global reach. Her military strength was related to and based on one of the best systems of public finance in the world and held a strong trade position. This illustrated text assesses the military aspects of this shift concentrating on the multi-faceted nature of the British military effort.; Topics covered include: the rise of Britain; an analysis of military infrastructure; warfare in the British Isles; conventional warfare in Europe; trans- oceanic warfare with European powers; the challenge of America; and the challenge of Revolutionary and Napoleonic France. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138987913

Britain before the Reform ActPolitics and Society 1815-1832 In the years1815-1832 Britain came close to revolution. Fewer than twenty years separate the Battle of Waterloo from the passing of the �Great� Reform Act but during this period Britain�s political elite was challenged as never before. In rising to that challenge the political elite attempted with considerable success to ensure that Britain engineered that most perilous of transitions from a less complex and more deferential society into a modern urban and industrial one while avoding political revolution. In this extensively revised 2nd edition Evans engages with a welter of new material and fresh interpretations. The book sheds light both on the challenges to existing political and social authority and why those challenges were seen off. Evans examines: � The composition of Britain�s political elite and how this elite coped with the problems thrown up by a society urbanising and modernising at an unprecedented rate. � How Britain reacted to the longer-term implications of the French Revolution including the development of a more cohesive national identity. � How the elite attempted to maintain public order in this period � and with what success. � The extent of change in Britain�s political system brought about by political religious and administrative reforms Written in accessible style with a rich collection of documents chronology glossary a guide to further reading and a �Who�s Who� which summarises the careers and contributions of the main figures this new edition is essential for all those interested in understanding Britain at this most crucial turning point in its history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138432161

Britain in EuropeProspects for Change First published in 1999 this text addresses the question of Britain's role in Europe from a range of disciplinary perspectives including history politics sociology and cultural studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138609310

Britain in India 1765-1905 Seeks to explore the nature of the relationship between Britain and India at the height of imperial expansion. This collection is of interest among academic communities exploring British and Indian history. It is useful for literary cultural and urban historians working in this area. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138665163

Britain in India 1765-1905 Volume I Seeks to explore the nature of the relationship between Britain and India at the height of imperial expansion. This collection is of interest among academic communities exploring British and Indian history. It is useful for literary cultural and urban historians working in this area. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138660533

Britain in India 1765-1905 Volume II Seeks to explore the nature of the relationship between Britain and India at the height of imperial expansion. This collection is of interest among academic communities exploring British and Indian history. It is useful for literary cultural and urban historians working in this area. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138660540

Britain in India 1765-1905 Volume III Seeks to explore the nature of the relationship between Britain and India at the height of imperial expansion. This collection is of interest among academic communities exploring British and Indian history. It is useful for literary cultural and urban historians working in this area. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138660557

Britain in India 1765-1905 Volume IV Seeks to explore the nature of the relationship between Britain and India at the height of imperial expansion. This collection is of interest among academic communities exploring British and Indian history. It is useful for literary cultural and urban historians working in this area. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138660564

Britain in India 1765-1905 Volume V Seeks to explore the nature of the relationship between Britain and India at the height of imperial expansion. This collection is of interest among academic communities exploring British and Indian history. It is useful for literary cultural and urban historians working in this area. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138660571

Britain in India 1765-1905 Volume VI Seeks to explore the nature of the relationship between Britain and India at the height of imperial expansion. This collection is of interest among academic communities exploring British and Indian history. It is useful for literary cultural and urban historians working in this area. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138660588

Britain in the Age of the French Revolution1785 - 1820 This new survey looks at the impact in Britain of the French Revolution and the Napoleonic aftermath across all levels of British society. Jennifer Mori provides a clear and accessible guide to the ideas and intellectual debates the revolution stimulated as well as popular political movements including radicalism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138157408

Britain in the NinetiesThe Politics of Paradox This volume looks at the changes in British politics and government since the accession of Mrs Thatcher in 1979 and in particular at the 1990s. Its aim is to explore some of these changes and to emphasize the recurring paradoxes in political developments. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315038056

Britain in the Twentieth Century In a century of rapid social change the British people have experienced two world wars the growth of the welfare state and the loss of Empire.Charles More looks at these and other issues in a comprehensive study of Britain’s political economic and social history throughout the twentieth century. This accessible new book also engages with topical questions such as the impact of the Labour party and the role of patriotism in British identity.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138144866

Britain in the Twentieth Century Britain in the Twentieth Century is a new approach to teaching and learning twentieth century British history at A level. It meets the needs of teachers and students studying for today's revised AS and A2 exams. In a unique style Britain in the Twentieth Century focuses on the key topics within the period. Each topic is then comprehensively explored to provide background essay writing advice and examples source work and historical skills. From 1900 to the new millennium the key topics featured include:* Britain in a new century 1900-1914* the First World War and its impact* inter-war domestic problems* British foreign policy 1919-1939* Britain and the Second World War* social and economic change 1945-1979. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315012865

Britain in the Wider World1603–1800 Britain in the Wider World traces the remarkable transformation of Britain between 1603 and 1800 as it developed into a world power. At the accession of James VI and I to the throne of England in 1603 the kingdoms of England/Wales Scotland and Ireland were united only by having a monarch in common. They had little presence in the world and were fraught with violence. Two centuries later the consolidated state of the United Kingdom established in 1801 was an economic powerhouse and increasingly geopolitically important with an empire that stretched from the Americas to Asia and to the Pacific. The book offers a fresh approach to assessing Britain’s evolution situating Britain within both imperial and Atlantic history and examining how Britain came together politically and socially throughout the eighteenth century. In particular it offers a detailed exploration of Britain as a fiscal-military state able to fight major wars without bankrupting itself. Through studying patterns of political authority and gender relationships it also stresses the constancy of fundamental features of British society economy and politics despite considerable internal changes. Detailed accessibly written and enhanced by illustrations Britain in the Wider World is ideal for students of early modern Britain. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138313606

Britain in the World Economy Considering Britain's physical capital this book examines the distribution of investment between industries and between industry on the one hand and social and administrative purposes on the other. The Sterling Area is also examined from the point of view of the UK and the rest of the world. The gold value of the dollar and the relationship of the US to the world economy are also discussed. All of these economic questions are placed in their appropriate historical perspective. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138861640

Britain in the World Economy since 1880 Bernard Alford reviews the changing role and diminishing influence of Britain within the international economy across the century that saw the apogee and loss of Britain's empire and her transformation from globe-straddling superpower to off-shore and indecisive member of the European Community. He explores the relationship between empire and economy; looks at economic performance against economic policy; and compares Britain - through and beyond the Thatcher years - with her European partners America and Japan. In assessing whether Britain's economic decline has been absolute or merely relative he also illuminates the broader history of the world economy itself. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138157262

Britain since 1688A Nation in the World Authored by a team of North American university professors who specialize in the subject Britain since 1688: A Nation in the World has been specifically written for students in the United States or from other countries where pre-existing knowledge of the history of Britain cannot be taken for granted. Beginning with the Glorious Revolution of 1688 the book progresses through the major events of the next three-and-a-half centuries up to the coalition government of the present day. It uses a traditional chronological structure and provides a strong backbone of political history but incorporates contemporary thematic concerns and the most recent scholarship throughout. The authors provide coverage of all parts of the British Isles individually as well as treating them as an integrated whole and key aspects of British society are examined including class race religion and gender – a focus that allows the complexities of British national identity and the historical unity and disunity of the British Isles to be assessed. Britain’s interaction with the world features prominently including extensive coverage of the British Empire both as a political military and geographic entity and as a force of cultural influence on the British metropolis. The complexities of Britain’s relationship with the United States are explored in detail ranging from the American Revolution in the eighteenth century to the "special relationship" established by the twentieth. Featuring textboxes containing illustrative examples that support the main text images intended to inspire discussion and a comprehensive companion website with an interactive timeline that includes links to primary documents images and video this book provides everything needed to give students a comprehensive grounding in the rich tapestry of events characters and themes that encompass the history of Britain since 1688. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415506601

Britain Since 1707 Britain since 1707 is the first single-volume book to cover the complex and multi-layered history of Great Britain from its inception until 2007. Bringing together political economic social and cultural history the book offers a reliable and balanced account of the nation over a 300 year period. It looks at major developments – such as the Enlightenment the growth of democracy and gender change – while also tracing the distinctive experience of different the book’s additional features include: social and ethnic groups through the decades. Fully integrating Scotland Wales and the Irish experience the book’s comprehensive sweep includes coverage of the industrial revolution   the British Empire the two world wars and today’s multicultural society. Ideally structured to support courses and classes on British history ·         ‘Focus On’ sections with original documents and sources ·         Timelines and tables to aid understanding ·         Historical sources and further reading suggestions at the end of each chapter ·         Illuminating contemporary illustrations From Queen Anne to Gordon Brown this wide-ranging and accessible book provides a complete and up-to-date history of Britain. Offering a coherent account of the evolution of the nation and its people it will be essential reading for all students of British history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138130296

Britain since 1945A Political History Britain since 1945 is the established textbook on contemporary British political history since the end of the Second World War. David Childs' authoritative chronological survey discusses domestic policy and politics in particular but also covers external and international relations. This new and improved seventh edition of this important book brings the picture to the present by including the following additions:  Tony Blair's resignation and Gordon Brown's accession to power immigration the financial crisis from 2007: the first bank run in Britain since 1866 the 'Special-relationship' with the US and Obama the 2010 General elcetion and the first coalition government since 1945 'Broken Britain'  and Crime the era of ‘owned by China' and Britain’s place in a turbulent world. Britain since 1945 is essential reading for any student of contemporary British history and politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415519526

Britain Under ProtectionAn Examination of the Government's Protectionist Policy When this book was published in 1934 Britain had been a protectionist country for three years. The Import Duties Act and the Ottawa Agreements were based upon four main principles – the use of the tariff as an instrument of revenue its use as a bargaining weapon its use as a means of protecting domestic manufacturers and its use as a means of fostering trade within the British Empire. This book is a valuable analysis of the years of protectionism measuring the effects on the country’s trade and economy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138297050

Britain under Thatcher This concise accessible and balanced historical analysis of the Thatcher years and their consequences analyzes many controversial aspects of Margaret Thatcher's premiership including the Falklands War the miner's strike bitter relations with Europe and the ill-fated poll tax. Books in this Seminar Studies in History series bridge the gap between textbook and specialist survey and consists of a brief "Introduction" and/or "Background" to the subject followed by a substantial and authoritative section of "Analysis" focusing on the main themes and issues. There is a succinct "Assessment" of the subject a generous selection of "Documents" and a detailed bibliography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138837034

Britain Votes 6Parliamentary Election Results 1997 First published in 1998 Britain Votes 6 contains a comprehensive record of the 1997 general election based on the official returns. For every constituency there is a complete record of candidates party labels and voted polled together with the vote share. Calculation of vote change is based either on the 1992 constituency result or where boundary changes have occurred on the notional result. Other statistics include the % majority turnout and electorate. Also included is an index of candidates together with various tables summarising the results by nation and region and detailing rank orders of parliamentary constituencies according to party majorities party change in the share of the vote and other important electoral indicators. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138608030

Britain’s Olympic WomenA History Britain has a long and distinguished history as an Olympic nation. However most Olympic histories have focused on men’s sport. This is the first book to tell the story of Britain’s Olympic women how they changed Olympic spectacle and how in turn they have reinterpreted the Games. Exploring the key themes of gender and nationalism and presenting a wealth of new empirical archival evidence the book explores the sporting culture produced by British women who aspired to become Olympians from the early years of the modern Olympic movement. It shines new light on the frameworks imposed on female athletes individually and as a group by the International Olympic Committee (IOC) the British Olympic Association (BOA) and the various affiliated sporting international federations. Using oral history and family history sources the book tells of the social processes through which British Olympic women have become both heroes and anti- eroes in the public consciousness. Exploring the hidden narratives around women such as Charlotte Cooper Lottie Dod Audrey Brown and Pat Smythe and bringing the story into the modern era of London 2012 Dina Asher- mith and Katarina Johnson- hompson the book helps us to better understand the complicated relationship between sport gender media and wider society. This is fascinating reading for anybody with an interest in sport history Olympic history women’s history British history or gender studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367473211

Britain's Anti-submarine Capability 1919-1939 Britain's Anti-Submarine Capability 1919-1939 is the first unified study of the development of Britain's anti-submarine capability between the armistice in 1919 and the onset of the second world German submarine attack on Britain's maritime trade in 1939. Well researched and yet accessibly written this book challenges the widespread belief that the Royal Navy failed to anticipate the threat of the U-boat in the Second World War. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415761390

Britain's China Policy and the Opium CrisisBalancing Drugs Violence and National Honour 1833–1840 The first Opium War (1840-42) was a defining moment in Anglo-Chinese relations and since the 1840s the histories of its origins have tended to have been straightforward narratives which suggest that the British Cabinet turned to its military to protect opium sales and to force open the China trade. Whilst the monetary aspects of the war cannot be ignored this book argues that economic interests should not overshadow another important aspect of British foreign policy - honour and shame. The Palmerston's government recognised that failure to act with honour generated public outrage in the form of petitions to parliament and loss of votes and as a result was at pains to take such considerations into account when making policy. Accordingly British Cabinet officials worried less about the danger to economic interests than the threat to their honour and the possible loss of power in Parliament. The decision to wage a drug war however made the government vulnerable to charges of immorality creating the need to justify the war by claiming it was acting to protect British national honour. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315261331

Britain's Colonial Wars 1688-1783 From Europe to India and America Britain's Colonial Wars relates empire to the fortunes of war. In less than a century between the Glorious Revolution of 1688 and the settlement following the War of the American Revolution the modern British state was born. This penetrating new analysis questions the centrality of the colonial enterprise to Westminster policy-makers obsessed with European issues and explains how the impact of their strategies necessarily shaped the destiny of a multi-national and incoherent empire beyond the shores of Europe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138166509

Britain's Economic Blockade of Germany 1914-1919 Great Britain's economic blockade of Germany in World War I was one of the key elements to the victory of the Entente. Though Britain had been the leading exponent of blockades for two centuries the World War I blockade was not effective at the outbreak of hostilities. Pre-war changes had led to the Admiralty supplanting the Royal Navy's leadership role in favour of direction from the civilian branch of government on the basis of international law.The struggle between the primacy of international law and military expediency lasted for nearly two years as the British tried to reconcile their pre-war stance as champion of neutral rights with measures necessary for a successful blockade. Not until 1916 did the operation have the potential to be a decisive factor in the defeat of Germany when pressure from France the Royal Navy Parliament British popular opinion and the Admiralty forced the British government to abandon its defence of neutral rights over the interests of the state.The arrival of the United States as an ally in April 1917 initiated the final evolution of the blockade. The Entente and the United States tightened the blockade with crushing effect on Germany and by November 1918 it was evidently one of the chief factors behind the victory. This knowledge reinforced the decision to retain the blockade in the months following the armistice in order to force favourable terms from Germany. In both the war and in the peace the economic blockade performed a critical role in World War I. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415646178

Britain's Economic Growth 1920-1966 Professor Youngson's book is an ubiased review of Britain's past experience and present difficulties. Few sacred cows are spared. There is no pretence that fundamental problems were resolved at the time of its first publication in 1967. Many econmic historians fail in their assessment of Britian's economic prospects as there is a tendency to look only at recent events to explain current problems. Youngson saw that this was short sighted. An economy like an airliner cannot suddenly change its course; it is subject to persistent forces and tendencies; it is powerfully affected by what has happened in the recent and sometimes in the not so recent past. Therefore to understand the problems of today we must know somthing of how persistent they are and about what solutions have already been tried. This book provides a thorough examination of Britain's economic growth from 1920-1966 and contextualises Britain's situation within its true historical perspective. This book was first published in 1967. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138864900

Britain's Economic Prospects Reconsidered This book is a sequal to Britain's Economic Prospects the report issued in 1968 by the Brookings Institution and universally accepted as the most thorough and comprehensive study of the British Economy to have ever appeared. Two years later just after the British General election six fo the American economists who prepared the Brookings Report met with a number of other leading economists from Britain and the United States at a weekend conference at Ditchley Park to review the findings of the report. Papers submitted to the conference by four of the British Economists (R.C.C. Matthews G.D.N. Worswick E.H. Phelps Brown and M.V. Posner) covered the same ground as the Brookings Report - the role of demand management trade and balance-of-payments problems labour policies and industrial policies. The conference also had before it a fifth paper on fiscal policy and stabilization which took issue with some of the views expressed in the Brookings report. These papers form the core of this book which also contains an account of the conference discussions and concluding reflections by its Chairman Sir Alec Cairncross formerly Chief Economic Adviser to H.M. Government. Britain's Economic Prospects Reconsidered is neither a detailed critique of the Brookings Report nor a rejoinder to it but rather an attempt to reassess British performance and policies in the light of experience since devaluation. Its central concern is the question of why economic growth in Britain since the war has been slower than in other countries. This book was first published in 1971. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138864917

Britain's Entry into the European CommunityReport on the Negotiations of 1970 - 1972 by Sir Con O'Neill In January 1972 Britain signed the Treaty of Acccession to the European Community. Sir Con O'Neill a key figure in the negotiations gives an analysis of negotiations which had an impact on Britain's relations with Europe and insights into the processes of multilateral diplomacy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315038629

Britain's Failure to Enter the European Community 1961-63The Enlargement Negotiations and Crises in European Atlantic and Commonwealth Relations The essays collected here outline a number of factors which made the EC too young to be able to assimilate Britain's important interests and the British over-optimistic in their approach to negotiations with the Community. The role of conflict over Western strategy and European political union in the breakdown of the negotiations is re-assessed and the negotiations over agriculture and the Commonwealth are revealed in an entirely new light. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203044193

Britain's Food Supplies Originally published in 1952. In this fascinating book that examines the statistics the term food supplies is interpreted in a wide sense and it deals among other matters with such subjects as supplies from home agriculture and from overseas; food consumption; controls rationing and price regulations and Government purchasing of food. Included are chapters on world food supplies international organizations concerned with food and agriculture and development schemes in the Commonwealth and colonies. Food supply from the eighteenth century onwards is outlined and the dependence on imported food is discussed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367275754

Britain's Hidden Role in the Rwandan GenocideThe Cat's Paw Britain’s Hidden Role in the Rwandan Genocide examines the role of the United Kingdom as a global elite bystander to the crime of genocide and its complicity - in violation of international criminal laws - in the Rwandan genocide of 1994. As prevailing accounts confine themselves to the role and actions of the United States and the United Nations the full picture of Rwanda’s genocide has yet to be revealed. Hazel Cameron demonstrates that it is the unravelling of the criminal role and actions of the British that illuminates a more detailed answer to the question of ‘why’ the genocide in Rwanda occurred. In this book she provides a systematic and detailed analysis of the policies of the British Government towards civil unrest in Rwanda throughout the 1990s that culminated in genocide. Utilising documentary evidence obtained as a result of Freedom of Information requests to the Foreign and Commonwealth Office as well as material obtained through extensive interviews - with British government cabinet members diplomats Ambassadors to the United Nations Security Council prisoners in Rwanda convicted of being leaders and organisers of genocide and victims and survivors of genocide in Rwanda – she finds that the actions of the British and French governments both before and during the Rwandan genocide of 1994 were disassociated from human rights norms. It is suggested herein that the decision-making of the Major government during the period of 1990 – 1994 was for the advancement of the interrelated goals of maintaining power status and ensuring economic interests in key areas of Africa inferring a substantial degree of complicity in genocide by omission. That international politics is a strategic game has evidenced itself in the roles played by both the government of the United Kingdom and France in seeking to maximise their respective political and economic interests out with the existing international criminal constraints during the genocide in Rwanda. A micro study of the actions of the French Operation Turquoise reveals their actions to be clearly definable as complicity in genocide by commission. This account of the legal culpability of the powerful within the corridors of government in both London and Paris evidences that these behaviours cannot be conceptualised under existing notions of state crime and this research serves to illuminate the inadequacies and limitations of a concept of state crime in international law as it currently stands and will be of interest to anyone concerned with the misuse of state power. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415533393

Britain's Imperial Retreat from China 1900-1931 Britain’s relationship with China in the nineteenth and early twentieth century is often viewed in terms of gunboat diplomacy unequal treaties and the unrelenting pursuit of Britain’s own commercial interests. This book however based on extensive original research demonstrates that in Britain after the First World War a combination of liberal Labour party pacifist missionary and some business opinion began to argue for imperial retreat from China and that this movement gathered sufficient momentum for a sympathetic attitude to Chinese demands becoming official Foreign Office policy in 1926. The book considers the various strands of this movement relates developments in Britain to the changing situation in China especially the rise of nationalism and the Guomindang and argues that contrary to what many people think the reassertion of China’s national rights was begun successfully in this period rather than after the Communist takeover in 1949. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367596323

Britain's Married Women WorkersHistory of an Ideology First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415863445

Britain's Moment in PalestineRetrospect and Perspectives 1917-1948 In 1917 the British issued the Balfour Declaration for military and strategic reasons. This book analyses why and how the British took on the Palestine Mandate. It explores how their interests and policies changed during its course and why they evacuated the country in 1948. During the first decade of the Mandate the British enjoyed an influx of Jewish capital mobilized by the Zionists which enabled them not only to fund the administration of Palestine but also her own regional imperial projects. But in the mid-1930s as the clouds of World War Two gathered Britain’s commitment to Zionism was superseded by the need to secure her strategic assets in the Middle East. In consequence she switched to a policy of appeasing the Arabs. In 1947 Britain abandoned her attempts to impose a settlement in Palestine that would be acceptable to the Arab States and referred Palestine to the United Nations without recommendations leaving the antagonists to settle their conflict on the battlefield. Based on archival sources and the most up-to-date scholarly research this comprehensive history offers new insights into Arab British and Zionist policies. It is a must-read for anyone with an interest in Palestine  Israel British Colonialism and the Middle East in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138193888

Britain's Naval and Political Reaction to the Illegal Immigration of Jews to Palestine 1945-1949 This book provides an important shift in the analysis of Britain's policy towards the illegal postwar Jewish immigration into Palestine. It charts the development of Britain's response to Zionist immigration from the initial sympathy as embodied in the Balfour Declaration through attempts at blockade refoulement and finally disengagement.The book exposes differences in policy pursued by the great departments of state like the Foreign Colonial and War Offices and their legal advisors and those implemented by the Admiralty. The book argues that the eventual failure of Britain's immigration policy was inevitable in view of the hostility shown by many European nations and America towards Britain's ambition to retain her position in the Middle East. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415646208

Britain's Place in the WorldImport Controls 1945-60 Britain's Place in the World examines the establishment and effectiveness of import controls particularly quotas. Placing quotas back in the centre of British history Milward and Brennan make some radical claims for Britain's economic performance in a global context. Looking into a wide variety of industries from motorcars to typewriters raw chemicals to food produce they examine the intended and actual obstruction to imported goods represented by quotas and the political and financial ramifications beyond the statistics.This is the fourth book to be published in the Routledge Explorations in Economic History series. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138965041

Britain's PopulationDemographic Issues in Contemporary Society Britain's Population addresses issues relating to the demographic characteristics of British society. Many of the contemporary features of the population relate to changes in the past - particularly the ups and downs in attitudes to marriage and family formation. The history of these trends is considered including the 'baby boom' of the 1960s when three million children were added to the population within the space of ten years. Jackson argues that the impact of this bulge generation can still be identified and will become of increasing importance when thegeneration reaches retirement age. Current trends in fertility are influenced by the changing structure of the labour market and by the delay in marriage and child bearing to later life. The 1990s has been the era of the 'double income no kids yet' partners and the thirty-something mother. In this book Stephen Jackson highlights how the plight of single mothers the problem of funding pensioners and the future of the welfare state all depend on demographic trends in society. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203025154

Britain's Retreat from Empire in East Asia 1905-1980 The decline of British power in Asia from a high point in 1905 when Britain’s ally Japan vanquished the Russian Empire apparently reducing the perceived threat that Russia posed to its influence in India and China to the end of the twentieth century when British power had dwindled to virtually nothing is one of the most important themes in understanding the modern history of East and Southeast Asia. This book considers a range of issues that illustrate the significance and influence of the British Empire in Asia and the nature of Britain’s imperial decline. Subjects covered include the challenges posed by Germany and Japan during the First World War British efforts at international co-operation in the interwar period the British relationship with Korea and Japan in the wake of the Second World War and the complicated path of decolonisation in Southeast Asia and Hong Kong. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138543317

Britain's Revival and Fall in the GulfKuwait Bahrain Qatar and the Trucial States 1950-71 Britain's relationship with the Gulf region remains one of the few unexplored episodes in the study of British decolonization. The decision announced in 1968 to leave the Gulf within three years represented an explicit recognition by Britain that its 'East of Suez' role was at an end. This book examines the decision-making process which underpinned this reversal and considers the interaction between British decision-making and local responses and initiatives in shaping the modern Gulf. Using sources previously unavailable to scholars Britain's Revival and Fall in the Gulf is a valuable addition to the studies on the modern Gulf. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415646215

Britain's Secret War against Japan 1937-1945 A new look at how Britain’s defence establishment learned to engage Japan’s armed forces as the Pacific War progressed.  Douglas Ford reveals that prior to Japan’s invasion of Southeast Asia in December 1941 the British held a contemptuous view of Japanese military prowess. He shows that the situation was not helped by the high level of secrecy which surrounded Japan’s war planning as well as the absence of prior engagements with the Imperial Japanese Navy and Army. The fall of ‘Fortress Singapore’ in February 1942 dispelled the notion that the Japanese were incapable of challenging the West. British military officials acknowledged how their forces in the Far East were inadequate and made a concerted effort to improve their strength and efficiency. However because Britain’s forces were tied down in their operations in Europe North Africa and the Mediterranean they had to fight the Japanese with limited resources. Drawing upon the lessons obtained through Allied experiences in the Pacific theatres as well as their own encounters in Southeast Asia the British used the available intelligence on the strategy tactics and morale of Japan’s armed forces to make the best use of what they had and by the closing stages of the war in 1944 to 1945 they were able to devise a war plan which paved the way for the successful war effort. This book will be of great interest to all students of the Second World War intelligence studies British military history and strategic studies in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415514101

Britain's Strategic Nuclear DeterrentFrom Before the V-Bomber to Beyond Trident Having served opposite Warsaw Pact forces in the 1950s and on Embassy duty in the 70s in Europe the author offers a reasoned assessment of Britain's role in the so-called "nuclear club". He asks whether Britain really needs to be a member. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203044346

Britain's Trade and AgricultureTheir Recent Evolution and Future Development Published in 1932: The author in his Britain's Trade and Agriculture though almost ruthlessly exposes the fallacies that lie behind the modern accepted views on industry and agriculture though he obviously writes without desire to attract attention but simply to clarify facts and to suggest practical solutions.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367178994

Britain's War At Sea 1914-1918The war they thought and the war they fought In Britain memory of the First World War remains dominated by the trench warfare of the Western Front. Yet in 1914 when the country declared war the overwhelming expectation was that Britain’s efforts would be primarily focussed on the sea. As such this volume is a welcome corrective to what is arguably an historical neglect of the naval aspect of the Great War. As well as reassessing Britain’s war at sea between 1914 and 1918 underlining the oft neglected contribution of the blockade of the Central Powers to the ending of the war the book also offers a case study in ideas about military planning for ’the next war’. Questions about how next wars are thought about planned for and conceptualised and then how reality actually influences that thinking have long been - and remain - key concerns for governments and military strategists. The essays in this volume show what ’realities’ there are to think about and how significant or not the change from pre-war to war was. This is important not only for historians trying to understand events in the past but also has lessons for contemporary strategic thinkers who are responsible for planning and preparing for possible future conflict. Britain’s pre-war naval planning provides a perfect example of just how complex and uncertain that process is. Building upon and advancing recent scholarship concerning the role of the navy in the First World War this collection brings to full light the dominance of the maritime environment for Britain in that war and the lessons that has for historians and military planners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472426277

Britannia OverruledBritish Policy and World Power in the Twentieth Century This book brings together the often separated histories of diplomacy defence economics and empire in a provocative reinterpretation of British 'decline'. It also offers a broader reflection on the nature of international power and the mechanisms of policymaking. For this Second Edition David Reynolds has added a new chapters and extends his lively and incisive analysis to the beginning of the new millennium. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138835511

British Admirals and Chinese Pirates 1832-1869 This study first published in 1940 examines in detail the suppression of piracy in China. From a starting point of the considering the influence of the Admiralty on the development of British foreign policy in the nineteenth century it studies the actions of the China Station and in particular its undertakings to suppress piracy in the Far East. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138614437

British Agriculture in the First World War (RLE The First World War) This volume comprehensively describes how British farmers coped with the problems of shortage of labour and other factors of production as well as assessing how well agriculture performed as a supplier of food to the nation. Use of previously neglected records provides much evidence on issues such as the deployment of substitute labour and the introduction of the tractor into British farming for the first time. Challenging accepted view on the period the author shows that shortages of labour and other factors of production had only a slight effect on farm output and the national food supply. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138965058

British Agriculture1875-1914 Profound Changes took place in British Agriculture between 1875 and 1914. After the prosperous years of the mid-nineteenth century came a period of difficulty for landowners and farmers with falling prices lower rents and untenanted farms. Previously attributed to bad seasons and increased food imports this book questions whether the unexpected depression was rather the evolutionary upheaval of a system forced reluctantly into change. Undoubtedly there was a crisis in these decades farming ceased to be Britain's major industry; no longer able to supply all her own food the country came to depend increasingly upon imports. Methods changed cereal production yielding pre-eminence to pastoral farming. In recent years scholars have challenged traditional interpretations of the crisis seeking a wider range of causes characteristics and consequences. It has come to be seen as a phenomenon of change as much as of decay. This book brings together different views of the depression ranging from contemporary evaluations to recent regional and econometric studies which stress its spatial and developmental character. Originally published in 1973 these eight contributions provide a survey of changing approaches to one of the major economic crises in modern history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138878662

British and American Foundings of Parliamentary Science 1774�1801 Upon declaring independence from Britain in July 1776 the United States Congress urgently needed to establish its credentials as a legitimate government that could credibly challenge the claims of the British Crown. In large measure this legitimacy rested upon setting in place the procedural and legal structures upon which all claims of governmental authority rest. In this book Aschenbrenner explores the ways in which the nascent United States rapidly built up a system of parliamentary procedure that borrowed heavily from the British government it sought to replace. In particular he looks at how over the course of twenty-five years Thomas Jefferson drew upon the writings of the Chief Clerk of the British Parliament John Hatsell to frame and codify American parliamentary procedures. Published in 1801 Jefferson’s Manual of Parliamentary Practice for the Use of the Senate of the United States presents rules instances citations and commentary as modern readers would expect them to appear quoting Hatsell and other British authorities numerous times. If the two nations suffered any unpleasant relations in the First War for American Independence - Aschenbrenner concludes - one would be hard pressed to detect it from Jefferson’s Manual. Indeed direct comparison of the House of Commons and the Continental Congress shows remarkable similarities between the ambitions of the two institutions as they both struggled to adapt their political processes to meet the changing national and international circumstances of the late-eighteenth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367881528

British and American Letter Manuals 1680-1810 Volume 1 During the 18th century letter manuals became the most popular form of conduct literature. They were marketed to and used by a wide spectrum of society from maidservants and apprentices through military officers and merchants to gentlemen parents and children. This work presents the most influential manuals from both sides of the Atlantic. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138117600

British and American Letter Manuals 1680-1810 Volume 2 During the 18th century letter manuals became the most popular form of conduct literature. They were marketed to and used by a wide spectrum of society from maidservants and apprentices through military officers and merchants to gentlemen parents and children. This work presents the most influential manuals from both sides of the Atlantic. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138111615

British and American Letter Manuals 1680-1810 Volume 3 During the 18th century letter manuals became the most popular form of conduct literature. They were marketed to and used by a wide spectrum of society from maidservants and apprentices through military officers and merchants to gentlemen parents and children. This work presents the most influential manuals from both sides of the Atlantic. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138111622

British and American Letter Manuals 1680-1810 Volume 4 During the 18th century letter manuals became the most popular form of conduct literature. They were marketed to and used by a wide spectrum of society from maidservants and apprentices through military officers and merchants to gentlemen parents and children. This work presents the most influential manuals from both sides of the Atlantic. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138117617

British and French Parliaments in Comparative Perspective The representative assembly or parliament as it is most widely called is at once an old a ubiquitous and a controversial political institution. In this century it has attracted the criticism of both disillusioned democrats and true believers in the superior representatives of mass movements or of charismatic leaders. Even among its supporters the institution is constantly the object of reform. This book deals with parliament (the generic term for what also may be known as legislature congress assembly diet or knesset) what it has been and is what it does and should do and what may become of it.In a wide-ranging and excellently organized introductory essay Loewenberg defines the parliamentary institution and discusses its role in modern times. He points out that since its appearance in the Middle Ages the parliamentary system has been adopted by almost every country including in recent years the newly independent nations of Africa and the Middle East. This essay is followed by differing and often contradictory views by American and European scholars of the role of a parliament. Issues are defined in the form of examinations of specific parliamentary bodies such as the House of Commons the Bundestag the French Parliament under the Fifth Republic and the Indian Parliament.Writing from the perspective of different national experiences the contributors display varied perceptions and expectations of the institution noting those that sustain it even while they make it controversial. Intended primarily as provocative reading for students of comparative government and comparative political institutions; this book illuminates "one of the most enduring and widely applicable inventions of political man thus making it also a valuable work for scholars as well as practitioners of the political and party process. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138519794

British and Irish Experiences and Impressions of Central Europe c.1560–1688 Whilst much recent scholarly work has sought to place early modern British and Irish history within a broader continental context most of this has focused on western or northern Europe. In order to redress the balance this new study by David Worthington explores the connections linking writers and expatriates from the later Tudor and Stuart kingdoms with the two major dynastic conglomerates east of the Rhine the Austrian Habsburg lands and Poland-Lithuania. Drawing on a variety of sources including journals diaries letters and travel accounts the book not only shows the high level of scholarly interest evidenced within contemporary English language works about the region but how many more British and Irish people ventured there than is generally recognised. As well as the soldiers merchants and diplomats one might expect we discover more unexpected and colourful characters including a polymath Irish moral theologian in Vienna an orphaned English poetess in Prague a Welsh humanist in Cracow and a Scottish physician and botanist at the Vasa court in Warsaw. This examination of the diverse range of Irish Scottish Welsh and English religious intellectual political military and commercial contacts with central Europe provides not only a more balanced view of British and Irish history but also continues the process of reintegrating the histories of the European regions. Furthermore by extending the focus of research beyond widely studied areas towards other more illuminating international aspects the book challenges scholars to analyse these networks within less parochial and more transnational settings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138265677

British and Japanese Military Leadership in the Far Eastern War 1941-45 Some sixty years after the Far Eastern War ended this innovative new collection brings together five distinguished UK-based scholars and five from Japan to reappraise their respective country's leadership in the Malaya and Burma campaigns. This leadership is analyzed on various levels ranging from the grand strategic to operational.The Japanese contributors examine the reasons for their forces brilliant advances in 1941-42 whereas the British writers have to account for the disastrous defeat characterized by the poor leadership of senior commanders such as Bennett and Percival. Between 1943 and 1945 the tables were turned dramatically so the failure of Japanese command decisions then comes under critical scrutiny and the British have to explain how defeat was transformed into victory. Above all this volume should stimulate interest in different methods and styles of military leadership in view of the contrasting approaches of the British and Japanese in the Second World War. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415646222

British Architectural Theory 1540-1750An Anthology of Texts This title was published in 2003.Although it is often assumed that British writing on architectural theory really started in the 18th century there is in fact a large corpus of writing on architecture pre-dating the introduction of Palladianism by Lord Burlington. Some of it such as the English editions of Serlio and Palladio belongs to the Vitruvian tradition. But many texts elude such easy classification such as the prolonged (but hardly studied) discussions on church architecture which are both in form and content very different from the way that theme was handled in Italian Renaissance treatises. This collection of English writing on architecture from 1540 to 1750 offers a large selection of fragments some of them never published before. They discuss the nature of architecture the practicalities of building the sense of the past religious architecture and classicism. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315199207

British Art for Australia 1860-1953The Acquisition of Artworks from the United Kingdom by Australian National Galleries Traditional postcolonial scholarship on art and imperialism emphasises tensions between colonising cores and subjugated peripheries. The ties between London and British white settler colonies have been comparatively neglected. Artworks not only reveal the controlling intentions of imperialist artists in their creation but also the uses to which they were put by others in their afterlives. In many cases they were used to fuel contests over cultural identity which expose a mixture of rifts and consensuses within the British ranks which were frequently assumed to be homogeneous. British Art for Australia 1860–1953: The Acquisition of Artworks from the United Kingdom by Australian National Galleries represents the first systematic and comparative study of collecting British art in Australia between 1860 and 1953 using the archives of the Australian national galleries and other key Australian and UK institutions. Multiple audiences in the disciplines of art history cultural history and museology are addressed by analysing how Australians used British art to carve a distinct identity which artworks were desirable economically attainable and why and how the acquisition of British art fits into a broader cultural context of the British world. It considers the often competing roles of the British Old Masters (e.g. Romney and Constable) Victorian (e.g. Madox Brown and Millais) and modern artists (e.g. Nash and Spencer) alongside political and economic factors including the developing global art market imperial commerce Australian Federation the First World War and the coming of age of the Commonwealth. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472426369

British Art in the Nuclear Age Rooted in the study of objects British Art in the Nuclear Age addresses the role of art and visual culture in discourses surrounding nuclear science and technology atomic power and nuclear warfare in Cold War Britain. Examining both the fears and hopes for the future that attended the advances of the nuclear age nine original essays explore the contributions of British-born and émigré artists in the areas of sculpture textile and applied design painting drawing photo-journalism and exhibition display. Artists discussed include: Francis Bacon John Bratby Lynn Chadwick Prunella Clough Naum Gabo Barbara Hepworth Peter Lanyon Henry Moore Eduardo Paolozzi Peter Laszlo Peri Isabel Rawsthorne Alan Reynolds Colin Self Graham Sutherland Feliks Topolski and John Tunnard. Also under discussion is new archival material from Picture Post magazine and the Festival of Britain. Far from insular in its concerns this volume draws upon cross-cultural dialogues between British and European artists and the relationship between Britain and America to engage with an interdisciplinary art history that will also prove useful to students and researchers in a variety of fields including modern European history political science the history of design anthropology and media studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138548886

British Artillery on the Western Front in the First World War'The Infantry cannot do with a gun less' In the popular imagination the battle fields of the Western Front were dominated by the machine gun. Yet soldiers at the time were clear that artillery - not machine guns - dictated the nature tactics and strategy of the conflict. Only in the last months of the war when the Allies had amassed sufficient numbers of artillery and learned how to use it in an integrated and coherent manner was the stalemate broken and war ended. In this lucid and prize-winning study the steady development of artillery and the growing realisation of its primacy within the British Expeditionary Force is charted and analysed. Through an examination of British and Dominion forces operating on the Western Front the book looks at how tactical and operational changes affected the overall strategy. Chapters cover the role of artillery in supporting infantry attacks counter-battery work artillery in defence training and command and staff arrangements. In line with the 'learning curve' thesis the work concludes that despite many setbacks and missed opportunities by 1918 the Royal Artillery had developed effective and coordinated tactics to overcome the defensive advantages of trench warfare that had mired the Western Front in bloody stalemate for the previous three years. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138270466

British Artists and the Modernist Landscape Title first published in 2003. In this detailed study of the landscapes and rural scenes of Britain and France made by artists like George Clausen Philip Wilson Steer Augustus John Laura Knight J. D. Fergusson and Spencer Gore Ysanne Holt investigates the imaginary geographies behind the pictures and reconsiders the relationship between national identity 'Englishness' and the native landscape. Combining close investigation of important works with a broader enquiry into the appeal of the Mediterranean for an age preoccupied with cultural degeneracy and bodily health Ysanne Holt draws fascinating conclusions about the impact of modernism on the British tradition of landscape painting. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138710795

British Artists and the Modernist Landscape Title first published in 2003. In this detailed study of the landscapes and rural scenes of Britain and France made by artists like George Clausen Philip Wilson Steer Augustus John Laura Knight J. D. Fergusson and Spencer Gore Ysanne Holt investigates the imaginary geographies behind the pictures and reconsiders the relationship between national identity 'Englishness' and the native landscape. Combining close investigation of important works with a broader enquiry into the appeal of the Mediterranean for an age preoccupied with cultural degeneracy and bodily health Ysanne Holt draws fascinating conclusions about the impact of modernism on the British tradition of landscape painting. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138710733

British Asians Exclusion and the Football Industry This book examines the exclusion of British Asians from the football industry drawing on a wealth of empirical work with players coaches scouts managers fans anti-racist organisations community officers and key stakeholders. It adopts a critical race theory (CRT) perspective to offer a platform for excluded communities to discuss their experiences and offer their advice guidance and criticisms. Notions of whiteness intersectionalities and gender are explored and filter throughout. This book highlights historical and contemporary reasons for the British Asian exclusion from football critically examines a number of tried and tested inclusion strategies and offers recommendations for reform to help achieve equality and inclusion. The research aims to:　 dehomogenise British Asian football experiences offer the counter-narratives of British Asian male and females to challenge master-narratives comprehend the importance of intersectionalities understand identity shifts and cultural changes challenge socio-cultural stereotypes and racial myths highlight contemporary manifestations of racisms in football at all levels examine the role 'parallel football' environments have played in the exclusion cast a critical eye over inclusion initiatives promote recommendations for reform which are born out of empirical research As long as marginalized groups such as British Asians are excluded from a field of popular culture in this case football it is a topic that demands attention deserves investigation and requires solutions. It is hoped that this book can be of use to students researchers and policymakers who share an active interest in football exclusion and equality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138308602

British Audit Practice 1884-1900 (RLE Accounting)A Case Law Perspective This book sheds light on the nature of the late nineteenth century audit by reference to the views expressed in 26 legal cases. The treatment of late nineteenth century legal issues which might appear somewhat unbalanced viewed from today’s stand-point is shown to be more even handed when seen against the back ground of a vigorous contemporary debate concerning all aspects of the auditors’ duties. This text therefore informs readers of the full breadth of the debate and discusses a range of issues which may since have been overlooked such as the Kingston Cotton Mill case 1895 normally referred to only in the context of stock valuation but which also had a great deal to say about the appropriate method for valuing fixed assets. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138987937

British Autobiography in the Seventeenth Century Originally published in 1969. In the seventeenth century neither the literary genre nor the term ‘autobiography’ existed but we see in seventeenth-century literature many kinds of autobiographical writings to which their authors gave such titles as ‘Journal of the Life of Me Confessions etc. This work is a study of nearly two hundred of these published and unpublished which together represent a very varied group of writings. The book begins with an examination of the rise of autobiography as a genre during the Renaissance. It discusses seventeenth-century autobiographical writings under two main headings – ‘religious’ where the autobiographies are grouped according to the denomination of their writer and ‘secular’ where a wide variety of writings is examined including accounts of travel and of military and political life as well as more personal accounts. Autobiographies by women are treated separately and the author shows that they in general have a deeper revelation of sentiments and more subtle self-analyses than is found in comparable works by men. Sources and influences are recorded and also the essential historical details of each work. This book gives a critical analysis of the autobiographies as literary works and suggests relationships between them and the culture and society of their time. Review of the original publication: "…a contribution to cultural history which is of quite exceptional merit. Its subject is of great intrinsic interest and manifest importance and Professor Delany has treated it with exemplary thoroughness lucidity and intelligence." Lionel Trilling Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138942004

British BankingA Guide to Historical Records This substantially expanded new edition of the Guide to the Historical Records of British Banking contains details of over 700 archive collections held in local record offices university and local libraries and of course banks. Wider coverage is given to the records of major domestic banks British-owned overseas banks merchant banks and discount houses. There are also additional listings of records of long defunct banks. Arranged alphabetically by name the entries for each bank contain in most cases: · A brief history of the bank to explain numerous name changes. · Information as to where the bank's records are held. · Details of what the records consist of. The entries are set in context by introductory chapters covering the historical structure and function of British banking and the purpose format and research value of the chief series of historical records commonly found in bank archives. Bank records concern not just banks but the varied activities that they financed. In addition to its contribution to the study of banking history this monumental reference work facilitates a wider knowledge and understanding of the history of British finance. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315261317

British Battle Planning in 1916 and the Battle of FromellesA Case Study of an Evolving Skill Despite the substantial output of revisionist scholarship over the last decade reappraising the performance of the British Army on the Western Front during the First World War there still remains a stubborn perception that its commanders were incompetent inflexible and unimaginative. Whilst much ink has been spilled vilifying or defending individual commanders or looking for overarching trends and ’learning curves’ this is the first work to examine systematically the vertical nature of command - that is the transmission of plans from the high-command down through the rank structure to the front line. Through such an investigation a much more rounded measure of the effectiveness of British commanders can be gained; one moves the argument beyond the overly simplistic ’casualties to ground gained’ equation that is usually offered. The Battle of Fromelles (19-20 July 1916) was selected as the case study as it was relatively small in scale in the right period and retains sufficient primary sources available to sustain the analysis. It also witnessed the first time Australian forces were used in offensive operations on the Western Front and thus looms large in wider Commonwealth perceptions of ’Bumbling British Generals’. The book follows the progress of the battle plan from its inception in the strategic designs of the supreme commander down through the various intermediate level commands at operational and tactical headquarters until it became the orders that sent the infantry forward into the attack. In so doing it provides a unique insight into the strengths and weaknesses of British command structure allowing a much more scholarly judgement of its overall effectiveness. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367598983

British Boarding Houses in Interwar Women's LiteratureAlternative domestic spaces Embraced for the dramatic opportunities afforded by a house full of strangers the British boarding house emerged as a setting for novels published during the interwar period by a diverse range of women writers from Stella Gibbons to Virginia Woolf. To use the single room in the boarding house or bedsit Terri Mullholland argues is to foreground a particular experience. While the single room represents the freedoms of independent living available to women in the early twentieth century it also marks the precariousness of unmarried women’s lives. By placing their characters in this transient space women writers could explore women's changing social roles and complex experiences – amateur prostitution lesbian relationships extra-marital affairs and abortion â€“ outside traditional domestic narrative concerns. Mullholland presents new readings of works by canonical and non-canonical writers including Stella Gibbons Winifred Holtby Storm Jameson Rosamond Lehmann Dorothy Richardson Jean Rhys and Virginia Woolf. A hybrid of the modernist and realist domestic fiction written and read by women the literature of the single room merges modernism's interest in interior psychological states with the realism of precisely documented exterior spaces offering a new mode of engagement with the two forms of interiority. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367140410

British BroadcastingA Study in Monopoly First Published in 1969. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138965065

British Business in Post-Colonial Malaysia 1957-70Neo-colonialism or Disengagement? This book explores the limits of the idea of 'neo-colonialism' - the idea that in the period immediately after independence Malaya/Malaysia enjoyed only a 'pseudo-independence' largely because of the entrenched and dominant position of British business interests allied to indigenous elites. The author argues that although British business did indeed have a strong position in Malaysia in this period Malaysian politicians and administrators were able to utilise British business which was relatively weak vis-a-vis the Malaysian state for their own ends at the same time as indigenous businesses and foreign non-British competitors were gathering strength. In addition despite the commitment of both Conservative and Labour governments in the UK to preserving British influence worldwide through the Commonwealth relationship British firms in Malaysia received only limited support from the British post-imperial state. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415646239

British Cinema Serious scholarly writing and research on British cinema has burgeoned to a dizzying degree in recent decades and this new four-volume collection from Routledge meets the need for an authoritative reference work to enable users to navigate and make sense of the subject’s large body of scholarship and the continuing explosion in research output. Edited by Robert Murphy the leading expert in the field this new title is a ‘mini library’ of the foundational and the very best cutting-edge scholarship on British cinema. British Cinema provides an indispensable one-stop resource on the major periods genres studios filmmakers and debates in British cinema from the nineteenth century to the present day. The collection addresses a wide range of issues and topics including: British cinema as a ‘national’ cinema; its often difficult relationship with Hollywood; censorship; gender representation; distinctively British genres (not least horror comedy and costume film); and the output of studios and directors (including immortals such as Alfred Hitchcock David Lean Alexander Mackendrick and Michael Powell). British Cinema includes a full index and a comprehensive introduction newly written by the editor which places the collected material in its historical and intellectual context. It is an essential work of reference and is destined to be valued by scholars and advanced students of film studies as a vital research tool. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415525671

British Cinema Past and Present British Cinema: Past and Present responds to the commercial and critical success of British film in the 1990s. Providing a historical perspective to the contemporary resurgence of British cinema this unique anthology brings together leading international scholars to investigate the rich diversity of British film production from the early sound period of the 1930s to the present day.The contributors address:* British Cinema Studies and the concept of national cinema* the distribution and reception of British films in the US and Europe* key genres movements and cycles of British cinema in the 1940s 50s and 60s* questions of authorship and agency with case studies of individual studios stars producers and directors* trends in British cinema from propaganda films of the Second World War to the New Wave and the 'Swinging London' films of the Sixties* the representation of marginalised communities in films such as Trainspotting and The Full Monty* the evolution of social realism from Saturday Night Sunday Morning to Nil By Mouth* changing approaches to Northern Ireland and the Troubles in films like The Long Good Friday and Alan Clarke's Elephant* contemporary 'art' and 'quality' cinema from heritage drama to the work of Peter Greenaway Derek Jarman Terence Davies and Patrick Keiller. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203354865

British Cinema in Documents British Cinema in Documents presents an introduction to the key concerns and debates in British cinema through documents ranging from official papers to fan magazines. Sarah Street shows how such documentary material can enrich our understanding of cinema's place in national culture and shed new light on defining moments in British cinema history.Street draws together a wide range of material discussing oral histories film posters and stills and star memorabilia alongside audience surveys censorship reports fan magazines and web sites providing a context for each extract she discusses. She uses a series of case studies including film censorship during the Second World War the fan cultures surrounding stars from Margaret Lockwood to Ewan McGregor and surveys of the British cinema audience to illustrate how archival research can provide a new understanding of the relationship between a film and other kinds of texts and between films their audiences and the state. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315006208

British CivilizationA Student's Dictionary British Civilization: A Student's Dictionary is an invaluable reference guide to the British way of life.It explains the often puzzling and confusing terms and phrases used routinely in Britain and by British people. This easy-reference alphabetical guide sheds light on a comprehensive selection of words phrases organizations and institutions. All these are fundamental features of British civilization and society and include aspects of: * politics and government * the Law economics and industry * education* the media * religion and social welfare * health and housing * leisure and transport. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315811949

British CivilizationAn Introduction Thoroughly updated and revised the ninth edition of the highly regarded British Civilization: An Introduction continues to be the ideal textbook on Britain its country and people religion politics and government international relations legal system economy education media and culture for students of British studies. Examining central structural features of British society the book provides an introduction to British civilization that highlights its history of cultural geographical and human diversity. The book includes: Expanded discussion of Britain’s current political climate and international relations through an examination of the 2016 Brexit referendum the subsequent general election and Brexit negotiations up to April 2019 Discussion of the ever-shifting economy from a global perspective Opinion polls and surveys that provide an insight into the attitudes of British people to the conditions in which they live and operate today Exercises questions and suggestions for further reading and useful websites that stimulate class discussion and provide a springboard upon which students can develop their own independent study. Supported by a companion website (www.routledge.com/cw/oakland) a long-ranging chronology full-colour illustrations useful figures exercises and discussion questions and suggestions for further reading it is the perfect introduction to the crucial and complex nature of British civilization culture and society past and present. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138318144

British Colonial Policy in the Age of Peel and Russell First published in 1966. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138965072

British Colonial Policy in the Twentieth Century Published in 1922 this book provides a history of the era as well as making reference to Britain’s colonial past. Egerton discusses British policies in her territories as well as trials and tribulations that faced the British Empires influence at the dawn of the twentieth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138603493

British Colonial Theories 1570 – 1850 First published in 1944 this volume covers the period of the old Empire and of the readjustments of the second Empire which followed the failure of the old after the revolt of the American colonies ending with the emergence of free trade and is significant to the history of the American colonies and of the British Commonwealth of Nations. Its purpose is to present and examine significant British colonial theories on the advantages and disadvantages resulting to the mother country from the establishment and maintenance of overseas colonies. This study is interested not in persons but in ideas and divides itself into chronological periods within which arguments and theories are discussed on the basis of topical classifications. For what reasons the author asks was the building and preservation of Empire thought profitable or unprofitable to the British nation? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138392601

British Colonialism and the Criminalization of HomosexualityQueens Crime and Empire British Colonialism and the Criminalization of Homosexuality examines whether colonial rule is responsible for the historical and continuing criminalization of same-sex sexual relations in many parts of the world. Enze Han and Joseph O’Mahoney gather and assess historical evidence to demonstrate the different ways in which the British empire spread laws criminalizing homosexual conduct amongst its colonies. Evidence includes case studies of former British colonies and the common law and criminal codes like the Indian Penal Code of 1860 and the Queensland Criminal Code of 1899. Surveying a wide range of countries the authors scrutinise whether ex-British colonies are more likely to have laws that criminalize homosexual conduct than other ex-colonies or other states in general They interrogate the claim that British imperialism uniquely ‘poisoned’ societies against homosexuality and look at the legacies of colonialism and the politics and legal status of homosexuality across the globe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367892517

British Comedy Cinema British comedy cinema has been a mainstay of domestic production since the beginning of the last Century and arguably the most popular and important genre in British film history. This edited volume will offer the first comprehensive account of the rich and popular history of British comedy cinema from silent slapstick and satire to contemporary romantic comedy. Using a loosely chronological approach essays cover successive decades of the 20th and 21st Century with a combination of case studies on key personalities production cycles and studio output along with fresh approaches to issues of class and gender representation. It will present new research on familiar comedy cycles such as the Ealing Comedies and Carry On films as well as the largely undocumented silent period along with the rise of television spin offs from the 1970s and the development of animated comedy from 1915 to the present. Films covered include: St Trinians A Fish Called Wanda Brassed Off Local Hero The Full Monty Four Lions and In the Loop. Contributors: Melanie Bell Alan Burton James Chapman Richard Dacre Ian Hunter James Leggott Sharon Lockyer Andy Medhurst Lawrence Napper Tim O’Sullivan Laraine Porter Justin Smith Sarah Street Peter Waymark Paul Wells Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415666671

British Conservatism and Trade Unionism 1945–1964 For most of the twentieth century the Conservative Party engaged in an ongoing struggle to curb the power of the trade unions culminating in the radical legislation of the Thatcher governments. Yet as this book shows for a brief period between the end of the Second World War and the election of Harold Wilson's Labour government in 1964 the Conservative Party adopted a remarkably constructive and conciliatory approach to the trade unions dubbed 'voluntarism'. During this time the party leadership made strenuous efforts to avoid as far as was politically possible confrontation with or legislation against the trade unions even when this incurred the wrath of some Conservative backbenchers and the Party's mass membership. In explaining why the Conservative leadership sought to avoid conflict with the trade unions this study considers the economic circumstances of the period in question the political environment electoral considerations the perspective adopted by the Conservative leadership in comprehending industrial relations and explaining conflict in the workplace and the personalities of both the Conservative leadership and the key figures in the trade unions. Making extensive use of primary and archival sources it explains why the 1945-64 period was unique in the Conservative Party's approach to Britain's trade unions. By 1964 though even hitherto Conservative defenders of voluntarism were acknowledging that some form of official inquiry into the conduct and operation of trade British unionism as a prelude to legislation was necessary thereby signifying that the heyday of 'voluntarism' and cordial relations between senior Conservatives and the trade unions was coming to an end. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138262058

British Cost Accounting 1887-1952 (RLE Accounting)Contemporary Essays from the Accounting Literature This anthology provides readers with a flavour of the development of cost accounting and emerging management accounting literature from ‘The Costing Renaissance’ to 1952. Many of the issues which were prominent in the middle of the twentieth century are still pressing issues today and received important early treatments. However a more balanced longitudinal coverage of the relevant material enables readers to trace the development of new attitudes to problems which had been recognized early on and to become aware of the fact that different issues tended to dominate the literature as time went by. The selection bias has favoured material which was covered for the first time or in a new way. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138987944

British Cotton Textiles: Maturity and Decline This book examines the decline of the cotton textiles industry which defined Britain as an industrial nation from its peak in the late nineteenth century to the state of the industry at the end of the twentieth century. Focusing on the owners and managers of cotton businesses the authors examine how they mobilised financial resources; their attitudes to industry structure and technology; and their responses to the challenges posed by global markets. The origins of the problems which forced the industry into decline are not found in any apparent loss of competitiveness during the long nineteenth century but rather in the disastrous reflotation after the First World War. As a consequence of these speculations rationalisation and restructuring became more difficult at the time when they were most needed and government intervention led to a series of partial solutions to what became a process of protracted decline. In the post-1945 period the authors show how government policy encouraged capital withdrawal rather than encouraging the investment needed for restructuring. The examples of corporate success since the Second World War – such as David Alliance and his Viyella Group – exploited government policy access to capital markets and closer relationships with retailers but were ultimately unable to respond effectively to international competition and the challenges of globalisation. A new introduction and epilogue provide an updated framework for the chapters in this book which were originally published in Business History and Accounting Business and Financial History Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367595159

British Cultural Identities British Cultural Identities assesses the degree to which being British impinges on the identity of the many people who live in Britain analysing contemporary British identity through the various and changing ways in which people who live in the UK position themselves and are positioned by their culture today. This new edition is updated to include discussion of key events and societal shifts such as the 2016 ‘Brexit’ referendum the 2015 British General Election the growing emphasis on devolution the 2012 Olympic Games the new generation of royals UKIP and the Euro crisis the response to fundamentalism and the proliferation of social networking. Using examples from contemporary and popular culture chapters cover a range of intersecting themes including: ■ place and environment ■ education work and leisure ■ gender sex and the family ■ youth culture and style ■ class and politics ■ ethnicity and language ■ religion ■ heritage. Accessible in style illustrated with photographs tables and timelines and containing discussion questions cultural examples and suggestions for further resources at the end of each chapter British Cultural Identities is the perfect introductory text for students of contemporary British society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138951129

British Culture of the Post-WarAn Introduction to Literature and Society 1945-1999 From Angus Wilson to Pat Barker and Salman Rushdie British Culture of the Post-War is an ideal starting point for those studying cultural developments in Britain of recent years. Chapters on individual people and art forms give a clear and concise overview of the progression of different genres. They also discuss the wider issues of Britain's relationship with America and Europe and the idea of Britishness.Each section is introduced with a short discussion of the major historical events of the period. Read as a whole British Culture of the Postwar will give students a comprehensive introduction to this turbulent and exciting period and a greater understanding of the cultural production arising from it. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203351970

British CultureAn Introduction This third edition of British Culture is the complete introduction to culture and the arts in Britain today. Extensively illustrated and offering a wider range of topics than ever before David P. Christopher identifies and analyses key areas in language literature film TV social media popular music sport and other fields setting each one in a clear historical context. British Culture enables students of British society to understand and enjoy a fascinating range of contemporary arts through an examination of current trends such as the influence of business and commerce the effects of globalization and the spread of digital communications. This new edition features: fully revised and updated chapters analyzing a range of key areas within British culture new chapters on cyberculture heritage and festivals extracts from novels and plays. This student-friendly edition also strengthens reading and study skills through follow-up activities weblinks and suggestions for further research. David P. Christopher's book is an engaging analysis of contemporary life and arts and together with its companion website (www.routledge.com/cw/christopher) is essential reading for every student of modern Britain. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415810852

British Cyprus and the Long Great War 1914-1925Empire Loyalties and Democratic Deficit Most of the Cypriot population especially the lower classes remained loyal to the British cause during the Great War and the island contributed significantly to the First World War with men and materials. The British acknowledged this yet failed to institute political and economic reforms once the war ended. The obsession of Greek Cypriot elites with enosis (union with Greece) which only increased after the war and the British dismissal of increasing the role of Cypriots in government bringing the Christian and Muslim communities closer and expanding franchise to all classes and sexes led to serious problems down the line not least the development of a democratic deficit. Andrekos Varnava studies the events and the impact of this crucial period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138698321

British Dance: Black Routes British Dance Black Routes is an outstanding collection of writings which re-reads the achievements of Black British dance artists and places them within a broad historical cultural and artistic context. Until now discussion of choreography by Black dance practitioners has been dominated by the work of African-American artists facilitated by the civil rights movement. But the work produced by Black British artists has in part been within the context of Britain’s colonial legacy. Ramsay Burt and Christy Adair bring together an array of leading scholars and practitioners to review the singularity and distinctiveness of the work of British-based dancers who are Black and its relation to the specificity of Black British experiences. From sub-Saharan West African and Caribbean dance forms to jazz and hip-hop British Dance Black Routes looks afresh at over five decades of artistic production to provide an unparalleled resource for dance students and scholars.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138913714

British Defence in the 21st Century This book analyses UK defence as a complex interdependent public-private enterprise covering politics management society and technology as well as the military. Building upon wide-ranging applied research with extensive access to ministers policy makers senior military commanders and industrialists the book characterises British defence as a phenomenon that has endured extensive transformation this century. Looking at the subject afresh as a complex extended enterprise involving politics alliances businesses skills economics military practices and citizens the authors profoundly reshape our understanding of ‘defence’ and how it is to be commissioned and delivered in a world dominated by geopolitical risks and uncertainties. The book makes the case that this new understanding of defence must inevitably lead to new policies and processes to ensure its health and vitality. This book will be of much interest to students of defence studies British politics and military and strategic studies as well as policy makers and practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138705029

British Economic and Strategic Planning1905-1915 First Published in 2005. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138879799

British Economic Development in South East Asia 1880-1939 Volume 1 This collection focuses on the economic development of the areas of SE Asia with which Britain had a trading relationship. Covering 1880–1939 the economic growth of the region is revealed through a selection of rare primary resources organized thematically with sections dedicated to agriculture mining trade labour finance and infrastructure. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367740030

British Economic Development in South East Asia 1880-1939 Volume 2 This collection focuses on the economic development of the areas of SE Asia with which Britain had a trading relationship. Covering 1880–1939 the economic growth of the region is revealed through a selection of rare primary resources organized thematically with sections dedicated to agriculture mining trade labour finance and infrastructure. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367740016

British Economic Development in South East Asia 1880-1939 Volume 3 This collection focuses on the economic development of the areas of SE Asia with which Britain had a trading relationship. Covering 1880–1939 the economic growth of the region is revealed through a selection of rare primary resources organized thematically with sections dedicated to agriculture mining trade labour finance and infrastructure. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367740023

British Economic Development in South East Asia 1880–1939 This collection focuses on the economic development of the areas of SE Asia with which Britain had a trading relationship. Covering 1880–1939 the economic growth of the region is revealed through a selection of rare primary resources organized thematically with sections dedicated to agriculture mining trade labour finance and infrastructure. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781848934887

British Economic Foreign Policy The financial crisis of 1931 marked a turning point in British economic foreign policy as decades of laissez-faire principles were abandoned and an active interventionist policy was introduced. This book first published in 1936 provides an in-depth analysis of the change in Britain’s policies and the effects these changes had on the various aspects of foreign trade. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138297227

British Economic Policy and Empire 1919-1939 First Published in 2005. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138879782

British Economists and the Empire This study first published in 1983 is primarily concerned with what the British economists over the period 1860 to 1914 wrote on a range of economic and non-economic aspects of the British Empire and the reasons for their conclusions. The attempt is also made to correct the view that mainstream British economists after 1860 were antithetical to the concept of empire. This title will be of interest to students of economic thought. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138230743

British Elections & Parties Review Volume 10 contains articles covering party membership voting behaviour and elections parliamentary voting candidate selection and campaigning on the internet as well as examining US opinion on impeachment. The comprehensive reference section provides researchers with an authoritative source of data on public opinion polls. elections results political parties as well as a chronology of the major political events of 1999. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315038568

British Elections & Parties Review The "British Elections and Parties" series publishes research on parties elections and voting behaviour in Britain providing analyses of current and historical developments. It is produced under the auspices of the Political Studies Association's Election Public Opinion and Parties study group.Volume 9 includes research based around four themes: electoral reform; partisanship and voting; parliamentary behaviour; and the attitudes of the young. It provides a source of data on public opinion polls a summary of local election results UK referendums key economic indicators political parties and a chronology of major political events in 1998. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315039664

British Elections & Parties ReviewThe 2001 General Election Containing contributions from leading names in British politics this review continues to publish front-rank research on parties elections and voting behaviour in Britain. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203045855

British Elections and Parties Review This volume features key political issues for 1990s Britain: the reform of the Labour party; the use of opinion polls; the impact of the media; European integration; Scotland and regional trends; and the bases of party support. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315038001

British Elections and Parties ReviewThe General Election of 1997 After the Labour Party's landslide victory in 1997 the results were analyzed. Issues at the top of the agenda included party leader image campaign strategy the sleaze factor the effect of the media and changes in the electoral geography of Britain. This volume records the discussion. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203044896

British Elections and Parties Yearbook This volume looks at the political events and discusses the major issues of 1994 most notably the European parliament elections. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315037691

British Elections and Parties Yearbook 1994 This volume combines current academic research on British elections parties and public opinion with a detailed reference section including a chronology of the major political events of 1993 opinion polls and by-election results for 1993 as well as an up-to-date digest of party and media addresses and contacts. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315036212

British Electoral Facts 1832-1999 This title was first published in 2000:  This is a reference guide to British elections 1832-1999. It is a volume of electoral facts which includes material on general elections parliamentary by-elections European Parliament elections elections within the UK local government elections referendums electoral irregularities and public opinion polls. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138737921

British Electoral Facts 1832-1999 This title was first published in 2000:  This is a reference guide to British elections 1832-1999. It is a volume of electoral facts which includes material on general elections parliamentary by-elections European Parliament elections elections within the UK local government elections referendums electoral irregularities and public opinion polls. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138737891

British Electoral Facts 1832-2006 The seventh edition of this unique and authoritative guide to more than 170 years of political history reflects the rapid and continuing change in the electoral landscape of the United Kingdom. Covering the period 1832-2006 it gives easy access to a myriad of facts and figures on all 44 General Elections six European Parliament elections and more than 3 700 parliamentary by-elections that have taken place in the United Kingdom since the Great Reform Act. It also contains a considerable array of opinion poll data for both Great Britain and Scotland. Significant new information includes further rounds of devolution elections in Scotland Wales and Northern Ireland; referendums and elections relating to elected mayors in London and a number of English local authorities; and the impact of the relaxation of the regulations on the issuing and casting of postal votes. To aid readers in finding their way about this increasingly complex electoral maze this edition also - and for the first time - contains a comprehensive index. The cornerstone of any psephologist's library British Electoral Facts 1832-2006 will also prove an invaluable reference and source book for politicians public servants historians journalists teachers and all those fascinated by the ebb and flow of electoral fortunes. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315261300

British Empirical Philosophers (Routledge Revivals)Locke Berkeley Hume Reid and J. S. Mill. [An anthology.] First published in 1952 British Empirical Philosophers is a comprehensive picture of one of the most important movements in the history of philosophic thought.  In his introduction Professor A. J. Ayer distinguishes the main problems of empiricism and gives a critical account of the ways in which the philosophers whose writings are included in this volume attempted to solve them. Editors Ayer and Raymond Winch bring together an authoritative abridgement of John Locke’s Essay Concerning Human Understanding; Bishop George Berkeley’s Principles of Human Knowledge; almost the entire first book of David Hume’s Treatise Concerning Human Nature; and extracts from Thomas Reid’s Essay on the Intellectual Powers of Man and John Stuart Mill’s Examination of Sir William Hamilton’s Philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415537759

British Engagement with Japan 1854–1922The Origins and Course of an Unlikely Alliance This book by a leading authority on Anglo-Japanese relations reconsiders the circumstances which led to the unlikely alliance of 1902 to 1922 between Britain the leading world power of the day and Japan an Asian non-European nation which had only recently emerged from self-imposed isolation. Based on extensive original research the book goes beyond existing accounts which concentrate on high politics strategy and simple assertions about the two countries’ similarities as island empires. It brings into the picture cultural factors particularly the ways in which Japan was portrayed in Britain and ambivalent British attitudes to race and supposed European superiority which were overcome but remained difficulties. It charts how the relationship developed as events unfolded including Japan’s wars against China and Russia and in addition looks at royal diplomacy where the Japanese Court came eventually to be treated as a respected equal. Overall the book provides a major reassessment of this important subject. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138477308

British Engineers and Africa 1875–1914 Using a wide range of primary sources that include correspondence diaries technical reports institutional minutes and periodicals Andersen reconstructs the networks and activities of Britain’s engineers while focusing on London as a centre of imperial expansion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138661486

British Enterprise in Nigeria First published in 1965. The present volume is the first study of British activities in Nigeria that has been written by a non-native and therefore author cannot claim to have discovered many facts that were unknown he does write from a detached point of view. This study supplies in a small measure the need for more case studies of the imperialistic process. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315032641

British Entrepreneurship in PolandA Case Study of Bradford Mills at Marki near Warsaw 1883-1939 Drawing upon an impressive range of international sources this book explores the late-nineteenth century partnership between Bradford worsted manufacturers the Briggs brothers and the German merchant Ernst Posselt and their subsequent foreign direct investment in a modern factory and workers’ community at Marki near Warsaw in Poland. Protectionism and increasing foreign competition are discussed among many complex economic pressures on British industry as likely catalysts for this enterprise and the general historiography of the Polish lands is explored to reveal a climate of extraordinary opportunity for well-capitalised foreign industrialists in this period. British Polish and German press and archival documents as well as Russian police and factory inspectors’ reports reveal the everyday experience of Polish factory workers and British consular correspondence provides fascinating insight into the machinations of the entrepreneurs and Warsaw’s cosmopolitan business community. Through the development and domination of market and raw materials sources this venture is shown to have monopolised worsted manufacture in the Russian Empire using state of the art technology to create and modern marketing techniques to promote its product range and evolving image. Marki was described in 1886 as ’a second edition of Saltaire’ and latterly as ’the Polish Bournville or Port Sunlight’ thus aspects of British and Polish social history are compared to assess the efficacy of introducing the model-community concept in combination with a radical employment policy to less industrially-developed Poland. The experiences of an expatriate community of skilled Yorkshire foremen and their instrumentality in diffusing British industrial technology throughout the Russian Empire are described. Against a backdrop of political instability and social upheaval which dramatically impacted on business behaviour after 1905 and particularly during the interwar period of Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472441386

British Exploitation of German Science and Technology 1943-1949 At the end of the Second World War Germany lay at the mercy of its occupiers all of whom launched programmes of scientific and technological exploitation. Each occupying nation sought to bolster their own armouries and industries with the spoils of war and Britain was no exception. Shrouded in secrecy yet directed at the top levels of government and driven by ingenuity from across the civil service and armed forces Britain made exploitation a key priority. By examining factories and laboratories confiscating prototypes and blueprints and interrogating and even recruiting German experts Britain sought to utilise the innovations of the last war to prepare for the next. This ground-breaking book tells the full story of British exploitation for the first time sheds new light on the legacies of the Second World War and contributes to histories of intelligence science warfare and power in the midst of the twentieth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367662196

British Factory Japanese FactoryThe Origins of National Diversity in Industrial Relations The Japanese way of work is notoriously ‘different’. But is it Japan or Britain which is the odd man out? When originally published this was the first book to explore the real differences through a point-by-point comparison of two Japanese factories with two British ones making similar products. In the first half of the book this comparison is pursued in systematic detail and clear illustration of the attitudes and assumptions which underlie what the author calls the ‘market-oriented’ system of Britain and the ‘organization-oriented’ system of Japan. One chapter shows how the employment institutions of the two countries fit into their political family and educational institutions – an exercise in functionalist sociology which dominates t he later chapters and makes a major contribution to the discussion of development and of the ‘convergence’ of different systems. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415852760

British Family Life 1780–1914 The five volumes of this collection focus on various aspects of family life. Drawing on rare printed sources and archival material this collection will provide a balanced contextualized picture of family life during a period of intense social change. It will appeal to scholars of social history gender studies and the long nineteenth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781848931022

British Family Life 1780–1914 Volume 1 The five volumes of this collection focus on various aspects of family life. Drawing on rare printed sources and archival material this collection will provide a balanced contextualized picture of family life during a period of intense social change. It will appeal to scholars of social history gender studies and the long nineteenth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138750715

British Family Life 1780–1914 Volume 2 The five volumes of this collection focus on various aspects of family life. Drawing on rare printed sources and archival material this collection will provide a balanced contextualized picture of family life during a period of intense social change. It will appeal to scholars of social history gender studies and the long nineteenth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138750722

British Family Life 1780–1914 Volume 3 The five volumes of this collection focus on various aspects of family life. Drawing on rare printed sources and archival material this collection will provide a balanced contextualized picture of family life during a period of intense social change. It will appeal to scholars of social history gender studies and the long nineteenth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138750739

British Family Life 1780–1914 Volume 4 The five volumes of this collection focus on various aspects of family life. Drawing on rare printed sources and archival material this collection will provide a balanced contextualized picture of family life during a period of intense social change. It will appeal to scholars of social history gender studies and the long nineteenth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138750746

British Family Life 1780–1914 Volume 5 The five volumes of this collection focus on various aspects of family life. Drawing on rare printed sources and archival material this collection will provide a balanced contextualized picture of family life during a period of intense social change. It will appeal to scholars of social history gender studies and the long nineteenth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138750753

British Fascism After the HolocaustFrom the Birth of Denial to the Notting Hill Riots 1939–1958 This book explores the policies and ideologies of a number of individuals and groups who attempted to relaunch fascist antisemitic and racist politics in the wake of World War II and the Holocaust. Despite the leading architects of fascism being dead and the newsreel footage of Jewish bodies being pushed into mass graves seared into societal consciousness fascism survived World War II and though changed survives to this day. Britain was the country that ‘stood alone’ against fascism but it was no exception. This book treads new historical ground and shines a light onto the most understudied period of British fascism whilst simultaneously adding to our understanding of the evolving ideology of fascism the persistent nature of antisemitism and the blossoming of Britain’s anti-immigration movement. This book will primarily appeal to scholars and students with an interest in the history of fascism antisemitism and the Holocaust racism immigration and postwar Britain. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138624146

British FascismEssays on the Radical Right in Inter-War Britain The continuing interest in the history ideas structure and development of fascism in Britain in the twentieth century appears to show little sign of diminishing. This collection of essays first published in 1980 deals in some depth with new evidence and interpretations of the phenomenon of British fascism and provides a reassessment of some of the major issues that have caused controversy examines the diverse nature of British fascism and suggests areas which need further research. The early essays identify certain elements of British fascism particularly anti-semitism which produced the ideology of the inter-war organisations calling themselves ‘fascist’. Stress is laid on the British roots rather than the European influences of Italy or Germany and the book also considers the Imperial Fascist League a competitor of the British Union of Fascists in the 1930s. The second section of the book deals with particular aspects of the BUF. Considering its ideology and tactics there are studies of anti-semitism economic thought and the public order question. Presenting new research and fresh interpretations of existing material this important volume considers many of the crucial and unanswered questions surrounding British fascism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138940413

British Fighting Methods in the Great War This collection points out the very real and substantial evolution of tactics that went on in response to new warfare and how this had a real effect on the positive performance of the British Army from 1916 onwards. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315035901

British Film CatalogueTwo Volume Set - The Fiction Film/The Non-Fiction Film First published in 2001. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315793146

British Folk Tales and LegendsA Sampler In 1970 Katharine Briggs published in four volumes the vast and authoritative Dictionary of British Folktales and Legends to wide acclaim. This sampler comprises the very best of those tales and legends. Gathered within  readers will find an extravagance of beautiful princesses and stout stable boys sour-faced witches and kings with hearts of gold. Each tale is a masterpiece of storytelling from the hilarious 'Three Sillies' to the delightfully macabre 'Sammle's Ghost'. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138168695

British Food Policy During the First World War (RLE The First World War) Because of the exceptionally high proportion of imports in Britain’s food supply and the determined efforts of the enemy to sever the supply lines efficient management of food resources was an essential element in the British national war effort. This volume was the first comprehensive study of this vital aspect of government strategy and fills a gap in the historiography of this period. This volume provides a balanced picture by drawing together the diverse elements that went into food policy: economic and social trends international trade relations and labour issues. The author also traces the evolution of food policy during the pre-war planning period and the early part of the war and analyses the roles of the United States and the labour organizations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138965089

British Foreign and Imperial Policy 1865-1919 British Foreign and Imperial Policy explores Britains role in International Affairs from the age of Gladstone and Disraeli to the end of the First World War exploring such themes as Britain's involvement in the Scramble for Africa the Anglo-Boer War the foreign policy of Lord Salisbury and the prospects for Britain and the Empire at the end of the First World War. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138171459

British Foreign Policy 1660-1972 First Published in 1968. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138987951

British Foreign Policy 1874-1914The Role of India A challenging analysis of British Foreign Policy is provided at a time when Britain possessed the biggest Empire that humankind has ever known. In this Empire India had a unique position comprising 97 per cent of Britain's Asiatic Empire. All British statesmen deemed it essential to maintain their hold over India whatever the risk or cost of doing so.This work focuses on aspects that have been hitherto marginalized. It also contributes to debates surrounding the origins of the First World War the multipolar diplomacy of the late nineteenth century and the nature of imperial connections. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415753524

British Foreign Policy since 1945 British Foreign Policy since 1945 brings a chronological approach to the study of British foreign policy since the Second World War in order to make the principal events and dynamics accessible within a broader historical and cultural context. The key features included in this book: a detailed chronological survey of developments in post-war British politics; an integrated discussion of foreign and domestic policy developments indicating connections and interlocking themes; illustrations of British foreign policy drawn from popular culture; analysis of Britain’s role in the world particularly in regards to the UK’s 'special relationship' with the US and its decision to leave the EU; a range of in-text features including essay questions and seminar/discussion topics. This timely book will be essential reading for anyone interested in British politics foreign policy analysis and British history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138821293

British Foreign Policy Towards Turkey 1959-1965 This volume examines how Conservative and Labour governments in the UK related diplomatically to a plurality of Turkish governments between 1959 and 1965. With research based on newly-available Public Records Office archives the author provides insight on British reactions to political events in Turkey and shows that in relation to the partition of Cyprus the crucial changes started as early as 1963 with Britain's indirect support. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315039374

British Foreign Secretaries Since 1974 This book analyses the changing role of the British Foreign Secretary and presents biographical case studies of all the individual holders of that post the policies they persued and the issues they faced since 1974. The work of the British Foreign Secretaries from James Callaghan to Robin Cook is examined in the context of the foreign policy-making machinery the changing environment of British foreign policy and the internal and external political forces with which they had to contend.Using a biographical case study approach the chapters examine the careers personalities policies and influence of successive Foreign Secretaries to increase our knowledge and understanding of the work of the government and the development of British foreign policy over the last thirty years. British Foreign Secretaries Since 1974 casts light on the hitherto shadowy and understudied role of personality in international relations and on how ten very different personalities helped to shape the detail and the articulation of British foreign policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138874664

British Freemasonry 1717-1813 Freemasonry was a major cultural and social phenomenon and a key element of the Enlightenment. It was to have an international influence across the globe. This primary resource collection charts a key period in the development of organized Freemasonry culminating in the formation of a single United Grand Lodge of England. The secrecy that has surrounded Freemasonry has made it difficult to access information and documents about the organization and its adherents in the past. This collection is the result of extensive archival research and transcription and highlights the most significant themes associated with Freemasonry. The documents are drawn from masonic collections private archives and libraries worldwide. The majority of these texts have never before been republished. Documents include rituals (some written in code) funeral services sermons songs certificates an engraved list of lodges letters pamphlets theatrical prologues and epilogues and articles from newspapers and periodicals. This collection will enable researchers to identify many key masons for the first time. It will be of interest to students of Freemasonry the Enlightenment and researchers in eighteenth-century studies. Includes more than 550 texts - Many texts are published here by special arrangement with the Library and Museum of Freemasonry London - Contains over 260 pages of newly transcribed manuscript material - Documents are organized thematically - Full editorial apparatus including general introduction volume introductions headnotes and explanatory endnotes - A consolidated index appears in the final volume Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781848933774

British Freemasonry 1717-1813 Volume 1 Freemasonry was a major cultural and social phenomenon and a key element of the Enlightenment. It was to have an international influence across the globe. This primary resource collection charts a key period in the development of organized Freemasonry culminating in the formation of a single United Grand Lodge of England. The secrecy that has surrounded Freemasonry has made it difficult to access information and documents about the organization and its adherents in the past. This collection is the result of extensive archival research and transcription and highlights the most significant themes associated with Freemasonry. The documents are drawn from masonic collections private archives and libraries worldwide. The majority of these texts have never before been republished. Documents include rituals (some written in code) funeral services sermons songs certificates an engraved list of lodges letters pamphlets theatrical prologues and epilogues and articles from newspapers and periodicals. This collection will enable researchers to identify many key masons for the first time. It will be of interest to students of Freemasonry the Enlightenment and researchers in eighteenth-century studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138100176

British Freemasonry 1717-1813 Volume 2 Freemasonry was a major cultural and social phenomenon and a key element of the Enlightenment. It was to have an international influence across the globe. This primary resource collection charts a key period in the development of organized Freemasonry culminating in the formation of a single United Grand Lodge of England. The secrecy that has surrounded Freemasonry has made it difficult to access information and documents about the organization and its adherents in the past. This collection is the result of extensive archival research and transcription and highlights the most significant themes associated with Freemasonry. The documents are drawn from masonic collections private archives and libraries worldwide. The majority of these texts have never before been republished. Documents include rituals (some written in code) funeral services sermons songs certificates an engraved list of lodges letters pamphlets theatrical prologues and epilogues and articles from newspapers and periodicals. This collection will enable researchers to identify many key masons for the first time. It will be of interest to students of Freemasonry the Enlightenment and researchers in eighteenth-century studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138100183

British Freemasonry 1717-1813 Volume 3 Freemasonry was a major cultural and social phenomenon and a key element of the Enlightenment. It was to have an international influence across the globe. This primary resource collection charts a key period in the development of organized Freemasonry culminating in the formation of a single United Grand Lodge of England. The secrecy that has surrounded Freemasonry has made it difficult to access information and documents about the organization and its adherents in the past. This collection is the result of extensive archival research and transcription and highlights the most significant themes associated with Freemasonry. The documents are drawn from masonic collections private archives and libraries worldwide. The majority of these texts have never before been republished. Documents include rituals (some written in code) funeral services sermons songs certificates an engraved list of lodges letters pamphlets theatrical prologues and epilogues and articles from newspapers and periodicals. This collection will enable researchers to identify many key masons for the first time. It will be of interest to students of Freemasonry the Enlightenment and researchers in eighteenth-century studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138100190

British Freemasonry 1717-1813 Volume 4 Freemasonry was a major cultural and social phenomenon and a key element of the Enlightenment. It was to have an international influence across the globe. This primary resource collection charts a key period in the development of organized Freemasonry culminating in the formation of a single United Grand Lodge of England. The secrecy that has surrounded Freemasonry has made it difficult to access information and documents about the organization and its adherents in the past. This collection is the result of extensive archival research and transcription and highlights the most significant themes associated with Freemasonry. The documents are drawn from masonic collections private archives and libraries worldwide. The majority of these texts have never before been republished. Documents include rituals (some written in code) funeral services sermons songs certificates an engraved list of lodges letters pamphlets theatrical prologues and epilogues and articles from newspapers and periodicals. This collection will enable researchers to identify many key masons for the first time. It will be of interest to students of Freemasonry the Enlightenment and researchers in eighteenth-century studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138100206

British Freemasonry 1717-1813 Volume 5 Freemasonry was a major cultural and social phenomenon and a key element of the Enlightenment. It was to have an international influence across the globe. This primary resource collection charts a key period in the development of organized Freemasonry culminating in the formation of a single United Grand Lodge of England. The secrecy that has surrounded Freemasonry has made it difficult to access information and documents about the organization and its adherents in the past. This collection is the result of extensive archival research and transcription and highlights the most significant themes associated with Freemasonry. The documents are drawn from masonic collections private archives and libraries worldwide. The majority of these texts have never before been republished. Documents include rituals (some written in code) funeral services sermons songs certificates an engraved list of lodges letters pamphlets theatrical prologues and epilogues and articles from newspapers and periodicals. This collection will enable researchers to identify many key masons for the first time. It will be of interest to students of Freemasonry the Enlightenment and researchers in eighteenth-century studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138100213

British Friends of the American Revolution This volume profiles a dozen British men and women who for varying reasons opposed the policy of the British government towards its 13 colonies before and during the American Revolution. Their actions helped prepare the way for the recognition of the United States as an independent nation. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315706054

British Froebelian Women from the Mid-Nineteenth to the Twenty-First CenturyA Community of Progressive Educators British Froebelian Women from the Mid-Nineteenth to the Twenty-First Century presents a series of critical case studies of individual women who worked and advocated for the cause of Froebelian and progressive pedagogy in Britain from the mid-nineteenth century until the present day. The book presents a compelling picture of how women have contributed in powerful ways to educational life and child-centred practices. The book examines the beliefs and values of its subjects offering crucial insights into how these women forged their professional identities and practice as new thinking about education and childhood emerged and considers the differing forms of inspiration they drew from their connections with the Froebelian community. This book will be of great interest for postgraduate students and academics in the fields of Women's Studies History of Education Early Childhood Education and Early Childhood Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815393351

British Future Fiction 1700-1914 Volume 1 This set of eight volumes presents the reader with selected primary texts in the genre now generally known as future fiction. The chosen texts are designed to explore the dominant characteristics of the genre and examine how it changed over the 18th and 19th centuries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138111325

British Future Fiction 1700-1914 Volume 2 This set of eight volumes presents the reader with selected primary texts in the genre now generally known as future fiction. The chosen texts are designed to explore the dominant characteristics of the genre and examine how it changed over the 18th and 19th centuries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138111332

British Future Fiction 1700-1914 Volume 3 This set of eight volumes presents the reader with selected primary texts in the genre now generally known as future fiction. The chosen texts are designed to explore the dominant characteristics of the genre and examine how it changed over the 18th and 19th centuries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138117440

British Future Fiction 1700-1914 Volume 4 This set of eight volumes presents the reader with selected primary texts in the genre now generally known as future fiction. The chosen texts are designed to explore the dominant characteristics of the genre and examine how it changed over the 18th and 19th centuries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138111349

British Future Fiction 1700-1914 Volume 5 This set of eight volumes presents the reader with selected primary texts in the genre now generally known as future fiction. The chosen texts are designed to explore the dominant characteristics of the genre and examine how it changed over the 18th and 19th centuries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138117457

British Future Fiction 1700-1914 Volume 6 This set of eight volumes presents the reader with selected primary texts in the genre now generally known as future fiction. The chosen texts are designed to explore the dominant characteristics of the genre and examine how it changed over the 18th and 19th centuries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138111356

British Future Fiction 1700-1914 Volume 7 This set of eight volumes presents the reader with selected primary texts in the genre now generally known as future fiction. The chosen texts are designed to explore the dominant characteristics of the genre and examine how it changed over the 18th and 19th centuries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138111363

British Future Fiction 1700-1914 Volume 8 This set of eight volumes presents the reader with selected primary texts in the genre now generally known as future fiction. The chosen texts are designed to explore the dominant characteristics of the genre and examine how it changed over the 18th and 19th centuries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138117464

British GardensHistory philosophy and design Garden design began in West Asia and spread through Europe.  This book tells how in the British Isles it flourished to an extraordinary degree. Following the historical method in Tom Turner’s books on Asian gardens (2010) and European gardens (2011) it uses almost 1000 colour photographs plans and style diagrams to provide a word and image history of garden design. Individual chapters cover the Celtic Roman Medieval Renaissance Baroque Neoclassical Romantic Arts and Crafts Modern and Postmodern periods. Additional information about the gardens in the book is available on the Gardenvisit.com website which the author edits 　http://www.gardenvisit.com/history_theory/british_gardens_companion Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415518789

British General StaffReform and Innovation The essays that comprise this collection examine the development and influence of the British General Staff from the late Victorian period until the eve of World War II. They trace the changes in the staff that influenced British military strategy and subsequent operations on the battlefield. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138881969

British Generals in Blair's Wars British Generals in Blair's Wars is based on a series of high profile seminars held in Oxford in which senior British officers predominantly from the army reflect on their experience of campaigning. The chapters embrace all the UK's major operations since the end of the Cold War but they focus particularly on Iraq and Afghanistan. As personal testimonies they capture the immediacy of the authors' thoughts at the time and show how the ideas of a generation of senior British officers developed in a period of rapid change against a background of intense political controversy and some popular unease. The armed forces were struggling to revise their Cold War concepts and doctrines and to find the best ways to meet the demands placed upon them by their political leaders in what was seen to be a 'New World Order'. It was a time when relations between the Government of the day and the armed services came under close scrutiny and when the affection of the British public for its forces seemed to grow with the difficulty of their operational tasks. This is a truly unique and invaluable book. For the first time we are offered first-hand testimony about Britain's involvement in recent campaigns by senior participants. In addition to touching on themes like civilian-military relations the operational direction of war and relationships with allies these eyewitness accounts give a real sense of how the character of a war changes even as it is being fought. It will be essential reading for those in military academies and staff colleges not only in Britain but throughout NATO and especially in the USA. It also has profound policy implications as both the UK and NATO more generally reassess their strategies and the value of intervention operations. It will also become a primary source for historians and students of the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan in particular. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409437369

British Generalship during the Great WarThe Military Career of Sir Henry Horne (1861–1929) Following the career of one relatively unknown First World War general Lord Horne this book adds to the growing literature that challenges long-held assumptions that the First World War was a senseless bloodbath conducted by unimaginative and incompetent generals. Instead it demonstrates that men like Horne developed new tactics and techniques to deal with the novel problems of trench warfare and in so doing seeks to re-establish the image of the British generals and explain the reasons for the failures of 1915-16 and the successes of 1917-18 and how this remarkable change in performance was achieved by a much maligned group of senior officers. Horne's important career and remarkable character sheds light not only on the major battles in which he was involved; the progress of the war; his relationships with his staff and other senior officers; the novel problems of trench warfare; the assimilation of new weapons tactics and training methods; and the difficulties posed by the German defences but also on the attitudes and professionalism of a senior British commander serving on the Western Front. Horne's career thus provides a vehicle for studying the performance of the British Army in the first quarter of the Twentieth Century. It also gives an important insight into the attitudes ethos and professionalism of the officer corps which led that army to victory on the Western Front exposing not only its flaws but also its many strengths. This study consequently provides a judgment not only on Horne as a personality innovator and general of great importance but also on his contemporaries who served with the British Armies in South Africa and France during an era which saw a revolution in military affairs giving birth to a Modern Style of Warfare which still prevails to this day. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138253377

British Government Policy and Decolonisation 1945-63Scrutinising the Official Mind This book is an in-depth study of the importnace of the Empire-Commonwealth in the two decades after WWII for Britain's self-image as a great power. By studying a wide range of debates on general and specific imperial problems the book highlights the "official mind" of decolonization - and of late imperialism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138965096

British Historians and National IdentityFrom Hume to Churchill Two eminent scholars of historiography examine the concept of national identity through the key multi-volume histories of the last two hundred years. Starting with Hume’s History of England (1754–62) they explore the work of British historians whose work had a popular readership and an influence on succeeding generations of British children. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781848935396

British Historical Cinema Films recreating or addressing 'the past' - recent or distant actual or imagined - have been a mainstay of British cinema since the silent era. From Elizabeth to Carry On Up The Khyber and from the heritage-film debate to issues of authenticity and questions of genre British Historical Cinema explores the ways in which British films have represented the past on screen the issues they raise and the debates they have provoked. Discussing films from biopics to literary adaptations and from depictions of Britain's colonial past to the re-imagining of recent decades in retro films such as Velvet Goldmine a range of contributors ask whose history is being represented from whose perspective and why. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315011424

British Humanitarianism and the Congo Reform Movement 1896-1913 The Congo Free State was under the personal rule of King Leopold II of the Belgians from 1885 to 1908. The accolades that attended its founding were soon contested by accusations of brutality oppression and murderous misrule but the controversy by itself proved insufficient to prompt changes. Starting in 1896 concerned men and women used public opinion to influence government policy in Britain and the United States to create space for reforming forces in Belgium itself to pry the Congo from Leopold’s grasp and implement reforms. Examining key factors in the successes and failures of a pivotal movement that aided the colonized people of the Congo and broadened the idea of human rights British Humanitarianism and the Congo Reform Movement provides a valuable update to scholarship on the history of humanitarianism in Africa. The Congo Reform movement built on the institutional experience of overseas humanitarianism the energy of evangelical political involvement and innovations in racial imperial and nationalist discourse to create political energy. Often portrayed as the efforts of a few key people especially E.D. Morel this book demonstrates that the movement increasingly manifested itself as an institutionalized and transnational campaign with support from key government officials that ultimately made a material difference to the lives of the people of the Congo. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138494510

British Hymn Books for Children 1800-1900Re-Tuning the History of Childhood Examining nineteenth-century British hymns for children Alisa Clapp-Itnyre argues that the unique qualities of children's hymnody created a space for children's empowerment. Unlike other literature of the era hymn books were often compilations of many writers' hymns presenting the discerning child with a multitude of perspectives on religion and childhood. In addition the agency afforded children as singers meant that they were actively engaged with the text music and pictures of their hymnals. Clapp-Itnyre charts the history of children’s hymn-book publications from early to late nineteenth century considering major denominational movements the importance of musical tonality as it affected the popularity of hymns to both adults and children and children’s reformation of adult society provided by such genres as missionary and temperance hymns. While hymn books appear to distinguish 'the child' from 'the adult' intricate issues of theology and poetry - typically kept within the domain of adulthood - were purposely conveyed to those of younger years and comprehension. Ultimately Clapp-Itnyre shows how children's hymns complicate our understanding of the child-adult binary traditionally seen to be a hallmark of Victorian society. Intersecting with major aesthetic movements of the period from the peaking of Victorian hymnody to the Golden Age of Illustration children’s hymn books require scholarly attention to deepen our understanding of the complex aesthetic network for children and adults. Informed by extensive archival research British Hymn Books for Children 1800-1900 brings this understudied genre of Victorian culture to critical light. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367140427

British IdealismLanguage Aesthetics and Emotions Bertrand Russell G. E. Moore and other analytic philosophers of the early 20th century claimed to depart from the British idealists who dominated philosophical debate from the 1870s onwards. The nature and extent of this departure is now widely questioned as philosophers return to the writings of Bernard Bosanquet F. H. Bradley R. G. Collingwood T. H. Green J. M. E. McTaggart and others.Nowadays the British idealist movement is mostly remembered for its seminal contributions to metaphysics ethics and political philosophy. The contributors to this volume explore some of the movement’s other equally-insightful contributions to the philosophies of language aesthetics and emotions. These chapters cover core philosophical issues including the relationship between the speech communities and the general will; the role of emotions in the Absolute; key differences between leading British idealists on the relationships between emotions and relations; the nature of love; the historical re-enactment of imagination and creativity; expressivism in art; and the actual idealism of the British idealists’ Italian counterparts.This book was originally published as a special issue of the British Journal of the History of Philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367584009

British Immigration to the United States 1776–1914 Volume 1 This four-volume reset edition collects immigrants' letters immigration guides newspaper articles county history biographies and promotional and advisory pamphlets published by immigrants and travellers land and railroad companies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138113015

British Immigration to the United States 1776–1914 Volume 2 This four-volume reset edition collects immigrants' letters immigration guides newspaper articles county history biographies and promotional and advisory pamphlets published by immigrants and travellers land and railroad companies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138113022

British Immigration to the United States 1776–1914 Volume 3 This four-volume reset edition collects immigrants' letters immigration guides newspaper articles county history biographies and promotional and advisory pamphlets published by immigrants and travellers land and railroad companies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138113039

British Immigration to the United States 1776–1914 Volume 4 This four-volume reset edition collects immigrants' letters immigration guides newspaper articles county history biographies and promotional and advisory pamphlets published by immigrants and travellers land and railroad companies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138113046

British Immigration to the United States 1776�1914 This four-volume reset edition collects immigrants' letters immigration guides newspaper articles county history biographies and promotional and advisory pamphlets published by immigrants and travellers land and railroad companies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003093930

British Imperial Strategies in the Pacific 1750-1900 The focus of this volume is Britain's trans-Pacific empire. This began with haphazard challenges to Spanish dominion but by the end of the 18th century the British had established a colony in Australia and had gone to the brink of war with Spain to establish trading rights in the north Pacific. These rights led to formal colonies in Vancouver Island and British Columbia when Britain sought to maintain a north Pacific presence despite American expansionism. In the later 19th century the international ’scramble for the Pacific’ resulted in new British colonies and protectorates in the Pacific islands. The result was a complex imperial presence created from a variety of motives and circumstances. The essays selected here take account of the wide range of economic political and cultural factors which prompted British expansion creating tension in Britain's imperial identity in the Pacific and leaving Pacific peoples with a complicated and challenging legacy. Along with the important new introduction they provide a basis for the reassessment of British imperialism in the Pacific region. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315261287

British Imperialism and Turkish Nationalism in Cyprus 1923-1939Divide Define and Rule As Cyprus experienced British imperial rule between 1878 and 1960 Greek and Turkish nationalism on the island developed at different times and at different speeds. Relations between Turkish Cypriots and the British on the one hand and Greek Cypriots and the British on the other were often asymmetrical with the Muslim community undergoing an enormous change in terms of national/ethnic identity and class characteristics. Turkish Cypriot nationalism developed belatedly as a militant nationalist and anti-Enosis movement. This book explores the relationship between the emergence of Turkish national identity and British colonial rule in the 1920s and 1930s. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367348908

British Imperialism1688-2015 A milestone in the understanding of British history and imperialism this ground-breaking book radically reinterprets the course of modern economic development and the causes of overseas expansion during the past three centuries. Employing their concept of 'gentlemanly capitalism' the authors draw imperial and domestic British history together to show how the shape of the nation and its economy depended on international and imperial ties and how these ties were undone to produce the post-colonial world of today. Containing a significantly expanded and updated Foreword and Afterword this third edition assesses the development of the debate since the book’s original publication discusses the imperial era in the context of the controversy over globalization and shows how the study of the age of empires remains relevant to understanding the post-colonial world. Covering the full extent of the British empire from China to South America and taking a broad chronological view from the seventeenth century to post-imperial Britain today British Imperialism: 1688–2015 is the perfect read for all students of imperial and global history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138817739

British in the Americas 1480-1815 The Of northern European nations the British had the greatest impact on the Americas. Their history there embraces far more than the colonies that became the United States: England had been in the New World for a century before those colonies were established and the British presence long outlived their loss. This integrated account of that involvement spans the entire arc of British territories from the Caribbean to Canada and the entire period from the first appearance of the English to the disintegration of the British and other Euro-American empires. A fascinating story engrossingly told it fills a major gap in current historiography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138411920

British India and Tibet: 1766-1910 This book first published in 1960 and revised in 1986 is an important analysis of the under-studied Northern frontier of the British Indian Empire. It considers British relations across the Himalayas looking at encounters with Bhutan Sikkim Nepal and Tibet. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138334427

British Industrial Capitalism Since The Industrial Revolution The authors use a long-wave framework to examine the historical evolution of British industrial capitalism since the late-18th century and present a challenging and distinctive economic history of modern and contemporary Britain. The book is intended for undergraduate courses on the economic history of modern Britain within history economic and social history economic history and economic degree schemes and economic theory courses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138161122

British Infantry Battalion Commanders in the First World War Recent studies of the British Army during the First World War have fundamentally overturned historical understandings of its strategy and tactics yet the chain of command that linked the upper echelons of GHQ to the soldiers in the trenches remains poorly understood. In order to reconnect the lines of communication between the General Staff and the front line this book examines the British army’s commanders at battalion level via four key questions: (i) How and where resources were found from the small officer corps of 1914 to cope with the requirement for commanding officers (COs) in the expanding army; (ii) What was the quality of the men who rose to command; (iii) Beyond simple overall quality exactly what qualities were perceived as making an effective CO; and (iv) To what extent a meritocracy developed in the British army by the Armistice. Based upon a prosopographical analysis of a database over 4 000 officers who commanded infantry battalions during the war the book tackles one of the central historiographical issues pertaining to the war: the qualities of the senior British officer. In so doing it challenges lingering popular conceptions of callous incompetence as well more scholarly criticism that has derided the senior British officer but has done so without a data-driven perspective. Through his thorough statistical analysis Dr Peter Hodgkinson adds a valuable new perspective to the historical debate underway regarding the nature of British officers during the extraordinary expansion of the Army between 1914 and 1918 and the remarkable yet often forgotten British victories of The Hundred Days. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367599836

British Intelligence Strategy and the Cold War 1945-51 The Cold War is often considered to be the quintessential intelligence conflict. Yet secret intelligence remains the `missing dimension' of Britain's Cold War history. This volume offers an authoritative picture of Britain's clandestine role in the development of the Cold War focusing upon the key issues of intelligence and strategy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415865425

British It-Narratives 1750–1830 It-narratives are prose fictions that take as their central characters animals or inanimate objects. This four-volume reset collection includes numerous examples of narratives in different forms including short stories excerpts from novels periodical fiction and serialized works. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781848931206

British It-Narratives 1750–1830 Volume 1 It-narratives are prose fictions that take as their central characters animals or inanimate objects. This four-volume reset collection includes numerous examples of narratives in different forms including short stories excerpts from novels periodical fiction and serialized works. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138750937

British It-Narratives 1750–1830 Volume 2 It-narratives are prose fictions that take as their central characters animals or inanimate objects. This four-volume reset collection includes numerous examples of narratives in different forms including short stories excerpts from novels periodical fiction and serialized works. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138750944

British It-Narratives 1750–1830 Volume 3 It-narratives are prose fictions that take as their central characters animals or inanimate objects. This four-volume reset collection includes numerous examples of narratives in different forms including short stories excerpts from novels periodical fiction and serialized works. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138750951

British It-Narratives 1750–1830 Volume 4 It-narratives are prose fictions that take as their central characters animals or inanimate objects. This four-volume reset collection includes numerous examples of narratives in different forms including short stories excerpts from novels periodical fiction and serialized works. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138750968

British Jacobin Politics Desires and AftermathsSeditious Hearts This book explores the hopes desires and imagined futures that characterized British radicalism in the 1790s and the resurfacing of this sense of possibility in the following decades. The articulation of “Jacobin” sentiments reflected the emotional investments of men and women inspired by the French Revolution and committed to political transformation. The authors emphasize the performative aspects of political culture and the spaces in which mobilization and expression occurred – including the club room tavern coffeehouse street outdoor meeting theater chapel courtroom prison and convict ship. America imagined as a site of republican citizenship and New South Wales experienced as a space of political exile widened the scope of radical dreaming. Part 1 focuses on the political culture forged under the shifting influence of the French Revolution. Part 2 explores the afterlives of British Jacobinism in the year 1817 in early Chartist memorialization of the Scottish “martyrs” of 1794 and in the writings of E. P. Thompson. The relationship between popular radicals and the Romantics is a theme pursued in several chapters; a dialogue is sustained across the disciplinary boundaries of British history and literary studies. The volume captures the revolutionary decade’s effervescent yearning and its unruly persistence in later years. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367464448

British Labour Seeks a Foreign Policy 1900-1940 Since World War II the British Labour Party has played a central role in dealing with complex international issues. Achieving real power in parliament for the first time Labour governments have acted responsibly and are usually in accord with the views of a substantial majority of the British people. Such was not always the case. In British Labour Seeks a Foreign Policy 1900-1940 Henry R. Winkler synthesizes twenty years' study of the subject to offer the first full-scale treatment of the Labour Party's evolution in foreign affairs.The Labour Party came into existence at the beginning of the twentieth century to deal with the domestic problems of the working class and it showed relatively little interest in foreign policy issues. In the aftermath of World War I however small groups of moderates made the case against the bitter rejection of the Versailles Treaty by many in the Labour Party and the trade union movement. Most of these argued that the League of Nations could be used to remedy some of the deficiencies of the settlement and that such a League must have the sanction of force if it was to be effective.During the 1930s the failures of the League--in the Far East Abyssinia Spain and Central Europe--compelled some of its advocates to conclude that League or no League the threat from Nazi Germany mandated support for a program of preparedness and rearmament even under the aegis of a hated National Government. The result by 1937 was the final formal abandonment of many of the radical illusions of the twenties and thirties as Labour reluctantly but formally assumed a posture that enabled it to share in the governance of wartime Britain and to take a key role in dealing with the international issues that emerged in the aftermath of the Second World War.This volume contains valuable lessons on the responsibilities of political parties as well as the pros and cons of specific policies. It is essential reading for understanding Britain's later stands as its leaders tried to adjust to Britain's diminished power in the post-World War II world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138507777

British Lesbian Gay and Bisexual PsychologiesTheory Research and Practice Gain insight into crucial British mental health approaches for LGB individualsThere is very little collaborative literature between LGB-affirmative psychologists and psychotherapists in the United States and the United Kingdom. British Lesbian Gay and Bisexual Psychologies: Theory Research and Practice may well be a crucial beginning step in building dialogue between these two countries on important LGB psychotherapy developments. Leading authorities comprehensively examine the latest studies and effective therapies for LGB individuals in the United Kingdom. Practitioners will discover an extensive survey of the most current developments to supplement their own work while educators and students will find diverse expert perspectives on which to consider and broaden their own viewpoints. This unique book offers an informative introduction to British psychosocial perspectives on theory research and practice.British Lesbian Gay and Bisexual Psychologies provides a critical exploration of the recent history of LGB psychology and psychotherapy in the United Kingdom focusing on key publications and outlining the current terrain. Other chapters are organized into two thematic sections. The first section explores theoretical frameworks in United Kingdom therapeutic practice while the second section examines sexual minority identities and their needs for support and community.Topics in British Lesbian Gay and Bisexual Psychologies include:similarities and differences between LGBT psychology and psychotherapy in the United States and United Kingdomgay affirmative therapy (GAT) as a positive frameworkexistential-phenomenological approach to psychotherapycore issues in the anxiety about whether or not to “come out”object relations theoryexploring homo-negativity in the therapeutic processaspects of psychotherapy that lesbians and gay men find helpfulresearch into how the mainstreaming of lesbian and gay culture has affected the lives of LGB individualsa study into LGB youth issuesdifficulties of gay men with learning disabilities—with suggestions on how to offer the best psychological servicea study on gay athletes’ experiences of coming out in a heterosexist worldBritish Lesbian Gay and Bisexual Psychologies takes a needed step toward sharing valuable psychosocial perspectives between countries. This useful enlightening text is perfect for educators students psychologists psychotherapists and counselors working in the field of sexuality. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003063889

British Librarianship and Information Work 1991–2000 This important reference volume covers developments in almost every aspect of British library and information work during the ten-year period 1991-2000. Some forty contributors all of whom are experts in their subject provide a robust overview of their specialities along with extensive further references which act as a starting point for further research. The book provides a comprehensive record of what took place in library and information management during a decade of considerable change and challenges. It is an essential reference resource for librarians and information professionals. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315261270

British Librarianship and Information Work 2001–2005 This important reference volume covers developments in aspects of British library and information work during the five year period 2001-2005. Over forty contributors all of whom are experts in their subject provide an overview of their field along with extensive further references which act as a starting point for further research. The book provides a comprehensive record of library and information management during the past five years and will be essential reading for all scholars library professionals and students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138262584

British Literature of World War I Volume 1 Given the popular and scholarly interest in the First World War it is surprising how little contemporary literary work is available. This five-volume reset edition aims to redress this balance making available an extensive collection of newly-edited short stories novels and plays from 1914–19. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138113145

British Literature of World War I Volume 2 Given the popular and scholarly interest in the First World War it is surprising how little contemporary literary work is available. This five-volume reset edition aims to redress this balance making available an extensive collection of newly-edited short stories novels and plays from 1914–19. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138118119

British Literature of World War I Volume 3 Given the popular and scholarly interest in the First World War it is surprising how little contemporary literary work is available. This five-volume reset edition aims to redress this balance making available an extensive collection of newly-edited short stories novels and plays from 1914–19. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138113152

British Literature of World War I Volume 4 Given the popular and scholarly interest in the First World War it is surprising how little contemporary literary work is available. This five-volume reset edition aims to redress this balance making available an extensive collection of newly-edited short stories novels and plays from 1914–19. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138118126

British Literature of World War I Volume 5 Given the popular and scholarly interest in the First World War it is surprising how little contemporary literary work is available. This five-volume reset edition aims to redress this balance making available an extensive collection of newly-edited short stories novels and plays from 1914–19. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138113169

British Low CultureFrom Safari Suits to Sexploitation Identifying 'permissive populism' the trickle down of permissiveness into mass consumption as a key feature of the 1970s Leon Hunt considers the values of an ostensibly 'bad' decade and analyses the implications of the 1970s for issues of taste and cultural capital. Hunt explores how the British cultural landscape of the 1970s coincided with moral panics the troubled Heath government the three day week and the fragmentation of British society by nationalism class conflict race gender and sexuality. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315005126

British Macroeconomic Policy since 1940 Originally published in1985. Jim Tomlinson charters the route of British macroeconomic policy in the post-war era. This book argues that the objectives of macroeconomic policy have not been constant; that the emphasis has shifted from one item to another over time; and that this uncertainty and inconsistency over objectives goes a long way to explaining why macroeconomics management has not been a startling success. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415609197

British Mail Steamers to South America 1851-1965A History of the Royal Mail Steam Packet Company and Royal Mail Lines During the nineteenth century Britain’s maritime commercial and colonial interests all depended upon a regular and reliable flow of seaborne information from around the globe. Whilst the telegraph increasingly came to dominate long-distance communication postal services by sea played a vital role in the network of information exchange particularly to the more distant locations. Much importance was placed upon these services by the British government which provided large subsidies to a small number of commercial companies to operate them. Concentrating initially on the mail service between Britain and South America this book explores the economic and political involvement of at the outset The Royal Mail Steam Packet Company (later Royal Mail Lines) from 1851 until 1874. (The Company’s West Indies services were subsidized from 1840 until the early years of the 20th century.) As well as providing a business history of the Royal Mail companies the book reveals much of the development of Brazil and Argentina as trading nations and the many and varied consequences of maintaining a long-distance mail service. Improved ship design led to larger vessels of greater cargo capacities essential to the growth of the lucrative and highly competitive import/export trades between Britain and Europe and South America. The provision of increased passenger services contributed to the very considerable British financial commercial and industrial interests in Latin America well into the 20th century. The book also addresses the international competition faced by Royal Mail Lines which reflected Britain’s progressively diminishing dominance of global trade and shipping. In all this book has much to say that will interest not only business historians but all those seeking a better understating of Britain’s maritime and economic history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138269705

British MalayaAn Account of the Origin and Progress of British Influence in Malaya First published in 1948 this volume’s third edition emerged contemporaneously with the transition from the Malayan Union to the Federation of Malaya an area covering the Malay Peninsula and modern Singapore. The volume recounts the experiences of the first British residents of Malaya. Its object was to explain the circumstances and evolution of the British administration in Malaya along with a history of the region. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138311121

British Management Thought First published in 1969 British Management Thought is an indispensable text for anyone with a critical interest in the development of British management philosophy from management teachers through to informed managers sociologists and historians. Utilizing detailed documentary evidence Dr. Child traces and assesses the emergence and development of management thinking in Britain over the last hundred years. He considers the organizational and social problems faced by managers and how management thinkers have attempted to provide solutions. The book demonstrates how social science research has today brought to light many deficiencies in management thought. By applying the perspectives of the sociology of knowledge Dr Child examines how and why ideological considerations seriously weakened the practical utility of many management writings. He also discusses the important problems raised for management education by these findings illustrating this with some of his own research into management teaching. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415665063

British Manufacturing Investment Overseas (RLE International Business) This study analyses the causes of British manufacturing investment overseas focusing primarily on the period from the mid 1960s to the mid 1980s. During these years there were significant changes in UK direct investment and this book represented the first major analysis of these changes based on detailed case studies of British international firms. The early chapters assess the available statistical evidence and the theories of overseas investment that had hitherto been put forward. The authors emphasize the need for recognizing the dynamic and varied nature of firms and the relevance of their historical development in order to understand business decision-making. Through a detailed consideration of the activities of a large sample of companies the book explains why they manufacture abroad and assesses the overall consequences for the British economy of its overseas investment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415752138

British Marxism and Cultural StudiesEssays on a living tradition A comprehensive exploration of the profound influence of Marxist ideas on the development of Cultural Studies in Britain this volume covers a century of Marxist writing balancing synoptic accounts of the various schools of Marxist thought with detailed analyses of the most important writers. Arguing that a recognisably Marxist tradition of cultural analysis began in the last two decades of the nineteenth century and continues unbroken to the present day British Marxism and Cultural Studies traces the links between contemporary developments in the field and the extended tradition of which they form a part. With discussion of figures such as Jack Lindsay C.L.R. James Julian Stallabrass and Mike Wayne as well as the cultural thinking of the New Left Gramscian Althusserian and Political Economy schools this book shows that the history of British cultural Marxism is broader and richer than many people realise. As such it will be of interest to scholars and students of sociology cultural studies intellectual history and the history of the Left. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367596637

British Marxist Criticism British Marxist Criticism provides selective but extensive annotated bibliographies introductory essays and important pieces of work from each of eight British critics who sought to explain literary production according to the principles of Marxism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415763639

British Media and the Rwandan Genocide Throughout the 1990s humanitarian interventionism sat at a crossroads where ideas about rights and duties within and beyond borders collided with an international reality of civil conflict where the most basic human rights were violated in the most brutal manner. This growing awareness of humanitarian crises has been enabled by a more globalized media which increasingly shapes public perceptions of distant crises public opinion and political decision-making. Clarke examines the extent to which the public discourse and particular concepts including those of an ethical and legal nature influenced British newspaper coverage of the 1994 crisis in Rwanda and in turn the extent to which that coverage influenced the British Parliament’s response to the crisis. Through his development and application of a broader methodological approach that combines both quantitative and qualitative analyses the book offers a fuller understanding of the relationship between media coverage parliamentary debate and policy formulation and the central role that the globalized media plays in this process. Integrating ethics law and empirical analysis of the media to obtain a more cohesive understanding of the chemistry of the media-public policy nexus this work will be of interest to graduates and scholars in a range of areas including Genocide Studies the Responsibility to Protect the Media & Politics and International Relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367735746

British Medicine in an Age of Reform British Medicine in an Age of Reform charts the nature and dynamics of the radical changes which occurred between 1780 and 1850 - a great turning point in British medicine. Medicine was reformed just as politics was being reformed. It became a recognizable profession and at the same time there was an impetus from within to base the subject upon science. By the end of the 1850's medicine had become perceptibly `modern'. Contributions by acknowledged experts cover subjects from Apothecaries' Act of 1815 to froensic medicine and the effect of scientific medicine on the doctor-patient relationship. Fascinating and detailed British Medicine in an Age of Reform provides a rich source of information for students of social history the history of medicine and science and for those working in the medical profession. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138868175

British Merchants And Chilean Development 1851-1886 This book examines the enormous contribution British merchants made toward Chilean prosperity and stability during nineteenth-century. It also examines the role of expatriates during the period of rapid economic change and development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367161170

British Methodist HymnodyTheology Heritage and Experience Hymnody is widely recognised as a central tenet of Methodism’s theological doctrinal spiritual and liturgical identity. Theologically and doctrinally the content of the hymns has traditionally been a primary vehicle for expressing Methodism’s emphasis on salvation for all social holiness and personal commitment while particular hymns and the communal act of participating in hymn singing have been key elements in the spiritual lives of Methodists.An important contribution to the history of Methodism British Methodist Hymnody argues that the significance of hymnody in British Methodism is best understood as a combination of its official status spiritual expression popular appeal and practical application. Seeking to consider what when how and why Methodists sing British Methodist Hymnody examines the history perception and practice of hymnody from Methodism’s small-scale eighteenth-century origins to its place as a worldwide denomination today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367881467

British MigrationPrivilege Diversity and Vulnerability Around 5.6 million British nationals live outside the United Kingdom: the equivalent of one in every ten Britons. However social science research as well as public interest has tended to focus more on the numbers of migrants entering the UK rather than those leaving.This book provides an important counterbalance drawing on the latest empirical research and theoretical developments to offer a fascinating account of the lives experiences and identities of British migrants living in a wide range of geographic locations across Europe Asia Africa and Australasia. This collection asks: What is the shape and significance of contemporary British migration? Who are today’s British migrants and how might we understand their everyday lives? Contributions uncover important questions in the context of global and national debates about the nature of citizenships the ‘Brexit’ vote deliberations surrounding mobility and freedom of movement as well as national racial and ethnic boundaries.This book challenges conventional wisdoms about migration and enables new understandings about British migrants their relations to historical privileges international relations and sense of national identity. It will be valuable core reading to researchers and students across disciplines such as Geography Sociology Politics and International Relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367582692

British Military Intelligence in the Crimean War 1854-1856 This is a study of the British military intelligence operations during the Crimean War. It details the beginnings of the intelligence operations as a result of the British Commander Lord Raglan's need for information on the enemy and traces the subsequent development of the system. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138873599

British Military Intelligence in the Palestine Campaign 1914-1918 Shortly after the end of the First World War General Sir George Macdonagh wartime director of British Military Intelligence revealed that Lord Allenby's victory in Palestine had never been in doubt because of the success of his intelligence service. Seventy-five years later this book explains Macdonagh's statement. Sheffy also adopts a novel approach to traditional heroes of the campaign such as T E Lawrence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138873605

British Military Intervention and the Struggle for JordanKing Hussein Nasser and the Middle East Crisis 1955–1958 Within two years of their abortive invasion of the Suez Canal zone in 1956 British troops once again intervened in a major Middle Eastern country. The Jordan intervention of July 1958 took place despite the steady decline of the British position in the country over the previous three years. This book examines why the government led by Harold Macmillan remained ready to use military force to prop up the regime of King Hussein even though the United States had emerged as the main Western power in the Middle East after 1956. Incorporating a variety of archival material  Blackwell provides new historical insights into the origins of the Anglo-American use of military power to protect their interests in the Middle East. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415540971

British MiscalculationsThe Rise of Muslim Nationalism 1918-1925 In the aftermath of World War I there was furious agitation throughout Islam against the dismemberment of the Ottoman Empire. Coupled with the powerful effect of the principle of self-determination British indifference to Muslim sentiments gave rise to militant nationalism in Islam—which became de facto anti-Western. This detailed and convincing account describes British indecisiveness policy contradictions and how militant nationalism was aggravated by the Greek invasion of Smyrna and its ambition to create a Hellenic Empire in Anatolia with Britain's connivance.Immediately after World War I there was a fair chance of mutual coexistence and good relations between Arabs and Jews in Palestine. This possibility was nipped in the bud by the military administration (1918-1920) responsible for the anti-Jewish riots in Jerusalem in April 1920. High Commissioner Herbert Samuel supported the Arab extremists in his misguided policy and complicated the situation further. The appointment of Hajj Amin al-Husseini to the exalted post of Grand Mufti of Jerusalem and subsequently to the presidency of the Supreme Moslem Council of the Palestinians proved fatal to Arab-Jewish relations and to the possibility of peace.As Friedman shows the British administration of Palestine bears a considerable share of responsibility for the Arab-Zionist conflict in Palestine. Against this diplomatic background Arab-Jewish hostilities thrived with consequences that endure today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412863001

British Models of Art Collecting and the American ResponseReflections Across the Pond British Models of Art Collecting and the American Response - Reflections Across the Pond presents 14 essays by distinguished art - and cultural - historians. Collectively they examine points of similarity and difference in the approaches to art collecting practiced in Britain and the United States. Unlike most of their Continental European counterparts the English and Americans have historically been exceptionally open to collecting the art made by and for other cultures. At the same time they developed a tradition of opening private collections to a public eager for educational and cultural advancement. Approximately half the essays examine the trends and market forces that dominated the British art collecting scene of the nineteenth century such as the Orléans sale and the shift away from aristocratic collections to those of the new urban merchant class. The essays that focus on American collectors use biographical sketches of collectors and dealers as well as case studies of specific transactions to demonstrate how collectors in the United States embraced and embellished on the British model to develop their own often philanthropic approach to art collecting. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138310346

British Music and Modernism 1895–1960 Imaginative analytical and critical work on British music of the early twentieth century has been hindered by perceptions of the repertory as insular in its references and backward in its style and syntax escaping the modernity that surrounded its composers. Recent research has begun to break down these perceptions and has found intriguing links between British music and modernism. This book brings together contributions from scholars working in analysis hermeneutics reception history critical theory and the history of ideas. Three overall themes emerge from its chapters: accounts of British reactions to Continental modernism and the forms they took; links between music and the visual arts; and analysis and interpretation of compositions in the light of recent theoretical work on form tonality and pitch organization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138246027

British Narratives of ExplorationCase Studies on the Self and Other Features a collection of essays that focus on British travel narratives from the seventeenth through to the nineteenth centuries. This work investigates how the early explorers' sense of self was destabilised by encounters with the Other. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138663237

British National PartyContemporary Perspectives This book examines the recent development of the far right in Britain with a particular focus on the British National Party (BNP) the most electorally successful far right party in British history. It brings fresh perspectives to our understanding of the BNP in order to make a significant contribution to scholarly debate on the nature of far right extremism both nationally and internationally. The book is significantly different from other literature in the field primarily because of its focus on three important yet underdeveloped themes which are reflected in the structure of the book itself. These are: the ideological and cultural politics of contemporary BNP responses to the BNP the BNP’s place within the contemporary domestic and international far-right milieu. Written by an outstanding line-up of renowned experts in this field this is essential reading for all those with an interest in British politics fascism political parties race relations and extremism. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203830192

British Nautical Melodramas 1820–1850 During the 1820s and 30s nautical melodramas "reigned supreme" on London stages entertaining the mariners and maritime workers who comprised a large part of the audience for small theatres. These plays mixed sentimental moments and comic interludes of domestic melodrama with patriotic images that communicated and reinforced imperial themes. However generally the study of British theatre history moves from medieval and renaissance plays directly to the realism and naturalism of late Victorian and modern drama. Readers typically encounter a gap between Restoration and eighteenth-century plays like those of Oliver Goldsmith and Richard Brinsley Sheridan and late-nineteenth plays by Henrik Ibsen and Oscar Wilde. Nineteenth-century drama with the possible exception of plays by Byron Shelley and Wordsworth remains all but invisible. Until recently melodramatic plays written and performed during this "gap" received little scholarly attention but their value as reflections of Britain’s promulgation of imperial ideology — and its role in constructing and maintaining class gender and racial identities — have given discussions of melodrama force and momentum. The plays included in these three volumes have never appeared in a critical anthology and most have not been republished since their original nineteenth-century editions. Each play is transcribed from original documents and includes an author biography a headnote about the play itself full annotations with brief definitions of unfamiliar vocabulary and explanatory notes. Comprehensive editorial apparatus details the nineteenth-century imperial naval political and social history relevant to the plays’ nautical themes as well as discussing nineteenth-century theatre history melodrama generally and the nautical melodrama in particular. Contemporary theatre practices — acting audiences staging lighting special effects — are also examined. An extensive bibliography of primary and secondary texts; a complete index; and contemporary images of the actors theatres stage sets playbills costumes and locales have been compiled to aid study further. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781848935648

British Nautical Melodramas 1820–1850Volume I During the 1820s and 30s nautical melodramas "reigned supreme" on London stages entertaining the mariners and maritime workers who comprised a large part of the audience for small theatres with the same sentimental moments and comic interludes of domestic melodrama mixed with patriotic images that communicated and reinforced imperial themes. However generally the study of British theatre history moves from medieval and renaissance plays directly to the realism and naturalism of late Victorian and modern drama. Readers typically encounter a gap between Restoration and eighteenth-century plays like those of Oliver Goldsmith and Richard Brinsley Sheridan and late-nineteenth plays by Henrik Ibsen and Oscar Wilde. Nineteenth-century drama with the possible exception of plays by Byron Shelley and Wordsworth remains all but invisible. Until recently melodramatic plays written and performed during this "gap" received little scholarly attention but their value as reflections of Britain’s promulgation of imperial ideology — and its role in constructing and maintaining class gender and racial identities — have given discussions of melodrama force and momentum. The plays in included in these three volumes have never appeared in a critical anthology and most have not been republished since their original nineteenth-century editions. Each play is transcribed from the original documents and includes an author biography a headnote about the play itself full annotations with brief definitions of unfamiliar vocabulary and explanatory notes. Comprehensive editorial apparatus details the nineteenth-century imperial naval political and social history relevant to the plays’ nautical themes as well as discussing nineteenth-century theatre history melodrama generally and the nautical melodrama in particular. Contemporary theatre practices — acting audiences staging lighting special effects — are also examined. An extensive bibliography of primary and secondary texts; a complete index; and contemporary images of the actors theatres stage sets playbills costumes and locales have been compiled to aid study further. The appendices include maps of Britain Europe and the East and West Indies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138751026

British Nautical Melodramas 1820–1850Volume II During the 1820s and 30s nautical melodramas "reigned supreme" on London stages entertaining the mariners and maritime workers who comprised a large part of the audience for small theatres with the same sentimental moments and comic interludes of domestic melodrama mixed with patriotic images that communicated and reinforced imperial themes. However generally the study of British theatre history moves from medieval and renaissance plays directly to the realism and naturalism of late Victorian and modern drama. Readers typically encounter a gap between Restoration and eighteenth-century plays like those of Oliver Goldsmith and Richard Brinsley Sheridan and late-nineteenth plays by Henrik Ibsen and Oscar Wilde. Nineteenth-century drama with the possible exception of plays by Byron Shelley and Wordsworth remains all but invisible. Until recently melodramatic plays written and performed during this "gap" received little scholarly attention but their value as reflections of Britain’s promulgation of imperial ideology — and its role in constructing and maintaining class gender and racial identities — have given discussions of melodrama force and momentum. The plays in included in these three volumes have never appeared in a critical anthology and most have not been republished since their original nineteenth-century editions. Each play is transcribed from the original documents and includes an author biography a headnote about the play itself full annotations with brief definitions of unfamiliar vocabulary and explanatory notes. Comprehensive editorial apparatus details the nineteenth-century imperial naval political and social history relevant to the plays’ nautical themes as well as discussing nineteenth-century theatre history melodrama generally and the nautical melodrama in particular. Contemporary theatre practices — acting audiences staging lighting special effects — are also examined. An extensive bibliography of primary and secondary texts; a complete index; and contemporary images of the actors theatres stage sets playbills costumes and locales have been compiled to aid study further. The appendices include maps of Britain Europe and the East and West Indies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138751033

British Nautical Melodramas 1820–1850Volume III During the 1820s and 30s nautical melodramas "reigned supreme" on London stages entertaining the mariners and maritime workers who comprised a large part of the audience for small theatres with the same sentimental moments and comic interludes of domestic melodrama mixed with patriotic images that communicated and reinforced imperial themes. However generally the study of British theatre history moves from medieval and renaissance plays directly to the realism and naturalism of late Victorian and modern drama. Readers typically encounter a gap between Restoration and eighteenth-century plays like those of Oliver Goldsmith and Richard Brinsley Sheridan and late-nineteenth plays by Henrik Ibsen and Oscar Wilde. Nineteenth-century drama with the possible exception of plays by Byron Shelley and Wordsworth remains all but invisible. Until recently melodramatic plays written and performed during this "gap" received little scholarly attention but their value as reflections of Britain’s promulgation of imperial ideology — and its role in constructing and maintaining class gender and racial identities — have given discussions of melodrama force and momentum. The plays in included in these three volumes have never appeared in a critical anthology and most have not been republished since their original nineteenth-century editions. Each play is transcribed from the original documents and includes an author biography a headnote about the play itself full annotations with brief definitions of unfamiliar vocabulary and explanatory notes. Comprehensive editorial apparatus details the nineteenth-century imperial naval political and social history relevant to the plays’ nautical themes as well as discussing nineteenth-century theatre history melodrama generally and the nautical melodrama in particular. Contemporary theatre practices — acting audiences staging lighting special effects — are also examined. An extensive bibliography of primary and secondary texts; a complete index; and contemporary images of the actors theatres stage sets playbills costumes and locales have been compiled to aid study further. The appendices include maps of Britain Europe and the East and West Indies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138751040

British Naval AviationThe First 100 Years In 1909 the British Admiralty placed an order for a rigid airship marking the beginning of the Royal Navy's involvement with airpower. This collection charts the Navy's involvement with aviation over the following century and the ways in which its rapid expansion and evolution radically altered the nature of maritime power and naval strategy. Drawing on much new historical research the collection takes a broadly chronological approach which allows a scholarly examination of key themes from across the history of British naval aviation. The subjects tackled include long-standing controversies over the control of naval air power crucial turning points within British defence policy and strategy the role of naval aviation in limited war and discussion of campaigns - such the contribution of the Fleet Air Arm in the Mediterranean and Pacific theatres of the Second World War - that have hitherto received relatively little attention. The collection concludes with a discussion of recent debates surrounding the Royal Navy's acquisition of a new generation of carriers setting the arguments within an historical context. Taken as a whole the volume offers fascinating insights into the development of a key aspect of naval power as well as shedding new light on one of the most important aspects of Britain's defence policy and military history. By simultaneous addressing historical and current political debates it is sure to find a ready audience and stimulate further discussion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138272194

British Naval Documents 1204-1960 To celebrate its centenary in 1993 the Society produced a special volume covering seven hundred and fifty years of British naval history containing 535 documents carefully selected by leading experts. See the contents of British Naval Documents 1204-1960. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781911423607

British Naval Strategy East of Suez 1900-2000Influences and Actions This new collection of essays by a panel of established international scholars sheds new light on what some of those influences were and what actions were taken as a result of Britain's Far Eastern commitments. Not only are new evidence and approaches to those issues addressed presented but new avenues for further research are clearly outlined. This new study shows how the use of the sea as a means of projecting power and influence beyond national borders holds a unique place in the history of Great Britain. Directly linked to the concepts of empire great power and strategic over-stretch Britain's strategic position east of Suez in the twentieth century was a dominant area of interest and had an enormous impact in the overall construction of Great Britain's naval strategic posture. Britain's global naval position was in fact predominantly formed by Far Eastern strategic influences from 1900 to 1945. After that even in the face of the Cold War and emphasis on planning for a third European war strategic influences east of Suez continued to play a major role in the creation of Britain's naval force structure and in its global strategic foreign policy formulation process. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415646260

British Non-Bank Financial Intermediaries Originally published in 1987 British Non-Bank Financial Intermediaries the book is the diversification of and overlaps in the operations of UK financial intermediaries forms. The book provides a coherent analysis of the broader implications of ongoing developments in the financial services sector and an insight into the ‘back-room activities of the non-bank institutions. The book also focuses on institutions offering some form of financial markets within which many of the financial intermediaries operate. In doing this the book outlines a theoretical framework of financial intermediation and provides an overview of the broader evolution of the UK financial system. This volume will be of use to students and practitioners studying in the financial services sector. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138569133

British Nuclear Weapons and the Test Ban 1954–1973Britain the United States Weapons Policies and Nuclear Testing: Tensions and Contradictions In 1962 Dean Acheson famously described Britain as having lost an Empire but not yet found a role. Perhaps nowhere is this more apparent than in the realms of nuclear weapons. An increasingly marginal world power successive post-war British governments felt that an independent nuclear deterrent was essential if the country was to remain at the top table of world diplomacy. Focusing on a key twenty-year period this study explores Britain's role in efforts to bring about a nuclear test ban treaty between 1954 and 1973. Taking a broadly chronological approach it examines the nature of defence planning the scientific goals that nuclear tests were designed to secure Anglo-American relationships the efficacy of British diplomacy and its contribution to arms control and disarmament. A key theme of the study is to show how the UK managed to balance the conflicting pressures created by its determination to remain a credible nuclear power whilst wanting to pursue disarmament objectives and how these pressures shifted over the period in question. Based on a wealth of primary sources this book opens up the largely ignored subject of the impact of arms control on the UK nuclear weapons programme. Its appraisal of the relationship between the requirements and developments of the UK nuclear weapons programme against international and domestic pressures for a test ban treaty will be of interest to anyone studying post-war British defence and foreign policy history of science arms control disarmament and non-proliferation and international relations. It also provides important background information on current events involving nuclear proliferation and disarmament. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138383975

British Oil Policy 1919-1939 Ths book examines the efforts made by the British government of the period to lessen its dependence on American oil supplies the emergence of Venezuela as the largest single British oil supplier in the early 1930s and the changing structure of the oil industry both in the US and Europe. It draws almost entirely on primary sources. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138987968

British Pakistani Boys Education and the Role of ReligionIn the Land of the Trojan Horse British Pakistani children are the second largest ethnic group in UK schools yet little of their education and wider needs have been researched. British Pakistani Boys Education and the Role of Religion seeks to rectify this by investigating the educational achievement of British Pakistani boys and the importance of education both in the Pakistani community and in the wider religion of Islam. The book draws on research undertaken by the author in three British state secondary schools to respond to the national policy on the education of ethnic minority children. It considers the meaning of education for Pakistanis where religion plays an integral role the gaps in education as well as the issue of representation - in governance and in the teaching workforce. The author concludes by discussing the possibility of responsive education better meeting the needs of Pakistani children by integrating Islamic religious education and education of the world. British Pakistani Boys Education and the Role of Religion will be vital reading for academics and both undergraduate and postgraduate students in the fields of Education and Sociology and specifically those studying inclusion equality and diversity or Asian Muslim or Pakistani education. It would also appeal to education practitioners policy makers and community activists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367489380

British Pan-Arab Policy 1915-1922 In this myth-shattering study Isaiah Friedman provides a new perspective on events in the Middle East during World War I and its aftermath. He shows that British officials in Cairo mistakenly assumed that the Arabs would rebel against Turkey and welcome the British as deliverers. Sharif (later king) Hussein did rebel but not for nationalistic motives as is generally presented in historiography. Early in the war he simultaneously negotiated with the British and the Turks but after discovering that the Turks intended to assassinate him finally sided with the British. There was no Arab Revolt in the Fertile Crescent. It was mainly the soldiers of Britain the Commonwealth and India that overthrew the Ottoman rule not the Arabs.Both T.E. Lawrence ("Lawrence of Arabia") and Sir Mark Sykes hoped to revive the Arab nation and build a new Middle East. They courted disappointment: the Arabs resented the encroachment of European Powers and longed for the return of the Turks. Emir Feisal too became an exponent of Pan-Arabism and a proponent of the "United Syria" scheme. It was supported by the British Military Administration who wished thereby to eliminate the French from Syria. British officers were antagonistic to Zionism as well and were responsible for the anti-Jewish riots in Jerusalem in April 1920.During the twenties unlike the Hussein family and their allies the peasants (fellaheen) who constituted the majority of the Arab population in Palestine were not inimical towards the Zionists. They maintained that "progress and prosperity lie in the path of brotherhood" between Arabs and Jews and regarded Jewish immigration and settlement to be beneficial to the country. Friedman argues that if properly handled the Arab-Zionist conflict was not inevitable. The responsibility lay in the hands of the British administration of Palestine. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138507784

British Parliamentary Election Results 1983-1997 First published in 1999 this is the sixth volume in a series of definitive reference books recording constituency election results. This volume gives the 1983 1987 and 1992 general election results in each constituency as well as the outcome of any by-elections which took place up until the dissolution of parliament in 1997. The name party label votes and vote share for each candidate are shown. The change in party vote share between elections helps chart the ebb and flow of electoral opinion throughout this period. Each constituency result also lists the electorate and turnout for each election as well as showing the winner’s majority both in terms of votes and percentage lead over the second placed candidate. Summary statistics for the three general elections record votes cast and seats won across the nations of the United Kingdom. A comprehensive index will allow the reader to identify which candidates fought which constituency in their efforts to be elected to the House of Commons. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138391031

British Perspectives on Terrorism (RLE: Terrorism & Insurgency) When originally published in 1981 this was the first book to bring together in one volume some of the most thoughtful work by British academics and specialists studying the political violence and terrorism which had recently challenged Britain and other Western democracies. Four chapters consider the strategy and tactics of the IRA and the problems of the Northern Ireland conflict. Other articles discuss the phenomena of international terrorism. Essential reading for courses on political violence revolution war and staregic studies this volume will also be of relevance for training course in military and police staff colleges. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138899407

British Philosophy and the Age of EnlightenmentRoutledge History of Philosophy Volume 5 This fifth volume covers many of the most important philosophers and movements of the nineteenth century including utilitarianism positivism and pragmatism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138142985

British Pirates and Society 1680-1730 This book shows how pirates were portrayed in their own time in trial reports popular prints novels legal documents sermons ballads and newspaper accounts. It examines how attitudes towards them changed with Britain’s growing imperial power exploring the interface between political ambition and personal greed between civil liberties and the power of the state. It throws light on contemporary ideals of leadership and masculinity - some pirate voyages qualifying as feats of seamanship and endurance. Unusually it also gives insights into the domestic life of pirates and investigates the experiences of women whose husbands turned pirate or were captured for piracy. Pirate voyages contributed to British understanding of trans-oceanic navigation patterns of trade and different peoples in remote parts of the world. This knowledge advanced imperial expansion and British control of trade routes which helps to explain why contemporary attitudes towards piracy were often ambivalent. This is an engaging study of vested interests and conflicting ideologies. It offers comparisons with our experience of piracy today and shows how the historic representation of pirate behaviour can illuminate other modern preoccupations including gang culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472429933

British Poets and Secret Societies (Routledge Revivals) A surprisingly large number of English poets have either belonged to a secret society or been strongly influenced by its tenets. One of the best known examples is Christopher Smart’s membership of the Freemasons and the resulting influence of Masonic doctrines on A Song to David. However many other poets have belonged to or been influenced by not only the Freemasons but the Rosicrucians Gormogons and Hell-Fire Clubs. First published in 1986 this study concentrates on five major examples: Smart Burns William Blake William Butler Yeats and Rudyard Kipling as well as a number of other poets. Marie Roberts questions why so many poets have been powerfully attracted to the secret societies and considers the effectiveness of poetry as a medium for conveying secret emblems and ritual. She shows how some poets believed that poetry would prove a hidden symbolic language in which to reveal great truths. The beliefs of these poets are as diverse as their practice and this book sheds fascinating light on several major writers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138796218

British Policy and the Refugees 1933-1941 In the summer of 1940 with much of Europe under German domination British authorities instigated a harsh programme of internment or deportation of those who had fled Nazi oppression. This volume written the same year is a critique of government policies of the day. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315036809

British Policy in Aden and the Protectorates 1955-67Last Outpost of a Middle East Empire This is the first detailed account of the confrontation between Britain and President Nasser of Egypt over the Colony of Aden and the surrounding protected states prior to British withdrawal in 1967. Paying particular attention to the conflicting goals of Arab nationalism and British imperialism it is argued that Britain’s motivation for this campaign was not solely material but was partly derived from a determination to contain Nasser’s influence and to guarantee a continuation of Britain’s role in influencing the politics of the Arabian peninsula. Mawby argues that a significant problem for the British was the decision to undertake a new imperial adventure in Aden at a time when British economic and military power was on the wane whilst support for the nationalist struggles in the Middle East and the United Nations was increasing. He goes on to suggest that British policy and the conduct of military campaigns facilitated the emergence of a radical brand of Arab politics in southwest Arabia. By demonstrating the manner in which the rise and fall of British imperialism was telescoped into a short period in the late 1950s and early 1960s this volume provides an important insight into the unique and unacknowledged place of Aden in the history of British decolonization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138867772

British Policy in Persia 1918-1925 First Published in 1990. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138870062

British Policy Towards the Ottoman Empire 1908-1914 First Published in 2004. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138870055

British Political History 1867–2001Democracy and Decline This third edition of British Political History 1867–2001 is an accessible summary of major political developments in British history over the last 140 years. Analyzing the changing nature of British society and Britain's role on the world stage Malcolm Pearce and Geoffrey Stewart also outline the growth of democracy and the growth in the power of the state against a background of party politics. New coverage includes: domestic affairs from 1992 to 2001 John Major's Government the creation of 'New' Labour and the 'Third Way' Blair's first ministry  developments in Northern Ireland from 1995 through the Easter Peace Deal into 2001 the 2001 General Election results and implications. Students of British politics and history will find this the perfect resource for their studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315014531

British Politics Society and Empire 1852-1945Essays in Honour of Trevor O. Lloyd This book draws together essays on modern British history empire liberalism and conservatism in honour of Trevor O. Lloyd Emeritus Professor of Modern British history at the University of Toronto for some thirty years beginning in the 1960s. With Lloyd best known for his two histories of the Empire and of domestic Britain published in the Short Oxford History of the Modern World series as well as his pioneering psephological study of the 1880 General Election the essays include analyses of Anglo-Irish relations Florence Nightingale Canada muckrackers the Primrose League and prisoners of war during World War II. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138230064

British Politics and Foreign Policy 1727-44 Covering the period from the end of the Anglo-French alliance in 1731 to the declaration of war between the two powers in 1744 this book charts a turbulent period in British politics that witnessed the last decade of the Walpole ministry the attempt to replace it by a Patriot government and the return of the Old Corps Whigs to a process of dominance. In particular it reveals how ministerial change and political fortunes were closely linked to foreign policy with foreign policy both affecting and being affected by political developments. The book draws upon a great range of foreign and domestic sources but makes particular use of foreign diplomatic records. These are important as many negotiations were handled at least in part through envoys in London. Moreover these diplomats regularly spoke with George II and his ministers and some were personal friends of envoys and could be used for secret negotiations outside normal channels. The range of sources consulted ensures that the book offers more than any previous book to cover the period as a whole whilst not simply becoming a detailed study of a number of episodes. Instead it retains the strong structural aspects of the relationship between foreign policy and politics necessary to examine questions about political stability motivation and effectiveness. Following on from Jeremy Black’s previous studies on eighteenth-century foreign policy ’Politics and Foreign Policy under George I’ (covering the period 1714-27) this new book takes the story up to 1744 and continues to illuminate the complex and often opaque workings of the British state at a turbulent period of European history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472414250

British Politics and Foreign Policy 1744-57Mid-Century Crisis The years between 1744 and 1757 were a testing time for the British government as political unrest at home exploded into armed rebellion whilst on the continent French armies were repeatedly victorious. Providing an analytical narrative supported by thematic chapters this book examines the relationship between Britain’s politics and foreign policy in a period not hitherto treated as a unit. Building upon methods employed in the preceding two books (’Politics and Foreign Policy in the Age of George I 1714-1727’ and ’Politics and Foreign Policy 1727-44’) this volume charts the significant political changes of 1744-57. It shows how ministerial change and political fortunes were closely linked to foreign policy with foreign policy affecting and being affected by political developments. In particular it asks important questions about the politics and foreign policy of these years and thus reconsiders the context of imperial growth economic development and political stability. Far from being simply a study of individual episodes the book outlines the structural aspects of the relationship between foreign policy and politics examining issues of political stability motivation and effectiveness. In particular the role of monarch Court and ministers are considered alongside those of Parliament parliamentary politics and the public sphere of discussion notably but not only the press. The book therefore offers a guided narrative that both uses and builds on the analysis offered by contemporary commentators and provides an informed assessment of the significance of the ideas terms and language employed in eighteenth-century Britain to discuss foreign policy and politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472423696

British Politics and the Environment Britain has an immense range of environmental law and the reputation for largely ignoring it. John McCormick describes the fascinating story of the political growth of that law and the pressures the compromises the parliamentary and civil service opportunism that allowed the edifice to grow over the greater part of a century. He tells the story of the absolute change in political climate over the last ten years and deciphers the nature of Thatcher's ''conversion'' to greenery. He explains why everyone who cared about the environment became embattled and above all how the old methods of sensible compromise were banished probably for ever not least because of the government's obsession with secrecy. What then are the new political means of compelling change on a reluctant parliament? Everything is at stake from welfare to water from forests to fishing. Where are we now? What are the likely pressures both internal and from Europe and the rest of the world to make Britain pass more environmentally sound laws and perhaps more importantly to observe them? McCormick provides a gripping picture of the central issues of the system and of the battleground. Originally published in 1991 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415846301

British PoliticsThe Basics Fully updated and expanded the second edition of this still compact text on British politics expertly analyses the major changes in British political life placing them revealingly within the context of the evolution of British society from absolute monarchy to representative democracy. The author considers each of the major components of British politics in digestible chapters such as the Monarchy and the House of Lords the Commons voting behaviour parties and pressure groups the prime minister and cabinet devolution local government and foreign policy. The book includes two new chapters on the EU referendum and Brexit and the extraordinary December 2019 election as well as coverage of events such as the coronavirus pandemic and the respective travails of the increasingly split two major political parties. This readable and comprehensive introduction will be of key interest to A-level students undergraduates and those new to the study of British politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367189549

British Popular Films 1929-1939The Cinema of Reassurance Shafer's study challenges the conventional historical assumption that British feature films during the Thirties were mostly oriented to the middle-class. Instead he makes the critical distinction between films intended for West End and international circulation and those intended primarily for domestic working-class audiences. Far from being alientated by a 'middle-class institution' working men and women flocked to see pictures featuring such music-hall luminaries as Gracie Fields and George Formby. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415754989

British Post-StructuralismSince 1968 Through this exploration of the relation between Marxism post-structuralism and the theory of the subject first published in 1988 Antony Easthope contrasts the degree to which post-structuralism has made a radical impact on English and American national cultures. This book reprints an important interview in which Jacques Derrida discusses the Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138685390

British Prime Ministers From Balfour to Brown The origins of the post of Prime Minister can be traced back to the eighteenth century when Sir Robert Walpole became the monarch’s principal minister. From the dawn of the twentieth century to the early years of the twenty-first however both the power and the significance of the role have been transformed. British Prime Ministers from Balfour to Brown explores the personalities and achievements of those twenty individuals who have held the highest political office between 1902 and 2010. It includes studies of the dominant premiers who helped shape Britain in peace and war – Lloyd George Churchill Thatcher and Blair – as well as portraits of the less familiar from Asquith and Baldwin to Wilson and Heath. Each chapter gives a concise account of its subject’s rise to power ideas and motivations and governing style as well as examining his or her contribution to policy-making and handling of the major issues of the time. Robert Pearce and Graham Goodlad explore each Prime Minister’s interaction with colleagues and political parties as well as with Cabinet Parliament and other key institutions of government. Furthermore they assess the significance and current reputation of each of the premiers. This book charts both the evolving importance of the office of Prime Minister and the continuing restraints on the exercise of power by Britain’s leaders. These concise accessible and stimulating biographies provide an essential resource for students of political history and general readers alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415669832

British Prime Ministers from Walpole to Salisbury: The 18th and 19th Centuries Dick Leonard’s British Prime Ministers from Walpole to Salisbury: The 18th and 19th Centuries surveys the lives and careers of all the 32 Prime Ministers from Sir Robert Walpole (1721–42) to Archibald Philip Primrose  fifth Earl of Rosebery (1894–95) in 32 succinct informative and entertaining chapters. Bringing to life the political achievements and personal idiosyncrasies of Britain's rulers over the 18th and 19th centuries the author recounts the circumstances which took them to the pinnacle of British political life probes their political and personal strengths and weaknesses assesses their performance in office and asks what lasting influence they have had. Along the way Leonard entertains and informs revealing little-known facts about the private lives of each of the Prime Ministers such as who was suspected to be an illegitimate half-brother of George III who was assassinated in the House of Commons and who spent his evenings prowling the streets of London trying to "reform" prostitutes. This book can also form part of a two-volume set published by Routledge including the companion volume Modern British Prime Ministers from Balfour to Johnson. This book will be of key interest to scholars students and readers of British political history the Executive government and British politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367469115

British Propaganda and Wars of EmpireInfluencing Friend and Foe 1900–2010 In order to provide a better understanding of the shifting nature of influence this volume looks at how the British government employed various forms of persuasion to achieve its goals across the twentieth century. The collection provides a range of case studies to assess how effectively - or ineffectively - influence was brought to bear on an array of non-western societies. This volume will be of interest not only to historians but to anyone interested in the operation of influence as a foreign policy tool. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138703605

British Protestant Missions and the Conversion of Europe 1600–1900 This book is the first account of British Protestant conversion initiatives directed towards continental Europe between 1600 and 1900. Continental Europe was considered a missionary land—another periphery of the world whose centre was imperial Britain. British missions to Europe were informed by religious experiments in America Africa and Asia rendering these offensives against Europe a true form of "imaginary colonialism". British Protestant missionaries often understood themselves to be at the forefront of a civilising project directed at Catholics (and sometimes even at other Protestants). Their mission was further reinforced by Britain becoming a land of compassionate refuge for European dissenters and exiles. This book engages with the myth of International Protestantism questioning its early origins and its narrative of transnational belonging while also interrogating Britain as an imagined Protestant land of hope and glory. In the history of western Christianities "converting Europe" had a role that has not been adequately investigated. This is the story of the attempted and ultimately failed effort to convert a continent. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367198510

British PsychoanalysisNew Perspectives in the Independent Tradition British Psychoanalysis: New Perspectives in the Independent Tradition is a new and extended edition of The British School of Psychoanalysis: The Independent Tradition which explored the successes and failures of the early environment; transference and counter-transference in the psychoanalytic encounter; regression in the situation of treatment; and female sexuality. Published in the mid-1980s it had an important influence on the development of psychoanalysis both in Great Britain and abroad was translated into several languages and became a central textbook in academic and professional courses. This new updated book includes not only many of the original papers but also new chapters written for this volume by Hannah Browne Josh Cohen Steven Groarke Gregorio Kohon Rosine Perelberg and Megan Virtue. Addressing and reflecting on the four main themes of the first collection the new papers discuss such subjects as: · a new focus on earliest infancy · new directions in Independent clinical thinking · the question of therapeutic regression . the centrality of sexual difference in Freud. They also highlight the connections between and the mutual influence of British and French psychoanalysis now a critical subject in contemporary psychoanalytic debates. British Psychoanalysis: New Perspectives in the Independent Tradition will be important not only to psychoanalysts and psychoanalytic psychotherapists and the full spectrum of professionals involved in mental health. It will be of great value in psychotherapy and counselling training and an important resource for teaching and academic activities.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138579057

British Public Opinion on Foreign and Defence Policy1945-2017 This book provides a long-term perspective on the opinions of the British public on foreign and defence policy in the post-war era. Thematically wide-ranging it looks at the broader role of foreign and defence policy in British politics and elections public opinion towards Britain’s key international relationships and alliances (the United States NATO the EU and the Commonwealth) and public opinion towards the projection of ‘soft power’ (overseas aid) and ‘hard power’ (defence spending nuclear weapons and military intervention). Assessing the main areas of change and continuity in the public’s views it also pays close attention to the dividing lines in wider society over foreign and defence policy. Analysing an extensive range of surveys and opinion polls the book situates the analysis in the wider context of Britain’s changing foreign policy role and priorities in the post-war era as well as linking public opinion with the politics of British external policy – the post-war consensus on Britain’s overseas role historical and contemporary areas of inter-party debate and enduring intra-party divides. This text will be of key interest to scholars and students of British politics European politics foreign policy analysis public opinion defence and security studies and more broadly to comparative politics and international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367664787

British Public Utilities and National Development One of the most important trends in post-war Britain was the extension of the number and variety of public service undertakings. Originally published in 1933 this title indicated the empirical nature and recent importance of British public utility development at the time being the first study which dealt with this trend in a comprehensive manner. For completeness to the book and also providing a suitable background the local utility services water gas transport docks and harbors have been considered. The author felt the trends of recent years made a rediscovery of political economy imperative and urgent. This study was an effort to reunite economics public administration law and philosophy in the consideration of British public utilities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367148416

British Regionalism and DevolutionThe Challenges of State Reform and European Integration This contributors provide a range of perspectives on the increasingly central issues of state reform European integration and British regionalism in the 1990s. Using case material the contributors examine: the effects of state reform and European integration on British regionalism and the devolution debate; and the nature of recent central responses to the re-emergence of regional and devolution issues with a particular focus on the recent policies of the Major governments and the policies of the Opposition parties.They also present some evidence which suggests that state reform and EC/EU developments have determined and accentuated important new trends in British regionalism and underpin the plausibility of far-reaching regional and devolution reforms. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138160149

British Rock Modernism 1967-1977The Story of Music Hall in Rock British Rock Modernism 1967-1977 explains how the definitive British rock performers of this epoch aimed not at the youthful rebellion for which they are legendary but at a highly self-conscious project of commenting on the business in which they were engaged. They did so by ironically appropriating the traditional forms of Victorian music hall. Faulk focuses on the mid to late 1960s when British rock bands who had already achieved commercial prominence began to aspire to aesthetic distinction. The book discusses recordings such as the Beatles' Magical Mystery Tour album the Kinks' The Village Green Preservation Society and the Sex Pistols' Never Mind the Bollocks Here's the Sex Pistols and television films such as the Beatles' Magical Mystery Tour and the Rolling Stones' Rock and Roll Circus that defined rock's early high art moment. Faulk argues that these 'texts' disclose the primary strategies by which British rock groups mostly comprised of young working and lower middle-class men made their bid for aesthetic merit by sampling music hall sounds. The result was a symbolically charged form whose main purpose was to unsettle the hierarchy that set traditional popular culture above the new medium. Rock groups engaged with the music of the past in order both to demonstrate the comparative vitality of the new form and signify rock's new art status compared to earlier British pop music. The book historicizes punk rock as a later development of earlier British rock rather than a rupture. Unlike earlier groups the Sex Pistols did not appropriate music hall form in an ironic way but the band and their manager Malcolm McLaren were obsessed with the meaning of the past for the present in a distinctly modernist fashion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138268449

British Romanticism and the Reception of Italian Old Master Art 1793-1840 As a result of Napoleon’s campaigns in Italy Old Master art flooded into Britain and its acquisition became an index of national prestige. Maureen McCue argues that their responses to these works informed the writing of Romantic period authors enabling them to forge often surprising connections between Italian art the imagination and the period’s political social and commercial realities. Dr McCue examines poetry plays novels travel writing exhibition catalogues early guidebooks and private experiences recorded in letters and diaries by canonical and noncanonical authors including Felicia Hemans William Buchanan Henry Sass Pierce Egan William Hazlitt Percy Shelley Lord Byron Anna Jameson Maria Graham Callcott and Samuel Rogers. Her exploration of the idea of connoisseurship shows the ways in which a knowledge of Italian art became a key marker of cultural standing that was no longer limited to artists and aristocrats while her chapter on the literary production of post-Waterloo Britain traces the development of a critical vocabulary equally applicable to the visual arts and literature. In offering cultural historical and literary readings of the responses to Italian art by early nineteenth-century writers Dr McCue illuminates the important role they played in shaping the themes that are central to our understanding of Romanticism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367433192

British RomanticismCriticism and Debates Including classic essays and lively debates British Romanticism shows that Romantic literature is an interesting and exciting topic to read and study. Combining key pieces from the last 25 years alongside newly written essays offering fresh takes on the area this book covers the essential topics but with a contemporary and dynamic twist. Each section includes a detailed introduction and covers issues which are as relevant to current readers as to those in the romantic period such as media science religion politics ethics gender sexuality race nationalism and ethics. The book contains additional features such as suggestions for further reading and an introduction to the history of interpreting Romantic Literature. Designed to appeal to both undergraduate and postgraduate readers this distinctive volume reflects the vibrant debates across Romantic Studies from the 1990s to the present. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415523820

British Routes to India. First published in 1928 this volume examines the routes to India which originated as a means of communication and casual trading voyages in the late 18th century but which evolved under European imperialism adding vast significance and definite lines of access alongside economic and social uses in times of peace strategic access in times of war and acting as political objects on all occasions. Halford Lancaster Hoskins responded to the solicitude of the Powers of Europe in relation to countries in the eastern Mediterranean which had been a conspicuous feature of international relations since the rise of the Eastern Question. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367002572

British Satire 1785-1840 This set offers a representitive collection of the verse satire of the Romantic period published between the mid-1780s and the mid-1830s. As well as two single-author volumes from William Gifford and Thomas Moore there is also a wealth of rare unedited material. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429353680

British Satire 1785-1840 Volume 1 This set offers a representitive collection of the verse satire of the Romantic period published between the mid-1780s and the mid-1830s. As well as two single-author volumes from William Gifford and Thomas Moore there is also a wealth of rare unedited material. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429348143

British Satire 1785-1840 Volume 2 This set offers a representitive collection of the verse satire of the Romantic period published between the mid-1780s and the mid-1830s. As well as two single-author volumes from William Gifford and Thomas Moore there is also a wealth of rare unedited material. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429348150

British Satire 1785-1840 Volume 3 This set offers a representitive collection of the verse satire of the Romantic period published between the mid-1780s and the mid-1830s. As well as two single-author volumes from William Gifford and Thomas Moore there is also a wealth of rare unedited material. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429348167

British Satire 1785-1840 Volume 4 This set offers a representitive collection of the verse satire of the Romantic period published between the mid-1780s and the mid-1830s. As well as two single-author volumes from William Gifford and Thomas Moore there is also a wealth of rare unedited material. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429348174

British Satire 1785-1840 Volume 5 This set offers a representitive collection of the verse satire of the Romantic period published between the mid-1780s and the mid-1830s. As well as two single-author volumes from William Gifford and Thomas Moore there is also a wealth of rare unedited material. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429348181

British Scholars of Comparative EducationExamining the Work and Influence of Notable 19th and 20th Century Comparativists This book brings together studies of significant British scholars of comparative education from the 19th and 20th centuries. Providing a unique and detailed examination of the work of the founding British scholars of research in comparative education British Scholars of Comparative Education considers the legacy of these key figures and emphasises the importance of understanding their achievements. The advancement of research in comparative education has long been driven by the work of key scholars ensuring it remains a lively area of educational research. This book highlights the pivotal role played by each scholar in driving a progression through humanistic and scientific approaches to new epistemological traditions within the field of comparative education. This in turn reveals critical historical-epistemological transitions that have had lasting impacts on the field. With contributions from leading scholars in the field this volume will be of great interest to researchers academics and scholars in comparative and international education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367250270

British Scientists of the Nineteenth Century Originally published in 1935. J G Crowther has chosen five of the greatest scientists of the nineteenth century – Davy Faraday Clerk-Maxwell Joule Lord Kelvin and examines every aspect of their lives and work. Nineteenth century science appears in a different light from that in which its contemporaries regarded it and Crowther shows that it is now possible to judge which were the most important discoveries which the most significant personalities of the period; and how the passage of time has revealed many unsuspected connections between a scientist’s discoveries and the social life and industry of his day. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203706473

British Scientists of the Twentieth Century Originally published in 1952. Following on from British Scientists of the Nineteenth Century this volume covers six eminent British scientists whose work and personality have not receded into the same depth of perspective as their predecessors of the Nineteenth Century but the tremendous changes following the two world wars have already cut them off sharply from this generation. Crowther concludes that these six scientists arose out of various phases of capitalist development and imperialism. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203706466

British Sculptors of the Twentieth Century This title was first published 2003. In the twentieth century Britain was rich in artistic achievement especially in sculpture. Just some of those working in this field were Jacob Epstein Henri Gaudier-Brzeska Henry Moore Barbara Hepworth Anthony Caro Richard Long Mona Hatoum and Anish Kapoor. The work of these and other known and less well-known artists has an astonishing variety and expressive power a range and strength that has placed Britain at the hub of the artistic world. Alan Windsor has compiled a concise biographical dictionary of sculpture in Britain in book form. Richly informative and easy-to-use this guide is an art-lover's and expert's essential reference. Written by scholars the entries are cross-referenced and each concise biographical outline provides the relevant facts about the artist's life a brief characterization of the artist's work and where appropriate major bibliographical references. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138714403

British Sculptors of the Twentieth Century This title was first published 2003. In the twentieth century Britain was rich in artistic achievement especially in sculpture. Just some of those working in this field were Jacob Epstein Henri Gaudier-Brzeska Henry Moore Barbara Hepworth Anthony Caro Richard Long Mona Hatoum and Anish Kapoor. The work of these and other known and less well-known artists has an astonishing variety and expressive power a range and strength that has placed Britain at the hub of the artistic world. Alan Windsor has compiled a concise biographical dictionary of sculpture in Britain in book form. Richly informative and easy-to-use this guide is an art-lover's and expert's essential reference. Written by scholars the entries are cross-referenced and each concise biographical outline provides the relevant facts about the artist's life a brief characterization of the artist's work and where appropriate major bibliographical references. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138714458

British Security PolicyThe Thatcher Years and the End of the Cold War This book first published in 1991 examines Britain’s defence and foreign policy of the 1980s and explores a variety of alternative roles for Britain in the radically changed circumstances of the 1990s. The authors analyse the full range of major British security issues and developments including the use of force and the role of conventional forces the significance of the Anglo-American special relationship relations with Europe the Third World and the Soviet Union and the unique problem of Northern Ireland. They particularly address the question of whether international policy in ‘the Thatcher years’ has marked a decisive break with earlier post-war policy or has rather been marked by shifts of emphasis within an essentially stable framework. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367568481

British Short Fiction in the Early Nineteenth CenturyThe Rise of the Tale In spite of the importance of the idea of the 'tale' within Romantic-era literature short fiction of the period has received little attention from critics. Contextualizing British short fiction within the broader framework of early nineteenth-century print culture Tim Killick argues that authors and publishers sought to present short fiction in book-length volumes as a way of competing with the novel as a legitimate and prestigious genre. Beginning with an overview of the development of short fiction through the late eighteenth century and analysis of the publishing conditions for the genre including its appearance in magazines and annuals Killick shows how Washington Irving's hugely popular collections set the stage for British writers. Subsequent chapters consider the stories and sketches of writers as diverse as Mary Russell Mitford and James Hogg as well as didactic short fiction by authors such as Hannah More Maria Edgeworth and Amelia Opie. His book makes a convincing case for the evolution of short fiction into a self-conscious intentionally modern form with its own techniques and imperatives separate from those of the novel. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315570297

British Sign Language First published in 1984. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415867948

British Social Life in India 1608 - 1937 First published in 1938 the author describes the ways in which the British lived in India from the early adventurous period of the East India Company until the 1930s when modern means of travel and communication enabled the sahibs to keep in close touch with home and eschew oriental influences. He describes their amusements and sports their domestic arrangements their relations with the native population. There is a delicious period panorama of Simla in the eighties. He gives a careful historical account of the growth and fate of the Eurasian population. The approach throughout is decorative rather than academic and leads to a highly entertaining pageant of the British in India. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138602670

British Social Work in the Nineteenth Century First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415863353

British Socialist Fiction 1884–1914 Socialism in late Victorian and Edwardian Britain was a highly literate movement. Every socialist group produced some form of written text through which their particular brand of politics could be promoted. This edition collects serialized fiction and short stories that have not been published since their original appearance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781848933576

British Socialist Fiction 1884–1914 Volume 1 Socialism in late Victorian and Edwardian Britain was a highly literate movement. Every socialist group produced some form of written text through which their particular brand of politics could be promoted. This edition collects serialized fiction and short stories that have not been published since their original appearance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138751224

British Socialist Fiction 1884–1914 Volume 2 Socialism in late Victorian and Edwardian Britain was a highly literate movement. Every socialist group produced some form of written text through which their particular brand of politics could be promoted. This edition collects serialized fiction and short stories that have not been published since their original appearance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138751231

British Socialist Fiction 1884–1914 Volume 3 Socialism in late Victorian and Edwardian Britain was a highly literate movement. Every socialist group produced some form of written text through which their particular brand of politics could be promoted. This edition collects serialized fiction and short stories that have not been published since their original appearance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138751248

British Socialist Fiction 1884–1914 Volume 4 Socialism in late Victorian and Edwardian Britain was a highly literate movement. Every socialist group produced some form of written text through which their particular brand of politics could be promoted. This edition collects serialized fiction and short stories that have not been published since their original appearance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138751255

British Socialist Fiction 1884–1914 Volume 5 Socialism in late Victorian and Edwardian Britain was a highly literate movement. Every socialist group produced some form of written text through which their particular brand of politics could be promoted. This edition collects serialized fiction and short stories that have not been published since their original appearance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138751262

British SomalilandAn Administrative History 1920-1960 British Somaliland provides a history of the administration of the British Somaliland Protectorate from the time when Somaliland first became governable following the defeat of Abdullah Hassan to independence. Describing the interplay between general imperial policies and greater realities and developments in Somaliland the focus of the book remains on the mechanism by which the Protectorate was operated. The regime that developed was in the end a highly autocratic despotism generally benign but occasionally predatory. Independence when it arrived was in retrospect a tragedy. Somaliland was absorbed into Somalia and a governmental style which suited the conditions of the Protectorate was dissolved into something very different. Since the collapse of Somalia re-emergent Somaliland appears to be attempting to re-connect to a past remembered as something of a golden age.Highly topical as Somaliland is re-emerging this book is an invaluable resource for students and scholars of African History Imperial History and British History. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367868840

British Sport - A Bibliography to 2000Volume 2: Local Histories Volume two of a bibliography documenting all that has been written in the English language on the history of sport and physical education in Britain. It lists all secondary source material including reference works in a classified order to meet the needs of the sports historian. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315039138

British Sport - a Bibliography to 2000Volume 3: Biographical Studies of Britsh Sportsmen Women and Animals Volume three of a bibliography documenting all that has been written in the English language on the history of sport and physical education in Britain. It lists all secondary source material including reference works in a classified order to meet the needs of the sports historian. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315039145

British Sport: a Bibliography to 2000Volume 1: Nationwide Histories Volume one of a bibliography documenting all that has been written in the English language on the history of sport and physical education in Britain. It lists all secondary source material including reference works in a classified order to meet the needs of the sports historian. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315039121

British Sporting Literature and Culture in the Long Eighteenth Century Sport as it is largely understood today was invented during the long eighteenth century when the modern rules of sport were codified; sport emerged as a business a spectacle and a performance; and gaming organized itself around sporting culture. Examining the underexplored intersection of sport literature and culture this collection situates sport within multiple contexts including religion labor leisure time politics nationalism gender play and science. A poetics literature and culture of sport swelled during the era influencing artists such as John Collett and writers including Lord Byron Jonathan Swift and Henry Fielding. This volume brings together literary scholars and historians of sport to demonstrate the ubiquity of sport to eighteenth-century life the variety of literary and cultural representations of sporting experiences and the evolution of sport from rural pastimes to organized regular events of national and international importance. Each essay offers in-depth readings of both material practices and representations of sport as they relate to among other subjects recreational sports the Cotswold games clothing women archers tennis celebrity athletes and the theatricality of boxing. Taken together the essays in this collection offer valuable multiple perspectives on reading sport during the century when sport became modern. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367881115

British Spy Fiction and the End of Empire The position of spy fiction is largely synonymous in popular culture with ideas of patriotism and national security with the spy himself indicative of the defence of British interests and the preservation of British power around the globe. This book reveals a more complicated side to these assumptions than typically perceived arguing that the representation of space and power within spy fiction is more complex than commonly assumed. Instead of the British spy tirelessly maintaining the integrity of Empire this volume illustrates how spy fiction contains disunities and disjunctions in its representation of space and the relationship between the individual and the state in an era of declining British power.Focusing primarily on the work of Graham Greene Ian Fleming Len Deighton and John le Carre the volume brings a fresh methodological approach to the study of spy fiction and Cold War culture. It presents close textual analysis within a framework of spatial and sovereign theory as a means of examining the cultural impact of decolonization and the shifting geopolitics of the Cold War. Adopting a thematic approach to the analysis of space in spy fiction the text explores the reciprocal process by which contextual history intersects with literature throughout the period in question arguing that spy fiction is responsible for reflecting strengthening and in some cases precipitating cultural anxieties over decolonization and the end of Empire.This study promises to be a welcome addition to the developing field of spy fiction criticism and popular culture studies. Both engaging and original in its approach it will be important reading for students and academics engaged in the study of Cold War culture popular literature and the changing state of British identity over the course of the latter twentieth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367869601

British Strategy and War Aims 1914-1916 (RLE First World War) This book illustrates the relationship between British military policy and the development of British war aims during the opening years of the First World War. Basing his work on a wide range of unpublished documentary sources David French reassesses for the benefit of students and scholars alike what was meant by ‘a war of attrition’. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138965119

British Student Activism in the Long Sixties Based on empirical evidence derived from university and national archives across the country and interviews with participants British Student Activism in the Long Sixties reconstructs the world of university students in the 1960s and 1970s. Student accounts are placed within the context of a wide variety of primary and secondary sources from across Britain and the world making this project the first book-length history of the British student movement to employ literary and theoretical frameworks which differentiate it from most other histories of student activism to date. Globalization especially of mass communications made British students aware of global problems such as the threat of nuclear weapons the Vietnam War racism sexism and injustice. British students applied these global ideas to their own unique circumstances using their intellectual traditions and political theories which resulted in unique outcomes. British student activists effectively gained support from students staff and workers for their struggle for student’s rights to unionize freely assemble and speak and participate in university decision-making. Their campaigns effectively raised public awareness of these issues and contributed to significant national decisions in many considerable areas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138109551

British SubjectsAn Anthropology of Britain The anthropology of Britain is hotly debated. What does it mean to live in Britain and to be 'British' and is an anthropology of Britain even a legitimate undertaking? British Subjects presents a forthright voice in this debate. Key anthropological concerns such as community rationality aesthetics the body power work and leisure nationalism and transnationalism are found reflected in the lives of a wide range of British 'subjects'--from farmers to dancers children to retired miners new-agers to entrepreneurs. In disputing traditional claims that anthropology 'at home' and 'of one's own' is misconceived unnecessary or unperceptive this book clearly establishes that an anthropology of Britain can set excellent standards of subtle ethnography and complex analysis. Providing a nuanced appreciation of the intricacies of British society this book shows how the anthropological study of Britain can offer an enlightening paradigm for the study of individual lives. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003084822

British System of Government The tenth edition of this acclaimed text continues to provide a lively comprehensive and up-to-date account of British political institutions of the way in which they operate and of the society in which they developed. It includes new sections on the following key areas: the monarchy and the House of Lords the 1997 general election the transformation of the Labour party and the demise of the Tory's the European Union devolution the judicial system Northern Ireland. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138178823

British Think-Tanks And The Climate Of Opinion Investigating think tanks on both sides of the political divide the author defines these groups in the context of British politics explores their impact on the climate of opinion and calculates how effective they have been in influencing government in general and key policy areas in particular. Think tanks have rarely come under the spotlight and the author offers a probing but balanced overview of a political phenomenon.; This book should prove to be valuable reading for students of political science public administration and contemporary British history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138166479

British Tourism Tourism at any point in time is in many ways a mirror of economic and social change. The changes in British society in the decades from the 1950s to the 21st century are reflected in the forms of tourism that the British could aspire to and afford. 'British Tourism: A Remarkable Story of Growth' identifies the most significant of these changes and places them in an historical context highlighting four distinctive eras. Now in paperback it includes four colour photos as well as two brand new chapters on tourism in Scotland and Wales. It looks in detail at the following key areas: The roots of post war tourism growth Developments in transport and regulation Developments in accommodation and visit attractions Marketing developments and trends - the role of entrepreneurs Tourism trends into the 21st century Offering a comprehensive evaluation of post war developments in the British tourism industry British Tourism: The remarkable story of growth acts as a single reference resource suitable for a wide ranging readership from students on tourism courses and practitioners in the travel and tourism industries Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138473522

British Trade Unionism To-Day First published in 1939. This book provides a balanced picture of Trade Unionism as it was in the 1930s both in general and in each of the principal industries and services. The study opens with a brief outline of Trade Union history before examining Trade Unions in various industries including mining transport and the postal service. British Trade Unionism To-Day will be of great interest to students and scholars of labour and political history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138336247

British Trade Unions and Industrial PoliticsThe High Tide of Trade Unionism 1964-79 First published in 1999 this book discusses trade unionism in Britain from 1964 to 1979. Detailing political change in British politics from union strikes to Thatcherism in the late 1970s and the implications that had on trade unions and industrial politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138607927

British Trade Unions and Industrial PoliticsThe Post-war Compromise 1945-1964 First published in 1999 this volume describes the political climate and state of trade unions after the second world war in Britain. Detailing the transition of individuals who had survived in the war or had taken part in the war effort to going back a civilian life in 1945. Following the rise of the Labour party in Britain until 1964. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138607989

British Travel Writers in Europe 1750-1800Authorship Gender and National Identity This title was first published in 2001: Hundreds of European travelogues produced by British travellers between 1750 and 1800 remain out of sight in most libraries and have generally been out of print since the 18th century. While many people with a working knowledge of the 18th century are familiar with works including Sterne's "A Sentimental Journey" and Smollett's "Travels through France and Italy" those produced by less "literary" travellers are largely unknown. This study aims to recreate the world of 18th-century travel writing in order to illuminate its central role in shaping Britain's emerging sense of national identity - an identity which proves to be more complex an less homogeneous than some cultural and historical studies would suggest. The author finds that the developing discourse of national character is bound up with questions of gender: national and authorial virtue are projected in terms of appropriately gendered behaviour for male and female travel writers alike. In turn gender intersects with class most obviously in the tendency to denigrate aristocratic travellers as effeminate and celebrate the more manly activities of the middle-class traveller. These then - national identity authorship and gender - are the central preoccupations of the study Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138629110

British University Libraries British university libraries face major financial technological and organizational challenges. Cuts in funding the spread of new technology and changes to the provision of university education as a whole are combining to fundamentally alter the circumstances in which university libraries operate. This book first published in 1989 provides a thorough understanding of the major trends that have emerged during the past decade and projects them into the future to assess their likely effect over the next few years. By focusing on the most important developments in the areas of finance staffing collections services automation and relations with other libraries author Toby Burrows exposes the forces that threaten the very nature of the British university library. The changes affecting British universities as a whole are also analysed since these broad influences have been a major cause of change in libraries and are essential to an understanding of that change. The future of the British university library depends on its ability to clearly articulate a coherent vision of its own future; this book takes a crucial step toward this goal. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367361297

British University Observatories 1772–1939 British University Observatories fills a gap in the historiography of British astronomy by offering the histories of observatories identified as a group by their shared characteristics. The first full histories of the Oxford and Cambridge observatories are here central to an explanatory history of each of the six that undertook research before World War II - Oxford Dunsink Cambridge Durham Glasgow and London. Each struggled to evolve in the middle ground between the royal observatories and those of the 'Grand Amateurs' in the nineteenth century. Fundamental issues are how and why astronomy came into the universities how research was reconciled with teaching lack of endowment and response to the challenge of astrophysics. One organizing theme is the central importance of the individual professor-directors in determining the fortunes of these observatories the community of assistants and their role in institutional politics sometimes of the murkiest kind patronage networks and discipline shaping coteries. The use of many primary sources illustrates personal motivations and experience. This book will intrigue anyone interested in the history of astronomy of telescopes of scientific institutions and of the history of universities. The history of each individual observatory can easily be followed from foundation to 1939 or compared to experience elsewhere across the period. Astronomy is competitive and international and the British experience is contextualised by comparison for the first time to those in Germany France Italy and the USA. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138264205

British UntouchablesA Study of Dalit Identity and Education Dalits formerly called 'untouchables' remain the most oppressed community in India and indeed in South Asia and have until recently been denied human and civic rights. On emigration to the UK and other Western countries they faced a double disadvantage: caste discrimination and racial discrimination from 'white' society. However in the late 1990s second-generation Dalit professionals challenged their caste status and Brahmanism in the West and in South Asia. This work provides a major study on the issues facing the education of Dalit children and young people growing up in Britain. The book is based on extensive fieldwork and uses a qualitative research methodology including in-depth interviews with parents teachers and children and detailed observations in homes schools and places of worship e.g. gurdwaras. It offers a detailed view of areas such as socialisation of children schooling and education examination success parental perceptions of education bilingualism acculturation patterns cultural conflicts and caste and social identities. Central to this work too is a thorough introduction to the religious concepts that underpin the notion of 'untouchability' in Hinduism. This is a significant contribution to this under-researched community by a scholar who is one of the leading authorities on the education of South Asian children in Britain. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138243132

British Visions of America 1775-1820Republican Realities Macleod examines changing British conceptions of America across the political spectrum during a period of political cultural and intellectual upheaval. Macleod incorporates British writers of conservative liberal and radical views. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138665149

British Volunteers in the Spanish Civil WarThe British Battalion in the International Brigades 1936-1939 During the Spanish Civil War of 1936-1939 almost 2 500 men and women left Britain to fight for the Spanish Republic. This book examines the role experiences and contribution of the volunteers who fought in the British Battalion of the 15 International Brigadesasking: * Who were these volunteers? * Where did they come from? * Why did they go to Spain? * How much did they actually help the Spanish Republic? In contrast to recent revisionist interpretations this work stresses the crucial importance of the war experience itself rather than political ideology in the understanding of the volunteers' role and experiences within the Spanish war. This book will be of essential interest to historians and those interested in the Spanish Civil War. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415758734

British Ways of Counter-insurgencyA Historical Perspective This edited collection examines the British ‘way’ in counter-insurgency. It brings together and consolidates new scholarship on the counter-insurgency associated with the end of empire foregrounding a dark and violent history of British imperial rule one that stretched back to the nineteenth century and continued until the final collapse of the British Empire in the 1960s. The essays gathered in the collection cover the period from the late nineteenth century to the 1960s; they are both empirical and conceptual in tone. This edited collection pivots on the theme of the nature of the force used by Britain against colonial insurgents. It argues that the violence employed by British security forces in counter-insurgency to maintain imperial rule is best seen from a maximal perspective contra traditional arguments that the British used minimum force to defeat colonial rebellions. Case studies are drawn from across the British Empire covering a period of some hundred years but they concentrate on the savage wars of decolonisation after 1945. The collection includes a historiographical essay and one on the ‘lost’ Hanslope archive by the scholar chosen by the Foreign and Commonwealth Office to manage the release of the papers held. This book was published as a special issue of Small Wars and Insurgencies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415825771

British Weapons Acquisition Policy and the Futility of Reform Originally published in 2004. This incisive work reveals the causes of escalating costs and delays in British defence procurement from 1945 to the present. Tackling a complex subject in a straightforward and readable manner it considers how successive British governments reacted to this problem why they adopted the reforms they did and why these reforms failed to have any meaningful effect on the operation of this process. The study draws upon a number of disciplines such as economics politics and science and engineering to provide a broad synthesis that allows the reader to understand the technicalities of the process. The conclusion reached is that there is no apparent solution to the problem of intergenerational costs of weapons but that a key to controlling the growing cost of projects during their development lies in the construction of a more effective research and development strategy a path followed by Margaret Thatcher's predecessors and one that is also being advocated today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815387848

British Women and the Intellectual World in the Long Eighteenth Century Highlighting the remarkable women who found ways around the constraints placed on their intellectual growth this collection of essays shows how their persistence opened up attributes of potent female imagination radical endeavour literary vigour and self-education that compares well with male intellectual achievement in the long eighteenth century. Disseminating their knowledge through literary and documentary prose with unapologetic self-confidence women such as Anna Barbauld Anna Seward Elizabeth Inchbald and Joanna Baillie usurped subjects perceived as masculine to contribute to scientific political philosophical and theological debate and progress. This multifaceted exploration goes beyond traditional readings of women’s creativity to add fresh at times controversial insights into the female view of the intellectual world. Bringing together leading experts on British women’s lives work and writings the volume seeks to rediscover women’s appropriations of masculine disciplines and to examine their interventions into the intellectual world. Through their engagement with a unique perspective on women’s lives and achievements the essays make important contributions to the existing body of knowledge in this important area that will inform future scholarship. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367880194

British Women and the Spanish Civil War Through oral and written narratives this book examines the interaction between women and the war in Spain their motivation the distinctive form of their involvment and the effect of the war on their individual lives. These themes are related to wider issues such as the nature of memory and the role of women within the public sphere. The extent to which women engaged with this cause surpasses by far other instances of female mobilization in peace-time Britain. Such a phenomenon therefore can offer lessons to those who would wish to encourage a greater degree of interest amongst women in political activities today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138008571

British Women Composers and Instrumental Chamber Music in the Early Twentieth Century This is the first full-length study of British women's instrumental chamber music in the early twentieth century. Laura Seddon argues that the Cobbett competitions instigated by Walter Willson Cobbett in 1905 and the formation of the Society of Women Musicians in 1911 contributed to the explosion of instrumental music written by women in this period and highlighted women's place in British musical society in the years leading up to and during the First World War. Seddon investigates the relationship between Cobbett the Society of Women Musicians and women composers themselves. The book’s six case studies - of Adela Maddison (1866-1929) Ethel Smyth (1858-1944) Morfydd Owen (1891-1918) Ethel Barns (1880-1948) Alice Verne-Bredt (1868-1958) and Susan Spain-Dunk (1880-1962) - offer valuable insight into the women’s musical education and compositional careers. Seddon’s discussion of their chamber works for differing instrumental combinations includes an exploration of formal procedures an issue much discussed by contemporary sources. The individual composers' reactions to the debate instigated by the Society of Women Musicians on the future of women's music is considered in relation to their lives careers and the chamber music itself. As the composers in this study were not a cohesive group creatively or ideologically the book draws on primary sources as well as the writings of contemporary commentators to assess the legacy of the chamber works produced. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138249639

British Women TravellersEmpire and Beyond 1770-1870 This book studies the exclusive refractive perspectives of British women who took up the twin challenges of travel and writing when Britain was establishing itself as the greatest empire on earth. Contributors explore the ways in which travel writing has defined women’s engagement with Empire and British identity and was inextricably linked with the issue of identity formation. With a capacious geographical canvas this volume examines the multifaceted relations and negotiations of British women travellers in a range of different imperial contexts across continents from America Africa Europe to Australia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367343347

British Women Writers 1914-1945Professional Work and Friendship Catherine Clay's persuasively argued and rigorously documented study examines women's friendships during the period between the two world wars. Building on extensive new archival research the book's organizing principle is a series of literary-historical case-studies that explore the practices meanings and effects of friendship within a network of British women writers who were all loosely connected to the feminist weekly periodical Time and Tide. Clay considers the letters and diaries as well as fiction poetry autobiographies and journalistic writings of authors such as Vera Brittain Winifred Holtby Storm Jameson Naomi Mitchison and Stella Benson to examine women's friendships in relation to two key contexts: the rise of the professional woman writer under the shadow of literary modernism and historic shifts in the cultural recognition of lesbianism crystallized by The Well of Loneliness trial in 1928. While Clay's study presents substantial evidence to support the crucial role close and enduring friendships played in women's professional achievements it also boldly addresses the limitations and denials of these relationships. Producing 'biographies of friendship' untold in existing author studies her book also challenges dominant accounts of women's friendships and advances new ways for thinking about women's friendship in contemporary debates. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315261256

British Women Writers and the Asiatic Society of Bengal 1785-1835Re-Orienting Anglo-India In her study of newly recovered works by British women Kathryn Freeman traces the literary relationship between women writers and the Asiatic Society of Bengal otherwise known as the Orientalists. Distinct from their male counterparts of the Romantic period who tended to mirror the Orientalist distortions of India women writers like Phebe Gibbes Elizabeth Hamilton Sydney Owenson Mariana Starke Eliza Fay Anna Jones and Maria Jane Jewsbury interrogated these distortions from the foundation of gender. Freeman takes a three-pronged approach arguing first that in spite of their marked differences female authors shared a common resistance to the Orientalists’ intellectual genealogy that allowed them to represent Vedic non-dualism as an alternative subjectivity to the masculine model of European materialist philosophy. She also examines the relationship between gender and epistemology showing that women’s texts not only shift authority to a feminized subjectivity but also challenge the recurring Orientalist denigration of Hindu masculinity as effeminate. Finally Freeman contrasts the shared concern about miscegenation between Orientalists and women writers contending that the first group betrays anxiety about intermarriage between East Indian Company men and indigenous women while the varying portrayals of intermarriage by women show them poised to dissolve the racial and social boundaries. Her study invites us to rethink the Romantic paradigm of canonical writers as replicators of Orientalists’ cultural imperialism in favor of a more complicated stance that accommodates the differences between male and female authors with respect to India. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472430885

British Women's Histories of the First World WarRepresenting Remembering Rewriting This lively collection of essays showcases recent research into the impact of the conflict on British women during the First World War and since. Looking outside of the familiar representations of wartime women as nurses munitionettes and land girls it introduces the reader to lesser-known aspects of women’s war experience including female composers’ musical responses to the war changes in the culture of women’s mourning dress and the complex relationships between war motherhood and politics. Written during the war’s centenary the chapters also consider the gendered nature of war memory in Britain exploring the emotional legacies of the conflict today and the place of women’s wartime stories on the contemporary stage. The collection brings together work by emerging and established scholars contributing to the shared project of rewriting British women’s history of the First World War. It is an essential text for anyone researching or studying this history. This book was originally published as a special issue of Women’s History Review. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367333201

British Women's Travel to Greece 1840–1914Travels in the Palimpsest Beginning with the publication of the first Murray guidebook to Greece in 1840 and ending with Virginia Woolf's journey to Athens this book offers a genealogy of British women's travel literature about Greece. Churnjeet Mahn recounts the women's first-hand experiences of the sites and sights of antiquity analyzing travel accounts by archaeologists ethnographers journalists and tourists to chart women's renderings of Modern Greece through a series of discursive lenses. Mahn's offers insights into the importance of the Murray and Baedeker guidebooks; how knowledge of Greece and Classical Studies were used to justify colonial rule of India at the same time that Agnes Smith Lewis and Jane Ellen Harrison used Greece as a symbol of women's emancipation; British women's production of the first anthropological accounts of Modern Greece; and fin-de-siècle women who asserted their right to see and claim antiquity at the same time that the safety of the independent lady traveler was being called into question by the media. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138108691

British Working Class Politics 1832-1914 First published in 1941. This purpose of this history of the earlier phases of the political Labour movement was due to the author’s belief that there was a need for a positive effort to re-create the legion of inspired and untiring propagandists for Socialism whose work made the Labour Party possible. This title will be of interest to scholars and students of history and politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138333536

British-born Black African Youth and Educational Social Capital This book examines the extent to which British-born Black African youth have access to opportunities and support during their pre-school primary school and secondary school years. Through the voice of British-born Black African youth this book explores why and how some racial-ethnic and linguistic minority students fail academically while students from other linguistic minorities excel despite coming from similar socio-economic backgrounds. Drawing on interpretive-qualitative research analysis the author demonstrates the racial dimension of social capital in education that challenges the traditional social capital theory which recodes structural notions of racial inequality as primarily cultural social and human capital processes and interactions. In contrast to the focus on achievement gaps the concept of opportunity gaps shows how and why language policies have shaped the educational experiences and outcomes of linguistic minority students. This book will be of interest to policy makers practitioners and scholars of Multicultural Education Black and African Diaspora Studies and Educational Sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367433635

British-Indian Adult Children of DivorceContext Impact and Coping Divorce has become a form of family change in contemporary western societies spawning much research to investigate its causes and consequences. Such research has promoted a sociological understanding of divorce impact on families and individuals as well as implications for public policy. However research in this domain has been largely restricted to white populations in western contexts as well as adhering to quantitative research methodologies. There is little understanding of the dynamics of minority ethnic families sometimes resulting in false assumptions and over-generalizations about family structures stability and transitions in these communities. The impact of this gap in knowledge leads to perspective blocks in terms of how minority ethnic families are conceived in the public sphere as well as in academia. Similar to other minority ethnic groups there is little literature on divorce in South-Asian families. Though traditionally divorce rates within South-Asian communities were low there is now an upward trend. This is the first book to analyze the experiences of British-Indian adult children of divorce and contextualize their experiences within the larger multi-cultural polity of the UK. It also discusses the value and implications of understanding the divorce phenomenon and how it is experienced within this community to present insights into what multi-cultural social work and knowledge can mean. This can also enhance support provision for all children and enable better coping of family transitions by acknowledging their specific contexts and needs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138260863

Britishness Popular Music and National IdentityThe Making of Modern Britain This book offers a major exploration of the social and cultural importance of popular music to contemporary celebrations of Britishness. Rather than providing a history of popular music or an itemization of indigenous musical qualities it exposes the influential cultural and nationalist rhetoric around popular music and the dissemination of that rhetoric in various forms. Since the 1960s popular music has surpassed literature to become the dominant signifier of modern British culture and identity. This position has been enforced in popular culture literature news and music media political rhetoric -- and in much popular music itself which has become increasingly self-conscious about the expectation that music both articulate and manifest the inherent values and identity of the modern nation. This study examines the implications of such practices and the various social and cultural values they construct and enforce. It identifies two dominant conflicting constructions around popular music: music as the voice of an indigenous English ‘folk’ and music as the voice of a re-emergent British Empire. These constructions are not only contradictory but also exclusive prescribing a social and musical identity for the nation that ignores its greater creative national and cultural diversity. This book is the first to offer a comprehensive critique of an extremely powerful discourse in England that today informs dominant formulations of English and British national identity history and culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415834810

Britpop and the English Music Tradition Britpop and the English Music Tradition is the first study devoted exclusively to the Britpop phenomenon and its contexts. The genre of Britpop with its assertion of Englishness evolved at the same time that devolution was striking deep into the hegemonic claims of English culture to represent Britain. It is usually argued that Britpop with its strident declarations of Englishness was a response to the dominance of grunge. The contributors in this volume take a different point of view: that Britpop celebrated Englishness at a time when British culture with its English hegemonic core was being challenged and dismantled. It is now timely to look back on Britpop as a cultural phenomenon of the 1990s that can be set into the political context of its time and into the cultural context of the last fifty years - a time of fundamental revision of what it means to be British and English. The book examines issues such as the historical antecedents of Britpop the subjectivities governing the performative conventions of Britpop the cultural context within which Britpop unfolded and its influence on the post-Britpop music scene in the UK. While Britpop is central to the volume discussion of this phenomenon is used as an opportunity to examine the particularities of English popular music since the turn of the twentieth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138262157

Brittany in the Early Middle AgesTexts and Societies This volume focuses on Wendy Davies's work on early medieval Breton texts and their implications. Beginning with core analyses of the Redon and Landévennec cartularies it continues with papers that tease out some of the key social implications of the 9th-century Redon material - on the nature of political power on rural communities on the settlement of disputes and on transmission of property. While the Redon charters have long been known as a source of fundamental importance for Breton history the author's database (established in the 1980s) allowed much greater understanding of the role of individuals - at all social levels and particularly peasant level - than had previously been possible. Attention to the detail of the east Breton past also includes papers on some of the results of her fieldwork on building stone in particular. Early medieval Brittany is not merely interesting in itself (and it is certainly not some Celtic backwater): Breton evidence can usefully be differentiated from the evidence of other Celtic areas and has a significant role in wider issues of European history. As well as papers on the familiar themes of kingship rulership cult sites and cemeteries the final section highlights the distinctive quality of the Breton evidence for the protection of sacred and personal space for slavery and serfdom and for village-level courts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138375277

Britten Voice and PianoLectures on the Vocal Music of Benjamin Britten This collection of eight 'lectures' by internationally acclaimed pianist Graham Johnson is based on a series of concert talks given at the Guildhall School of Music and Drama as part of the Benjamin Britten festival in 2001. The focus of the book is on Britten's songs starting with his earliest compositions in the genre. Graham Johnson suggests that the nature of Britten's creativity is especially apparent in his setting of poetry that he becomes the poet's alter-ego. A chapter on Britten's settings of Auden and Eliot explores the particular influences these writers brought to bear at opposite poles of the composer's life. The inspiration of fellow musicians is also discussed with a chapter devoted to Britten's time in Russia and his friendship with the Rostropovitch family. Closer to home the book places in context Britten's folksong settings illustrating how he subverted the English folksong tradition by refusing to accept previous definitions of what constituted national loyalty. Drawing on letters and diaries and featuring a number of previously unpublished photographs this book illuminates aspects of Britten's songs from the personal perspective of the pianist who worked closely with Peter Pears after Benjamin Britten was unable to perform through illness. Johnson worked with Pears on learning the role of Aschenbach in 'Death in Venice' and was official pianist for the first master class given by Peter Pears at Snape in 1972. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138400542

Broadband EconomicsLessons from Japan Japan's high-speed Internet access services such as ADSL CATV Internet and FTTH are considered the cheapest and fastest state-of-the-art services drawing international attention. In this book the author introduces the current status of broadband services in Japan and their recent development in competition policy. An econometric model is proposed and discussed to analyse access demand. The purpose of the analysis is to understand quantitively the current status of the rapidly developing Japanese broadband services while providing an academic and practical basis for conceiving prospective competition policies. The book is composed of three parts. The first part introduces the diffusion of current Broadband services the economics of network industries and related econometric model analysis. The second part elucidates in detail the development of fixed-line broadband services IP phone services as well as mobile phone services. The third part consequently investigates the migration among broadband services the fixed and mobile convergence and the digital divide problem.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415860741

Broadband Last MileAccess Technologies for Multimedia Communications Broadband Last Mile: Access Technologies for Multimedia Communications provides in-depth treatments of access technologies and the applications that rely upon them or support them. It examines innovations and enhancements along multiple dimensions in access with the overarching goal of ensuring that the last mile is not the weak link in the broadband chain. Written by experts from the academic and commercial segments of the field the book's self-contained sections address topics related to the disciplines of communications networking computing and signal processing.The core of this treatment contains contemporary reviews of broadband pipes in the classes of copper cable fiber wireless and satellite. It emphasizes the coexistence of these classes within a network the importance of optical communications for unprecedented bandwidth and the flexibility and mobility provided by wireless.The book also includes perspective on the increasingly important topic of network management providing insights that are true regardless of the nature of the pipe. The text concludes with a discussion of newly emerging applications and broadband services.This book offers an all-in-one treatment of the physical pipes and network architectures that make rich and increasingly personalized applications possible. It serves as a valuable resource for researchers and practitioners working in the increasingly pervasive field of broadband. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315220796

Broadband Metamaterials in ElectromagneticsTechnology and Applications The rapid development of technology based on metamaterials coupled with the recent introduction of the transformation optics technique provides an unprecedented ability for device designers to manipulate and control the behavior of electromagnetic wave phenomena. Many of the early metamaterial designs such as negative index materials and electromagnetic bandgap surfaces were limited to operation only over a very narrow bandwidth. However recent groundbreaking work reported by several international research groups on the development of broadband metamaterials has opened up the doors to an exciting frontier in the creation of new devices for applications ranging from radio frequencies to visible wavelengths. This book contains a collection of eight chapters that cover recent cutting-edge contributions to the theoretical numerical and experimental aspects of broadband metamaterials. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814745680

Broadband Optical ModulatorsScience Technology and Applications "…provides the full exciting story of optical modulators. … a comprehensive review from the fundamental science to the material and processing technology to the optimized device design to the multitude of applications for which broadband optical modulators bring great value. … Especially valuable in my view is that the authors are internationally known researchers developers and systems people who are experts in their field writing now with the perspective that time offers about their groundbreaking work. "—Dr. Rodney C. Alferness Senior Vice President of Optical Networking Research at Lucent Technologies’ Bell LabsConsidered the most comprehensive book yet published on this critical subject Broadband Optical Modulators: Science Technology and Applications offers an incredibly wide-ranging yet in-depth overview of the state of the art in the design and use of optical modulators. A compilation of expert insights this book covers fundamental and practical aspects from materials to systems addressing historical and more recent developments.Coverage includes:Optical and electro-optic properties of traditional single crystalline lithium niobate silicon and III-V compound semiconductors as well as emerging electro-optic polymers and organic nonlinear optic crystalsDiscussion of factors important to modulator design fabrication and performanceFundamental topics such as electro-optic effect in nonlinear optic crystals and semiconductorsLeaders in the field created this invaluable reference for scientific researchers involved in high-speed device research and development especially in the areas of optical transmitters and optical modulators for fiber-optics communication systems. Helping readers master optical modulation techniques this book will be invaluable to engineers (system/subsystem designers product developers and technical and project managers) and other professionals in the telecommunications and defense industries. It offers the audience—which includes graduate students—an in-depth understanding of the new modulator architectures and technologies now available as well as the strengths weaknesses advantages and trade-offs associated with each. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367576837

Broadband RF and Microwave Amplifiers Broadband RF and Microwave Amplifiers provides extensive coverage of broadband radio frequency (RF) and microwave power amplifier design including well-known historical and recent novel schematic configurations theoretical approaches circuit simulation results and practical implementation strategies. The text begins by introducing two-port networks to illustrate the behavior of linear and nonlinear circuits explaining the basic principles of power amplifier design and discussing impedance matching and broadband power amplifier design using lumped and distributed parameters. The book then: Shows how dissipative or lossy gain-compensation-matching circuits can offer an important trade-off between power gain reflection coefficient and operating frequency bandwidth Describes the design of broadband RF and microwave amplifiers using real frequency techniques (RFTs) supplying numerous examples based on the MATLAB® programming process Examines Class-E power amplifiers Doherty amplifiers low-noise amplifiers microwave gallium arsenide field-effect transistor (GaAs FET)-distributed amplifiers and complementary metal-oxide semiconductor (CMOS) amplifiers for ultra-wideband (UWB) applications Broadband RF and Microwave Amplifiers combines theoretical analysis with practical design to create a solid foundation for innovative ideas and circuit design techniques. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138800205

Broadband Telecommunications and Regional Development Broadband is one of the most transformative technologies of the 21st century yet our understanding of its regional impacts remains somewhat rudimentary. Not only are issues of broadband pricing and speed relevant in this context but the overall quality of service for broadband can often dictate its impacts on regional development. This book illuminates the regional impacts of this pervasive and important technology. The principle aim of this book is to deepen our understanding of broadband and its connections to regional development. First it uses a geospatial lens to explore how the relationship between broadband and regional development influences access to technology platforms dictates provision patterns and facilitates the shrinkage of space and time in non-uniform and sometimes unexpected ways. Second it book provides a comprehensive guide that details the strengths and weaknesses of publically available broadband data and their associated uncertainties allowing regional development professionals and researchers to make more informed decisions regarding data use analytical models and policy recommendations. Finally this book is the first to detail the growing importance of broadband to digital innovation and entrepreneurship in regions. This book will be of interest to regional development professionals and researchers in economics public policy geography regional science and planning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815347255

Broadcast Announcing WorktextA Media Performance Guide Broadcast Announcing Worktext now in its fifth edition remains one of the best resources for those looking to gain the skills techniques and procedures necessary to enter the competitive field of broadcast performance. Written accessibly with easy-to-digest modules and practice projects this book encourages active participation from readers to help develop their talent on air. In addition to the principles of good performance the book addresses the importance of the audience and how to communicate effectively to diverse groups. The book combines traditional teaching with practical experience and includes sample scripts and self-study exercises to allow for a practical hands-on application of key concepts. The fifth edition expanded throughout features updates about performance on the Internet and social media as well as content about podcasting and audio performance. A new chapter on international media offers readers a look at media performance and career possibilities around the world.　 This book is an invaluable resource for any student of journalism communication or public relations looking to enhance their media performance skills. A detailed accompanying website features audio-clips sample test questions and a Professionals’ Comment Bank setting out experience and advice from working pros. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367404697

Broadcast Engineer's Reference Book The current and definitive reference broadcast engineers need!Compiled by leading international experts this authoritative reference work covers every aspect of broadcast technology from camera to transmitter - encompassing subjects from analogue techniques to the latest digital compression and interactive technologies in a single source.Written with a minimum of maths the book provides detailed coverage and quick access to key technologies standards and practices. This global work will become your number one resource whether you are from an audio video communications or computing background. Composed for the industry professional practicing engineer technician or sales person looking for a guide that covers the broad landscape of television technology in one handy source the Broadcast Engineer's Reference Book offers comprehensive and accurate technical information. Get this wealth of information at your fingertips!· Utilize extensive illustrations-more than 1200 tables charts and photographs.· Find easy access to essential technical and standards data.· Discover information on every aspect of television technology.· Learn the concepts and terms every broadcaster needs to know.Learn from the experts on the following technologies:Quantities and Units; Error Correction; Network Technologies; Telco Technologies; Displays; Colourimetry; Audio Systems; Television Standards; Colour encoding; Time code; VBI data carriage; Broadcast Interconnect formats; File storage formats; HDTV; MPEG 2; DVB; Data Broadcast; ATSC Interactive TV; encryption systems; Optical systems; Studio Cameras and camcorders; VTRs and Tape Storage; Standards Convertors; TV Studios and Studio Equipment; Studio Lighting and Control; post production systems; Telecines; HDTV production systems; Media Asset Management systems; Electronic News Production Systems; OB vehicles and Mobile Control Rooms;ENG and EFP; Power and Battery Systems; R.F. propagation; Service Area Planning; Masts Towers and Antennas; Test and measurement; Systems management; and many more!Related Focal Press titles:Watkinson: Convergence In Broadcast and Communications Media (2001 £59.99 (GBP)/ $75.95 (USD) ISBN: 0240515099) Watkinson: MPEG Handbook (2001 £35 (GBP)/$54.99 (USD) ISBN: 0240516567) Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780080490564

Broadcast Graphics On the SpotTimesaving Techniques Using Photoshop and After Effects for Broadcast and Post Production Packed with more than 350 techniques this book delivers what you need to know - on the spot. If you create graphics for television this book is for you. 'Broadcast Graphics on the Spot' show you how to produce more compelling TV graphics. From gathering images for use in broadcast graphics to working with fonts mastering keying and rotoscoping or working with logo motion this book includes step-by-step procedures for creating over-the-shoulder graphics for news anchors lower thirds titles and full-screens that can be used in everyday news productions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138425866

Broadcast JournalismTechniques of Radio and Television News This seventh edition of Broadcast Journalism continues its long tradition of covering the basics of broadcasting from gathering news sources interviewing putting together a programme news writing reporting editing working in the studio conducting live reports and more. The authors have brought the material further up to date with the integration of social media uses of mobile technology the emergence of user-generated content and updated examples illustrations and case studies throughout. End-of-chapter exercises are also included. New for this edition:  Updated with new examples quotes and pictures. Restructured with end-of-chapter summaries exercises for students notes for tutors links for further reading and references to invaluable websites and smartphone apps. Extended chapters on ethics responsibilities interviewing mobile newsgathering and filming. New additional information on coping with reporting traumatic stories and how news organisations use Twitter and Periscope. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138886032

Broadcast News and Writing Stylebook Broadcast News and Writing Stylebook is the go-to resource for writing broadcast news offering readers the know-how to write excellent stories for television radio podcasts and online media. Through clear and concise chapters this text provides the fundamental rules of broadcast news writing teaching readers how to craft stories on government crime weather education health sports and more. It covers the necessary mechanics news writers need to know including the nuances of reporting grammar style and usage. This new seventh edition is updated with the latest on how stations incorporate online and social media strategies as well as insights into the directions local news is headed. Author Robert A. Papper has over a quarter century of broadcast news and industry research experience and once again updates this vital text with the information necessary for being a successful news writer today. Also available for this edition is an Instructor’s Guide found on the book’s webpage. Whether you’re a student seeking to learn the mechanics of successful broadcast news writing or a working professional looking for a definitive reference for your desk Broadcast News and Writing Stylebook offers a comprehensive guide to writing for television audio and beyond. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367422677

Broadcast News Writing Reporting and Producing Broadcast News Writing Reporting and Producing  7th Edition is the leading book covering all aspects of writing and reporting the news. It identifies the key concepts and terms readers need to know in the news gathering and dissemination process and provides practical real-world advice for operating in the modern day newsroom. New to the seventh Edition are profiles of working journalists who give readers a glimpse into the working life of modern reporters producers and directors. This new edition also covers important aspects of the use of social media drone journalism and digital technology. A new chapter on portfolio development will assist readers in developing the skills to advance in their careers. The text has also been updated to reflect new industry standards in modes of information gathering and delivery writing style and technology. Additional features include: Key words at the start of every chapter identifying important terms and definitions; End of chapter summaries which allows readers to review the chapter’s main points; "Text Your Knowledge" which helps readers quiz themselves on important concepts; Chapter-by-chapter exercises which readers can apply to a chapter’s themes; A companion website featuring video tutorials of necessary skills for journalists including how to arrange lighting structures how to hold a microphone and how to properly conduct an interview. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138207486

Broadcast Television Effects in A Remote Community This book reports findings from a major multidisciplinary study of the impact of broadcast television on the remote island community of St. Helena in the South Atlantic Ocean. Broadcast television was introduced to the island for the first time in March 1995. This introduction represented a major event on the island whose only televisual experience had been through video. In the years leading up to the introduction of TV the researchers who wrote this book collected data by observing the island's young children in classroom settings and during free-play. In addition to these observations they asked the children's teachers to rate their students' behavior and invited the children to explain to them what leisure time activities they engaged in. With the data they were able to amass on these key variables they have assembled and coded the results into baseline measures central to the study. Once TV had arrived they collected data annually on the key dependent measures to determine if the introduction of broadcast TV had any discernible influence on the behavior of the children. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415761666

Broadcasting and Optical Communication Technology In two editions spanning more than a decade The Electrical Engineering Handbook stands as the definitive reference to the multidisciplinary field of electrical engineering. Our knowledge continues to grow and so does the Handbook. For the third edition it has been expanded into a set of six books carefully focused on a specialized area or field of study. Broadcasting and Optical Communication Technology represents a concise yet definitive collection of key concepts models and equations in the fields of broadcasting and optical communication thoughtfully gathered for convenient access.Addressing the challenges involved in modern communications networks Broadcasting and Optical Communication Technology explores communications information theory and devices covering all the basic information needed for a thorough understanding of these areas. It also examines the emerging areas of adaptive estimation and optical communication including lightwave technology long-distance fiber optic communications and photonic networks. Articles include defining terms references and sources of further information.Encompassing the work of the world's foremost experts in their respective specialties Broadcasting and Optical Communication Technology presents the latest developments the broadest scope of coverage and new material on mobile communications. It offers fast convenient access to specialists in need of detailed reference on the job. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315222165

Broadcasting and Politics in Western Europe First Published in 1985. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138965126

Broadcasting in JapanCase-studies on Broadcasting Systems Japan has developed what is arguably the most sophisticated and the most democratic broadcasting system in the world. The Great Kanto Earthquake of 1st September 1923 with its devastation and confusion drove home in its appalling way the importance of being able to broadcast immediate information to the public. The same year the Ministry of Communications promptly established an administrative system to regulate broadcasting. In less than a decade over one million people were registered listeners. Under the post war Constitution of 1946 freedom of "speech and all other forms of expression" was guaranteed and the subsequent Broadcast Law instituted a dual system of broadcasting with the public service Nippon Hoso Kyokai (NHK) on the one hand and commercial and private broadcasting organizations on the other. In 1978 there were ninety-one television broadcasting organizations and fifty-one radio broadcasting organizations. In this informative study Professor Ito and his team comprehensively describe the staggering growth of broadcasting in Japan from the dawn or radio and television to satellite communication and through to the multiplex broadcasting of the future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415852777

Broadcasting the BluesBlack Blues in the Segregation Era Broadcasting the Blues: Black Blues in the Segregation Era is based on Paul Oliver's award-winning radio broadcasts from the BBC that were created over several decades. It traces the social history of the blues in America from its birth in the rural South through the heyday of sound recordings. Noted blues scholar Paul Oliver draws on decades of research and personal interviews with performers--some of whom he "discovered" and recorded for the first time--to draw a picture of how the blues aesthetic developed giving new insights into the role blues played in American society before racial integration. The book begins by outlining the history of the blues from African music through country stomps ragtime songs and field hollers. From the heroic figures of black folksong--including the steel-driving railroad worker John Henry and the destructive Boll Weevil--to the content of the emerging blues the author discusses the "meaning" behind the often coded words of the blues evoking topics such as playful sexuality magic and medicine the stresses of segregation and commentary on national events. Finally the author traces the history of blues documentation showing how our views of the early blues have been shaped through a complex interplay of social forces and indicating possible lines for future research. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203958353

Broadening and Deepening DemocracyPolitical Innovation in Karnataka This book examines certain changes in the political make-up of Karnataka between the early 1970s and the late 1980s which in turn led to the birth of a unique democracy in the state. In a departure from most studies on political science and political history which pay little or no attention to the role of politicians and focus only on technocratic blueprints administrative processes and incentive systems this volume takes into account the role politicians play in shaping the character of their governments public policy and state–society relations. It studies the political transformation of Karnataka by focusing heavily on three chief ministers of the state who played an important role in making politics in Karnataka more accommodative enlightened and hence more democratic. This volume is a detailed insider’s account of the political processes in Karnataka enriched with interviews and surveys which seek to locate this work in the social science literature in Karnataka’s recent history and in comparative context alongside other Indian states. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138384224

Broadening HorizonsInternational Exchanges in Social Work While the remit of social work professionals is in general locality-based social work has a long tradition of concern about international issues. Broadening Horizons provides an engaging and original contribution to the debate on how to tackle social work problems on a global scale. Filling both a theoretical and a practice gap in the literature the book discusses the experiences of academics practitioners and students involved in international exchanges in social work. It draws on a major EU-Canadian exchange project as well as separate projects in countries including South Africa the USA China and Australia. The contributors highlight the opportunities and barriers that shaped their experience and give guidance on how to deal with both the practicalities and aspirations of living and working across borders. This book will thus be invaluable both to readers interested in the meaning and realities of international social work and to those hoping to embark on an exchange programme themselves. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367604554

Broadening Our Knowledge on Cluster Evolution Although clusters are regarded as important elements in economic development the strong focus in the literature on the way clusters function is contrasted with a disregard for their evolutionary development: how clusters actually become clusters how and why they decline and how they shift into new fields and transform over time. Although recently new cluster life cycle approaches emerged both empirical evidence and theoretical contributions on this topic are still limited. This book therefore contributes to broadening our knowledge on the life cycle and evolution of clusters both empirically and theoretically. It contains chapters on inter-firm relations as drivers of cluster transformation as well as chapters on the heterogeneity of firms and firm capabilities during cluster evolution and on the role of institutions in stimulating the emergence and growth of clusters. Case-studies stem from different industries and technologies such as biogas film and television new media and medical technologies and from different countries such as Sweden Austria Switzerland and South Korea. All chapters underline that cluster evolution does not only depend on internal dynamics but that external relations are an integral part of cluster dynamics. This book was previously published as a special issue of European Planning Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138391932

Broadening the Base of Addiction Mutual Support GroupsBringing Theory and Science to Contemporary Trends Mutual-help groups have proliferated diversified and adapted to emerging substance-related trends over the past 75 years and have been the focus of rigorous research for the past 30 years. This book reviews the history of mutual support groups for addiction that have arisen as adjuncts or alternatives to Twelve Step Programs including secular mutual support groups like Secular Organization for Sobriety Smart Recovery and Women for Sobriety and faith-based mutual support groups like Celebrate Recovery. It also considers the mutual support groups attended by families and friends of addicts. These mutual support groups are examined in terms of their histories theoretical underpinnings and intended communities. The structures common in mutual support groups have influenced the rise of a new recovery advocacy movement and new recovery community institutions such as recovery ministries recovery community centers sober cafes sober sports clubs and recovery-focused projects in music theatre and the arts. This volume explores how collectively these trends reflect the cultural and political awakening of people in recovery and growing recognition and celebration of multiple pathways of long-term addiction recovery. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Journal of Groups in Addiction and Recovery. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415836821

Broadening the Contours in the Study of Black PoliticsCitizenship and Popular Culture Broadening the Contours in the Study of Black Politics volume 17 of the National Political Science Review (NPSR) is divided thematically into two books available separately or as a set. The first concentrates on the institutional aspects of Black politics. The second book addresses various dimensions of social capital that constitute the fundamental building blocks of Black politics. Each contains peer-reviewed articles a symposium section and book reviews as well as other featured sections.Together these books build on the previous NPSR volume Black Women in Politics. The symposium in Volume 17:1 examines the struggle of Black women both in the political science discipline and in getting their work published. In the symposium section of Volume 17:2 members of the National Conference of Black Political Scientists carry on a revealing conversation about the dilemmas of professional life for Black women in political science.The set also contains a section called "Trends " which offers data to use as starting points for discussions in teaching on professional panels or in the mass media regarding the new versions of the Voting Rights Act after the Shelby County v. Holder decision of 2013. Both volumes 17:1 and 17:2 contain rigorously vetted articles on significant themes in the study of Black politics. This set represents the most recent offering in the distinguished National Political Science Review series. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412862417

Broadening the Contours in the Study of Black PoliticsPolitical Development and Black Women Broadening the Contours in the Study of Black Politics volume 17 of the National Political Science Review (NPSR) is divided thematically into two books available separately or as a set. The first concentrates on the institutional aspects of Black politics. The second book addresses various dimensions of social capital that constitute the fundamental building blocks of Black politics. Each contains peer-reviewed articles a symposium section and book reviews as well as other featured sections.Together these books build on the previous NPSR volume Black Women in Politics. The symposium in Volume 17:1 examines the struggle of Black women both in the political science discipline and in getting their work published. In the symposium section of Volume 17:2 members of the National Conference of Black Political Scientists carry on a revealing conversation about the dilemmas of professional life for Black women in political science.The set also contains a section called "Trends " which offers data to use as starting points for discussions in teaching on professional panels or in the mass media regarding the new versions of the Voting Rights Act after the Shelby County v. Holder decision of 2013. Both volumes 17:1 and 17:2 contain rigorously vetted articles on significant themes in the study of Black politics. This set represents the most recent offering in the distinguished National Political Science Review series. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412862400

Broadening the Debate on EU–Africa RelationsTowards Reciprocal Approaches Broadening the Debate on EU–Africa Relations is designed to expand the scope of our understanding of the multi-layered relationship between the European Union and African political actors in order to shape both the academic and policy level discourse. The focus on chapters highlighting an African perspective offers an opportunity to redress an imbalance in scholarship and also represents an effort to reinvigorate the EU-Africa discourse. The contributors scrutinise hitherto underexplored areas from agricultural cooperation to sanctions to scientific collaboration as new insights linger in the less visible margins of the relationship. Jointly they push in the same direction to broaden the debate on how subjects are approached in a field of study that has one-sidedly focus on the intended actions of the EU. To that end three dimensions represent the common thread of the book: how to recalibrate African and European perspectives how to proceed on an assumption of mutual influence rather than unidirectionality and how to highlight the intertwined nature of the different drivers of the relationship. Recalibrating African and European perspectives by focusing on elements of reciprocity within the broad array of interregional interactions Broadening the Debate on EU–Africa Relations will be of great interest to scholars of African Studies African IR and the EU. The chapters were originally published as a special issue of the South African Journal of International Affairs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367444273

Broadening the Horizons of Chinese HistoryDiscourses Syntheses and Comparisons Gathered here are research papers speeches and lecture notes a multifaceted survey of Chinese history embracing a wide range of subjects from historical antecedents relevant Western experience and recent revelations to locus classicus and statistics. All lead to Huang's grand synthesis: That the one-and-a-half-century-long Chinese revolution is nearing fulfillment as Chinese civilization merges with Western history. While not everyone will agree with Ray Huang no one who is seriously concerned with these issues can afford to ignore the provocative and erudite challenge of his vision. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315706047

Broader Implications Of Ericksonian Therapy First published in 1990. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315803739

Broad's Critical Essays in Moral Philosophy (Routledge Revivals) The ideas of C. D. Broad have affected the work of moral philosophers throughout the twentieth century to the present day. First published in 1971 this edited volume contains Broad’s best essays on the philosophical problems of Ethics mostly written and published between 1914 and 1964. Among the essays are Broad’s important critiques of G. E. Moore’s ethical theory his lecture entitled ‘Determinism Indeterminism and Libertarianism’ and other pieces discussing topics as broad as Conscience Egoism and Free Will. This reissue serves as an important companion to Broad’s other works a number of which have also been reissued within the Routledge Library Editions series and will be invaluable to students interested in Broad’s theories and twentieth-century philosophical thought. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415714679

Broadway and EconomicsEconomic Lessons from Show Tunes Economics has often been described as "the dismal science " with TV and movies reinforcing this description. However economics is a powerful tool that can be used to understand how the world works helping to answer confusing puzzles and solve the world’s problems. Surprisingly Broadway musicals are an excellent way to show this. Musicals tell engaging stories through song and many are rich with economic concepts. This book analyzes 161 songs from 90 musicals to explore what they can teach us about supply and demand monetary policy and numerous other core economic concepts. While some songs have an obvious connection to economics other connections may seem less apparent. When you hear "Let it Go" from Frozen does your mind think about a firm’s production decisions? After reading this book it will. Whether showing how Hamilton can illustrate concepts of central banking or how "Stars" from Les Miserables provides a perfect example of inelastic demand the author presents complicated topics in an understandable and entertaining way. Featuring classic songs from some of the most popular shows ever produced along with some hidden gems Broadway and Economics will be of interest to anybody studying an introductory economics course as well as theatre aficionados. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138051232

Broadway Babies Say GoodnightMusicals Then and Now The glorious tradition of the Broadway musical from Irving Berlin to Jerome Kern and Rodgers and Hammerstein to Stephen Sondheim. And then . . . Cats and Les Miz. Mark Steyn's Broadway Babies Say Goodnight is a sharp-eyed view of the whole span of Broadway musical history seven decades of brilliant achievements the best of which are among the finest works American artists have made. Show Boat Oklahoma! Carousel Gypsy and more. In an energetic blend of musical history analysis and backstage chat Mark Steyn shows us the genius behind the 'simple' musical and asks hard questions about the British invasion of Broadway and the future of the form. In this delicious book he gives us geniuses and monsters hits and atomic bombs and the wonderful stories that prove show business is a business which -- as the song goes --there's no business like. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315022826

Broadway Theatre Beginning with a reassessment of the 1920s and 30s this text looks beyond a consideration of just the most successful Spanish playwrights of the time and discusses also the work of directors theorists actors and designers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138473263

BroadwayAn Encyclopedia This volume is another example in the Routledge tradition of producing high-quality reference works on theater music and the arts. An A to Z encyclopedia of Broadway this volume includes tons of information including producers writer composers lyricists set designers theaters performers and landmarks in its sweep. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203644355

Broken Bodies Healing HeartsReflections of a Hospital Chaplain Witness the wonder of divine power when faith in God overcomes human frailty!Broken Bodies Healing Hearts: Reflections of a Hospital Chaplain provides chaplains doctors nurses psychologists and counselors with insight into the experiences of individual hospital patients. You'll learn of the suffering that they endure and what patients and caretakers can learn about themselves and God through their ordeals. This is a wonderful collection of descriptive personal and heartfelt essays each derived from a visit with a particular patient. These episodes demonstrate the wonder of divine strength manifested in human frailty. You'll see the spiritual aspects of both significant and common events inspiring you to contemplate and appreciate all of your life experiences. Broken Bodies Healing Hearts will help you unravel daily questions and problems and encourage you to seek God's eminent presence in all of your experiences.This intriguing collection demonstrates what it means to be human and what it means to be made in God's likeness. You will explore the heartwrenching struggles of unique individuals such as:Jimmy Meyer a three-year-old toddler with a terminal brain tumor who takes each day for whatever it could offer him. His simple trust teaches us all to grow in our faith and seek the child within ourselves Mr. Nelson who after suffering a heart attack and facing the possibility of death recounts how the experience served to turn his life from one of anger and resentment to one of peace and freedom reminding us all of the healing power of grace when we are willing to receive it Martha Claxton a fifty-eight-year-old woman battling leukemia. In finally letting go she experiences God's eternal security inviting each of us to surrender our lives to the One who knows our every need Ms. May a thirty-eight-year-old with Down's Syndrome who touches all those whom she comes in contact with. Her ability to live fully in the present moment reminds us that whatever is happening now is worth our undivided attentionEnlightening and moving Broken Bodies Healing Hearts reveals the presence of God in the lives of patients chaplains and all those who care for others. You will discover the connection between human vulnerability and spiritual growth. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315809380

Broken BondsYugoslavia's Disintegration And Balkan Politics In Transition Second Edition Struggling against high odds Yugoslavia managed to survive from its inception in 1918 until the early 1990s. But now tragic ethnic and regional conflicts have irrevocably fragmented the country. In his timely book Lenard Cohen explores the original conception and motives underlying the ?Yugoslav idea ? looking at the state's major problems achievements and failures during its short and troubled history.Cohen answers a broad range of questions concerning contemporary Yugoslavia: How did the state plunge from its position as a positive model to an essentially negative case of socialist reform? What measures for recovery were proposed by the country's ethnically and regionally segmented one-party elite? What were the reasons for the eventual abandonment of reform socialism the elimination of the single party's monopoly and the rapid delegitimation of the country's federal political institutions? What programs have been offered by the noncommunist and ?born again? communist leaders elected to power during the revival of multiparty pluralism in 1990? How did their efforts to achieve regional and ethnic sovereignty place the country in such a precarious and ultimately fatal position?The concluding chapters of the book offer an analysis of the causes and horrifying consequences of the military conflict and civil war from 1991 to 1994 including a discussion of the impotent efforts at peacekeeping the dynamics of the complex and savage struggle in Bosnia-Hercegovina and an examination of the problems faced by Yugoslavia's successor states. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367096007

Broken BoundsContemporary Reflections on the Antisocial Tendency In 2009-2010 The Squiggle Foundation whose aim is to stimulate interest in the work of Donald Winnicott organized a series of lectures on the theme of "the antisocial tendency". These lectures are offered here to the wider public much as they were originally given. The speakers each one an established figure in child care policy or in the residential and therapeutic management of disaffected youngsters reflect on society's changing attitudes towards antisocial behaviour and its manifestations over the past half century. They consider how altered childrearing practices the greater incidence of family break-up and the increasing part played by central government in the determination of child care policies have contributed to a shift towards the more punitive attitudes towards "wayward youth" prevalent today. Brief pointed and accessible these lectures address topics of contemporary social concern by identifying some of the underlying questions to be asked regarding the child the family and society in a mass-communication and mass-organized environment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781780490373

Broken Contract?Changing Relationships Between Americans And Their Government In 1992 it was Bill Clinton's New Covenant. In 1994 it was the Republicans' Contract with America. In 1996 it is likely to be a whole new set of circumstances. Nonetheless one theme will prevail: Citizens and their government distrust one another and it will take major changes on both sides to restore confidence in the relationship.Broken Cont Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367314705

Broken EnglishDialects and the Politics of Language in Renaissance Writings The English language in the Renaissance was in many ways a collection of competing Englishes. Paula Blank investigates the representation of alternative vernaculars - the dialects of early modern English - in both linguistic and literary works of the period. Blank argues that Renaissance authors such as Spenser Shakespeare and Jonson helped to construct the idea of a national language variously known as 'true' English or 'pure' English or the 'King's English' by distinguishing its dialects - and sometimes by creating those dialects themselves. Broken English reveals how the Renaissance 'invention' of dialect forged modern alliances of language and cultural authority. This book will be of interest to scholars and students of Renaissance studies and Renaissance English literature. It will also make fascinating reading for anyone with an interest in the history of English language. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415756846

Broken GroundJohn F Kennedy and the Politics of Education Throughout United States history and particularly from the 1930s through the 1960s education was a sensitive political issue which preoccupied Congresses Presidents and interest groups. By the time of John F Kennedy’s Presidency federal aid to education was all but inevitable but the disproportionate influence of federal aid adversaries on the House Rule Committee would permit the Kennedy Administration no margin of error. There remained in this subject an abundance of complications and contradictions. This volume addresses the central questions of Kennedy versus Congress and Kennedy versus Kennedy using a wide range of sources to give a comprehensive focus to this area of political education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415753494

Broken Images Broken SelvesDissociative Narratives In Clinical Practice First published in 1997. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138883789

Broken MirrorsRepresentations of Apocalypses and Dystopias in Popular Culture Dystopian stories and visions of the Apocalypse are nothing new; however in recent years there has been a noticeable surge in the output of this type of theme in literature art comic books/graphic novels video games TV shows etc. The reasons for this are not exactly clear; it may partly be as a result of post 9/11 anxieties the increasing incidence of extreme weather and/or environmental anomalies chaotic fluctuations in the economy and the uncertain and shifting political landscape in the west in general. Investigating this highly topical and pervasive theme from interdisciplinary perspectives this volume presents various angles on the main topic through critical analyses of selected works of fiction film TV shows video games and more. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367235918

Broken PromisesHow the AIDS Establishment has Betrayed the Developing World Ideological blinders have led to millions of preventable AIDS deaths in Africa. Dr. Edward C. Green former director of the Harvard AIDS Prevention Project describes how Western AIDS “experts” stubbornly pursued ineffective remedies and sabotaged the most successful AIDS prevention program on that ravaged continent. Drawing on 30 years of conducting research in Africa Southeast Asia and other parts of the world in international health Green offers a set of evidence-based and experience-rich solutions to the AIDS crisis. He calls for new emphasis on promoting sexual fidelity the only strategy shown by research to work. Controversial but important findings for health researchers international development specialists and policy makers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781611321128

Broken SpiritsThe Treatment of Traumatized Asylum Seekers Refugees and War and Torture Victims Mental health problems among asylum seekers and refugees are becoming a public issue but awareness of this problem among the mental health community is relatively low. Although advances have been made in the provision of innovative mental health services for asylum seekers and refuges with PTSD they are not systemized and not widely known to professionals in the field. A publication offering practical guidelines for the treatment of torture victims and political refugees does not exist. Broken Spirits aims to bring together the works of the most respected mental health professionals - from the U.S. and abroad - and make available the most current knowledge on complex PTSD forced migration and cultural sensitivity in diagnosis and treatment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138987975

Brokering Circular Labour MigrationA Mobile Ethnography of Migrant Care Workers’ Journey to Switzerland This book examines the commercialisation of domestic and care work through private agencies that organise transnational care arrangements by brokering migrant workers. The book focuses on the emergence of private for-profit home care agencies following the 2011 extension of the Free Movement of Workers to Eastern European Countries agreement in Switzerland. The agencies recruit migrant women from these countries and place them in private households for elderly care. This book explores how circular labour migration for these care workers is facilitated. In the form of a mobile ethnography it traces their journey from Eastern European countries to Switzerland – from when care workers find employment and are recruited by agencies to when they arrive at their designated households. From the agencies’ analytical standpoint the book examines the recruitment and placement practices of the home care agencies and their role in facilitating migration. Brokering Labour Migration offers an understanding of new migration patterns and highlights fundamental changes in migration control with the extension of free movement of workers in Switzerland to lower-wage countries in Eastern Europe. It will be an invaluable resource for academics and scholars of geography anthropology sociology and gender and migration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367140571

Brokering High-Risk Migration and Illegality in West AfricaAbroad at any cost Do young West Africans want to go abroad at any cost because they receive too little or erroneous information? Why do they and their families risk large sums of money with migration brokers? How do the risks of illegality and deportation change migration aspirations in West Africa? This book places trafficking and smuggling within a wider framework of high-risk migration and proposes a novel interpretation of how people manage unwanted and uncertain migration outcomes. Drawing on in-depth ethnographic research with aspiring and failed migrants their families migration brokers and consulate offices in anglophone Cameroon the author analyses high-risk migration from the vantage point of people in a place of departure. Brokering High-Risk Migration and Illegality in West Africa: Abroad at Any Cost develops a critical socio-legal approach to the governance of migration that sees the state without ‘seeing like the state’. The state’s monopoly over legitimate means of mobility is continuously in the making â€“ frequently through accusations of fraud and criminality. By revealing how authority legality and legitimacy operate in a country of origin the analysis contributes original insights into processes that create the conditions for illegality and migrant exploitation. The book will appeal to those in the fields of migration and development African studies gender anthropology sociology criminology and law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367229818

Bronchopulmonary Dysplasia Addressing the dramatic number of children diagnosed with bronchopulmonary dysplasia (BPD) in recent years Bronchopulmonary Dysplasia provides pulmonologists critical care specialists and pediatricians with up-to-date diagnostic and treatment techniques and therapies to effectively manage all BPD cases.Key benefits include: groundbreaking research-covers the latest discoveries in BPD genetics epidemiology and pathogenesis as well as current-and sometimes controversial-therapies to help clinicians properly detect the disease and choose the best treatment plan expert editorship-Dr. Steven H. Abman Director of the Pediatric Heart Lung Center and a team of 49 highly experienced and respected contributors provide authoritative advice physicians can rely on timely stand-alone resource-this one-stop convenient guide discusses all of the current critical information clinicians need to manage the increase in diagnosed children well-organized content-four clear and highly structured sections give busy physicians quick access to the key diagnostic and therapeutic intricacies of BDP Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138115040

Bronze Age EconomicsThe First Political Economies This integrated collection of new and newly revised essays by archaeologist Timothy Earle represents both a personal journey and a growing synthesis of how political economies emerged in human societies. Drawing in detail on the cases of chiefdoms in Hawaii the Andes and Denmark Bronze Age Economics documents how intensification of econ Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367314712

Bronze Age WorldsA Social Prehistory of Britain and Ireland Bronze Age Worlds brings a new way of thinking about kinship to the task of explaining the formation of social life in Bronze Age Britain and Ireland. Britain and Ireland’s diverse landscapes and societies experienced varied and profound transformations during the twenty-fifth to eighth centuries BC. People’s lives were shaped by migrations changing beliefs about death making and thinking with metals and living in houses and field systems. This book offers accounts of how these processes emerged from social life from events places and landscapes informed by a novel theory of kinship. Kinship was a rich and inventive sphere of culture that incorporated biological relations but was not determined by them. Kinship formed personhood and collective belonging and associated people with nonhuman beings things and places. The differences in kinship and kinwork across Ireland and Britain brought textures to social life and the formation of Bronze Age worlds. Bronze Age Worlds offers new perspectives to archaeologists and anthropologists interested in the place of kinship in Bronze Age societies and cultural development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138037885

Bronze by GoldThe Music of Joyce First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138965133

Broodstock Management and Fish Seed Production The book entitled “Broodstock Management and Fish Seed Production” provides information relating to commercially cultivable fresh water fishes broodstock management fish seed production technology fish seed quality management including induced breeding with neat illustration. Increasing the aquaculture production can be achieved through the supply of quality fish seed. This book will be immensely helpful to farmers hatchery managers entrepreneurs and fisheries graduates pursuing research in the area of freshwater broodstock management and sustainable development of freshwater aquaculture in the country. Note: T& F does not sell or distribute the Hardback in India Pakistan Nepal Bhutan Bangladesh and Sri Lanka. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367629717

BrooklineThe Evolution of an American Jewish Suburb First published in 1990 Brookline: The Evolution of an American Jewish Suburb explores how Brookline became home to one of America’s most vibrant Jewish communities. For over a century Brookline Massachusetts was one of the oldest and most elite suburbs in America. By the end of the Second World War its transformation into a distinctly Jewish suburb had begun. Through the use of sociological oral history the book seeks to present the social world of Brookline Jews as they experienced it. Combined with a variety of documentary resources such as newspapers and congregational "bulletins" it contextualises the accounts of the informants consulted to provide both factual and ethnographic validation and a detailed insight into the process by which this elite Yankee suburb became a core Jewish community. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367513924

Brother AnimalThe Story of Freud and Tausk A major figure among pre-World War I psychoanalysts Victor Tausk was perhaps Sigmund Freud's most brilliant pupil "the most prominently out-standing" in the opinion of Lou Andreas-Salome. Tausk craved recognition for the originality of his work and a fierce rivalry developed between pupil and mentor. Tausk who felt a deep and neurotic dependence on Freud was totally consumed in the struggle. Freud's final rejection of his follower and the particularly unfortunate manner in which it was carried out was followed by Tausk's bizarre suicide and by an official silence that has all but obliterated his name from the annals of psychoanalysis.Arthur Koestler called Brother Animal "A very important and original contribution to the history of the psychoanalytic movement and beyond that to the history of ideas " and Maxwell Geismar said it was "the best treatment of Freud and that remarkable group of his original disciples that 1 have read. It reads as if Mr. Roazen was right there at the time inside the inner circle." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138519831

Brother Fabian's ManuscriptAnd Other Poems Originally published in 1984 Brother Fabian's Manuscript and Other Poems includes Brother Fabian's Manuscript and thirty-four additional poems. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367111113

Brother Number OneA Political Biography Of Pol Pot In the tragic recent history of Cambodia?a past scarred by a long occupation by Vietnamese forces and by the preceding three-year reign of terror by the brutal Khmer Rouge?no figure looms larger or more ominously than that of Pol Pot. As secretary of the Central Committee of the Communist Party of Kampuchea (CPK) since 1962 and as prime minister of Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367314729

Brotherhood of Sleeping Car PortersC. L. Dellums and the Fight for Fair Treatment and Civil Rights The Brotherhood of Sleeping Car Porters created a sea of change in labour and race relations in the US. For the first time in US history a black labour union played a central role in shaping labor and civil rights policy. Based on interviews and archival research this new book tells the story of the union and its charismatic leader C.L. Dellums starting from the BSCP's origins as the first national union of black workers in 1925. In 1937 the BSCP made history when it compelled one of the largest US corporations - the Pullman Company - to recognize and negotiate a contract with a black workers' union. C. L. Dellums was a leading civil rights activist as well as a labor leader. In 1948 he was chosen to be the first West Coast Regional Director of the NAACP. This book is an inspiring testament to both him and the unions transformative impact on US society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781612055497

Brotherhood of the SeaA History of the Sailors' Union of the Pacific 1885-1985 In 1934 the Pacific Coast was shaken by a massive strike of waterfront workers- on the docks and the ships. In this mighty struggle the Sailor’s Union of the Pacific quiescent since it’s defeat in the period after the first World War was reborn. Fighting on San Francisco’s Embarcadero led to the stationing of National Guard troops on the ‘front’. This book looks at the Union from 1885 to 1985. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138507791

BrothersThe Politics of Violence among the Sekani of Northern British Columbia A provocative analysis of a nativist movement.The creation of a huge artificial lake in western Canada led to the flooding of prime hunting and trapping territory of the Sekani Indians thus depriving them of their traditional occupations and livelihood. This caused considerable social distress resulting in a drastic increase of alcohol consumption and violence and seriously disrupting social relationships. Some Sekani made efforts to create new ties of solidarity through the adoption of Pan-Indianism however this ideology did not prove effective. The author concludes that their lack of unity stemmed from the same factionalism which characterized their personal relationships. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003135142

Brown Eyed Handsome ManThe Life and Hard Times of Chuck Berry Brown Eyed Handsome Man: The Life and Hard Times of Chuck Berry draws on dozens of interviews done by the author himself and voluminous public records to paint a complete picture of this complicated figure. This biography uncovers the real Berry and provides us with a stirring unvarnished portrait of both the man and the artist. Berry has long been one of pop music's most enigmatic personalities. Growing up in a middle-class black neighborhood in St. Louis his first major hit song "Maybellene " was an adaptation of a white country song wedded to a black-influenced beat. Thereafter came a string of brilliant songs celebrating teenage life in the '50s including "School Day " "Johnny B. Goode " and "Sweet Little Sixteen." Berry's career rise was meteoric; but his fall came equally quickly when his relations with an underage girl led to his conviction. It was not his first (nor his last) run in with the law. He scored his biggest hit in the early '70s with the comical (and some would say decidedly lightweight) song "My Ding-a-Ling." The following decades brought hundreds of nights of tours with little attention from the recording industry. Bruce Pegg offers the definitive though not always pretty portrait of one of the greatest stars of rock and roll a story that will appeal to all fans of American popular music. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203953174

Brown GoldMilestones of African American Children's Picture Books 1845-2002 Brown Gold is a compelling history and analysis of African-American children's picturebooks from the mid-nineteenth century to the present. At the turn of the nineteenth century good children's books about black life were hard to find — if indeed young black readers and their parents could even gain entry into the bookstores and libraries. But today in the "Golden Age" of African-American children's picturebooks one can find a wealth of titles ranging from Happy to be Nappy to Black is Brown is Tan. In this book Michelle Martin explores how the genre has evolved from problematic early works such as Epaminondas that were rooted in minstrelsy and stereotype through the civil rights movement and onward to contemporary celebrations of blackness. She demonstrates the cultural importance of contemporary favorites through keen historical analysis — scrutinizing the longevity and proliferation of the Coontown series and Ten Little Niggers books for example — that makes clear how few picturebooks existed in which black children could see themselves and their people positively represented even up until the 1960s. Martin also explores how children's authors and illustrators have addressed major issues in black life and history including racism the civil rights movement black feminism major historical figures religion and slavery. Brown Gold adds new depth to the reader's understanding of African-American literature and culture and illuminates how the round dynamic characters in these children's novels novellas and picturebooks can put a face on the past a face with which many contemporary readers can identify. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415646277

Browning First published in 1972. Browning was a keen observer and dramatic recorder of nineteenth-century European culture; his poetry reflects a wide range of intellectual religious and artistic issues of his day. Roy E. Gridley shows here that during the six decades of Browning’s active writing career (1832-89) his poetry is a record and an interpretation of the changing modes of thought feeling and expression of nineteenth-century life. Browning was a ‘romantic’ who by virtue of his realistic and often revolutionary poetry became a ‘modern’ and had considerable influence on writers such as Yeats Eliot and Pound. While surveying the whole of Browning’s life and work Gridley focuses closely on the more famous poems examining them as documents that give the general reader a deeper appreciation of the richness and diversity of life in Victorian Europe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138670952

Browning Victorian Poetics and the Romantic LegacyChallenging the Personal Voice Taking an original approach to Robert Browning's poetics Britta Martens focuses on a corpus of relatively neglected poems in Browning's own voice in which he reflects on his poetry his self-conceptualization and his place in the poetic tradition. She analyzes his work in relation to Romanticism Victorian reactions to the Romantic legacy and wider nineteenth-century changes in poetic taste to argue that in these poems as in his more frequently studied dramatic monologues Browning deploys varied dramatic methods of self-representation often critically and ironically exposing the biases and limitations of the seemingly authoritative speaker 'Browning'. The poems thus become devices for Browning's detached evaluation of his own and of others' poetics an evaluation never fully explicit but presented with elusive economy for the astute reader to interpret. The confrontation between the personal authorial voice and the dramatic voice in these poems provides revealing insights into the poet's highly self-conscious conflicted and sustained engagement with the Romantic tradition and the diversely challenging reader expectations that he faces in a post-Romantic age. As the Victorian most rigorous in his rejection of Romantic self-expression Browning is a key transitional figure between the sharply antagonistic periods of Romanticism and Modernism. He is also as Martens persuasively demonstrates a poet of complex contradictions and an illuminating case study for addressing the perennial issues of voice authorial authority and self-reference. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138255586

Browning Studies (Routledge Revivals)Being Select Papers by Members of the Browning Society This title first published in 1909 presents a selection of the most important essays by members of the renowned Browning Society which existed to promulgate the works of and appreciation for perhaps the greatest English poet of the Victorian Age. Browning’s poetry deals with themes that are of perennial importance: the nature of the human person human love and the source of the love God. Browning Studies will appeal to Browning enthusiasts and the message his writing communicates: "A profound passionate living triumphant faith in Christ and in the immortality and ultimate redemption of every human soul in and through Christ." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138024885

Brown's Skin and Minor SurgeryA Text & Colour Atlas Fifth Edition This authoritative highly illustrated text and color atlas provides a systematic guide to commonly performed minor surgical and dermatology procedures. Accompanied by video clips this critical resource on skin and minor surgery is designed for all trainees and practitioners including experienced surgeons dermatologists family doctors nurses and the supporting healthcare team.Divided into four main color-coded sections the book covers essential background information including postoperative management and aftercare the key knowledge required for diagnosis and management and the skills necessary to perform procedures step by step.Comprehensive coverage—Learn to perform a whole range of procedures from small skin surgical procedures to vasectomyStep-by-step techniques—See how to perform each technique with numerous color illustrations animations and video clipsPractical advice boxes tables warnings and indications of difficulty level—Achieve success and avoid common pitfallsAuthoritative yet contemporary—Gain wisdom from this long-established trusted book brought completely up to date by today’s practitioners Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367576059

Browsers Devices and FontsA Designer's Guide to Fonts and How They Function on the Web Part technical and part theoretical this practical guide to web typography helps designers understand how the typographic choices they make in layout and prototyping programs behave once they are turned into live code. Through a series of demos this book teaches designers how to create typographic specific webpages by learning just enough HTML and CSS to be able to view the pages in different browsers devices and operating systems. With live webpages to evaluate designers will learn how to test those pages for supported features and performance ensuring font choices look as good in the browser as it does in their layout program delivering a speedy experience to the users.   Key Features Demonstrates the minimal amount of HTML and CSS necessary to be able to create webpages to see typographic choices in the browser.   Discusses responsive design and how to evaluate and test those choices for performance and usability prior to front-end development.   Demonstrates how to review your own typographic image and layout choices in the browser through a series of demos in the book. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138612310

Browse's Introduction Set This set contains the latest edition of the world-renowned Browse's Introduction to the Symptoms & Signs of Surgical Disease together with its companion Browse's Introduction to the Investigation and Management of Surgical Disease. It provides complete coverage of the surgical curriculum at the undergraduate level and is also an ideal companion for candidates in preparation for MRCS and equivalent postgraduate examinations. Browse's Introduction to the Symptoms & Signs of Surgical Disease Written for medical students and junior doctors the fifth edition of this essential textbook has been fully revised and updated including additional illustrations and photographs. The text teaches the clinical symptoms and signs of surgical disease stressing the importance of a thorough history and bedside examination. Presenting the symptoms and signs in a formalized systematic manner it describes in detail the techniques of clinical examination enabling students to elicit key symptoms and make sound clinical decisions. Browse's Introduction to the Investigation and Management of Surgical Disease This volume provides clear insight into how the pathological features and extent of disease dictate necessary diagnostic investigations and treatment. The content is highly structured with each chapter divided into three sections: Relevant Pathology provides a brief description of the important pathological features of the disease relevant to the clinical diagnosis investigations and treatment Investigations covers significant clinical findings including radiological biochemical haematological immunological pathological and genetic Treatment reviews all aspects of management Other key features include more than 300 high-quality clinical photographs and 60 color line drawings to enhance textual explanations as well as learning and review boxes to aid understanding and provide a tool for self-assessment. The book is essential reading for all medical students undertaking a surgical rotation or preparing for their surgical exams. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482242607

Browse's Introduction to the Symptoms & Signs of Surgical Disease Written for medical students and junior doctors the fifth edition of this essential textbook has been fully revised and updated including additional illustrations and photographs. The text teaches the clinical symptoms and signs of surgical disease stressing the importance of a thorough history and bedside examination. By presenting the symptoms and signs in a formalised systematic manner and by describing in detail the techniques of clinical examination this text enables students to elicit key symptoms and make sound clinical decisions. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781444146035

Bruce Montgomery/Edmund Crispin: A Life in Music and Books Under his real name Bruce Montgomery (1921-1978) wrote concert music and the scores for almost 50 feature films including some of the most enduring British comedies of the twentieth century amongst them a number in the series started by Doctor in the House and the first six Carry On films. Under the pseudonym of Edmund Crispin he enjoyed equal success as an author writing nine highly acclaimed detective novels and a number of short crime stories as well as compiling anthologies of science fiction which helped to increase the profile of the genre. A close friend of both Philip Larkin and Kingsley Amis Montgomery did much to encourage their work. In this first biography of Montgomery David Whittle draws on interviews with people who knew the writer and composer. These interviews together with in-depth research provide great insight into the development of Montgomery as a crime fiction writer and as a composer in the ever-demanding world of films. During the late 1950s and early '60s these demands were to prove too much for Montgomery. Alcoholism combined with the onset of osteoporosis and a retreat into a semi-reclusive lifestyle resulted in him writing and composing virtually nothing during the last 15 years of his life. David Whittle examines the reasons for Montgomery's early and rapid decline in this thoroughly researched and engagingly written biography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138252226

Bruce Springsteen Cultural Studies and the Runaway American Dream There is little question about the incredible power of Bruce Springsteen's work as a particularly transformative art as a lyrical and musical fusion that never shies away from sifting through the rubble of human conflict. As Rolling Stone magazine's Parke Puterbaugh observes Springsteen 'is a peerless songwriter and consummate artist whose every painstakingly crafted album serves as an impassioned and literate pulse taking of a generation's fortunes. He is the foremost live performer in the history of rock and roll a self-described prisoner of the music he loves for whom every show is played as if it might be his last.' In recent decades Puterbaugh adds 'Springsteen's music developed a conscience that didn't ignore the darkening of the runaway American Dream as the country greedily blundered its way through the 1980s' and into the sociocultural detritus of a new century paralysed by isolation and uncertainty. Bruce Springsteen Cultural Studies and the Runaway American Dream reflects the significant critical interest in understanding Springsteen's resounding impact upon the ways in which we think and feel about politics religion gender and the pursuit of the American Dream. By assembling a host of essays that engage in interdisciplinary commentary regarding one of Western culture's most enduring artistic and socially radicalizing phenomena this book offers a cohesive intellectual and often entertaining introduction to the many ways in which Springsteen continues to impact our lives by challenging our minds through his lyrics and music. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409404972

Bruce Springsteen and Popular MusicRhetoric Social Consciousness and Contemporary Culture This interdisciplinary volume enters the scholarly conversation about Bruce Springsteen at the moment when he has reinforced his status of global superstar and achieved the status of social critic. Covering musical and cultural developments chapters primarily consider work Springsteen has released since 9/11—that is released during a period of continued global unrest economic upheaval and social change—under the headings Politics Fear and Society; Gender and Sexual Identity; and Toward a Rhetoric of Springsteen. The collection engages Springsteen and popular music as his contemporary work is just beginning to be understood in terms of its impact on popular culture and music applying new areas of inquiry to Springsteen and putting Springsteen fan writing within the same binding as academic writing to show how together they create a more nuanced understanding of an artist. Established and emerging Springsteen scholars approach work from disciplines including rhetoric and composition historical musicology labor studies American history literature communications sociology theology and government. Offering context critique and expansive understanding of Springsteen and his work this book contributes to Springsteen scholarship and the study of popular music by showing Springsteen’s broadening academic appeal as well as his escalating legacy on new musicians social consciousness and contemporary culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367231866

Bruce SpringsteenTwo Hearts the Story Bruce Springsteen: Two Hearts is the definitive biography of one of the most important songwriters and performers of the last three decades. Critic Dave Marsh has traced Springsteen's career from its beginning and has earned the singer's respect through his careful documentation and critical description of Springsteen's work. This biography brings together for the first time Marsh's two previous biographies Born To Run (which covered Springsteen's early career through the mid-'70s) and Glory Days (which took him through the mid-'80s). Both were widely praised for their insightful and near definitive coverage of Springsteen's life and music. For this book Marsh has written a new chapter covering major developments in Springsteen's career to today particularly focusing on his album The Rising and its impact on American culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138138810

BrucellosisClinical and Laboratory Aspects Fourteen brucellosis experts from seven countries discuss the history epidemiology microbiology immunology diagnosis treatment and control of brucellosis in animals and man. Edited by members of the World Health Organization's Expert Committee on Brucellosis this text is the first comprehensive treatment of the disease since The Nature of Brucellosis by Wesley W. Spink in 1956. Topics reviewed with current references include infection caused by newer species of Brucella such as B. canis newer diagnostic techniques such as radioimmunoassay and ELISA and newer treatments such as rifampin and the quinolones. The pathogenesis and pathophysiology of brucellosis is reviewed in depth correlating the disease in animals with the illness in humans. This volume is extremely useful for clinicians researchers and students in medicine veterinary science microbiology immunology epidemiology public health and international health. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003068518

Bruegel and the Creative Process 1559-1563 The art Bruegel produced between 1559 and 1563 presents a rare opportunity to investigate a concentrated period of productivity by one of the world's greatest artists. In this brief period Bruegel produced some of his most original works-the first pictorial collection of contemporary customs in Carnival and Lent the first painting with children's activities as its subject in Children's Games the first large-scale painting of a proverb collection the unique and enigmatic Dulle Griet (Mad Meg) and the extraordinary Triumph of Death his disturbing vision of men and women fighting off the onslaught of death. In this comprehensive study Margaret A. Sullivan accounts for this burst of creativity its intensity innovation and brevity by taking all aspects of the creative process into consideration-from the technical demands of picture-making to the constraints imposed by the dangerous religious and political situation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138618985

Brunei – History Islam Society and Contemporary Issues Brunei although a relatively small state is disproportionately important on account of its rich resource base. In addition in recent years the country has endeavoured to play a greater role in regional affairs especially through ASEAN holding the chair of the organisation in 2013 and also beyond the region fostering diplomatic political economic and educational ties with many nations. This book presents much new research and new thinking on a wide range of issues concerning Brunei largely drawn from Bruneian academics. Subjects covered include Brunei’s rich history – the sultanate formerly had much more extensive territories and was a key player in regional affairs; the country’s economy politics society and ethnicities; and resource issues and international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138477124

Brunelleschi Lacan Le CorbusierArchitecture Space and the Construction of Subjectivity This well-argued analytic text provides a greater understanding of spatial issues in the field of architecture. Re-interpreting the fifteenth century demonstration of perspective Lorens Holm puts it in relation to today’s theories of subjectivity and elaborates for the first time the theoretical link between architecture and psychoanalysis.Divided into three sections Brunelleschi Lacan Le Corbusier argues that perspective remains the primary and most satisfying way of representing form because it is the paradigmatic form of spatial consciousness. Well-illustrated with over 100 images this compelling book is a valuable study of this key aspect of architectural study and practice making it an essential read for architects in their first year or their fiftieth. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003060833

Brunetto LatiniThe Book of the Treasure - Li Livres dou Treasure First published in 1993. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203054161

Bruno LatourHybrid Thoughts in a Hybrid World French sociologist and philosopher Bruno Latour is one of the most significant and creative thinkers of the last decades. Bruno Latour: Hybrid Thoughts in a Hybrid World is the first comprehensive and accessible English-language introduction to this multi-faceted work. The book focuses on core Latourian themes: • contribution to science studies (STS – Science Technology & Society) • philosophical approach to the rise and fall of modernity • innovative thoughts on politics nature and ecology • contribution to the branch of sociology known as ANT – Actor-Network Theory. With ANT Latour has pioneered an approach to socio-cultural analysis built on the notion that social life arises in complex networks of actants – people things ideas norms technologies and so on – influencing each other in dynamic ways. This book explores how Latour helps us make sense of the changing interrelations of science technology society nature and politics beyond modernity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415642989

Bruno LatourThe Normativity of Networks The first extended study of Bruno Latour’s legal theory this book presents a critical reconstruction of the whole of Latour’s oeuvre to date from Laboratory Life to An Inquiry into the Modes of Existence. Based on the powerful insights into normative effects that actor-network theory makes possible the book advances a new theory of legal normativity and the force of law rethinking Latour’s work on technology the image 　and referential scientific inscriptions 　among others and placing them within the ambit of legality.　The book also captures and deepens the contrast between the modern legal institution and the value of law as a mode of existence and provides a fulsome theoretical account of legal veridiction. Throughout Latour’s thought is put into dialogue with important progenitors and adversaries as well as historical and contemporary strands of legal and political philosophy. But the thread of legality is not confined to Latour's reflections on the making of law; rather it cuts through the whole of his highly diverse body of work. The empire of mononaturalism augured by modern philosophies of science is thoroughly juridical; as such the actor-network theory that promises to undo that empire by freeing the value of the sciences from its epistemological clutches is unthinkable without the device of the trial and the descriptive semiotics of normativity that sustain ANT. The democratization of the sciences and the vibrancy of ecologized politics that become possible once the bifurcation of nature into essential primary and disposable secondary qualities is disabled and once the ‘modern Constitution’ is called into doubt also have important legal dimensions that have gone largely unexamined. Bruno Latour: The Normativity of Networks remedies this and other omissions evaluating Latour’s thought about law while carrying it in striking new directions. This book introduces legal scholars and students to the thought of the philosopher and sociologist Bruno Latour whilst also presenting a critical analysis of his work in and around law. This interdisciplinary study will be of interest to those researching in Law Philosophy and Sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138924574

Bruno Taut’s Design Inspiration for the Glashaus As a formative exemplar of early architectural modernism Bruno Taut’s seminal exhibition pavilion the Glashaus (literally translated Glasshouse) is logically part of the important debate of rethinking the origins of modernism. However the historical record of Bruno Taut’s Glashaus has been primarily established by one art historian and critic. As a result the historical record of the Glashaus is significantly skewed toward a singlular notion of Expressionism and surprisingly excludes Taut’s diverse motives for the design of the building. In an effort to clarify the problematic historical record of the Glashaus this book exposes Bruno Taut’s motives and inspirations for its design. The result is that Taut’s motives can be found in yet unacknowledged precedents like the botanical inspiration of the Victoria regia lily; the commercial interests of Frederick Keppler as the Director of the Deutche Luxfer Prismen Syndikat; and imitation that derived openly from the Gothic. The outcome is a substantial contribution to the re-evaluation of the generally accepted histories of the modern movement in architecture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138104334

Brushing Teeth This collection of short wordless picture books helps to support children with speech language and communication needs as they develop their expressive sentence and narrative skills through storytelling. Each book is comprised of six colourful images that follow a simple everyday routine such as ‘Brushing Teeth’ ‘Having a Haircut’ and ‘Walking the Dog’. Unlike traditional picture books they follow a film scroll effect showing the progression of time and allowing the child to follow the story to its resolution. Because of their simplicity the books can support children as they move from simple to intermediate sentence levels as well as encouraging them to consider additional elements of language such as cause and effect sequencing and inference. This resource includes: Ten beautifully illustrated picture books each following a simple pattern of routine disruption and resolution An accompanying guidebook including story scripts cue questions and prompts for using the resource to support additional skills Although developed specifically to help children with speech language and communication needs this set is suitable for any child who requires support and practice in developing their speech. It is an invaluable resource for speech and language therapists teaching staff and caregivers. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429323492

Brutalism Resurgent Brutalism had its origins in béton brut – concrete in the raw – and thus in the post-war work of Le Corbusier. The British architects Alison and Peter Smithson used the term "New Brutalism" from 1953 claiming that if their house in Soho had been built "it would have been the first exponent of the ‘New Brutalism’ in England". Reyner Banham famously gave the movement a series of characteristics including the clear expression of a building’s structure and services and the honest use of materials in their "as-found" condition. The Smithsons and Banham promoted the New Brutalism as ethic rather than aesthetic privileging truth to structure materials and services and the gritty reality of the working classes over the concerns of the bourgeoisie. But Brutalist architecture changed as it was taken up by others giving rise to more sculptural buildings flaunting their raw materials including off-form concrete often in conjunction with bold structural members. While Brutalism fell out of vogue in the 1980s recent years have seen renewed admiration for it. This volume is consistent with this broader resurgence presenting new scholarship on Brutalist architects and projects from Skopje to Sydney and from Harvard to Haringey. It will appeal to readers interested in twentieth-century architecture and modern and post-war heritage. This book was originally published as a special issue of Fabrications: the Journal of the Society of Architectural Historians Australia and New Zealand. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367023850

Brute Science:Dilemmas Animal First published in 1997. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203981122

Brute ScienceDilemmas of Animal Experimentation Brute Science investigates whether biomedical research using animals is in fact scientifically justified. Hugh LaFollette and Niall Shanks examine the issues in scientific terms using the models that scientists themselves use. They argue that we need to reassess our use of animals and indeed rethink the standard positions in the debate. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138987982

Bryology for the Twenty-first Century A compilation of state of the art papers on key topics in bryology from invited speakers at the Centenary Symposium University of Glasgow 57 August 1996. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138407251

Bryophyte DevelopmentPhysiology and Biochemistry Published in 1990: With the accumulation of knowledge in the newer areas of investigations and the increasing degree of specialization the most satisfactory way of bringing together authentic information in one volume is to invite the specialists in each area to contribute. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367201630

B-Sides Undercurrents and Overtones: Peripheries to Popular in Music 1960 to the Present There are undercurrents and peripheral taste preferences that are a defining part of our individual and collective cultural experience. Music is no exception. George Plasketes adapts the iconic "A-side/B-side" dichotomy from the 45 r.p.m. for use as a unique conceptual critical historical and cultural framework for exploring and threading together a variety of popular music and media texts. The profiles and perspectives focus on the peripheries; on texts which might be considered "B-sides"”overlooked underappreciated and unsung cases creators patterns and productions that have unassumingly but significantly marked popular culture music and media during the past 40 years. The underappreciated yet enduring contributions of a variety of creative individuals in music television and film are a centerpiece of this volume: actress Doris Day's son Terry Melcher a 1960s music producer whose imprint is on the surf country blues garage pop and most importantly the folk rock genre; Hans Fenger's kid chorus cover project a musical variation of "outsider art" that became representative of the tribute wave that began in the 1990s and continues today; versatile guitarist virtuoso Ry Cooder's extensive film soundtrack work; World Music "missionary efforts" of American artists beyond Paul Simon's Graceland including Neil Diamond's precursor with Tap Root Manuscript in the 1970s and the exotic adventures of Henry Kaiser and David Lindley in Madagascar and Norway”to name just a few examples. These B-sides represent undercurrents but they resonate as overtones in the mainstream of music and culture many as historical hinges. Collectively these B-sides are an A-side antidote of outskirt observations individual snapshots of artists artifacts and rituals genres and generations producers and musical productions in television film and video. They constitute an important connect-the-dots cultural chronicle with a multi-layered context”social legal historic economic technological generational aesthetic”for interpreting the interrelations between creators and institutions the music market place the production of culture and important connections between the peripheral and the popular. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138257689

BTEC First Engineering A clearly written and easily accessible textbook that encourages independent study covering all the core material required for the BTEC First Certificate and Diploma. Knowledge-check questions and activities are included throughout along with review questions and worked mathematical examples all of which relate to real-world engineering contexts.Students will gain a valuable insight into various areas of engineering technology and related industries providing a potential springboard to further training qualifications or suitable employment. For those students wishing to progress to BTEC National this textbook covers all the vital material required as a prerequisite to NVQ Level 3.New in this edition: Updated in line with the 2010 changes to the BTEC First specifications Includes detailed information on assessment featuring example questions and answers Layout and design changes provide extra clarity Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138429208

BTEC National Engineering All the mandatory units of the 2010 BTEC Level 3 Engineering specification plus selected popular optional units Clear full colour layout and numerous activities worked examples and questions with answers make it easy for students to learn and revise for their exams Content you can trust � written by two lecturers with over 50 years combined experience of designing and delivering engineering qualifications Free student website with interactive quizzes downloads and additional material o support learning The third edition of this bestselling textbook ensures that all the mandatory units of 2010 BTEC Level 3 Engineering specification are fully covered in a way that encourages students to explore engineering for themselves developing the expertise and knowledge required at this level. Key points and definitions highlight the most important concepts and hundreds of activities and worked examples help put theory in context. Questions throughout the text with answers provided allow students to test their knowledge as they go while end of unit review questions are ideal for exam revision and set course work. For lecturers a Tutor Support DVD-ROM is available to help with the delivery of the programme: BTEC National Engineering Tutor Support Material ISBN 978-0-08-096683-0. Units covered: Unit 1 � Health and Safety in the Workplace Unit 2 � Communications for Engineering Technicians Unit 3 � Engineering Project Unit 4 � Mathematics for Engineering technicians Unit 5 � Mechanical Principles and Applications Unit 6 � Electrical and Electronic Principles Unit 7 � Business Operations in Engineering Unit 8 � Engineering Design. A free student website including answers to all activities is available at http://www.key2study.com/btecnat and features: Interactive quizzes with automatic marking and feedback A free comprehensive 2D CAD packa Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138423107

BTEC National Engineering Tutor Support Material Used alongside the textbook BTEC National Engineering 2nd edition this DVD offers a complete course for the core units of the 2007 BTEC National specification providing all the resources needed by a busy lecturer to deliver interesting and stimulating lessons.Units covered:Unit 1 - Business Systems for TechniciansUnit 2 - Communications for TechniciansUnit 3 - Engineering ProjectUnit 4 - Mathematics for TechniciansUnit 5 - Electrical and Electronic PrinciplesUnit 6 - Mechanical Principles and ApplicationsIn support of these units the DVD offers:* Editable sample schemes of work and lesson plans* Teaching and assessment strategies* Fully worked solutions and sample answers to selected activities from the textbook* Answers to all end of unit review questions from the textbook* Ready-made assignments* Handouts with further exercises and information for students* Electronic files for all illustrations and tables from the book which can be integrated in lecturers' own presentations* Link to the student website with further interactive materialTHIS DVD WILL RUN ON WINDOWS ONLY.Windows 2000 or higher * 1.4 Ghz processor * 128 MB RAM * 4x DVD-ROM drive * VGA Monitor supporting 800x600 at millions of colours Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780080966830

BTEC National for IT Practitioners: Business units BTEC National for IT Practitioners: Business Units has been written specifically to cover the business pathway of the BTEC National specifications. This book caters for one of the most popular pathways in the BTEC National specifications bringing together all the key specialist units for students who have chosen the business route including the core units specific to this pathway that aren't covered in the core unit book. When used alongside its companions for the core units and systems support pathways this series delivers the most accessible and usable student textbooks available for the BTEC National.Units covered: Unit 1 – Exploring Business Activity Unit 4 – IT Project Unit 2 – Investigating Business Resources Unit 34 – E Commerce Unit 3 – Introduction to Marketing Unit 35 – Impact of the Use of IT on Business Systems Unit 4 – IT Project Unit 34 – E Commerce Unit 35 – Impact of the Use of IT on Business Systems Written by an experienced tutor each unit is illustrated with assessment activities end-of-chapter questions case studies and practical exercises. The result is a clear straightforward textbook that encourages independent study and acts as a reference to various topics within the qualification. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138472006

BTEC National for IT Practitioners: Core units BTEC National for IT Practitioners has been written specifically to cover the compulsory core units and selected specialist units of the BTEC National specifications. This book provides core unit coverage for students following all courses within the new scheme – National Awards National Certificates and National Diplomas. When used alongside its companions for the business and systems support pathways this series delivers the most accessible and usable student textbooks available for the BTEC National. Units covered: Unit 1 – Communication and Employability Skills Unit 8 – Communication Technologies Unit 2 – Computer Systems Unit 15 – Organizational Systems Security Unit 3 – Information Systems Unit 18 – Principles of Software Design and Development Unit 7 – IT Systems Analysis and Design Unit 21 – Website Production and Management Written by an experienced tutor each unit is illustrated with assessment activities end-of-chapter questions case studies and practical exercises. The result is a clear straightforward textbook that encourages independent study and acts as a reference to various topics within the qualification. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138472013

BTEC National for IT Practitioners: Systems units BTEC National for IT Practitioners: Systems Units has been written specifically to cover the systems pathway of the BTEC National specifications. This book caters for one of the most popular pathways in the BTEC National specifications bringing together all the key specialist units for students who have chosen the systems route including the core units specific to this pathway that aren't covered in the core unit book. When used alongside its companions for the core units and business pathways this series delivers the most accessible and usable student textbooks available for the BTEC National. Units covered: Unit 11 – Data Analysis and Design Unit 22 – Network Management Unit 13 – Human Computer Interaction Unit 28 – IT Technical Support Unit 16 – Maintaining Computer Systems Unit 29 – IT Systems Troubleshooting and Repair Written by an experienced tutor each unit is illustrated with assessment activities end-of-chapter questions case studies and practical exercises. The result is a clear straightforward textbook that encourages independent study and acts as a reference to various topics within the qualification. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138471993

BTEC Nationals - IT Practitioners Tutor Resource Pack The complete off-the-shelf resource for delivering the compulsory core units of the new BTEC Nationals.Used alongside the students' text 'BTEC Nationals - IT Practitioners' this pack offers a complete suite of lecturer support material and photocopiable handouts for the compulsory core units of the new BTEC National specifications for National Awards Certificates and Diplomas. The authors provide all the resources needed by a busy lecturer as well as a bank of student-centred practical work and revision material which will enable students to gain the skills knowledge and understanding they require. Officially endorsed by Edexcel the pack is freely photocopiable within the purchasing institution as well as supplied in its entirety on CD Rom and will include: * Worksheets to support and develop work in the students' book * Planned projects which will enable students to display a wide range of skills and use their own initiative * Assessment materials * Reference material for use as hand-outs * Background on running the new HNC/HND courses * Tutor's notes supporting activities in the students' book and resource pack Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780080939582

Bubble and Drop Interfaces This book describes the most important experimental methods for characterizing liquid interfaces such as drop profile analysis bubble pressure and drop volume tensiometry capillary pressure technique and oscillating drops and bubbles. It presents practical experimental details as well as the underlying theoretical bases. In addition the book covers a number of applications based on drops and bubbles such as rising bubbles and the complex process of flotation. It also offers a discussion on wetting characterized by the dynamics of advancing contact angles. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138117877

Buber and EducationDialogue as conflict resolution Martin Buber (1878-1965) is considered one of the 20th century’s greatest thinkers and his contributions to philosophy theology and education are testimony to this. His thought is founded on the idea that people are capable of two kinds of relations namely I-Thou and I-It emphasising the centrality of dialogue in all spheres of human life. For this reason Buber is considered by many to be the philosopher of dialogue par excellence. After Buber’s death the appreciation of his considerable legacy to the various disciplines in which he had worked became rather muted but was never completely forgotten. There is now a renewed and growing interest in Buber’s thought especially in his philosophy of education. This book brings together aspects of Buber’s philosophy and educational practice and explains their significance for peace dialogue and for conflict resolution both between individuals and communities. Buber's philosophy of dialogue and views on education are pivotal in demonstrating the personal and social benefits of dialogical education as well as the dangers of non-dialogical education. The book will be valuable reading for academics researchers and postgraduate students interested in Martin Buber education peace dialogue and conflict resolution. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138284821

Bucking The DeficitEconomic Policymaking In America For years now Americans have called for a balanced budget debt reduction and fiscal sanity. Yet the federal government continues to spend beyond its income driving the level of federal debt up and public confidence down. Why is that? Why have the monsters of public finance?pork-barrel spending entitlements and the deficit?remained unchecked f Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367314736

BuckinghamThe Life and Political Career of George Villiers First Duke of Buckingham 1592-1628 Recounts the life of the first Duke of Buckingham describes his relationships with James I and Charles I and examines his role in English politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138162259

Buckling of Shell Structures on Land in the Sea and in the Air This book provides better inputs for improvement of the buckling load predictions of stiffened cylindrical shells subjected to combined loading. It is based on the International Colloquium Buckling of shell structures on land in the sea and in the air Lyon France 17 September 1991. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367864477

Buckling of Thin Metal Shells Thin-walled metal shell structures are highly efficient in their use of material but they are particularly sensitive to failure by buckiling. Many different forms of buckling can occur for different geometries and different loading conditions. Because this field of knowledge is both complex and industrially important it is of great interest and concern in a wide range of industries. This book presents a compilation and synthesis of a wealth of research experience and knowledge of the subject.Information that was previously widely scattered throughout the literature is assembled in a concise and convenient form that is easy to understand and state-of-the-art research findings are thoroughly examined. This book is useful for those involved in the structural design of silos tanks pipelines biodigestors chimneys towers offshore platforms aircraft and spacecraft.Buckling of Thin Metal Shells is essential reading for designers researchers and code writers involved with thin-walled metal shell structures. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367446611

Buddha to KrishnaLife and Times of George Keyt This book traces the emergence of modernism in art in South Asia by exploring the work of the iconic artist George Keyt. Closely interwoven with his life Keyt’s art reflects the struggle and triumph of an artist with very little support or infrastructure. He painted as he lived: full of colour turmoil and intensity. In this compelling account the author examines the eventful course of Keyt’s journey bringing to light unknown and startling facts: the personal ferment that Keyt went through because of his tumultuous relationships with women; his close involvement with social events in India and Sri Lanka on the threshold of Independence; and his somewhat angular engagement with artists of the ’43 Group. A collector’s delight including colour plates and black and white photographs reminiscences and intimate correspondences this book reveals the portrait of an artist among the most charismatic figures of our time. This book will be of interest to scholars and researchers of art and art history modern South Asian studies sociology cultural studies as well as art aficionados. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367279783

Buddhas and Kami in JapanHonji Suijaku as a Combinatory Paradigm This volume offers a multidisciplinary approach to the combinatory tradition that dominated premodern and early modern Japanese religion known as honji suijaku (originals and their traces). It questions received simplified accounts of the interactions between Shinto and Japanese Buddhism and presents a more dynamic and variegated religious world one in which the deities' Buddhist originals and local traces did not constitute one-to-one associations but complex combinations of multiple deities based on semiotic operations doctrines myths and legends. The book's essays all based on specific case studies discuss the honji suijaku paradigm from a number of different perspectives always integrating historical and doctrinal analysis with interpretive insights. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138965164

Buddhism Christianity and the Question of CreationKarmic or Divine? Is the world created by a divine creator? Or is it the constant product of karmic forces? The issue of creation was at the heart of the classic controversies between Buddhism and Hindu Theism. In modern times it can be found at the centre of many polemical debates between Buddhism and Christianity. Is this the principal barrier that separates Buddhism from Christianity and other theistic religions? The contributions to Part One explore the various aspects of traditional and contemporary Buddhist objections against the idea of a divine creator as well as Christian possibilities to meet the Buddhist critique. Part Two asks for the potential truth on both sides and suggests a surprising way that the barrier might be overcome. This opens a new round of philosophical and theological dialogue between these two major traditions with challenging insights for both. Contributors: José I. Cabezón John P. Keenan Armin Kreiner Aasulv Lande John D'Arcy May Eva K. Neumaier Perry Schmidt-Leukel Ernst Steinkellner. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138264946

Buddhism Knowledge and LiberationA Philosophical Study Buddhism is essentially a teaching about liberation - from suffering ignorance selfishness and continued rebirth. Knowledge of 'the way things really are' is thought by many Buddhists to be vital in bringing about this emancipation. This book is a philosophical study of the notion of liberating knowledge as it occurs in a range of Buddhist sources. Buddhism Knowledge and Liberation assesses the common Buddhist idea that knowledge of the three characteristics of existence (impermanence not-self and suffering) is the key to liberation. It argues that this claim must be seen in the context of the Buddhist path and training as a whole. Detailed attention is also given to anti-realist sceptical and mystical strands within the Buddhist tradition all of which make distinctive claims about liberating knowledge and the nature of reality. David Burton seeks to uncover various problematic assumptions which underpin the Buddhist worldview. Sensitive to the wide diversity of philosophical perspectives and interpretations that Buddhism has engendered this book makes a serious contribution to critical and philosophically aware engagement with Buddhist thought. Written in an accessible style it will be of value to those interested in Buddhist Studies and broader issues in comparative philosophy and religion. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315261201

Buddhism Meditation and Free WillA Theory of Mental Freedom Traditionally Buddhist philosophy has seemingly rejected the autonomous self. In Western philosophy free will and the philosophy of action are established areas of research. This book presents a comprehensive analytical review of extant scholarship on perspectives on free will. It studies and refutes the most powerful Western and Buddhist philosophical objections to free will and explores the possibility that a form of agency may in fact exist within Buddhism. Providing a detailed explanation of how Buddhist meditation increases self-regulative mind-control abilities the author argues that the Buddhist path is designed to produce meditation virtuosos exhibiting mind-control abilities far exceeding the free-will advocate’s ability to ‘do otherwise’ or have their choices be ‘up to’ them. Based on the empirically-supported mind-control cultivated by these meditation virtuosos the book proposes the principle of ‘Buddhist Soft Compatibilism’ a theory of ‘freedom of the mind’ that entails freedoms of the will attention emotion and action compatible with both determinism and indeterminism.Buddhism Meditation and Free Will will be of interest to Buddhist and Western philosophers and academics interested in comparative philosophy free will philosophy of action metaphysics ethics and Religious Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367588489

Buddhism the Internet and Digital MediaThe Pixel in the Lotus Buddhism the Internet and Digital Media: The Pixel in the Lotus explores Buddhist practice and teachings in an increasingly networked and digital era. Contributors consider the ways Buddhism plays a role and is present in digital media through a variety of methods including concrete case studies ethnographic research and content analysis as well as interviews with practitioners and cyber-communities. In addition to considering Buddhism in the context of technologies such as virtual worlds social media and mobile devices authors ask how the Internet affects identity authority and community and what effect this might have on the development proliferation and perception of Buddhism in an online environment. Together these essays make the case that studying contemporary online Buddhist practice can provide valuable insights into the shifting role religion plays in our constantly changing mediated hurried and uncertain culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138549166

Buddhism Virtue and Environment Buddhism one increasingly hears is an 'eco-friendly' religion. It is often said that this is because it promotes an 'ecological' view of things one stressing the essential unity of human beings and the natural world. Buddhism Virtue and Environment presents a different view. While agreeing that Buddhism is in many important respects in tune with environmental concerns Cooper and James argue that what makes it 'green' is its view of human life. The true connection between the religion and environmental thought is to be found in Buddhist accounts of the virtues - those traits such as compassion equanimity and humility that characterise the life of a spiritually enlightened individual. Central chapters of this book examine these virtues and their implications for environmental attitudes and practice. Buddhism Virtue and Environment will be of interest not only to students and teachers of Buddhism and environmental ethics but to those more generally engaged with moral philosophy. Written in a clear and accessible style this book presents an original conception of Buddhist environmental thought. The authors also contribute to the wider debate on the place of ethics in Buddhist teachings and practices and to debates within 'virtue ethics' on the relations between human well-being and environmental concern. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315261195

Buddhism War and NationalismChinese Monks in the Struggle Against Japanese Aggression 1931-1945 This thesis examines the doctrinal grounds and different approaches to working out this "new Buddhist tradition " a startling contrast to the teachings of non-violence and compassion which have made Buddhism known as a religion of peace. In scores of articles as war approached in 1936-37 new monks searched and reinterpreted scripture making controversial arguments for ideas like "compassionate killing" which would justify participating in war. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415802307

Buddhism and ChristianitySome Bridges of Understanding After a brief historical survey the doctrines of dharma and karma are discussed and key elements that appear in contrasting forms in the two religions are examined.  Originally published in 1963. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315889153

Buddhism and DeconstructionTowards a Comparative Semiotics This is a semiotic study of a corpus of texts that Kumârajîva (344-413 CE) Paramârtha (499~569 CE) and Xuanzang (599~664 CE) transmitted from India to China featuring a critical reading of the Dazhidu Lun (T1509 Mahâ-Prajñâpâramitâ-upadeúa-Úâstra) San Wuxing Lun (T1617 Try-asvabhâva-prakara.na) and Guangbai Lun (T1571 Catu.húataka-úâstra-kârika). Focusing its attention on the Mahâyâna Buddhist notion of samatâ it identifies a Buddhist semiotics which anticipates Derrida's invocation of the notion of the Same in his deconstruction of binary oppositions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138862500

Buddhism and GandharaAn Archaeology of Museum Collections Gandhara is a name central to Buddhist heritage and iconography. It is the ancient name of a region in present-day Pakistan bounded on the west by the Hindu Kush mountain range and to the north by the foothills of the Himalayas. ‘Gandhara’ is also the term given to this region’s sculptural and architectural features between the first and sixth centuries CE.This book re-examines the archaeological material excavated in the region in the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries and traces the link between archaeological work histories of museum collections and related interpretations by art historians. The essays in the volume underscore the diverse cultural traditions of Gandhara â€“ from a variety of sources and perspectives on language ethnicity and material culture (including classical accounts Chinese writings coins and Sanskrit epics) â€“ as well as interrogate the grand narrative of Hellenism of which Gandhara has been a part. The book explores the making of collections of what came to be described as Gandhara art and reviews the Buddhist artistic tradition through notions of mobility and dynamic networks of transmission. Wide ranging and rigorous this volume will appeal to scholars and researchers of early South Asian history archaeology religion (especially Buddhist studies) art history and museums. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367889104

Buddhism and Human Rights It is difficult to think of a more urgent question for Buddhism in the late twentieth century than human rights. The political ethical and philosophical questions surrounding human rights are debated vigorously in political and intellectual circles throughout the world and now in this volume. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138862296

Buddhism and Postmodern Imaginings in ThailandThe Religiosity of Urban Space This book presents a rethink on the significance of Thai Buddhism in an increasingly complex and changing post-modern urban context especially following the financial crisis of 1997. Defining the cultural nature of Thai ’urbanity’; the implications for local/global flows interactions and emergent social formations James Taylor opens up new possibilities in understanding the specificities of everyday urban life as this relates to perceptions conceptions and lived experiences of religiosity. Changes in the centre are also reverberating in the remaining forests and the monastic tradition of forest-dwelling which has sourced most of the nation’s modern saints. The text is based on ethnography taking into account the rich variety of everyday practices in a mélange of the religious. In Thailand Buddhism is so intimately interconnected with national identity and social economic and ethno-political concerns as to be inseparable. Taylor argues here that in recent years there has been a marked reformulation of important conventional cosmologies through new and challenging Buddhist ideas and practices. These influences and changes are as much located outside as inside the Buddhist temples/monasteries. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315261232

Buddhism and Religious Diversity 'A major publishing event not only in Buddhist studies but also for those working in the area of interfaith encounter and theology of religions.' Japanese Journal of Religious Studies In today’s globalized world religious diversity has become one of the strongest challenges to the self-understanding of any major religious tradition provoking two interdependent questions. How does it see itself in the light of others? And how does it see others in the light of its own teachings? While the Abrahamic religions are often accused of a predominantly intolerant and exclusivistic attitude to the religious ‘other’ Eastern religions—and Buddhism in particular—enjoy the reputation of being naturally tolerant absorbing and even pluralistic towards competing faiths. Some thinkers (from David Hume to Jan Assmann) understood religious intolerance as an inevitable property of monotheism supposedly absent in the case of non-theistic or polytheistic religions. More recent research however has suggested that this impression part of a whole cluster of Western clichés is false. Buddhism is—and has been—as much convinced of its own superiority as any other faith and has also been involved in various inter-religious tensions and violent conflicts. The ways however in which Buddhists have thought about the religious ‘other’ and practically dealt with it display peculiar features which do indeed differ profoundly from what we find in the Abrahamic faiths. Yet today Buddhism must address the question whether it can arrive at a genuine appreciation of religious diversity and recognize other religions as different but nevertheless equally valid. This new four-volume collection from Routledge’s acclaimed Critical Concepts in Religious Studies series enables users to make sense of this and other dizzying questions. It brings together the best thinking on Buddhism’s relationship with other faiths and provides a one-stop collection of classic and contemporary contributions to facilitate ready access to the most influential and important scholarship. Fully indexed and with a general and volume introductions newly written by the editor which carefully locate the collected materials in their historical and intellectual context Buddhism and Religious Diversity is an essential work of reference. It is destined to be valued by specialists and scholars working in related areas as a vital research tool. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415525343

Buddhism and ViolenceMilitarism and Buddhism in Modern Asia It is generally accepted in the West that Buddhism is a ‘peaceful’ religion. The Western public tends to assume that the doctrinal rejection of violence in Buddhism would make Buddhist pacifists and often expects Buddhist societies or individual Asian Buddhists to conform to the modern Western standards of ‘peaceful’ behavior. This stereotype – which may well be termed ‘positive Orientalism ’ since it is based on assumption that an ‘Oriental’ religion would be more faithful to its original non-violent teachings than Western Christianity – has been periodically challenged by enthusiastic acquiescence by monastic Buddhism to the most brutal sorts of warfare. This volume demolishes this stereotype and produces instead a coherent nuanced account on the modern Buddhist attitudes towards violence and warfare which take into consideration both doctrinal logic of Buddhism and the socio-political situation in Asian Buddhist societies. The chapters in this book offer a deeper analysis of ‘Buddhist militarism’ and Buddhist attitudes towards violence than previous volumes grounded in an awareness of Buddhist doctrines and the recent history of nationalism as well as the role Buddhism plays in constructions of national identity. The international team of contributors includes scholars from Thailand Japan and Korea. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138921894

Buddhism Goes to the MoviesIntroduction to Buddhist Thought and Practice Buddhism Goes to the Movies: Introduction to Buddhist Thought and Practice explains the basics of Buddhist philosophy and practice through a number of dramatic films from around the world. This book introduces readers in a dynamic way to the major traditions of Buddhism: the Theravāda and various interrelated Mahāyāna divisions including Zen Pure Land and Tantric Buddhism. Students can use Ronald Green’s book to gain insights into classic Buddhist themes including Buddhist awakening the importance of the theory of dependent origination the notion of no-self and Buddhist ideas about life death and why we are here. Contemporary developments are also explored including the Socially Engaged Buddhism demonstrated by such figures as the Dalai Lama Thich Nhat Hanh Aung San Suu Kyi and other Buddhist activists. Finally comparisons between filmic expressions of Buddhism and more traditional artistic expressions of Buddhism—such as mandala drawings—are also drawn. An important addition to any introduction to Buddhist philosophy and practice Buddhism Goes to the Movies is an excellent way to bring Buddhist thought history and activity to the uninitiated and interested reader. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415841481

Buddhism in AustraliaTraditions in Change The number of Buddhists in Australia has grown dramatically in recent years. In 2006 Buddhists accounted for 2.1 per cent of Australia's population almost doubling the 1996 figures and making it the fastest growing religion in the country. This book analyses the arrival and localisation of Buddhism in Australia in the context of the globalisation of Buddhism. Australia's close geographical proximity to Asia has encouraged an intense flow of people ideas practices and commodities from its neighbouring countries while at the same time allowing the development of the religion to be somewhat different to its growth in other Western countries. The book seeks to explore the Buddhist experience in Australia looking at the similarities and particularities of this experience in relation to other Western countries. The inception of Buddhism in Australia is investigated and a voice is provided to people on the ground who have been fundamental in making this process possible. For the first time academic analysis and practitioners' experience are juxtaposed to show the adaptations and challenges of Buddhism in Australia from above and below. This book is a unique and valuable contribution to the study of Buddhism in the West globalization of religion and studies in Asian Religion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138888333

Buddhism in Canada Buddhism has become a major religion in Canada over the last half-century. The 'ethnic Buddhism' associated with immigrant Asian people is the most important aspect but there is also a growing constituency of Euro-Canadian Buddhists seriously interested in the faith. This insightful study analyzes the phenomenon of Buddhism in Canada from a regional perspective. The work provides an important examination of the place of Buddhism in a developed western country associated with a traditional Judeo-Christian culture but undergoing profound sociological transformation due to large-scale immigration and religio-cultural pluralism.  It is a valuable text for students of religion Buddhism and North American Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415758666

Buddhism In Late Ch'ing Political Thought This book is basically an attempt to study the religious cultural and political significance of Buddhism in late Ch'ing intellectual thought through an examination of the writings of a few influential figures like Liang Ch'i-ch'ao K'ang Yu-wei Chang Ping-lin and particularly T'an Ssu-t'ung. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367156077

Buddhism in the Modern World Buddhism in the Modern World explores the challenges faced by Buddhism today the distinctive forms that it has taken and the individuals and movements that have shaped it. Part One discusses the modern history of Buddhism in different geographical regions from Southeast Asia to North America. Part Two examines key themes including globalization gender issues and the ways in which Buddhism has confronted modernity science popular culture and national politics. Each chapter is written by a distinguished scholar in the field and includes photographs summaries discussion points and suggestions for further reading. The book provides a lively and up-to-date overview that is indispensable for both students and scholars of Buddhism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415780155

Buddhism in the Tibetan TraditionA Guide A clear and straightforward introduction to Tibetan Buddhism this book presents the basic teachings of Buddha in a way that people can readily comprehend and put into practice in their daily lives. Topics such as reincarnation actions and their effects emptiness liberation and enlightenment are discussed. Designed primarily for those coming to the subject for the first time the book also offers new insights for the more advanced student of Tibetan Buddhism.   Originally published in 1989. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315888330

Buddhism ObservedTravellers Exiles and Tibetan Dharma in Kathmandu How do contemporary Westerners and Tibetans understand not only what it means to be 'Buddhist' but what it means to be hailed as one from 'the West' or from 'Tibet'? This anthropological study examines the encounter between Western travellers and Tibetan exiles in Bodhanath on the outskirts of Kathmandu Nepal and analyses the importance of Buddhism in discussions of political cultural and religious identity. Based on extensive field research in Nepal Buddhism Observed questions traditional assumptions about Buddhism and examines the rarely considered phenomenon of Western conversions to a non-Western religion. Scholars of Anthropology Religion and Cultural Studies will find here a refreshing insight into how to approach 'other' societies religions and cultures. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415646284

BuddhismA Contemporary Philosophical Investigation Buddhism in its diverse forms and throughout its long history has had a profound influence on Asian cultures and the lives of countless individuals. In recent times it has also attracted great interest among people in other parts of the world including philosophers. Buddhist traditions often deal with ideas and concerns that are central to philosophy. A distinctively Buddhist philosophy of religion can be developed which focuses on Buddhist responses to issues such as the problem of suffering the purpose and potential of human existence life after death freedom and moral responsibility appearance and reality the nature of religious language attitudes to religious diversity and the relationship between Buddhism and science. Buddhism: A Contemporary Philosophical Investigation examines some of the central questions that such ideas raise drawing on ancient and more recent sources from a variety of Buddhist traditions as viewed from a contemporary philosophical standpoint. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415789158

Buddhist and Christian?An Exploration of Dual Belonging The last century witnessed a gradual but profound transformation of the West's religious landscape. In today's context of diversity people are often influenced by and sometimes even claim to belong to more than one religious tradition. Buddhism and Christianity is a particularly prevalent and fascinating combination. This book is the first detailed exploration of Buddhist Christian dual belonging engaging - from both Buddhist and Christian perspectives - the questions that arise and drawing on extensive interviews with well-known individuals in the vanguard of this important and growing phenomenon. The book looks at whether it is possible to be authentically Buddhist and authentically Christian given the differences in beliefs and practices. It asks whether Buddhist Christians are irrational religiously schizophrenic or spiritually superficial; or whether the thought and practice of Buddhism and Christianity can be reconciled in a way that makes possible deep commitment to both. Finally the book considers whether the influence of Buddhist Christians on each of these traditions is something to be regretted or celebrated. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138785212

Buddhist Birth StoriesThe Oldest Collection of Folk-Lore Extant First published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415846318

Buddhist Hagiography in Early JapanImages of Compassion in the Gyoki Tradition Hagiographies or idealized biographies which recount the lives of saints bodhisattvas and other charismatic figures have been the meeting place for myth and experience. In medieval Europe the 'lives of saints' were read during liturgical celebrations and the texts themselves were treated as sacred objects. In Japan it was believed that those who read the biographies of lofty monks would acquire merit. Since hagiographies were written or compiled by 'believers' the line between fantasy and reality was often obscured. This study of the bodhisattva Gyoki - regarded as the monk who started the largest social welfare movement in Japan - illustrates how Japanese Buddhist hagiographers chose to regard a single monk's charitable activities as a miraculous achievement that shaped the course of Japanese history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415646291

Buddhist InclusivismAttitudes Towards Religious Others Although Christians have well-developed responses to other religions the counterpart scholarship from Buddhists has thus far lagged behind. Breaking new ground Buddhist Inclusivism analyzes the currently favored position towards religious others inclusivism in Buddhist traditions. Kristin Beise Kiblinger presents examples of inclusivism from a wide range of Buddhist contexts and periods from Pali texts to the Dalai Lama's recent works. After constructing and defending a preferred alternative form of Buddhist inclusivism she evaluates the thought of particular contemporary Buddhists such as Thich Nhat Hanh and Masao Abe in light of her ideal position. This book offers a more systematic treatment of Buddhist inclusivism than has yet been provided either by scholars or by Buddhist leaders. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138275645

Buddhist Landscapes in Central IndiaSanchi Hill and Archaeologies of Religious and Social Change c. Third Century BC to Fifth Century AD The “monumental bias” of Buddhist archaeology has hampered our understanding of the socio-religious mechanisms that enabled early Buddhist monks to establish themselves in new areas. To articulate these relationships Shaw presents here the first integrated study of settlement archaeology and Buddhist history carried out in the area around Sanchi a Central Indian UNESCO World Heritage site. Her comprehensive data-rich and heavily illustrated work provides an archaeological basis for assessing theories regarding the dialectical relationship between Buddhism and surrounding lay populations. It also sheds light on the role of the introduction of Buddhism in changing settlement patterns.This volume was originally published in 2007 by the British Association of South Asian Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367605452

Buddhist Mahayana Texts This is a subset of the Sacred Books of the East Series which includes translations of all the most important works of the seven non-Christian religions which have exercised a profound influence on the civilizations of the continent of Asia. The works have been translated by leading authorities in their field. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315829180

Buddhist Meditation As an intensely practical religion Buddhism has concentrated on devising a great number of meditations. In recent years psychologists have shown great interest in the therapeutic value of these meditations but accurate information about them has been hard to come by. The most outstanding original documents have now been made accessible by Edward Conze who translated them from Pali Sanskrit and Tibetan. The volume originally published in 1956  also deals with the meaning of Buddhist meditation and the relation of its methods and presuppositions to modern psychology. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315888316

Buddhist ModernitiesRe-inventing Tradition in the Globalizing Modern World The transformations Buddhism has been undergoing in the modern age have inspired much research over the last decade. The main focus of attention has been the phenomenon known as Buddhist modernism which is defined as a conscious attempt to adjust Buddhist teachings and practices in conformity with the modern norms of rationality science or gender equality. This book advances research on Buddhist modernism by attempting to clarify the highly diverse ways in which Buddhist faith thought and practice have developed in the modern age both in Buddhist heartlands in Asia and in the West. It presents a collection of case studies that taken together demonstrate how Buddhist traditions interact with modern phenomena such as colonialism and militarism the market economy global interconnectedness the institutionalization of gender equality and recent historical events such as de-industrialization and the socio-cultural crisis in post-Soviet Buddhist areas. This volume shows how the (re)invention of traditions constitutes an important pathway in the development of Buddhist modernities and emphasizes the pluralistic diversity of these forms in different settings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367878917

Buddhist Monasticism in East AsiaPlaces of Practice The area of Buddhist monasticism has long attracted the interest of Buddhist studies scholars and historians but the interpretation of the nature and function of monasteries across diverse cultures and vast historical periods remains a focus for debate. This book provides a multifaceted discussion of religious social cultural artistic and political functions of Buddhist monasteries in medieval China and Japan. With contributions from leading scholars in the field this volume explores the multiplicity of the institutions that make up "the Buddhist monastery." Drawing on new research and on previous studies hitherto not widely available in English the chapters cover key issues such as the relationship between monastics and lay society the meaning of monastic vows how specific institutions functioned and the differences between urban and regional monasteries. Collectively the book demonstrates that medieval monasteries in East Asia were much more than merely residences for monks who cut off from the dust and din of society and all its entrapments collectively pursued an ideal cenobitic lifestyle. Buddhist Monasticism in East Asia is a timely contribution to the ongoing attempts to understand a central facet of Buddhist religious practice and will be a significant work for academics and students in the fields of Buddhist Studies Asian Studies and East Asian Religions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415501446

Buddhist Moral PhilosophyAn Introduction The first book of its kind Buddhist Moral Philosophy: An Introduction introduces the reader to contemporary philosophical interpretations and analyses of Buddhist ethics. It begins with a survey of traditional Buddhist ethical thought and practice mainly in the Pali Canon and early Mahāyāna schools and an account of the emergence of Buddhist moral philosophy as a distinct discipline in the modern world. It then examines recent debates about karma rebirth and nirvana well-being normative ethics moral objectivity moral psychology and the issue of freedom responsibility and determinism. The book also introduces the reader to philosophical discussions of topics in socially engaged Buddhism such as human rights war and peace and environmental ethics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415890670

Buddhist Perspectives on Free WillAgentless Agency? Throughout the history of Buddhism little has been said prior to the Twentieth Century that explicitly raises the question whether we have free will though the Buddha rejected fatalism and some Buddhists have addressed whether karma is fatalistic. Recently however Buddhist and Western philosophers have begun to explicitly discuss Buddhism and free will. This book incorporates Buddhist philosophy more explicitly into the Western analytic philosophical discussion of free will both in order to render more perspicuous Buddhist ideas that might shed light on the Western philosophical debate and in order to render more perspicuous the many possible positions on the free will debate that are available to Buddhist philosophy. The book covers: Buddhist and Western perspectives on the problem of free will The puzzle of whether free will is possible if as Buddhists believe there is no agent/self Theravāda views Mahāyāna views Evidential considerations from science meditation and skepticism The first book to bring together classical and contemporary perspectives on free will in Buddhist thought it is of interest to academics working on Buddhist and Western ethics comparative philosophy metaphysics philosophy of mind philosophy of action agency and personal identity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367874858

Buddhist PhenomenologyA Philosophical Investigation of Yogacara Buddhism and the Ch'eng Wei-shih Lun A richly complex study of the Yogacara tradition of Buddhism divided into five parts: the first on Buddhism and phenomenology the second on the four basic models of Indian Buddhist thought the third on karma meditation and epistemology the fourth on the Trimsika and its translations and finally the fifth on the Ch'eng Wei-shih Lun and Yogacara in China. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315870687

Buddhist Practice and Visual CultureThe Visual Rhetoric of Borobudur Providing an overall interpretation of the Buddhist monument Borobudur in Indonesia this book looks at Mahayana Buddhist religious ideas and practices that could have informed Borobudur including both the narrative reliefs and the Buddha images. The author explores a version of the classical Mahayana that foregrounds the importance of the visual in relation to Buddhist philosophy meditation devotion and ritual. The book goes on to show that the architects of Borobudur designed a visual world in which the Buddha appeared in a variety of forms and could be interpreted in three ways: by realizing the true nature of his teaching through visionary experience and by encountering his numinous presence in images. Furthermore the book analyses a particularly comprehensive and programmatic expression of Mahayana Buddhist visual culture so as to enrich the theoretical discussion of the monument. It argues that the relief panels of Borobudur do not passively illustrate but rather creatively "picture" selected passages from texts. Presenting new material the book contributes immensely to a new and better understanding of the significance of the Borobudur for the field of Buddhist and Religious Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138784765

Buddhist Precept & Practice First published in 1995. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138987999

Buddhist Psychology and Cognitive-Behavioral TherapyA Clinician's Guide This user-friendly guide to the basics of Buddhist psychology presents a roadmap specifically designed for cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT) practitioners. It explains central Buddhist concepts and how they can be applied to clinical work and features numerous experiential exercises and meditations. Downloadable audio recordings of the guided meditations are provided at the companion website. Essential topics include the relationship between suffering and psychopathology the role of compassion in understanding and treating psychological problems and how mindfulness fits into evidence-based psychotherapy practice. The book describes an innovative case conceptualization method grounded in Buddhist thinking that facilitates the targeted delivery of specific CBT interventions. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462530199

Buddhist Suttas This is a subset of F. Max Mullers great collection The Sacred Books of the East which includes translations of all the most important works of the seven non-Christian religions which have exercised a profound influence on the civilizations of the continent of Asia. The works have been translated by leading authorities in their field. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315829197

Buddhist Tantras First published in 1995. The volume is divided into four sections: The introduction places the position of the Buddhist Tantras within Mahayana Buddhism and recalls their early literary history especially the Guhyasamahatantra; the section also covers Buddhist Genesis and the Tantric tradition. Next is the he foundations of the Buddhist Tantras are discussed and the Tantric presentation of divinity; the preparation of disciples and the meaning of initiation; symbolism of the mandala-palace Tantric ritual and the twilight language. The third section explores the Tantric teachings of the inner Zodiac and the fivefold ritual symbolism of passion. The bibliographical research contains an analysis of the Tantric section of the Kanjur exegesis and a selected Western Bibliography of the Buddhist Tantras with comments. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415760096

Buddhist TheologyCritical Reflections by Contemporary Buddhist Scholars Scholars of Buddhism themselves Buddhist here seek to apply the critical tools of the academy to reassess the truth and transformative value of their tradition in its relevance to the contemporary world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138139138

Buddhist Thought in IndiaThree Phases of Buddhist Philosophy Originally published in 1962. This book discusses and interprets the main themes of Buddhist thought in India and is divided into three parts: Archaic Buddhism: Tacit assumptions the problem of "original Buddhism" the three marks and the perverted views the five cardinal virtues the cultivation of the social emotions Dharma and dharmas Skandhas sense-fields and elements. The Sthaviras: the eighteen schools doctrinal disputes the unconditioned and the process of salvation some Abhidharma problems. The Mahayana: doctrines common to all Mahayanists the Madhyamikas the Yogacarins Buddhist logic the Tantras.       Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315888323

Buddhist ThoughtA Complete Introduction to the Indian Tradition This book serves as an accessible and reliable survey for students wishing to gain familiarity with the basic ideas of Buddhist philosophical and religious thought and with some of the recent research in the field. It guides readers towards a richer understanding of the central concepts of classical Indian Buddhist thought from the time of Buddha to the latest scholarly perspectives and controversies. Abstract and complex ideas are made understandable by the authors' clear and engaging style. The second edition has been fully revised in light of new scholarship in particular on Mahāyāna Buddhism and Tantric Buddhism an often neglected and inadequately understood topic. As well as a detailed bibliography this authoritative resource now includes recommended further reading study questions a pronunciation guide and extensive glossary of terms all aimed at helping students to develop their knowledge and appreciation of Buddhist thought. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415571791

Buddhist Writings on Meditation and Daily PracticeThe Serene Reflection Tradition. Including the complete Scripture of Brahma's Net This book first published in 1994 is a compendium of new translations of certain works regarded as fundamental texts in the Serene Reflection Buddhist Tradition (Sōtō Zen). All the texts were in Chinese either as original works or as translations from Sanskrit. Several of them are central to the ceremonial not only of the Sōtō Zen Tradition but also of other Mahayana Buddhist traditions as well. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138666177

Buddhist-Christian Dual BelongingAffirmations Objections Explorations A growing number of people describe themselves as both Buddhist and Christian; but does such a self-description really make sense? Many people involved in inter-faith dialogue argue that this dialogue leads to a mutually transformative process but what if the transformation reaches the point where the Buddhist or Christian becomes a Buddhist Christian? Does this represent a fulfilment of or the undermining of dialogue? Exploring the growing phenomenon of Buddhist-Christian dual belonging a wide variety of authors including advocates sympathisers and opponents from both faiths focus on three key questions: Can Christian and Buddhist accounts and practices of salvation or liberation be reconciled? Are Christian theism and Buddhist non-theism compatible? And does dual belonging inevitably distort the essence of these faiths or merely change its cultural expression? Clarifying different ways of justifying dual belonging contributors offer criticisms of dual belonging from different religious perspectives (Theravada Buddhist Evangelical Reformed and Roman Catholic) and from different methodological approaches. Four chapters then carry the discussion forward suggesting ways in which dual belonging might make sense from Catholic Theravada Buddhist Pure-land Buddhist and Anglican perspectives. The conclusion clarifies the main challenges emerging for dual belongers and the implications for interreligious dialogue. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367597375

Buddhists and Glaciers of Western Tibet This book first published in 1933 reproduces the diary of the 1930 explorations by the great Italian traveller Giotto Dainelli. In it he records his experiences as he travels the little-explored (by Westerners) region of Western Tibet and the result is a detailed snapshot of Tibetan life cultures and customs of the time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138334618

BuddiesReading Writing and Math Lessons This book provides opportunities for older and younger children in different grades to work together on standards-based activities. It contains over 40 lessons in which elementary school students of different ages can learn together. Each activity can be assigned as a special project or as part of an organized program in which teachers work together on a regular basis. For each activity you will be provided with: - standards -- reading writing or mathematics - assessment rubrics - student handouts ready for photocopying - to help you assess your students objectively and confidently about a quarter of the lessons are accompanied by samples of student work along with its score and an explanation of why the work deserved that score. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138441613

Budget Deficits and Economic Performance (Routledge Revivals) At the time in which this book was first published in 1992 there was a major concern with the macro-economic implications of fiscal imbalance. As the European economies moved closer to monetary union and Germany grappled with the fiscal pressures of unification deficits in the United States exceeded $300 billion. In this volume the authors address this issue using both historical case-studies and cross-national comparisons. This book will be of interest to students of economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138884908

Budgetary Politics in American Governments This comprehensive book describes and analyzes the substance and politics of public budgeting at the national state and local levels of government. In doing so it takes a comparative approach illustrating the distinctiveness of budgeting at each level as well as highlighting the features common to all three. A unifying focus is the extent to which budgetary decision makers use the budget as a central vehicle to advance their policy preferences. This fully updated sixth edition provides an extensive and thorough analysis of the causes of the Great Recession its economic consequences and the policy responses which pushed the boundaries of conventional monetary and fiscal policy. Also new to this edition is a chapter on the intergovernmental dimensions of public budgeting along with boxed features highlighting hands-on vignettes of contemporary practical challenges facing budget makers at the different levels of government. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138923423

Budgeting Auditing and EvaluationFunctions and Integration in Seven Governments As governments the world over work to sustain public policy and develop much needed policy initiatives there is increasing need for better budgetary management and sound evaluation of both past and prospective policies. Budgeting Auditing and Evaluation presents in-depth comparative examinations of budgetary processes in seven major Western governments (United States United Kingdom Germany Canada Spain Sweden and Finland). Contributors focus specifically on the important links between budgeting auditing and policy evaluation. The authors identify both commonalities and divergences and make comparative statements of the consequences of these for the policy process. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429336225

Budgeting Policy PoliticsAppreciation of Aaron Wildavsky Aaron Wildavsky was one of the most innovative and prolific scholars in the field of budgeting in our time. His work spanned a period of more than forty years and its perspectives encompassed not only budgeting in the United States but also its comparative and historical dimensions. As a leading political scientist his research also ranged into American political institutions public policy analysis leadership and biblical studies. This book pays tribute to Aaron Wildavsky by explicating his life and work with emphasis on his contributions to the field of public budgeting and finance.Larry Jones and Jerry McCaffery place Wildavsky's work within the context of previous work on budgeting. They show how some of the highlights of his immense output responded to and shaped questions in the field. Naomi Caiden reviews the way in which Wildavsky used budgeting as a window into other areas of politics. Richard Rose discusses how an American scholar became an internationally known one. Joseph White goes back to the beginning of Aaron's career and shows that budgeting in agencies and in Congress is still incremental for very powerful reasons. Allen Schick reviews the history of the federal budget process brilliantly summarizing how much has changed.The festschrift poignantly assesses the significance and influence of Aaron Wildavsky's work. It also includes some excerpts from Wildavsky's own writings in this area and experiences of those who collaborated with him. In acknowledging Wildavsky's contributions to public budgeting and political science this book also makes an original contribution to the field. It will be a necessary addition to the libraries of political scientists economists policymakers not to mention all those who admired Aaron Wildavsky and his work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138507807

Budgeting and Governing Aaron Wildavsky's greatest concern as expressed in his writings is how people manage to live together. This concern may at first appear to have little to do with the study of budgeting but for Wildavsky budgeting made living together possible. Indeed as he argues here if you cannot budget you cannot govern.Budgeting and Governing gathers in one place a mass of material that otherwise would be lost in a wilderness of journals and edited volumes. With few exceptions Wildavsky chose the articles in this collection. They are organized largely chronologically so that the reader can trace the progression of his thought which moved from studies of the American federal government through comparative work and on to placing budgeting within a broader theory of political culture. Wildavsky wrote about budgeting because in his words "when a process involves power authority culture consensus and conflict it captures a great deal of national political life." Wildavsky was interested in budgeting because of what it could tell us about the classic questions of- politics: who gets what how and why? His earlier analyses focus narrowly on budgeting personnel and agency actors in answering these questions while in his later work the contending actors become sub-cultural types.To Wildavsky politics was about finding terms for living together in spite of ideological differences. Budgetary incrementalism helped to manage this otherwise unmanageable task. He thought synoptic budgeting and all related reforms would increase disagreement and raise the stakes and so were unwise. Analysis had to serve politics not try to displace it. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138519855

Budgeting for Local Governments and Communities Budgeting for Local Governments and Communities is designed as the primary textbook for a quarter or semester-long course in public budgeting and finance in an MPA programme.Many currently available texts for this course suffer from a combination of defects that include a focus on federal and state budgeting a lack of a theoretical governance framework an omission of important topics and typically a lack of exercises and datasets for student use. Budgeting for Local Governments and Communities solves all of these problems.The book is exceptionally comprehensive and well written and represents the efforts of veteran authors with both teaching and real-world experience.Key Features:Special Focus on Local Government Budgeting: focuses exclusively on budgeting at the local levels of American government which are responsible for spending 40 percent of the taxes collected from citizens.Integration of Theory and Practice: teaching cases and chapters capture the "lessons learned" by professional practitioners who have extensive experience in making local public budgeting work on the ground.Polity Approach to Local Budgeting: presents an introduction to local budgeting as the central political activity that integrates the resources of the community into a unified whole. Budgeting is presented as governance work rather than as a unique set of skills possessed by analysts and financial specialists.Legal Historical Economic and Moral Foundations of Local Government Budgeting: provides readers with an understanding of how the structures and processes of local budgeting systems are firmly tethered to the underlying core values legal principles and historical development of the larger American federal state and local political systems.Electronic Datasets and Budgeting Exercises: the text includes access to extensive electronic datasets and practice exercises that provide abundant opportunities for students to "learn through doing."Extensive Glossary and Bibliography: covers terms on the history and practice of local public budgeting. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780765627803

Budgeting for Public Managers Benefiting from the authors' many years of teaching undergraduate and graduate students and practitioners here is a clear comprehensive practice-oriented text for public budgeting courses. Rather than presenting each budgeting concern in mind-numbing detail the book offers a commonsensical view of public budgeting and its importance to current and future public managers. The text is designed to show readers how managers relate to budgeting and how their actions make a difference in the operation and performance of public organizations. The book covers the historical development of public budgeting sources of public revenues revenue management budgeting processes and formats operating techniques politics within public budgeting and more. "Budgeting for Public Managers" is concise clearly written well illustrated and grounded in the real-world concerns of public managers. Each chapter concludes with a helpful list of additional reading and resources for readers who want to dig deeper into budgeting practice and application. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315706030

Budgets and MarketsA Study of the Budgeting of European Films Budgets and Markets highlights the decisions involved in budgeting and marketing European films. It looks at the origin development production distribution financing and profit of thirteen European films including such critical and popular successes as Tacones Lejones (High Heels) by Pedro Almodovar; Oci Ciornie (Dark Eyes) by Nikita Mikhalkov; Peter's Friends by Keneth Branagh and La Discrete by Christian Vincent. Detailed financial data is reinforced by interviews with the producers of each film. The core of the analysis is based on the question 'Was this film made at the right price for the right market?'. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203350720

Budgets for AcquisitionsStrategies for Serials Monographs and Electronic Formats This book first published in 1991 deals with the demanding problems of smaller acquisitions budgets. In recent years librarians have seen their finances diminishing while the prices of serials and monographs have risen steadily. Now with major decisions having to be made concerning such things as automation monograph collections and subscription renewals librarians are having to assume the role of business manager and dealer. This book takes an in-depth look at the situation and offers practical suggestions for working through the lean years. Strategies for getting the most for your money when dealing with vendors selective collection development and maintenance and making calculated decisions on how to divide the library's funds are just a few of the topics covered in this helpful new book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367409616

Buen Vivir and the Challenges to Capitalism in Latin America This book explores the battleground between neoliberal capitalist development processes in Latin America and the challenges to these systems that can be found through innovative community-driven buen vivir/vivir bien initiatives. In the current climate of worldwide capitalist development Latin America is caught between left-leaning proposals for progressive policies towards a more inclusive form of development and the re-emergence of harsh austerity measures neoliberal reforms and right-wing populism. Divided into two parts this book first provides a retrospective analysis of the advance of resource-seeking ‘extractive’ capital across the continent since the 1990s. The second part goes on to focus on forward-looking challenges to neoliberal capitalist development focusing in particular on the indigenous notion of buen vivir/vivir bien  – the concept of ‘living well’ in social solidarity and harmony with nature. Drawing on cases in Mexico and Venezuela the book argues that it will be through these new approaches to social change that we will move beyond development as we know it towards a more inclusive form of ‘postdevelopment’. Looking hopefully towards this future of development this collection offers an essential analysis of the vortex of social change currently consuming Latin America and will be key reading for advanced scholars and researchers in the fields of Development Studies Latin America Studies Politics and Social Change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367550011

Buen Vivir as an Alternative to Sustainable DevelopmentLessons from Ecuador Until recently the concept of Buen Vivir has only been loosely articulated by practising communities and in progressive policy in countries like Ecuador. What it actually means has been unclear and in the case of policy contradictory. As such there has been a lack of understanding about exactly what Buen Vivir entails its core principles and how to put it into practice. This book based on extensive theoretical and field research of Buen Vivir as an alternative to sustainable development fills that gap and offers a concrete way forward. It uses an ethnographic study in Cotacachi County in Ecuador's highland communities to explore how communities understand and practice Buen Vivir. Combining this with what we already know about the concept theoretically the book then develops a framework for Buen Vivir with 17 principles for practice. Exploring Buen Vivir’s evolution from its indigenous origins academic interpretations and implications for development policy to its role in endogenous community-led change this book will be of interest to policy-makers and development professionals. It will also be of great value to activists students and scholars of sustainability and development seeking grassroots social and environmental change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367901431

Buffer States in World Politics Buffer states—countries geographically and/or politically situated between two or more regional or global powers—function to maintain peace between the larger powers. Contributors to this book the first devoted to the buffer state concept analyze the geographical and political factors necessary for the establishment and maintenance of a buffer state and examine its role in helping to maintain world peace. The problems and prospects of buffer states and buffer zones and the multiple roles played by the buffer in international politics are also explored. Using information from a number of countries including Lebanon Afghanistan Korea and Uruguay the contributors argue that the function of the buffer state has not diminished with the advance of modern technology but that the prospects for a long life for any particular buffer state are tenuous. Nevertheless they conclude that although the international benefits from any one buffer state tend to be short term the continued existence of the system will be an important element in preventing armed conflict in many parts of the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367010799

Bugs in the SystemRedesigning the Pesticide Industry for Sustainable Agriculture This important interdisciplinary contribution to the 'greening' business debate looks at one of the most environmentally controversial industries - the chemical pesticide industry. If that sector can be put on to an environmentally sustainable footing then the same may be possible for virtually all of industry. As business and environmental trends turn the pesticide industry's focus to biotechnology and seed engineering this book examines the extent to which the industry is prepared to exploit new business opportunities in a more regenerative agriculture and draws attention to the industry's economic environmental and social responsibilities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138471603

Build Your Own Robot! This book a compilation of articles from Karl Lunt's long-running column for Nuts & Volts magazine is a must-read for all beginner and intermediate-level robotics enthusiasts. Written in a friendly straightforward manner it contains entertaining anecdotes as well as practical advice and instruction. The author's stories about his various robotics projects will inspire you to try them yourself; and he shares his tips and code to help you. Possible projects range from transforming a TV remote control into a robot controller to building a robot from a drink cooler. You'll want to build them all; the author's enthusiasm for robotics is contagious! Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781138465749

Builders' Detail Sheets This book contains a unique set of information sheets covering all aspects of building from sit setting-out to roofs and floors. It gives builders and students of building a sound knowledge of materials their properties and limitations and shows the practice of using these materials for sound construction. The sheets also give information on the Building Regulations and how to comply with them. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138408968

Builders of the VisionSoftware and the Imagination of Design Builders of the Vision traces the intellectual history and contemporary practices of Computer-Aided Design (CAD) and Numerical Control since the years following World War II until today. Drawing from primary archival and ethnographic sources it identifies and　documents the crucial ideas shaping digital design technologies since the first numerical control and CAD systems were developed under US Air Force research contracts at MIT between 1949 and 1970: the cybernetic theorization of design as a human-machine endeavor; the vision of computers as "perfect slaves" taking care of the drudgery of physical labor; the techno-social utopias of computers as vehicles of democracy and social change; the entrepreneurial urge towards design and construction integration; and the managerial ideologies enabling today’s transnational geographies of practice. Examining the contrasting and often conflicting sensibilities that converge into CAD and BIM discourses - globalism utopianism entrepreneurialism and architects’ desires for aesthetic liberation - Builders of the Vision shows that software systems and numerically controlled machines are not merely "instruments " or "tools " but rather versatile metaphors reconfiguring conceptions of design materiality work and what it means to be creative. Crucially by revealing software systems as socio-technical infrastructures that mediate the production of our built environments author Daniel Cardoso Llach builds a strong case for the fields of architecture media and science and technology studies to critically engage with both the politics and the poetics of technology in design. Builders of the Vision will be essential reading for scholars and practitioners across disciplines interested in the increasingly complex socio-technical systems that go into imagining and building of our artifacts buildings and cities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415744997

Builder's Reference Book A comphensive guide to information sources relevant to the building industry and legislation affecting it. It is designed for use as a tool either in the office or on site giving facts in a compendium style to meet the most common requirements of the busy builder. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367400545

BuildersClass Gender and Ethnicity in the Construction Industry Building workers constitute between five and ten per cent of the total labour market in almost every country of the world. They construct repair and maintain the vital physical infrastructure of our societies and we rely upon and trust their achievements every day. Yet we know surprisingly little about builders their cultures the organization of their work or the business relations that constitute their industry. This book based on one-year’s participant observation on a London construction site redresses this gap in our knowledge by taking a close-up look at a section of building workers and businessmen. By examining the organizational features of the building project and describing the skill sweat malingering humour and humanity of the building workers Thiel illustrates how the builders were mostly autonomous from formal managerial control regulating their own outputs and labour markets. This meant that the men’s ethnic class and gender-bound cultural activities fundamentally underpinned the organization of their work and the broader construction economy and thereby highlights the continuing centrality of class-bound culture and social stratification in a post-industrial late modern world. Thiel outlines the on-going connections and intersections between economy state class and culture ultimately showing how these factors interrelated to produce the building industry its builders and its buildings. Based predominately on cultural and economic sociology this book will also be of interest to those working in the fields of gender and organizational studies; social class and inequality; migration and ethnicity; urban studies; and social identities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415527194

Building a Band in the BedroomCreating a Record at Home with Real Instruments Building the Band in the Bedroom aims to help the typical home music producer create the sound of a real band in a home-based recording studio even though they may be working alone and not have the facilities or musical skills to handle the elements themselves. It will lead the reader through the process of taking a raw song idea through a finished impressive mixed and mastered record within the confines of a typical home or project studio and within a self-funded budget. The book is accompanied by online video tutorials to demonstrate some of the described processes. All the recordings and audio created for this project are available online for you to download and experiment with. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315164083

Building a Better ManA Blueprint for Decreasing Violence and Increasing Prosocial Behavior in Men Building a Better Man presents a theory and science based discussion of masculinity in modern America but it also does much more than that—it interweaves a diverse group of compelling personal stories with an exploration of aggression and masculinity in the socialization of boys and men. Where other programs tend to subtly denigrate men as perpetrators and focus on stopping the problematic behavior Building a Better Man tries to understand the external forces that impinge on the developmental experiences of boys/men and broadens the scope of inquiry into their behavior by reviewing a range of external societal forces that contribute to the problems. Clinicians and group leaders will find that the approach laid out in Building a Better Man leaves clients feeling understood more than judged which provides a different motivation for change and can set treatment on an entirely different and infinitely more productive path. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415708272

Building a Bigger EuropeEU and NATO Enlargement in Comparative Perspective This title was first published in 2000:  A fresh and original study of EU and NATO enlargement which sets both in a comparative context and considers them against a backdrop of the evolution of a pan-European security community. The book is divided into two parts. In part one the authors examine and discuss the EU and NATO enlargement processes and the ’incremental linkage’ which has developed between them. The major issues and challenges facing the two institutions as they ponder the next steps in enlargement are also assessed. Part two includes separate chapters on the post-Cold War evolution of the EU and NATO overall. These discussions focus on their strengths and limitations in contributing to the broader and more co-operative kind of European security which the end of the Cold War makes possible. The final chapters examine a number of possible scenarios under which the EU and NATO either succeed or fail in contributing significantly to the development of a new European security order. The potential consequences for both the institutions themselves and for European security generally will be explored and assessed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138706408

Building a Black Criminology Volume 24Race Theory and Crime In light of the Black Lives Matter movement and protests in many cities race plays an ever more salient role in crime and justice. Within theoretical criminology however race has oddly remained on the periphery. It is often introduced as a control variable in tests of theories and is rarely incorporated as a central construct in mainstream paradigms (e.g. control social learning and strain theories). When race is discussed the standard approach is to embrace the racial invariance thesis which argues that any racial differences in crime are due to African Americans being exposed to the same criminogenic risk factors as are Whites just more of them. An alternative perspective has emerged that seeks to identify the unique racially specific conditions that only Blacks experience. Within the United States these conditions are rooted in the historical racial oppression experienced by African Americans whose contemporary legacy includes concentrated disadvantage in segregated communities racial socialization by parents experiences with and perceptions of racial discrimination and disproportionate involvement in and unjust treatment by the criminal justice system. Importantly racial invariance and race specificity are not mutually exclusive perspectives. Evidence exists that Blacks and Whites commit crimes for both the same reasons (invariance) and for different reasons (race-specific). A full understanding of race and crime thus must involve demarcating both the general and specific causes of crime the latter embedded in what it means to be "Black" in the United States. This volume seeks to explore these theoretical issues in a depth and breadth that is not common under one cover. Again given the salience of race and crime this volume should be of interest to a wide range of criminologists and have the potential to be used in graduate seminars and upper-level undergraduate courses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367504915

Building a Career in Opera from School to Stage: OperapreneurshipCMS Emerging Fields in Music Building a Career in Opera from School to Stage: Operapreneurship provides early-career singers with an overview of the structure of the opera industry and tools for strategically approaching a career within it. Today's voice students leave the conservatory with better training than ever but often face challenges to managing their own careers after graduation. This book addresses what singers need to know in order to craft a career path in the contemporary landscape of opera. Readers learn about the opera industry's structure common pathways and entry points non-academic training programs researching and evaluating opportunities crafting professional documents and media and what it means to be a professional opera singer. Written by a singer with recent experience in the industry—and particularly the emerging phase—this book is a practical guide for all singers embarking on a career in opera. The author's website www.OperaCareers.com hosts additional resources including databases of training programs guides and templates for creating professional documents as well as articles addressing current industry issues and interviews with subject matter experts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367421519

Building A Character Building a Character is one of the three volumes that make up Stanislavski’s The Acting Trilogy. An Actor Prepares explores the inner preparation an actor must undergo in order to explore a role to the full. In this volume Sir John Gielgud said this great director “found time to explain a thousand things that have always troubled actors and fascinated students.” Building a Character discusses the external techniques of acting: the use of the body movement diction singing expression and control. Creating a Role describes the preparation that precedes actual performance with extensive discussions of Gogol’s The Inspector General and Shakespeare’s Othello. Sir Paul Scofield called Creating a Role “immeasurably important” for the actor. These three volumes belong on any actor’s short shelf of essential books. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315059402

Building a Community of Self-Motivated LearnersStrategies to Help Students Thrive in School and Beyond Award-winning teacher blogger and author Larry Ferlazzo is back with more insightful research and strategies for　helping students want to care more about school and learning. In his previous books on motivation—Helping Students Motivate Themselves and Self-Driven Learning—he tackled ways to help students build intrinsic motivation by how you use class time manage your class encourage students to feel positive about learning help them not feel burned out by testing and more. In this book he looks at how teachers can create classroom conditions that are needed for motivation to grow in the first place. Ferlazzo provides research-based suggestions on what you can do today to help students want to develop qualities like physical health grit flow and a desire to transfer what they’re learning to life outside of school. At the end of each chapter you’ll find high-interest lesson plans correlated to the Common Core ELA/Literacy Standards that set the stage for long-term positive impacts. Students will read about sports stars how maintaining a healthy lifestyle can help them achieve their goals and other engaging topics.　They will integrate information from various texts and make connections to their own lives hopes and dreams—a more powerful way to learn to care than being told they should. The readings for these lessons and other tools are available as free eResources on our website so you can easily print them for your students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415746663

Building a Culture of Literacy Month-By-Month Celebrate literacy every day! This book will help you create a culture of literacy at your school from the classroom to the lunchroom to the hallways-a culture that encompasses students teachers administrators families and communities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138439726

Building a Culture of SupportStrategies for School Leaders Written in a down-to-earth and people-first style this book is for principals and aspiring school leaders. Caposey shares insightful advice and meaningful examples for building a healthy school culture. Learn the essential strategies that will help you transform and improve your school by embodying a service mindset and focusing on supporting the mission and vision the professionals in the building the students and the community as a whole. This is also an ideal guide for students in a principal preparation course—demonstrating how a culture of support is at the heart of all successful school improvement efforts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781596672277

Building a Dedicated GSM GPS Module Tracking System for Fleet ManagementHardware and Software This book shows how to build a "INFelecPHY GPS Unit" (IEP-GPS) tracking system for fleet management that is based on 3G and GPRS modules. This model should provide reliability since it deals with several protocols: 1) HTTP and HTTPS to navigate download and upload in real time the information to a web server 2) FTTP and FTTPS to handle in a non-real time the files to the web application and 3) SMTP and POP3 to send and receive email directly from the unit in case of any alert. Similar to a mobile device but without screen for display it is multifunctional because it links to a GPRS module a camera a speaker headphone a keypad and screen. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367572211

Building A Global Information Assurance Program Governments their agencies and businesses are perpetually battling to protect valuable classified proprietary or sensitive information but often find that the restrictions imposed upon them by information security policies and procedures have significant negative impacts on their ability to function. These government and business entities are beginning to realize the value of information assurance (IA) as a tool to ensure that the right information gets to the right people at the right time with a reasonable expectation that it is timely accurate authentic and uncompromised.Intended for those interested in the construction and operation of an IA or Information Security (InfoSec) program Building a Global Information Assurance Program describes the key building blocks of an IA development effort including:Information AttributesSystem AttributesInfrastructure or ArchitectureInteroperabilityIA Tools Cognitive HierarchiesDecision CyclesOrganizational ConsiderationsOperational ConceptsBecause of their extensive and diverse backgrounds the authors bring a unique perspective to current IT issues. The text presents their proprietary process based on the systems development life cycle (SDLC) methodology specifically tailored for an IA program. This process is a structured cradle-to-grave approach to IA program development from program planning and design to implementation support and phase out. Building a Global Information Assurance Program provides a proven series of steps and tasks that you can follow to build quality IA programs faster at lower costs and with less risk. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781138437005

Building a Global Learning OrganizationUsing TWI to Succeed with Strategic Workforce Expansion in the LEGO Group Building a Global Learning Organization: Using TWI to Succeed with Strategic Workforce Expansion in the LEGO® Group describes how a multinational company developed a global structure for learning based on the TWI (Training Within Industry) program to create and sustain standardized work across multiple language and cultural platforms. In this book Shingo Prize-winning author Patrick Graupp collaborates with two practitioners who performed the planning and implementation of the LEGO Group’s worldwide Learning Organization.The book outlines the organizational and planning models used by the LEGO Group to create the internal ability to give and receive tacit skills and knowledge. Describing how and why TWI is used as the foundation for success in knowledge transfer across diverse languages and cultures it provides step-by-step guidance on how to establish a solid organizational foundation for your own Learning Organization.Providing expert insight into the work of culture change the book explains how to work with people to create motivation for moving to a new system of learning. It details the critical elements that made the implementation at the LEGO Group a success identifies the stumbling blocks they encountered along the way and explains how they were overcome. Case studies describe in detail what these efforts looked and felt like in actual application.The TWI program has long been recognized for its ability to generate results. After reading this book you will gain valuable insight into how your organization—whether large or small national or international—can integrate this timeless tool into your operating structure and your daily culture. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781482213638

Building a Lean Service EnterpriseReflections of a Lean Management Practitioner This book provides an assorted set of reflections/lessons from the "trenches" of Lean service and brings to fore leadership challenges new tools and the known-unknowns (insights that very few know but many in journey of Lean transformation need to know). Lean has the ability to address a wide range of problems faced by service companies such as: complexity reduction sales force productivity enhancement operations risk control cost leadership combining scale with flexibility service excellence and improving employee morale and involvement. Many of the principles discussed in the book are based on the author's first-hand experience in Lean implementation. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781498779593

Building a Learning Culture in America Building a Learning Culture in America takes an incisive no-holds-barred look at how America embraced and cultivated a culture of learning in the past how that culture declined in the sixties and seventies and what must be done to regain it. From political gridlock to systemic discrimination Chavous details the many ways education today is off track and cites specific examples of what Americans might do to reform it. Part memoir and part manifesto this is a frank fascinating and personal account of Chavous' experience as a politician working to enact school choice in Washington DC and throughout the United States. During the course of his political career he has seen political skirmishes and party scuffles interfere with the United States' ability to improve its educational system. These conflicts did not cause the problem; they were merely a result. The true problem was more basic: the decline of America's learning culture. This pivotal work calls for Americans to unite in making the changes needed to re-establish a learning culture as an inherent piece of the American national fabric and tells us how to begin. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412864428

Building a More Democratic United NationsProceedings of CAMDUN-1 These proceedings from the 1990 CAMDUN conference cover the structure of the UN NGOs and the roles of UNAs communication globally through the UN and restructuring the UN. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003062493

Building A New Heritage (RLE Tourism) At the heart of the European debate lies the tension between the idea of European unity and individual state identities and nationalisms. This volume provides an insight into this dichotomy by exploring the role of heritage in the new Europe. The main theme of this book is that a number of possible heritages can be shaped from the European past depending on the purposes for which they are intended. Through different methods of management intervention heritage can fulfil a variety of functions becoming a major commercial resource in the form of the tourism industry or enlisted in the creation and maintenance of place identities. Leading contributors look at different perceptions of heritage by different cultures and the social and political consequences of heritage planning. The nature of heritage planning for emerging spatially fragmented state structures is also discussed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415751483

Building a Peace EconomyOpportunities and Problems of Post-Cold War Defense Cuts This book shows how to make the smoothest possible transition to civilian use of newly released military resources especially the physical and human resources that have been devoted to defense production and thereby help people make the required economic adjustment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367010720

Building a People-Oriented Security Community the ASEAN way ASEAN has declared its intention to create a security community in Southeast Asia that is people-orientated. This book evaluates ASEAN’s progress and in doing so examines three matters of concern. The book firstly looks at the importance of constitutive norms to the workings of security communities by identifying ASEAN’s constitutive norms and the extent to which they act as a help of hindrance in establishing a security community. It then moves on to how ASEAN has interpreted people-orientated as empowering civil society organisations to be community stakeholders. The book discusses the uncertainty between how ASEAN envisages their role and the role they themselves expect to have. Civil society actors are seeking to influence what sort of community evolves and their ability to interact with the state elite is evaluated to determine what interpretation of people-oriented is likely to emerge. Thirdly in order to make progress ASEAN has sought to achieve cooperation among its member states in functional areas. The book examines this interest in functional cooperation through case studies on human rights HIV/AIDS and disaster management. By discussing the notion of ASEAN being people-orientated and how it engages with ‘the people’ the book provides important insights into what type of community ASEAN in building as well as furthering our understanding on security communities more broadly. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138086678

Building a Programmable Logic Controller with a PIC16F648A Microcontroller Programmable logic controllers (PLCs) are extensively used in industry to perform automation tasks with manufacturers offering a variety of PLCs that differ in functions program memories and the number of inputs/outputs (I/O). Not surprisingly the design and implementation of these PLCs have long been a secret of manufacturers. Unveiling the mysteries of PLC technology Building a Programmable Logic Controller with PIC16F648A Microcontroller explains how to design and use a PIC16F648A-microcontroller-based PLC. The author first described a microcontroller-based implementation of a PLC in a series of articles published in Electronics World magazine between 2008 and 2010. This book is based on an improved version of the project including:Updates to the hardware configuration with a smaller CPU board and two I/O extension boards that now support 16 inputs and 16 outputs instead of 8An increased clock frequency of 20 MHzImprovements to several macrosFlowcharts to help you understand the macros (functions)In this book the author provides detailed explanations of hardware and software structures. He also describes PIC Assembly macros for all basic PLC functions which are illustrated with numerous examples and flowcharts. An accompanying CD contains source files (.ASM) and object files (.HEX) for all of the examples in the book. It also supplies printed circuit board (PCB) (Gerber and .pdf) files so that you can have the CPU board and I/O extension boards produced by a PCB manufacturer or produce your own boards.Making PLCs more easily accessible this unique book is written for advanced students practicing engineers and hobbyists who want to learn how to build their own microcontroller-based PLC. It assumes some previous knowledge of digital logic design microcontrollers and PLCs as well as familiarity with the PIC16F series of microcontrollers and w Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367379537

Building a Project Work Breakdown StructureVisualizing Objectives Deliverables Activities and Schedules Most people do not truly understand a concept until they can visualize it. This applies to all fields including Project Management. The best way to effectively manage projects is to help your team visualize the end result as well as the steps needed to achieve that result. Help Your Team Visualize the Right Path to Success Building a Project Work Breakdown Structure: Visualizing Objectives Deliverables Activities and Schedules employs a diagram approach to project planning and scheduling. This useful tool empowers business professionals to take control of and successfully communicate their projects ensuring they are completed on time with their targeted impact. Industry professional Dennis P. Miller a consultant to leading Fortune 500 companies thoroughly explains the keys to an effective Work Breakdown Structure (WBS) through an Eight Step Process. He has refined this process over a period of twenty years applying it to over 100 projects ranging from software development to social events. The Eight Step Process starts with a concentrated effort to define the project through its deliverables. The middle steps walk the project team through a process of activity definition and sequencing and resource assignment. Finally the last steps involve estimating the duration and verifying the project timeline. Not Just What to Do But How to Do It! This is a hands-on volume that includes a practice section for each of the eight steps providing readers with real examples of how the author has successfully applied this process. The result of its application is a visualization of the project‘s objectives deliverables activities and schedules. Over 130 illustrations enrich the instructions. Project managers are assured of success by following the simple tools in this unique and comprehensive volume. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781138423275

Building a Prosperous Southeast AsiaMoving from Ersatz to Echt Capitalism Professor Yoshihara an international expert on the Southeast Asian economies looks beyond the causes of the current crisis to discuss what can be done to build a dynamic economy in Asia to ensure prosperity for the future. He takes the viewpoint that the only way to achieve this is to promote integration into the global economy through free trade and free capital movement. He puts forward a convincing argument that government intervention is not the way forward and has in fact helped cause the present crisis. But a prosperous future is possible he argues by renovating institutions and adapting new attitudes. A most timely book with lessons for other parts of the world as well as for Southeast Asia. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203037034

Building a Resilient OrganisationThe Design of Risk-Based Reasoning Chains in Large Distributed Systems In this book John Arthur and Louise Moody introduce the concept of the reasoning chain a new approach to risk-based reasoning systems in large complex and distributed organisations. Arguing that large complex and distributed organisations are particularly focussed on a triple-helix of chain metaphors – supply value and reputation chains – the authors propose that there is overwhelming evidence that the accepted approaches to risk and resilience do not compliment this architecture. This is extremely problematic because risk and resilience constructs have been formally and informally regulated for these industries. The Reasoning Chain proposes and illustrates a holistic solution to the problems thrown up by existing norms. It is proposed that the reasoning chain be intentionally designed on an equal footing with supply value and reputation; a quadruple helix. Through challenge of best practice an argument unfolds to outline the novel approach for risk based resilience reasoning in large distributed organisations illustrated through a series of case studies and guidance to implementation. This book is an accessible and valuable resource for risk managers and decision makers responsible for complex business decisions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472482358

Building a Sustainable Supply Chain The massive oil spill in the Gulf of Mexico in 2010 was not caused by BP but by a contractor yet BP got the blame. The toxic waste from the production of Apple products dumped in China in 2011 was not dumped by Apple but by a supplier yet Apple got the blame. The horsemeat found in beef burgers in 2013 was not added by Tesco but by a supplier yet Tesco got the blame. In all three cases blame for the damage caused by suppliers floated up through the supply chain until it lodged with the big brand at the top. No longer can companies constrain their corporate responsibility within the factory fence as that boundary is not recognized by outside observers. This situation is exacerbated by the fact that the majority of most organizations’ environmental footprint lies in their supply chain. This means that to address the sustainability agenda in a meaningful way they must tackle the impacts of their suppliers. Unfortunately this is a huge challenge as visibility and influence diminishes quickly as you start to work your way down through the layers of suppliers. This book gives a quick but comprehensive guide to the most effective techniques to help you proactively address environmental risks in the supply chain. It covers the following: the business case for a sustainable supply chain; supply chains and sustainability: the big picture; making supply chains sustainable: the fundamentals; basic techniques: the "hard yards" of green procurement; intermediate techniques: those requiring changes to operations and products/services; advanced techniques: changes to the business model and corporate philosophy.The book draws upon exclusive interviews with top sustainability practitioners along with the practical experiences of the author to provide real world examples at the cutting edge. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781909293786

Building a Validity Argument for the Test of English as a Foreign Languageâ„¢ The Test of English as a Foreign Language â„¢ (TOEFL®) is used by moreuniversities worldwide than any other test to assess English languageproficiency for academic admission and placement decisions and to guideEnglish language instruction. This landmark volume provides a detailed description and analysis of Educational Testing Service’s research and development efforts to develop a major revision of the TOEFL® test. The result is a book that serves as a case study of test design drawing upon theory in the complex domain of English language proficiency while attempting to meet standards of educational measurement. Building a Validity Argument for the Test of English as a Foreign Languageâ„¢ is distinctive in its attempt to develop a coherent story of the rationale for a test or its revision explain the research and development process and provide the results of the validation process. Through its treatment of one test it expands on and tests principles and approaches to educational measurement providing an in-depth integrated perspective on the overall process of test revision. Moreover because the conceptual foundation and history are presented alongside the empirical studies and validity argument these sometimes disparate areas are presented in a way that demonstrates their connections – an approach which represents a departure from or extension of conventional materials on test revision. This volume is particularly relevant for professionals and graduate students in educational measurement applied linguistics and second language acquisition as well as anyone interested in assessment issues. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203937891

Building a Values-Driven Organization Richard Barrett author of the best-selling book Liberating the Corporate Soul presents his new thinkingBased on his experience working with over 1 000 organizations in 32 countries on cultural transformation for the values-driven organization. He presents a whole system approach to cultural transformation showing organizations how they can change their culture to become values-driven organizations that support their employees their customers their partners their leaders and ultimately drive effectiveness and profit. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138470125

Building a World Heritage CitySanaa Yemen The conservation of old Sanaa is a major cultural heritage initiative that began in the 1980's under the auspices of UNESCO; it continues today led by local agencies and actors. In contrast to other parts of the world where conservation was introduced at a later date to remediate the effects of modernization in Yemen the two processes have been more or less concurrent. This has resulted in a paradox: unlike many other countries in the Middle East that abandoned traditional construction practices long ago in Yemen these practices have not died out. Builders and craftsmen still work in 'traditional' construction and see themselves as caretakers of the old city. At the same time social forms that shaped the built fabric persist in both the old city and the new districts. Yemenis in effect are not separated from their heritage by an historical divide. What does it mean to conserve in a place where the 'historic past' is in some sense still alive? How must international agencies and consultants readjust theory and practice as they interact with living representatives of this historic past? And what are the implications of the case of Sanaa for conservation in general? Building a World Heritage City addresses these questions and also fosters greater cultural understanding of a little known but geopolitically important part of the world that is often portrayed exclusively in terms of unrest and political turmoil. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138308459

Building Acoustics Building or architectural acoustics is taken in this book to cover all aspects of sound and vibration in buildings. The book covers room acoustics but the main emphasis is on sound insulation and sound absorption and the basic aspects of noise and vibration problems connected to service equipment and external sources. Measuring techniques connected to these fields are also brought in. It is designed for advanced level engineering studies and is also valuable as a guide for practitioners and acoustic consultants who need to fulfil the demands of building regulations. It gives emphasis to the acoustical performance of buildings as derived from the performance of the elements comprising various structures. Consequently the physical aspects of sound transmission and absorption need to be understood and the main focus is on the design of elements and structures to provide high sound insulation and high absorbing power. Examples are taken from all types of buildings. The book aims at giving an understanding of the physical principles involved and three chapters are therefore devoted to vibration phenomena and sound waves in fluids and solid media. Subjective aspects connected to sound and sound perception is sufficiently covered by other books; however the chapter on room acoustics includes descriptions of measures that quantify the "acoustic quality" of rooms for speech and music. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367865214

Building Acoustics Avoid Costly Mistakes for Specialists and Non-Specialists Alike Bad acoustics in buildings is a nuisance that is not dealt with easily. The problem applies just as much to open-plan offices and restaurants and to production facilities and transportation stations as it does to performance halls not to mention homes. It does not merely affect oral communication or enjoyment of music but has quite profound consequences on well-being. Gives Guidance on What to Expect from Design Teams and Contractors Building Acoustics is devoted to practical building and room acoustics illustrated by numerous examples. It introduces the basics for the different specialists in a design team and for the client and sets out the issues for shared consideration. It guides them in the drawing up of sensible acoustic specifications. It is written for non-specialists and gives an outline of potential problems. It also shows what to consider before the construction stage. It empowers its readers to express their needs to a specialist consultant and to avoid the worst pitfalls. Covers interactions between acoustics and other disciplines Shows through numerous real-life examples the route to understanding and solving the problem Illustrates various points of views through real projects Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466582446

Building Adaptation As existing buildings age nearly half of all construction activity in Britain is related to maintenance refurbishment and conversions. Building adaptation is an activity that continues to make a significant contribution to the workload of the construction industry. Given its importance to sustainable construction the proportion of adaptation works in relation to new build is likely to remain substantial for the foreseeable future especially in the developed parts of the world.Building Adaptation Second Edition is intended as a primer on the physical changes that can affect older properties. It demonstrates the general principles techniques and processes needed when existing buildings must undergo alteration conversion extension improvement or refurbishment.The publication of the first edition of Building Adaptation reflected the upsurge in refurbishment work. The book quickly established itself as one of the core texts for building surveying students and others on undergraduate and postgraduate built environment courses.This new edition continues to provide a comprehensive introduction to all the key issues relating to the adaptation of buildings. It deals with any work to a building over and above maintenance to change its capacity function or performance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138132900

Building Agricultural InstitutionsTransferring The Land-grant Model To India And Nigeria This book compares and contrasts two attempts to replicate the American system of land-grant model in India and Nigeria. It aims to understand the basis of Africa's dismal agricultural institutional showing and to suggest socioeconomic conditions and management interventions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367165826

Building an Effective Information Security Policy Architecture Information security teams are charged with developing and maintaining a set of documents that will protect the assets of an enterprise from constant threats and risks. In order for these safeguards and controls to be effective they must suit the particular business needs of the enterprise. A guide for security professionals Building an Effective Information Security Policy Architecture explains how to review develop and implement a security architecture for any size enterprise whether it is a global company or a SMB. Through the use of questionnaires and interviews the book demonstrates how to evaluate an organization’s culture and its ability to meet various security standards and requirements. Because the effectiveness of a policy is dependent on cooperation and compliance the author also provides tips on how to communicate the policy and gain support for it.  Suitable for any level of technical aptitude this book serves a guide for evaluating the business needs and risks of an enterprise and incorporating this information into an effective security policy architecture. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367387303

Building an Electronic Disease RegisterGetting the Computer to Work for You Widespread recognition of the benefits of minimally invasive procedures in surgery and medicine is resulting in the rapid development of new advances and new techniques in every speciality. This series of books sets out to meet the needs of those responsible for applying the techniques. This volume deals with the field of minimal access surgery. It covers the philosophy of the concept team training pre-operative preparation of the patient anaesthetic considerations equipment lasers and operative techniques for the various body systems. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315384399

Building an Enterprise-Wide Business Continuity Program If you had to evacuate from your building right now and were told you couldn’t get back in for two weeks would you know what to do to ensure your business continues to operate? Would your staff? Would every person who works for your organization?Increasing threats to business operations both natural and man-made mean a disaster could occur at any time. It is essential that corporations and institutions develop plans to ensure the preservation of business operations and the technology that supports them should risks become reality.Building an Enterprise-Wide Business Continuity Program goes beyond theory to provide planners with actual tools needed to build a continuity program in any enterprise. Drawing on over two decades of experience creating continuity plans and exercising them in real recoveries including 9/11 and Hurricane Katrina Master Business Continuity Planner Kelley Okolita provides guidance on each step of the process. She details how to validate the plan and supplies time-tested tips for keeping the plan action-ready over the course of time. Disasters can happen anywhere anytime and for any number of reasons. However by proactively planning for such events smart leaders can prepare their organizations to minimize tragic consequences and readily restore order with confidence in the face of such adversity. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780367385286

Building an Entrepreneurial Organisation Entrepreneurship is often focused on understanding new ventures but the entrepreneurial flame is required in growing organisations too. This textbook examines how organisations can become more entrepreneurial to achieve sustainable growth. The authors show how entrepreneurship can be used to address crisis points of growth within small firms and to overcome the limitations of stagnation within large firms. By integrating entrepreneurship and innovation management the book presents a framework to diagnose entrepreneurial behaviour within existing firms. Drawing upon research and reflecting practice across a range of industries from football through Silicon Valley to the retail sector it includes insights from leading practitioners. The authors build an understanding of entrepreneurship in context to provide diagnostic tools to help organisations make entrepreneurship central to their culture. This unique text is therefore useful reading for business students from advanced undergraduate to executive education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138861138

Building an Information Security Awareness Program In his latest book a pre-eminent information security pundit confessed that he was wrong about the solutions to the problem of information security. It's not technology that's the solution but the human factor-people. But even infosec policies and procedures are insufficient if employees don't know about them or why they're important or what can happen to them if they ignore them. The key of course is continuous awareness of the problems and the solutions. Building an Information Security Awareness Program addresses these concerns. A reference and self-study guide it goes step-by-step through the methodology for developing distributing and monitoring an information security awareness program. It includes detailed instructions on determining what media to use and where to locate it and it describes how to efficiently use outside sources to optimize the output of a small staff. The author stresses the importance of security and the entire organizations' role and responsibility in protecting it. He presents the material in a fashion that makes it easy for nontechnical staff members to grasp the concepts. These attributes render Building an Information Security Awareness Program an immensely valuable reference in the arsenal of the IS professional. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781138436985

Building an Opportunity SocietyA Realistic Alternative to an Entitlement State Twenty-first-century US policymakers face a great challenge: How can federal government help more people achieve the American dream? Specifically how can we provide greater opportunities for less-prosperous individuals enabling them to succeed through hard work on their merits and take increased responsibility for their lives?Lewis D. Solomon sees this as the challenge of our time. He seeks to thread the fine public policy needle between social democratic efforts to perfect the world and those who negatively view public sector programs. Based on the premise that capitalism is not inherently unjust and defective and American capitalism's structural features do not inexorability thwart opportunity Building an Opportunity Society offers the possibility of more limited carefully structured cost-effective empirically verified federal policies and programs.Solomon first provides the background and context of many existing domestic challenges and problems that the current and proposed federal policies and programs seek to address. He then analyses the federal safety net that keeps Americans from poverty and helps reduce income inequality. Finally he presents a lifecycle analysis of current federal policies and programs preventive and remedial designed as part of the Entitlement State but if restructured could facilitate the building of an Opportunity Society. Solomon challenges policymakers to take a fresh look at how best to achieve society's goals for all citizens. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138507814

Building and Maintaining a Data Warehouse As it is with building a house most of the work necessary to build a data warehouse is neither visible nor obvious when looking at the completed product. While it may be easy to plan for a data warehouse that incorporates all the right concepts taking the steps needed to create a warehouse that is as functional and user-friendly as it is theoretically sound is not especially easy. That’s the challenge that Building and Maintaininga Data Warehouse answers. Based on a foundation of industry-accepted principles this work provides an easy-to-follow approach that is cohesive and holistic. By offering the perspective of a successful data warehouse as well as that of a failed one this workdetails those factors that must be accomplished and those that are best avoided. Organized to logically progress from more general to specific information this valuable guide: Presents areas of a data warehouse individually and in sequence showing how each piece becomes a working part of the whole Examines the concepts and principles that are at the foundation of every successful data warehouse Explains how to recognize and attend to problematic gaps in an established data warehouse Provides the big picture perspective that planners and executives require Those considering the planning and creation of a data warehouse as well as those who’ve already built one will profit greatly from the insights garnered by the author during his years of creating and gathering information on state-of-the-art data warehouses that are accessible convenient and reliable. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780367387648

Building and Managing E-book CollectionsA How-to-do-it Manual for Librarians Offering multiple perspectives from electronic resource professionals at world-renowned libraries this book provides a comprehensive and well-rounded e-book education. Beginning with a short history of e-books and a review of the e-book publishing industry and its effect on library's selection and budget process this new text provides a thorough treatment of collection development issues including the selection process and development policies the use of approval plans patron-driven acquisition and practical solutions for creating your e-book collection policies. Chapters on budgeting and licensing covers ownership versus leasing models the differences in licensing options from the major publishers and aggregators including information on digital rights management and strategies for success in retention access and budgeting. This practical and realistic book covers all aspects of this complex area including: e-book purchasing models file formats and publisher/aggregator e-book platforms an examination of display devices (e-readers) best practices in cataloguing e-books to include metadata insight on incorporating value added features such as adding excerpts from the text book covers and links to related resources guidance on library web page and online catalogue access assessment and evaluation strategies circulation statistics print collection selection and usage and user satisfaction. You'll also gain valuable insight into the e-book's impact on the publishing industry scholarly communication and its integration into future technologies and social media. Six practical case studies offer real world scenarios and helpful tips for implementation in a variety of settings. Readership: This book is a ready reference source for any library and information professional with an interest in e-books and their development. It is essential background reading for library managers wishing to develop an e-book collection from scratch or for those responsible for maintaining an existing e-book collection. It will also have plenty to interest publishers who need to be aware of the issues faced by libraries managing e-book collections and will be of great value to students of librarianship and information studies and those on publishing related courses. Media > Books > Print Books Facet Publishing 9781856048378

Building and Sustaining the Capacity for Social Policy Reforms This title was first published in 2000:  Ten papers on poverty alleviation and social policy matters applied to Arab countries and Africa. They explore the impact on the vulnerable of the implementation of structural adjustment programmes and look at poverty alleviation and social policies health care and social security issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138703995

Building and Using a Groundwater Database Building and Using a Groundwater Database is an introductory book that focuses on the fundamentals of groundwater database use. It is an excellent guide for people who collect and use groundwater quality data hydrogeological data and general geological data as well as people who are required to prepare information about groundwater resources for others to use. The book also serves as a textbook for computer-based hydrogeology courses. Many university courses now make use of computerized groundwater data yet no textbook exists to guide students in database use.Building and Using a Groundwater Database provides detailed information regarding the steps and perspectives required to create a database and use it for groundwater management land use practices planning cleanups site investigations and general hydrogeologic reporting. The book is structured to take the reader from the foundations of database development through maintenance and everyday use of the database. Actual examples from selected case studies are used to illustrate database principles. This book is unique in that it deals with the management and structuring of groundwater data as opposed to the collection and interpretation of data. It illustrates how database software managers can be integrated with groundwater software tools. Building and Using a Groundwater Database provides consultants engineers public officials university instructors local and municipal water utilities and banking and loan institutions with a clear concise guide to using groundwater databases. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315891255

Building Anti-Fragile OrganisationsRisk Opportunity and Governance in a Turbulent World Every day human organisations fail. Building Anti-Fragile Organisations explores a powerful alternative framework for risk in the design and management of human systems. Anti-Fragility is a new way of thinking about mitigating risk that builds on earlier work on the characteristics of biological systems that being more than just robust actually improve their resilience through being stressed. Professor Bendell explains how applying this concept to the development and management of organisations services and products allows us to identify the characteristics that will not only mitigate against the realisation of hazards but enable growth in protection strength and anti-fragility over time. In this context anti-fragility also encompasses flexibility agility and the exploitation of opportunities. At the organisational level anti-fragility (or its absence) is determined by the organisational strategy structure and systems its people relationships and culture. The book focuses on establishing the Anti-Fragile concept of the firm and explores its application in private and public sector organisations of all types. It identifies characteristics relevant to survival in a turbulent world and how our approaches to risk and governance need to change in order to create and manage anti-fragile organisations. It provides practical insight into the concept of Anti-Fragility and its deployment within human organisations of all types and give readers the opportunity to start to make sense to applying the concepts within their own worlds. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138272774

Building ApartheidOn Architecture and Order in Imperial Cape Town Through a specific architectural lens this book exposes the role the British Empire played in the development of apartheid. Through reference to previously unexamined archival material the book uncovers a myriad of mechanisms through which Empire laid the foundations onto which the edifice of apartheid was built. It unearths the significant role British architects and British architectural ideas played in facilitating white dominance and racial segregation in pre-apartheid Cape Town. To achieve this the book follows the progenitor of the Garden City Movement Ebenezer Howard in its tripartite structure of Country/Town/Suburb acknowledging the Garden City Movement's dominance at the Cape at the time. This tripartite structure also provides a significant match to postcolonial schemas of Self/Other/Same which underpin the three parts to the book. Much is owed to Edward Said's discourse-analytical approach in Orientalism - and the work of Homi Bhabha - in the definition and interpretation of archival material. This material ranges across written and visual representations in journals and newspapers through exhibitions and events to legislative acts as well as the physicality of the various architectural objects studied. The book concludes by drawing attention to the ideological potency of architecture which tends to be veiled more so through its ubiquitous presence and in doing so it presents not only a story peculiar to Imperial Cape Town but one inherent to architecture more broadly. The concluding chapter also provides a timely mirror for the machinations currently at play in establishing a 'post-apartheid' architecture and urbanity in the 'new' South Africa. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138255432

Building Asia’s Security This book provides a systematic analysis of the current state and future trajectory of security cooperation in the worlds most economically dynamic and strategically uncertain region. It explains the rapid rise of a complex array of security mechanisms in Asia and argues that their limited influence on Asian states security policy derives from a combination of institutional and diplomatic shortcomings as well as the broader mistrust and strategic uncertainty evident in the region. As such the paper argues that Asia presently has a fractured security architecture and that this likely to remain the case in the short term. Although current security cooperation is not providing substantive reassurance to many regional powers indeed it is to some degree masking the growing wariness among many regional powers institutional mechanisms can contribute to the creation of a stable regional order in Asia and the prospects of such efforts are politically plausible but by no means inevitable. Provided they are well designed and have sufficient political capital invested in them security institutions can be capable of providing regional security public goods that are not available through other means and which the region will need if it is to be able to make good on its potential. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138405639

Building BangaloreArchitecture and urban transformation in India’s Silicon Valley Examining spatial transformations in Bangalore one of India's fastest growing cities this book highlights the influence of information and communications technology (ICT) development on the city. Focusing on the production of urban space and the processes that inform such production the author proposes that Silicon Valley California has become a globalized model for the production of ICT urban development. The book presents a history of Bangalore's urban development and the emergence of the ICT industry there. Using this historical analysis and the geography of ICT development the author identifies several case study areas where ICT development is transforming the built environment. Building on this analysis the author goes on to suggest that the development in Bangalore over the last 20 years represents a type of informational cascade and that the case studies illustrate that local information alters the course of ICT development and has the potential to overturn this cascade. This in turn could lead to a more sustainable urban future one that profits from the city's regional advantages. The transformations taking place in Bangalore are occurring in many cities that are competing in the new informational economy. This book makes an important contribution to studies on South Asia as well as Architecture and Urban Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415748759

Building Better Arts FacilitiesLessons from a U.S. National Study At the turn of the 21st century a significant boom in the construction of cultural buildings took saw the creation of hundreds of performing arts centers theaters and museums. After these buildings were completed however many of these cultural organizations struggled to survive or alternatively drifted off mission as the construction project forced monetary or other considerations to be prioritized. Building Better Arts Facilities: Lessons from a U.S. National Study examines the ways in which organizations planned and managed building projects during this boom and investigates organizational operations after projects were completed. By integrating quantitative data with case-study evidence the authors identify the differences between the ways some organizations were able to successfully meet the challenges of a large construction project and others that were not. With empirical evidence and analysis this book highlights better practices for managing and leading cultural building ventures. Readers of this book – be they arts managers politicians board members city planners foundation executives or philanthropists – will find that book provides valuable perspective and insight about building cultural facilities and that reading it will serve to make building projects go more smoothly in the future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138125797

Building Better UniversitiesStrategies Spaces Technologies Building Better Universities provides a wide-ranging summary and critical review of the increasing number of groundbreaking initiatives undertaken by universities and colleges around the world. It suggests that we have reached a key moment for the higher education sector in which the services location scale ownership and distinctiveness of education are being altered dramatically whether universities and colleges want it or not. These shifts are affecting traditional assumptions about both the future ‘shape’ of higher education institutions and the roles of—and relationships between—learners teachers researchers managers businesses communities and other stakeholders. Building Better Universities aims to bridge the gap between educational ideas about what the university is or should be ‘for’ and its day-to-day practices and organisation. It roams across strategic operational and institutional issues; space planning and building design; and technological change in order to bring together issues that are often dealt with separately. By analysing the many challenges faced by higher education in the contemporary period and exploring the various ways universities and colleges are responding this powerful book aims to support a ‘step-change’ in debates over the future of higher education and to enable senior managers and faculty to develop more strategic and creative ways of enabling effective twenty-first-century learning in their own institutions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415859325

Building Big Business in RussiaThe Impact of Informal Corporate Governance Practices This book examines the development of big business in Russia since the onset of market oriented reform in the early 1990s. It explains how privatized post-Soviet enterprises many of which made little sense as business units were transformed into functional firms able to operate in the environment of a market economy. It provides detailed case studies of three key companies – Yukos Oil Company Siberian (Russian) Aluminium and Norilsk Nickel – all of which played a key role in Russia’s economic recovery after 1998 describing how these companies were created run and have developed.  It shows how Russian businesses during the 1990s routinely relied on practices not entirely compatible with formal rules in particular in the area of corporate governance. The book fully explores the critical role played by informal corporate governance practices - such as share dilution transfer pricing asset stripping limiting shareholders access to votes and 'bankruptcy to order’ - as Russian big business developed during the 1990s.   Unlike other studies on Russian corporate governance this book highlights the ambiguous impact of informal corporate governance practices on the companies involved as commercial entities and suggests that although their use proved costly to Russia’s business reputation they helped core groups of owners/managers at the time to establish coherent business firms. Overall the book shows that we cannot understand the nature of current economic changes in Russia without recognising the crucial role played by informal corporate governance practices in the creation and development of big business in post-Soviet Russia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415625418

Building Blocks for CommunicationActivities for Promoting Language and Communication Skills in Children with Special Educational Needs This practical book provides school staff with lots of LEGO activities to use with children of all ages (5-16) to improve communication skills. Whether it is whole class doing group building activities to encourage collaborative working or paired work to target specific communication difficulties this book is packed full of engaging fun activities to suit all ages and abilities. LEGO never fails to entertain. Designed to look like play each activity is structured to target the development of particular skills needed for successful learners including many that focus on basic literacy and numeracy vocabulary. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781909301375

Building Blocks of Tabletop Game DesignAn Encyclopedia of Mechanisms Building Blocks of Tabletop Game Design: An Encyclopedia of Mechanisms compiles hundreds of different mechanisms organized by category. Each has a description of how it works discussion of its pros and cons how it can be implemented and examples of specific games that use it. Building Blocks can be read cover to cover used as a reference when looking for inspiration for a new design help solving a specific problem or assist in getting unstuck in the midst of a project. This book the first to collect mechanisms like this in the tabletop game design field aims to be a practical guide that will be a great starting point for beginning designers a handy guidebook for the experienced and an ideal classroom textbook. 　 Key Features The first compendium of its kind in the tabletop game field. Covers the nuts and bolts of design to resolve specific challenges. Serves as a practical guide a great starting point for beginning designers and a reference for seasoned professionals. Contains discussion of a series of standalone mechanisms in a standard format and style with cross-links to related mechanics and specific examples. Includes hundreds of mechanism entries with accompanying diagrams and sample games to study. Ideal for professional or classroom use. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138365490

Building Brands in AsiaFrom the Inside Out In a global business environment characterized by volatility and change the formation of enduring relationships with consumers is paramount but also notoriously difficult. Developing a unique brand personality is increasingly recognized as a key method to achieving the goal of customer loyalty. Focusing on the creation development and management of brands in the world’s most dynamic diverse and challenging business environment Building Brands in Asia challenges the assumption that the continuing success of global brands in Asia is a given. The first part examines the challenge multinational corporations face in balancing brand consistency with local effectiveness. In the second part attention shifts to Asian company brands where the focus on branding has been relatively muted until now. Through a variety of sector and country contexts – from facilities management to football clubs places to pop bands home appliances to home weaving - we narrate simply and clearly the value meaning auditing aligning extending and architecture of brands from the likes of Haier Ah Yee Taung Axis Bank OCS Caltex Manchester United and Thai Airways in markets as diverse as Japan Laos Korea and Singapore. Replete with anecdotes interviews and case studies Andrews and Chew provide an insightful detailed and timely examination for all those interested in today’s primary corporate preoccupation set in the world’s most exciting marketplace. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415549844

Building Bridges: Cognitive Development in Typical and Atypical Development How can the study of typical development inform our understanding of atypical development? How can the study of atypical development inform our understanding of typical development? This book addresses these questions in the context of cognitive development—a discipline that focuses on the changes and continuity that characterize the intellectual processes that support mental life. The contributions range from a consideration of what autism teaches us about the development of attention to how the study of multiracial and gender-nonconforming children enriches and challenges traditional approaches to understanding social perception. This book demonstrates how two fields of study that too often operate independently can benefit from each other theoretically empirically and practically. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Journal of Cognition and Development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367535711

Building BridgesThe Impact of Neuropsychoanalysis on Psychoanalytic Clinical Sessions There are extraordinarily exciting periods in the history of science which bring new openings on the fringes of a particular field. We are in the midst of one of these periods: a large number of new discoveries regarding the functioning of the mind are published every day. These new findings in neuroscience are revealing unexpected aspects of neuroscience and pushing the entire field toward unexplored regions. Besides the advancement in the understanding of psychic processes neuroscience offers psychoanalysts the opportunity to enhance the dialogue with psychiatrists neurologists and other scientists expanding the theoretical model. It is clear that the relationship between psychoanalysis neuroscience and neuropsychoanalysis is controversial. So the dialogue between neuroscience and clinical findings is essential. Building a bridge between neuropsychoanalysis and psychoanalysis through the clinical session is the main purpose of the book which consists of two parts. The first part provides a theoretical view on dream depression addiction panic and how to consider the study of a single case. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782205135

Building BridgesThe Negotiation of Paradox in Psychoanalysis In Building Bridges Stuart A. Pizer gives much-needed recognition to the central role of negotiation in the analytic relationship and in the therapeutic process. Building on a Winnicottian perspective that comprehends paradox as the condition for preserving an intrapsychic and relational "potential space " Pizer explores how the straddling of paradox requires an ongoing process of negotiation and demonstrates how such negotiation articulates the creative potential within the potential space of analysis.Following careful review of Winnicott's perspective on paradox-via the pairings of privacy and interrelatedness isolation and interdependence ruthlessness and concern and the notion of transitional phenomena-Pizer locates these elemental paradoxes within the negotiations of an analytic process. Together he observes analyst and patient negotiate the boundaries potentials limits tonalities resistances and meanings that determine the course of their clinical dialogue. Elaborating on the theme of a multiply constituted "distributed" self Pizer presents a model for the tolerance of paradox as a developmental achievement related to ways in which caretakers function as "transitional mirrors." He then explores the impact of trauma and dissociation on the child's ability to negotiate paradox and clarifies how negotiation of paradox differs from negotiation of conflict.  Pizer also broadens the scope of his study by turning to negotiation theory and practices in the disciplines of law diplomacy and dispute resolution.  Enlivened by numerous clinical vignettes and a richly detailed chronicle of an analytic case from its earliest negotiations to termination Building Bridges adds a significant dimension to theoretical understanding and clinical practice. It is altogether a psychoanalytic work of our time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138009738

Building Broadband Networks Optical networks undersea networks GSM UMTS…The recent explosion in broadband communications technologies has opened a new world of fast flexible services and applications. To successfully implement these services however requires a solid understanding of the concepts and capabilities of broadband technologies and networks.Building Broadband Networks provides a comprehensive non-theoretical introduction to broadband networking. It clearly and thoroughly conveys the principles and the technical fundamentals of the high-performance technologies that enable the reliable delivery of media-rich voice video and data services. After a careful examination of ISDN and ATM technologies it describes optical network solutions based on SONET/SDH WDM and DWDM technologies. It then explores Ethernet operations and services and introduces Frame Relay and Fibre Channel networks DSL solutions and wireline and wireless cable networks. The author reviews the capabilities of cellular technologies describes the characteristics of wireless networking technologies and examines broadband satellite networks. She also explores next-generation network configurations such as Internet2 and GEANT and concludes with a study of network security problems and solutions.The process of building and implementing broadband networks is technically complicated. Straightforward highly readable and logically presented Building Broadband Networks provides the foundation for understanding the broadband communications infrastructure and the framework needed to effectively develop and deploy broadband network solutions. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367396077

Building Businesses in Emerging and Developing CountriesChallenges and Opportunities This book focuses on the challenges and opportunities facing companies in emerging and developing countries. China and India have become the primary business destination for many global companies that are looking for market opportunities and low costs of production whilst Morocco Dubai Brazil Malaysia and Russia are also being targeted. This new edited volume helps develop a better understanding of the realities of doing business in emerging and developing countries in particular exploring the dynamics between corporations – both indigenous and multinational – and local pressures in developing transitional and emerging economies. The book points out the benefits and pitfalls of doing business in emerging and developing countries as well as the adjustments that are necessary for success. It also discusses entrepreneurship in emerging and developing countries exploring its new realities from women’s entrepreneurship in Muslim countries to social entrepreneurship in developing countries. The volume also points out the new challenges for SMEs of emerging and developing countries in a global competitive environment. Finally it analyses corporate governance from a local partner perspective and an institutional perspective. Building Businesses in Emerging and Developing Countries will be of interest to business managers students and researchers involved in international entrepreneurship and corporate governance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138383050

Building Business-Government RelationsA Skills Approach This book introduces business-government relations in the institutional context of the United States from a practitioner’s perspective. It provides the historical descriptive and comparative accounts of the public and private sectors the different roles government plays with business including several conceptual models to understand the social interactions between the two sectors and various economic policies associated with business. Business-government relations are framed into three different social economic contexts: The sociopolitical arena in which government’s role as agent of business interest groups and government’s limited role as social architect are introduced. The local economic development in which government acts as a promoter of partner with and buyer from business. The global market where government mainly plays a role as promoter of domestic business. In the course of discussion a set of skills such as searching government jobs starting a business analyzing stakeholders ethical reasoning advancing a business agenda leveraging public resources contracting with government interpreting global trends doing business abroad and leveraging international resources are introduced and exercised. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780765640086

Building Capitalism (Routledge Revivals)Historical Change and the Labour Process in the Production of Built Environment First published in 1992 this Routledge Revival sees the reissue of a truly original exploration of the nature of urbanization and capitalism. Linda Clarke’s vital work argues that: Urbanization is a product of the social human labour engaged in building as well as a concentration of the labour force. The quality of the labour process determines the development of production. Changes to the built environment reflect changes in the production process and in particular the development of wage labour. To support these arguments the author identifies a qualitatively new historical stage of capitalist building production involving a significant expansion of wage labour and hence capital and the transition from artisan to industrial production. Linda Clarke draws from a wide range of original material relating to the development of London from the mid-eighteenth to the early nineteenth century to provide a complete description of the development process: materials extraction roadbuilding housebuilding paving cleansing etc; profiles of builders and contractors involved and a picture of the new working class communities as in Somers Town – their living conditions population working environment and politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415688024

Building Children’s Resilience in the Face of Parental Mental IllnessConversations with Children Parents and Professionals Mental illness in a parent presents children with multiple challenges including stigma self-doubt and self-blame ongoing anxiety and depression that are rarely discussed in the public domain. This important new book written by young people who have lived through these experiences as well as professionals working alongside their families highlights the relationships between children parents and professionals and the emotional issues they all face. A key focus of the book is the relationships in all combinations between the children parents and professionals as well as the responses to each other illustrated throughout. It will be ideal for all those working in the health social and educational professions as well as parents and children themselves. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367183127

Building Citizenship from BelowPrecarity Migration and Agency Focusing on what can be referred to as the ‘precarity-agency-migration nexus’ this comprehensive volume leverages the political economic and social dynamics of migration to better understand both deepening inequality and popular resistance. Drawing on rich ethnographic and interview-based studies of the United States and Latin America the authors show how migrants are navigating and challenging conditions of insecurity and structures of power. Detailed case studies illuminate collective survival strategies along the migrant trail efforts by nannies and dairy workers in the northeast United States to assert dignity and avoid deportation strategies of reintegration used by deportees in Guatemala and Mexico and grassroots organizing and public protest in California. In doing so they reveal varied moments of agency without presenting an overly idyllic picture or presuming limitless potential for change. Anchoring the study of migration in the opposition between precarity and agency the authors thus provide a new window into the continuously unfolding relationship between national borders global capitalism and human freedom. This book was originally published as a special issue of the journal Citizenship Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367143169

Building Communication TheoriesA Socio/cultural Approach Concern with various matters related to humans as they communicate has led to an increase in both research and theorizing during the second half of the 20th century. As a matter of fact so many scholars and so many disciplines have become involved in this process that it is virtually impossible to understand and appreciate all that has been accomplished so far. This book focuses on one important aspect of human sense-making -- theory building -- and strives to clarify the thesis that theories do not develop in some sort of social intellectual or cultural vacuum. They are necessarily the products of specific times insights and mindsets. Theories dealing with the process of communication or communicating are tied to socio-cultural value systems and historic factors that influence individuals in ways often inadequately understood by those who use them. The process-orientation of this book inevitably leads to an emphasis on the perceptions of human beings. Thus the focus shifts from the subject or area called "communication" to the act of communicating. Finally this volume offers insight into how the process of human sense-making has evolved in those academic fields commonly identified as communication rhetoric speech communication or speech within specific socio-cultural settings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415515610

Building Communism and Policing Deviance in the Soviet UnionResidential Childcare 1958–91 This book examines through a detailed study of Soviet residential childcare homes and boarding schools the much wider issues of Soviet policies towards deviance social norms repression and social control. It reveals how through targeting children whose parents could not or did not take care of them as well as children with disabilities the system disproportionately involved children from socially marginal and poor families. It highlights how the system aimed to raise these children from the margins of society and transform them into healthy happy useful Soviet citizens imbued with socialist values. The book also outlines how the system fitted in to Khrushchev’s reforms and social order policies where the emphasis was on monitoring and controlling society without the recourse to direct repression and terror and how continuity with this period was maintained even as the rest of Soviet society changed significantly. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367694692

Building Communities (Routledge Revivals)The Co-operative Way Building Communities: The Co-Operative Way first published in 1988 sets the flourishing of housing co-operatives throughout the 1980s in a theoretical and historical framework that suggests that tenant control is the best way out of the still-problematic issue of housing policy. Before the First World War co-operative housing was poised to become a potent force in government policy but instead municipal housing rose to prominence. However alongside a growing crisis of confidence in state housing and a continued decline in the private rented sector a new political consensus has emerged that has placed co-ops firmly at the top of the agenda. Setting out the argument for collective dweller-control of housing Birchall demonstrates that the arguments for co-operatives are strong based on a broad spectrum of political thought. He charts the early and recent history of co-operative housing and shows how they provide a flexible and stable means of meeting housing needs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138016637

Building Communities of Engaged ReadersReading for pleasure Reading for pleasure urgently requires a higher profile to raise attainment and increase children’s engagement as self-motivated and socially interactive readers. Building Communities of Engaged Readers highlights the concept of ‘Reading Teachers’ who are not only knowledgeable about texts for children but are aware of their own reading identities and prepared to share their enthusiasm and understanding of what being a reader means. Sharing the processes of reading with young readers is an innovative approach to developing new generations of readers. Examining the interplay between the ‘will and the skill’ to read the book distinctively details a reading for pleasure pedagogy and demonstrates that reader engagement is strongly influenced by relationships between children teachers families and communities. Importantly it provides compelling evidence that reciprocal reading communities in school encompass: a shared concept of what it means to be a reader in the 21st century; considerable teacher and child knowledge of children’s literature and other texts; pedagogic practices which acknowledge and develop diverse reader identities; spontaneous ‘inside-text talk’ on the part of all members; a shift in the focus of control and new social spaces that encourage choice and children’s rights as readers. Written by experts in the literacy field and illustrated throughout with examples from the project schools it is essential reading for all those concerned with improving young people’s enjoyment of and attainment in reading. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138777484

Building Communities of LearnersA Collaboration Among Teachers Students Families and Community This popular text shows how teachers can create partnerships with parents and students that facilitate participation in the schools while also validating home culture and family concerns and aspirations. It reflects current research and theory in several areas related to literacy development including family literacy bilingual and multicultural education critical pedagogy participatory research cooperative learning and feminist perspectives. Teachers of students who are immigrants non-native speakers of English and members of marginalized groups will find this book especially pertinent. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138156333

Building Community Capacity This book focuses on a gap in current social work practice theory: community change. Much work in this area of macro practice particularly around ""grassroots"" community organizing has a somewhat dated feel to it is highly ideological in orientation or suffers from superficiality particularly in the area of theory and practical application. Set against the context of an often narrowly constructed ""clinical"" emphasis on practice education coupled with social work's own current rendering of ""scientific management "" community practice often takes second or third billing in many professional curricula despite its deep roots in the overall field of social welfare.Drawing on extensive case study data from three significant community-building initiatives program data from numerous other community capacity-building efforts key informant interviews and an excellent literature review Chaskin and his colleagues draw implications for crafting community change strategies as well as for creating and sustaining the organizational infrastructure necessary to support them. The authors bring to bear the perspectives of a variety of professional disciplines including sociology urban planning psychology and social work.Building Community Capacity takes a collaborative interdisciplinary approach to a subject of wide and current concern: the role of neighborhood and community structures in the delivery of human services or as the authors put it ""a place where programs and problems can be fitted together."" Social work scholars and students of community practice seeking new conceptual frameworks and insights from research to inform novel community interventions will find much of value in Building Community Capacity. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315081892

Building Competence in Mindfulness-Based Cognitive TherapyTranscripts and Insights for Working With Stress Anxiety Depression and Other Problems Mindfulness-Based Cognitive Therapy (MBCT) is an evidence-based program that combines mindfulness and cognitive therapy techniques for working with stress anxiety depression and other problems. Building Competence in Mindfulness-Based Cognitive Therapy provides the first transcript of an entire 8-week program. This intimate portrayal of the challenges and celebrations of actual clients give the reader an inside look at the processes that occur within these groups. The author also provides insights and practical suggestions for building personal and professional competence in delivering the MBCT protocol. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415857253

Building Competence in School ConsultationA Developmental Approach School psychologists consistently indicate that consultation is a crucial component of their duties but that they lack sufficient opportunities to develop their corresponding knowledge skills and confidence during graduate training. Building Competence in School Consultation directly addresses the need for practical comprehensive consultation training including support materials for school psychologists counselors and other professionals working in schools. Drawing from evidence-based approaches as well as experienced instructors’ real-world toolkits these essential perspectives and activities approach the standard and less common challenges of the school consultant role. Written by two leading experts in consultation this book brings school psychology research directly to graduate students and both novice and experienced practitioners providing invaluable context reflection activities videos from fellow consultation experts and resources that translate academic findings into skills ready for immediate use. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138022621

Building Competences for Spatial PlannersMethods and Techniques for Performing Tasks with Efficiency Spatial planning is a process. The focus of this book is on the sequence of key tasks that constitute the process and on special techniques that are suitable to conduct these tasks. Spatial planners require a number of skills to manage this process in an efficient manner select the necessary tasks for each specific planning context as well as the appropriate techniques for each task – always considering the people with whom and for whom they plan. Rather than recommending options or ‘recipes’ this book stimulates critical thinking and questioning: What do we want to achieve? How can we do that? What options do we have? Which option is the best for our case? This book contains enough planning theory to discuss the function of the planner and the alternative approaches as well as to provide the background for defining a core set of planning tasks. Building Competences for Spatial Planners is ideal for both planning students and newly qualified planners who are rapidly accumulating knowledge and experience. Perdicoulis uses practice examples diagrams and thought provoking chapter questions to help planners develop high-level skills such as efficient organization communication and thinking. His engaging style carries the reader through areas such as team functions how to define the planning problem organizing timings and how to use charts and diagrams to help planners and their clients. More details at  http: www.tasso.utad.pt Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415594561

Building Comprehension in Every ClassroomInstruction with Literature Informational Texts and Basal Programs This book presents a practical model and specific unit- and lesson-planning ideas for enhancing students' reading comprehension in any 2-8 classroom. The authors provide innovative suggestions that help teachers construct a comprehension curriculum organized around literature informational texts or a basal reading program. Vivid case examples and vignettes bring to life ways to build the knowledge strategies and motivation that children need to engage with different types of texts and become proficient enthusiastic readers. Graphic elements throughout the volume link instructional and assessment practices directly to the Common Core standards. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462511204

Building Condition SurveysA Practical and Concise Introduction Condition surveys are becoming increasingly important and standardised in approach but are a high risk service with the potential for legal consequences if mistakes are made. Professionals therefore require clear up-to-date advice on how to inspect and report accurately and this book provides a one-stop shop of uniquely practical concise and accessible guidance written by one of the leading authorities in the field. The key coverage includes: Domestic and commercial surveys; surveys for historic new and dilapidated buildings Improvements to surveys including the inclusion of colour photographs condition ratings use of the term ‘technical due diligence’ and increased professionalization New techniques for further investigation including thermography endoscopy and ground radar Advances in the diagnosis of causes of masonry cracking New hazards such as Japanese Knotweed Updated to reflect the latest RICS regulations legislation and guidance on building surveying Case studies of both bad and good practice and images to illustrate real world problems and solutions   Media > Books > Print Books RIBA Publishing 9781859466193

Building Connected Communities of CareThe Playbook For Streamlining Effective Coordination Between Medical And Community-Based Organizations As a community aligning efforts across a community to support the safety and well-being of vulnerable and underserved individuals is extraordinarily difficult. These individuals suffer disproportionally from health issues job loss a lack of stable housing high utility costs substance abuse and homelessness. In addition to medical care these individuals often critically need access to community social sector organizations that provide a distinct and complementary set of services such as housing food services emergency utility assistance and employment assistance. These services are just as vital as healthcare services to these individuals’ long-term health and well-being with data suggesting that 80–90% of health outcomes can be attributed to factors beyond direct medical intervention. This book proposes a novel approach to the coordination of medicine and social services through the use of people process and technology with the goal being to streamline coordination between medical and Community-Based Organizations and to promote true cross-sector patient and client advocacy. The book is based on the experience of Dallas TX which was one of the first metropolitan regions to develop a comprehensive foundation for partnership between a community’s clinical and social sectors using web-based information exchange. In the 5 years since the initial launch the authors have been able to provide seamless connection communication and coordination between healthcare providers and a wide array of community-based social service organizations (a/k/a Community-Based Organizations or CBOs) criminal justice entities and various other community organizations including non-collegiate educational systems. This practical how-to guide is the codification of transferrable lessons from successes and challenges faced when working with clinical community and government leaders. By reading this playbook leaders interested in building (or expanding) connected clinical-community services will learn how to: 1) facilitate cross-sector care coordination; 2) enable community care partners to better provide targeted services to community residents; 3) reduce duplication of services across partnering organizations; and 4) help to bridge service gaps in the currently fragmented system. Implementation of services as recommended in this book will ultimately streamline assistance efforts reduce repeat crises and emergency funding requests help address disparities of care and improve the health safety and well-being of the most vulnerable community residents. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9780367800062

Building Contract Claims and Disputes The second edition of Building Contract Claims and Disputes (first published as Building Contract Disputes) provides a study of the causes of contractual disputes particularly of claims in construction projects and of how they can be resolved successfully. It examines contracts decisions documentation and project operation from the points of view of clients contractors subcontractors and professional advisers. Readers in practice will find this book an invaluable and comprehensive reference. Those taking professional examinations or degree and postgraduate courses will also benefit greatly from it.The book explains the background preparation and settlement of claims with negotiation and dispute resolution from mediation to adjudication arbitration and legal proceedings. The interrelations of variations extension of time and loss and expense are considered. Three specially structured case studies of construction projects illustrate and apply the principles to detailed practical situations. This edition deals with a considerably expanded range of contracts including JCT GC/Works/1 design and build minor works ICE and innovative NEC. It covers recent legal rulings and changes in the law and contract forms as well as parts of the Housing Grants Construction and Regeneration Act 1996 and the Arbitration Act 1996. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138140080

Building Corporate AccountabilityEmerging Practice in Social and Ethical Accounting and Auditing The practice of social and ethical accounting is emerging as a key tool for companies in the 1990s in response to calls for greater transparency and accountability to different stakeholders and as a means for managing companies in increasingly complex situations where social and environmental issues are significant in securing business success. This is the first book to address the practice of social and ethical accounting auditing and reporting and its implications for the development of corporate social ethical and environmental responsibility. It includes ten case studies as well as an historical overview of the development of social and ethical accounting and reporting. The editors introduce a methodological framework that allows emerging practice worldwide to be analysed understood and improved; and the case studies are written by the practitioners giving insight into the experiences described. This innovative book written by internationally acknowledged leaders in the field will be of enormous value to business managers particularly those with responsibility for corporate affairs human resources environmental management financial management or planning. It will also be a useful text for business students. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315070933

Building CosmopolisThe Political Thought of H.G. Wells Alongside his reputation as an author H.G. Wells is also remembered as a leading political commentator of the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. Building Cosmopolis presents the worldview of Wells as developed between his student days at the Normal School of Science (1884-1887) and his death in 1946. During this time Wells developed a unique political philosophy grounded on the one hand in the theory of 'Ethical Evolution' as propounded by his professor T.H. Huxley and on the other in late Victorian socialism. From this basis Wells developed a worldview which rejected class struggle and nationalism and embraced global co-operation for the maintenance of peace and the advancement of the human species in a world society. Although committed to the idea of a world state Wells became more antagonistic towards the nation state as a political unit during the carnage of the First World War. He began moving away from the position of an internationalist to one of a cosmopolitan in 1916 and throughout the inter-war period he advanced the notion of regional and ultimately functional world government to a greater and greater extent. Wells first demonstrated a functionalist society in Men Like Gods (1923) and further elaborated this system of government in most of his works both fictional and non-fictional throughout the rest of his life. Following an examination of the development of his political thought from inception to fruition this study argues that Wells's political thoughts rank him alongside David Mitrany as one of the two founders of the functionalist school of international relations an acknowledgement hitherto denied to Wells by scholars of world-government theory. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315261171

Building Cost Planning for the Design Team Cost management of all building projects has become increasingly important as clients in the public and private sector demand the highest quality cost planning services with accurate budgeting and cost control. All members of the design team must integrate their activities to ensure that a high quality project is delivered on time and within budget. This book considers building cost planning and cost control from the client and the design team's perspective where all decisions whether concerned with design cost quality time value or sustainability are taken as being interrelated. The latest Royal Institute of British Architects (RIBA) Plan of Work and the New Rules of Measurement for Early Stage Estimating and Cost Planning issued by the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors (RICS) have been incorporated into this new text. The book follows the building design cost planning process from the crucial inception stages and then through all the design stages to the completion of the technical design contract documentation and the tender. It provides a template for good cost planning practice. An essential addition to this third edition is the introduction of integrated design and documentation processes captured in building Information modelling (BIM) on-line cost databases and computerised methods of cost planning. The integrated approaches are explained and provide vital information and knowledge for practitioners involved in building projects. All stakeholders involved in development and design and client teams in public and private sector policy making and implementation need to understand the new approaches to design management processes and how cost planning and design approaches are adapting to using the new technology in practice. The interactive style using in-text and review questions makes this ideal for students and practitioners alike in property architecture construction economics construction management real estate engineering facilities management and project management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138907379

Building Cultural Nationalism in MalaysiaIdentity Representation and Citizenship This text contains an examination of processes of cultural citizenship in peninsular Malaysia. In particular it focuses upon the diverse residents of the southwestern state of Melaka and their negotiations of belonging and incorporation in Malaysian society. Following political independence and the formation of the Federation of Malaysia in 1957 Malaysian citizenship was extended to most members of these diverse social identities. In this post-colonial context Timothy P. Daniels examines how public celebrations and representations religious festivals and patterns of social relations are connected to processes of inclusion and exclusion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415646307

Building Customer-brand Relationships Almost every advertising promotion or marketing communications textbook is based on an inside-out approach focusing on what the marketer wants to communicate to customers and prospects. This text takes a different view - that the marketer and the customer build the ongoing brand value together. Rather than the marketer trying to 'sell' the role of the marketer is to help customer buy. To do that a customer view is vital and customer insight is essential. Customer insights allow the marketer to understand which audiences are important for a product what delivery forms are appropriate and what type of content is beneficial. "Building Customer-Brand Relationships" is themed around the four key elements marketing communicators use in developing programs - audiences brands delivery and content - but provides an innovative approach to marketing communications in the 'push-pull' marketplace that combines traditional outbound communications (advertising sales promotion direct marketing and PR) with the inbound or 'pull' media of Internet mobile communications social networks and more. Its 'customer-centric' media planning approach covers media decision before dealing with creative development and emphasizes measurement and accountability. The text's concepts have been used successfully around the world and can be adapted and adjusted to any type of product or service. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138133761

Building Democracy and Civil Society East of the ElbeEssays in Honour of Edmund Mokrzycki This book explores the idea of civil society and how it is being implemented in Eastern Europe. The implosion of the Russian empire fifteen years ago and the new wave of democratization opened a new field of inquiry. The wide-ranging debate on the transition became focused on a conceptual battle the question of how to define "civil society". Because totalitarian systems shun self-organization real existing civil society barely existed East of the Elbe and the emergence of civil society took unusually complex and puzzling forms which varied with national culture and reflected the deep historical past of these societies. This insightful text relates the concept of civil society and developments in Eastern Europe to wider sociological theories and makes international comparisons where appropriate. It discusses particular aspects of civil society and examines the difficulties of establishing civil society. It concludes by assessing the problems and prospects for civil society in Eastern Europe going forward. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415646314

Building Democracy and International Governance Efforts by governments to promote sustained domestic economic development have been mixed. Success depends on many factors including location geography climate external competition human resources natural resources timing political and governmental institutions government capacity implementation leadership values—and maybe luck. This complexity means that while development experts can often identify ingredients for success few can prescribe the specific mix needed by a particular state to achieve sustained development over the long term. In Building Democracy and International Governance author George M. Guess uses both case studies and careful data analysis to argue that federalist democracy may just be the most responsive authoritative and flexible system for nation building and that there is value in confronting the challenges that lie in exporting federalist democracy abroad. Guess demonstrates the ways in which federation structures provide positive redundancy against failures flexibility to change course and implement programs and policies and state legitimacy and strength. Examining twelve wealthy and developing countries from five regions representing democratic and authoritarian government structures confederations and federations this book will be of interest to those teaching graduate and undergraduate courses in Political Development Democratization Federalism and Comparative Political Economy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138574731

Building Design Construction and Performance in Tropical Climates The design construction and use of buildings in tropical climates pose specific challenges to built environment professionals. This text seeks to capture some of the key issues of technology and practice in the areas of building design refurbishment construction and facilities management in tropical regions. Using a consistent chapter structure throughout and incorporating the latest research findings this book outlines: the functional requirements of buildings in tropical climates; the challenges associated with the sustainability of the built environment building form and whole life performance in the context of a tropical setting; the impact of potentially hostile tropical conditions upon building pathology and the durability of components structure and fabric; the tasks which face those responsible for appraising the design condition maintenance and conservation of built heritage in tropical regions; the facilities management issues faced in tropical climates; and the refurbishment upgrade and renewal of the tropical built environment. The book is ideal as a course text for students of Architecture Construction Surveying and FM as well as providing a sound reference for practitioners working in these regions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138203884

Building Design Management A practical handbook on the management of building design this guide explains the processes roles and responsibilities of those involved in the design of the building as well as ways to maximise efficiency. Well structured and easy to read the book includes useful notes and checklists on for example how to select a design team and how to organise and plan the design process. The authors are recognised authorities in the field of project management based at an internationally renowned department. Their book will prove invaluable to both students and practitioners in project management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138414426

Building Down BarriersA Guide to Construction Best Practice With rapid changes in procurement processes and increasing pressure for improvement cohesion and efficiency practitioners need to be aware of industry-wide generally acknowledged best practice. The recent Latham and Egan reports in the UK have spurred further intitiatives from the demand side of the industry to speed the pace of reform. This text examines those new initiatives clearly explaining and comparing them with each other and with similar initiatives from other countries such as the USA or Singapore and painting a vivid picture of the future of the construction industry under the effects of such changes. Aimed at anyone involved in construction supply chain from supplier to end user. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138160873

Building DynamicsExploring Architecture of Change Buildings are increasingly ‘dynamic’: equipped with sensors actuators and controllers they ‘self-adjust’ in response to changes in the external and internal environments and patterns of use. Building Dynamics asks how this change manifests itself and what it means for architecture as buildings weather programs change envelopes adapt interiors are reconfigured systems replaced. Contributors including Chuck Hoberman Robert Kronenburg David Leatherbarrow Kas Oosterhuis Enric Ruiz-Geli and many others explore the changes buildings undergo – and the scale and speed at which these occur – examining which changes are necessary useful desirable and possible. The first book to offer a coherent comprehensive approach to this topic it draws together arguments previously only available in scattered form. Featuring the latest technologies and design approaches used in contemporary practice the editors provide numerous examples of cutting-edge work from leading designers and engineering firms working today. An essential text for students taking design studio classes or courses in theory or technology at any level as well as professionals interested in the latest mechatronic technologies and design techniques. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138791022

Building Earth Observation Cameras A System Engineer’s Guide to Building an Earth Observation Camera Building Earth Observation Cameras discusses the science and technology of building an electro-optical imaging system for a space platform from concept to space qualification and in-orbit evaluation. The book provides a broad overview of various Earth imaging systems with specific examples illustrating the design and development issues that impacted the Indian Remote Sensing Satellite (IRS) cameras and is based on the actual experience of the author who was intimately involved with the development of cameras for the IRS program. It equips imaging system project managers scholars and researchers with the ability to look deeper into the systems that they are developing and arms application scientists who use satellite imagery with a greater understanding of the technical aspects and terminology used in defining the performance of the image system. The text traces the historical development of imaging systems reviews the evolution of Earth observation systems from a global perspective and examines future trends. This interdisciplinary work: Presents technical issues associated with the design fabrication and characterization of the camera Provides a narrow focus and end-to-end solutions to all components involved in a successful camera-on-Earth observation system Covers various stages including image formation optics opto-mechanics material choice design tradeoffs fabrication evaluation and finally qualifying the system for space use Building Earth Observation Cameras provides the tools needed to enable readers to better understand the concepts and challenges involved in building space-based Earth observation systems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466566477

Building Effective Professional Development in Elementary SchoolDesigning a Path for Excellent Teaching Learn the principles of comprehensive professional development and motivate elementary school teachers to be more effective in the classroom! In Building Effective Professional Development in Elementary School Judy Johnson presents a career-long and comprehensive approach to professional development that gives teachers the support they need to improve instruction and raise the levels of student achievement. Her book not only explains how to create and lead a successful PD program; it also offers practical advice for establishing a school culture that will encourage teachers to collaborate and self-motivate in an effort to improve instruction. Other topics include: Training to deepen content knowledge and expand the teaching repertoire; Identifying high-performing educators and helping them build upon their strengths; Using teaching demonstrations to enliven and diversify classroom practice; Creating an effective mentorship program that brings out the best in faculty members regardless of experience level; Resolving problems with recruitment dealing with disgruntled teachers assessing teaching quality and overcoming other obstacles preventing implementation of a comprehensive professional development program; And more!   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138577701

Building Effective Social Work Teams How has social work changed over the years? What are some of the best social work teams doing differently to meet the complex practical and emotional needs of service users? What practical tools and approaches can social work managers implement with their teams? Dr. Judy Foster examines good social work practice and the supporting factors that are essential to underpin social work teams – coherent policies; well-qualified and motivated staff; good management support structures; delegated autonomy and discretion for social workers; and mental space to allow reflective and creative problem solving. She illustrates the dilemmas and rewards of social work relationships through personal stories from her own career as a social worker manager and teacher - and interviews with social workers and managers. These examples show the relationship between ‘doing’ something for someone and ‘being’ emotionally present to empower a service user to manage better. The book is intended to help social work managers improve the support environment for their teams – and hence their effectiveness – and to inform students and others in related professions interested in learning more about social work. It will also have a wide appeal to an international social work readership. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472480828

Building Electrical Systems and Distribution NetworksAn Introduction This book covers all important new and conventional aspects of building electrical systems power distribution lighting transformers and rotating electric machines wiring and building installations. Solved examples end-of-chapter questions and problems case studies and design considerations are included in each chapter highlighting the concepts and diverse and critical features of building and industrial electrical systems such as electric or thermal load calculations; wiring and wiring devices; conduits and raceways; lighting analysis calculation selection and design; lighting equipment and luminaires; power quality; building monitoring; noise control; building energy envelope; air-conditioning and ventilation; and safety. Two chapters are dedicated to distributed energy generation building integrated renewable energy systems microgrids DC nanogrids power electronics energy management and energy audit methods topics which are not often included in building energy textbooks. Support materials are included for interested instructors. Readers are encouraged to write their own solutions while solving the problems and then refer to the solved examples for more complete understanding of the solutions concepts and theory. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482263510

Building Energy Management SystemsAn Application to Heating Natural Ventilation Lighting and Occupant Satisfaction Energy management systems are used to monitor building temperature inside and outside buildings and control the boilers and coolers. Energy efficiency is a major cost issue for commerce and industry and of growing importance on university syllabuses. Fully revised and updated this text considers new developments in the control of low energy and HVAC systems and contains two new chapters. Written for practising engineers (essential for control engineers) and energy managers in addition to being essential reading for under/postgraduate courses in building services and environmental engineering. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203477342

Building Energy SimulationA Workbook Using DesignBuilderâ„¢ The second edition of Building Energy Simulation includes studies of various components and systems of buildings and their effect on energy consumption with the help of DesignBuilderTM a front-end for the EnergyPlus simulation engine supported by examples and exercises. The book employs a "learning by doing" methodology. It explains simulation-input parameters and how-to-do analysis of the simulation output in the process explaining building physics and energy simulation. Divided into three sections it covers the fundamentals of energy simulation followed by advanced topics in energy simulation and simulation for compliance with building codes and detailed case studies for comprehensive building energy simulation. Features: Focuses on learning building energy simulation while being interactive through examples and exercises. Explains the building physics and the science behind the energy performance of buildings. Encourages an integrated design approach by explaining the interactions between various building systems and their effect on energy performance of building. Discusses a how-to model for building energy code compliance including three projects to practice whole building simulation. Provides hands-on training of building energy simulation tools: DesignBuilderâ„¢ and EnergyPlus. Includes practical projects problems appendices and CAD files in the e-resources section. Building Energy Simulation is intended for students and researchers in building energy courses energy simulation professionals and architects. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367374686

Building Enterprise IoT Applications McKinsey Global Institute predicts Internet of Things (IoT) could generate up to $11.1 trillion a year in economic value by 2025. Gartner Research Company expects 20 billion inter-connected devices by 2020 and as per Gartner the IoT will have a significant impact on the economy by transforming many enterprises into digital businesses and facilitating new business models improving efficiency and increasing employee and customer engagement. It’s clear from above and our research that the IoT is a game changer and will have huge positive impact in foreseeable future. In order to harvest the benefits of IoT revolution the traditional software development paradigms must be fully upgraded. The mission of our book 　is to prepare current and future software engineering teams with the skills and tools to fully utilize IoT capabilities. The book introduces essential IoT concepts from the perspectives of full-scale software development with the emphasis on creating niche blue ocean products. It also: Outlines a fundamental full stack architecture for IoT Describes various development technologies in each IoT layer Explains IoT solution development from Product management perspective Extensively covers security and applicable threat models as part of IoT stack The book provides details of several IoT reference architectures with emphasis on data integration edge analytics cluster architectures and closed loop responses. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367173852

Building Enterprise Systems with ODPAn Introduction to Open Distributed Processing The Reference Model of Open Distributed Processing (RM-ODP) is an international standard that provides a solid basis for describing and building widely distributed systems and applications in a systematic way. It stresses the need to build these systems with evolution in mind by identifying the concerns of major stakeholders and then expressing the design as a series of linked viewpoints. Although RM-ODP has been a standard for more than ten years many practitioners are still unaware of it. Building Enterprise Systems with ODP: An Introduction to Open Distributed Processing offers a gentle pathway to the essential ideas that constitute ODP and shows how these ideas can be applied when designing and building challenging systems. It provides an accessible introduction to the design principles for software engineers and enterprise architects. The book also explains the benefits of using viewpoints to produce simpler and more flexible designs and how ODP can be applied to service engineering open enterprise and cloud computing. The authors include guidelines for using the Unified Modeling Language™ (UML) notation and for structuring and writing system specifications. They elucidate how this fits into the model-driven engineering tool chain via approaches such as Model-Driven Architecture® (MDA). They also demonstrate the power of RM-ODP for the design and organization of complex distributed IT systems in e-government e-health and energy and transportation industries. All concepts and ideas in the book are illustrated through a single running example that describes the IT support needed by a medium-sized company as it grows and develops. Complete UML models and more are available at http://theodpbook.lcc.uma.es/ Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367382438

Building EuropeThe Cultural Politics of European Integration The development of the European Union has been one of the most profound advances in European politics and society this century. Yet the institutions of Europe and the 'Eurocrats' who work in them have constantly attracted negative publicity culminating in the mass resignation of the European Commissioners in March 1999.In this revealing study Cris Shore scrutinises the process of European integration using the techniques of anthropology and drawing on thought from across the social sciences. Using the findings of numerous interviews with EU employees he reveals that there is not just a subculture of corruption within the institutions of Europe but that their problems are largely a result of the way the EU itself is constituted and run. He argues that European integration has largely failed in bringing about anything but an ever-closer integration of the technical political and financial elites of Europe - at the expense of its ordinary citizens.This critical anthropology of European integration is essential reading for anyone with an interest in the culture and politics of the EU. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315008462

Building ExcellenceThe Rewards and Challenges of Integrating Research into the Undergraduate Curriculum Social work curriculum changes that really work.The Boyer Report and the Council on Social Work Education have placed expectations on universities and social work programs to make sure undergraduate students know how to develop use and communicate empirically-based knowledge. Building Excellence is a handbook for integrating research into undergraduate curriculums using the curriculum of the University of Tennessee College of Social Work as an example. This unique book showcases social work research conducted by UT seniors who were paired upon graduation with doctoral students who helped them place their research in publication form.Building Excellence demonstrates how universities can develop into communities of learners by strengthening critical thinking independent thinking and creative imagination at the undergraduate level. For several years The University of Tennessee Knoxville has created opportunities for students to gain professional experience in their fields of interest through research projects that establish the connection between study and knowledge. The results of several projects conducted by UT seniors are presented here reaffirming that faculty mentoring is crucial to this effort.Student research findings presented in Building Excellence examine: emotional and behavioral symptoms of sexually abused children using two symptom scales—internalizing and externalizing stress and strain experienced by personal care assistants caring for people suffering from dementia the relationship between childhood abuse and adult suicide the effectiveness of court-mandated treatment of recidivism among juvenile offenders barriers to effective medication adherence among the elderlyBuilding Excellence demonstrates how the University of Tennessee’s social work curriculum has enhanced student capacity and practice effectiveness. The book is an essential read for social work academics working at all levels. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315869896

Building Executive FunctionThe Missing Link to Student Achievement Educators clamor to provide top-notch lessons and resources for students but if students lack executive function even the best materials won't produce the desired results. If students haven’t developed the brain-based skills to focus catch and correct errors identify cause-and-effect relationships and more they can't make sense of lessons. Executive function is the missing link to student achievement. But how can you develop this in the classroom? In this new book bestselling author Nancy Sulla has the answers. She explains how building executive function requires a combination of activities structures and teacher facilitation strategies aimed at six increasingly complex life skills that should be the goal of any school: conscious control engagement collaboration empowerment efficacy and leadership. She also offers a variety of examples activities and structures fit for every grade level and subject area. With the book’s practical strategies and tools you will be inspired armed and ready to establish a clear framework for building executive function in all your students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138632035

Building for a Changing ClimateThe Challenge for Construction Planning and Energy There is now a practically universal consensus that our climate is changing rapidly and as a direct result of human activities. While there is extensive debate about what we can do to mitigate the damage we are causing it is becoming increasingly clear that a large part of our resources will have to be directed towards adapting to new climatic conditions with talk of survivability replacing sustainability as the new and most pressing priority. Nowhere is this more evident than in the built environment – the stage on which our most important interactions with climatic conditions are played out. In this frank yet pervasively positive book sustainable architecture guru Peter Smith lays out his vision of how things are likely to change and what those concerned with the planning design and construction of the places we live and work can and must do to avert the worst impacts. Beginning with the background to the science and discussion of the widely feared graver risks not addressed by the politically driven IPCC reports he moves on to examine the challenges we will face and to propose practical responses based on real world experiences and case studies taking in flood and severe weather protection energy efficient retrofitting distributed power generation and the potential for affordable zero carbon homes. He ends with a wider discussion of options for future energy provision. This will be a provocative persuasive and â€“ crucially â€“ practical read for anyone concerned with the measures we must take now to ensure a climate-proofed future for humanity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138965171

Building from TraditionLocal Materials and Methods in Contemporary Architecture Building from Tradition examines the recent resurgence of interest in the handmade building and the use of local and renewable materials in contemporary construction. In the past raw materials were shaped to provide shelter and to accommodate the cultural social and economic needs of individuals and communities. This is still true today as architects engineers and builders turn once again to local resources and methods not simply for constructing buildings but also as a strategy for supporting social engagement sustainable development and cultural continuity. Building from Tradition features global case studies that allow readers to understand how building practices—developed and refined by previous generations—continue to be adapted to suit a broad range of cultural and environmental contexts. The book provides: • a survey of historical and technical information about geologic and plant-based materials such as: stone earth reed and grass wood and bamboo; • 24 detailed case studies examining the disadvantages and benefits to using traditional materials and methods and how they are currently being integrated with contemporary construction practices. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138909922

Building FuturesManaging energy in the built environment A reduction in the energy demand of buildings can make a major contribution to achieving national and international carbon reduction goals in addition to addressing the interlinked issues of sustainable development fuel poverty and fuel security. Despite improvements in thermal efficiency the energy demand of buildings stubbornly remains unchanged or is only declining slowly due to the challenges posed by growing populations the expectations of larger more comfortable and better equipped living spaces and an expanding commercial sector. Building Futures offers an interdisciplinary approach to explore this lack of progress combining technical and social insights into the challenges of designing constructing and operating new low energy buildings as well as improving the existing inefficient building stock. The twin roles of energy efficiency which is predominantly concerned with technological solutions and energy conservation which involves changing peoples’ behaviour are both explored. The book includes a broad geographical range and scale of case studies from the UK Europe and further afield including Passivhaus in Germany and the UK Dongtan Eco City in China and retrofit houses in Denmark. This book is a valuable resource for students and academics of environmental science and energy-based subjects as well as construction and building management professionals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415720120

Building Global Infrastructure Building Global Infrastructure is the fourth in a series of volumes-Patterns of Potential Human Progress-that uses the International Futures (IFs) simulation model to explore prospects for human development: how development appears to be unfolding globally and locally how we would like it to evolve and how better to assure that we move it in desired directions. Earlier volumes addressed the reduction of global poverty the advance of global education and the improvement of global health. Volume 4 sets out to tell the story of the future of global infrastructure. The approach used in this book focuses on the question of whether individual societies will be able to meet future infrastructure demands. Related questions include the following: * What is the range of realistically conceivable futures for infrastructure considering both demand and supply? * How are the demands for infrastructure balanced with the ability to meet these demands thereby linking the physical and financial treatment of infrastructure? * What are the effects of providing for infrastructure on issues such as economic productivity and health? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781612050928

Building Governance and Climate ChangeRegulation and Related Policies The contribution of buildings to climate change is widely acknowledged. This book investigates how building regulatory systems are addressing the current and future effects of climate change and how these systems can be improved. After presenting a comprehensive overview of how the current building regulatory system developed some of the inadequacies are identified. The largest part of the book examines the potential for innovative policy solutions to address the real world problem of mitigating and adapting buildings to climate change. This publication contributes significantly to our understanding of the complexities of long-term energy efficiency in buildings. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Building Research & Information journal. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367519391

Building Imaginary WorldsThe Theory and History of Subcreation Mark J.P. Wolf’s study of imaginary worlds theorizes world-building within and across media including literature comics film radio television board games video games the Internet and more. Building Imaginary Worlds departs from prior approaches to imaginary worlds that focused mainly on narrative medium or genre and instead considers imaginary worlds as dynamic entities in and of themselves. Wolf argues that imaginary worlds—which are often transnarrative transmedial and transauthorial in nature—are compelling objects of inquiry for Media Studies. Chapters touch on: a theoretical analysis of how world-building extends beyond storytelling the engagement of the audience and the way worlds are conceptualized and experienced a history of imaginary worlds that follows their development over three millennia from the fictional islands of Homer’s Odyssey to the present internarrative theory examining how narratives set in the same world can interact and relate to one another an examination of transmedial growth and adaptation and what happens when worlds make the jump between media an analysis of the transauthorial nature of imaginary worlds the resulting concentric circles of authorship and related topics of canonicity participatory worlds and subcreation’s relationship with divine Creation Building Imaginary Worlds also provides the scholar of imaginary worlds with a glossary of terms and a detailed timeline that spans three millennia and more than 1 400 imaginary worlds listing their names creators and the works in which they first appeared. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415631204

Building in ArcadiaThe case for well-designed rural development Book Award Finalist for Urban Design Group Awards 2020 Building in Arcadia: The case for well-designed rural development is a reasoned impassioned and ultimately practical book identifying key barriers to rural development and how planning applicants (whether householders developers and landowners) and most particularly their agents who make the applications – architects landscape architects or planners – can address and overcome them. Focusing on the positive aesthetic role buildings can play in the landscape and proposing sensitive development Building in Arcadia also explores the essential economic social and Environmental case for more building in the countryside to make the countryside more viable. In so doing it will actively engage challenge and provoke debate – as well as offering practical ways forward. Media > Books > Print Books RIBA Publishing 9781859468968

Building in Research and EvaluationHuman inquiry for living systems Albert Einstein said we can't solve problems by using the same kind of thinking we used when we created them. If we don't have the kinds of health and human services or even the kinds of lives communities and organisations we want then we need to think differently.Yoland Wadsworth offers an inspired insight and radically new proposition: that the act of our 'inquiring' of researching and evaluating together is the way by which every living organism and all collective human life goes about continuously achieving the conditions for life.Building in Research and Evaluation explores this new approach for bringing about both wanted change and stability. By inquiring around 'whole cycles' of acting observing questioning feeling reflecting thinking planning and acting again Yoland identifies how new life might be brought to what we do.'Sound and persuasive insightful important and inviting. A great contribution' - Michael Quinn Patton author of the best-selling book Utilization-Focused Evaluation'Brilliant. I'm not aware of any other book of this nature. The examples are impressive' - Linette Hawkins social work educator'I remain critical of 'systems' models and biological analogies for organisational processes but this work is unquestionably original and in major ways innovative' - Raewyn Connell sociology professor'Highly original. an ambitious integration of concepts. Credible and useful. Grounded in pioneering empirical research' - Danny Burns professor of organisational learning Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003115090

Building In Research and EvaluationHuman Inquiry for Living Systems Yoland Wadsworth’s ground-breaking proposition is that the act of inquiry is the way by which every living organism and all collective human life goes about continuously learning improving and changing. Building in Research and Evaluation explores this new approach a basic theory of human understanding and action. By deepening our understanding about the cyclical processes of acting observing questioning feeling reflecting thinking planning and acting again Wadsworth identifies how new life might be brought to what we do both professionally and personally. Far from being dry academic theory she shows how this practice-derived evaluative inquiry process can drive progress toward social justice and human betterment. This book will open new vistas of thought and new methods of inquiry for the reflective practitioner in health human services education social sciences. It is the theoretical capstone of a trilogy of best-selling books by Wadsworth which also includes Everyday Evaluation on the Run and Do-it-Yourself Social Research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781611321012

Building in Value: Pre-Design Issues The concept of value in projects is a key issue for everyone involved in the construction industry. Building in Value brings together many experts in the field to outline the wide range of tools techniques and procedures that can and should be used to make the building procurement phase as efficient as possible. The authors go on to discuss how to ensure that future problems in the design and construction of the buildings are anticipated at the start and to minimise the liklihood of future hiccups. Integrating strategic financial and construction management techniques this book provides an essential guide for construction professionals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138181014

Building Inclusive CitiesWomen’s Safety and the Right to the City Building on a growing movement within developing countries in Latin America Africa and Asia-Pacific as well as Europe and North America this book documents cutting edge practice and builds theory around a rights based approach to women’s safety in the context of poverty reduction and social inclusion. Drawing upon two decades of research and grassroots action on safer cities for women and everyone this book is about the right to an inclusive city. The first part of the book describes the challenges that women face regarding access to essential services housing security liveability and mobility. The second part of the book critically examines programs projects and ideas that are working to make cities safer. Building Inclusive Cities takes a cross-cultural learning perspective from action research occurring throughout the world and translates this research into theoretical conceptualizations to inform the literature on planning and urban management in both developing and developed countries. This book is intended to inspire both thought and action. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415628167

Building Inclusive Elections Elections around the world are plagued with the problem of unequal levels of participation. This can have profound consequences for election results representation and policies. This book focuses on the interventions that can be used to redress the turnout gap and other inequalities within the electoral process. The book defines the concept of inclusive voting practices to refer to policy instruments which can reduce turnout inequality between groups and mitigate other inequalities within the electoral process. Studies from around the world then examine how policies can affect inclusivity on election day. This includes research on enfranchising felons and migrant communities; compulsory voting; voter ID requirements; voter registration practices; investment in electoral management; gendered electoral violence; accessible voting practices; and overseas voting. As a result this book will be of interest to scholars of democracy democratic theory and elections as well as having major policy implications worldwide. The chapters in this book were originally published as a special issue of the journal Policy Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367509507

Building Information Modeling This is a design guide for architects engineers and contractors concerning the principles and specific applications of building information modeling (BIM). BIM has the potential to revolutionize the building industry and yet not all architects and construction professionals fully understand what the benefits of BIM are or even the fundamental concepts behind it. As part of the PocketArchitecture Series it includes two parts: fundamentals and applications which provide a comprehensive overview of all the necessary and essential issues. It also includes case studies from a range of project sizes that illustrate the key concepts clearly and use a wide range of visual aids. Building Information Modeling addresses the key role that BIM is playing in shaping the software tools and office processes in the architecture engineering and construction professions. Primarily aimed at professionals it is also useful for faculty who wish to incorporate this information into their courses on digital design BIM and professional practice. As a compact summary of key ideas it is ideal for anyone implementing BIM. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415717748

Building Information ModelingAutomated Code Checking and Compliance Processes "Many researchers and software developers have put a lot of effort into finding solutions for automated code checking. This book is a good summary of these efforts and provides readers with a comprehensive understanding of the status of such technologies in the industry. It also guides readers on implementation of such techniques using the platforms and tools currently available in the industry." — Issa Ramaji University of North Florida USA Building Information Modeling: Automated Code Checking and Compliance Processes covers current and emerging trends in automating the processes of examining building design against codes and standards of practice. The role of Building Information Modeling (BIM) technologies in these processes is thoroughly analyzed and explains how this new technology is significantly transforming modern architecture engineering and construction (AEC) domains. The book also introduces the theoretical background of computerizing compliance verification including domain knowledge representations building model representations and automated code checking systems. An underlying goal for the material covered is to present the use of BIM technology as an integral part of the automated auditing process that can lead to a more comprehensive intelligent and integrated building design– a design where an optimized solution can be achieved in harmony with the current codes and standards of practice. This new proposed BIM-based framework for automating code conformance checking is one of the most powerful methods presently available to reflect actual building code requirements and the methods described in the book offer significant benefits to the AEC industry such as:​ 　 Providing consistency in interpretation of regulatory provisions Reducing code compliance validation errors and the cost and time associated with compliance checking Allows for the ability to self-check required aspects before bidding Reduces the amount of time and resources required during design review Allows for optimal design along with faster turnaround on feedback and potentially faster approvals for construction permits by building and infrastructure authorities Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498785334

Building Information ModelingFramework for Structural Design BIM for Structural Engineering and Architecture Building Information Modeling: Framework for Structural Design outlines one of the most promising new developments in architecture engineering and construction (AEC). Building information modeling (BIM) is an information management and analysis technology that is changing the role of computation in the architectural and engineering industries. The innovative process constructs a database assembling all of the objects needed to build a specific structure. Instead of using a computer to produce a series of drawings that together describe the building BIM creates a single illustration representing the building as a whole. This book highlights the BIM technology and explains how it is redefining the structural analysis and design of building structures. BIM as a Framework Enabler This book introduces a new framework—the structure and architecture synergy framework (SAS framework)—that helps develop and enhance the understanding of the fundamental principles of architectural analysis using BIM tools. Based upon three main components: the structural melody structural poetry and structural analysis along with the BIM tools as the frame enabler this new framework allows users to explore structural design as an art while also factoring in the principles of engineering. The framework stresses the influence structure can play in form generation and in defining spatial order and composition. By highlighting the interplay between architecture and structure the book emphasizes the conceptual behaviors of structural systems and their aesthetic implications and enables readers to thoroughly understand the art and science of whole structural system concepts. Presents the use of BIM technology as part of a design process or framework that can lead to a more comprehensive intelligent and integrated building design Places special emphasis on the application of BIM technology for exploring the intimate relationship between structural engineering and architectural design Includes a discussion of current and emerging trends in structural engineering practice and the role of the structural engineer in building design using new BIM technologies Building Information Modeling: Framework for Structural Design provides a thorough understanding of architectural structures and introduces a new framework that revolutionizes the way building structures are designed and constructed. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482240436

Building Interactive Worlds in 3DVirtual Sets and Pre-visualization for Games Film & the Web In Building Interactive Worlds in 3D readers will find turnkey tutorials that detail all the steps required to build simulations and interactions utilize virtual cameras virtual actors (with self-determined behaviors) and real-time physics including gravity collision and topography. With the free software demos included 3D artists and developers can learn to build a fully functioning prototype. The book is dynamic enough to give both those with a programming background as well as those who are just getting their feet wet challenging and engaging tutorials in virtual set design using Virtools. Other software discussed is: Lightwave and Maya. The book is constructed so that depending on your project and design needs you can read the text or interviews independently and/or use the book as reference for individual tutorials on a project-by-project basis. Each tutorial is followed by a short interview with a 3D graphics professional in order to provide insight and additional advice on particular interactive 3D techniques-from user designer artist and producer perspectives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138403345

Building International Construction AlliancesSuccessful partnering for construction firms Building International Construction Alliances is the first book to address the challenges of international cooperation between medium-sized construction firms. By presenting a case study of the historical evolution of Fratelli Dioguardi S.p.A. and Beacon Construction Company and representative projects Roberto Pietroforte offers the reader an understanding of * the way successful firms adjust their strategic organizational and operational settings to the changes in their market environments * the importance and advantages of international cooperation among medium-sized construction firms * the necessary analytical background for developing long-term collaboration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367579548

Building Intimate RelationshipsBridging Treatment Education and Enrichment Through the PAIRS Program First Published in 2003. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138011908

Building Japan 1868-1876 Personal account of one of the Westerners who helped build modern Japan (see also study by Pedlar - also available from Curzon Press). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138965188

Building JerusalemArt Industry and the British Millennium A lively and provocative account of the arts in Britain Building Jerusalem suggests that even after fifty years of state planning of Britain's "leisure industries" the country is nevertheless approaching the millennium in a state of cultural confusion. Drawing on a wealth of historical material from Scotland Wales and English provincial towns as well as the more familiar London story Pick and Anderton contend that the original meaning of cultural language has been distorted by the fashionable phrase-making of modern government agencies and by the inaccurate and misleading view of cultural history that is constantly presented to the public. The authors unfold fascinating stories of Britain's cultural past before state support of the arts. They vividly relate the great changes wrought by the industrial revolution and by the development of the twentieth century media and describe the long history of Church and Royal support for the arts as well as the long periods when all of the arts Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138002272

Building Justice in Post-Transition Europe?Processes of Criminalisation within Central and Eastern European Societies After the collapse of the Berlin wall in 1989 and disintegration of the Soviet Union scholars focused on the problems of legal transitions within the newly emerging democracies. Two decades on these states are in ‘post-transition’ conditions; having undergone and continuing to experience political economic and constitutional upheavals to varying degrees. This book provides an interdisciplinary perspective on this largely unexamined topic. Part I of the book sets the scene with a socio-historical overview and a theoretical chapter; both of which contextualise the book within current debates and provide the theoretical direction of the book as a whole. The later chapters set out contrasting perspectives and consist of themed essays on individual legal systems investigating these through approaches ranging from socio-legal study to political economy. The book aims to refine important directions for the comparative conceptual study of criminal law policy and processes of criminalisation in emerging democratic states. The result is a significant contribution to the understanding of this subject in the fields of criminology law philosophy and political science. The book will appeal to academics policy-makers and practitioners who are attempting to grapple with the area of "transitions" in the fields of criminology law philosophy and political science. As a distinctively interdisciplinary text it brings together analysis of both the social processes of creating (and abandoning) criminal law and a philosophical reflection. The book provides a comprehensive and critical analysis which points to future directions in criminalisation in the emerging democratic states of Eastern Europe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415622400

Building Knowledge Constructing Histories Volume 1Proceedings of the 6th International Congress on Construction History (6ICCH 2018) July Building Knowledge Constructing Histories brings together the papers presented at the Sixth International Congress on Construction History (6ICCH Brussels Belgium 9-13 July 2018). The contributions present the latest research in the field of construction history covering themes such as:- Building actors- Building materials- The process of building- Structural theory and analysis- Building services and techniques- Socio-cultural aspects- Knowledge transfer- The discipline of Construction History The papers cover various types of buildings and structures from ancient times to the 21st century from all over the world. In addition thematic papers address specific themes and highlight new directions in construction history research fostering transnational and interdisciplinary collaboration. Building Knowledge Constructing Histories is a must-have for academics scientists building conservators architects historians engineers designers contractors and other professionals involved or interested in the field of construction history. This is volume 1 of the book set. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429446757

Building Knowledge Constructing Histories volume 2Proceedings of the 6th International Congress on Construction History (6ICCH 2018) July Building Knowledge Constructing Histories brings together the papers presented at the Sixth International Congress on Construction History (6ICCH Brussels Belgium 9-13 July 2018). The contributions present the latest research in the field of construction history covering themes such as:- Building actors- Building materials- The process of building- Structural theory and analysis- Building services and techniques- Socio-cultural aspects- Knowledge transfer- The discipline of Construction History The papers cover various types of buildings and structures from ancient times to the 21st century from all over the world. In addition thematic papers address specific themes and highlight new directions in construction history research fostering transnational and interdisciplinary collaboration. Building Knowledge Constructing Histories is a must-have for academics scientists building conservators architects historians engineers designers contractors and other professionals involved or interested in the field of construction history. This is volume 2 of the book set. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429446719

Building Knowledge Constructing HistoriesProceedings of the 6th International Congress on Construction History (6ICCH 2018) July 9-13 201 Building Knowledge Constructing Histories brings together the papers presented at the Sixth International Congress on Construction History (6ICCH Brussels Belgium 9-13 July 2018). The contributions present the latest research in the field of construction history covering themes such as:- Building actors- Building materials- The process of building- Structural theory and analysis- Building services and techniques- Socio-cultural aspects- Knowledge transfer- The discipline of Construction History The papers cover various types of buildings and structures from ancient times to the 21st century from all over the world. In addition thematic papers address specific themes and highlight new directions in construction history research fostering transnational and interdisciplinary collaboration. Building Knowledge Constructing Histories is a must-have for academics scientists building conservators architects historians engineers designers contractors and other professionals involved or interested in the field of construction history. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138584143

Building Knowledge in Early Childhood EducationYoung Children Are Researchers A focal point of early childhood education is how young children build knowledge and the ways that practitioners parents and carers can help them to do so. Many adults find it challenging to identify what knowledge young children are building and how they do so making it difficult to support young children’s learning and development in the most effective ways. This essential guide will help you to identify and develop young children’s knowledge and understanding in early years settings not only in terms of statutory requirements but far beyond them. Building Knowledge in Early Childhood Education draws on empirical research findings from the Young Children As Researchers (YCAR) project to examine everyday activities and reveal the means that young children use to build knowledge and understanding as well as exploring the similarities between learning behaviours in early childhood and adult life. Interweaving everyday activities in practice with research and theory this book covers: how young children construct knowledge; learning problem-solving and exploring; concepts and conceptualising in early childhood; evidence-based decision-making; how young children behave as researchers. Offering practical advice and suggestions to create opportunities that identify and facilitate young children’s own constructions of knowledge and understanding this book is essential reading for practitioners students and all those interested in the theories surrounding young children as researchers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138937949

Building Knowledge in Higher EducationEnhancing Teaching and Learning with Legitimation Code Theory From pressures to become economically efficient to calls to act as an agent of progressive social change higher education is facing a series of challenges. There is an urgent need for a rigorous and sophisticated research base to support the informed development of practices. Yet studies of educational practices in higher education remain theoretically underdeveloped and segmented by discipline and country. Building Knowledge in Higher Education illustrates how Legitimation Code Theory is bringing research together from across the disciplinary map and enabling practical change in a rigorously theorized way. The volume addresses both students and educators. Part I explores ways of supporting student achievement from STEM to the arts from introductory courses to doctoral training and from using new digital media to reflective writing. Part II focuses on academic staff development in higher education reaching from curriculum design to pedagogic practices. All chapters focus on issues of contemporary relevance to higher education showing how Legitimation Code Theory enables these issues to be understood and practices improved. Building Knowledge in Higher Education brings together internationally renowned scholars in higher education studies academic development academic literacies and sociology with some of the brightest new researchers. The volume significantly extends understandings of teaching and learning in changing higher education contexts and so contributes to educational research and practice. It will be essential reading not only to scholars and students in these fields but also to scholars and educators in higher education more generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367463335

Building LeadersPaving the Path for Emerging Leaders This book is written for emerging leaders. It is designed to help these leaders bridge the gap from stepping into a position of leadership and emerging as a confident and respected difference-maker. Within this text award-winning scholar and leader-coach Charles Stoner meets emerging leaders where they are and focus on the issues that are most problematic for them. From the development of leadership skills to the practice and application of successful strategies  Stoner offers tools ideas and evidence-based advice to these up-and-coming leaders in an indispensable text that is direct pragmatic and action-oriented. Major topics include: Recognition development and practice of organizational leadership skills. Enhancing interpersonal dynamics and relationships. Organizational politics and interpersonal influence creativity and innovation negotiation and conflict resolution. Handling problem situations; effectively utilizing diverse talents and personalities. Introduction to major leadership and interpersonal development techniques. Case studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415899314

Building Lean Building BIMImproving Construction the Tidhar Way Building Lean Building BIM is the essential guide for any construction company that wants to implement Lean Construction and Building Information Modelling (BIM) to gain a strategic edge over their competition. The first of its kind the book outlines the principles of Lean the functionality of BIM and the interactions between the two illustrating them through the story of how Tidhar Construction has implemented Lean Construction and BIM in a concerted effort over four years. Tidhar is a small-to-medium-sized construction company that pioneered a way of working that gave it a profit margin unheard of in its market. The company's story serves as a case study for explanation of the various facets of Lean Construction and BIM. Each chapter defines a principle of Lean and/or BIM describes the achievements and failures in Tidhar's implementation based on the experiences of the key people involved and reviews the relevant background and theory. The implementation at Tidhar has not been a pure success but by examining their motives alongside their achievements and failures readers will learn about what pitfalls and pinnacles to expect. A number of chapters also compare the experience of Tidhar with those of other companies who are leaders in their fields such as Skanska and DPR. This book is highly relevant and useful to a wide range of readers from the construction industry especially those who are frustrated with the inefficiencies in their companies and construction projects. It is also essential reading for Lean and BIM enthusiasts researchers and students from a variety of industries and backgrounds. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138237230

Building Limes in Conservation Conservation practitioners have long recognized the importance of using limes in repairing historic buildings. But research into the application of limes over the past twenty years has revealed that many of our assumptions about how limes were used historically may well be over-simplistic or even wrong. This book brings together a selection of the best material revised and updated which first appeared in the Journal of Architectural Conservation and in the Journal of the Building Limes Forum. The very useful Introduction traces developments in lime-based materials including the establishment of hydraulic limes into the market and the decline in the use of Portland cement for conservation work. Part 1 focuses on understanding the nature and origins of lime and lime based mortars including hydraulic lime and Roman cements. Part 2 covers research and analysis of lime materials with investigations into the current standards for their use. Part 3 examines the techniques that were used historically and how these can be applied today offering examples from current practice. These include the use of hot lime mortars and recent material on nano-lime.Architects conservation practitioners construction historians and those researching developments in lime will find this an informative and useful source of reference. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781873394953

Building Literacy with English Language LearnersInsights from Linguistics How can linguistics help teachers of English language learners (ELLs) improve their instruction? What specific competencies do ELLs need to build in order to speak listen read and write in a new language? Now revised and expanded with a broader view of literacy this book has guided thousands of inservice and preservice teachers to understand the processes involved in second-language acquisition and help ELLs succeed. The authors explain relevant linguistic concepts with a focus on what works in today's diverse PreK-12 classrooms. Effective teaching strategies are illustrated with engaging classroom vignettes; the volume also features instructive discussion questions and a glossary. (First edition title: Teaching Reading to English Language Learners.) New to This Edition *Broader view of literacy; increased attention to oral language and writing as well as reading. *Chapter on digital learning plus new content on digital technology throughout the book. *Even more user friendly--additional classroom suggestions from real teachers vignettes and examples and graphics illustrating linguistic concepts. *End-of-chapter "challenge questions" that inspire deeper reflection. *Coverage of timely topics such as numeracy and the language innovations of text messages. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462531592

Building Materials This text on building materials includes discussion of structural clay products rocks and stones wood materials for making concrete ferrous and non-ferrous metals and miscellaneous materials. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315138640

Building Materials Health and Indoor Air QualityNo Breathing Space? The impact of building materials and construction methods on the health and wellbeing of occupants is often underestimated. This book is an essential guide to understanding and avoiding hazardous materials and poor air quality in buildings. The author covers a range of issues beginning with an explanation of how buildings work and how this influences the health of occupants and users. The text covers: Ventilation air conditioning and indoor air quality Damp and mould Asthma and respiratory problems Cancer and endocrine disorders Radiation and radon Hazardous building materials used in construction Indoor air quality and emissions Ecological alternatives and approaches and remedies for ‘sick’ buildings The book also guides the reader through the confusing world of regulations EU and international guidelines and certifications and provides a critical analysis of different theories of healthy buildings and philosophies. Written in a clear and accessible style this book provides indispensable advice and information to anyone wishing to better understand healthy buildings and materials. It is essential reading for architects surveyors public health professionals facilities managers and environmentalists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138934498

Building MaterialsProduct Emission and Combustion Health Hazards The construction industry is bombarded with ever-changing building materials—components of which are more and more difficult if not impossible to identify. Building material emissions have been implicated as a major source of indoor air pollution and toxic gases often unidentified are generated in building fires. Building Materials: Product Emission and Combustion Health Hazards undertakes the task of identifying building materials emission and combustion health hazards. This practical guide introduces the complex world of polymers commonly used in building materials along with plasticizers and additives that are not regulated by OSHA. It also explores the topic of building materials as they relate to function and their emissions/combustion products along with thermal decomposition and combustion products as they relate to fire first responders. Engaging environmental professionals construction management firms architects first respondents and students this valuable reference delivers a comprehensive spectrum of knowledge needed to face the challenges of managing building materials in the twenty-first century. Awareness is the first line of defense! Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367872489

Building MeasurementNew Rules of Measurement Measurement of buildings is the core skill of the quantity surveyor. It underpins the procurement management delivery and subsequent commissioning of a completed building and must now be completed using New Rules of Measurement 2 (NRM 2). In this much-needed new measurement textbook the measurement of the most common building elements is described using NRM2. Extensive worked examples including fully up to date hand-drawn diagrams and supporting take-off lists ensure that the reader develops a confidence in their ability to measure using NRM2 in practice. A practical step-by-step approach is used to explain and interpret the detail of the specific Work Sections of NRM2 covering a broad range of different trades including mechanical and electrical systems; external works; groundwork; masonry; joinery; and internal finishes. Presuming no prior knowledge of measurement or NRM2 and fully up to date with current practice including consideration of Building Information Modelling this is the ideal text for students of measurement at HND or BSc level as well as practitioners needing a crash course in how to apply NRM2. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138838147

Building Mentoring Capacity in Teacher EducationA Guide to Clinically-Based Practice This book is an instructional guide for designing and implementing mentoring programs that support clinically-based teacher education. Veteran teacher educators John E. Henning Dianne M. Gut and Pam C. Beam outline a developmental approach for supporting mentees as they grow in their careers from teacher candidates to early-career teachers and teacher leaders. Mentors will learn how professional development occurs and how to create the conditions to foster and accelerate it. In Part I chapters outline key components of the mentoring process including strategies for engaging coaching co-teaching and encouraging reflection. Part II demonstrates how those strategies can support mentees at different stages of their development. Included throughout are case studies activities and discussion questions to facilitate learning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815366034

Building Mobile Library Applications Meet the growing demand for real-time mobile information by learning application design and development just for libraries. Learn how to develop an iPhone or Android application for your library how to mobilize your library's catalogue and how to create a mobile website which can be viewed on smartphones. Part of the award-winning TECH SET series Jason Clark's complete handbook guides you through the process of planning development and launch of your own mobile library applications. In learning to build and use these applications you can reach your users in locations where they need you the most. Media > Books > Print Books Facet Publishing 9781856048453

Building Motivational Interviewing SkillsA Practitioner Workbook Many tens of thousands of mental health and health care professionals have used this essential book--now significantly revised with 70% new content reflecting important advances in the field--to develop and sharpen their skills in motivational interviewing (MI). Clear explanations of core MI concepts are accompanied by carefully crafted sample dialogues exercises and practice opportunities. Readers build proficiency for moving through the four processes of MI--engaging focusing evoking and planning--using open-ended questions affirmations reflective listening and summaries (OARS) plus information exchange. In a large-size format with lay-flat binding for easy photocopying the volume includes more than 80 reproducible worksheets. Purchasers get access to a companion website where they can download and print the reproducible materials. New to This Edition *Fully revised and restructured around the new four-process model of MI. *Chapters on exploring values and goals and "finding the horizon." *Additional exercises now with downloadable worksheets. *Teaches how to tailor OARS skills for each MI process. *Integrates key ideas from positive psychology. Winner (First Place)--American Journal of Nursing Book of the Year Award Adult Primary Care Category This book is in the Applications of Motivational Interviewing series edited by Stephen Rollnick William R. Miller and Theresa B. Moyers. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462532063

Building MycologyManagement of Decay and Health in Buildings Biodeterioration is the most common problem of mankind and its record can be traced back to biblical times or probably earlier. Building Mycology deals with the study of fungi in and around the building environment having direct and indirect effect on the health of the building its materials structures and occupants. Media > Books > Print Books Taylor & Francis 9781138988002

Building Network Capabilities in Turbulent Competitive EnvironmentsBusiness Success Stories from the BRICs Brazil Russia India and China (BRIC) are among the largest and fastest-growing economies in the world. The enormous size of the customer base in these emerging markets is the strategic concern of global business firms. Successful market performance in these markets requires sound understanding of dynamic environmental factors and timely investment of appropriate resources. This book presents strategies for recognizing the challenges and optimizing the opportunities for building network capabilities and competitive advantage within the context of these emerging markets. Building Network Capabilities in Turbulent Competitive Environments provides a thorough review of the literature and an unparalleled abundance of fascinating case studies featuring Japanese Korean and indigenous business examples. To gather real-world information research teams made numerous field visits to many firms in the BRIC markets to meet and interview executives and observe their manufacturing and supply chain practices. The information in this book is presented within a fully formulated theoretical framework of three core competencies: technology competence (capability to offer innovative products that fit these markets) customer competence (capability to understand and satisfy different customer needs) and linkage competence (ability to integrate technology and customer competence). The book also covers the concepts of product architecture and supply chain management to provide a more in-depth analysis of global firms operating in BRIC markets. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466515758

Building Network Capabilities in Turbulent Competitive EnvironmentsPractices of Global Firms from Korea and Japan Since the start of the recent financial crisis as most global firms struggle to remain competitive an increasing number of Korean and Japanese firms have experienced an amazing rate of growth and expansion. Although academic researchers and business leaders in the United States China Brazil India and Europe seek out the secrets to these businesses’ success little is known about their business practices.Supplying an insider’s perspective Building Network Capabilities in Turbulent Competitive Environments: Practices of Global Firms from Korea and Japan unveils the strategic and operational practices that have allowed these firms to catch and surpass their competitors in North America and Europe. Based on fieldwork studies and extensive interviews with senior executives it explains how these companies have developed and enhanced their core competencies through effective integration of product architecture supply chain management and IT strategy.The book provides practical insight into changing business patterns while avoiding extensive mathematical algorithms and drawn-out theoretical descriptions. It uses cutting-edge case studies to illustrate the innovative manufacturing strategies of these rapidly emerging companies. Accessible to anyone with a basic understanding of business it reveals the organizational processes of strategy formulation and implementation that are required for success.Providing a clear understanding of both the career implications of the changing business landscape and how to deliver products and services that meet and exceed the needs of your customers this book will help you develop the socio-technical skills needed to succeed in an increasingly competitive and turbulent business environment. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439850688

Building Next-Generation Converged NetworksTheory and Practice Supplying a comprehensive introduction to next-generation networks Building Next-Generation Converged Networks: Theory and Practice strikes a balance between how and why things work and how to make them work. It compiles recent advancements along with basic issues from the wide range of fields related to next generation networks. Containing the contributions of 56 industry experts and researchers from 16 different countries the book presents relevant theoretical frameworks and the latest research. It investigates new technologies such as IPv6 over Low Power Wireless Personal Area Network (6LoWPAN) architectures standards mobility and security. Presenting the material in a manner that entry-level readers can easily grasp the fundamentals the book is organized into five parts: Multimedia Streaming—deals with multimedia streaming in networks of the future—from basics to more in-depth information for the experts Safety and Security in Networks—addresses the issues related to security including fundamental Internet and cyber-security concepts that will be relevant in any future network Network Management and Traffic Engineering—includes coverage of mathematical modeling-based works Information Infrastructure and Cloud Computing—integrates information about past achievements present conditions and future expectations in information infrastructure-related areas Wireless Networking—touches on the various aspects of wireless networks and technologies The text includes coverage of Internet architectures and protocols embedded systems and sensor networks web services Cloud technologies and next-generation wireless networking. Reporting on the latest advancements in the field it provides you with the understanding required to contribute towards the materialization of future networks. This book is suitable for graduate students researchers academics industry practitioners working in the area of wired or wireless networking and basically anyone who wants to improve his or her understanding of the topics related to next-generation networks. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138198760

Building on BatikThe Globalization of a Craft Community The word ’batik’ is possibly of Malay origin from the word ’tik’ meaning ’to drip’ or ’to drop.’ The term is applied to a resist dye technique invented independently in locations as diverse as Ancient Egypt Japan and Turkestan. Batik is a remarkably flexible textile technique and is suited to small-scale methods of production but demand from the fashion and tourism industries is increasing. This volume brings together the experiences and concerns of the international community of batik producers. It gives voice to their suggestions for ensuring that the producers of this traditional craft are integrated into its increasingly global production rather than excluded from it. Building on the work of batik designers and producers the book discusses the emergence of a global craft consciousness. Batik producers report on innovative measures taken both individually and collectively to hold their market position while commercial producers frequently annex and mass-produce traditional batik design. The book concludes with a discussion of marketing and production innovations and tourism which enable the producers of batik to maintain the integrity of their designs whilst harnessing the benefits of new commercial forms. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138267404

Building on FillGeotechnical Aspects A high proportion of commercial industrial and housing developments are now built on fills that is ground that has been deposited by human activity rather than natural geological processes and the political and commercial impetus to build on ‘brownfield’ land continues to grow. An adequate understanding of the behaviour of fills and the ways in which they can economically be rendered suitable for building purposes is a critical element in ensuring the safe development of such sites. This third edition encompasses BRE’s unique experience over a period of more than 40 years of research and consultancy and brings the subject up to date. New material includes: - research findings and industry experience since publication of the second edition 14 years ago - additional chapters on ground improvement and treatment using both proprietary and non-proprietary techniques - six new case histories and updated cases from the second edition - studies on the behaviour of fills over both a longer time period and a wider range of fills. Media > Books > Print Books IHS BRE Press 9781848063891

Building on Soft Soils A comprehensive practical manual covering all aspects of this field this book covers everything from the pre-design stage up to and including the actual use (including maintenance) of the completed structures. Much attention is given to the calculation methods available for design and construction including establishing the soil parameters required with emphasis placed on probabilistic safety analysis. This informative book includes an inventory of:· the properties of natural types of soil secondary materials and light-weight materials· raising and filling construction methods· techniques and methods to speed up consolidation and limit deformation Compiled by researchers from Fugro Delft Geotechnics and several other Dutch contractors it includes useful appendices focusing on particular points of interest from the preceding chapters. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315138657

Building on The Decade of Disclosure In Criminal Procedure First published in 2001. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge-Cavendish 9781843143116

Building on Women's StrengthsA Social Work Agenda for the Twenty-First Century Second Edition Build a woman-centered social work practice for the new millennium!“How do we take the strengths women have--have always had--and use them to build a world that is validating liberating and inclusive?” This is the question at the heart of Building on Women's Strengths. This groundbreaking book explores the ways a woman-centered worldview can transform social policy social services and direct practice. Updated to honor the memory of Liane V. Davis who died in 1995 this new edition of Building on Women's Strengths offers updated information to reflect the enormous changes that have occurred since 1994 in women's lives. Many of the original selections have been revised or totally rewritten to reflect those changes and the more integrated policy/practice focus of this edition. New chapters were added on working with women who have been incarcerated women on welfare who experience violence and lesbian and bisexual women. Building on Women's Strengths presents a woman-centered approach to understanding and analyzing the issues women must confront in their daily lives including: family violence welfare reform mental health child welfare aging racism being silenced by societyThe Journal of the National Association of Social Workers said of the first edition “Each chapter presents with skill and rigor an opening for respectful and challenging discourse.” This edition of Building on Women's Strengths offers an even more comprehensive view of the ways to overcome oppression in women's lives. It is an essential volume for social workers policymakers mental health professionals and anyone working toward social justice for all women. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003053224

Building Organisation and Procedures Topics discussed include the structure and magnitude of the construction industry responsibilities and roles of the organisations and people within the industry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138835849

Building Organizational FitnessManagement Methodology for Transformation and Strategic Advantage Undoubtedly the most urgent task for companies today is to take a hard look at the future. To remain competitive management must nurture a strong capability for self development and a strong corporate culture both of which form part of the foundation for improvement. But simply understanding management techniques doesn't mean you know how to use them. You need the tools and technologies for implementation.In Building Organizational Fitness Ryuji Fukuda extends the power of his managerial engineering methodology into the context of the top management strategic planning role. Published here for the first time the author provides information on the evolution of his CEDAC methods for use in strategic planning and implementation. The book introduces several key management technologies and describes their successful application in many Japanese American and European companies including: P/O (Policy Objective) Matrix SEDAC (Structure for Enhancing Daily Activities through Creativity) Window Analysis ( a method for classifying and analyzing problem for a view point of management actions required) and Stockless Production (an approach to reduce work-in-process and lead time in an effective and easy-to-understand manner). Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315138664

Building Organizational IntelligenceA Knowledge Management Primer "Sharing knowledge is power." If ever there were a field to which this applies it is the knowledge management industry. And in today's highly-competitive fast-paced business world corporations businesses and organizations in both the public and private sectors are constantly searching for new cutting-edge methods and techniques for creating storing capturing managing organizing distributing combining and retrieving knowledge. But the task of accomplishing such functions is not as simple as it sounds. Jay Liebowitz's Building Organizational Intelligence: A Knowledge Management Primer gives executives managers systems analysts and other knowledge-management professionals the competitive edge they need in achieving that task. In a concise and easy-to-read format the book describes the concepts techniques methodologies and tools associated with those functions and includes mini-case studies and vignettes of how industry is developing and applying these functions towards building organizational intelligence.What's more the book is packaged with a limited functionality version of "WisdomBuilder " the first in a family of knowledge-management tools that provide a fully integrated solution to the information management and analysis dilemma. Able to run under Windows 95 98 and NT "WisdomBuilder" solves the information overload problem by reducing the time and cost of extracting information and other research knowledge from disorganized repositories of heterogeneous data. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367455620

Building Out into the DarkTheory and Observation in Science and Psychoanalysis In this book Robert Caper provides the reader with an introduction to psychoanalysis focusing explicitly on whether psychoanalysis is part of the sciences and if not where it belongs. Many psychoanalysts beginning with Freud have considered their discipline a science. In this book Caper examines this claim and investigates the relationship of theory to observation in both philosophy and the experimental sciences and explores how these observations differ from those made in psychoanalytic interpretation. Building Out into the Dark also explores topics including: the origins of psychoanalysis in the art of medicine the therapeutic effect of psychoanalysis the archaic superego psychoanalysis with the individual and groups what makes psychoanalytic work unique. Building Out into the Dark offers a thoughtful consideration of the nature of psychoanalytic knowledge and how it is gained. The book's accessible and concise style makes it a useful introductory resource for students studying psychoanalysis for psychotherapists who are curious about the distinction between psychoanalysis and other forms of therapy as well as those interested in placing psychoanalysis in the context of current cultural and intellectual developments. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315787442

Building Peace After War The widespread practice of intervention by outside actors aimed at building ‘sustainable peace within societies ravaged by war has been a striking feature of the post-Cold War era. But at a time when more peacekeepers are deployed around the world than at any other point in history is the international will to intervene beginning to wane? And how capable are the systems that exist for planning and deployingpeacebuilding missions of fulfilling the increasingly complex tasks set for them? In Building Peace After War Mats Berdal addresses these and other crucial questions examining the record of interventions from Cambodia in the early 1990s to contemporary efforts in Afghanistan and the Democratic Republic of the Congo. The book analyses the nature of the modern peacebuilding environment in particular the historical and psychological conditions that shape it and addresses the key tasks faced by outside forces in the early and criticalpost-conflict phase of an intervention. In doing so it asks searching questions about the role of military force in support of peacebuilding and the vital importance of legitimacy to any intervention. Berdal also looks critically at the ways in which governments and international organisations particularly the UN have responded to these many challenges. He highlights the pivotal role of politics in planning peacebuilding operations and offers some sober reflections on the future prospects for post-conflict intervention. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138452695

Building PeaceFeminist Perspectives Moving seamlessly from the global to the local from the politics of institutions to the theoretical apparatus through which we analyse peace and security governance the contributions to this volume draw attention to the operations of gendered power in peacebuilding across diverse contexts and explore the possibilities of gender-sensitive sustainable peace. The authors have wide-ranging expertise in gendered analysis of the peacebuilding practices of international and national organisation detailed and complex qualitative analysis of the gendered politics of peacebuilding in specific country contexts and feminist analysis of the tools we use to think with when approaching contemporary debates about peacebuilding. The volume thus serves not only as a useful marker of the development of feminist encounters with peacebuilding but also as a foundation for future scholarship in this area. This book was originally published as a special issue of the journal Peacebuilding. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367142254

Building Performance Simulation for Design and Operation When used appropriately building performance simulation has the potential to reduce the environmental impact of the built environment to improve indoor quality and productivity as well as to facilitate future innovation and technological progress in construction. Since publication of the first edition of Building Performance Simulation for Design and Operation the discussion has shifted from a focus on software features to a new agenda which centres on the effectiveness of building performance simulation in building life cycle processes. This new edition provides a unique and comprehensive overview of building performance simulation for the complete building life cycle from conception to demolition and from a single building to district level. It contains new chapters on building information modelling occupant behaviour modelling urban physics modelling urban building energy modelling and renewable energy systems modelling. This new edition keeps the same chapter structure throughout including learning objectives chapter summaries and assignments. Moreover the book: • Provides unique insights into the techniques of building performance modelling and simulation and their application to performance-based design and operation of buildings and the systems which service them. • Provides readers with the essential concepts of computational support of performance-based design and operation. • Provides examples of how to use building simulation techniques for practical design management and operation their limitations and future direction. It is primarily intended for building and systems designers and operators and postgraduate architectural environmental or mechanical engineering students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138392199

Building Positive Behavior Support Systems in SchoolsFunctional Behavioral Assessment A widely used practitioner guide and text this book presents a blueprint for meeting the challenges of severe problem behavior in grades PreK-8. It shows how to provide effective behavior support for the 1-5% of students who require intensive individualized intervention. Case examples illustrate step-by-step procedures for identifying student needs using functional behavioral assessment (FBA) and designing implementing and evaluating team-based behavior support plans (BSPs). The book also describes how to build school- and districtwide capacity to conduct FBA-BSPs. Reproducible forms and worksheets are included; purchasers get access to a Web page where they can download and print the reproducible materials in a convenient 8 1/2" x 11" size. New to This Edition:*Incorporates current FBA-BSP research and best practices.*Chapters on developing districtwide capacity; FBA apps and software; applications for academic problems; and early childhood settings.*Increased attention to FBA-BSP as a Tier III intervention within a multi-tiered framework. See also the authors' less intensive intervention for moderate problem behavior: Responding to Problem Behavior in Schools Second Edition: The Behavior Education Program and the related training DVD Check-In Check-Out Second Edition: A Tier 2 Intervention for Students at Risk. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462519729

Building Positive Relationships with Parents of Young ChildrenA guide to effective communication Positive relationships between practitioners and parents are essential for young children’s wellbeing but achieving this can be difficult if there is not enough understanding about how relationships work when one person (the practitioner or teacher) has to play the professional role. Strong communication skills are fundamental to this relationship and to building a sense of community between home and nursery or school. This new book explores how practitioners can build warm friendly and caring relationships with parents. It clearly explains the dynamics of a conversation the theory behind how relationships are formed or destroyed and provides practical strategies to put this knowledge into practice. Grounded in the theories of attachment transactional analysis and solution focused therapy this book will help you to: Increase your level of self awareness Improve your listening skills Understand ‘how’ to communicate with different parent ‘types‘ Learn how to conduct an individual parent interview Develop professional care giving skills Full of practical examples and strategies this text will be welcomed by early years practitioners and students who wish to develop the skills and confidence they need to effectively communicate with the parents of the children they care for. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415679572

Building Product ModelsComputer Environments Supporting Design and Construction Building Product Models thoroughly presents the concepts technology and methods now used to work out what will become the building product model - a new digital representation for architecture civil engineering and building construction.Organized into three sections (history current tools and concepts and existing efforts and research issues) this resource provides the field of building product modeling with a standard reference as well as a single comprehensive text for university courses. Until now all the efforts in building modeling have been reported in research journals and conference proceedings or been made available as draft standards on the Internet. Building Product Models is the only book available on this vital field bringing together essential aspects of major efforts from the early 1970s to the present. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315138671

Building Production Management TechniquesAn Introduction through a Systems Approach Building Production Management Techniques provides an innovative approach to dealing with the universal problems of time cost and quality of construction projects. The book provides an introduction to a number of management techniques that can be applied to the problems of production presented by the diverse heavy large and geographically distributed products typical of construction everywhere. As well as recognised and tried and tested management techniques the authors have introduced a number of techniques which may not have been considered by the construction industry to date. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138418073

Building ProsperityHousing and Economic Development This book is a much-needed account with numerous detailed examples of the role of housing in economic growth and development by an author in a unique position to understand its importance and the practical measures for delivering that growth. While the linkages between housing and the macroeconomic environment in developed countries has been studied the case of developing and transitional countries has been mostly overlooked. The author establishes these linkages with great clarity supported by detailed case studies chosen to reflect regional diversity as well as differences in socio-economic development and political systems. On the basis of this analysis the author goes on to develop specific policies and practices to enable governments to enhance the contribution of housing in economic growth. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781849770040

Building Quality Management SystemsSelecting the Right Methods and Tools Quality has quickly become one of the most important decision-making factors for consumers. And although organizations invest considerable resources into building the right quality management systems (QMSs) in many instances the adoption of such quality improvement tools are just not enough. Building Quality Management Systems: Selecting the Right Methods and Tools explains exactly what directors practitioners consultants and researchers must do to make better choices in the design implementation and improvement of their QMSs.Based on the authors’ decades of industrial experience working on business improvement projects for multinationals looking to design or improve their QMSs the book discusses building QMSs based on two important organizational elements: needs and resources. It begins with an overview of QMSs and systems thinking and the impact of QMSs on financial performance. Illustrating the process management approach it reviews the most well-known business and quality improvement models methods and tools that support a major QMS.The authors introduce their own time-tested methodology for designing implementing and enhancing your own QMS. Using their proven method you will learn how to: Implement a strategic quality plan based on your specific needs capabilities cost–benefits policies and business strategies Select the right models methods and tools to be adopted as part of your QMS Understand the critical success factors and implementation challenges Evaluate the level of maturity of your QMS and your implementation efforts Highlighting the importance of quality as a way of life this book supplies the understanding you’ll need to make the right choices in the development and deployment of your QMS. With a clear focus on business performance and process management it provides the basis for creating the quality management culture required to become a world-class organization. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781466564992

Building RegionsThe Regionalization of the World Order Regions. How they emerge and how they are dramatically changing the appearance of the present 'world of states' and its related forms of governance from local to global levels is analysed in this monograph. But what are regions? Regions can be small or huge. They can be part of a single state be composed out of different states or stretched out across borders. They can be important recognized economic social or cultural entities or they can be largely ignored by the people who live on a region's territory. They can be well-defined with clear cut boundaries as is the case in so-called 'constitutional regions' or they can be fuzzy as for instance in cross-border regions. In sum they are not a natural kind and defining regions is not a simple task. Luk Van Langenhove advances the concept of region building as an alternative to the construction of regions with three issues of region building being explored: - Why are regions built in a world of states? - How do region building processes take place? - How are regions transforming the present world order? Crossing disciplinary boundaries this book is an exercise in theorizing regions and brings together under one conceptual framework different processes and concepts such as regional integration devolution federalism and separatism and refines the social constructionist view on regions Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138268463

Building Regulations and Urban Form 1200-1900 Towns are complicated places. It is therefore not surprising that from the beginnings of urban development towns and town life have been regulated. Whether the basis of regulation was imposed or agreed ultimately it was necessary to have a law-based system to ensure that disagreements could be arbitrated upon and rules obeyed. The literature on urban regulation is dispersed about a large number of academic specialisms. However for the most part the interest in urban regulation is peripheral to some other core study and consequently there are few texts which bring these detailed studies together. This book provides perspectives across the period between the high medieval and the end of the nineteenth century and across a geographical breadth of European countries from Scandinavia to the southern fringes of the Mediterranean and from Turkey to Portugal. It also looks at the way in which urban regulation was transferred and adapted to the colonial empires of two of those nations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367882037

Building Regulations Explained Almost all buildings erected or altered in England and Wales must satisfy the requirements of the building regulations. This essential reference has been revised in line with new legislation up to January 2004 including important revisions to Parts B E H J L1 L2 and M and an outline of the proposed Part P.Each chapter explains in clear terms the appropriate regulation and any other legislation before explaining the approved document. The Appeals and Determinations have been repositioned at the end of each chapter. Publications lists and relevant sources of information are also included together with annexes devoted to legislation relevant to the construction industry determinations made by the Secretary of State and sample check lists.This highly illustrated and practical approach to the subject makes this the indispensable one-stop reference guide for professionals and students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367393281

Building Regulations in Brief This ninth edition of the most popular and trusted guide reflects all the latest amendments to the Building Regulations planning permission and the Approved Documents in England and Wales. This includes coverage of the new Approved Document Q on security and a second part to Approved Document M which divides the regulations for 'dwellings' and 'buildings other than dwellings'. A new chapter has been added to incorporate these changes and to make the book more user friendly. Giving practical information throughout on how to work with (and within) the Regulations this book enables compliance in the simplest and most cost-effective manner possible. The no-nonsense approach of Building Regulations in Brief cuts through any confusion and explains the meaning of the Regulations. Consequently it has become a favourite for anyone in the building industry or studying as well as those planning to have work carried out on their home. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138285163

Building Regulations Pocket Book This handy guide provides you with all the information you need to comply with the UK Building Regulations and Approved Documents. On site in the van in the office wherever you are this is the book you’ll refer to time and time again to double check the regulations on your current job. The Building Regulations Pocket Book is the must have reliable and portable guide to compliance with the Building Regulations. Part 1 provides an overview of the Building Act Part 2 offers a handy guide to the dos and don’ts of gaining the Local Council’s approval for Planning Permission and Building Regulations Approval Part 3 presents an overview of the requirements of the Approved Documents associated with the Building Regulations Part 4 is an easy to read explanation of the essential requirements of the Building Regulations that any architect builder or DIYer needs to know to keep their work safe and compliant on both domestic or non-domestic jobs This book is essential reading for all building contractors and sub-contractors site engineers building engineers building control officers building surveyors architects construction site managers and DIYers. Homeowners will also find it useful to understand what they are responsible for when they have work done on their home (ignorance of the regulations is no defence when it comes to compliance!). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815368380

Building Resilience of Floating Children and Left-Behind Children in ChinaPower Politics Participation and Education The past two decades have seen exponential growth of urbanisation and migration in China. Emerging from this growth is a population of floating and left-behind children which is estimated to be approaching 100 million. Due to their increasing risks of undesirable educational and social as well as health and psychological outcomes there is a great urgency to help floating children and left-behind children beat the odds. This book offers an analysis of how oscillations of government discourse have come to shape central and local educational policies regarding the schooling of these children. It also delves into child and youth resilience in this unique migration context examining what can be done to build up resilience of floating and left-behind children. In this vein the book will complement current knowledge and advance context- and culture-specific understandings of child and youth resilience through both school-based and community-based approaches. The book aims to answer a fundamental question: How to help floating children and left-behind children become responsive and resilient to structural deficiencies and dynamics in the migration context of China? This is important reading for scholars school professionals community workers and policy makers to better address the social and educational resilience and wellbeing of floating and left-behind children. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367375768

Building Resilience Through Contemplative PracticeA Field Manual for Helping Professionals and Volunteers Recasting burnout as a crucial phase of service Building Resilience Through Contemplative Practice uses real-world case studies to teach professionals and volunteers unique skills for cultivating resilience. Viewing service and burnout as interdependent throughout phases of stability collapse reorganization and exploitation the book uniquely combines elements of adaptive resilience theory with contemplative practices and pedagogies. Drawing on the author’s extensive experience working at the intersection of service and contemplative practices this is the first book to demonstrate how and why professionals and volunteers can reframe burnout as an opportunity for resilience-building service. User-friendly case studies provide tools skills and exercises for reconstructive next steps. Chapters address personal group and structural levels of service and burnout. Illuminating the link between adaptive resilience and burnout as a normal and useful phase of service Building Resilience Through Contemplative Practice is a necessary resource for professionals and volunteers across a wide range of service settings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367133771

Building Resilience to TraumaThe Trauma and Community Resiliency Models After a traumatic experience survivors often experience a cascade of physical emotional cognitive behavioral and spiritual responses that leave them feeling unbalanced and threatened. Building Resilience to Trauma explains these common responses from a biological perspective reframing the human experience from one of shame and pathology to one of hope and biology. It also presents alternative approaches the Trauma Resiliency Model (TRM) and the Community Resiliency Model (CRM) which offer concrete and practical skills that resonate with what we know about the biology of trauma. In programs co-sponsored by the World Health Organization the Unitarian Universalist Service Committee ADRA International and the department of behavioral health of San Bernardino County the TRM and the CRM have been used to reduce and in some cases eliminate the symptoms of trauma by helping survivors regain a sense of balance. Clinicians will find that they can use the models with almost anyone who has experienced or witnessed any event that was perceived as life threatening or posed a serious injury to themselves or to others. The models can also be used to treat symptoms of vicarious traumatization and compassion fatigue. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415820585

Building ResilienceA Skills Based Programme to Support Achievement in Young People This is a practical and informal and interactive programme providing a creative and engaging way of teaching young people the attitude change knowledge practice and skill development that is essential for building resilience. This resource will: teach students how to cope with frustration and failure; enable students to recognise and increase their existing strengths and talents; introduce strategies for boosting less strong areas while emphasising positive social and academic behaviour and a supportive network and community within the school; and maximise better outcomes for all children and young people. This practical resource includes facilitator notes background theory practical guidance activities and a Powerpoint presentation that can be used to introduce the Building Resilience programme to all staff. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781906517519

Building RevolutionsApplying the Circular Economy to the Built Environment The construction industry operates within a linear economy of make use dispose. Buildings are stripped out and torn down with astonishing regularity while new buildings are constructed from hard-won virgin materials. But raw materials are becoming scarce and the demands for them are exploiting fragile ecosystems even as the global demand for resources continues to rise. Policy makers and organisations are beginning to look for a more regenerative circular economy model. The construction industry demands over half the world’s extracted materials and generates around a third of the total waste generated in the EU making it a prime candidate for applying the circular economy. Yet there has been little focus on how construction industry professionals and their clients can contribute towards the movement. Drawing on illustrative methods and examples Building Revolutions explains how the principles of a circular economy can be applied to the built environment where resources are kept in use and their value retained. Media > Books > Print Books RIBA Publishing 9781859466452

Building RulesHow Local Controls Shape Community Environments And Economies Urban and suburban growth is a burning local issue for communities across the United States and many other parts of the world. Concerns include protecting habitats high costs of infrastructure social inequalities traffic congestion and more intangible worries about ?quality of life.? Citizens pressure public officials to intensify development re Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367314743

Building Ruskin's ItalyWatching Architecture Based on extensive fieldwork and research into John Ruskin's still little-interpreted archival material notebooks and drawings (in the Ruskin Library Lancaster University UK and elsewhere) Stephen Kite offers an unprecedented account of the evolution of Ruskin's architectural thinking and observation in the context of Italy where his watching of building achieved its greatest intensity. Venice naturally figures large in a work that also examines other key sites including Verona Lucca Pisa Florence Milan and Monza; here the fabrics are vividly read in their contexts against the rich evidence of Ruskin's diaries his pocket-book sketches architectural worksheets drawings and daguerrotypes (the early form of photography) and the drafts and published editions of the texts. Kite presents the complex story of Ruskin's visual thinking in architecture as a narrative of deepening interpretation and representation focusing on the humbler monuments of Italy. He shows how Ruskin's early picturesque naturalism was transformed by the realisation that to understand the built realities confronting him in Italy demanded a closer engagement with the substance of the stones themselves; reflecting Ruskin's sense of his task as a near-archaeological gleaning and gathering of remains 'hidden in many a grass grown court and silent pathway and lightless canal'. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138271456

Building Safe Systems in AviationA CRM Developer's Handbook Building Safe Systems in Aviation provides a single source for those who need to progress beyond current models of Crew Resource Management (CRM) to developing safe systems in critical industries. Although the primary focus is on airline pilots the principles apply to all sectors of aviation particularly maintenance and cabin crew as well as other high-risk industries. It systematically sets out the context of CRM and safe systems the conduct of training the resources needed by the facilitator and the processes required for the measurement of outcomes. Part One reviews the development of the human factors/CRM domain and examines the concepts of risk and safety. Part Two primarily for new instructors gives a guide to training delivery and also considers non-classroom situations the role of debriefing facilitation and the design of human factors courses. Part Three examines the measurement of training effectiveness the design and implementation of behavioural markers and standardizing assessors. It concludes by looking at some of the broader issues associated with the management of CRM. The book's readership includes those who design deliver or manage CRM and safety-related training within airlines and other companies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138381117

Building School Culture One Week at a Time Use Friday Focus memos to motivate and engage your staff every week and help create a school culture focused on the growth of students and teachers. Easy to understand and implement Friday Focus memos offer an effective and efficient way to improve student learning staff development and school culture from within. Written by educational consultant and former principal of two award-winning schools Jeffrey Zoul these memos focus on topics such as active learning high expectations gratitude test preparation and more. Zoul provides 37 teaching and learning memos one for each week of the school year for principals and other administrators to reproduce and circulate among their staff. Zoul prefaces each memo with stories from his experiences as a teacher coach and assistant principal in the K-12 levels. You can also write your own memos with guidance on possible topics and teacher takeaways. Other memo topics include: The heart of coaching A community of leaders Homework perspectives Response to intervention basics Principles of great teaching Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138466036

Building Security in Europe's New Borderlands While European integration advances many of the countries along Europe's eastern and southern periphery have fallen prey to chronic conflict punctuated by a series of small wars. Exacerbating the situation has been the lack of effective organizational means for mediating local conflicts facilitating regional development and structuring cooperation with larger regional and international institutions. What are the prospects for enhancing security in the most volatile subregions of post-communist Europe? This text examines the external and internal factors that impede or foster subregional cooperation in South-Eastern and East-Central Europe and the Caucasus. It includes chapters situating these borderlands in the context of a wider Europe with an evolving security architecture. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315500737

Building Security in Post-Conflict StatesThe Domestic Consequences of Security Sector Reform Support for security and justice institutions has become a crucial instrument of international engagement in fragile and conflict-affected states. In attempts to shore up security as a precondition for sustainable peace international actors have become deeply engaged in reforming the security agencies and security governance institutions of states emerging from conflict. But despite their increasing importance in the field of international peace- and state-building security sector reform (SSR) interventions remain both highly political and deeply contentious processes. Expanding on this theme this edited volume identifies new directions in research on the domestic consequences of external support to security sector reform. Both empirically and theoretically the focus lies on the so far neglected role of domestic actors interests and political power constellations in recipient states. Based on a wide range of empirical cases the volume discusses how the often conflictual and asymmetric encounters between external and domestic actors with divergent interests and perceptions affect the consequences of international interventions. By taking into account the plurality of state and non-state security actors and institutions beyond classical models of Weberian statehood the contributions make the case for engaging more closely with the complexity of the domestic security governance configurations that can result from external engagement in the field of security sector reform. This book was published as a special issue of International Peacekeeping. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138085381

Building Security in the New States of EurasiaSubregional Cooperation in the Former Soviet Space This pathbreaking study brings together international experts to consider security issues and the experience and potential for cooperation in the subregions of the former Soviet Union. Appendices to the volume provide maps a guide to acronyms profiles of existing subregional organizations and a chronology of cooperative agreements signed in the region since 1991. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315706016

Building Sensor NetworksFrom Design to Applications For all the interest that wireless sensor networks have created over the past decade there are few examples to show that they are truly delivering on this promise and anticipation. What is missing? Deviating from the usual focus on routing and energy efficiency Building Sensor Networks: From Design to Applications attempts to stitch together the path from conceptual development of applications on one end to actual complete applications at the other. With this change in perspective the book examines important facets of wireless sensor networks (WSNs) that are not often discussed in the literature. From Design Practices to the Networking Protocols that Glue Applications Together Organized into three sections the book presents insights from international experts representing both industry and academia. The first section on design practices explores alternative ways to approach the tasks of developing a suitable WSN solution to an application and assisting that development in a manner that is not necessarily tied to a particular application. The second section on networking protocols illustrates the impact of the intermediaries—the "glue" of putting applications together. Chapters look at ways to address traffic delays in network clustering and the coexistence of a WSN with other systems on a frequency band. The final section of the book delves into experiences with applications in chemical sensing defense global trade and security and ecosystem monitoring. Although these applications may fail the purist definition of an ideal WSN they offer valuable lessons for the future development and deployment of WSNs. Challenge Your Thinking about Designing WSN Applications Emphasizing the need to build applications the contributors present examples of what applications of WSNs could look like and identify the constraints. Throughout the book challenges and illuminates your thinking about how to tame the complexity of designing a WSN application. It is essential reading for anyone interested in future wireless technologies. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138073289

Building Services Technology and Design Building Services Technology and Design provides a concise guide to the installation and design of principal services in domestic and commercial buildings. It covers the level 2 module of The CIOB's Education Framework and is officially sanctioned by the CIOB as the recognised text for that module. The book combines theory design and application in one volume and is supported throughout with illustrations design examples tables and charts.Services covered include: cold and hot water; heating; ventilation; air conditioning; gas; electricity; security; fire control; sanitation; drainage and transport systems.Building Services Technology and Design is a core text for the CIOB level 2 module as well as BTEC HNC/D building studies and degree courses in building. It is also an essential reference for all members of the facilities management and construction industry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138133907

Building Services and EquipmentVolume 1 Services and equipment in complex modern buildings account for over one-third of the total cost. Therefore study of services and equipment is essential for technicians in construction surveying and architecture.Building Services and Equipment Volume 1 is the first book in a widely acclaimed trilogy that has become established as the leading work in this field. This volume deals with the topics of fuel conservation and thermal comfort by use of integrated heating ventilating air conditioning and lighting systems district heating thermal insulation heat pumps and thermostatic controls. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138143302

Building Services and EquipmentVolume 2 A widely acclaimed trilogy that has become established as the leading work in this field as well as taking account of current Building Regulations Codes of Practice and recent technological advances. Special attention has been paid to the reduction of fuel costs and environmental factors.This volume covers pipe-sizing for hot and cold water installations fine control systems fire detactor systems lifts and escalators service ducts burglar alarms gas and electricity supply daylighting and artificial light Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138140417

Building Services and EquipmentVolume 3 A widely acclaimed trilogy that has become established as the leading work in this field. As well as taking account of current Building Regulations Codes of Practice and recent technological advances. Special attention has been paid to the reduction of fuel costs and environmental factors.This volume covers the essential design calculations for pipe-sizing drainage electrical installations thermal problems ventillation and air conditioning gas installations lighting and solar heating. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138144194

Building Services Design for Energy Efficient Buildings The role and influence of building services engineers are undergoing rapid change and are pivotal to achieving low-carbon buildings. However textbooks in the field have tended to remain fairly traditional with a detailed focus on the technicalities of heating ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) systems often with little wider context. This book addresses that need by embracing a contemporary understanding of the urgent challenge to address climate change together with practical approaches to energy efficiency and carbon mitigation for mechanical and electrical systems in a concise manner. The essential conceptual design issues for planning the principal building services systems that influence energy efficiency are examined in detail. These are HVAC and electrical systems. In addition the following issues are addressed: background issues on climate change whole-life performance and design collaboration generic strategies for energy efficient low-carbon design health and wellbeing and post occupancy evaluation building ventilation air conditioning and HVAC system selection thermal energy generation and distribution systems low-energy approaches for thermal control electrical systems data collection controls and monitoring building thermal load assessment building electric power load assessment space planning and design integration with other disciplines. In order to deliver buildings that help mitigate climate change impacts a new perspective is required for building services engineers from the initial conceptual design and throughout the design collaboration with other disciplines. This book provides a contemporary introduction and guide to this new approach for students and practitioners alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815365617

Building Services Design MethodologyA Practical Guide Building Services Design Methodology clearly sets out and defines the building services design process from concept to post-construction phase. By providing a step-by-step methodology for students and practitioners of service engineering the book will encourage improved efficiency (both in environmental terms and in terms of profit enhancement) through better project management. Generic advice and guidance is set in the current legal and contractual context ensuring that this will be required reading for professionals. The book's practical style is reinforced by a number of case studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138149304

Building Services Engineering Engineering services within buildings account for ongoing energy use greenhouse gas contribution and life safety provisions. This fully updated sixth edition of David Chadderton's leading textbook is the perfect preparation for those intending to enter this increasingly important field. Chapters addressing heating climate change air conditioning transportation systems water gas electricity drainage and room acoustics cover all the key responsibilities of the building services engineer. As well as introductory material and the underpinning theory  practical guidance is provided in the form of sample calculations and spreadsheets. New material includes: trends and recent applications in lowering the energy use by mechanical and electrical services systems heating cooling and lighting of buildings case studies modelled from post-occupancy reports to provide realistic discussion topics examples of the use of photovoltaic solar panels chilled beams under floor air distribution labyrinths ground-sourced heat pumps district heating and cooling energy performance certificates energy auditing and wind turbines outlines of the concepts of global warming carbon trading and zero carbon buildings. exercises in each chapter and online self-study questions. A significantly expanded companion site offers over 1 000 self-test questions powerpoint slides for lecturers and an instructors' manual  enabling the rapid generation of lectures  assignments and tests. This is the ideal textbook for students of building services engineering as well as a comprehensive guide for those about to start work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415699327

Building Services Engineering Spreadsheets Building Services Engineering Spreadsheets is a versatile user friendly tool for design calculations. Spreadsheet application software is readily understandable since each formula is readable in the location where it is used. Each step in the development of these engineering solutions is fully explained. The book provides study material in building services engineering and will be valuable both to the student and to the practising engineer. It deals with spreadsheet use thermal transmittance building heat loss and heat gain combustion analysis fan selection air duct design water pipe sizing lumen lighting design electrical cable sizing at a suitable level for practical design work. Commercially available software while very powerful and comprehensive does not allow the user any facility to look into the coded instructions. The user has to rely upon the supplier for explanation updates and corrections. The advantage that the spreadsheet applications provided with the book have over purchased dedicated software is that the user can inspect everything that the program undertakes. Parts of the worksheets can be copied to other cells in order to expand the size of each worksheet. Experienced spreadsheet operators can edit the cells to change the way in which data and calculations are used and with guidance from the explanatory build their own applications. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138408739

Building Services Handbook The ninth edition of Hall and Greeno's leading textbook has been reviewed and updated in relation to the latest building and water regulations new technology and new legislation. For this edition new updates includes: the reappraisal of CO2 emissions targets updates to sections on ventilation fuel A/C refrigeration water supply electricity and power supply sprinkler systems and much more. Building Services Handbook summarises the application of all common elements of building services practice technique and procedure to provide an essential information resource for students as well as practitioners working in building services building management and the facilities administration and maintenance sectors of the construction industry. Information is presented in the highly illustrated and accessible style of the best-selling companion title Building Construction Handbook. THE comprehensive reference for all construction and building services students Building Services Handbook is ideal for a wide range of courses including NVQ and BTEC National through Higher National Certificate and Diploma to Foundation and three-year Degree level. The clear illustrations and complementary references to industry Standards combine essential guidance with a resource base for further reading and development of specific topics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138244351

Building Services Procurement Procurers and contractors increasingly need practical guidance for the strategic procurement of building services. Clients seeking to improve the delivery performance of the construction industry are increasingly using alternative procurement arrangements. These modern arrangements attempt to deliver a more strategic approach to achieving value for money. Yet little thought is ever given to the strategic importance of building services. No other single aspect of a project will affect project success more than the timely delivery of a fully functioning services installation. Beyond the normal considerations of time cost and quality building services have a series of unique requirements not normally considered. For the first time these unique requirements are combined in a single text providing the reader with the definitive guide to building services procurement. The text reviews each of the major critical success factors and clearly explains the supporting processes that must be enacted to ensure success. It reviews the general nature of procurement systems and construction projects and then explores the increasing importance that building services play both in the construction process and in determining success for the client. Each significant stage within the procurement process is explored by explaining its importance and showing what decisions need to be made to develop a cohesive strategy. It concludes by giving a step-by-step guide to clearly develop and implement a building services procurement strategy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138372498

Building Smart CitiesAnalytics ICT and Design Thinking The term "smart city" defines the new urban environment one that is designed for performance through information and communication technologies. Given that the majority of people across the world will live in urban environments within the next few decades it's not surprising that massive effort and investment is being placed into efforts to develop strategies and plans for achieving "smart" urban growth. Building Smart Cities: Analytics ICT and Design Thinking explains the technology and a methodology known as design thinking for building smart cities. Information and communications technologies form the backbone of smart cities. A comprehensive and robust data analytics program enables the right choices to be made in building these cities. Design thinking helps to create smart cities that are both livable and able to evolve. This book examines all of these components in the context of smart city development and shows how to use them in an integrated manner. Using the principles of design thinking to reframe the problems of the smart city and capture the real needs of people living in a highly efficient urban environment the book helps city planners and technologists through the following: Presentation of the relevant technologies required for coordinated efficient cities Exploration of the latent needs of community stakeholders in a culturally appropriate context Discussion of the tested approaches to ideation design prototyping and building or retrofitting smart cities Proposal of a model for a viable smart city project The smart city vision that we can create an optimized society through technology is hypothetical at best and reflects the failed repetition through the ages of equating scientific progress with positive social change. Up until now despite our best hopes and efforts technology has yet to bring an end to scarcity or suffering. Technical innovation instead can and should be directed in the service of our shared cultural values especially within the rapidly growing urban milieu. In Building Smart Cities: Analytics ICT and Design Thinking the author discusses the need to focus on creating human-centered approaches to our cities that integrate our human needs and technology to meet our economic environmental and existential needs. The book shows how this approach can lead to innovative livable urban environments that are realizable practical and economically and environmentally sustainable. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781498702768

Building Social SecurityVolume 6 The Challenge of Privatization In recent years in both the specialist press and the tabloids the idea of privatization of social security has become a shimmering catch phrase. Politicians base election campaigns on promises of more or less privatization in social security. Many governments introduce private business management methods into their social security systems. Representatives of social security institutions and academics prepare theory papers on the possible outcomes of privatization. And international financial organizations describe doomsday scenarios based on the premise of failure to privatize.What is the role of privatization today in the development of national social security systems? How does privatization concern the developments in different social security programs such as old age sickness unemployment accident insurance and family allowances? What are the visions and effects of privatization in social security?This volume provides an overview of the various positions of supporters and opponents of privatization in the main branches of social security followed by national experience of privatized or part-privatized social security systems. While the perspective of each of the contributors is markedly different the overall objective cuts across differences: namely to develop the most efficient and cost-effective system of social security protection.The authors' views and knowledge are derived from their firsthand experiences with social security in Africa Asia the Americas and Europe. Representatives of the leading international organizations dealing with social security issues-the International Labour Organization the OECD the World Bank and the World Health Organization-further expand the parameters of the viewpoints and experiences expressed.This multifaceted book allows the reader to learn about the challenge of privatization in the various forms of social security by assembling a set of highly up-to-date technically complex and legal issues based on practical analysis and actual experience. It will be of interest to those concerned with national social policy in a comparative context. This is the sixth volume in an ongoing series that aims to review social security in a comparative global context. Xenia Scheil-Adlung is program manager International Social Security Association Geneva Switzerland. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138519886

Building Society Industry (RLE Banking & Finance) In this book which has become the standard work on building societies the author takes into account both economic and regulatory changes which took place in the late 1970s and early 1980s. The book is aimed primarily at students in the industry and also those undertaking relevant undergraduate and postgraduate courses at university. In addition this book will be invaluable to those working inside the building society industry and to those organizations which come into contact with societies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415751674

Building Soft Skills for EmployabilityChallenges and Practices in Vietnam This book is among the first of its kind to comprehensively examine the implementation of soft skills in universities in the developing country Vietnam. The context is unique as the implementation is taking place within the distinctive socio-economic cultural and political characteristics of the country amidst several simultaneously-executed educational reforms. Tran lays down the foundation for discussion by providing readers with a comprehensive review of how soft skills implementation has come into existence in higher education across the globe before diving into the implementation of soft skills in Vietnamese universities. He goes on to highlight the interesting differences in the conceptualization of soft skills between Vietnamese universities and those in the West. The book depicts and compares how university leaders and managers tackle contextual factors submit to constraints enforced by political forces and how they use institutional advantages available for implementation. It goes further to examine how personal and contextual factors affect teachers’ and students’ engagement with the implementation and highlights the role of work-integrated learning and extra-curricular activities in developing soft skills for students. Finally the book investigates the contribution of external stakeholders such as alumni employers skills experts and local authorities to the implementation and obstacles that prevent their participation. This book will be a valuable reference for the implementation of soft skills in higher education around the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367227036

Building SoftwareA Practitioner's Guide Novel in its approach to software design development and management Building Software: A Practitioner's Guide shows you how to successfully build and manage a system. The approach the authors recommend is a simple effective framework known as Solution Engineering Execution (SEE). Through SEE you create a successful solution by following a highly organized well-planned process. This process makes you view the solution from a holistic systematic perspective. Developing a successful system requires that you are able to address technology matters related to architecture design selection integration and security. Building Software: A Practitioner's Guide offers insight into how to make software reliable and how to ensure it meets customer and organizational needs. Using the above approach you are able to:Find a good solution to the problem at handFocus on engineering the solution wellAddress all aspects of delivery associated with the solution The book provides insightful examples of cross-domain and legacy solutions that allow you to overcome common software concerns such as requirement issues change control quality and schedule management and internal and external communication problems. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780367403539

Building Strong NationsImproving Governability and Public Management In the face of global challenges and changes - some may even say because of them - one major dilemma looms large for citizens and leaders worldwide: how can we ensure that our countries address these challenges successfully? This book demonstrates that the answer can be found in a better match between the nature of modern bureaucracy and the spirit of modern democracy as well as by improving methods and ideas for what the author terms 'cleaver governance' and better governability. Moreover it suggests potential directions for improving governability and public management against the backdrop of the tension between bureaucracy and democracy that has given rise to increasing mistrust of and lack of confidence in public institutions. Building Strong Nations enriches the discussion about moving modern nations forward despite major problems such as the clash of ideologies the overburdening of and expectations from public administration and the growing instability in world economics and international relations. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315570471

Building Structuresunderstanding the basics This is a one-stop book for knowing everything important about building structures. Self-contained and with no prerequisites needed it is suitable for both general readers and building professionals. follow the history of structural understanding; grasp the concepts of structural behaviour via step-by-step explanations; apply these concepts to a simple building; see how these concepts apply to real buildings from Durham Cathedral to the Bank of China; use these concepts to define the design process; see how these concepts inform design choices; understand how engineering and architecture have diverged and what effect this had; learn to do simple but relevant numerical calculations for actual structures; understand when dynamics are important; follow the development of progressive collapse prevention; enter the world of modern structural theory; see how computers can be used for structural analysis; learn how to organise and design a successful project. With more than 500 pages and over 1100 user-friendly diagrams this book is a must for anyone who would like to understand the fascinating world of structures. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138119758

Building Students' Historical LiteraciesLearning to Read and Reason with Historical Texts and Evidence How can teachers incorporate the richness of historical resources into classrooms in ways that are true to the discipline of history and are pedagogically sound? This book explores the notion of historical literacy adopts a research-supported stance on literacy processes and promotes the integration of content-area literacy instruction into history content teaching. It is unique in its focus on the discipline-specific literacies of historical inquiry. Addressing literacy from a historian’s rather than a a literacy specialist’s point of view this book surveys a broad range of texts including those that historians and non-historians both use and produce in understanding history; and includes a wide variety of practical instructional strategies immediately available to teachers. History teachers who read this book will receive the practical tools they need in order to help their students reach the national standards for history teaching. With the recent inclusion of a historical literacy component of the English Language Arts Common Core Standards Initiative this book is also highly relevant to English language arts and reading teachers who are expected under the new guidelines to engage their students in historical reading and writing. Visit historicalliteracies.byu.edu for additional information and resources on teaching historical literacies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415808989

Building Surveys Building Surveys has been a trusted guide for both students and professionals for over 30 years evolving throughout its eight editions to address the challenges and responsibilities of the building surveying role. It covers everything needed for initial inspections such as equipment know-how and procedures to writing an accurate report making it indispensable to those practicing in or studying this field. This updated eighth edition features new material on modern methods of construction and the drive for green homes. Essential reading for building construction students professional surveyors and others who may be required to inspect and report on buildings. Illustrated throughout with colour photos showing examples of building defects in full detail. All the structural aspects of property surveying are explained covering foundations walls and roofs as well as what to look out for and how to deal with problems. Materials and techniques no longer in use are covered as well as new technologies so the reader is prepared for anything they might encounter. Legal considerations and recent cases are also used to illustrate good working practice making this an extremely practical companion to the subject. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415635844

Building Sustainable Competitive AdvantageThrough Executive Enterprise Leadership In Building Sustainable Competitive Advantage Dhirendra Kumar shows how the Enterprise Excellence (EE) philosophy is a holistic approach for leading an enterprise to total excellence. It does this by focussing on achieving sustainable significant growth in revenue and profitability reducing the business cycle time strategically managing the enterprise risk and focusing on the needs of the customer. There may be various organizations within an enterprise but they must all focus on meeting or exceeding customer needs. Therefore EE is an integrated approach affecting every employee every functional area and strategy within the organization. Enterprise risk must be identified assessed and prioritized; developing a growth strategy proposal which leadership has to execute in order to achieve goals. As business leaders spearhead the efforts they must minimize monitor and control the probability and/or impact of unfortunate events and maximize the realization of opportunities. The achievements in Enterprise Excellence can range from greater cost efficiencies improved market perceptions fundamental changes to markets to new product and service offerings. There may also be significant upgrades in skills technology and business strategies. The scope of Enterprise Excellence can also range from operations activities to business functions to overall organization and to the enterprise as a whole. Building Sustainable Competitive Advantage is a comprehensive reference book for practising professionals teaching faculty and students alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367606077

Building Sustainable Societies: A Blueprint for a Post-industrial WorldA Blueprint for a Post-industrial World A collection of articles addressing the issue of whether the industrial model of human progress can be sustained in the long term. It asks what the social political economic and environmental implications as well as potential solutions to the problem of resource-intensive growth are. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315285450

Building Systems in Interior Design Building Systems in Interior Design takes an entirely new approach to teaching this essential topic for Architects Designers and Building Engineers. Written to prepare students for the real world and packed with practical examples the book will foster an understanding of specific issues that are critical to those features of technical systems that most directly affect design. The book stresses the ever-present nature of these systems: they are everywhere all the time. Taking a design oriented view it outlines what can and cannot be done and provides the student with the know-how and confidence to defend and promote their design intent when working with other industry professionals. Covering lighting HVAC plumbing and much more the book is packed with key features to aid learning including: Numerous illustrations plans and photographs Key terms defined in an extensive glossary Chapter introductions that identify key concepts and chapter summaries to re-visit those key concepts Professional design tips And a detailed bibliography and web links This book is not only a core text for interior design building systems engineering and architecture students but will become an essential working reference through their careers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138723368

Building SystemsDesign Technology and Society We can no longer view building components as artifacts (a brick or a boiler) or as autonomous systems (air conditioning or prefabrication). Rather these components and systems are part of much larger systems of which architects are one agent. This book will help architects more broadly envision these networks including : canonical texts as well as contemporary thinking from well known theorists and practitioners each contribution frames a specific range of technology in relation to society such as building process products economies and ecologies clearly structured the book is divided into three parts; each accompanied by a comprehensive introduction by the editors an annotated bibliography provides a glossary of further reading illustrated throughout with over 100 illustrations. The book calls for integration a convergence and confluence of social and technical factors discovering the capability and culpability of such; for architects to finally realize that the term building systems is best grasped as a verb not a set of nouns. This reader presents students faculty and practicing architects with an expanded view of technology in architecture that transcends naive determinisms and technocratic applications; forming a more pithy intellectual context for the complex and contingent roles of technology in twenty-first century architecture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415617949

Building Teacher Capacity in English Language Teaching in VietnamResearch Policy and Practice This timely volume opens a window on issues related to English language education in Vietnam. The authors consider that teacher quality is the key factor to be considered if the national English language curriculum outcomes are to be achievable. Aiming to shed light on key issues recently observed in the Vietnamese landscape of English language education it examines the complexity of the institutionalization of the standardized English proficiency policy which has been in force since 2008. That policy uses the Common European Framework of References for Languages (CEFR) as the model to set the standards and levels of proficiency for teachers learners and state employees. The book presents both the theoretical and practical aspects of the standardization movement in English language education. The contents comprise a series of extended research-based chapters written by experts of language-in-education policy and planning in and about Vietnam from a range of perspectives including teachers English language curriculum developers teacher educators and researchers. The rich coverage of the book includes current discussion on English language education in Vietnam ranging from policy to practice making it highly relevant to English teachers teacher educators and scholars in Vietnam and worldwide who aspire to broaden their horizons and professionalism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138313866

Building Temples in ChinaMemories Tourism and Identities Much has been written on how temples are constructed or reconstructed for reviving local religious and communal life or for recycling tradition after the market reforms in China. The dynamics between the state and society that lie behind the revival of temples and religious practices initiated by the locals have been well-analysed. However there is a gap in the literature when it comes to understanding religious revivals that were instead led by local governments. This book examines the revival of worship of the Chinese Deity Huang Daxian and the building of many new temples to the god in mainland China over the last 20 years. It analyses the role of local governments in initiating temple construction projects in China and how development-oriented temple-building activities in Mainland China reveal the forces of transnational ties capital markets and identities as temples were built with the hope of developing tourism boosting the local economy and enhancing Chinese identities for Hong Kong worshippers and Taiwanese in response to the reunification of Hong Kong to China. Including chapters on local religious memory awakening pilgrimage as a form of tourism women temple managers entrepreneurialism and the religious economy and based on extensive fieldwork Chan and Lang have produced a truly interdisciplinary follow up to The Rise of a Refugee God which will appeal to students and scholars of Chinese religion Chinese culture Asian anthropology cultural heritage and Daoism alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138295308

Building the Anti-Racist University In the new arena for anti-racist work in which we find ourselves the neo-liberal ‘post-race’ university this interdisciplinary collection demonstrates common global political concerns about racism in Higher Education. It highlights a range of issues regarding students academic staff and knowledge systems and all of the contributions seek to challenge the complacency of the ‘post-race’ present that is dominant in North-West Europe and North America Brazil’s mythical ‘racial democracy’ and South Africa’s post-apartheid ‘rainbow nation’. The collection makes clear that we are not yet past the need for anti-racist institutional action because of the continuing impact of coloniality on and in these nations. Chapter 7 of this book is freely available as a downloadable Open Access PDF under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 3.0 license. https://s3-us-west-2.amazonaws.com/tandfbis/rt-files/docs/Open+Access+Chapters/9780367001513_oachapter7.pdf Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367584382

Building the Architect's CharacterExplorations in Traits An understanding of architects’ character traits can offer important insights into how they design buildings. These traits include leadership skills necessary to coordinate a team honest and ethical behavior being well educated and possessing a life-long love of learning flexibility resourcefulness and visionary and strategic thinking. Characteristics such as these describe a successful person. Architects also possess these traits but they have additional skills specifically valuable for the profession. These will include the ability to question the use of digital media new materials processes and methods to convey meaning in architectural form. Although not exhaustive a discussion of such subjects as defining imaging persuading and fabricating will reveal representational meaning useful for the development of an understanding of architects’ character. Through the analogies and metaphors found in Greek myth the book describes the elusive hard-to-define characteristics of architects to engage the dilemmas of a changing architectural landscape. Building the Architect’s Character: Explorations in Traits examines traditional and archetypal characteristics of the successful architect to ask if they remain relevant today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138675377

Building the Churches of Kievan Russia This work is the first systematic study of how monumental buildings were constructed in medieval Russia. It deals specifically with ecclesiastical architecture but also discusses such secular architecture palaces or towers. In scope the book covers the territory of the Kievan state and the principalities that succeeded it from the 10th century to the 13th century. Pavel Aleksandrovich Rappoport was the author of many of the standard works on the architectural history of Russia whether monumental military or domestic. He was also a leading archaeologist. In Building the Churches of Kievan Russia his aim is to investigate how people went about building them: from brickmaking and lime-firing to the roofing and decoration from how the churches were laid out to how much brickwork was laid in a day. This book treats all these processes as one integrated and interconnected procedure. The detailed analysis enables Rappoport to identify the work of particular teams of builders even individual masters and to follow their progress from one site to another and one town to a second. Similarly he documents how the Byzantine styles and methods of church building imported into Russia after its conversion in 989 were gradually adapted to meet the needs of local circumstances and climate. This study will be of direct relevance to those concerned with the architecture and the Church of pre-Mongol Russia as well as its social history. The investigation of the earliest churches furthermore represents the sole extended discussion of Byzantine building practices. In terms of methodology the book will be of interest to all architectural historians and archaeologists concerned with the Middle Ages and makes accessible in English material that has hitherto only been available in Russian. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315261140

Building the Compensatory StateAn Intellectual History and Theory of American Administrative Reform Contemporary public administration research has marginalized the importance of “taking history seriously.” With few exceptions little recent scholarship in the field has looked longitudinally (rather than cross-sectionally) contextually and theoretically over extended time periods at “big questions” in public administration. One such “big question” involves the evolution of American administrative reform and its link since the nation’s founding to American state building. This book addresses this gap by analyzing administrative reform in unprecedented empirical and theoretical ways. In taking a multidisciplinary approach it incorporates recent developments in cognate research fields in the humanities and social sciences that have been mostly ignored in public administration. It thus challenges existing notions of the nature scope and power of the American state and with these important aspects of today’s conventional wisdom in public administration. Author Robert F. Durant explores the administrative state in a new light as part of a “compensatory state”—driven shaped and amplified since the nation’s founding by a corporate–social science nexus of interests. Arguing that this nexus of interests has contributed to citizen estrangement in the United States he offers a broad empirical and theoretical understanding of the political economy of administrative reform its role in state building and its often paradoxical results. Offering a reconsideration of conventional wisdom in public administration this book is required reading for all students scholars or practitioners of public administration public policy and politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367348441

Building the Green EconomySuccess Stories from the Grassroots After centuries of economic activity based on extraction exploitation and depletion we now face undeniable environmental threats. New business models that save or restore natural resources are critical. But how can we translate that insight into more sustainable practices? Building the Green Economy</> shows how community groups families and individual citizens have taken action to protect their food and water clean up their neighborhoods and strengthen their local economies. Their unlikely victories over polluters unresponsive bureaucracies and unexamined routines dramatize the opportunities and challenges facing the local green economy movement. Drawing on their extensive experience at Global Exchange and elsewhere the authors also: Lay out strategies for a more successful green movement<br>Describe how communities have protected their victories from legal and political challenges<br>Provide key resources for local activists<br>Include conversations with Rocky Anderson Lois Gibbs Anuradha Mittal David Morris Michael Shuman and other activists and leaders.<br> Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138467828

Building the Homestead: Agriculture Labour and Beer in South Africa's TranskeiAgriculture Labour and Beer in South Africa's Transkei This title was first published in 2001. "This is also a study of rural Xhosa identity and community and its survival in the face of the overwhelming odds stacked against it by colonialism and apartheid. The maintenance of homestead production can be properly understood only if this wider context is taken into consideration. The analysis is thus directly relevant to current debates about agrarian change land reform and economic development in South Africa's communal areas since it shows how some rural Xhosa are able to maintain a sense of community and identity and of how they are able to harness the socio-cultural resources at their disposal to engage in productive activity with some success."--BOOK JACKET. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138703636

Building the HomesteadAgriculture Labour and Beer in South Africa's Transkei This title was first published in 2001. "This is also a study of rural Xhosa identity and community and its survival in the face of the overwhelming odds stacked against it by colonialism and apartheid. The maintenance of homestead production can be properly understood only if this wider context is taken into consideration. The analysis is thus directly relevant to current debates about agrarian change land reform and economic development in South Africa's communal areas since it shows how some rural Xhosa are able to maintain a sense of community and identity and of how they are able to harness the socio-cultural resources at their disposal to engage in productive activity with some success."--BOOK JACKET. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138703629

Building the Inclusive CityTheory and Practice for Confronting Urban Segregation Urban segregation is one of the main challenges facing urban development around the globe. The usual outcome of many urban development patterns is an unequal social geography with the urban poor living in large clusters that are remote isolated dangerous or unhealthy. The result is inequality in a number of dimensions of urban life from deficient urban access services or infrastructure to social isolation neighbourhood violence and lack of economic opportunity. This book brings together debates on ethnic and economic segregation combining theory and practical solutions to create a guide for those trying to understand and address urban segregation in any part of the world and integrate ameliorating policies to contemporary urban development agendas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138088665

Building the Institutions of PeaceSwarthmore Lecture 1962 The pacifist principle so cogently expressed in the Declaration to Charles II has led succeeding generations of Quakers to consider the application of this principle to international affairs. William Penn’s ‘Essay towards the Present and Future Peace of Europe’ which proposes international machinery for keeping the peace is the first of a series of Quaker contributions to a body of thought which has been given some practical expression during the twentieth century. Originally published in 1962 the present lecture is not occasioned by a significant anniversary of William Penn’s essay published in 1693 but by the urgent relevance of its ideas to the current international impasse. The lecture is based on the assumption that the tradition of Quaker political thinking which Penn initiated remains a living and vital one to whose cultivation and renewal Friends can rightly devote a measure of their time their energy and their concern. This requires that Friends think deeply about the nature of the present struggle for world power and the measures that can be taken to abate it; about the direction which existing international institutions should take in order to promote the present and the future peace of the world; and about the role of a religious society both within and without the realm of politics. Of necessity and intention the lecture asks more questions than it can answer. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367243777

Building the Integrated Company This title was first published in 2000:  Global competition is increasingly impacting on even the most isolated of companies; the only way for any company to sustain competitive advantage is by tapping into the single remaining area of great potential - the management of people. If we want to be an above-average company we will need an above-average ratio of above-average people who perform at above-average levels. None of which will happen without above-average levels of management. Malcolm Birkin’s Building the Integrated Company offers a model for exploiting the human potential within organizations. This potential is one which in previous decades through an absence of focus on business basics and an adherence to mistaken ideas about sustainable competitive advantage we have contrived to turn into all-too-limited performance. The first stage in any new learning process is to unlearn the misplaced concepts and bad habits we have developed. Section One of the book describes and contrasts the similarities and differences of American European and Japanese management and then describes the characteristics of the Integrated Company which has absorbed and perfected the best systems and philosophies from around the world. Anyone seeking to follow this lead needs to be able to distinguish the realities of these management systems from the myths. Section Two is built around a series of 13 detailed and scored questionnaires containing over 240 individual questions enabling the reader to assess every aspect of their business from management focus to the behaviours of the workforce against the Integrated Company model. Section Three the largest and most important section deals with integration addressing the practical implementation of the systems and philosophies in a clear logical and hands-on manner. As the name suggests the Integrated Company is a holistic model involving every aspect of the business. Nevertheless managing people - the unlimited potential - remains the most complex Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138715912

Building the Modern ChurchRoman Catholic Church Architecture in Britain 1955 to 1975 Fifty years after the Second Vatican Council architectural historian Robert Proctor examines the transformations in British Roman Catholic church architecture that took place in the two decades surrounding this crucial event. Inspired by new thinking in theology and changing practices of worship and by a growing acceptance of modern art and architecture architects designed radical new forms of church building in a campaign of new buildings for new urban contexts. A focussed study of mid-twentieth century church architecture Building the Modern Church considers how architects and clergy constructed the image and reality of the Church as an institution through its buildings. The author examines changing conceptions of tradition and modernity and the development of a modern church architecture that drew from the ideas of the liturgical movement. The role of Catholic clergy as patrons of modern architecture and art and the changing attitudes of the Church and its architects to modernity are examined explaining how different strands of post-war architecture were adopted in the field of ecclesiastical buildings. The church building’s social role in defining communities through rituals and symbols is also considered together with the relationships between churches and modernist urban planning in new towns and suburbs. Case studies analysed in detail include significant buildings and architects that have remained little known until now. Based on meticulous historical research in primary sources theoretically informed fully referenced and thoroughly illustrated this book will be of interest to anyone concerned with the church architecture art and theology of this period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138246119

Building the Network of the FutureGetting Smarter Faster and More Flexible with a Software Centric Approach From the Foreword:"This book lays out much of what we’ve learned at AT&T about SDN and NFV. Some of the smartest network experts in the industry have drawn a map to help you navigate this journey. Their goal isn’t to predict the future but to help you design and build a network that will be ready for whatever that future holds. Because if there’s one thing the last decade has taught us it’s that network demand will always exceed expectations. This book will help you get ready."—Randall Stephenson Chairman CEO and President of AT&T"Software is changing the world and networks too. In this in-depth book AT&T's top networking experts discuss how they're moving software-defined networking from concept to practice and why it's a business imperative to do this rapidly."—Urs Hölzle SVP Cloud Infrastructure Google"Telecom operators face a continuous challenge for more agility to serve their customers with a better customer experience and a lower cost. This book is a very inspiring and vivid testimony of the huge transformation this means not only for the networks but for the entire companies and how AT&T is leading it. It provides a lot of very deep insights about the technical challenges telecom engineers are facing today. Beyond AT&T I’m sure this book will be extremely helpful to the whole industry."—Alain Maloberti Group Chief Network Officer Orange Labs Networks"This new book should be read by any organization faced with a future driven by a "shift to software." It is a holistic view of how AT&T has transformed its core infrastructure from hardware based to largely software based to lower costs and speed innovation. To do so AT&T had to redefine their technology supply chain retrain their workforce and move toward open source user-driven innovation; all while managing one of the biggest networks in the world. It is an amazing feat that will put AT&T in a leading position for years to come."—Jim Zemlin Executive Director The Linux FoundationThis book is based on the lessons learned from AT&T’s software transformation journey starting in 2012 when rampant traffic growth necessitated a change in network architecture and design. Using new technologies such as NFV SDN Cloud and Big Data AT&T’s engineers outlined and implemented a radical network transformation program that dramatically reduced capital and operating expenditures. This book describes the transformation in substantial detail. The subject matter is of great interest to telecom professionals worldwide as well as academic researchers looking to apply the latest techniques in computer science to solving telecom’s big problems around scalability resilience and survivability. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367573454

Building the New UrbanismPlaces Professions and Profits in the American Metropolitan Landscape The New Urbanism is perhaps the most influential movement that has emerged in suburban design planning and development in recent decades. It proposes to reform conventional suburban development by "building community." Building the New Urbanism asks "why new urbanism now?" to provide the first in-depth sociological investigation of the emergence of this phenomenon. This volume situates the growth of New Urbanism in the history of urban and suburban policy and development. The book builds an account of the movement’s founding and development linking its progress to the making of new places. The volume also investigates how the movement capitalized upon dynamics within architecture planning and the homebuying public to recruit support from among those groups. The book establishes a framework for analyzing the opportunities and constraints that confront any effort to change the way we produce the built environment. Moreover it reveals how elaborately social the production of the built environment is and how specific the material solutions to social conditions must be to resolve this process. Building the New Urbanism is an accessible volume that encapsulates and engages the dominant history of American suburbia. It draws on interviews with key figures brings the work of prominent theorists of culture and science into the investigation and broadens the focus of urban studies to the metropolitan region. It will be of particular interest to scholars and students of urban and suburban development sociology geography and planning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138108752

Building the Rule of Law in ChinaIdeas Praxis and Institutional Design After thirty years of Mao era (1949-1979) which was struggle-based the Communist Party of China has begun to change its position as a pioneering revolutionary party evolving into a universal ruling party that transcends class interests. Meanwhile administrative and judicial reforms oriented toward a more efficient serving government and the rule of law have been actively carried out. As the earliest work on constructive jurisprudence of new proceduralism in China this book elaborates on the ideological confrontation on the "direction of China". It includes academic debates on politics and law which the author has been involved in and top-level institutional design in China. Besides this book introduces analyzes and evaluates the focus of Chinese contemporary jurisprudence making some critical summarizing propositions on the practical experiences. A review of Western contemporary jurisprudence and the forefront of legal research is also covered aiming to provide ideological resources for the rule of law in China. Scholars and students in Chinese legal and social transformation studies will be attracted by this book. Furthermore it will help different civilizations conduct rational dialogues on justice and order. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367534431

Building the Rule of Law in ChinaProcedure Discourse and Hermeneutic Community After thirty years of Mao era (1949-1979) which was struggle-based the Communist Party of China has begun to change its position as a pioneering revolutionary party evolving into a universal ruling party that transcends class interests. Meanwhile administrative and judicial reforms oriented toward a more efficient serving government and the rule of law have been actively carried out. As the earliest work on constructive jurisprudence of new proceduralism in China this book elucidates some of the most critical problems in the process of constructing a legal order and realizing institutional innovation in China: democracy fair and reasonable procedure interpretation techniques cognitive ability of legislation position and function of the jurist group and professional ethics etc. Besides it expounds five pairs of contradictions in the modernization process of Chinese legal system namely substantial and procedural justice moral and legal debates formal and reflective rationality the major responsibility on bureaucrats and lawyers and the motivation of public welfare and profit and explores appropriate approaches to combine the different factors. Scholars and students in Chinese legal and social transformation studies will be attracted by this book. Furthermore it will help different civilizations conduct rational dialogues on justice and order. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367534363

Building The Russian StateInstitutional Crisis And The Quest For Democratic Governance Has the Russian state managed to lay the institutional groundwork for long-term stability and democratic governance? In Building the Russian State Valerie Sperling assembles a group of cutting-edge scholars to critically assess the crises in Russia's transitional institutions. Part I of the book shows that Russia's political elites are less focuse Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367314750

Building the State: Architecture Politics and State Formation in Postwar Central Europe The built environment of former socialist countries is often deemed uniform and drab an apt reflection of a repressive regime. Building the State peeks behind the grey façade to reveal a colourful struggle over competing meanings of the nation Europe modernity and the past in a divided continent. Examining how social change is closely intertwined with transformations of the built environment this volume focuses on the relationship between architecture and state politics in postwar Central Europe using examples from Hungary and Germany. Built around four case studies the book traces how architecture was politically mobilized in the service of social change first in socialist modernization programs and then in the postsocialist transition. Building the State does not only offer a comprehensive survey of the diverse political uses of architecture in postwar Central Europe but is the first book to explore how transformations of the built environment can offer a lens into broader processes of state formation and social change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415622936

Building the Team Super series are a set of workbooks to accompany the flexible learning programme specifically designed and developed by the Institute of Leadership & Management (ILM) to support their Level 3 Certificate in First Line Management. The learning content is also closely aligned to the Level 3 S/NVQ in Management. The series consists of 35 workbooks. Each book will map on to a course unit (35 books/units). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138454200

Building TissuesAn Engineer's Guide to Regenerative Medicine Tissue engineering uniquely applies concepts and techniques from biology and engineering in order to heal or produce new tissues after disease or traumatic injury. A successful tissue engineer must have knowledge of cellular biology cell signaling extracellular matrix development and tissue structure and integrate it with the application of stresses and strains mass transfer mechanical properties and heat transfer. In order to train the next generation of successful tissue engineers this text gives the reader a background in both the engineering and biology associated with tissue engineering. In reading this text students will learn about these two different areas of study and how they can be integrated with one another to understand tissues in the human body and solve biomedical problems. Students will be introduced to definitions of engineering concepts the practical use of stress-strain relationships material strength mass transfer and heat transfer. Through examples and problems students will apply engineering equations to medical and biomedical situations including actual tissue engineering problems. Students will be introduced to a variety of cell and tissue types and be given the background information necessary to apply the use of cells to the growth and development of new tissues. Students will learn how to select the proper material for the replacement of a particular tissue and why it is important to know about the mechanical properties and degradability of a material prior to implantation. Students will learn how the application of force material selection and changes in temperature can positively or negatively affect cell behavior and tissue development. Tissue structure will be described and students will learn about the direct relationship between the structure of a tissue and its properties. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498742801

Building to LastThe challenge for business leaders The major challenge for companies is to create a business that will last. This means they have to take seriously the issue of sustainable development rather than simply having an environmental policy conducting social or environmental audits or consulting the stakeholder. It requires more radical change; a thorough review of core values and purposes with attention to the 'triple bottom line' of money people and nature. Building to Last shows the way. Part One lays out the factors including market trends and changing mindsets which businesses will in future have to take into account. Part Two looks at some of the most enlightened steps so far taken by companies to preserve or enhance profitability while positioning themselves for the next century. The final part examines the different ways in which business can adopt principles of sustainability: independently through industry associations with those in their local community and through initiatives and through initiatives such as industrial ecology. It shows how businesses can manage the new challenges monitor their performance and measure progress towards solutions that will last. This is a useful guide for environmental managers senior and middle managers and managers of SMEs; and an essential text for academics and students of business schools or courses. Colin Hutchinson is an independent Sustainable Development Facilitator working with businesses local authorities and environmental charities. He is a member of the Council of the Association for Management Education and Development and a former Chairman of Sheppard Moscow Ltd. Originally published in 1997 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138965195

Building Tomorrow: Innovation in Construction and Engineering In the past decade construction and engineering have changed dramatically with an explosion of innovative new approaches to construction and new methodologies. By bringing together economic social and construction/engineering management perspectives this book offers a unique and comprehensive survey of these approaches and techniques. It presents a history of studies in innovation in construction and engineering and then presents the most recent models of innovation brokering and risk-management based on complex project-based industries. Innovation is defined and competing theories are discussed in the light of operational issues. The book covers all aspects including the importance of construction and engineering 'cultures' in the trades for successful project innovation. It also discusses the role of government and policy makers the implications of rapid change for the building trades and skilled labour and the difficulty of measuring innovation quantitatively. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138276543

Building Tomorrow's Leaders TodayOn Becoming a Polymath Leader This book focuses on leadership -- what it is how it works and how complex multi-layered and multi-dimensional it is -- and how it will change in the years ahead. If we are to build tomorrow’s leaders today we need to anticipate what skills temperaments and specific competencies will be valuable as we face future needs. If the past is a predictor of the future the world of tomorrow will be characterized by rapid change new technology greater diversity  increased globalization and the need for lifelong learning. As a political scientist and presidential scholar Michael Genovese incorporates a wide range of disciplinary perspectives and research on leadership in this book to give students practitioners and leadership scholars a welcome and engaging look to the future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781848725317

Building Transatlantic ItalyArchitectural Dialogues with Postwar America At the end of the Second World War America’s newly acquired status of hegemonic power- together with the launch of ambitious international programs such as the Marshall Plan- significantly altered existing transatlantic relations. In this context Italian and American architectural cultures developed a fragile dialogue characterized by successful exchanges and forms of collaboration but also by reciprocal wariness. The dissemination of models and ideas concerning architecture generated complex effects and frequently led to surprising misinterpretations obstinate forms of resistance and long negotiations between the involved parties. Issues of continuity and discontinuity dominated Italian culture and society at the time since at stake was the possible balance between allegedly long-established traditions and the prospect of a radical rupture with recent history. Architectural culture often contributed to reach a compromise between very diverging attitudes. Situated in the larger realm of studies on Americanization this book questions current interpretations of transatlantic relations in architecture. By reconsidering the means and effects of the dialogue that unfolded between the two sides of the Atlantic during the postwar years the volume analyzes how cultural and formal models were developed in one context and then modified when transferred to a new one as well as the fortune of this cultural exchange in terms of circulation amplification and simplification. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138246270

Building Trust and Resilience among Black Male High School StudentsBoys to Men Centered on a case study of a mid-Atlantic charter school this book identifies the key factors that help Black male students navigate high school in spite of traditional and historical barriers. Rather than examining their experiences through a deficit model this book adds to the growing body of data on the importance of positive role models—including parents peers teachers and administrators—in facilitating socio-emotional and academic success at the secondary and postsecondary level. Rhoden demonstrates that encouraging trust and persistence in Black male students are essential components to positive academic and social achievement in the face of perceived and real structural inequalities.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367588960

Building Trustworthy Semantic Webs Semantic Webs promise to revolutionize the way computers find and integrate data over the internet. They will allow Web agents to share and reuse data across applications enterprises and community boundaries. However this improved accessibility poses a greater threat of unauthorized access which could lead to the malicious corruption of information. Building Trustworthy Semantic Webs addresses the urgent demand for the development of effective mechanisms that will protect and secure semantic Webs. Design Flexible Security Policies to Improve Efficiency Securing semantic Webs involves the formation of policies that will dictate what type of access Web agents are allowed. This text provides the tools needed to engineer these policies and secure individual components of the semantic Web such as XML RDF and OWL. It also examines how to control unauthorized inferences on the semantic Web. Since this technology is not fully realized the book emphasizes the importance of integrating security features into semantic Webs at the onset of their development. Through its expansive coverage Building Trustworthy Semantic Webs describes how the creation of semantic security standards will ensure the dependability of semantic Webs. It provides Web developers with the tools they need to protect sensitive information and guarantee the success of semantic Web applications. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780367388089

Building Value through MarketingA Step-by-Step Guide Building Value through Marketing provides a hands-on guide to understanding and building compelling marketing plans that create value not only in profit terms but also for customers and stakeholders. Working step-by-step through strategy development this book empowers those responsible for creating or managing new products or services to have the right mindset understand the most important marketing tools that they can use and apply these to create unprecedented levels of value. Founded on the principle of Service Dominant Logic the book is organized into three key sections: "The Value Mindset " "The 12 Building Blocks of Value " and "Value-Focused Marketing in Action " which walk through the process of value-focused product and service development. The strategies and tools put forward have been tested successfully across multiple industries and countries and are grounded in academic theory emphasized by real-life case studies throughout. Readers will gain the ability to align their marketing scholarship and practices with the current definition of why a business exists and the role that marketing plays within these business practices. This is essential reading for those studying Marketing Planning and Strategy at Advanced Undergraduate Postgraduate and MBA levels. Its uniquely applied approach also makes it an excellent guide for marketing practitioners and institutions offering professional qualifications. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367472863

Building VentilationThe State of the Art Ensuring optimum ventilation performance is a vital part of building design. Prepared by recognized experts from Europe and the US and published in association with the International Energy Agency's Air Infiltration and Ventilation Centre (AIVC) this authoritative work provides organized classified and evaluated information on advances in the key areas of building ventilation relevant to all building types. Complexities in airflow behaviour climatic influences occupancy patterns and pollutant emission characteristics make selecting the most appropriate ventilation strategy especially difficult. Recognizing such complexities the editors bring together expertise on each key issue. From components to computer tools this book offers detailed coverage on design analysis and performance and is an important and comprehensive publication in this field. Building Ventilation will be an invaluable reference for professionals in the building services industry architects researchers (including postgraduate students) studying building service engineering and HVAC and anyone with a role in energy-efficient building design. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138988019

Building Virtual Reality with Unity and SteamVR Building Virtual Reality with Unity and Steam VR takes a hands-on approach to getting up and running with virtual reality using the Unity game engine. By utilizing the free SteamVR 2.x libraries this book and its example code are compatible with the main virtual reality (VR) head-mounted displays currently available. This book also looks at some of the main issues surrounding virtual reality such as motion sickness and performance issues providing practical ways to reduce their impact to make better VR experiences. Key Features: Discusses some of the key issues facing virtual reality and provides helpful tips for making better VR experiences Practical examples geared to work with any headset compatible with SteamVR including Oculus Rift HTC Vive and Valve Index Uses the SteamVR Interaction system for interactions such as picking up and throwing objects operating user interfaces and capturing input events for your own scripts Explore advanced spatialized audio with Steam Audio. Discover how to build user interfaces for virtual reality as well as discussing some best practices for VR-based user interface design Written by a games industry veteran with a proven track record having worked for IBM Research in educational VR research projects and having made and launched VR experiences. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367271305

Building Vulnerability AssessmentsIndustrial Hygiene and Engineering Concepts All too often the assessment of structural vulnerability is thought of only in terms of security upgrades guards and entrance barriers. However in order to fully ensure that a building is secure the process of design and construction must also be considered. Building Vulnerability Assessments: Industrial Hygiene and Engineering Concepts focuses on the range of vulnerabilities that can and should be addressed from design implementation through securing a building from intrusion from all types of threats.Customized Recommendations for Individual Structures The book begins with an outline for vulnerability assessments conducted either in-house or in coordination with a third party. The text is presented in a way that facilitates modifications for an organization’s particular needs. The authors present summaries of regulations that are used to determine if chemicals create a risk to off-site locations or constitute a homeland security vulnerability. They also discuss physical security and chemical biological and radioactive (CBR) threat potentials. Highlights the Threat of Biological Contamination The remainder of the book discusses control systems to reduce vulnerabilities emphasizing ventilation system controls. Since a building or facility which is already contaminated is easier to contaminate further the authors put a heavy focus on new latent and residual chemical and biological contamination within building infrastructures. The book concludes by presenting basic emergency planning recommendations and offering recommendations for assessment programs and emergency drills.This volume comprising the wisdom of scientists and engineers who have dealt in the past with building and site failures assists future designers and operations and emergency planners in making decisions that may lessen the impact of emergencies and he Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367385477

Building Walls and Dissolving BordersThe Challenges of Alterity Community and Securitizing Space Walls play multiple social political economic and cultural roles and are linked to the fundamental question of how human beings live together. Globalization and urbanization have created high population density rapid migration growing poverty income inequality and frequent discontent and conflict among heterogeneous populations. The writers in this volume explore how walls are changing in this era when social containers have become porous proximity has been redefined circulation has intensified and the state as a way of organizing political life is being questioned. The authors analyze how walls articulate with other social boundaries to address feelings of vulnerability and anxiety and how they embody governmental processes public and social contestation fears and notions of identity and alterity. This book’s authors explore walls as the consequence of a changing web of social relationships. Whether walls are physical objects on the landscape or metaphors for difference among specific groups or communities the writers consider them as heterotopias powerful sites around which ways of living together are contested and transformed. They also investigate how architectural planning concerning walls may de facto become a means of waging war as well as how demolishing walls may give way to new ways of imagining security. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138271630

Building Web Applications with C# and .NETA Complete Reference This book presents the basic knowledge and illustrative examples to build dynamic and robust web applications using the .NET Framework technology. It stresses the use of code-behind procedural coding and useful for those interested in web application development and to visual basic programmers. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138468559

Building Wireless Sensor NetworksTheoretical and Practical Perspectives Building Wireless Sensor Networks: Theoretical and Practical Perspectives presents the state of the art of wireless sensor networks (WSNs) from fundamental concepts to cutting-edge technologies.Focusing on WSN topics ideal for undergraduate and postgraduate curricula this book:Provides essential knowledge of the contemporary theory and practice of wireless sensor networkingDescribes WSN architectures protocols and operating systemsDetails the routing and data aggregation algorithmsAddresses WSN security and energy efficiencyIncludes sample programs for experimentationThe book offers overarching coverage of this exciting field filling a critical gap in the existing literature. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367575359

Building with Reclaimed Components and MaterialsA Design Handbook for Reuse and Recycling Interest in green and sustainable design is growing throughout the world. Both national and local governments are active in promoting reuse and recycling in order to reduce the amount of waste going to landfill. This guide identifies how building designers and constructors can minimize the generation of waste at the design stage of a building project by using reclaimed components and materials.Authoritative accessible and much-needed this book highlights the opportunities for using reclaimed components and materials and recycled-content building products for each element of a building from structure and foundations to building services and external works. Current experience is illustrated with international case studies and practical advice. It discusses different approaches to designing with recycling in mind and identifies the key issues to address when specifying reclaimed components and recycled materials in construction work.This book will be invaluable for building professionals � including architects specifiers structural and service engineers quantity surveyors contractors and facilities managers � as well as students of architecture and civil engineering.Published with NEF Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367577872

Building Your Portfolio Thoroughly updated to reflect the new requirements of CILIP’s revamped suite of Professional Registration qualifications this is the essential ‘how to’ guide to producing a successful portfolio. Reflecting on achievements and presenting evidence of enhanced knowledge and skills underpin many professional and educational qualifications. Building a portfolio is key to recording and demonstrating this professional development and gaining official recognition in the form of Professional Registration qualifications. Set out in a user-friendly format and covering each element of a portfolio the guide is jam-packed with examples useful hints and tips personal contributions from successful applicants web links and further reading to help you develop a top-notch portfolio. The role of the VLE new submission routes including e-submission and the new route to Revalidation all clearly explained. Readership: Library and information practitioners working towards any of the three levels of CILIP Professional Registration (Certification Chartership Fellowship) candidates for Revalidation and those beginning their first job in the sector. Mentors employers of library and information staff students of library and information science and others interested in effectively recording their continuing professional development. Media > Books > Print Books Facet Publishing 9781783300204

Building-Integrated Solar Energy Systems This book presents techniques for building and optimizing structures with integrated solar energy systems. It describes active solar systems such as photovoltaics and parabolic concentrators as well as passive solar systems and covers optimal materials to use daylighting shading solar blinds rock and water energy storage and more. It discusses the best ways to site a solar structure considering exposure elevation slope clearance wind protection etc. The book includes numerous full-color figures and more than 100 MATLAB® files. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498727761

Buildings and PowerFreedom and Control in the Origin of Modern Building Types The material and cultural world in which we now live perhaps represents the end of a process created out of the Enlightenment and the Industrial Revolution. The battles fought over class ideology and language are represented most clearly in the explosion of new building types during the Century of Revolutions. Lavishly illustrated with photographs drawings maps and plans Buildings and Power analyses architectural form function and space to explore the reproduction and the subversion of power in the modern city. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315003153

Buildings and Schubert Schemes The first part of this book introduces the Schubert Cells and varieties of the general linear group Gl (k^(r+1)) over a field k according to Ehresmann geometric way. Smooth resolutions for these varieties are constructed in terms of Flag Configurations in k^(r+1) given by linear graphs called Minimal Galleries. In the second part Schubert Schemes the Universal Schubert Scheme and their Canonical Smooth Resolution in terms of the incidence relation in a Tits relative building are constructed for a Reductive Group Scheme as in Grothendieck's SGAIII. This is a topic where algebra and algebraic geometry combinatorics and group theory interact in unusual and deep ways. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498768290

Buildings and SocietyEssays on the Social Development of the Built Environment First Published in 1984. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138155763

Buildings for the Performing Arts This design and development guide is an essential book for those who are involved in the initiation planning design and building of facilities for the various performing arts from local to metropolitan locations. It includes the stages in the development decisions to be taken information requirements feasibility and advice necessary in the design and development of a new or adapted building. Part one of this guide provides the background information about the organization of the performing arts the prevailing issues the client and various building types. In the second part the author deals with the components of design and development identifying the roles of the client advisors and consultants the stages to be achieved including client‘s proposal feasibility the process of briefing design and building and eventually hand-over and opening night with a consideration of the building use. Studies include the assessment of demand site requirements initial brief building design and financial viability. Information requirements as design standards for the auditorium and platform/stage and the support facilities are included. Separate studies focus on the adaptation of existing buildings and provision for children and young persons. The content covers a wide range of performing arts (classical music pop/rock jazz musicals dance drama) and provides information on each as an art from and necessities to house performances. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138408999

Buildings UsedHuman Interactions with Architecture Buildings Used takes the reader on an exploration into the impact of use on buildings and users. While most histories and theories of architecture focus on a building’s conception design and realization this book argues that its identity is formed after its completion through use; and that the cultural and psychological effects of its use on those inhabiting it are profound. Across eight investigative chapters authors Nora Lefa and Pavlos Lefas propose that use should not be understood merely as function. Instead this book argues that we also use buildings by creating  destroying or appropriating them and discusses a series of philosophical cultural and design issues related to use. Buildings Used would appeal to students and scholars in architectural theory history and cultural studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367352110

Bukharin in Retrospect This volume is the product of an international conference held in the autumn of 1988 around the time Nikolai Bukharin was officially rehabilitated - a benchmark in the history of glasnost and the process of legitimating perestroika. Conference participants from 19 countries including the USSR and China took occasion to reconsider the record and legacy of Bukharin as revolutionary economist and political theorist. They offer a many-sided but critical re-examination of Bolshevism's "internal alternative" to Stalin and Stalinism. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315490052

Bulbous PlantsBiotechnology Bulbous plants are those with organs for nutrient storage and these include tubers corms and bulbs. They can be ornamental or edible herbaceous or perennial. Important examples of such plants are potato sweet potato yam arrowroot and dahlias. This book focuses mainly on economically important food crops their propagation strategies plant growth and development tuber quality and crop protection. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466589674

Bulgaria In TransitionPolitics Economics Society And Culture After Communism This book makes a significant contribution to the general literature on the transition from communism and on the developments in Bulgaria during the fall of the Socialist government and the decisive victory of the Union of Democratic Forces in the April 1997 elections. . Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367164850

Bulgaria under Communism The book traces the history of communist Bulgaria from 1944 to 1989. A detailed narrative-cum-study of the history of a political system it provides a chronological overview of the building of the socialist state from the ground up its entrenchment into the peaceful routine of everyday life its inner crises and its gradual decline and self-destruction. The book is the definitive and the most complete guide to Bulgaria under communism and how the communist system operates on a day-to-day level. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367586430

Bulgarian HarmonyIn Village Wedding and Choral Music of the Last Century An in-depth study of the Bulgarian harmonic system is long overdue. More than two decades since the Le Mystère des Voix Bulgares choir was awarded a Grammy (1990) there is no scholarly study of the captivating sounds of Bulgarian vertical sonorities. Kalin Kirilov traces the gradual formation of a unique harmonic system that developed in three styles of Bulgarian music: village music from the 1930s to the 1990s wedding music from the 1970s to 2000 and choral arrangements (obrabotki) - creations of the socialist period (1944-1989) popularized by Le Mystère des Voix Bulgares. Kirilov classifies the different approaches to harmony and situates them in their historical and cultural contexts establishing new systems for analysis. In the process he introduces a new system for the categorization of scales.Kirilov argues that the ready-made concepts that are frequently forced onto Bulgarian music - ‘westernization’ ‘socialist’ or ‘Middle Eastern influence’ are not only outdated but also too vague to be of use in understanding the sophisticated modal and harmonic systems found in Bulgarian music. As an insider who has performed composed and arranged this music for 30 years Kirilov is uniquely qualified to interpret it for an international audience. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367597856

BulgariaThe Uneven Transition The communist regime in Bulgaria was perhaps the most stable in Eastern Europe and its demise was brought about only by the general collapse of the Soviet bloc. In the light of this what is surprising about the country's transitions to democracy and a market economy is not that it has been uneven but that it has proceeded without fundamental disruptions and is now showing some signs of consolidation. The two-party system that emerged from the round-table negotiations in 1990 has survived remarkably intact although the parties within it have undergone considerable transformations. The institutions of democracy have often been misused but have shown their ability to survive in crisis situations. After a dismal record of macroeconomic mismanagement the establishment of a currency board has brought stability to the country's economy and the long-delayed structural reform is finally off the ground. Having survived the trials of transition Bulgaria is now faced with the more difficult task of adapting its political and economic institutions to the requirements of future EU membership. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203378779

Bulimia First published in 1986. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138462380

Bulk Metallic Glasses Reflecting the fast pace of research in the field the Second Edition of Bulk Metallic Glasses has been thoroughly updated and remains essential reading on the subject. It incorporates major advances in glass forming ability corrosion behavior and mechanical properties. Several of the newly proposed criteria to predict the glass-forming ability of alloys have been discussed. All other areas covered in this book have been updated with special emphasis on topics where significant advances have occurred. These include processing of hierarchical surface structures and synthesis of nanophase composites using the chemical behavior of bulk metallic glasses and the development of novel bulk metallic glasses with high-strength and high-ductility and superelastic behavior. New topics such as high-entropy bulk metallic glasses nanoporous alloys novel nanocrystalline alloys and soft magnetic glassy alloys with high saturation magnetization have also been discussed. Novel applications such as metallic glassy screw bolts surface coatings hyperthermia glasses ultra-thin mirrors and pressure sensors mobile phone casing and degradable biomedical materials are described. Authored by the world’s foremost experts on bulk metallic glasses this new edition endures as an indispensable reference and continues to be a one-stop resource on all aspects of bulk metallic glasses. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367657505

BullfightingArt Technique and Spanish Society Ernest Hemingway best-known to layman and aficionado alike in his fiction described bullfighting or toreo as a cross between romantic risk and a drunken party or as an elaborate substitute for war ending in wounds or death. Although his descriptions of the "beauty"in toreo are lyrical they are short on imaginative creation of how such beauty through techniques and discipline comes about. Hemingway may have sculpted a personal mystique of toreo but in the opinion of some he ignored or slighted the full unique nature of the subject.In Bullfighting: Art Technique and Spanish Society John McCormick sorts through the complexities of toreo to suggest the aesthetic social and moral dimensions of an art that is geographically limited but universal when seen in round. While having felt the attraction of Hemingway's approach McCormick knew that he was being seduced by elements that had little to do with toreo. To try to right Hemingway's distortions he named the first edition of this book The Complete Aficionado but then realized that the volume was directed at more than just the spectator: BullFighting is written from the point of view of the torerro as opposed to the usual spectator's impressions and enthusiasm. With the help of a retired matador de toros Mario Sevilla Mascarenas who taught McCormick the rudiments of toreo as well as the emotions and discipline essential to survival the authors rescue 'toreo from romantic cliches. They probe the anatomy of the matador's training and technique provide a past-and-present survey of the traditions of the corrida and furnish dramatic portraits of such famous figures as Manolete Joselito Belmonte and Ordonez.Here then is an informed analysis and critique of the origins and myths of toreo and a survey of the novels it has inspired. Defending the faith in a lively as well as clear and discerning manner this volume provides a committed and vivid approach to the rich history ritual and symbolism of the bullfight as it currently exists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138519893

BulliedTales of Torment Identity and Youth In this examination of the ubiquitous practice of bullying among youth compelling first person stories vividly convey the lived experience of peer torment and how it impacted the lives of five diverse young women. Author Keith Berry’s own autoethnographic narratives and analysis add important relational communication methodological and ethical dimensions to their accounts. The personal stories create an opening to understand how this form of physical and verbal violence shapes identities relationships communication and the construction of meaning among a variety of youth. The layered narrative describes the practices constituting bullying and how youth work to cope with peer torment and its aftermath largely focusing on identity construction and well being; addresses contemporary cyberbullying as well as other forms of relational aggression in many social contexts across race gender and sexual orientations; is written in a compelling way to be accessible to students in communication education psychology social welfare and other fields. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781629582511

Bullying Peer Harassment and Victimization in the SchoolsThe Next Generation of Prevention Bullying and harassment threaten academic achievement and mental health in our schools. Look beyond your work with individual students to address these problems in their larger context! This book presents enlightening empirical studies and reviews of the literature on peer harassment bullying and victimization. Designed to expand our knowledge and understanding of these topics Bullying Peer Harassment and Victimization in the Schools: The Next Generation of Prevention documents the widespread nature of the phenomena both inside and outside the United States identifies risk and protective factors and provides practitioners with specific evidence-based guidelines for effective preventive action. From the editors: The problem of bullying peer harassment and victimization is a serious one in our schools. It greatly affects the climate for learning and productivity and the emotional health of students and staff. This book presents empirical data and theoretical and legal case reviews to show how pervasive and serious these problems are and how they threaten both academic achievement and mental health within many of our schools. Taking a longitudinal and developmental perspective the authors begin to outline the next generation of research in this field that will shape knowledge and practice for the next few decades. For practitioners the book is a call to action particularly at the school-wide level focusing on reducing the substantial social/emotional harm done to perpetrators bystanders and especially victims. Bullying Peer Harassment and Victimization in the Schools provides vital information on: what mental health professionals can do to prevent and respond to sexual harassment in schools the relationship between middle-school adjustment and bullying aggressive behavior and friendship patterns in immigrant children school-based intervention strategies the relationship between the cultures of childhood and sexual harassment—from developmental domestic violence and legal perspectives risk factors and protective factors affecting victimization and more! It has been estimated that bullying affects more than half of the students in American schools. This book can add significantly to your ability to combat and prevent this pervasive problem. Use it to improve the quality of education received by students in your community! Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203725528

Bullying Suicide and HomicideUnderstanding Assessing and Preventing Threats to Self and Others for Victims of Bullying In our society bullying is commonly seen as a normal inescapable part of growing up that children and adolescents must simply endure. In Bullying Suicide and Homicide Butch Losey challenges this viewpoint arguing that bullying is not a part of childhood development but rather an aberrant behavior that for the victim can lead to adverse decisions such as suicide and homicide. He provides a detailed understanding of the relationship between bullying suicide and homicide and an assessment and response strategy that can be utilized by mental health professionals who work with children and adolescents. This strategy involves a three stage ecological approach: screening to identify warning signs for bullying depression suicide and violence by means of the Bullying Lethality Identification System (BLIS) developed by Losey and a colleague; assessing the risks of suicide and threats of violence using specially tailored forms and tools; and mediating to identify appropriate interventions. All of the associated tools and forms that the author has created are included as appendices and on the accompanying CD. Losey’s sensitive and compassionate treatment of this important subject will inform and motivate mental health professionals in their work with victims of bullying. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415873475

Bullying Victimization and Peer HarassmentA Handbook of Prevention and Intervention A comprehensive examination of theory research prevention and intervention and professional practice issues - in one source. Teasing shunning and bullying can have serious detrimental effects on both victim and perpetrator. Bullying Victimization and Peer Harassment: A Handbook of Prevention and Intervention comprehensively gathers emerging research theory and effective practice on this subject into one invaluable source. This thorough review of a wide spectrum of innovative evidence-based practices targets the complex problems of victimization peer harassment and bullying in our schools. Interventions range from individuals and their peers to broad systems-level change within schools and communities. The challenge of prevention is also explored using the latest studies as a practical foundation. Suggestions are provided detailing effective strategies to make changes in the culture within schools while offering directions for future research and practice.Bullying Victimization and Peer Harassment discusses research on current intervention programs now in place that until now has never been evaluated. Several of the studies address middle school issues and multi-ethnic populations including those from the United States Canada and Europe. Peer sexual harassment and dating-related aggression are examined that includes and goes beyond traditional views of bullying and peer intimidation. This valuable handbook provides concise yet extensive information on the most current theory empirical research practice guidelines and suggestions for preparing schools for programmatic initiatives.Topics in Bullying Victimization and Peer Harassment include: theory and conceptual issues in victimization bullying and peer harassment assessment results from a four-year longitudinal study on peer victimization in early adolescents youth perceptions toward bullying high school students’ victimization profiles immigrant children and victimization evaluating an adolescent violence prevention program a school-based intervention program peer group intervention interventions for victims multiple perspectives involving sexual harassment school-wide approaches to prevention and intervention and much more! Bullying Victimization and Peer Harassment is a crucial resource for researchers and mental health professionals who work in schools and who work with children and their families such as school psychologists counselors clinical child psychologists social workers and community psychologists. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315808666

Bullying (1989)An International Perspective Published in 1989 this book provides an international perspective on bullying. Bullying - defined in the context of this book as psychological or physical violence directed from a group or individual over a period of time against a person who is unable to defend themselves – is a phenomenon that effects countries and cultures worldwide and therefore a subject on which an international perspective is of great value. This book offers an empirical overview of research of its time. This overview includes major research findings in Scandinavia Britain and several other European countries as well as including approaches to tackling bullying developed in both Europe and USA. International contributors provide accounts of their work based on practical and proven approaches to prevention and intervention. Their conclusions will interest all who are concerned with this serious problem including those involved in education psychology and researchers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815377696

Bullying among Prisoners This book aims to present key aspects of the prison-based bullying research which has taken place over the last few years. It is a field in which there has been considerably increased interest. One of the main features of this book is the recognition that much previous bullying research has been descriptive in nature with little underlying theory to assist its development as an area of academic interest. In addressing this need this book will serve as an indispensable resource for students academics and professionals with interests in this field. Chapters in the book address the following areas: need for innovation in prison bullying research statistics on bullying combining methods to research prison bullying bullying behaviour among women in prison bullying and suicides in prisons developmental antecedents of prison bullies and/or victims applying evolutionary theory to prison bullying applying social problem solving models to prison bullying. Media > Books > Print Books Willan 9781138861466

Bullying Among PrisonersEvidence Research and Intervention Strategies Bullying in prisons can have severe consequences both for those directly involved and for the prison regime as a whole yet the subject has been curiously neglected in the literature. In 1993 the Prison Service introduced their first anti-bullying strategy and since then there has been a great deal of research on the subject. Bullying Among Prisoners summarises this research and seeks to answer some important questions.Bullying Among Prisoners identifies problems in defining and measuring bullying along with proposing guidelines on how research in this field should be conducted. The book covers:* what bullying is* how and why it occurs* the effects of bullying* practical strategies for preventing bullying.By outlining a series of interventions that can be employed to address bullying this book will prove an invaluable resource for all those working directly with the perpetrators and victims not only in prisons but also in a range of settings such as regional secure units and special hospitals. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315783239

Bullying Among University StudentsCross-national perspectives Bullying Amongst University Students is a pioneering collection of knowledge and evidence exploring the under-researched phenomenon of bullying in universities. Abusive behaviour amongst young people is a serious and pervasive problem that is exacerbated by the rapid advances in electronic communication and in this book the authors highlight the problem and proceed to facilitate new practices and policies to address it. This book brings together an international team of authors from a range of disciplines encompassing education psychology criminology law and counselling who have carried out research in the area of university bullying. Addressing critical dialogues and debates the authors explore peer on peer violence intimidation and social exclusion before considering its effects on students and making recommendations for action and further research. Key topics include: Cyberbullying and cyber aggression Rape culture across the university Homophobic and transphobic bullying The impact of bullying on mental health The role of bully and victim across the lifespan Policies and procedures to address bullying International in authorship and scope this book will be an invaluable resource for students and researchers in fields such as education psychology sociology health studies and criminology. It is also essential reading for university policy-makers and union representatives responsible for the emotional and physical well-being of students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138809260

Bullying and Harassment in the WorkplaceDevelopments in Theory Research and Practice Second Edition Previously titled Bullying and Emotional Abuse in the Workplace: International Perspectives in Research and Practice the first edition of this bestselling resource quickly became a benchmark and highly cited source of knowledge for this burgeoning field. Renamed to more accurately reflect the maturing of the discipline Bullying and Harassment in the Workplace: Developments in Theory Research and Practice Second Edition provides a much-needed update of the original work. Edited by leading experts and presenting contributions from pioneers in their respective subject areas the book is an up-to-date research-based resource on key aspects of workplace bullying and its remediation. New chapters include: Rehabilitation and Treatment of Victims of Bullying Interventions for the Prevention and Management of Workplace Bullying Bullying and Discrimination An Industrial Relation Perspective on Workplace Bullying Investigating Complaints of workplace bullying Whistleblowing and Workplace bullying How to Measure Exposure to Workplace Bullying in Surveys Extensively Revised Chapters include: Perspectives on hostile behaviors and Workplace bullying Empirical Findings on Bullying at Work Organizational Antecedents of Bullying Organizational effects of workplace bullying Counseling targets of bullying Bullying and the Law The book presents a comprehensive review of the literature the empirical findings the theoretical developments and the experience and advice of leading international academics and practitioners. It examines the concept of bullying and harassment at work and its measurement documenting the existence and consequences of the problem. The book explores a variety of explanatory models and presents available empirical evidence that Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138411517

Bullying and Harassment in the WorkplaceTheory Research and Practice Building on the success of two earlier best-selling editions from 2003 and 2011 this benchmark text and highly cited reference work now appears in its third edition. This book is a research-based resource on key aspects of workplace bullying and its remediation which: Covers the nature and complexities of bullying and harassment in the workplace Presents the evidence on its prevalence risk groups antecedents and outcomes Examines cyberbullying and harassment in the digital world Describes the roles of bystanders and the coping possibilities of victims Discusses prevention intervention treatment and the management of specific cases Explains legal perspectives the role of HR and of internal policies Edited by leading experts in the field and presenting contributions from subject experts it provides state-of-the-art reviews of the main themes in the field as well as practical remedies and solutions at individual organizational and societal levels providing a much-needed update and expansion of the original work as the research and literature on this problem with its manifold detrimental effects has expanded radically over the last decade. This book should be of interest to all scholars in the field of organizational behavior and social processes at work. In particular the book is a much-needed tool for bachelor master and PhD students new and experienced researchers in the field advanced practitioners and policy makers including labor inspectors union representatives HR-personnel lawyers management consultants and counsellors in private practice family physicians and occupational health practitioners to name a few.　 Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138615991

Bullying and Young ChildrenUnderstanding the Issues and Tackling the Problem What is it that makes some children bully and some become victims? What can you do if despite your best efforts a child keeps on taunting another? What steps can you take before communicating with parents and what will you say? The practice of bullying endures in all schools today. Despite the implementation of bullying policies parents and staff can be equally perplexed: not really understanding what they have or haven‘t done to allow it to happen. Christine Macintyre explores this highly emotive topic asking why as many as one in 12 school children are bullying victims and will show in a highly practical way what can be done to support the children and help staff improve their own practice. This book will provide help and guidance on: enhancing the self-esteem of the affected children showing how new-found confidence will enable children to offset the effects of being bullied or indeed being a bully. how to tell parents their child is bullying or being bullied and how to build up a meaningful and mutually supportive relationship with them. creating a learning environment that prevents the desire for children to bully. Based on case studies giving first hand accounts of real-life situations and evaluations of strategies that have been tried and tested this book suggests fresh and inspiring ways of tackling a problem faced by many practitioners today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138406780

Bullying as a Social ExperienceSocial Factors Prevention and Intervention Bullying as a Social Experience presents data from both the US and New Zealand and draws on past research from around the world to show how social context and factors shape individuals’ behaviors and experiences. By engaging with bullying from a sociological framework it becomes clearer how bullying occurs and why it persists throughout a society whilst also allowing for the development of means by which the social factors that support such behavior can be addressed through intervention. An empirically rich and engaged analysis of the social factors involved in bullying at group school and community levels Bullying as a Social Experience will be of interest not only to social scientists working on the study of childhood and youth bullying and cyber bullying but also to educators and practitioners seeking new approaches to the prevention of bullying as each chapter contains discussions concerning intervention and prevention practices and programs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367598341

Bullying BehaviorCurrent Issues Research and Interventions These timely intervention strategies make your school safer for everyone!Bullying Behavior: Current Issues Research and Interventions provides the most up-to-date reports on the dynamics of bullying including who bullies and why who the victims are and how depression and anxiety are correlated with bullying. It also presents detailed case studies of successful anti-bullying strategies for both local schools and national campaigns. Drawing on national and international clinical research this book is indispensable for teachers and school administrators therapists and child psychologists social workers child advocates and counselors court personnel probation officers and education policymakers. Bullying Behavior addresses all the issues of bullying including: preventing sexual harassment models of bully and victim behavior the roles of dominance and bullying in the development of early heterosexual relationships psychosocial correlates in bullying and victimization peer influences during early adolescence students who are passive observers to the victimization of others Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315877709

Bullying in the ArtsVocation Exploitation and Abuse of Power Diva Prima Donna Maestro Virtuoso: creative geniuses with the ability to deliver artistic excellence. However this perception can serve to tilt the balance of power in relationships and to substantiate the notion of artistic temperament; the Master is always right and the Diva must have her way. The artistic genius may be hell to work with but the end result (the art) is exceptional so behaviour deemed unacceptable in normal circumstances must be tolerated. If the corporate culture in the arts is in thrall to the concept of the artistic genius then across the various disciplines within the creative sector the prevailing mentality may be subscribing to a set of values that allows even directly encourages behaviour and employment conditions that are abusive. Bullying in the Arts argues that this mindset can have a profoundly negative effect in performing arts organisations permitting managers and other staff to ignore bullying behaviour as long as the show goes on. Researchers in a range of disciplines and fields have studied workplace bullying and having witnessed bullying in a number of different arts organisations Anne-Marie Quigg researched whether the behaviour represented isolated rare occurrences in specific creative environments or if it was indicative of a more widespread problem in the arts and cultural sector. She discovered the highest level of bullying recorded in any single employment sector in the UK. Bullying in the Arts reveals Dr Quigg's findings including the personal organisational legal and economic consequences of bullying behaviour. Looking at the experiences of countries such as Australia Canada France Sweden and the United States this book challenges the notion that the arts are beyond the limitations of the ordinary milieu exempt from the rules and regulations governing the treatment of employees. Arts managers and professionals teachers students and researchers in the arts world and all those in management or management education will find here a new model centred on management responses to bullying behaviour which demonstrates the beneficial effect that knowledgeable skilled action can have on the outcome of bullying incidents. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138895041

Bullying in the WorkplaceCauses Symptoms and Remedies Bullying in the workplace is a phenomenon that has recently intrigued researchers studying management and organizational issues leading to such questions as why it occurs and what causes such harassment. This volume written by experts in a wide range of fields including Industrial and Organizational psychology Counseling Management Law Education and Health presents   research on    relational and social aggression issues which can result in lost productivity employee turnover and costly lawsuits.  Understanding this phenomenon is important to managers and employee morale.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781848729629

Bullying in Youth Sports TrainingNew perspectives and practical strategies Based on an extensive national research project with global relevance this pioneering volume draws on unique data on bullying in youth sports training collected from both athletes and coaches using a variety of methodological approaches. Nery Neto Rosado and Smith use this research to establish a baseline of the prevalence of bullying among young male athletes offering evidence-based strategies for prevention and providing a solid theoretical basis for the development of anti-bullying intervention programs. Bullying in Youth Sports Training explores how often bullying occurs how long it lasts where and when bullying takes place the coping strategies used by victims and the individual roles of victims bystanders and bullies. It provides new insights into theories of youth sport bullying and highlights the particular characteristics specific to bullying in sport. The backgrounds of bullies and victims are also explored as well as the consequences and practical implications of sustained bullying. The book provides both theoretical and practical approaches to bullying in youth sport training providing anti-bullying guidelines based on the results of the research. The book is essential reading for scholars and students in child development and sport sciences as well as sports coaches and professionals in mental health education and social work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367893880

BullyingA Social Influence Perspective There was a time when bullying was regarded as a relatively innocuous issue—a normal part of growing up—but this is no longer the case. The magnitude of the problems that bullying can lead to is evidenced by the rising amount of professional literature on bullying as well as recent cases of bully-linked suicide and homicide in the popular media. Bullying always involves at least one bully and one victim but there are a variety of social roles that can affect the duration and magnitude of bullying. These roles include bully assistants or supporters victim defenders and passive bystanders. Fundamental to creating successful intervention programs to prevent or reduce bullying is basic research that identifies the characteristics of those involved in bullying situations (e.g. personality motivational intellectual physical social and behavioural). This volume presents a broad range of original research describing how social influences are related to bullying. Reflecting the fact that bullying is a world-wide phenomenon and problem the research comes from samples of individuals from Australia Finland Italy New England and Poland as well as a review of the cyber-bullying literature which is international in scope. This book was originally published as a special issue of Social Influence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138086371

BullyingExperiences and discourses of sexuality and gender Bullying: Experiences and Discourses of Sexuality and Gender provides a valuable insight into the experiences of young people and how bullying can impact upon them in the school environment. The book offers an introduction to the key issues associated with bullying on the grounds of sex and sexual orientation and points to key policies and guidance on these difficult issues. With cutting-edge research and applied studies from leading academics and practitioners in the field Bullying combines theory with suggestions for practical intervention for practitioners in education and social work. Chapter by chapter the book strengthens the reader’s knowledge base and demonstrates how best to develop both academic and advocacy arguments to confront bullying formulate intervention through examples of research findings and recommend advice and guidance in professional contexts. Bullying offers multiple perspectives to challenge bullying related to gender sexuality and transgender status. The book includes the latest work on: sexual bullying and the implications for policy and practice sexual dimensions of cyberbullying homophobia sex differences in bullying lesbian gay bisexual and transgender issues in educational contexts planning and delivering interventions in schools. Bullying: Experiences and Discourses of Sexuality and Gender will appeal to education professionals as well as researchers and postgraduate students in the social sciences social work and educational and clinical child psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415505031

Bupleurum SpeciesScientific Evaluation and Clinical Applications "The prominence of the Bupleurum species cannot be overstated. Across China and Japan it serves as a main or supplementary ingredient in over two thirds of traditional medications. For over 2000 years it has been used to treat fevers intestinal maladies malaria and countless other afflictions. Modern research indicates that it may possess anti-tumor qualities and researchers continue to report its impact on a wide range of ailments from hepatitis and epilepsy to irregularity and menopause as well as psychosis and schizophrenia.Bupleurum Species: Scientific Evaluation and Clinical Applications brings together the work of leading researchers from Asia and Europe who examine this remarkable genus of plants. Providing a comprehensive look at all aspects relevant to the species this historic volume- q Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367453664

Burden-sharing in NATO This book first published in 1983 analyses the debate around burden-sharing in NATO where the main issue is the distribution amongst the allies of the burden of maintaining the security arrangement. This raises problems of defining measuring and comparing the defence efforts of the various countries. This book examines the issues and argues for the need to address directly the fundamental problems concerning the Cold War security relationship between the United States and Western Europe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367630119

Bureaucracy Belonging and the City in North India1870-1930 This book is a re-evaluation of modern urbanism and architecture and a history of urbanism architecture and local identity in colonial north India at the turn of the twentieth century. Focusing on Banaras and Jaunpur two of northern India’s most traditional cities the book examines the workings of colonial bureaucracy in the cities and argues that interactions with the colonial state were an integral aspect of the ways that Indians created a sense of their own personal investment in the city in which they lived. The book explores the every-day and the mundane to better understand the limits of British colonial power and the role of Indians themselves in the making of the modern city. Based on highly localized archival source material the author analyses two key aspects of city-making in this era: the building of new infrastructure such as water supply and sewerage and new policies governing historical architectural conservation. The book also incorporates an ethnography of contemporary urban space in these cities to advocate for a more nuanced and responsible approach to writing the history of such cities and to address the myriad problems of present-day north Indian urbanism. Containing examples of bureaucratic procedure and its contradictions and enlivened by a set of personal reflections and narratives of the author's own experiences this book is a valuable addition to the field of South Asian Studies Asian History and Asian Culture and Society Colonial History and Urban History. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367818906

Bureaucracy Community and Influence in IndiaSociety and the State 1930s - 1960s Offering a fresh approach to the issue of government and administrative corruption through 'everyday' citizen interactions with the state this book explores changing discourses and practices of corruption in late colonial and early independent Uttar Pradesh India. The author moves away from assumptions that the state can primarily be associated with the top levels of government and looks at citizens' approaches to local level bureaucracies and police. The central argument of the book is that deeply 'institutionalised' corruption in India could only have come about through the exercise of particular long term customs of interaction between agencies of the state - government servants and police and their interactions with local politicians. Because the social hierarchies that condition such interactions are complicated by individual and family connections to state employment periods of traumatic state transformation lead to a reconfiguration in the meaning of corruption in the local state. Based on principal primary sources and extensive field interviews this book will be of interest to academics working on political science and Indian and South Asian history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415748773

Bureaucracy Integration and Suspicion in the Welfare State This book explores how the often well-meaning routines and assumptions of a generous welfare state can reflect and even contribute to the stigmatisation of refugees and Muslims in Europe today. While the main cases are from Sweden examples are included from the UK France Switzerland Germany and the Netherlands. Mark Graham examines how suspicion is woven into the fabric of welfare bureaucracies with potential adverse consequences for the people they serve. He complicates our understanding of what Islamophobia means and how it is expressed and created by exploring contexts in which the logic of "othering" Muslims operates but where explicit Islamophobia itself is absent. The book starts with Swedish public-sector bureaucracies and attempts by staff to make sense of Muslim refugee clients with categories and models that reappear in wider society. It goes on to explore the logic of integration policies official concepts of culture Swedish multiculturalism educational strategies in schools and debates surrounding "genuine" and "false" refugees. In all cases the homologies between these different socio-cultural domains are explored. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367585051

Bureaucracy Law and Dystopia in the United Kingdom's Asylum System The central concern of this book is to find answers to fundamental questions about the British asylum system and how it operates. Based on ethnographic research over a two-year period the work follows and analyses numerous asylum appeals through the British courts. It draws on myriad interviews with individuals and a thorough examination of many state and non-state organizations to understand how the system works. While the organization of the book reflects the formal asylum process a focus on specific legal appeals reveals the ‘political’ factors at play as different institutions and actors seek to influence judicial decision-making and overturn/uphold official asylum policy. The final chapter draws on the author’s ethnographic findings of the UK’s ‘asylum field’ to re-examine research on the Refugee Determination System in the US Canada and Australia which has narrowly focused on judicial decision-making. It argues that analysis of Refugee Determination Systems must be situated and studied as part of a wider political semi-autonomous ‘asylum field’ which needs to be better understood. Providing an in-depth ethnographic study of a national asylum system and of immigration law and practice the book will be an invaluable resource for academics researchers and policy-makers in the UK and beyond working in this highly topical area. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367266370

Bureaucracy and Democracy (Routledge Library Editions: Political Science Volume 7) Although a powerful independent bureaucracy poses a threat to democracy it is indispensable to its proper functioning. This book provides an overview of the complex relationship between bureaucracy and the politics of democracy and is essential reading for students of sociology political science and public administration. It is designed to guide students through the maze of classical and modern theories on the topic to give them basic information on the historical developments in this area and the present them with case histories of the actual relationship between bureaucrats and politicians in democratic societies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415646321

Bureaucracy and Politics in MexicoThe Case of the Secretariat of Programming and Budget First published in 1999 the main theme of this book is the relationship between bureaucracy and politics in Mexico. This examined though a study of the Secretariat of Programming and Budget which came into existence in 1976 and was abolished in 1992. The book charts the rise and fall of the Secretariat over three presidential terms and gives an explanation of the chain of events that led to its disappearance. In doing so it underlines the significant impact hat institutional and bureaucratic factors have on group politics in contemporary Mexico. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138611528

Bureaucracy and Representative Government This is the first book to develop a formal theory of supply by bureaus. Niskanen develops an original and comprehensive theory of the behavior of bureaus with the institutions of representative government. He challenges the traditional view that monopoly bureaus are the best way to organize the public sector and he suggests ways to use competitive bureaus and private firms to perform operations such as delivering mail fighting wars or running schools more efficiently than the present government agencies.The theory concludes that most bureaus are too large grow too fast use too much capital and exploit their sponsor. His theory explains the relation of the output and budget of a bureau to demand and cost decisions. It compares bureaus with other forms of organization facing like conditions and delineates the production and investment behavior of a bureau the behavior of nonprofit firms with no sponsor the behavior of mixed bureaus with financing from a sponsor and from the sale of services the effects of competition between a bureau and a competitive industry.The book also develops a simple theory of the market for public services financed through a representative government; the final section suggests a set of changes to improve the performance of our bureaucratic and political institutions based both on theory and Niskanen's professional experience. It is essential reading for professionals and students in the social sciences and could prove instrumental in reforming some of our government institutions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138519909

Bureaucracy In CrisisThree Mile Island The Shuttle Challenger And Risk Assessment This book explores how bureaucracies perceive and respond to technological risk in organizational theory. It examines the implications of the organizational failures leading to the Three Mile Island and Challenger accidents. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367154714

BureaucracyA Key Idea for Business and Society Bureaucracy is a curse – it seems we can’t live with it we can’t live without it. It is without doubt one of the fundamental ideas which underpin the business world and society at large. In this book Tom Vine observes analyses and critiques the concept placing it at the heart of our understanding of organisation. The author unveils bureaucracy as an endlessly emergent phenomenon which defies binary debate – in analysing organisation we are all bureaucrats. In building an experiential perspective the book develops more effective ways to interact with bureaucracy in theory and practice. Empirical material take centre stage whilst the book employs ethnographic and auto-ethnographic methods to illuminate the existential function of bureaucracy. Taking examples from art history and culture this book provides an entertaining alternative academic analysis of bureaucracy as a key idea in business and society which will be essential reading for students and scholars of work and organisation Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138483316

Bureaucratic Culture and Escalating World ProblemsAdvancing the Sociological Imagination On the fiftieth anniversary of the publication of The Sociological Imagination by C. Wright Mills the 'bureaucratic ethos' that he described continues to define our world more than ever before. In Bureaucratic Culture and Escalating World Problems eleven contributors systematically continue and develop Mills' broad vision of the scientific method. They analyse escalating bureaucratic barriers that prevent us from solving our many pressing social environmental and economic problems. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781594516542

Bureaucratic Culture in Early Colonial IndiaDistrict Officials Armed Forces and Personal Interest under the East India Company 1760-1830 This book looks at how the fledgling British East India Company state of the 1760s developed into the mature Anglo-Indian empire of the 19th century. It investigates the bureaucratic culture of early Company administrators primarily at the district level and the influence of that culture on the nature and scope of colonial government in India. Drawing on a host of archival material and secondary sources James Lees details the power relationship between local officials and their superiors at Fort William in Calcutta and examines the wider implications of that relationship for Indian society. The book brings to the fore the manner in which the Company’s roots in India were established despite its limited military resources and lack of governmental experience. It underlines how the early colonial polity was shaped by European administrators’ attitudes towards personal and corporate reputation financial gain and military governance. A thoughtful intervention in understanding the impact of the Company’s government on Indian society this volume will be of interest to researchers working within South Asian studies British studies administrative history military history and the history of colonialism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138615496

Bureaucratizing The Good SamaritanThe Limitations Of Humanitarian Relief Operations Bureaucratizing the Good Samaritan is about the organization of refugee relief programs. It describes the practical political and moral assumptions of the ?international refugee relief regime.? Tony Waters emphasizes that the agencies delivering humanitarian relief are embedded in rationalized bureaucracies whose values are determined by their institutional frameworks. The demand for ?victims? is observed in the close relation between the interests of the popular press and the decisions made by bureaucracies.This presents a paradox in all humanitarian relief organizations but perhaps no more so than in the Rwanda Relief Operations (1994-96) which ended in the largest mass forced repatriation since the end of World War II. This crisis is analyzed with an assumption that there is a basic contradiction between the demands of the bureaucratized organization and the need of relief agencies to generate the emotional publicity to sustain the interest of northern donors. The book concludes by noting that if refugee relief programs are to become more effective the connection between the press's emotional demands for ?victims? and the bureaucratic organizations's decision processes need to be identified and reassessed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367098476

Bureaucrats Technocrats FemocratsEssays on the contemporary Australian state This collection of essays in political sociology and public policy contests some of the fundamental features of the contemporary State as it is manifested in Australia. It explores themes such as the development of the complex interventionist State characterised by the proliferation of its activities to encompass virtually every feature of its subjects' daily lives and functioning as a central site of struggle over the distribution of social economic political and cultural resources. It also examines the impact of the so-called new social movements - the women's movement the various multiracial and multicultural movements and the environmental movement - which make new claims on the democratisation of the distribution of resources and investigates the impact on the State of the pressure for economic 'restructuring' arising from the new terms of competition within a global economy in recession.In tracing the links between these themes Bureaucrats Technocrats Femocrats makes a major contribution to a critical tradition of writing and analysis in public administration. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003115106

Bureaucrats as Law-makersCommittee decision-making in the EU Council of Ministers The Council of Ministers is one of the most powerful institutions of the European Union (EU) and plays a major role in the European policy-making process. Drawing on formal theory and combining quantitative and qualitative methods in an innovative fashion this book provides novel insights into the role of national bureaucrats in legislative decision-making of the Council of the EU. The book examines and describes the Council of Ministers’ committee system and its internal decision-making process. Relying on a wide quantitative dataset as well as six detailed case studies in the policy areas of Agriculture Environment and Taxation it provides a comprehensive and systematic assessment of the extent to which national bureaucrats act as law-makers in the Council. It also examines the degree to which theories on collective decision-making delegation and international socialization can account for variation in the involvement of bureaucrats. Investigating how often and why national officials in working parties and committees rather than ministers make legislative decisions in the EU this book addresses the implications of bureaucratic influence for the democratic legitimacy of Council decision-making. The author finds that ministers play a generally more important role in legislative decision-making than often assumed alleviating to some extent concerns about the democratic legitimacy of Council decisions. Bureaucrats as Law-Makers will be of interest to students scholars and practitioners in the field of European Union politics and policy-making legislative decision-making intergovernmental negotiations and international socialization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138822245

Burgesses and Burgess Law in the Latin Kingdoms of Jerusalem and Cyprus (1099–1325) This is the first book devoted to the study of burgesses in the Latin Kingdoms of Jerusalem and Cyprus (1099-1325). It offers a comprehensive assessment of the contributions made by the non-feudal class to the development of legal and commercial institutions in the 12th 13th and 14th centuries. Dispensing with the commonly held view that burgesses had only marginal influence evidence is presented to illustrate how the existence of a 'middle class' was essential to the ambitions of the kingdoms' leaders. A systematic examination of all relevant contemporary source material - charters law-books and narrative accounts - sheds light on how serfs and freemen originating from diverse regions of Europe were able to organise themselves into a class whose status set them apart from non-Latin Christians and Muslims. The study considers at length the different ways in which burgess legislation was formulated; traces the gradual development of the Cour des Bourgeois the court of burgesses in terms of its composition and competence; describes in detail the burgess laws of Acre and Nicosia which related for example to marriage and inheritance; and defines the special characteristics of a type of property known as a borgesie which was mostly but not exclusively in the hands of burgesses. Dr Nader's research furthermore reveals the complexity of burgess jurisdiction and legislation in the East and advocates the theory that secular courts established by ecclesiastical institutions exercised authority over burgesses and borgesies in matters which went beyond the parameters of purely ecclesiastical jurisdiction. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315570549

Burglary Burglary has all the credentials as the 'folk crime of the new millennium' and is regularly identified as one of the crimes most feared by the public. Victims are particularly affected by burglary and burglary is generally at the centre of crime prevention and community safety strategies. This book provides an accessible systematic account of burglary focusing on the problem of crime in the first main part of the book and on policy responses in the second. This book identifies the particularcharacteristics of burglary as a crime drawing upon an extensive range of research in both the UK and elsewhere. It will be of interest to both students of criminology and criminal justice and practitioners in policing and crime prevention and it looksat burglary in both national and international contexts. Professor Mawby is particularly well qualified to write on this subject being involved in policy initiatives at local national and international levels as well as being editor of a leading crime prevention journal. accessible and authoritative account of one of the most important crimes and policy responses to itauthor ideally qualified in view of experience of local national and international crime prevention initiatives. Media > Books > E-books Willan 9781843924241

Buried City Unearthing TeufelsbergBerlin and its Geography of Forgetting Cities are built over the remnants of their past buried beneath their present. We build on what has been built before whether over foundations formalising previous permanency or over the temporal occupations of ground. But what happens when you shift a city - when you dislodge its occupation of ground towards a new ground bury it and forget it? Focusing on Berlin’s destruction during World War II and its reconstruction after the end of the war this book offers a rethinking of how the practices of destruction and burial combine to reform the city through geography and how burying a city is intricately tied to forgetting destruction ruination and trauma. Created from 25 million cubic meters of rubble produced during World War II Teufelsberg (Devil's Mountain) is the exemplar of the destroyed city. Its critical journey is chronicled in combination with Berlin’s seven other rubble hills and their connections to constructing forgetting through burial. Furthermore the book investigates Berlin’s sublime relation to Albert Speer’s urban vision to rival the ancient cities of Rome and Athens through their now shared geographies of seven hills. Finally there is a central focus on the role of the citizens who cleared Berlin’s streets of rubble and the subsequent human relationships between people and ruins. This book is valuable reading for those interested in Architectural Theory Urban Geography Modern History and Urban Design. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367195854

Buried Rigid Pipes This book is specifically concerned with pipes of rigid materials and provides some information on 'flexible' pipes that are available and on their behaviour and use as being of value to the engineer in making an initial choice. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367863579

Buried StructuresStatic and Dynamic Strength Much of the infrastructure of modern society is buried below ground. Pipeline conduits and culverts carry the services on which our economies depend and the strength and resilience of such structures is of vital importance. Larger underground construction is becoming more common in cities and towns and in defence installations. This book brings together the store of theoretical analytical experimental and design-based knowledge that has been built up on the subject of buried structures. The author discusses the principles of soil arching stress distribution and soil properties as well as the design problems of static and dynamic loads strength and safety. The stability of thin-walled buried structures receives particular attention as does the behaviour of underground construction under localized and nuclear explosions. Test facilities and design codes of practice are reviewed and the range of structures discussed in the book extends from thick- and thin-walled culverts conduits and water pipelines to arches domes spherical shells vertical capsules blast shelters and thin-walled road tunnels. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367863593

Buried TreasureDiscovering and Implementing the Value of Corporate Social Responsibility With business under unprecedented pressure from a range of stakeholders to engage in corporate social responsibility (CSR) those working in dirty industries developing countries and the extractive sector are finding themselves exposed to great strategic risks. Many of these companies are endeavouring to practise CSR and sustainability but lack the knowledge to do so convincingly. Much of what has been published to date tells companies they must "do" CSR without explaining how best to implement CSR-related policies and why this is very much in the corporate interest. Buried Treasure sets out in a series of case studies from different industries around the world a clear demonstration of how it is possible to create "shared value" for companies communities and other stakeholders by putting CSR at the core of the business model.In implementing CSR companies need to look beyond philanthropy delving deeper to find the "buried treasure" of shared value creation. This is much more than finding the simple "win–win" solutions. It is about companies engaging seriously in the challenges they face in their operations and finding competitive advantage from working with stakeholders to solve these common problems. This is not easy - but where companies have done it well they have found new corporate opportunities and enhanced brand value.Buried Treasure presents a series of steps each accompanied by an in-depth case study to demonstrate how different companies have managed to uncover the value of CSR. They include: Anglo-American's "Zimele" programme of enterprise development in its coal and platinum mining areas in South Africa; Montana Exploradora showing how community co-monitoring of the environment has helped build trust for a gold mine in Guatemala; Gildan a leading sportswear manufacturer demonstrating how garment manufacture in Honduras created meaningful local opportunities; Scandic Hotels which has used environmental stewardship and "omtanke" to create comparative advantage in a competitive industry; and Turner Broadcasting using corporate core competences in partnership with an NGO to leverage staff skills enhancing public perception and staff retention.This short and accessible book will be an invaluable aid to managers and students searching for clear proof of the advantages of corporate social responsibility for business and its many stakeholders and for guidance in how to action best-practice policies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351279925

Buried Treasures of Chinese TurkestanAn Account of the Activities and Adventures of the Second and Third German Turfan Expeditions First published in 1928 this volume constituted the results of expeditions by the famous archaeologist and explorer of Central Asia Albert von Le Coq. Funded by the last German emperor Wilhelm II and von Le Coq’s own brewing and winery empire the second and third German expeditions ventured to Turfan in the Xinjiang region of China. Travelling East expecting to find Greek influences the expedition in fact uncovered extensive networks of Buddhist and Manichaean cave temples in the Northwest China. This volume includes extensive images in addition to a record of the expedition’s journeys and discoveries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138609525

Burke's Reflections on the Revolution in France (Routledge Library Editions: Political Science Volume 28) Edmund Burke’s Reflections on the Revolution in France is one of the major texts in the western intellectual tradition. This book describes Burke’s political and intellectual world stressing the importance of the idea of ‘property’ in Burke’s thought. It then focuses more closely on Burke’s personal and political situation in the late 1780s to explain how the Reflections came to be written. The central part of the study discusses the meaning and interpretation of the work. In the last part of the book the author surveys the pamphlet controversy which the Reflections generated paying particular attention to the most famous of the replies Tom Paine’s Rights of Man. It also examines the subsequent reputation of the Reflections from the 1790s to the modern day noting how often Burke has fascinated even writers who have disliked his politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415646345

Burkina FasoUnsteady Statehood In West Africa Poor even by the standards of West Africa Burkina Faso has been plagued by political instability since independence from France in 1960. It has suffered five military coups the last of which cost the life of Thomas Sankara who had waged war on poverty corruption and illiteracy. Yet Burkina Faso's growth was surprisingly strong during the 1980s Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367314767

Burlesque First published in 1972 this book provides a helpful introduction to burlesque literature a term used by critics from the seventh-century onwards to describe work in which an incongruity between serious subject-matter and style is used to provoke laughter. It examines the four main types of burlesque writing: Travesty Hudibrastic Parody and the Mock-Poem as well as dramatic burlesques. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138283244

Burma First published in 2012. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415540988

Burma Kipling and Western MusicThe Riff from Mandalay For decades scholars have been trying to answer the question: how was colonial Burma perceived in and by the Western world and how did people in countries like the United Kingdom and United States form their views? This book explores how Western perceptions of Burma were influenced by the popular music of the day. From the First Anglo-Burmese War of 1824-6 until Burma regained its independence in 1948 more than 180 musical works with Burma-related themes were written in English-speaking countries in addition to the many hymns composed in and about Burma by Christian missionaries. Servicemen posted to Burma added to the lexicon with marches and ditties and after 1913 most movies about Burma had their own distinctive scores. Taking Rudyard Kipling’s 1890 ballad ‘Mandalay’ as a critical turning point this book surveys all these works with emphasis on popular songs and show tunes also looking at classical works ballet scores hymns soldiers’ songs sea shanties and film soundtracks. It examines how they influenced Western perceptions of Burma and in turn reflected those views back to Western audiences. The book sheds new light not only on the West’s historical relationship with Burma and the colonial music scene but also Burma’s place in the development of popular music and the rise of the global music industry. In doing so it makes an original contribution to the fields of musicology and Asian Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367229603

Burma In RevoltOpium And Insurgency Since 1948 This book explains how Burma's booming drug production insurgency and counter-insurgency interrelate—and why the country has been unable to shake off thirty years of military rule and build a modern democratic society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367159238

Burma Through the CenturiesBeing a short account of the leading races of Burma of their origin and of their struggles for supremacy throug First published in 1909 at the midpoint of British occupation this volume sought to provide the first popular history of Burma (now Myanmar) for British businessmen and visitors otherwise put off by difficulties of translation and understanding. Having lived in Burma for forty years arriving between the second and third Anglo-Burmese wars J. Stuart sought to rectify the reduction of Burmese history to barbarism comparing the struggle for supremacy between historical Burmese factions to the combined history of France England and Scotland up to James I. To that end this volume contains a detailed chronological history from A.D. 639 until 1900 along with 15 illustrations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138615021

Burma's Road Toward Development: Growth and Ideology Under Military Rule A liberalization of economic policies has inspired considerable economic growth and encouraged the development of Burma's natural resources but according to David Steinberg the current military government is akin to previous civilian governments in its commitment to socialism as a vehicle for development. The economic flexibility demonstrated by the government has not been matched by political liberalization and as a result economic growth remains a captive of administrative and policy constraints. Steinberg traces the origins and acceptance of socialist thought and planning in Burma and shows how socialist ideology has had to be tempered with pragmatism in order to make economic development possible. Looking to Burma's future he also points out two central problems facing the country: strained minority relations which have kept the nation from developing a sense of unity and difficulties with political succession brought on by the military regime's preoccupation with perpetuating its own leadership. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367018863

Burmese Supernaturalism Though the people of Burma now called Myanmar are formally Buddhist their folk religion a type of animism or supernaturalism is so unlike classical Buddhism that it seems contradictory. For years scholars of religion and anthropology have debated the questions: Do these folk beliefs make up a separate religious system? Or is there a subtle merging of supernaturalism and Buddhism a kind of syncretism? In either case how exactly does folk religion fit into the overall religious pattern? Melford Spiro's Burmese Supernaturalism has been one of the major works in this debate both for its position on the "two religions" question and for its arguments concerning the psychological basis of religion.The book begins with an introduction to the study of supernaturalism. The next section of the work covers various types of supernaturalism including witches ghost and demons. Other areas of discussion include supernaturally caused illness and its treatment the shaman the exorcist and the relationship between supernaturalism and Buddhism.In the introduction to this expanded edition Spiro further develops the underlying logic of his argument and evaluates the most recent contributions to the field of the anthropology of religion. Burmese Supernaturalism is an intriguing study and will provide insightful reading for anthropologists sociologists theologians as well as those interested in supernaturalism in Burma (Myanmar) and other cultures. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138519916

BurmeseA Comprehensive Grammar Burmese: A Comprehensive Grammar is a complete reference guide to modern Burmese grammar. It presents a fresh and thorough description of the language concentrating on the real patterns of use in modern Burmese. The volume is organized to promote a thorough understanding of Burmese grammar. It offers a stimulating analysis of the complexities of the language with clear explanations. Throughout the emphasis is on Burmese as used by present-day native speakers. Features include: detailed treatment of the common grammatical structures and parts of speech particular attention to areas of confusion and difficulty all examples given in Burmese script IPA phonetic transcription and English glossary of linguistic terminology The Grammar is the ideal reference source for intermediate to advanced learners and users of Burmese and will remain the standard reference work for years to come. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415735698

Burning Down The HouseRecycling Domesticity This book views domesticity through multiple frames and surveys the rhetoric and practices of domestication in contemporary cultures. It also examines the consequences and costs of homemaking in various geographic and textual locations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367159788

Burnout Among Social Workers The phenomenon of burnout first became the subject of public attention in the mid-1970s. This landmark volume is one of the first devoted exclusively to theoretical and empirical work on burnout. Each valuable chapter represents the state of the art in social services research on burnout. Burnout Among Social Workers illustrates and assesses problems with definitions and theoretical orientations to help clarify the overall conceptual vagueness that has plagued burnout research since its beginning. Attention is paid to both personal and job-related variables and coping mechanisms. Expert social work academicians and researchers clearly demonstrate the importance of burnout measurement for theory and practice and establish important guidelines for subsequent research and theory development in this area. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203056424

Burnout at WorkA psychological perspective The psychological concept of burnout refers to long-term exhaustion from and diminished interest in the work we do.　 It’s a phenomenon that most of us have some understanding of even if we haven’t always been affected directly.　 Many people start their working lives full of energy and enthusiasm but far fewer are able to maintain that level of engagement.　 Burnout at Work: A Psychological Perspective provides a comprehensive overview of how the concept of burnout has been conceived over recent decades as well as discussing the challenges and possible interventions that can help confront this pervasive issue. Including contributions from the most eminent researchers in this field the book examines a range of topics including: The links between burnout and health How our individual relationships at work can affect levels of burnout The role of leadership in mediating or causing burnout The strategies that individuals can pursue to avoid burnout as well as wider interventions. The book will be required reading for anyone studying organizational or occupational psychology and will also interest students of business and management and health psychology.　 Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781848722293

Burrowing Shrimps and Seagrass Dynamics in Shallow-Water Meadows off Bolinao (New Philippines)UNESCO-IHE PhD Based on research in Bolinao this book assesses the importance of small-scale disturbance by burrowing shrimps. It covers the distribution of burrowing shrimp disturbance the behavior of the snapping shrimp Alpheus macellarius in situ and as observed from tank experiments and the effects of short-term burial and leaf clipping on the growth patterns of the dominant seagrass Thalassia hemprichii. The book examines the role of bioturbation by burrowing shrimps in seagrass meadows foraging strategies of A. macellarius and its mutualistic symbiosis with Cryptocentrus spp. shrimp disturbance and T. hemprichii and small-scale disturbance and large-scale dynamics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138440777

Bursting the Big Data BubbleThe Case for Intuition-Based Decision Making As we get caught up in the quagmire of Big Data and analytics it remains critically important to be able to reflect and apply insights experience and intuition to your decision-making process. In fact a recent research study at Tel Aviv University found that executives who relied on their intuition were 90 percent accurate in their decisions.Bursting the Big Data Bubble: The Case for Intuition-Based Decision Making focuses on this intuition-based decision making. The book does not discount data-based decision making especially for decisions that are important and complex. Instead it emphasizes the importance of applying intuition gut feel spirituality experiential learning and insight as key factors in the executive decision-making process.Explaining how intuition is a product of past experience learning and ambient factors the text outlines methods that will help to enhance your data-driven decision-making process with intuition-based decision making. The first part of the book the "Research Track" presents contributions from leading researchers worldwide on the topic of intuition-based decision making as applied to management.In the second part of the book the "Practice Track " global executives and senior managers in industry government universities and not-for-profits present vignettes that illustrate how they have used their intuition in making key decisions.The research part of the book helps to frame the problem and address leading research in intuition-based decision making. The second part then explains how to apply these intuition-based concepts and issues in your own decision-making process. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780367378493

Bury St. EdmundsMedieval Art Architecture Archaeology and Economy This book focuses on art palaeography bindings and the monastic library. It is based on lectures given at the Association's Annual Conference the 20th in the present series which was held at Bury St Edmunds from 16 to 20 April 1994: three specially commissioned articles are also included. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315096032

Burying America’s World War Dead After the World War ended the families of the American war dead were faced with a difficult choice. Political leaders like former President Theodore Roosevelt were encouraging families to leave the dead with their comrades in European cemeteries to create stronger political ties between the United States and Europe. Grieving families found that their decision on where to bury the dead had become a political choice. How did families advocate for their own views? How were disputes within families resolved? And how did families make their final decisions about where the dead should be buried? Through an in-depth examination of the correspondence between the United States government and the families of the dead this book will examine how families fought to ensure that the government gave them what they needed. As the months stretched into years before the war dead were given final burials the families of the dead demanded that the government give them the respect and honor they felt they deserved as the next of kin of those who had given their lives for the nation. The practices and traditions that the government developed in response to these demands set patterns that still guide the way that the military treats the families of the war dead today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367661021

Burying LeninThe Revolution in Soviet Ideology and Foreign Policy For decades U.S foreign policy was focused on battling the menace of Soviet communism; then seemingly overnight the implacable foe collapsed. How did this extraordinary event come about? Political psychologist Steven Kull argues that only a revolution in the thinking of the country's top leaders can explain the swiftness and comparative peacefulness of the recent political transformation. His analysis based on probing interviews with Soviet policymakers and on a careful reading of the public record reveals the painful process by which they came to accept the failure of Leninism and to forge an alternative ideology dubbed "new thinking." Kull assesses the influence of new thinking and other streams of thought on post-Soviet foreign policy and behavior and describes the new challenges they present to Western nations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367004705

Bush II Obama and the Decline of U.S. Hegemony in the Western Hemisphere Bush II Obama and the Decline of U.S. Hegemony in the Western Hemisphere applies competing definitions and conceptions of hegemony to various foreign policy initiatives and events during the administrations of George W. Bush and Barack H. Obama to test whether they manifest a decline in traditional United States dominance and leadership in the Western Hemisphere. In particular the book examines the continued relevancy of the Inter-American system the failure to establish a Free Trade Area of the Americas (FTAA) and the stillborn Energy and Climate Partnership of the Americas (ECPA). It also discusses the implications of the People’s Republic of China becoming a major trading partner and important source of financing and investment capital throughout Latin America and the Caribbean. The book provides critical reviews of Plan Colombia the Merida Initiative Pathways to Prosperity in the Americas the Central American Regional Security Initiative (CARSI) the Caribbean Basin Security Initiative (CBSI) 100 000 Strong in the Americas and the restoration of normal U.S. diplomatic relations with Cuba. There are extensive analyses unusual for a work in English on the Alianza Bolivariana para los Pueblos de Nuestra América (ALBA) Comunidad de Estados Latinoamericanos y del Caribe (CELAC) and Unión de Naciones Suramericanas (UNASUR). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138080867

Business Capitalism and Corporate CitizenshipA Collection of Seminal Essays In the first decades of the twenty-first century the theory and practice of corporate citizenship and responsibility adapted significantly. The pieces in this volume capture the essence of these changes with illuminating reflections by their preeminent authors on success failure learning and progress. Featuring contributions from John Ruggie Peter Senge R. Edward Freeman Jan Aart Scholte and Georg Kell it charts the rise of corporate citizenship sustainability and corporate social responsibility. This title is one of a two-volume set: a collection of seminal and thought-provoking essays drawn from the Journal of Corporate Citizenship’s archive accompanied by new analysis and reflection from the original authors. Written by some of the most widely recognized academic and business pioneers and leaders of the corporate responsibility and global sustainability movement the volumes make essential reference texts for anyone interested in the radically awakening new global political economy. The Journal of Corporate Citizenship was launched in 2001 by Founding Editor Malcolm McIntosh and Greenleaf Publishing. Today it continues to fulfil its mission to integrate theory and practice and provide a home for enlightened transdisciplinary thinking on the role of business and organizations in society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781783534999

Business Conflict Resolution and PeacebuildingContributions from the private sector to address violent conflict Business Conflict Resolution and Peacebuilding examines the actions currently being taken by businesses in areas of violent conflict around the world and explores how they can make a significant contribution to the resolution of violent conflicts through business-based peacebuilding. This book combines two approaches to provide a comprehensive look at the current state and future of business- based peacebuilding.  It marries a detailed study of documented peacebuilding activities with a map of the possibilities for future business-related conflict work and pragmatic suggestions for business leaders conflict resolution practitioners and peacebuilding organizations.  The use of the label ‘business-based peacebuilding’ is new and signifies actions business can take beyond simple legal compliance or making changes to avoid creating a conflict. Although business-based peacebuilding is new examples are included from around the world to illustrate that working together businesses have a strong contribution to make to the creation of peaceful societies. The book advocates pragmatic peacebuilding which is not overly concerned with cause-driven models of conflict.  Instead pragmatic peacebuilding encourages an examination of what is needed in the conflict and what can be provided.  This approach is free of some of the ideological baggage of traditional peacebuilding and allows for a much wider range of participants in the peacebuilding project.  This book will be of much interest to students of peace studies conflict resolution international security and business studies as well as to practitioners and business leaders. Derek Sweetman is Dispute Resolution Director for Better Business Bureau in Washington DC and Instructor at New Century College George Mason University USA. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415691628

Business Environment and SocietyThemes and Cases This book blends theory and practice to support courses in corporate social responsibility (CSR) business and society and environmental management and sustainability. Based on her extensive work with companies the author offers engaging readings and teaching cases that address key challenges for business today - measurement supply chain management public policy and stakeholder pressures. Part I focuses on the macro-level and provides an overview of concepts such as the green economy eco-industrial parks corporate social responsibility (corporate citizenship) nanotechnology and sustainable consumption. Part II provides specific frameworks and tools for sustainability management and measurement at the company level. Part III includes detailed teaching cases of several well-known firms. The main theme is that business is a key player in achieving a more sustainable development yet its practices are often narrow in focus or shortsighted. The text provokes discussions around issues such as: Is business sustainability possible in a market economy focused on increasing consumption? Should a product or service be called "green" when it puts at risk the health and safety of workers? What can U.S. policymakers learn from their European counterparts when it comes to protecting human health and the environment? How can we ensure that the benefits of nanotechnology exceed its risks? How can sustainability indicators be used as a tool to advance sustainability by companies and policymakers? The book provides a flexible up-to-date supplementary teaching tool for undergraduate and graduate students executive education courses and certificate programs. Intended Audience: Primarily undergraduate and graduate students taking courses in environmental management corporate social responsibility (CSR) sustainability or business and society; as a supplementary text in professional education and certificate programs in environmental management corporate citizenship sustainability and CSR. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780895038838

Business Ethics and InstitutionsThe Evolution of Turkish Capitalism in Global Perspectives This book is the first systematic scholarly study on the business history of Turkey from the nineteenth century until the present. It aims to place the distinctive characteristics of capitalism in Turkey within a global and comparative perspective dealing with three related issues. First it examines the institutional context that shaped the capitalist development in Turkey. Second it focuses on the corporate actors entrepreneurs and business enterprises that have led the national economic growth. Third it explores the ethical foundations and social responsibility of business enterprises in the country. The comparative and historical approach sets the volume apart from previous books on the subject. Business Ethics and Institutions aims to strengthen scholarly and policy understanding of Turkish capitalism and the diversified business groups which dominate the economy by providing a deep analysis of the evolution of political and social institutions which shaped corporate activity. It demonstrates the key role played by large family-owned business groups in Turkey’s development. It also seeks to identify both the similarities and the differences in the Turkish pattern of economic development making comparisons with Japan an early example of catch-up and a more successful model than Turkey. The comparative perspective makes the book highly relevant to a wide range of scholars interested in the institutional foundations of modern capitalism and will be of value to researchers academics and students in the fields of business and economic history ethics organizational studies and entrepreneurship. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367142902

Business Government and Sustainable Development The range of sustainability objectives has now developed from relatively simple issues of environmental protection to a full array of interwoven social economic and ecological issues nationally and internationally. The involved process of sustainable development has now become a permanent and increasingly complex process. In this insightful book Keijzers provides a concise and authoritative introduction to the evolution of the collaborative stakeholder approach to sustainable development in the context of changing environmental policies. Author Keijzers examines the evolving range of issues of sustainability and the related change of processes within governments and businesses. Governments continue to fine-tune policies for the sustainable development of society. Similarly the business community is continually striving towards enhanced corporate ecological and social responsibility. Keijzers investigates these change processes in both the public and private sectors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415646352

Business Human Rights and Transitional Justice This book considers the efficacy of transitional justice mechanisms in response to corporate human rights abuses. Corporations and other business enterprises often operate in countries affected by conflict or repressive regimes. As such they may become involved in human rights violations and crimes under international law ‒ either as the main perpetrators or as accomplices by aiding and abetting government actors. Transitional justice mechanisms such as trials truth commissions and reparations have usually focused on abuses by state authorities or by non-state actors directly connected to the state such as paramilitary groups. Innovative transitional justice mechanisms have however now started to address corporate accountability for human rights abuses and crimes under international law and have attempted to provide redress for victims. This book analyzes this development assessing how transitional justice can provide remedies for corporate human rights abuses and crimes under international law. Canvassing a broad range of literature relating to international criminal law mechanisms regional human rights systems domestic courts truth and reconciliation commissions and land restitution programmes this book evaluates the limitations and potential of each mechanism. Acknowledging the limited extent to which transitional justice has been able to effectively tackle the role of corporations in human rights violations and international crimes this book nevertheless points the way towards greater engagement with corporate accountability as part of transitional justice. A valuable contribution to the literature on transitional justice and on business and human rights this book will appeal to scholars researchers and PhD students in these areas as well as lawyers and other practitioners working on corporate accountability and transitional justice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367376024

Business Marketing and Management Principles for IT and Engineering In order to achieve long-term profitability and assure survival for their companies managers must be informed imaginative and capable of adapting to shifting circumstances. Practical decisions rather than theories hold the upper ground. Business Marketing and Management Principles for IT and Engineering supplies the understanding required to effectively manage an organization in an increasingly competitive global market.　Using case studies the book illustrates the principles policies and management practices used by some of the most successful companies around the world. The real-world case studies supply valuable insight into the range of issues that confront decision makers in business. By explaining how to develop effective strategies and business plans the text supplies both the concepts and the tools to stay on track with those plans. It also:Explains how to evaluate the pros and cons of your organizational policies and how to effect policies for maximum synergyCovers product development sales marketing pricing and financial analysisIllustrates the right and wrong ways to implement the principles discussed with case studies of hi-tech companies such as Apple Google Cisco IBM Microsoft Toyota ITT and BloombergDimitris N. Chorafas provides valuable insight garnered over half a century of advising financial institutions and multinational industrial corporations. Dr. Chorafas explains how to develop competitive products and use pricing strategies to achieve an edge over your competition. He also includes case studies that examine the price wars in the computer industry. This book supplies a realistic look into the positive and negative aspects of various policies and whether or not current practices related to forecasting planning organizing staffing directing and controlling have produced th Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780367382612

Business Peacebuilding and Sustainable Development The intersection of business peace and sustainable development is becoming an increasingly powerful space and is already beginning to show the capability to drive major global change. This book deciphers how different forms of corporate engagement in the pursuit of peace and development have different impacts and outcomes. It looks specifically at how the private sector can better deliver peace contributions in fragile violent and conflict settings and then at the deeper consequences of this agenda upon businesses governments international institutions and not least the local communities that are presumed to be the beneficiaries of such actions. It is the first book to compile the state-of-the-field in one place and is therefore an essential guide for students researchers policy-makers and practitioners on the role of business in peace. Without cross-disciplinary engagement it is hard to identify where the cutting edge truly lies and how to take the topic forward in a more systematic manner. This edited book brings together thought leaders in the field and pulls disparate strands together from business ethics management international relations peace and conflict studies in order to better understand how businesses can contribute to peacebuilding and sustainable development. Before businesses take a deeper role in the most complicated and risky elements of sustainable development we need to be able to better explain what works why it works and what effective business efforts for peace and development mean for the multilateral institutional frameworks. This book does just that. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367175061

Business Society and Government EssentialsStrategy and Applied Ethics Understanding the interrelationship of business society and government is vital to working at any level in a company of any size. This text uses a case analysis approach to explore this interrelationship in today’s high-tech global community. The authors crystallize the complex array of issues that business leaders managers and employees face in market and nonmarket environments from balancing stakeholder interests and dealing with government regulations to managing crises and making socially responsible and ethical decisions. Technical concepts come to life through a variety of cases and case questions thought-provoking personal and professional applications ethical dilemmas and practical exercises. Furthermore an appendix offers approaches to case analysis and includes a case analysis table that serves as a model for students and professors. With its thorough coverage of relevant issues and skill-building elements to stimulate critical thinking this text will prepare students to understand and confront real-world business concerns. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415622103

Business The State and Economic PolicyThe Case of Italy The framework sketched in this new book explains the relationship between state and capital in Italy as well as some of the major directions in macroeconomic theory. These fields encompass both Italy's entry to EMU in 1999 and the impact of Silvio Berlusconi on Italian politics and economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138965232

Business Abroad From something as simple as finding a distributor to as complex as founding an overseas operation. Here's a 'meat and potatoes' guide to entering and excelling in the international business arena. Combining theory practice and insider savvy 'Business Abroad' shows you how to successfully take your company global and expand and improve your current global activities. You'll find a straightforward plan of action for starting and conducting overseas business. This clear succinct road map helps you effectively conduct key international business transactions. Mistakes in any of these areas could cost you tens of thousands of dollars so there's specific help with:* Exporting/importing * Distribution * Joint ventures * Licensing * Franchising * Technology transfer * and more...Going international is not an easy decision but this valuable guidebook makes it a simpler and more profitable one. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780080500478

Business Administration Business Administration offers an integrated practical approach to all key aspects of business administration and to how business processes are managed. The authors highlight the function and relevance of business management in day-to-day business operations. Business Administration offers a single frame of reference for all chapters: Management success stories Management blunders Socially responsible business practice Key performance indicators Historical trends in business administration This book is an indispensable tool in all degree programmes in which business administration is a key component including Business Economics and Law as well as other economics and business programmes. A companion website featuring extra materials for lecturers and students is available at: http://www.mathematicsforfinanceandeconomics.noordhoff.nl Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9789001809768

Business Analysis for Business Intelligence Aligning business intelligence (BI) infrastructure with strategy processes not only improves your organization's ability to respond to change but also adds significant value to your BI infrastructure and development investments. Until now there has been a need for a comprehensive book on business analysis for BI that starts with a macro view and gradually narrows it down to real-world tips templates and discussion material BI analysts need to know.Covering the concepts tools and background required for successful BI projects Business Analysis for Business Intelligence describes how to use business intelligence to improve your analysis activities. It outlines a proven framework for developing data models and solutions that fit your organization’s strategy. Explaining how to avoid common pitfalls it demonstrates how to use continuous improvement to create a strategic knowledge organization and establish a competitive advantage. Links proven theories with practical insights Describes the questions you need to ask yourself or the client when turning data into information Includes discussion items and templates suitable for both IT and business professionals Illustrates the root causes behind poor performance management Outlines the steps needed to get your BI project started correctly The book details a framework based on time-tested theories empirical data and the author’s experience analyzing strategic processes in dozens of organizations across a range of industries—including financial logistics food production health telecom government and retail. Providing you with the tools to achieve enduring success the book can help your organization develop successful BI projects and fine-tune them to match the strategic decision making process in your organization. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781439858349

Business Analysis TermsA Working Glossary Over the past few decades business analysis has steadily developed into a widely recognized global discipline. Now more than ever business analysts must communicate clearly and unambiguously choosing words that need no further interpretation. This convenient reference will help business analysts and their teams establish a common business analysis language that conveys universally understood meaning and context. It contains more than 1 600 definitions phrases and acronyms used in day-to-day business analysis that are essential to today’s business analyst. Media > Books > Print Books ESI International 9781890367510

Business Analytics This book provides a first-hand account of business analytics and its implementation and an account of the brief theoretical framework underpinning each component of business analytics. The themes of the book include (1) learning the contours and boundaries of business analytics which are in scope; (2) understanding the organization design aspects of an analytical organization; (3) providing knowledge on the domain focus of developing business activities for financial impact in functional analysis; and (4) deriving a whole gamut of business use cases in a variety of situations to apply the techniques. The book gives a complete insightful understanding of developing and implementing analytical solution. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138916128

Business Analytics for Decision Making Business Analytics for Decision Making the first complete text suitable for use in introductory Business Analytics courses establishes a national syllabus for an emerging first course at an MBA or upper undergraduate level. This timely text is mainly about model analytics particularly analytics for constrained optimization. It uses implementations that allow students to explore models and data for the sake of discovery understanding and decision making.Business analytics is about using data and models to solve various kinds of decision problems. There are three aspects for those who want to make the most of their analytics: encoding solution design and post-solution analysis. This textbook addresses all three. Emphasizing the use of constrained optimization models for decision making the book concentrates on post-solution analysis of models. The text focuses on computationally challenging problems that commonly arise in business environments. Unique among business analytics texts it emphasizes using heuristics for solving difficult optimization problems important in business practice by making best use of methods from Computer Science and Operations Research. Furthermore case studies and examples illustrate the real-world applications of these methods. The authors supply examples in Excel® GAMS MATLAB® and OPL. The metaheuristics code is also made available at the book's website in a documented library of Python modules along with data and material for homework exercises. From the beginning the authors emphasize analytics and de-emphasize representation and encoding so students will have plenty to sink their teeth into regardless of their computer programming experience. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781482221763

Business AnalyticsAn Introduction Together Big Data high-performance computing and complex environments create unprecedented opportunities for organizations to generate game-changing insights that are based on hard data. Business Analytics: An Introduction explains how to use business analytics to sort through an ever-increasing amount of data and improve the decision-making capabilities of an organization. Covering the key areas of business analytics the book explores the concepts techniques applications and emerging trends that professionals across a wide range of industries need to be aware of. Better detection of fraud through visual analytics or better prediction of the likelihood of someone getting an infection while in the hospital are just a few examples of where analytics can play a positive role. As the field of business analytics continues to emerge rapidly there is a need for a reliable textbook and reference on the subject. Filling this need this book is suitable for graduate-level students and undergraduate seniors. It maintains a focus on only the key areas so the material can be covered adequately in a one-semester or one-quarter course. Each chapter includes software-generic exercises labs and associated answers to the exercises/labs. Author Jay Liebowitz recently had an article published in The World Financial Review. www.worldfinancialreview.com/?p=1904 Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781466596092

Business and Buddhism Business and Buddhism explores alternative ways of leading in the aftermath of the Great Recession and the many stories of fraud and greed that emerged. The book explores shifts in business perspectives as more value is placed on soft skills like emotional intelligence and listening and introduces the reader to the principles in Buddhist philosophy that can be applied in the workplace. Buddhist practices are increasingly understood as spiritual rather than religious per se. In fact Buddhism is alternately referred to as a philosophy or psychology. In this book Marques explores the value of applying the positive psychology of Buddhism to work settings. She outlines the ways in which it offers highly effective solutions to addressing important management and organizational behavior related issues but also flags up critical areas for caution. For example Buddhism is non-confrontational and promotes detachment. How can business leaders negotiate these principles in light of the demands of modern day pressures? The book includes end of chapter questions to promote reflection and critical thinking and examples of Buddhist leaders in action. It will prove a captivating read for students of organizational behavior management leadership diversity and ethics as well as business consultants. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138786066

Business and Conflict in Fragile StatesThe Case for Pragmatic Solutions Large-scale investments in fragile states – in Latin America Africa the former Soviet Union and Asia – become magnets for conflict which undermines business development and security. International policy responds with regulation state-building and institutional reform with poor and often perverse results. Caught up in old ways of thinking about conflict and fragility and an age-old fight over whether multinational corporations are good or bad for peaceful development it leaves business-related conflicts in fragile states to multiply and fester. Surveying a new strategic landscape of business and conflict Brian Ganson and Achim Wennmann conclude that neither company shareholders nor advocates for peaceful development need or should accept the growing cost of business-related conflict in fragile states. Drawing on decades of experience from mainstream conflict prevention and violence reduction efforts as well as promising company practice they show that even acute conflict is manageable when dealt with pragmatically locally and on its own terms. The analysis and conclusions of this Adelphi book will interest policymakers business leaders and community advocates alike – all those hoping to mitigate today’s conflicts while helping to reduce fragility and build a firmer foundation for inclusive development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138213975

Business and Development StudiesIssues and Perspectives Business and Development Studies: Issues and Perspectives provides a comprehensive collection of cutting-edge theoretical and empirical contributions to the emerging field of business and development studies. Compared to more traditional business-school accounts of business in developing countries which focus on the challenges and opportunities of doing business in developing countries this anthology explores whether how and under what conditions business contributes to the achievement of economic social and environmental goals in developing countries. The book consolidates the current status of academic work on business and development identifies state of the art in relation to this academic field and establishes a future research agenda for ‘business and development studies’ as an emerging academic discipline within the social sciences. The book will be of interest to researchers and students including economists geographers sociologists political scientists corporate social responsibility specialists and development scholars who are seeking an in-depth overview of current debates about the role of business as a development agent in the Global South. The book is also of relevance to practitioners that are engaged in work with the private sector seeking to enhance the positive effects and minimize the negative economic social and environmental consequences of business activity in the Global South. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138059870

Business and Economics of Port ManagementAn Insider’s Perspective Business and Economics of Port Management is a comprehensive but concise textbook and reference for insights into the workings of port industry from the business and economics perspectives. The book examines port management from various entities which include the government port operator shipping line logistics companies and other port service providers. It provides in-depth discussions on strategic issues challenges and disruptions that are faced by this industry. Given the uniqueness of each port and international nature of the port business the book comes with useful case studies and lessons from different port regions around the world. Key lessons on challenges and issues faced by port managers developers and regulators are highlighted and discussed using a combination of professional insights and publicly available information sources. The aim is to illustrate the decision-making process with the purpose of contributing to better outcomes for the industry government and the public at large. Anyone who is approaching the subject matter will gain utmost understanding of how ports are critical in the global economy and societal well-being.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138341913

Business and Entrepreneurship for FilmmakersMaking a Living as a Creative Artist in the Film Industry This practical guide teaches readers the skills and business acumen required to build a career in the film industry from the ground up. While countless books and classes teach newcomers the creative aspects of the film industry many fail to properly prepare readers for the reality of how to navigate a freelance film career today. From creating a business model dealing with taxes and funding finding and managing clients networking investing cashflow and planning for the long-term Business and Entrepreneurship for Filmmakers provides real-world pragmatic advice on navigating a freelance film career whether you’re a recent film school graduate looking to take the next step or a seasoned professional hoping to start a production company. Moreover the skills taught here apply across the industry from corporate media and commercials to music videos and feature films. Interviews with filmmakers innovators and business experts are included throughout the book to offer further expertise and examples. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367140076

Business and Environmental SustainabilityFoundations Challenges and Corporate Functions Environmental sustainability is increasingly important to organisations whether for regulatory financial or ethical reasons. Business and Environmental Sustainability looks at the environmental aspect of sustainability for all organisations pursuing competitive advantage. The book provides theoretical foundations from science economics policy and strategy introduces three environmental challenges (climate change pollution and waste) and looks at how corporate functions can address these. This textbook provides a thorough foundation by introducing readers to the science reasoning and theory behind environmental sustainability and then delves into how these ideas translate into principles and business models for organisations to use. Next it covers environmental challenges from climate change pollution and waste and then goes on to examine the different corporate functions (from supply chain management to human resources) to illustrate how environmental sustainability is managed and put into practice in organisations. Finally a set of integrative case studies draws everything together and enables the reader to apply various analytical tools with the aim of understanding how companies can not only reduce their environmental footprint but can positively contribute to environmental sustainability. Written by an award-winning lecturer Business and Environmental Sustainability boasts a wealth of pedagogical features including examples from a range of industries and countries plus a companion website with slides quiz questions and instructor material. This will be a valuable text for students of business management and environmental sustainability and will also be suitable for broader courses on corporate responsibility and sustainability across environmental studies political science and engineering. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138632424

Business and Gender Serious thinking on business and gender has blossomed over the past few decades. What began as a tentative examination of the ways women and men might differ has evolved into a complex and vibrant field of international research and study. Edited by a leading scholar in the field this new four-volume collection part of the Major Works Critical Perspectives on Business and Management series brings together the very best and most influential works on business and gender. Organized thematically the gathered materials reflect the academic fields of psychology sociology management and organizational studies and include quantitative studies qualitative research and theoretical or conceptual papers. With a new introduction by the editor to place the collected material in its historical and intellectual context and including a comprehensive index this collection is a convenient and authoritative reference resource on business and gender for both student and scholar. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415666565

Business and Global Governance Over the past two decades the role of business in global governance has become increasingly topical. Transnational business associations are progressively more visible in international policy debates and in intergovernmental institutions and there is a heightened attention given to global policy-making in national and international business communities. This text examines and explains the multiple modes of engagement between business and global governance; it presents a variety of theoretical approaches which can be used to analyse them along with empirical illustrations. Featuring a range of leading US and European scholars it is divided into three parts that summarize different modes of engagement. Each section is illustrated by two or three studies that represent a distinct theoretical take on the issue with empirical illustrations. The book examines: Business as master and purpose of global governance Business as subject and opponent to global governance Business as partner and facilitator of global governance This book will be of interest to students and scholars of Business Studies International Relations International Politics and International Political Economy as well as for practitioners – in the public and private sector. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203850268

Business and Government Business and government are two of the most important actors in shaping our lives. This new four volume collection from Routledge’s Major Works series Critical Perspectives on Business and Management will explore four key areas of the relationship: First what is the balance of power between business and government? Second what trends are apparent in the balance of power between business and government? Third how effective is the relationship between business and government in terms of promoting economic growth and development? Fourth can business be mobilized and if so how to help solve societal problems by means other than legislation? In addressing these questions the editor will gather together the key writings – both classic works and contemporary scholarship - to meet the need for an authoritative reference work to make sense of the subject’s vast literature. With a new introduction by the editor and a full index this will be a valuable one stop research resource for both student and scholar. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415626842

Business and Government Relations in Africa This book endeavors to take the conceptualization of the relationship between business government and development in African countries to a new level. In the twenty-first century the interests and operations of government and business inevitably intersect all over the African continent. No government federal or state can afford to ignore the needs of business. But what are these needs how does business express its needs to government and what institutions organize government-business relations in African countries? How should government regulate business or should it choose to let the markets rule? Government and Business Relations in Africa brings together many of sub-Saharan African leading scholars to address these critical questions. Business and Government Relations in Africa examines the key players in the game—federal and state governments and business groups—and the processes that govern the relationships between them. It looks at the regulatory regimes that have an impact on business and provides a number of case studies of the relationships between government and economic development around the African continent highlighting different processes and practices. It shows the latest state of knowledge on the topic and will be of interest both to students at an advanced level academics and reflective practitioners. It addresses the topics with regard to business-government relations and will be of interest to researchers academics policymakers and students in the fields of African politics comparative politics public policy business and politics sustainable development and sustainability economic development and managerial economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367243098

Business and Health Planning in General Practice For GPs and practice managers the challenge of the NHS reforms is to understand the business context in which general practice operates. Of the many skills learned from commerce and industry needed for the development of an effective strategy business planning has been demonstrated to bring important benefits to the practice. However for many the concept is necessary but unfamiliar. This book sets out to demystify the subject explains the benefits and by way of numerous examples shows how they can be applied to the single-handed GP and group practices whether or not they are fundholders. It suggests that good clinical care is not possible without the necessary planning and management skills to run a business. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315379807

Business and Human Rights in EuropeInternational Law Challenges Transnational business activities are important drivers of growth for developing and the least developed countries. However they can also negatively impact the enjoyment of human rights. In some cases multinational enterprises (MNEs) have even been accused of grave human rights abuses in the territory of the states where their subsidiaries operate. Since the parent companies of many MNEs are incorporated under the law of European states those countries’ domestic law and the European legal framework play a crucial role in establishing how their activities should be conducted – also throughout their supply chains – and which remedies will be available when corporate human rights violations occur. In recent years the European Union the Council of Europe and their Member States have been adopting policies and legislation to ensure respect for human rights by businesses and have developed a body of related case law. These legal instruments can be considered the European responses to the challenges posed at international-law level and they constitute the focus of research of this book. Through its collected chapters – written by scholars and practitioners under the direction of the editor Angelica Bonfanti – the book identifies the European solutions to the business and human rights international legal issues provides an overall assessment of their effectiveness and examines their potential evolution. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367586034

Business and Human Rights in Southeast AsiaRisk and the Regulatory Turn Business and human rights has emerged as a distinct field within the corporate governance movement. The endorsement by the United Nations Human Rights Council of a new set of Guiding Principles for Business and Human Rights in 2011 reinforces the State’s duty to protect against human rights abuses by third parties including business; the corporate responsibility to respect human rights; and greater access by victims to effective remedy both judicial and non-judicial. This book draws on the UN Guiding Principles and recent national plans of action to provide an overview of relevant developments within the ASEAN region. Bridging theory and practice the editors have positioned this book at the intersection of human rights risk and its regulation. Chapter authors discuss the implications of key case-studies undertaken across the region and various sectors with a particular focus on extractive industries the environment and infrastructure projects. Topics covered include: due diligence and the role of audits; businesses’ responsibilities to women and children; and the mitigation of human rights risks in the region's emerging markets. The book sheds light on how stakeholders currently approach business and human rights and explores how the role of ASEAN States and that of the institution itself may be strengthened. In doing so the book identifies critical challenges and opportunities that lie ahead for the region in relation to business and human rights. This book will be of excellent use and interest to scholars practitioners and students of human rights business and company law international law and corporate governance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138215252

Business and Human RightsDilemmas and Solutions The end of the Cold War and the virtual disappearance of communism have completely altered the world economy. The supply chains of supermarkets and consumer goods industries have spread ever more widely and deeply into Asia Africa and South America while oil mining and financial companies among many others have invested heavily in countries that were previously denied to them by political or ideological barriers.While companies have seized the opportunities presented by globalisation they have in many cases been completely unprepared for the risks presented by their headlong rush into these new markets. Companies have found themselves and their business partners operating in countries where corruption injustice internal conflict and human rights violations are rife. An increasingly alert and critical world has acted as watchdog highlighting corporate malpractice and the links between corporations and repressive regimes.It has increasingly been argued that companies have responsibilities for the protection and promotion of human rights. These arguments are at least to some extent accepted by companies. Yet despite the increasing use of human rights language in public policy discourses the expectations of companies remain unclear. That is what are the ethical imperatives? What are the legal expectations? How far does responsibility extend? What can companies actually do in practice? The debate is further complicated by the range of actors (companies governments international institutions local communities non-governmental organisations [NGOs] trade unions consumers) involved; by debates around free trade versus and fair trade; by the discussion of the specific role of governments; and by questions about the relative merits of regulation and self-regulation.Business and Human Rights provides an analysis of the relationship between companies and human rights in the context of globalisation. The analysis is in two parts. The first maps the reasons (financial ethical regulatory) why human rights have become a business issue. However simply because there are reasons why companies should be concerned about human rights this does not say what companies should or could do. Therefore the second part of the book looks at the practical experiences of companies in responding to specific human rights issues in the context of their own operations in their supply chains and in specific countries. These case studies many of which have not been previously published or analysed from the perspective of human rights provide important insights into questions such as: How do companies organise themselves to respond to human rights challenges? What have the experiences been-positive and negative? How have companies responded to specific situations? What are the roles and responsibilities of other actors: government trade unions NGOs? What are the limits to responsibility?In this outstanding collection Rory Sullivan has drawn together leading thinkers and actors from the debate on business and human rights to establish how far the business and human rights debate has evolved and explore the many complex questions around roles responsibilities and solutions that remain to be answered. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351281287

Business and Human RightsFrom Principles to Practice In a global economy multinational companies often operate in jurisdictions where governments are either unable or unwilling to uphold even the basic human rights of their citizens. The expectation that companies respect human rights in their own operations and in their business relationships is now a business reality that corporations need to respond to. Business and Human Rights: From Principles to Practice is the first comprehensive and interdisciplinary textbook that addresses these issues. It examines the regulatory framework that grounds the business and human rights debate and highlights the business and legal challenges faced by companies and stakeholders in improving respect for human rights exploring such topics as: the regulatory framework that grounds the business and human rights debate challenges faced by companies and stakeholders in improving human rights industry-specific human rights standards current mechanisms to hold corporations to account future challenges for business and human rights With supporting case studies throughout this text provides an overview of current themes in the field and guidance on practical implementation demonstrating that a thorough understanding of the human rights challenges faced by business is now vital in any business context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138833562

Business and Human RightsHistory Law and Policy - Bridging the Accountability Gap Business corporations can and do violate human rights all over the world and they are often not held to account. Emblematic cases and situations such as the state of the Niger Delta and the collapse of the Rana Plaza factory are examples of corporate human rights abuses which are not adequately prevented and remedied. Business and human rights as a field seeks to enhance the accountability of business – companies and businesspeople – in the human rights area or to phrase it differently to bridge the accountability gap. Bridging the accountability gap is to be understood as both setting standards and holding corporations and businesspeople to account if violations occur. Adopting a legal perspective this book presents the ways in which this dual undertaking has been and could be further carried out in the future and evaluates the extent to which the various initiatives in the field bridge the corporate accountability gap. It looks at the historical background of the field of business and human rights and examines salient periods events and cases. The book then goes on to explore the relevance of international human rights law and international criminal law for global business. International soft law and policy initiatives which have blossomed in recent years are evaluated along with private modes of regulation. The book also examines how domestic law especially the domestic law of multinational companies’ home countries can be used to prevent and redress corporate related human rights violations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138683006

Business and Management Education in Transitioning and Developing Countries: A HandbookA Handbook Business education is a critical ingredient in establishing a viable middle class of managers in transitioning and developing economies. Compiled in association with the Center for International Business Education and Research this comprehensive examination of business and management education pedagogical models and curricula innovations in institutions around the world is the first such work to emphasize emerging markets. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315706009

Business and Management Environment in Saudi ArabiaChallenges and Opportunities for Multinational Corporations For the last 60 years Saudi Arabia has assumed a vital economic role and has been situated on the center stage of the global economic and political scene. While the market was once dominated by American and British firms and later Japanese corporations Korean and Chinese companies have now aggressively entered the market and have posed serious challenges to entrenched multinational corporations. The Saudi market has newly become an arena for unbridled competition. As companies must adapt and embark on creative means to sustain their positions in dynamic markets multinational corporations must also find a comprehensive approach to dealing with cultural and political developments. Having a competitive edge demands familiarity with market nuances and peculiarities in addition to providing quality product and service. Business and Management Environment in Saudi Arabia is not primarily about how to conduct business in the region but rather it provides insightful information to optimally guide western managers in conducting their operations in Saudi Arabia. The book offers essential information to engage effectively manage business activities resolve cultural understandings and tackle appropriate issues of group dynamics human resource management managing change and development and relations with the government and the general public. As such it is required reading for both business leaders and academics alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138959835

Business and Peace-BuildingThe Role of Natural Resources Companies In a world struggling to adapt to seismic social and environmental changes the time is now for businesses to prioritise creating local conditions of peace. This book builds on original research foregrounding ‘peace’ as a core business outcome for natural resources industries. Especially in non-warlike situations where natural resources industries have exacerbated or caused conflict foregrounding peace as a core business outcome can bring substantial benefits. Peace is a concept external and internal stakeholders understand. Consequently research shows that when natural resources sector CSR professionals start reframing their day-to-day decisions in terms of peace outcomes they are more likely to create efficient and cost-effective solutions to environmental social and economic business challenges.This book provides both theory and practical suggestions for how to reframe day-to-day CSR activities of natural resources companies as peace-focused business decisions. Especially in the remote and rural regions of the world where natural resources industries have the greatest impact businesses can lead the way in contributing to conditions of peace while bringing much needed resources to market. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367734183

Business And Politics In PeruThe State And The National Bourgeoisie An analysis of business/government relations in Peru which focuses on the complex and changing linkages between the social class that controls key material resources and the State. The author argues that despite its traditional weakness the national bourgeoisie has become a key political actor. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429040764

Business and Post-disaster ManagementBusiness organisational and consumer resilience and the Christchurch earthquakes This book provides a comprehensive examination of the effects of a natural disaster on businesses and organisations and on a range of stakeholders including employees and consumers. Research on how communities and businesses respond to disasters can inform policy and mitigate the cost and impacts of future disasters. This book discusses how places recover following a disaster and the vital roles that business and other organisations play. This volume gives a detailed understanding of business organisational and consumer responses to the Christchurch earthquake sequence of 2010-2011 which caused 185 deaths the loss of over 70 per cent of buildings in the city’s CBD major infrastructure damage and severely affected the city’s image. Despite the devastation the businesses organisations and people of Christchurch are now undergoing significant recovery. The book sheds significant new light not only on business and organisation response to disaster but on how business and urban systems may be made more resilient. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138317956

Business And State In Contemporary Russia Business and the State in Contemporary Russia is the most recent volume in the John M. Olin Critical Issues series published by Westview in conjunction with Harvard's Davis Center for Russian Research. In this latest installation contributors discuss issues as far-ranging as the dynamics of rule in contemporary Russia the banking elite the politics of the Russian media business the political economy of the Russian oil and coal industries and the causes and consequences of the August 1998 crash. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367096380

Business and the Feminine Principle Business and the Feminine Principle: The Untapped Resource describes in lay persons' language the essence of the archetypal feminine and its potential for business. This book shows both women and men how the feminine principle works in human thought and behavior and what it could mean for business if we gave the feminine principle the same kind of attention and support in the work place that we give to masculine consciousness. Business and the Feminine Principle goes beyond the well-established conversation about the need for feminine attributes in business and invites both genders into an exciting new collaboration. By no means a critique of what is wrong with masculine perception and behavior in business this book inspires new respect for the integrity of both masculine and feminine energy and their ability to co-create a viable future for all of us. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138158757

Business and the Natural Environment Over the past four decades the concept of corporate environmentalism has passed through multiple iterations. Prompted by landmark environmental events such the publication of Rachel Carson’s Silent Spring (1962) the Santa Barbara oil spill the Cuyahoga River fire Love Canal Bhopal the Exxon Valdez spill the Brent Spar controversy and many other horrifying disasters conceptions of corporate environmentalism as mere regulatory compliance gradually gave way to newer management conceptions of ‘pollution prevention’ ‘total quality environmental management’ ‘industrial ecology’ ‘life-cycle analysis’ ‘environmental strategy’ ‘environmental justice’ and most recently ‘sustainable development’. Concurrent with this evolution in corporate practice has been the emergence of academic research focused on business decision-making firm behaviour and the protection of the natural environment. Scholars within management schools entered this research domain with gusto in the mid-1980s and what began as a modest offshoot of traditional management research has grown into a maturing area of study within the management sciences. This new four-volume Routledge Major Works collection will enable users to make sense of this thriving and fast-developing area of serious scholarly endeavour. The collection is fully indexed and includes a comprehensive introduction that places the collected material in its historical and intellectual context. It is destined to be valued by students teachers and researchers as an indispensable reference resource. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415608701

Business and the Natural EnvironmentA Research Overview The fields of corporate environmentalism green business and corporate sustainability have grown significantly over the past twenty-five years such that the academic research domains of business decision-making accounting organizational behaviour and the protection of the natural environment have developed into maturing areas of study within the management sciences. Business and the Natural Environment: A Research Overview is a summary of the research thus far on this topic offering a structure for understanding its emergence and growth the multiple facets that make up its present state and a glimpse into the future of where it may be going. Along the way the authors provide a compendium of its important works to help situate the interested reader in the landscape of the field. One important element of this work is its topical relevance; issues of environmental protection (and more recently sustainability) are critically important in today’s worlds of business policy and public understanding. Scholars who choose to enter this domain have much to offer of societal value while at the same time entering a non-fully legitimate research stream that can lead to academic success (such as tenure). This shortform book provides a research map for both new scholars who wish to enter the field and more seasoned researchers who wish to understand one view of the landscape and how they might fit within it. This expert survey of the existing literature brings the research story into the age of the Anthropocene and is essential primary reading. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815375821

Business And The State In International Relations This book provides a theoretical and empirical contribution to an alternative paradigm in international politics which is labeled the "business conflict" model. The discussion covers two central actors in international politics: multinational corporations and the U.S. state. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367167271

Business and the Sustainability ChallengeAn Integrated Perspective It is vitally important for businesses to have a holistic understanding of the many issues surrounding and shaping sustainability from competitors to government and political factors to economics and ecological science. This integrated textbook for MBA and senior-level undergraduates offers a comprehensive overview of the issues of sustainability as they relate to business and influence corporate strategy. It also features a wide range of cases and an extensive discussion of tools to incorporate sustainability issues into strategic decision making helping instructors and students to build and then apply a solid understanding of sustainability in business. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415882415

Business ArchitectureA Practical Guide Organizations today exist in an environment of unprecedented change. They do so against a backdrop of a global competitive marketplace the fast-paced enablement of technology amplified regulation and accelerating organizational complexity. Many organizations are addressing change in a sub-optimal way and they are operating without a clear view of where their operational risks lie. It is these dynamics that are leading organizations to recognise and embrace Business Architecture. Despite this environment Business Architecture can be a difficult ’sell’ - it is often perceived to be abstract and lacking in tangible delivery. To succeed Business Architecture must be pragmatic and to be sustainable it must focus on achieving long-term value and at the same time recognise the shorter-term tactical needs of the organisation. With these challenges in mind this book provides a practical guide on how to employ Business Architecture and how to build a balanced proposition that delivers value to a broad range of stakeholders. As the book states Business Architecture should not be practised in isolation nor should it be thought of as a one-off process; it needs to be woven into the fabric of the organization. And so the authors illustrate the opportunities for weaving the Business Architecture Practice into this fabric through the various stakeholders and life cycles that exist both formally and informally within an organization. Whilst recognizing best practice this book explores a new inspirational level of Business Architecture whilst acknowledging that the best way to realize the vision is one step at a time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138247314

Business as a System of Power Business as a System of Power was the direct product of extensive and continuing study of the rise of bureaucratic centralism. The project was begun in 1934 and resulted a decade later in this volume arguably the most important work in comparative and historical economics to emerge in the World War Two period. Indeed Brady's theorems such as the bureaucratic authoritarian model of development became a touchstone for the study of Third World economies.Brady saw the direction of business moving in a variety of directions: from the totalitarian model set by fascism with its highly centralized approach to special interests profit making and policy made in the interests of those who rule; and the alternative democratic model set by the democracies of the West which expound the latitude of direct public participation in decision-making and social organization of the economy as a whole. Brady does not indulge in cheap conspiracy theory. Rather he sees the business classes worldwide as possessing a collective mind but not a collective will. In this setting the business civilization itself is at stake.The volume offers a fascinating study of German Nazism Italian fascism and Japanese militarism as a series of policies rather than historical inevitabilities. But the work is also a foreboding and a warning to democratic varieties of capitalism. As business becomes increasingly global in character unbound by national interests or democratic aims it also becomes more rational in its own terms. Its drive for maximizing profits with scant regard to what may be less cost effective but more open to popular control or participation becomes transparent. Brady provides a remarkably prescient albeit controversial study of trends in Western democracy and big business. Robert S. Lynd in his Preface writes "Brady cuts through to the central problem disrupting our worldàa world-wide counter-revolution against democracy." More than a half century later in his outstanding review of the life and career of Robert Brady Douglas Dowd points to the same lessons: economic inequities economic globalization and political concentration of power. "In such a world the counsel of a Brady never loses its vitality."Robert A. Brady was professor of economics at Columbia University and author of The Rationalization Movement in German Industry; The Spirit and Structure of German Fascism; and The Scientific Revolution in Industry. Douglas F. Dowd was professor of economics at Johns Hopkins University and author of a number of important books on economics including Modern Economic Problems in Historic Perspective. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138519923

Business as an Instrument for Societal ChangeIn Conversation with the Dalai Lama Business as an Instrument for Societal Change: In Conversation with the Dalai Lama is the result of two decades of research and dialogue with His Holiness the Dalai Lama and other leaders in business government science and education. Author Sander Tideman a lawyer and banker who has maintained a friendship with the Dalai Lama over all these years presents a practical framework and methodology to develop a new kind of leadership - one fit to repurpose the business world and tackle escalating social economic and environmental needs. The Dalai Lama rarely speaks directly on the topics of business leadership and economics. Yet in the dialogues recounted here his wisdom - combined with key insights from business and public leaders -creates a unified shift towards a consciousness of interconnectedness offering profound insights for practitioners and general readers alike. Tideman unites the scientific worldviews of physics neuroscience and economics with the positive psychology of human relationships and ancient spiritual wisdom to formulate practical business leadership solutions. While recognizing the need for change in external structures and governance Tideman highlights the importance of opening our minds and connecting inner and outer spirituality. At the same time he focuses on concrete practices for winning the hearts and minds of employees customers communities and society at large while addressing deep-rooted problems such as extreme social inequality and continued financial collapses. At the heart of this book lies the journey to discover our shared purpose. This ignites new sources of value creation for the organisation customers and society which Tideman terms 'triple value'. We can achieve triple value by aligning societal and business needs based on the fundamental reality of interconnection. Business as an Instrument for Societal Change: In Conversation with the Dalai Lama is a readable and intelligent exploration of how leaders can actually help to shape a sustainable global economy by embracing innate human and humane behaviour. It is also Tideman's fascinating personal journey which brought him to question the underlying motivations and goals of business leadership and to seek a new paradigm for a more sustainable approach. Reflecting Tideman's sharp perceptions and infused with the Dalai Lama's unmistakable joy this book has the power to change your way of thinking. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781783534524

Business Associations And The New Political Economy Of ThailandFrom Bureaucratic Polity To Liberal Corporatism This book provides detailed empirical data regarding chambers of commerce their peak organizations and trade associations of Thailand that has moved away from a pure form of bureaucratic polity to liberal corporatism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367166212

Business Basics for Private PracticeA Guide for Mental Health Professionals Business Basics for Private Practice is a step-by-step guide to developing a successful practice from initial conceptualization and business plan to future growth for the true entrepreneur. Dr. Bartolucci draws from interviews with fellow mental health practitioners and experts in business-related fields to make even the most intimidating parts of practice easy to understand. Business Basics is written to give the feel of mentorship and the author talks about lessons learned the hard way. She’s also included checklists and worksheets to help you stay organized and ready to meet the challenges of opening a private practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138690967

Business Battles in the US Energy SectorLessons for a Clean Energy Transition This book is ground breaking in its study of business actors in climate and energy politics. While various studies have demonstrated the influence of business actors across multiple policy domains this is the first to examine the behaviour of business actors in energy centric industries in the US that will be vital for achieving a clean energy transition namely the oil gas coal utility and renewable industries. Drawing on almost 80 interviews with senior energy executives lobbyists and policymakers it asks two central questions: (i) how and why are business actors shaping energy policy contests in the US? And (ii) what are the implications for policymakers? In answering these questions this book provides new insights about the preferences and strategies of business in the energy sector and significantly it identifies strategies for policymakers seeking to regulate energy in the face of political resistance from incumbent fossil fuel industries. This book will be of particular value to students scholars and policymakers working in the fields of energy climate and environmental politics as well as individuals generally interested in the role that business exerts over policy processes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367662080

Business Budgets and Accounts (RLE Accounting) This book shows the relevance of accounting methods to the economic and administrative problems of business. The book has been arranged to take the reader through the budgeting procedure of a representative business: demonstrating the relationship between budgets accounts and the various business activities and showing how budgets and accounts link together the balance sheets at the beginning and end of the year. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138965218

Business Bullshit Our organizations are flooded with empty talk. We are constantly "going forward" to lands of "deliverables" stopping off on the "journey" to "drill down" into "best practice". Being an expert at using management speak has become more important in corporate life than delivering long lasting results. The upshot is that meaningless corporate jargon is killing our organizations.　 In this book management scholar the author  argues we need to call this empty talk what it is: bullshit. The book looks at how organizations have become vast machines for manufacturing distributing and consuming bullshit. It follows how the meaningless language of management has spread through schools NGOs politics and the media. Business Bullshit shows you how to spot business bullshit considers why it is so popular and outlines the impact it has on organizations and the people who work there. It also outlines what we can do to minimise bullshit at work. The author makes a case for why organizations need to avoid empty talk and reconnect with core activities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138911673

Business Climate Shifts First published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780080500485

Business ClustersPartnering for Strategic Advantage The book contains a selection of papers on business clusters in its multiple perspectives. It has evolved from the research symposium organized by the The Society for Global Business and Economic Development (SGBED) an international group of academicians at Dubai during January 2009. It begins with an introduction to the concept of clusters and then examines their link to a host of strategic issues such as their nexus to competitive advantage their performance vis-à-vis their competitors who are not similarly agglomerated and the challenges in measuring the performance of clusters. Regional economic clusters have serious policy implications. Governments local as well as national have used clusters as the unit for investment and infrastructure upgrading policies. It focuses on the normative aspects as well as practices and provides pointers on how public policies can help the development and growth of regional economic clusters. With numerous examples and cases from a host countries such as Dubai Mexico Spain and Karnataka (India) the book is a must read for all students of business strategy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138665002

Business Coaching InternationalTransforming Individuals and Organizations "You simply must read this book if you are serious about being a top-notch business coach. It is an excellent guide to best practices based on clear theory experience and business wisdom." - Carol Kauffman PhD co-founder and Director of the Coaching and Positive Psychology Initiative at Harvard Medical School and Co-Editor-in-Chief of Coaching: An International Journal of Theory Research and Practice. "This is an extraordinarily thorough book. It covers a great range of practical guidance on matters that will concern the new coach and addresses a wide range of approaches to coaching while remaining firmly embedded in an experiential learning tradition."- David Megginson Professor of Human Resource Development Sheffield Hallam University UK Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782200970

Business CommunicationRethinking your professional practice for the post-digital age Effective communication in business and commercial organizations is critical as organizations have to become more competitive and effective to sustain commercial success. This thoroughly revamped new edition distils the principles of effective communication and applies them to organizations operating in the digital world. Techniques and processes detailed in the book include planning and preparing written communication effective structures in documents diverse writing styles managing face-to-face interactions using visual aids delivering presentations and organising effective meetings. In every case the authors consider the potential of new technology to improve and support communication. With helpful pedagogical features designed to aid international students this new edition of a popular text will continue to aid business and management students for years to come. Additional content can now be found on the author's website - www.rethinkbuscomm.net Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415640282

Business Continuity PlanningA Project Management Approach If a major event such as a terrorist attack 7.2 earthquake tsunami or hacker attack were to disrupt business operations would your organization be prepared to respond to the financial political and social impacts? In order for your company to be resilient it must be ready to respond and recover quickly from the impact of such events. Business continuity is the discipline that can help your organization become truly resilient.Business Continuity Planning: A Project Management Approach explains how to deploy project management risk management business continuity and business preparedness methods in a manner that will ensure organizational resiliency. With an emphasis on building business preparedness plans it covers the fundamental principles of project management risk management business continuity and business preparedness.Upon reading this book you will learn how to apply project management to institute business continuity governance and to build and maintain business preparedness plans. You will also learn what’s required to conduct an effective business impact analysis.Detailing a proven plan for achieving business continuity and business preparedness the book includes numerous diagrams checklists and tools to help you determine exactly what you must do to prepare for a serious event. It also explains how to test your continuity plans and evaluate preparedness processes to ensure your organization will be truly prepared to withstand or recover from the next emergency disaster or catastrophic event to affect your organization. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781482251784

Business Contracts Handbook If money is the lifeblood of business contracts are the arteries that help carry it around the commercial body. Anyone in business is liable to have to deal with business contracts but few are trained to do so. Even those that are trained may have experience in limited areas or in the distant past. But the right contract can make a vital difference not just to recording and enforcing if need be the contract terms but also in ensuring the agreement deals with the real issues and approaches them in a practical way. Finding help in this area is not easy as the market tends to offer little between serious academic tomes on the one hand and student summaries geared to exams on the other. Business Contracts Handbook fills that gap covering both the basics of contract law in an accessible style and using a thoroughly practical approach to understanding and negotiating the key terms in a business contract. If you have little prior knowledge Charles Boundy's many years of experience in drafting and providing guidance on business agreements of all kinds will enable you to acquire a working background quickly. If you have years of experience you will still benefit from a checklist a reminder of what is important and why and an easy reference to up-to-date language and drafting - there is always more to learn. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315570570

Business Cultures in Europe Major changes which have occurred since this book was first published have been included in this edition. In particular the chapter on Germany has been substantially revised and now includes a separate section on easter Germany. The other five countries covered in the book have also witnessed changes in their business culture and these have been taken into consideration. This book examines the background to business practice in Europe of six major countries: Germany France Italy the UK Spain and the Netherlands. Each chapter tracks the commercial development of that country in the late 1970s 1980s and early 1990s focusing on the business environment special features affecting business and the response to the EC's single market. The business culture section in each is divided further into business and government business and the economy business and the law business and finance business and the labour market business and trade unions and business training education and development. The test is organized in such a manner to enable cross-referencing between countries and maps have been included in the new edition. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138156241

Business cycle theory as a basis for economic policy This book aims to start a debate on the relationship between economic theory – and more precisely business cycle theory – and economic policy emphasising the diversity of views on economic policy which characterised older periods in contrast to the homogeneity of the analysis and diagnosis provided by current business cycles developments. Since the 1970s economic theorists excluding any economic policy interventions and favouring strictly supply-side economic policies have gained a growing influence. The development of Equilibrium Business Cycles theories coincides with the collapse at least in academic circles of the Keynesian consensus favouring stabilization policies. The alternative approach which emerged was based on an a priori hypothesis about the stability of the economy – or at least on its remarkable ability to stabilize itself. The direct consequence of this approach is that any stabilization objective for economic policy is not only misguided but also inefficient. There are many reasons why Keynesian policies ceased to be dominant in theoretical circles but the most helpful circumstances for the rapid propagation of a new revolutionary theory is certainly the existence of an established orthodoxy clearly inconsistent with the most salient facts of reality. This book offers a sample of different theoretical approaches to business cycles examining their respective views on economic policy with the objective of understanding business cycles that have been lost and identifying those views which explain fluctuations and the way we conceive economic policy. This book was originally published as a special issue of The European Journal of the History of Economic Thought. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138106659

Business Cycles Why do we experience business cycles? What creates them? Is it mass psychology or phenomena in the management of business? Are the banks to blame or should we be looking to the unions and the politicians? Lars Tvede's story moves back in time to the Scottish gambler and financial genius John Law and then on to the distracted Adam Smith the stockbroker Ricardo the investment banker Thornton the extrovert Schumpeter the speculator Jay Gould and many others. The computer jugglers of the modern day with giant networks of equations try to solve the same questions that have attracted the attention of classical economists throughout the centuries. Throughout this volume business cycle theories are used to explain actual events. Theoretical thinking has reflected the economist's own experiences of hyper-inflations depressions speculation orgies and liquidity squeezes. The reader can follow the narrative to discover how economists often thought that problems had been solved until new data changed the economic picture once again. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203769553

Business Cycles and DepressionsAn Encyclopedia First published in 1997. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203056080

Business Cycles and Economic CrisesA Bibliometric and Economic History Throughout the history of economic thought interest in business cycles and economic crises has sometimes been observed to rise during times of crises recessions and depressions. However the treatment of this topic in the literature has generally been merely anecdotal.This book presents a bibliometric and econometric analysis of the development of business cycle and crises theory and its connection to economic developments particularly since the early 20th century. The book explores the connection between economic development and the literature utilising systematic bibliometric and rigorous econometric methods and drawing its data from a wide range of sources. This volume provides quantitative answers to questions which have not previously been subject to a precise and comprehensive empirical analysis.This book will be of great interest to historians of economic thought for its novel treatment of a much-discussed topic and its well-founded and transparent results. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367665760

Business Cycles and Economic Policy (RLE: Business Cycles) This book provides information on a statistical account and theoretical interpretation of Swedish business cycles since 1918 as well as a survey of the problems of economic policy as revealed both in practice and in theoretical discussion during the inter-war and post-war periods. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138888289

Business Cycles in Economic ThoughtA history Business Cycles in Economic Thought underlines how over the time span of two centuries economic thought interacted with cycles in a continuous renewal of theories and rethinking of policies whilst economic actions embedded themselves into past economic thought.This book argues that studying crises and periods of growth in different European countries will help to understand how different national political and cultural traditions influenced the complex interaction of economic cycles and economic theorizing. The editors of this great volume bring together expert contributors consisting of economists historians of economic thought and historians of economics to analyse crises and theories of the nineteenth and the twentieth century. This is alongside a comprehensive outlook on the most relevant advances of economic theory in France Germany and Italy as well as coverage of non-European countries such as the United States. Several of the highly prestigious Villa Vigoni Trilateral Conferences formed the background for the discussions in this book. This volume is of great interest to students and academics who study history of economic thought political economy and macroeconomics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367878245

Business CyclesPart I In the years following its publication F. A. Hayek's pioneering work on business cycles was regarded as an important challenge to what was later known as Keynesian macroeconomics. Today as debates rage on over the monetary origins of the current economic and financial crisis economists are once again paying heed to Hayek's thoughts on the repercussions of excessive central bank interventions. The latest editions in Routledge's ongoing series The Collected Works of F. A. Hayek these volumes bring together Hayek's work on what causes periods of boom and bust in the economy. Moving away from the classical emphasis on equilibrium Hayek demonstrates that business cycles are generated by the adaptation of the structure of production to changes in relative demand. Thus when central banks artificially lower interest rates the result is a misallocation of capital and the creation of asset bubbles and additional instability. Business Cycles: Part I contains Hayek's two major monographs on the topic: Monetary Theory and the Trade Cycle and Prices and Production. Reproducing the text of the original 1933 translation of the former this edition also draws on the original German as well as more recent translations. For Prices and Production a variorum edition is presented incorporating the 1931 first edition and its 1935 revision. Business Cycles: Part II assembles a series of Hayek's shorter papers on the topic ranging from the 1920s to 1981. In addition to bringing together Hayek's work on the evolution of business cycles the two volumes of Business Cycles also include extensive introductions by Hansjoerg Klausinger placing the writings in intellectual context including their reception and the theoretical debates to which they contributed and providing background on the evolution of Hayek's thought. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415641159

Business CyclesPart II In the years following its publication F. A. Hayek's pioneering work on business cycles was regarded as an important challenge to what was later known as Keynesian macroeconomics. Today as debates rage on over the monetary origins of the current economic and financial crisis economists are once again paying heed to Hayek's thoughts on the repercussions of excessive central bank interventions. The latest editions in Routledge's ongoing series The Collected Works of F. A. Hayek these volumes bring together Hayek's work on what causes periods of boom and bust in the economy. Moving away from the classical emphasis on equilibrium Hayek demonstrates that business cycles are generated by the adaptation of the structure of production to changes in relative demand. Thus when central banks artificially lower interest rates the result is a misallocation of capital and the creation of asset bubbles and additional instability. Business Cycles: Part I contains Hayek's two major monographs on the topic: Monetary Theory and the Trade Cycle and Prices and Production. Reproducing the text of the original 1933 translation of the former this edition also draws on the original German as well as more recent translations. For Prices and Production a variorum edition is presented incorporating the 1931 first edition and its 1935 revision. Business Cycles: Part II assembles a series of Hayek's shorter papers on the topic ranging from the 1920s to 1981. In addition to bringing together Hayek's work on the evolution of business cycles the two volumes of Business Cycles also include extensive introductions by Hansjoerg Klausinger placing the writings in intellectual context including their reception and the theoretical debates to which they contributed and providing background on the evolution of Hayek's thought. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415641173

Business Decision Making Originally published in 1981. Risk is a problem which all business decision makers have to cope with. The problem is not insurmountable however as there now exist well-established techniques for minimising risk and for calculating which of various available options is the optimal one to pursue. This book outlines and discusses these techniques and the theories behind them. Unlike many economic theories which only rarely have any practical applications the techniques put forward in this book can be used by real businessmen to solve real business problems. The book concentrates on decision-making in two main areas: the allocation of a firm’s resources and the selection of new investments; and the techniques and theories discussed fall into three broad groups: linear programming decision theory and capital market theory. Intended as an advanced undergraduate textbook for students taking business economics or managerial economics courses this valuable book will interest specialists and students involved in management studies microeconomics strategic planning operational research accounting and MBA programmes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138564480

Business Decision Making in China Knowledgeable decision making not only saves you time money and effort but also leads you to extra opportunities. Business Decision Making in China improves your business acumen by showing you who (in itals) is involved in business decision making how (in itals) decisions have been made what (in itals) the characteristics and strategies of Chinese decision making are and why (in itals) decision making has followed certain patterns in China. Practitioners consultants and government officials who are involved in business with China as well as academicians researching or teaching about business in East Asia will find this book to be an invaluable resource. Business Decision Making in China introduces you to such subjects as Chinese organizational structures and relationships tactics of decision making and traditional Chinese culture. Other vital topics you learn about include: the pros and cons of joint venture enterprises in China the climate for foreign banks operating in China the importance of saving face the concept of “the golden mean” the unity of opposites (Yin-Yang) the 4 realms of Chinese managers’daily affairs modes of thinking (universality versus individuality thinking in images understanding abstract thoughts) the parallels between the 5 elements (metal wood water fire earth) and the 4 P’s (product price promotion place)As a guidebook for Chinese business Business Decision Making in China addresses the broad and integrative discipline of decision making and helps Western business people (who have an entirely different set of patterns styles processes philosophical thoughts and tactics of decision making) to adapt to their Chinese business partners’or opponents’decision making. Since this book explains the profound process of Chinese decision making in uncomplicated terms and practical business experiences readers will be able to apply their new knowledge to their long-range strategic planning to skillfully solving their daily problems or questions and to wisely avoiding losses from a multitude of potential pitfalls. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203058503

Business Development 'Business Development' provides a readable and practical book for the growth and development of businesses. This is primarily a textbook for the NVQ4 Business Development qualification the Institute of Management Certificate in Owner Management courses and HND Small business modules but the text is also an invaluable practical guide to owner-managers of small businesses. All businesses pass through several stages of growth and it occurs for a number of reasons such as change in the commercial market increased customer demand for services or product higher numbers of customers. Business Development shows how to make the most of this growth and also how to deal with the different types of problems that are encountered along the way. The book is structured to follow a logical sequence of questions that makes it readily accessible: Where are we now? Where do we want to go? What resources are needed to get there? What sales and marketing policies do we need to develop? It examines the personnel and staffing implications the efficiency of the current financial management process and the owner's own abilities to make it all happen. Most important of all it makes the owner-manager takes a long hard look at the business and where it is really going. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138148819

Business Development for the Biotechnology and Pharmaceutical Industry Business Development in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries accounts for over $5 billion in licensing deal value per year and much more than that in the value of mergers and acquisitions. Transactions range from licences to patented academic research to product developments as licences joint ventures and acquisition of intellectual property rights and on to collaborations in development and marketing locally or across the globe. Asset sales mergers and corporate takeovers are also a part of the business development remit. The scope of the job can be immense spanning the life-cycle of products from the earliest levels of research to the disposal of residual marketing rights involving legal regulatory manufacturing clinical development sales and marketing and financial aspects. The knowledge and skills required of practitioners must be similarly broad yet the availability of information for developing a career in business development is sparse. Martin Austin's highly practical guide spans the complete process and is based on his 30 years of experience in the industry and the well-established training programme that he has developed and delivers to pharmaceutical executives from across the world. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315570587

Business Development in Licensed Retailing 'Business Development in Licensed Retailing: a unit manager's guide' details the indispensable skills and techniques needed to manage units within licensed retail organisations in a flexible and entrepreneurial manner. This book: · Forms the basis of a complete course for a unit manager's development.· Provides an overview of the range of skills needed for effective unit management. · Supports the development of techniques with examples from existing best practice and case examples from companies such as JD Wetherspoon's TGI Fridays and McDonald's amongst others.Business Development in Licensed Retailing considers the functional management techniques required at unit management level covering recruitment human resource management operations service quality and customer relations financial measurement and analysis promotions and strategic planning. The analysis systematically provides all the practical know-how you need to produce of a comprehensive business plan for your unit. Ending with a comprehensive case study that demonstrates all the aspects of business development working in a real-life scenario the text is ideally suited for lecturers and management development personnel to use as a learning resource through which readers can apply the principles and techniques outlined. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138175518

Business Ecology Business ecology is a new field that synthesizes centuries of cultural wisdom a close observation of natural systems and proven business success strategies such as strategic planning and total quality management. It emulates nature's systems design to provide a harmonious relationship-oriented approach that reveals how your organization really works. This book applies these principles to help you integrate profitability stakeholder relations and environmental performance � giving your organization the natural edge in emerging ecological economy. Business ecology measures not just financial but overall viability by revealing vital flows and relationships that sustain your business. It is a lens for seeing those intangible elements of your organization's design -- such as core values value-creation cycles and innovative thinking � that are essential factors shaping its success.The Business Ecology Network (BEN) founded in 1995 is a catalyst for life-sustaining enterprise. BEN is a learning community for leaders and managers who want to apply a new way of thinking � business ecology � to create new sustainable opportunities for their businesses and non profit organizations. Visit the BEN web page at http://naturaledge.org. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138433267

Business Economics The Eurozone crisis and the age of austerity as well as challenges to the environment as a result of economic growth have highlighted the need for a greater understanding of those facets of economics that are of most use to businesses and their decision makers. This book introduces all of the relevant theoretical aspects of the subject and applies them to real-life examples of economics that are of particular interest to students today including: the impact of globalization; the way in which ‘green’ perspectives can be built into decision making and how the financial crisis has challenged economists politicians and business people to rethink their existing ideas. Replete with illuminating case studies and benefitting from features such as activities review questions and further reading Business Economics introduces the theory and practice of economics for non-specialist students new to the topic. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781444170450

Business Economics 'Business Economics: Theory and Application' is an undaunting and accessible text that focuses on the real world of business and how this relates to economics. The links to business are far more intrinsic that in other business economics textbooks where a business "flavour" is simply added to traditional economics theory. It provides an in-depth jargon-free analysis particularly relevant for one semester courses. A variety of case studies and questions are used throughout the text both to illustrate key points and for seminar and assignment work. Diagrams are included to aid the explanation of complex issues and review and discussion questions are incorporated to consolidate and expand on the learning. A lecturer's supplement accompanies the text. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138146952

Business Economics and Finance with MATLAB GIS and Simulation Models This book takes recent theoretical advances in Finance and Economics and shows how they can be implemented in the real world. It presents tactics for using mathematical and simulation models to solve complex tasks of forecasting income valuing businesses predicting retail sales and evaluating markets and tax and regulatory problems. Business Economics and Finance with Matlab GIS and Simulation Models provides a unique overview of sophisticated business and financial applications. It describes models that have been developed for analysis of retail sales tax policy location economic impact public policy issues and other challenges faced by executives investors and economists on a daily basis. It also offers groundbreaking insight into the many calculation and modeling tools that can be remotely hosted and run over the Internet resulting in substantial user benefits and cost savings. This book is the first to fully explore the capabilities of MATLAB in the field of business economics and explain how the benefits of sophisticated mathematical models can be provided to users via the Internet using a thin-client environment. Many techniques directly incorporate geographic information and GIS in a way that was impossible until quite recently. Some techniques such as fuzzy logic retail sales economic and fiscal impact models and other Matlab and Simulink models are described for the first time in print in this book. The sections on business income and value break new ground by directly incorporating uncertainty real option value and prediction of variables using Ito and jump processes. Using dozens of examples hundreds of references and rigorous explanations of both theory and practice it will become a prized reference for analysts demanding the best techniques. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367394066

Business Ecosystems in ChinaAlibaba and Competing Baidu Tencent Xiaomi and LeEco We cannot afford to miss the remarkable rise of Chinese business ecosystems. Alibaba and their peers Baidu Tencent Xiaomi and LeEco showcase unprecedented growth and success in China and are expanding their impact globally. With a combined market capitalization of close to 600 billion USD incubating over 1 000 new ventures and an average annual growth of over 50% they have become a force to reckon with for the likes of Google Microsoft Apple Amazon and IBM. ‘Business ecosystem’ is a frequently used concept to describe the unique competitive advantages of the American technology giants. This book explores not only the application of a business ecosystem approach in the Chinese context but also deals with the key strategic question: How did these five Chinese business ecosystems grow so rapidly and successfully? The book takes the growth and transformation of Alibaba’s business ecosystem as a focus case in comparison with Baidu Tencent Xiaomi and LeEco. These business ecosystems developed in less than 20 years and transformed from organic growth to rapid expansion by investment and acquisition entrepreneurship and incubation of new ventures continuous innovation and internationalization. This book brings insights and practical lessons on leading creating and disrupting markets for corporate executives and professionals in global business a comparative case study for researchers and students of management and food for thought on Chinese ways of doing business. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138630956

Business Essentials for Utility Engineers It is no longer acceptable for utility engineers to make spending decisions solely because they make good engineering sense. In today’s environment they must also demonstrate solid business acumen and show that recommendations make good business sense. With this goal in mind Business Essentials for Utility Engineers systematically presents each business topic to arm engineers with the tools and vocabulary necessary to be more effective when interacting with senior management and for promotion to senior management. This book covers all business concepts important to utility engineers including regulation ratemaking accounting finance risk management economics budgeting and asset management. The author applies his vast corporate experience to give readers a solid foundation for business theory discussing the idiosyncrasies of utilities and using advanced mathematics to demonstrate business concepts. He also explains how to properly apply this theory to utilities expounding on specific business skills that will greatly benefit utility engineers in their daily jobs. Chapters are organized to build sequentially upon each other and take advantage of the mathematical sophistication and deductive nature of engineers when presenting material. After reading this book utility engineers will view their industry from a new perspective and will have a greatly expanded business vocabulary. Suitable for self-study undergraduate study graduate study or as a desk reference this book provides a robust framework for correct business thinking and a solid foundation for further learning. WAtch Richard E. Brown talk about his book at: http://youtu.be/gdyjq77nQFI Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315218182

Business Ethics A foundational text for the modern business student and an essential instructor resource this book presents a thorough and comprehensive introduction to business ethics. Taking a strategic stakeholder approach—one that emphasizes how important it is to balance multiple stakeholders’ needs—students will develop the critical skills they need to analyze and solve complex ethical issues while ensuring overall business success. The second edition retains Business Ethics’ strong balance of theory and practice but incorporates several new features including: Fresh cases ensuring students are exposed to the most topical real-world examples A global view with examples from international and emerging markets and coverage of ethical standards from around the world An expanded chapter on individual ethical decision-making as well as a new chapter devoted to ethical theory A renewed emphasis on the popular boxed features with more integration of newer case studies and the addition of "Emerging Market Business Ethics Insights" The latest data on business ethics and ethics related issues from a variety of reputable sources A comprehensive set of lecture slides test questions and instructor notes provide additional material for the classroom. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138745346

Business Ethics After the Global Financial CrisisLessons from The Crash The global financial crisis (GFC) that began in 2007 concentrated attention on the morality of banking and financial activities. Just as mainstream businesses became increasingly defined by their financial performance banks it seemed got themselves – and everyone else – into trouble through an over-emphasis on themselves as commercial enterprises that need pay little attention to traditional banking virtues or ethics. While the GFC had many causes criticism was legitimately levelled at banks over the ethics of mortgage creation excessive securitisation executive remuneration and high-pressure customer sales tactics amongst other things. These criticisms mirror those that have been levelled at the business more generally particular in the last decade although the backdrop provided by the GFC is more dramatic and the outcomes of supposed wrongdoing more severe. This book focuses on business ethics after the GFC; not on the crisis itself but how we should respond to it. The GFC has focused minds on the proper role of ethics in the understanding and conduct of business activity but it is essential to look beyond the crisis to address the deeper challenges that it highlights. The aim of this volume is to present examples of the latest philosophically-informed thinking across a range of ethical issues that relate to business activity using the banks and the GFC – the consequences of which continue to reverberate – as a point of departure. The book will be of great value to researchers academics practitioners and students interested in business ethics in general and business ethics in particular. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138330504

Business Ethics and Care in Organizations Care is a human ability we all need for growing and flourishing. It implies considering the needs and interests of others and the quality of how we relate to each other is often defined by care. While the value of care in private life is widely recognized its role in the public sphere is contested and subject to political debates. In work organizations instrumentality frequently overrides considerations for colleagues’ and co-workers’ well-being while relationships are often sacrificed in the service of performance and meeting organizational targets. The questions this volume attempts to address concerns the organizational conditions that make care flourish and how a caring organization functions in practice. Specifically we examine what it means to care for each other and what enhances caring behaviours in organizations. The volume ultimately focuses on how caring relations can contribute to making organizations better places. In this perspective care involves the recognition of and the limitations of work as a key aspect of personal and social identity. Because care exceeds the sphere of individual intimacy the book will also centre on the necessity for building caring institutions through a political process that considers the needs contributions and prospects of many different actors. This book aims to contribute to academic discussions on care in organizations care work business and organizational ethics diversity caring leadership well-being in organizations and research ethics. Managers consultants policy-makers and students will find reflections about the goodness of care in organizations and guidance about the ethical and practical difficulties of pursuing the project of building caring organizations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367140601

Business Ethics and Strategy Volumes I and II This volume is intended as a reference for those interested in the relationship between business strategy and business ethics broadly conceived. Several articles have been selected from various leading journals in management strategy and ethics. An introductory chapter provides an overview of the articles but it also relates them systematically to a fundamental dualism involving values ethics and politics all viewed from the perspective of business and business studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315261102

Business Ethics and the Austrian Tradition in Economics Stakeholder value corporate social responsibility and sustainability: Are these and similar concepts sufficiently clear for fruitful research in business ethics? What is the benchmark to prove their utility? Business Ethics and the Austrian Tradition in Economics is a treatise on the fundamental questions of business ethics and addresses significant shortcomings in the field. It is the result of correlating reflections on phenomena resulting from an intersection of ethics economics methodology and political and social philosophy. Sparked by the business ethicists’ tendency to consider certain areas outside their field and accept others unquestioningly this book provides answers in the tradition of Austrian Economics and in particular of Hayek and Popper.　　　 Through detailed examination and reflection this book presents the thesis that many themes in business ethics are discussed either unduly intensely unbalanced or rarely measured against what business ethics as a science should deliver. It does so by offering an answer to one of the most crucial questions in business ethics namely that of justice in moral economic actions. Bouillon develops an original definition of morally just economic action in the course of three chapters and subsequently uses it as yardstick from which in chapter four he reads which of the relevant concepts and topics in business ethics ask for restatement. As a side-product Bouillon discloses logical inconsistencies in prominent political philosophies and the consequences of these inconsistencies for maldevelopments in business ethics. Business Ethics and the Austrian Tradition in Economics illustrates and analyses the business etchics’ peculiarities particularly within German literature providing the reader with a focus rarely found elsewhere. This book should be of interest to economics postgraduates and researchers looking at business ethics economic theory and social and political philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138807709

Business Ethics in East AsiaExamples in Historical Context For organisations and management the role of business ethics is of key importance but to what extent business ethics are actually new or fashionable or universally applicable are interesting questions. Asia has been the site of contests between competing economic and ethical views of how economic norms and institutions are organized. This book examines the evolutionary similarities and differences of institutionalizing business ethics in Asia in a historical context and in comparison to better-explored business ethics literature both empirically and theoretically. This collection uses both historical and contemporary cases in Japan Korea and China to show that these countries have tried to balance their traditional business ethics norms and values with those that have been introduced from the West. Underpinning the case studies is the fact that these countries have historically pursued ethical mandates in running private corporations although corruptive practices were also rampant during different historical periods. The contributions to the book analyse how the theories and models of New Institutionalism and Modes of Exchange fare in their attempts to explain Asian business ethics. As the results indicate historical methods must accompany any analysis of business ethics. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Asia Pacific Business Review. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367077044

Business Ethics in Islam Islamic Business Finance is based on strong ethical regulations as suggested by Islamic Literature such as the Quran and the Traditions of the Prophet of Islam and could be considered as a subclass of the wider subject of ethical standards in business. This book highlights the basic principles of Islamic Business ethics and their implication in today’s global business environment. It highlights the most important features of Islamic banking and finance in relation to the core principles of Shariah law. It is the most comprehensive book to date in terms of the number of Quranic verses and traditions of the Prophet relating to this subject which are interspersed throughout the text. It explains how ethics are defined both in general terms and within the context of an Islamic perspective. In addition it provides a logical interpretation of Islamic principles of business ethics while keeping in view thethrough the use of contemporary business practices. Topics such as digital currencies money laundering etc. are discussed at length. This book also discusses the new and emerging ethical issues faced by business and industry globally. This book will be a valuable reference guide for students teachers and researchers of Islamic banking and finance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367344917

Business Ethics in the Middle East Business Ethics in the Middle East fills a crucial gap in the Middle East educational landscape. Written in an easy and accessible format this book covers the foundations of business ethics by drawing from both Eastern and Western traditions. The chapters include many examples case studies activities and illustrations that are customized to the Middle Eastern market yet relevant to readers outside of the Middle East who want thorough insights about business behaviour in the region. A special module introduces the Arab Middle Eastern context that non-Arab readers will find valuable. The author addresses topics related to organizational culture leadership CSR corporate governance marketing HR accounting finance and production. This is accomplished with a deep attention to the cultural and contextual elements of the Middle East. Special attention is given to religious business ethics while still deeply engaging the vast heritage of Western ethical systems. This combination is essential for the development of a comprehensive approach to the topic of business ethics. This textbook will be essential reading for students of business ethics in the Middle East and will also be valuable for students and researchers across business ethics Islamic Studies religion and philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138222946

Business EthicsA Critical Approach: Integrating Ethics Across the Business World Events such as Trafigura's illegal dumping of toxic waste in Côte d’Ivoire and BP's environmentally disastrous oil spill in the Gulf of Mexico have highlighted ethical issues in international business at a time when business leaders academics and business schools were reflecting on their own responsibilities following the global financial crisis. The scope and scale of the global operations of multinational businesses means that decisions taken in different parts of the world have far reaching consequences beyond the national settings where employees are located or where firms are registered and as such an awareness of these responsibilities needs to be integrated into all levels and all subjects. Using four guiding principles – a critical multi-level approach rooted in the tradition of European social theory a comparative and international perspective a global rather than just a European or American stand point and engaging with subject-specific issues this book aims to 'mainstream' business ethics into the work of teachers and students in business schools. This comprehensive volume brings together contributions from a range of experts in different areas of business studies thereby facilitating and encouraging a move away from business ethics being a box to be ticked to being an integrated consideration across the business disciplines. This impressive book brings ethical considerations back to the heart of the business curriculum and in doing so provides a companion for the progressive business student throughout their university career. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415663588

Business EthicsA stakeholder governance and risk approach Traditionally books on business ethics focus on CSR companies’ relations with their stakeholders and corporate citizenship. More recently green credentials and sustainability have been added to that agenda. Unconventionally this book argues that business ethics are basic to running business not a separate subject. They are inherent to the governance and management of every organization not an optional exercise in corporate citizenship. Business ethics concern behaviour in business and the behaviour of business. Decisions at every level in a company have ethical implications – strategically in the board room managerially throughout the organization and operationally in all of its activities. The use and sometimes the abuse of corporate power the process of corporate governance raises ethical issues. Business involves risk-taking whether decisions are at the strategic managerial or operational level. Exposure to ethical risk needs to be part of every organization’s strategy formulation policy making and enterprise risk management. Designed to be read by both undergraduates and postgraduates this book is a primer on ethics in business. It is also relevant to ethics courses that are now part of many legal accountancy and other professional examinations. The book is not about moral philosophy nor does it prescribe appropriate standards of behaviour or recommend economic legal or political solutions. Rather it enables readers to recognize ethical issues in business to respond appropriately and to embed ethics in business processes. The book not only considers what business ethics are and why they are important but offers practical approaches on how to develop a successful corporate ethics culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415815017

Business EthicsA Virtue Ethics and Common Good Approach Can business activities and decisions be virtuous? This is the first business ethics textbook to take a virtue ethics approach. It explains how virtue ethics compares with alternative approaches to business ethics such as utilitarianism and deontology and argues that virtue ethics best serves the common good of society. Looking across the whole spectrum of business—including finance governance leadership marketing and production—each chapter presents the theory of virtue ethics and supports students’ learning with chapter objectives in-depth interviews with professionals and real-life case studies from a wide range of countries. Business Ethics: A Virtue Ethics and Common Good Approach is a valuable text for advanced undergraduates and masters-level students on business ethics courses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138242579

Business EthicsBrief Readings on Vital Topics These readings grew out of the author's monthly column on business ethics in the business section of the Athens Banner-Herald newspaper. Written in an open and engaging style the book features topics that are timely each followed by several thought provoking discussion questions. The book includes readings on the current financial crisis in order to challenge today's students to confront the economic reality in which they will have to live. An excellent addition to any Business Ethics course. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315822020

Business EthicsMethods and Application  Ethical aspects of business and the economy are of increasing concern in business practice higher education and society in general. This concern results from significant business scandals and economic crises such as the financial crisis of 2008 and the following great recession as well as from pressing current and future challenges for the economy such as sustainability and globalization. As a result there is a growing demand for normative analysis and orientation for business and the economy where business ethics has become a crucial part of organizational management risk management branding and strategic management. Business Ethics: Methods and Application provides a new systematic approach to normative business ethics that covers the complex and various ethical challenges of modern business. It aims to train analytical thinking skills in the field of business ethics and to approach ethical issues in business in a rational and systematic way. The book develops a number of specific methods for business ethics analysis that are tailored for ethical decision-making in business and for analyzing complex ethical topics in business. The book discusses fundamental ethical questions regarding the meaning of business and the economy for the individual person society the environment and people around the world. As a result Business Ethics: Methods and Application develops normative guidelines for business in the 21st century and its fundamental challenges and will be key reading for undergraduate postgraduate and MBA students of business ethics business strategy business and society and related fields. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367027872

Business EthicsNew Challenges for Business Schools and Corporate Leaders The many recent high profile corporate scandals highlight the need for companies to do a better job of integrating ethics and responsibility into business decisions - and for business schools to integrate ethics awareness and training into their curricula. This volume sets the agenda for business ethics and corporate responsibility in the future. It brings together ideas challenges and proposed solutions for thinking about - and implementing - effective ethics programs in business schools and business organizations. Edited by two highly regarded business educators and featuring contributions by leading scholars and administrators Business Ethics: New Challenges for Business Schools and Corporate Leaders covers all dimensions of ethical decision making - individual organizational and societal. The thirteen original chapters offer new and emerging perspectives for creating ethical business leadership and developing organizational ethics initiatives. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315497815

Business Events The dynamic and fast-expanding business events sector plays a vital role in the professional lives of hundreds of millions of people worldwide by providing settings in which they can meet for the purposes of negotiation deliberation motivation the dissemination of knowledge and the celebration of their greatest career-related achievements. This book provides a sound practical and theoretical context for the study of this subject by covering in depth all categories of business-related events including corporate meetings association conferences political events incentive travel exhibitions corporate hospitality awards ceremonies and SMERF (social military educational religious and fraternal) gatherings. This new edition has been extensively revised and updated to reflect recent developments in business events including: Five new chapters on business events destination marketing knowledge sustainability ethics and technology New ‘It’s my job’ voice boxes offering practical insights from people employed in the business events industry A wide range of new case studies illustrating business events throughout the world including emerging business events destinations such as Russia and the Middle East Written in an accessible yet analytical manner Business Events is essential reading for all students of events tourism and hospitality management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138735767

Business ExcellenceExceeding Your Customers' Expectations Each Time All the Time An organization seeking to sustain and continually improve its competitive performance over many years must have a strategy – a Business Excellence Strategy.This book guides and illustrates the strategic journey to excellence from major initiatives through everyday improvement programs and helps the reader achieve of important strategic objectives and goals. This business excellence program will unite employees internal and external customers and suppliers through a common set of goals. It will help your organization improve at a pace that will outperform the competition and will elevate your company's reputation and marketshare. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781498751247

Business for Society This book is about promoting corporate responsibility in its original meaning: businesses should have a positive impact on society and society should not only be a lever of making a profit. When we treat social responsibility as an external function of the core business we are exposed to the worst. Business for Society seeks to redress the balance and promotes the original idea of corporate responsibility. This first book in the series of the same name sets the scene and presents the key theories across the various management disciplines to answer the following questions: ‘How why and under what conditions can business act for society?’ The book narrows and discusses examples of businesses which are making impressive strides in delivering positive impacts for society as well as their bottom lines; but as the concept of corporate responsibility has become more mainstream in recent years many organisations have adopted the term and reduced it to a marketing message. Areas covered include a historical perspective on the hijacking of business responsibility towards society management knowledge and value the Business for Society project against hijacking accounting for society finance for society and governance for society and democracy. The book will be of interest for scholars and students in the fields of corporate social responsibility business ethics and governance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367345495

Business Groups and Financial MarketsA Weberian Analysis This work builds on the classical sociological contributions of Weber Simmel and Toennies and makes the case for different and alternative ideal-typical models of business relations which the author calls "English" and "German."The "English" model of business relations is characterized by free competition between firms. They abide by the ethical rules of fair business and the moral economy in market exchanges. Their relations are accordingly based on mutual trust. As a rule they do not cultivate privileged relations with political authorities.By contrast the "German" model involves hierarchical relations between a group's major firm and its smaller units. There is no moral community binding together the different groups and therefore no mutual trust between them. Business groups maintain close relations based on reciprocal favours with authorities.The author compares the London and New York Stock Exchanges in the late nineteenth century finding the former better approximates the "English" model and shows this model's superior performance. "English" model countries such as Taiwan have been shown to be more competitive in market exchanges than countries such as South Korea which approximate the "German" model. A new epilogue makes use of more recent information and confirms Segre's arguments. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412856850

Business Guide to the Philippines The Business Guides are aimed at business people requiring an accurate and up-to-date guide to how business is orfganised and regulated in Asia.Business Guides aim to cover : negociation preparation foreign trade Customs business law financing marketing and distribution taxation intellectual property foreign investment economic conditions and trends The Business Guide to the Philippines part of the Business Guide to Asia Series provides detailed information on setting up and running business ventures in the Philippines.All contributors are experts and specialists in their fields providing you with an unparalleled wealth of insider knowledge. Each chapter is packed with the kind of information and advice usually available only to elite clients with large budgets for outside consultants.Business Guides will include th following countries: Japan Malaysia Hong Kong India Thailand Korea Indonesia China Singapore Taiwan Vietnam Laos Cambodia Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138435988

Business History First Published in 1989. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415761208

Business History and International Business Business History and International Business are cognate subjects. There are few if any studies of international business that do not require a proper study of context. International business decision making must be made relevant by a considered evaluation of the circumstances surrounding that decision. This often means putting it into its historical context. The contributions that the study of international business can make to business history are the input of appropriate theory and appropriate research methods. The best international business theory can illuminate the seemingly disparate strategies of firms in given historical circumstances and can provide an integrated overarching conceptual structure of the study of business history. The research methods used in international business are also worthy of scrutiny by business historians. The proposition of this book is that international business theory and method can complement business history. This cross-fertilization has been occurring with increasing regularity over the past few decades and this book brings together some of the fruits of this conjunction of two important intellectual domains. This book was published as a special issue of Business History. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138863903

Business HistoryComplexities and Comparisons This major new textbook on business history brings together the expertise of two internationally renowned authors to provide a thorough overview of the developments in business – from just before the industrial revolution right up to the present day. Business History is global in scope and looks at the major players – Europe the US and Japan – as well as emerging economies such as China and India. Focusing mainly on ‘big business‘ Amatori and Colli critically analyze ‘the firm‘ and its interaction with the evolution of economic technological and political systems at the micro and macro levels. This up-to-date textbook is an exceptional resource for students on economic and business history courses as well as for practitioners interested in broadening their understanding of business. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415423977

Business HistorySelected Readings First Published in 1977. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415761123

Business HistorySelected Readings This selection of readings demonstrates the use of both descriptive analysis and quantitative methods in the study of business records. The emphasis however is on the role of various quantitative approaches. Part I contains articles that consider a number of questions about the methods to be used and the aims of business history research. How is the subject to be defined? What types of analysis are most useful in research? In what ways can the findings of any research he used? Part II provides a number of examples of business history writing that demonstrate the results of a quantitative approach using both Primary and secondary source material. Some of the papers concentrate on the growth and performance of firms from various sectors of the economy. Some consider features of industrial structure. Others concentrate on techniques of marketing personnel management and the assessment of profitability. Part III focuses on the techniques of manage meat that have been used to motivate or control the development of business activity. The studies include an analysis of the role of accounting data and other types of information aids to forecasting market analysis and the problems of risk and uncertainty in business decision making within various contexts. The editor has not only provided an introduction to the reprinted articles but he has also included in Part IV several special appendices useful for future research in business history. There is a section on allowing for changes in the unit of account. Another appendix deals with the merits and limitations of financial ratio analysis. An extensive bibliography is also provided. This authoritative text was first published in 1977. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315019949

Business Improvement DistrictsResearch Theories and Controversies Initiated and governed by property or business owners under the authorization of state and local governments business improvement districts (BIDs) have received a very mixed reception. To some they are innovative examples of self-governance and public-private partnerships; to others they are yet another example of the movement toward the privatization of what should be inherent government responsibilities. Among the first books to present a collection of scholarly work on the subject Business Improvement Districts: Research Theories and Controversies brings together renowned leaders in the field to compile the highest-quality theoretical legal and empirical studies into one comprehensive volume. Investigating fundamental concerns at the core of the debate as well as potential solutions this groundbreaking resource: Tackles the need for improved problem solving and efficiency in service delivery Examines new and innovative policy tools for both the public and private sectors Evaluates whether BIDs do ignore the needs and voices of residential property owners Discusses the challenge created by social segregation in cities Addresses lack of accountability by BIDs to the public and elected representatives From different perspectives leading practitioners and academics analyze the pros and cons of BIDs both in the United States and around the world. They look at their impact on urban planning and retail revitalization consider their legal implications and explore ways to measure BID performance. Filled with case studies of urban centers including San Diego Atlanta New York Toronto and Capetown and state models such as New Jersey and Pennsylvania this examination bring together essential information for researchers as well as those leaders and policy makers looking to adopt a BID model or improve one already in place. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315096025

Business in Contemporary China Business in Contemporary China offers a compilation of the best and most relevant articles on Chinese business for use in the classroom or the boardroom. Covering political economic and environmental factors as well as the impact of technological advancements on Asian business the book provides a well-rounded picture of Chinese enterprise. Philips and Kim select only the most recent relevant articles arranged topically with an introduction to each chapter to contextualize and position the content. To further enhance its teaching value each chapter also includes: A "perspectives" opener offering the opinion of a top academic on the topic at hand; Practical application exercises and review questions to test the reader's knowledge and understanding; Discussion questions to stimulate further analysis; Suggested topics for classroom debate; and Bibliographic suggestions for future research. Covering both private and public sector topics this will be a valuable resource for any student of international business  cross-cultural management or strategy  especially for those interested in business in Asia or China. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138919563

Business in Emerging Latin America Driven by expanding domestic markets and exports of natural resource commodities Latin America has recently come into focus as an economic force in the international arena. Business in Emerging Latin America provides students with a comprehensive overview of the business environment of this emerging dynamic region. The book begins at the macro level focusing on the region’s geo-political technological social competitive and economic environments. It then moves to the micro level devling into the mosaic of countries with distinct cultures and political economies that comprise Latin America. Capturing the dynamism of this region Business in Emerging Latin America: Provides a thorough and nuanced understanding of the business environment Identifies major drivers of emerging market expansion within the region Analyzes the strategies of companies both within and outside of the region The book includes examples and cases from across the region as well as chapters on entrepreneurship leadership HRM sustainability income inequality social responsibility and transparency. An ideal resource for anyone considering a business venture in the region  the book will especially appeal to students of international business who have a particular interest in Latin America.   For additional instructor resources visit www.latinamericabusinessknowledge.com   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415859073

Business In Japana Guide To Japanese Business Practice And Procedure-- Fully Revised Edition This book covers the main practical elements of doing business with the Japanese. It gives the reader sufficient background to understand and associate with the Japan of the 1980s as well as support him with the know-how for searching out and grasping the rich opportunities that lie ahead. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367018399

Business in Post-Communist RussiaPrivatisation and the Limits of Transformation It is a widely held idea that Russia has completed its revolution which brought down the Soviet economy and that many companies after privatisation work as typical western companies. Another belief is that Russia has adopted a market economy but then reverted to authoritarianism. With these two ideas in mind this book discusses the suggestion that the key element of post-Soviet economic and political reforms in the last two decades was the redistribution of assets from the state to oligarchs and the new elite. It looks at why most Russian companies could not achieve strong long–run corporate performance by analysing in detail a range of different Russian companies. The book is a useful tool for understanding the future prospects for Russian business. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138182967

Business in the Age of Depression and War First Published in 1990. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138988026

Business in the Age of Reason First Published in 1987. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415761192

Business Information Systems and TechnologyA Primer Business information systems and business information technology are integral aspects of modern business and managers in these areas are now expected to have knowledge of human and managerial issues as well as technical ones. This concise and readable book is a level-by-level primer that addresses the core subjects in business information systems and business information technology to enhance students’ understanding of the key areas. Each chapter begins with a case study and features at the end: a summary of major points glossary of terms  suggested further reading and student activities. Some areas covered include: Different functional areas of business including accounting HRM and marketing Development and implementation of information systems Methods to support the analysis and design of policy and practice Strategic management to align information technology with organizational needs Covering the subject matter in a highly accessible manner  this is an ideal text for both undergraduate and masters students on business information systems business information technology and business information management courses. This text is supplemented with over 900 detailed powerpoint slides for instructors accessible via the Routledge Instructor Resource page at http://cw.routledge.com/textbooks/instructordownload/ Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415559195

Business Innovation and Development in Emerging EconomiesProceedings of the 5th Sebelas Maret International Conference on Business Economic Business Innovation driven by the advancement of technology has dramatically changed the business landscape over recent years not only in advanced countries but also in emerging markets. It is expected that business innovation could help achieve economic inclusion which has been a global initiative over the last decade creating opportunities for all people to benefit from the economic development. These proceedings provide an outlet for discussing the importance of business innovation especially in emerging countries in helping to reach inclusive economies. The papers cover the subject areas management accounting finance economics and social sciences. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367729424

Business Innovation in AsiaKnowledge and Technology Networks from Japan Industrial competition with rising economies new regional investment from the West and trade pacts among competitors threaten Japan’s long postwar prominence. Global market dynamics and regional competition prompted the shift from offshore factories to local networks in the last decade. Similar forces are driving the recent formation of regional Nikkei - Japan-affiliated - nodes in major industrial clusters in Asia. The central concept of this volume "knowledge networks " refers to interactive linkages around nodes of tacit and codified knowledge embedded in Global Value Chains. Through survey evidence and interviews at firms and factories this book reveals the problems facing knowledge transfer such as persisting difficulties in communication technology transfer and indigenous learning in regional nodes of Nikkei Value Chains and the persistence of earlier patterns of hierarchical coordination in information flows despite the shift towards more horizontal network organization. However a comparison of Nikkei knowledge networks in China South Korea and Thailand reveals the possibilities of an interactive learning community in cross-border investment. If Japan can meet the challenge of tapping Asia’s offshore resources for innovation it will pose a formidable global challenge to Western competitors.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415689984

Business Institutions and Behaviour in Australia This study of Australian business institutions and practices places the rise of big business in Australia in a comparative context through a study of its 100 largest firms in the first six and a half decades of the 20th century.Unlike many of the wealthy economies of the northern hemisphere Australia's lists of the 100 largest firms were dominated up to World War II by those from the resource and service industries. The high levels of foreign direct investment in the resources and manufacturing industries is also highlighted. Other chapters employ 21st-century theories of the firm to explore business behaviour in more depth. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315039596

Business Intelligence and Analytics in Small and Medium Enterprises Technological developments in recent years have been tremendous. This evolution is visible in companies through technological equipment computerized procedures and management practices associated with technologies. One of the management practices that is visible is related to business intelligence and analytics (BI&A). Concepts such as data warehousing key performance indicators (KPIs) data mining and dashboards are changing the business arena. This book aims to promote research related to these new trends that open up a new field of research in the small and medium enterprises (SMEs) area. Features Focuses on the more recent research findings occurring in the fields of BI&A Conveys how companies in the developed world are facing today's technological challenges Shares knowledge and insights on an international scale Provides different options and strategies to manage competitive organizations Addresses several dimensions of BI&A in favor of SMEs Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367173883

Business Intelligence and Big DataDrivers of Organizational Success The twenty-first century is a time of intensifying competition and progressive digitization. Individual employees managers and entire organizations are under increasing pressure to succeed. The questions facing us today are: What does success mean? Is success a matter of chance and luck or perhaps is success a category that can be planned and properly supported? Business Intelligence and Big Data: Drivers of Organizational Success examines how the success of an organization largely depends on the ability to anticipate and quickly respond to challenges from the market customers and other stakeholders. Success is also associated with the potential to process and analyze a variety of information and the means to use modern information and communication technologies (ICTs). Success also requires creative behaviors and organizational cleverness from an organization. The book discusses business intelligence (BI) and Big Data (BD) issues in the context of modern management paradigms and organizational success. It presents a theoretically and empirically grounded investigation into BI and BD application in organizations and examines such issues as: Analysis and interpretation of the essence of BI and BD Decision support Potential areas of BI and BD utilization in organizations Factors determining success with using BI and BD The role of BI and BD in value creation for organizations Identifying barriers and constraints related to BI and BD design and implementation The book presents arguments and evidence confirming that BI and BD may be a trigger for making more effective decisions improving business processes and business performance and creating new business. The book proposes a comprehensive framework on how to design and use BI and BD to provide organizational success. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780367373948

Business Intelligence for Small and Medium-Sized EnterprisesAn Agile Roadmap toward Business Sustainability Business intelligence (BI) has evolved over several years as organizations have extended their online transaction processing (OLTP) capabilities and applications to support their routine operations. With online analytical processing (OLAP) organizations have also established the capability to extract internal and external data from a variety of sources to specifically obtain intelligence about non-routine and often less-structured arrangements. BI therefore refers to applications and technologies that are used to gather provide access to and analyze data and information about the operations of an organization. It has the capability of providing comprehensive insight into the more volatile factors affecting the business and its operations thereby facilitating enhanced decision-making quality and contributing to the creation of business value. Larger and more sophisticated organizations have long been exploiting these capabilities. Business Intelligence for Small and Medium-Sized Enterprises (SMEs) guides SMEs in replicating this experience to provide an agile roadmap toward business sustainability. The book points out that successful BI implementations have generated significant increases in revenue and cost savings however the failure rates are also very high. More importantly it emphasizes that a full range of BI capabilities is not the exclusive purview of large organizations. It shows how SMEs make extensive use of BI techniques to develop the kind of agility endowing them with the organizational capability to sense and respond to opportunities and threats in an increasingly dynamic business environment. It points to the way to a market environment in which smaller organizations could have a larger role. In particular the book explains that by establishing the agility to leverage internal and external data and information assets SMEs can enhance their competitiveness by having a comprehensive understanding of the key to an agile roadmap for business sustainability. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781138584211

Business Interests and the Development of the Modern Welfare State This edited volume provides a synthesis on the question of business attitudes towards and its influence over the development of the modern welfare state. It gathers leading scholars in the field to offer both in-depth historical country case studies and comparative chapters that discuss contemporary developments. Composed of six archive-based historical narratives of business’ role in the development of social insurance programs in Germany Finland the Netherlands Switzerland the United Kingdom and the United States and six comparative case studies this volume also extends the study of business to policy fields that have hitherto received little attention in the literature such as active labor market policies educational policies employment protection legislation healthcare private pension programs and work‐family policies. It illuminates why business groups have responded so very differently to demands for increased social protection against different labor market risks in different countries and over time. This text will be of key interest to students and scholars of comparative welfare political science sociology social policy studies comparative political economy and welfare history.   Chapter 4 of this book is freely available as a downloadable Open Access PDF under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 4.0 license: https://tandfbis.s3-us-west-2.amazonaws.com/rt-files/docs/Open+Access+Chapters/9780815377917_oachapter4.pdf Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815377917

Business JournalismA Critical Political Economy Approach Business Journalism: A Critical Political Economy Approach critically explores the failures of business journalists in striking the balance between the bottom line business model and their role in defending the public interest. Drawing on historical and political economic perspectives and analysing these in relation to critical political economic theory the book explores failures of business journalism through the dwindling of social responsibility in the business journalist’s role in holding political and corporate power to account. Ibrahim Seaga Shaw draws on a diverse range of case studies including: investigative journalism in The Standard Oil and Enron Scandals corporate propaganda in relation to business reporting financial Journalism and the global financial crises of the late-90s and 2008 public business journalism and subprime mortgage loans horsemeat and bent iPhone 6 scandals ethical challenges of business and journalism from developed to emerging BRICS economies business or financial journalism? Modernity vs postmodernity macroeconomics vs microeconomics challenges of business journalism in the digital age. Business Journalism: A Critical Political Economy Approach is essential reading for students and scholars interested in understanding the historical failings and potential futures for business journalism and those wishing to develop specialist financial economic and business reporting in today’s globalised media landscape. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415739085

Business Law This fourth edition of Business Law offers comprehensive and accessible coverage of the key aspects of business law. Established legal topics such as the English legal system Contract Consumer Intellectual Property Company and Employment Law and emerging areas such as Health Safety and Environmental Law are all addressed in the context of business. The work has been thoroughly updated to include all the major recent developments in business law such as the new EU Trade Secrets Directive and case outcomes decided since the publication of the last edition. The book also discusses the impact of Brexit. In addition the book features extensive diagrams and tables revision summaries reading lists and clear key case boxes for easy reference. This book is ideal reading for undergraduate law and business studies students while also applicable to practitioners and those with a more general interest in business law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367277505

Business Law First Published in 1997. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138164024

Business Law in the Global Marketplace The study of Law forms a component of many undergraduate and postgraduate programs. Its inclusion does not aim to equip business practitioners with skill and expertise to render professional legal advice unnecessary but more to provide a legal framework of reference in which both strategic and more immediate business issues can be placed. Equipping managers with a basic understanding of how law impacts upon business activity can help them avoid legal pitfalls in the first place or at least identify potential problems at an early stage to avoid inconvenience and cost.International business can present problems that are not present in a purely domestic transaction. Any law component in a management program should embrace it and by doing so the business practitioner can be familiarized with the wider picture in which modern business aided by technological development is increasingly practiced. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138132184

Business Leaders and Leadership in Asia The quality of its business leadership is a key issue for the future development of Asia’s economies. Although Asia’s economies have grown spectacularly in recent decades they are currently facing increasing challenges. This book explores the current state of business leaders and leadership in Asia. It demonstrates that there is no single model of Asian business leadership and that Western models often do not fit easily alongside Asian cultural values. It discusses how relatively developed Asian economies – Japan Korea Taiwan and Singapore and former socialist economies – China and Vietnam – all have different types of business leadership challenges at present. The book concludes by assessing how business leadership in Asia is likely to develop in future.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367871284

Business Leaders and New Varieties of Capitalism in Post-Communist Europe Business leaders exert extraordinary influence on institution building in market economies but they think and act within institutional settings. This book combines both an elite approach with a varieties-of-capitalism approach. Comparing Poland Hungary and East and West Germany we perceive the transformations in East Central Europe and in Germany after 1989 as being intertwined. Based on a joint survey this book seeks to measure the level of the convergence of ideas among European business leaders assuming it to be more extensive than the institutional convergence expected under the dominance of neoliberal discourse. Analyzing the institutional framework organizational features like size ownership and labour relations and subjective characteristics like age social origin career patterns and attitudes of the recent business elites we found significant differences between countries and the types of organization. The growing importance of economic degrees and internationalization shows astonishingly little explanatory power on the views of business leaders. The idea of a coordinated market economy is still relatively widespread among Germans while their Hungarian and Polish counterparts are more likely to display a minimalist view of corporate responsibility to society and adverse attitudes towards employee representation. However their attitudes frequently tend to be inconsistent which mirrors the mixed type of capitalism in East Central Europe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138652088

Business Leadership Development in China This book argues that China’s businesses and hence China’s future economic development face a huge crisis in that there is a considerable "leadership gap" in China with a shortage of competent business leaders at a time when new leadership skills are required urgently as China’s businesses evolve rapidly and engage ever more with the global economy. Moreover the book argues training is an undervalued and often marginalised activity in Chinese companies. The book outlines the nature of this problem and goes on to demonstrate that there is a new breed of manager emerging in China aware of the need to upgrade management skills moving away from skills appropriate in traditional industrial firms and emphasising more flexibility positive engagement with workers and competence in the market economy. The book includes an evaluation of different management approaches in China reports on extensive original research including interviews with practising managers and sets out how self-development in widespread deep and important. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815364238

Business Leadership for IT Projects The track record of IT projects is poor. Less than a third of IT projects deliver what they said they would on schedule and on budget. The major cause of IT project failure is not as you might expect poor IT leadership or difficult technology but poor business leadership. One of the reasons for this is that unlike their IT peers business managers often get little training or education in project delivery let alone the special case represented by an IT project. Business Leadership for IT Projects addresses the gap by providing tools and ideas that are applicable to all sizes of IT projects from those in large multinational corporations down to small growing businesses. It sets out the key project touchpoints where business leadership can have a major impact on project success. The book combines psychological research and project best practice to create a practical toolbox that can be dipped into as needs arise or followed as an overall approach to IT project leadership. The toolbox weaves together three key strands of thought. First that the concept of value should be at the forefront of project design and delivery. Second that business managers need to take active leadership of IT projects to secure value. Third that project teams need tools to slow down their thinking and ensure that actions and decisions are well thought through. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138246409

Business Lease Renewals Every surveyor property manager and lawyer who deals with commercial property needs to have a thorough knowledge of Part II of the Landlord and Tenant Act 1954 which governs the rights of business tenants to obtain renewals of their leases. A maze of complex and carefully interlocking provisions the Act was radically amended by a Regulatory Reform Order as from 1 June 2004.These changes include:•widening the scope of protection•removing traps for tenants such as the counter-notice•changing the rules about court applications•amending the basis of assessing interim rent•imposing tougher requirements for giving information•creating new procedures for contracting out of the Act•a raft of new prescribed formsThis new book gives a clear explanation of the workings of the amended Act keeping the framework in view while delving into the detail whenever needed. The old law is included for those situations where it may still be relevant. Written by a property lawyer assisted by a chartered surveyor and a property litigator this publication in addition to setting out the law gives detailed guidance on practice for surveyors managers valuers expert witnesses and property lawyers. Media > Books > Print Books Estates Gazette 9781138156012

Business Librarianship and Entrepreneurship Outreach The changing landscape of business information has created opportunities for business librarians to move beyond being reactive to business information needs to become proactive participants in business development and entrepreneurship instruction. Libraries are no longer only repositories of books but information –rich sources of business and economic data. The case studies presented within this book highlight a variety of examples on entrepreneurship education and local economic development. The examples presented serve as a catalyst for further entrepreneurial endeavours and highlight the growing need for effective value-added support in finding business information. Business librarians play a critical role in promoting the effective use of business information and in providing significant value-added services within university and community settings. This book was published as a special double issue of the Journal of Business & Finance Librarianship. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415846325

Business Measurements for Safety Performance Most businesses consider a multitude of factors to evaluate the performance of each business sector. In today's business culture one singular number - OSHA recordable - typically measures safety. This is comparable to driving down the highway using your rear view mirror to steer.Business Measurements for Safety Performance provides a simple effective and applicable method of measuring safety performance. Just as other sectors consider equipment damage lost product employee turnover customer satisfaction and a host of other factors so should safety performance. It can and should be measured using the same criteria as all other business sectors.Safety performance can affect a company's bottom line. The challenge: can we quantifiably measure safety performance in the same way we measure production performance sales performance or any other business sector. Business Measurements for Safety Performance supplies the tools you need for safety measurement to compete with other business sectors for company dollars awareness and commitment from management.Features Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138422780

Business Model InnovationConcepts Analysis and Cases Rooted in strategic management research Business Model Innovation explores the concepts tools and techniques that enable organizations to gain and/or maintain a competitive advantage in the face of technological innovation globalization and an increasingly knowledge-intensive economy. Updated with all-new cases this second edition of the must-have for those looking to grasp the fundamentals of business model innovation explores the novel ways in which an organization can generate deliver and monetize benefits to customers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138330528

Business Modeling for Life Science and Biotech CompaniesCreating Value and Competitive Advantage with the Milestone Bridge Most books on the biotechnology industry focus on scientific and technological challenges ignoring the entrepreneurial and managerial complexities faced bio-entrepreneurs. The Business Models for Life Science Firms aims to fill this gap by offering managers in this rapid growth industry the tools needed to design and implement an effective business model customized for the unique needs of research intensive organizations. Onetti and Zucchella begin by unpacking the often-used ‘business model’ term examining key elements of business model conceptualization and offering a three tier approach with a clear separation between the business model and strategy: focus exploring the different activities carried out by the organization; locus evaluating where organizational activities are centered; and modus testing the execution of the organization’s activities. The business model thus defines the unique way in which a company delivers on its promise to its customers. The theory and applications adopt a global approach offering business cases from a variety of biotech companies around the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138616905

Business Models The last few decades have seen a growing body of literature and research on business models which draws upon a multitude of subject areas including entrepreneurship strategy organization finance sales and marketing and operations management. This new four-volume collection from Routledge brings together the area's major works to address the nature development and evolution of business models. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415747226

Business Models and People Management in the Indian IT IndustryFrom People to Profits The global impact of so-called ‘offshoring’ including of information technology (IT) and related services continues to be a topic of great interest to academics practitioners and policy makers. The Indian IT industry has sustained high levels of growth in revenues and employment since the late 1980s. Even following the global financial crisis and meltdown in 2008 the industry has reported growth albeit at a lower rate. Furthermore the high rates of technological change and increased competition has forced businesses and managers to be innovative and create new business models. This book examines how managers and entrepreneurs in the Indian IT industry have explored and exploited human capital opportunities at various stages of the industry’s evolution to create innovative human resources (HR) practices and new business models. Based on extensive academic research and deep reflective practitioner accounts this collection presents expert content views and a coherent picture of the challenges and changes in the Indian IT industry and analyses how the industry has remained competitive in a constantly changing environment. This book will appeal to researchers students and practitioners particularly in the fields of human resources and strategic management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138295339

Business Models for Renewable Energy in the Built Environment Business Models for Renewable Energy in the Built Environment provides insight to policy makers and market actors as to the ways that new and innovative business models (and/or policy measures) can stimulate the deployment of renewable energy technologies (RET) and energy efficiency (EE) measures in this field. This project was initiated and funded by the IEA Implementing Agreement for Renewable Energy Technology Deployment (IEA-RETD). It analyses ten business models in three categories covering different types of energy service companies (ESCO’s). Included: developing properties certified with a ‘green’ building label building owners profiting from rent increases after EE measures property Assessed Clean Energy (PACE) financing on-bill financing leasing of RET equipment. Coverage extends to the organisational and financial structure of the models and the existing market and policy context plus analysis of Strengths Weaknesses Opportunities and Threats (SWOT). The book concludes with recommendations for policy makers and other market actors on how to encourage and accelerate built environment renewable energy technologies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415638685

Business Models for Strategic InnovationCross-Functional Perspectives This book extends our understanding of how different cross- functional business and management disciplines such as innovation and entrepreneurship strategic management marketing and HRM individually and collectively underpin innovation in business management.Business Models for Strategic Innovation develops insights from cross-disciplinary business knowledge streams and their cutting edge discipline-specific practical implications to create a cross- functional business innovation management model. Novel cross- disciplinary knowledge plays an imperative role in business innovation and we know that innovative management processes have significant implications for effective cross- functional management. In this context each chapter of the book presents fresh insights on diverse business knowledge- streams as well as their applied implications on cross- functional business innovation management. Finally centred on these cross- disciplinary business theories and their cutting edge implications the last chapter of this book proposes a model of strategic cross- functional business innovation management process.This academically rigorous work uses innovative theoretical propositions and state- of- the- art empirical analysis in order to enable cross- functional management teams to support organisation- wide business innovation processes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367590666

Business ModelsA Research Overview The growing body of research on business models draws upon a range of sub-disciplines including strategic management entrepreneurship organization studies and management accounting.Business Models: A Research Overview provides a research map for business scholars incorporating theoretical and applied perspectives. It develops the field of business model research by offering a critique of the field as it has developed to date and provides a guide for future research and theorization. The research performed as a basis for this book improves and extends prior subjective and less-documented work by using a scientific approach to identifying impactful research. The book argues that business model research is a mature field and that future research should focus on performative and ecosystem-based contributions with the timely identification of four distinct stages of business model research. The study here provokes a new set of research questions which are addressed in the concluding passages of Chapters 5–8 as a point of departure for those researching business models.This book is essential primary reading for scholars and practitioners of business models who are looking to seek out new knowledge and build new perspectives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367670160

Business ModelsInnovation Digital Transformation and Analytics Since the beginning of time running a business has involved using logic by which the business operates. This logic is called the business model in management science which increasingly is focusing on issues surrounding business models. Research trends related to business models include value creation value chain operationalization and social and ecological aspects as well as innovation and digital transformation. Business Models: Innovation Digital Transformation and Analytics examines how innovation digital transformation and the composition of value affect the existence and development of business models. The book starts by addressing the conceptual development of business models and by discussing the essence of innovation in those models. Chapters in the book investigate how: Business models can analyze digital transformation scenarios Individual business model elements effect selected performance measures as well as how the elements are significant for the enterprise value composition The environment effects the profitability of the high-growth enterprise business models Employer branding business models are perceived by the generation Z workforce To implement responsible business models in the enterprise Cyber risk is captured in business models Decision algorithms are important to business analytics This book is a compendium of knowledge about the use of business models in the context of innovative activities digital transformation and value composition. It attempts to combine the theory and practice and offers a look at business models currently used in companies especially high-growth enterprises in various countries of the world and indicates the prospects for their development. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780367862794

Business NegotiationA Practical Workbook Getting to grips with negotiation quickly is straightforward and easy with this practical guide. Written in simple language with a host of practical exercises to support the text it is designed for any negotiator who wants to develop their knowledge increase confidence and develop skills. Starting by demonstrating the importance negotiation plays in both commercial and interpersonal relationships Business Negotiation then takes the reader through 20 developmental steps which cover: objective setting and planning; the first phases of negotiation; managing movement; and completing the deal. Each step features a knowledge and skill building exercise tips and techniques including: � Example scripts � Negotiation tactics � Practical exercises � Dilemmas and suggested solutions � Key points. In a highly interactive style this book provides a learning route to skilled negotiation. Written by experts in the field of negotiation it gives a clear picture of all aspects of the subject and arms the reader with a wealth of ideas and examples for their next negotiation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138433649

Business Negotiations and the LawThe Protection of Weak Professional Parties in Standard Form Contracting Business Negotiations and the Law: The Protection of Weak Professional Parties in Standard Form Contracting aims to explore the issues surrounding contract negotiations between entrepreneurs and other professionals when one of the parties does not have the same level of bargaining power as the other. The need to protect weaker parties from unfair contract terms exists not only in relationships between businesses and consumers but in business to business contracts also. This book focuses on the problem of small enterprises independent contractors and other professional weak parties and examines these from a European point of view. There are significant differences between Member States as to decisions regarding regulatory context on the protection of weaker professional parties in asymmetrical contractual situations. However European businesses are overwhelmingly smaller in size so protecting weaker parties becomes key in facilitating successful and efficient negotiations. The book provides a critical and comparative overview of the area and recent regulatory developments both to clarify the direction that European legislation is heading and to explore the tools needed to assure the effectiveness of the common market. This text will be of interest to policy makers researchers of European legislation and students of commercial and business law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367420529

Business Negotiations in ChinaStrategy Planning and Management Business Negotiations in China provides a holistic overview of the institutional organisational and cultural issues that underpin successful business negotiations in China. Good negotiation strategies and management are essential for establishing successful business deals and new ventures in China. The author addresses the current key issues and risks high level business management planning innovative approaches and modern negotiation strategies. The text opens with a review of the evolution of key negotiation models that have been use in China right up to the most current. This is followed by an analysis of the various negotiation frameworks and processes being undertaken in China; their similarities and differences with other global negotiation processes. Alongside the negotiation itself the author provides advice on: selection of the negotiation team and the various strategic roles within it; the detailed preparations and analysis required prior to starting negotiations in China; effective management strategies for each of the various stages of negotiation to achieve successful sustainable outcomes. Business Negotiations in China is supported by examples and analysis drawn from actual high level business negotiations by leading international companies with China State Owned Enterprises. It also explores the fierce competition between multinationals and China state-owned companies and their respective different negotiation strategies. This book is an important indispensable insider’s guide to the strategy and practice of negotiating in China and is relevant to professionals academics researchers and students alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138205420

Business Networks in Clusters and Industrial DistrictsThe Governance of the Global Value Chain During the 1980s the Marshallian concept of industrial district (ID) became widely popular due to the resurgence of interest in the reasons that make the agglomeration of specialised industries a territorial phenomenon worth being analysed. The analysis of clusters and IDs has often been limited considering only the local dimension of the created business networks. The external links of these systems have been systematically under-evaluated. This book offers a deep insight into the evolution of these systems and the internal-external mechanism of knowledge circulation and learning. This means that the access to external knowledge (information or R&D cooperative research) or to productive networks (global supply chains) is studied in order to describe how external knowledge is absorbed and how local clusters or districts become global systems. It provides a unified approach; showing that existing capabilities expand when locally embedded knowledge is combined with accessible external knowledge. In this view external knowledge linkages reduce the danger of cognitive ‘lock-in’ and ‘over-embeddedness’ which may become important obstacles to local learning and innovation when technological trajectories and global economic conditions change. A selection of international experts Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415539852

Business Networks Reloaded Business networks are an important economic phenomenon of increasing practical importance throughout Europe. This volume examines business networks from an interdisciplinary perspective with many contributions dealing with a certain form of business network the so-called cooperative or non-hierarchical. With regard to this specific form of cooperation the volume presents new economic findings proposes a definition and discusses the governance structure of those networks.Moreover this book explores whether the research results can also be applied to hierarchical centralized business networks. With medium-sized companies and all the more with large companies business networks also pose the question of the compatibility with anti-trust law. This collection dedicates three contributions to this important question. They are complemented by chapters on liability of the network and its members towards third parties and contributions discussing duties of loyalty and the interpretation of agreements. Drawing on new research from Italy Spain Germany and Norway this work illustrates the European legal perspective on business networks. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367598563

Business NetworksStrategy and Structure Although social political technological and business networks hold our modern world together we still lack a good understanding of what business networks are how they work and the language of network analysis that we may apply to solve common everyday problems. This book looks at such questions as: How do we make sense of the business networks we participate in and the networks we observe from a distance?  Are business networks distinct from social networks and if so what distinguishes them?  How can business network analysis from a multidisciplinary perspective enhance strategic management? Emanuela Todeva deftly explores the patterns of networking and the dynamics of network relationships to show how we can begin to tap their full potential. Of great interest to students and scholars of business network analysis this revealing volume will also prove informative for managers wishing to obtain insights into network dynamics and its implications for strategic decision making. Business Networks expertly provides an interdisciplinary overview. It skilfully engages the reader with a range of economic sociological strategic management and communication theories that contribute to our knowledge of networks and networking. Transcending specific disciplines and synthesizing the contributions that shape the structural relational and cultural approaches to network analysis Todeva’s outstanding text offers a wealth of conceptual frameworks and an exhaustive typology of existing business networks. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415514156

Business of Digital Television Essential reading for anyone involved in broadcasting. The Business of Digital Television presents an overview or the digital television industry. Chris Forrester examines the key technologies and developments of the marketplace with comments on the future from leading industry experts. Written in an accessible style for the non-engineer Forrester covers the issues that are most pertinent to strategic direction providing broadcasting professionals with essential facts data and commentary in one single source.You will:Discover trends in digital TV technologyGain knowledge about the international marketplaceSee an analysis of the financial modelsUnderstand the importance of partnershipsFind out the key drivers for changeGain an insight into emerging technologies in the future Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138153455

Business on a MissionHow to Build a Sustainable Brand Bronze winner of the AXIOM Business Book Award in the category of Philanthropy Non-Profit Sustainability. Please see: http://www.axiomawards.com/77/award-winners/2017-winners This easy-to-read and engaging book is the perfect introduction to how to build a sustainable brand for your organization. Intended as a roadmap that can be readily applied by busy managers and practitioners the book includes interviews with business leaders including Paul Polman of Unilever Adam Elman of Marks & Spencer and Jonas Prising of ManpowerGroup to provide insight into best practice and clear guidance for implementation. Throughout the book avoids jargon and theorizing to ensure readability. Business on a Mission is based on more than a decade working with some of the first businesses to develop social missions and shows the foundations behind their success. It looks at how businesses can profit from working hand in hand with society and identifies a model for success. The book demonstrates how businesses can go from hiding behind "social shields" to picking up "social swords" and presents the six criteria to look for in assessing a social mission. It also focuses on how good communications can build trust and bring about positive change; and it provides clear ways to engage employees and improve productivity as well as "rules" for communicating social missions externally. This optimistic book explains the benefits of partnerships in the sustainable development agenda particularly between businesses and NGOs. The book features guidelines for avoiding dysfunctional partnerships and presents interviews with Marc Van Ameringen Executive Director of GAIN (Global Alliance for Improved Nutrition) 2005 to 2016 and Myriam Sidibe Social Mission Director for Africa Unilever on how things can be managed to the benefit of both partners. . Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781783533008

Business Organization (RLE: Organizations) This book presents an integrated view of the three main approaches to organization – classical human relations and systems – showing what each has of value to contribute and how they complement each other. The three approaches are introduced followed by critical analysis. The main classical problems are reviewed in the light of the systems approach. Finally there is a comparative summary in tabular form an illustrative systems study and a decision schedule. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138965225

Business PartneringA Practical Handbook A Business Partner is a professional who supports and advises strategic and operational decision-making through insights that drive better business performance. Often as a result of external changes business partners must respond quickly to map out the future strategic development keep the firm competitive and ensure all objectives and legal requirements are met.　　 In this book business partnering expert Steven Swientozielskyj introduces a framework that provides a set of practical tools and techniques via a simple six stage model that when replicated will take the practitioner from start to finish through strategic change; from the formation and agreement of the strategy to its delivery and sustainability. Business Partnering is a one-stop shop for understanding this important phenomenon and as such will be vital reading for practitioners and academics in the business arena. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138908000

Business Planning for New VenturesA guide for start-ups and new innovations Starting a new business takes a lot of energy and organization. The failure rate is alarmingly high and the task can look herculean at the outset. This new textbook provides a simple guide to help plan a successful new business taking entrepreneurs and students through the steps required to avoid pitfalls and get a business going. Unlike most entrepreneurship textbooks the author avoids dwelling on theories in favour of providing effective and practical guidance on how to start and manage a profitable business with a focus on new ventures operating in high-growth innovative sectors. Written by an expert with experience in academia and business consulting this concise textbook will be valuable reading for students of entrepreneurship new ventures and small business. The practical focus of the book means that it will be useful both for students in the classroom and for entrepreneurs wanting to start a new business. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415746977

Business Planning for Special SchoolsA Practical Guide Originally published in 1997. This book presents a practical way of addressing business planning in the special school.　It provides examples of ways in which the business planning process can be structured coordinated and linked to the budget. It offers advice on the most appropriate tools and techniques used for developing a plan so that the school can capitalise on the full benefits of business planning but avoid many of the common problems. It contains a set of overheads and includes a real example business plan with an evaluation. This book is for headteachers management teams and school governors. It is also an excellent resource for in-service training and for those studying education management in teacher training or on Post Graduate programmes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138545311

Business Planning: A Guide to Business Start-Up A readable and structured guide for the increasing numbers of people each year who consider setting up a small business or becoming self-employed. 'Business Planning' outlines the options and risks involved in setting up a business. The importance of thorough planning is often overlooked and only becomes evident if the business fails. This is highlighted in a recent study by the SFEDI of 486 bankers and accountants where lack of planning was the most common reason cited as to why businesses fail. 'Business Planning' shows how to avoid this failure by focusing on the planning stage and building on this framework as the business develops. This is the only book based around the Small Firms Enterprise Development Initiative (SFEDI) for first time owner-managers. It contains all the underpinning factual information required to prepare and present a successful Business Plan for presentation to a bank manager or an alternative potential source of finance or for use in an NVQ portfolio. It is in line with the major syllabuses for Business Start-Up and can be used as a course book for anyone completing a formal NVQ level 3 qualification in this area with tips on NVQ structure and assessment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138143807

Business Policies in the Making (Routledge Revivals)Three Steel Companies Compared First published in 1983 this study investigates and compares three leading firms in the British iron and steel industry between 1914 and 1939 analysing their strategies boardroom politics and their responses to the problems posed by the Great War and by the vicissitudes of the 1920s and ‘30s. Jonathan Boswell illuminates certain issues that are of perennial importance for students of business: rationality and ‘error’ in decision-making ethics centralisation versus decentralisation and the question of cyclical phases. The central theme throughout is the pursuit of three partly conflicting objectives: growth efficiency and social action. The trade-offs between these three pursuits are used to examine significant contrasts in corporate strategies and behaviour including towards government and public opinion. Boswell’s rejection of economic determinism; his insistence that managerial influences fall into definable long-run patterns; and his theses on managerial specialisation and long-term policy biases confront fundamental issues for theories of the firm. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138781252

Business Practices in Higher EducationA Guide for Today's Administrators The new edition of Business Practices in Higher Education helps readers understand the true nature of higher education and appreciate how the academy effectively incorporates business practices into everyday work lives. The authors apply business concepts and models and explain how they can be leveraged to improve the overall efficiency and effectiveness of higher education institutions. Useful examples from a wide range of institutions—including small private college large public universities and community colleges—address macro-level higher education and student population issues while also addressing micro-level issues for individual institutions or students. Business practices are critical to the academic student affairs and administrative sides of higher education. This book offers aspiring higher education and student affairs professionals an understanding of the fundamental business practices of colleges and universities. New in this edition: Updated coverage of current practice and research New chapters on accounting strategic planning and fundraising End-of-chapter questions for discussion Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138365384

Business Practices in Southeast AsiaAn interdisciplinary analysis of theravada Buddhist countries This is an international business study of Theravada Buddhist Southeast Asia. Using a cross-disciplinary approach the book examines business practices within a political cultural economic and religious context. It highlights those cultural and historical ties of the region which are shared because of a common religion. In analysing business environments economics and government practices across the region the book provides a deeper understanding of the influence of cultural values on work practices in Southeast Asia.  The author first offers an overview of the history of the region and the nature and guiding principles of Theravada Buddhism. The next sections of the book present the history and the business and economic environment of the four countries in Southeast Asia along with some relevant case studies of Cambodia Laos Myanmar/Burma and Thailand. The book analyses business strategies and practices management and marketing issues as well as the characteristics of companies. The last part considers the political environment of the four countries and hints at future trends and developments. The book offers a framework for working in the region and provides valuable insights into this unique business environment which is significantly different from the Western context. Filling a gap in existing literature this book provides an accessible study of actual business practices in Southeast Asia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415533553

Business Principles for Landscape Contracting Business Principles for Landscape Contracting fully revised and updated in its third edition is an introduction to the application of business principles of financial management involved in setting up your own landscape contracting business and beginning your professional career. Appealing to students and professionals alike it will build your knowledge of financial management tools and enable you to relate their applications to real-life business scenarios. Focusing on the importance of proactive financial management the book serves as a primer for students in landscape architecture contracting and management courses and entrepreneurs within the landscape industry preparing to use business principles in practice. Topics covered include: Financial management and accountability Budget development Profitable pricing and estimating Project management Creating a lean culture Personnel management and employee productivity Professional development Economic sustainability. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415788205

Business Process Management This book introduces students to business process management an approach that aims to align the organization's business processes with the demands of the marketplace. Processes serve as a coordination mechanism and the aim of business process management is to improve the organization’s effectiveness and efficiency in adapting to change and maintaining competitive advantage. In Business Process Management Kumar argues for the value of looking at businesses as a collection of processes that cut across departments and for breaking down functional silos. The book provides an overview of the basic concepts in this field before moving on to more advanced topics such as process verification flexible processes process security and evaluation resource assignment and social networks. One chapter of the book is also devoted to process analytics. The book concludes with an examination of the future directions of the discipline. Blending a strong grounding in current research with a focus on concepts and tools Business Process Management is an accessible textbook full of practical examples and cases that will appeal to upper level students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138181854

Business Process Management SystemsStrategy and Implementation With a focus on strategy and implementation James Chang discusses business management practices and the technology that enables them. He analyzes the history of process management practices and demonstrates that BPM practices are a synthesis of radical change and continuous change practices. The book is relevant to both business and IT professi Media > Books > E-books Auerbach Publications 9780429119880

Business Process ManagementPractical Guidelines to Successful Implementations Business Process Management a huge bestseller has helped thousands of leaders and BPM practitioners successfully implement BPM projects enabling them to add measurable value to their organizations. The book’s runaway success can be attributed partly to its overview of all major useful frameworks (such as LEAN and Six Sigma) without over-investment in one over another and a unique emphasis on BPM’s interrelationship with organizational management culture and leadership. Its common-sense approach teaches how BPM must be well-integrated across an entire business if it’s to be successful: augmented and aligned with other management disciplines. This highly anticipated fourth edition brings Jeston’s practicable frameworks and solutions up to date with the latest developments in BPM including the robotics process automation digital strategies and the changes necessary as a result of the impact of the quad generations in the workforce. This thoroughly revised and updated new edition includes: Enhanced BPM House noting the importance of traceability from strategy to execution activities New and revised case studies An analysis of the risks and benefits of robotic automation and cognitive computing. The book highlights that millennials will be 50% of the global workforce in 2020 and 67% by 2025—Jeston warns managers to ignore them at your peril. Business processes and the way work is performed must evolve! This book will prove to be an indispensable guide to any senior business executive or chief financial officer while providing practical BPM examples to undergraduate and postgraduate students alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138738409

Business Process Modeling Simulation and Design Business Process Modeling Simulation and Design Third Edition provides students with a comprehensive coverage of a range of analytical tools used to model analyze understand and ultimately design business processes. The new edition of this very successful textbook includes a wide range of approaches such as graphical flowcharting tools cycle time and capacity analyses queuing models discrete-event simulation simulation-optimization and data mining for process analytics. While most textbooks on business process management either focus on the intricacies of computer simulation or managerial aspects of business processes this textbook does both. It presents the tools to design business processes and management techniques on operating them efficiently. The book focuses on the use of discrete event simulation as the main tool for analyzing modeling and designing effective business processes. The integration of graphic user-friendly simulation software enables a systematic approach to create optimal designs. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138061736

Business Process ReengineeringAn ICT Approach This volume shows how ICT (information and communications technology) can play the role of a driver of business process reengineering (BPR). ICT can aid in enabling improvement in BPR activity cycles as it provides many components that enhance performance that can lead to competitive advantages. IT can interface with BPR to improve business processes in terms of communication inventory management data management management information systems customer relationship management computer-aided design computer-aided manufacturing (CAM) and computer-aided engineering. This volume explores these issues in depth. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771887113

Business Process Transformation Featuring contributions from prominent thinkers and researchers this volume in the "Advances in Management Information Systems" series provides a rich set of conceptual empirical and introspective studies that epitomize fundamental knowledge in the area of Business Process Transformation. Processes are interpreted broadly to include operational and managerial processes within and between organizations as well as those involved in knowledge generation. Transformation includes radical and incremental change its conduct management and outcome. The editors and contributing authors pay close attention to the role of IS organizations and information technologies in facilitating business process transformation. Each chapter places major emphasis on clearly articulating the "knowledge" generated both theoretical and applied. The book incorporates case studies and tables throughout and provides fundamental grounding for any stakeholder of business process transformation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138679719

Business Psychology and Organizational Behaviour Business Psychology and Organizational Behaviour introduces principles and concepts in psychology and organizational behaviour with emphasis on relevance and applications. Well organised and clearly written it draws on a sound theoretical and applied base and utilizes real-life examples theories and research findings of relevance to the world of business and work. The new edition of this best-selling textbook has been revised and updated with expanded and new material including: proactive personality and situational theory in personality; theory of purposeful work behaviour; emotional and social anxiety in communication; decision biases and errors; and right brain activity and creativity to name a few. There are numerous helpful features such as learning outcomes chapter summaries review questions a glossary and a comprehensive bibliography. Illustrations of practice and relevant theory and research also take the reader through individual group and organizational perspectives. This is an essential textbook for undergraduates and postgraduates studying psychology and organizational behaviour. What is more it can be profitably used on degree diploma professional and short courses. It's also likely to be of interest to the reflective practitioner in work organizations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138182646

Business Psychology and Organizational Behaviour Now in full colour the fifth edition of this best-selling textbook introduces all of the major theories research findings principles and concepts in business psychology and organizational behaviour whilst emphasising their real-life application using relevant examples. The book which is well-organized and clearly written takes the reader through individual group and organizational/HR perspectives on the subject while at the same time offering an appreciation of their historical development and methodological issues. The text has an improved structure and style of presentation and has been revised and updated with new and expanded material including coverage of: recent debates in occupational psychology; investor psychology or behavioural finance; cognitive evaluation theory; employee engagement and positive psychology; corporate memories in culture; storytelling and social media; technostress and environmental influences on stress; and emergent trends in selection. The book’s numerous helpful features include panels which contain relevant theories research and illustrations of practice; learning outcomes; chapter summaries; review questions; a comprehensive bibliography; and a glossary. For lecturers who adopt the book we provide access to a wealth of online teaching resources including a chapter-by-chapter lecture course and multiple-choice question testbanks. This is an essential textbook for undergraduates and postgraduates studying psychology and organizational behaviour; it will also be welcomed as a rich source of information by practitioners in organizations. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781848720343

Business Reference Services and SourcesHow End Users and Librarians Work Together The most proactive source for business reference librarian information on the market Business Reference Services and Sources: How End Users and Librarians Work Together shows you that the librarian-customer relationship is as synergistic as ever. It gives you timely facts about how librarians and users work together and how those partnerships are built. In it you’ll encounter group projects done by faculty students external users and non-librarian supervisors and discover an enlightening spirit of collaboration lacking in most research literature today. Further establishing the marketability of contemporary research librarians Business Reference Service and Sources goes to the front lines of business reference service solidifying and updating the librarian-user partnership. You’ll see how research librarians can reach users at the crux of their needs. Overall individual chapters address the needs of such people as students business school officials and corporations. Specifically you’ll read about these areas: Internet business research and ESL students corporate home pages as supplements to traditional business resources networking with community business sources synergy in the information specialist-customer partnership avoiding information overload in bibliographic instruction the Internet’s impact on government documents assessing the validity of electronic journals underprivileged nontraditional students and bibliographic instruction Today in our climate of negative ad campaigns directed at libraries and librarians in general business reference librarians face many challenges academic as well as professional. But if you’re one of the vocal proactive supporters of productive librarian-customer partnerships this book will help you “grow feet” and move out from behind the restrictive comfort of your desk into the world’s classrooms and manufacturing teams. Certainly Business References and Sources will convince you that collaborative projects between contemporary reference librarians and end-users are alive and well. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203047330

Business Regulation and Non-State ActorsWhose Standards? Whose Development? This volume assesses the achievements and limitations of a new set of non-state or multistakeholder institutions that are concerned with improving the social and environmental record of business and holding corporations to account. It does so from a perspective that aims to address two limitations that often characterize this field of inquiry. First fragmentation: articles or books typically focus on one or a handful of cases. Second the development dimension: what does such regulation imply for developing countries and subaltern groups in terms of well-being empowerment and sustainability? This volume examines more than 20 initiatives or institutions associated with different regulatory and development approaches including the business-friendly corporate social responsibility (CSR) agenda ‘corporate accountability’ and ‘fair trade’ or social economy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138808164

Business Relationships with East AsiaThe European Experience This volume analyses the business environment in East Asia with reference to trade and investment flows within the region and between East Asia and Europe. Focusing on the two-way flow of management ideas investment and technology this study highlights the way in which both sides can benefit. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203039977

Business Research Projects Almost all higher educational institutions have built some kind of fieldwork project into the advanced stages of their programmes and the research project should integrate theory practice knowledge and skills.Students should be able to apply their acquired knowledge and understanding in a manner that indicates a professional approach to their work or vocation and have the ability to integrate knowledge and handle complexity and formulate judgements with incomplete or limited information. It is important that they can communicate their conclusions and the knowledge and rationale underpinning these to specialist and non-specialist audiences clearly and unambiguously.Business Research Projects offers the reader a comprehensive framework for going through the successive process steps of the fieldwork project. There is a logbook which provides for each of the ten steps a checklist enabling students to document the progress of their projects and communicate about the project with their coaches and supervisors.Successful projects require specific process knowledge and skills: • Recognition and description of an organisational problem.• Design and organisation of a research project.• Communication with people on different levels within the organisation.• Interviewing listening negotiating giving presentations persuading people.• Project management.• Developing solutions in collaboration with people in the organisation.• Implementation of accepted solutions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138152366

Business Retention and Expansion (BRE)A Practical Approach to Economic Development Business retention and expansion (BRE) is regarded as the most practical and accessible method for economic development at the city town or neighborhood scale. This comprehensive volume centers on the belief that BRE is the top responsibility for a community economic development official. BRE is an asset-based approach designed to systematically strengthen the connection between businesses and the community while encouraging each business to continue operations and expand in the community. It focuses on the community’s existing businesses instead of those it doesn’t have. This book illustrates many different facets of BRE from big-picture and theory to lessons learned about BRE from practitioners and academics with diverse perspectives and backgrounds. The authors demonstrate diverse ways of reaching out and responding to existing businesses. They explore several topics related to or at the very heart of BRE including: business clusters entrepreneurship community outcomes business assistance transportation systems energy efficiency business succession and defining BRE success. These include research program evaluation and case studies. This book offers both theoretical and applied points of views and will be of great interest to local practitioners state/provincial officials and students of economic development. It was originally published as a special issue of the journal Community Development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367730871

Business School Libraries in the 21st Century In a period of change consolidation and cut-backs as well as rapid technological developments the business school library is often at the forefront of new initiatives and innovative approaches to delivering and managing information in the most responsive yet cost-effective manner possible. In this unique book a respected group of business library directors from prestigious institutions around the world come together to reflect on the key challenges facing their libraries today from change management to technology and communications to space. They document the state of the sector during a time of fundamental change draw on their own local contexts to explore topics and concepts and share their insights into what the future might bring. This book will be essential reading not only for librarians working in business management or social sciences disciplines but for all professionals managing library and information services. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815399292

Business Simulations Games and Experiential Learning in International Business Education If you find traditional lectures and course material ineffective for teaching students how to develop a sensitivity to cultural differences and apply “home grown” technologies to foreign situations Business Simulations Games and Experiential Learning in International Business Education is the guide to help you remedy this predicament! Helpful and easy-to-use this text teaches you how to use computer-based games and experiential learning exercises to teach international business. You’ll learn how to place students in realistic situations where they can experiment with new behaviors and receive immediate constructive feedback and then take what they have learned beyond the classroom.Business Simulations Games and Experiential Learning in International Business Education helps you introduce students to global competition and business cultures as you explore important ethical political and social issues with them. You can better prepare your students for the challenges of international business if you pay particular attention to the book’s discussions of: different levels of power-sharing alternatives to traditional international business course materials and methods changing the norms and behaviors of organizations and institutions the role gender plays in effective gaming environments simulating a European Works Council within a classroom environment promoting decisionmaking and flexibility in management style understanding business rules and regulations of different countriesAcademics teaching and researching in international business will find Business Simulations Games and Experiential Learning in International Business Education an immensely useful tool as you struggle with the challenges of readying students for the international work environment. As you know it is not enough that students be schooled in the latest developments and technologies. Use this book’s games and learning techniques to emphasize to your students that international businessmen and women must not only know their field but also be respectful of others’cultures and values be linguistically flexible and be aware of foreign business rules and regulations. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203046883

Business Skills for Surveyors To get ahead surveyors require business and managerial acumen as well as technical skills. Business Skills for Surveyors explains how the property market works how investors and developers make their money and how business objectives interrelate with property strategies. Economic financial market and accounting issues are explained and guidance is provided on negotiation skills presentation technique and other ways to accelerate personal development. The book is suitable for younger surveyors seeking to develop business skills and for any surveyors looking to get the best out of their business and themselves. Media > Books > Print Books Estates Gazette 9781138461390

Business Solutions for Budget Managers in Health and Personal Social Services Managers responsible for spending public money in health and social welfare are facing unprecedented pressures to deliver better services against a background of fierce competition for resources profound organizational change and the creation of internal market places. In this practically-directed book William Bryans explains how business principles can be applied in the public service context to enable managers to meet this challenge. The author demonstrates how it is possible to create a surplus for service development by effective strategic management of external and internal financial environments operational management of workloads and resources and tactical intervention to limit budget fluctuations to tolerable levels. Each chapter includes a purpose statement an outline of relevant theory and practice a keypoint summary and a case study based on real world situations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138467644

Business Strategies for Magazine PublishingHow to Survive in the Digital Age Business Strategies for Magazine Publishing explores tactics for creating financially sustainable publications in the 21st century. Mary Hogarth media specialist Senior Fellow (HEA) and lecturer in Journalism at Bournemouth University analyses the historical development of the magazine industry as well as current and future challenges for publishers to illustrate different approaches to revenue generation and the maintenance of magazine brands. The book examines the wide-ranging impact of digital technology on how magazine content is consumed revealing the dramatic consequences for advertising distribution and marketing strategies. Traditional business models are evaluated alongside new online approaches and readers will be introduced to the Magazine Publishing Strategic Quadrant a model created by the author as an alternative to the Business Canvas Model. In addition in-depth interviews with high-profile industry figureheads and magazine editors such as Jessica Strawser of Writer’s Digest and former Good Housekeeping Editorial Director Lindsay Nicholson offer readers an insight into how to produce and monetise online content. These interviews appear alongside exercises and action plans that give readers the opportunity to put what they have learned into practice. With real-world advice and practical activities and resources throughout the book journalism students and young professionals will find this an essential guide to successfully building a career in the modern magazine industry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138205772

Business Strategies for Sustainability Business Strategies for Sustainability brings together important research contributions that demonstrate different approaches to business strategies for sustainability. Many corporate initiatives toward what firms perceive to be sustainability are simply efficiency drives or competitive moves â€“ falling far short of actual strategies for ecological sustainability. To suggest true ecological sustainability strategies this new research anthology adopts an interdisciplinary or transdisciplinary approach to discern what business strategies might look like if they were underpinned by environmental and ecological science. The 23 chapters in this anthology reflect five main topic sections: (a) delineating sustainability challenges and visions; (b) contradiction integration and transformation of business and sustainability logics; (c) innovating and developing strategic capabilities for sustainability; (d) assessing and valuing sustainability; and (e) toward multi-level engagement and collaboration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138311343

Business Strategies for the Next-Generation Network Carriers and service providers have united around the concept of the Next-Generation Network (NGN).  Although leveraging a broad basket of Internet technologies the NGN is not being planned as the next-generation Internet. In its intention and architecture it is more accurately described as Broadband-ISDN release 2.0. The NGN transition is hard for both practitioners and observers to understand because it weaves together a number of distinct strands: the development of a new architecture and technology base including advanced IT automation systems the development of a portfolio of ‘new wave’ products and services which exploits the power of the new network the design of a new kind of organization which can utilize the higher levels of automation in the NGN and reduce costs and the development of an effective transition plan which can smoothly move operators from their current legacy networks systems and processes to the NGN future. The book begins with a review of the failures of previous attempts by carriers to retool for the future. It describes in detail the technologies and capabilities supporting “new wave’” services focusing particularly on multimedia interactive services TV and Video-on-Demand.  The author looks at the IMS layer and how it interworks both downwards into the QoS-enabled IP transport layer and upwards to enable new kinds of applications. However equal attention is addressed to the business models of players in the value chain carriers service providers broadcasters and production companies. The author then examines how carriers have attempted to remodel themselves as IP companies along the dimensions of people processes and IT automation systems describing the lessons to be learned from numerous failures. He identifies more innovativebusiness models exploresPeer-to-Peer networking and reviews the prospects for Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780367453312

Business Strategy Business Strategy: an introduction' is an accessible textbook that provides a straightforward guide for those with little or no knowledge of the subject. It presents complex issues and concepts in a clear and compact manner so that readers gain a clear understanding of the topics addressed. The following features are included: A comprehensive introduction to the subjects of business strategy and strategic management Complex issues explained in a straightforward way for students new to this topic Student friendly learning features throughout Case studies of varying lengths with questions included for assignment and seminar work A discussion of both traditional theory and the most recent research in the fieldThis second edition features new and updated case studies as well as more depth having been added to the material in the book. New chapters on business ethics types and levels of strategy and how to use case studies have been incorporated. A range of pedagogical features such as learning objectives review and discussion questions chapter summaries and further reading are included in the text resulting in it being a user-friendly definitive guide for those new to the subject.A web-based Tutor Resource Site accompanies the book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138470033

Business Strategy for Water ChallengesFrom Risk to Opportunity Water is a resource under increased stress with its management now cited as one of the greatest risks to business continuity and growth. This concise guide for professionals offers strategic steps for developing a corporate water stewardship strategy. It will enable you to: define business water risks and the opportunities associated with those risks; explore through sector-specific profiles risks associated with regulation reputation external response and engagement and physical incidents; develop a clear plan and process for creating managing and mainstreaming a corporate water strategy; identify several initiatives and new risk tools that your company can use to stay on top of best practice in water management. With the advent of risk tools and a growing list of testaments around business risk from water we are now able to respond more appropriately to how this resource is impacted by and impacts upon business. Use this book as your guide as you begin to build your company's strategy around water. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781910174272

Business Strategy in a Semiglobal Economy This groundbreaking text provides both theory and strategy for operating in a semiglobal economy in which international businesses must compete in highly globalized and highly localized markets at the same time. Unlike the traditional transnational and matrix corporate models a semiglobal corporation organizes its operations according to the global/local content of its value propositions rather than according to geographical regions products or contribution to the parent company's performance. As an example of a semiglobal corporation the Honda Motor Company has a global vision when it comes to highly global bundles like car engines and a local vision when it comes to highly localized car financing and servicing. Designed as a supplementary text for courses in international business development economics marketing and strategic planning "Business Strategy in a Semiglobal Economy" raises important challenges to the conventional models of business organization and the competitive strategies that proceed from them. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315705989

Business Students Focus on Ethics The study of business ethics seeks to understand business institutions practices and activities in light of normative behavior. The ethical concern is for the rightness or wrongness of human action. Business Students Focus on Ethics brings together essays written by twenty-five MA and MBA students from seven countries in Europe North and South America and the Pacific Rim. Collectively they give us an applied business ethics framework one with international dimensions.Business Students Focus on Ethics achieves a number of objectives: it recognizes ethics as legitimate content in graduate level studies in business world wide; seriously examines specific ethical concerns by young managers; and reflects on these concerns from across cultural and geographic borders. It also demonstrates the quality of their analysis and recommendations.The essays in this volume are arranged into four interrelated groups. The first group "Praxiological and Ethical Framework " examines issues of human action from both the theory of human action (i.e. praxiological) and ethical dimensions. The section group of essays "Social Issues-Compensation and Labor " discuss applications of praxiological and ethical principles in relation to the ethical responsibilities of business. The third group discusses "Ethical Issues in Health Care" from three different cultural perspectives. The fourth group is a series of "Corporate Case Studies." This volume may be seen as a companion to Volume 5 of the Praxiology series Human Action in Business and will be of interest to business people economists policy makers social scientists and students of philosophy and ethics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138507845

Business Success Through Service Excellence The text is aimed at CEOs and all executive management however the scope of the material will engage the entire organization. The authors identify the key ingredients of service excellence and show how leading companies have achieved success. Each chapter begins with a review of the key components of service excellence followed by two mini exemplar case studies that highlight how those companies have achieved success in that particular area. An introductory chapter proposes a framework based on the Unisys model that shows how companies can become customer centric and a final chapter takes an integrative approach and features a case study from the overall winners of the Awards to highlight how this company has achieved success.An additional feature of the book is the service excellence questionnaire. Purchasers of the book are able to go online to complete the questionnaire and submit it to establish their competitive benchmark against other companies in both the same sector and across different sectors. A web site accompanies the book where updates on the category winners are featured to ensure that current information is always available. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138160095

Business SustainabilityPerformance Compliance Accountability and Integrated Reporting Business sustainability has advanced from greenwashing and branding to being a business imperative. Stakeholders including shareholders demand regulators require and companies now need to report their sustainability performance. No longer is this a choice for businesses. A decade ago fewer than 50 companies released sustainability reports and now more 8 000 global public companies disclose sustainability performance information on some or all five economic governance social ethical and environmental (EGSEE) dimensions of sustainability performance and this trend is expected to continue. Indeed more than 6 000 European public companies would be required to disclose their environmental social governance and diversity information for their 2017 reporting year. However the proper determination of sustainability performance accurate and reliable reporting and independent assurance of sustainability information remain major challenges for organizations of all types and sizes. Through reading this book you will: Identify sustainability strategies to create innovation in new products services energy-efficiency environmental facilities and green initiatives. Understand the role and responsibilities of all participants in the corporate reporting process including directors officers internal auditors external auditors legal counsel and investors. See ways to improve public trust investor confidence business reputation employee satisfaction corporate culture social responsibility and environmental performance. Learn all five economic governance social ethical and environmental (EGSEE) dimensions of sustainability performance separately and their integrated and interactive effects on achieving the goal of creating sustainable value for all stakeholders including shareholders. Learn how to adopt best practices in sustainability development and performance and deliver effective integrated sustainability reporting and assurance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781783535040

Business Telecom SystemsA Guide to Choosing the Best Technologies and Services For anyone involved in buying and managing telephone systems this book brings clarity to the confusing array of products and services (like voicemail interactive voice response fax-on-demand T-1 DSL etc.). The author explains how each technology works and what its practical applications are so readers can choose the best systems and services for their needs. The book includes lists of products and vendors plus sample RFPs (request for proposal) that are easily customized for a particular telecom system or cabling purchase. ; Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138412354

Business Tenancies A considerable amount of commercial property work is concerned with the renewal of business tenancies under Part II of the Landlord and Tenant Act 1954. Business Tenancies provides the busy practitioner with a detailed and practical guide to all aspects of the law and procedure involved in the renewal of business tenancies under the 1954 Act and the often complex issues which can arise. It offers practical answers to problems which commercial property professionals may encounter when dealing with renewals. This new title will equip commercial property professionals with a thorough practical knowledge of the relevant statutory provisions and case law. The implications of the Civil Procedure Rules 1998 are considered in detail. It also deals with the right to compensation for improvements. The text takes into account recent case law as well as the reforms introduced by the Regulatory Reform (Business Tenancies) (England and Wales) Order 2003. Media > Books > E-books Routledge-Cavendish 9781843147107

Business Theft and FraudDetection and Prevention Business Theft and Fraud: Detection and Prevention offers a broad perspective on business-related theft providing a detailed discussion of numerous avenues of theft including internal and external fraud organized retail crime mortgage fraud cyber fraud and extortion. Combining current research and the author’s extensive experience with loss prevention and security this professional text identifies industry trouble areas and offers techniques to combat business theft such as how to identify sales underreporting track sales by shifts and educate employees on computer-related fraud. This publication is critical for those involved with loss prevention security or criminal justice. Business Theft and Fraud’s accessible franchise-oriented scope will help many professionals identify and thwart threats in the evolving business world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781498742436

Business to Business Marketing ManagementA Global Perspective Business to business markets are considerably more challenging than consumer markets and as such demand a more specific skillset from marketers. Buyers with a responsibility to their company and specialist product knowledge are more demanding than the average consumer. Given that the products themselves may be highly complex this often requires a sophisticated buyer to understand them. Increasingly B2B relationships are conducted within a global context. However all textbooks are region-specific despite this growing move towards global business relationships – except this one. This textbook takes a global viewpoint with the help of an international author team and cases from across the globe. Other unique features of this insightful study include: placement of B2B in a strategic marketing setting;  full discussion of strategy in a global setting including hypercompetition;  full chapter on ethics and CSR early in the text; and  detailed review of global B2B services marketing trade shows and market research. This new edition has been fully revised and updated with a full set of brand new case studies and features expanded sections on digital issues CRM and social media as well as personal selling. More selective shorter and easier to read than other B2B textbooks this is ideal for introduction to B2B and shorter courses. Yet it is comprehensive enough to cover all the aspects of B2B marketing any marketer needs  be they students or practitioners looking to improve their knowledge. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138680760

Business Transfers Family Firms and Entrepreneurship ‘Business transfer’ refers to the transfer of ownership and leadership from one or more outgoing owner-manager(s) to one or more incoming owner-manager(s). Apart from all the company's material assets it presupposes that information relationships know-how and social capital are also transmitted from one to the other.  While much of the research on entrepreneurship has focused on new business ventures few studies have considered business transfers as an alternative way of embarking on entrepreneurial activities. Business Transfers Family Firms and Entrepreneurship provides the international community with a more comprehensive state-of-the-art of business transfer studies which will enrich readers’ understanding. The business transfer is examined through different prisms: family businesses internal business transfers to employees external business transfers and woman in business transfers.  This book deals with business transfer as a whole following a logic of continuity and sustainability for the transferred firm. It offers a refreshing point of view on business transfers in terms of both the process and the actors and from both the seller’s and the buyer’s sides. It presents the research on all types of business transfer including internal and external transfers and will be of interest to researchers academics and students in the fields of entrepreneurship small business management family business and strategic management. It can also be instructive for practitioners and stakeholders involved in a business transfer. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367900854

Business Transformation EssentialsCase Studies and Articles Transformation programs are an common feature of global companies carrying out major strategic change projects. These programs combine business and technical expertise to bring together management and information systems. Managers rate firms' transformation competencies relatively poorly and the success rate of such endeavours is correspondingly low. Using a variety of case studies including: Allianz SE Shell SAP Vodafone and Mercedes-Benz this book provides unprecedented insights into characteristics of current transformation programs and the potential that can be leveraged by applying a holistic transformation management approach. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472426987

Business Transformation in China This book first published in 1996 provides an in-depth examination of China’s changing business environment as it continues to develop its business infrastructure. Leading experts from Asia and Europe present their research into developments in China. Issues include political evolution foreign trade expansion foreign direct investment the distribution system economic reform industrial relations and HR economic growth and the market entry strategies of foreign manufacturers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138367043

Business Transformation Planning for LeadersA Tactical Roadmap for Achieving Profitable Growth with the Highest Return on Capital This book is a powerful tool for business leaders who have responsibility for the success of the profit and loss (P&L) statement of a business. It provides a roadmap to help business leaders develop a comprehensive business transformation plan -- A plan that is simple fact based and actionable. In addition this book is a guide for professionals aspiring to be future P&L leaders. The holistic cross-functional and general manager view of a business in this book is useful for all department heads. For example a sales leader reading this book can understand why running a promotion to drive sales without understanding the capacity of supply chain can result in losing customers. The case study methodology used to illustrate the concepts makes the material easy to read and easy to relate to practical application by readers in their companies. Additionally business leaders responsible for due diligence and integration to create value in M&A can use the approach explained in this book. The roadmap shown in this book is a great way to engage the management team of a business unit to understand and drive the business transformation. The management team can read the book get together for a couple of days (preferably off-site) and discuss by chapter the lessons learned how the chapter applies to their business and what improvements they should focus on based on the learnings. The greatest outcome from this book is an aligned team that is focused on common priorities to execute. By getting the management team to work through this thought process and identifying areas to focus on you will ensure that they have ownership of the solutions. Having this ownership of actions is critical to keeping the team focused and willing to work harder. This roadmap can also be used for successfully integrating acquisitions made by a company to create value. This book has been developed from the author’s experience of personally leading several business transformations and inputs from various other business leaders from multiple industries. The concepts and approach discussed can be universally applied in all industries and companies of any scale. The commonsense approach discussed is applicable for both for-profit and nonprofit organizations. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138370661

Business Travel and Tourism 'Business Travel and Tourism' provides a comprehensive international overview of business tourism from both a theoretical and practical perspective. With the use of case studies from around the world 'Business Travel and Tourism' explores a broad range of issues including:* The global business tourism market* The design of business tourism facilities* The role of the destination in business travel and tourism* The social economic and environmental impacts of business tourism* The ethical dimension of business tourism* The marketing of business tourism products* The impact of new technologies on the business tourism market* How to organise successful conferences exhibitions and incentive travel packagesCase studies include Disneyland Paris Hong Kong Amsterdam RAI International Exhibition and Congress Centre Hilton Page and Moy Marketing Lufthansa Air France and Legoland UK.'Business Travel and Tourism' is the first text to offer a comprehensive overview of the growing but neglected area of business tourism. With the use of a wide range of up-to-date case studies and major practical exercises to help students to broaden and deepen their understanding of this area of tourism it is an invaluable text for all students on travel and tourism courses at degree and BTEC/HND level or those taking tourism options in leisure business studies hospitality management or geography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138142725

Business WargamingSecuring Corporate Value Industry consolidation mergers changes to business models the emergence of new threats all require managers to understand highly complex situations assess risk and opportunity and make informed decisions. How can senior managers do this effectively when so often they are wrestling with brand new scenarios? One of the emerging solutions is business wargaming. Daniel F. Oriesek and Jan Oliver Schwarz provide the first comprehensive look at wargaming as a business tool in a book that explores the anatomy and success factors of a typical wargame. The authors explain how and when wargaming can be used to test strategies plan and prepare for crises manage change or increase your organization's ability to anticipate and adapt for the future. Creating imaginative and credible scenarios and testing them against smart opponents who are eager to find holes and counter your strategy allows you to learn about a plan or a new venture in the security of the conference room rather than learning the hard way when you go live. Business wargames are sophisticated but they are also very demanding in terms of time and resources. Business Wargaming: Securing Corporate Value will enable you to assess the potential value of the technique for your own organization to understand what you will be committing to and develop an informed business case and brief for working with the organization that will facilitate the game. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315570648

Business Welsh: A User's Manual Business Welsh is a reference volume for native speakers and second language learners who wish to use Welsh in a business or professional environment. This book comprises a wide range of sample situations in English and Welsh which can be adapted to meet the specific requirements of the user. Business Welsh is: fully bilingual covers 45 business situations comprises letters faxes adverts and other essential business documents From letters of complaint to job applications Business Welsh is the essential handbook for using Welsh in a professional environment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138475472

Business-Driven IT-Wide Agile (Scrum) and Kanban (Lean) ImplementationAn Action Guide for Business and IT Leaders Business-Driven IT-Wide Agile (Scrum) and Kanban (Lean) Implementation: An Action Guide for Business and IT Leaders explains how to increase IT delivery capabilities through the use of Agile and Kanban. Factoring in constant change communication a sense of urgency clear and measurable goals political realities and infrastructure needs it covers all the ingredients required for success. Using real-world examples this practical guide illustrates how to implement Agile and Kanban in software project management and development across the entire IT department. To make things easier for busy IT leaders and executives the text includes two case studies along with numerous templates to facilitate understanding and kick-start implementation. Explaining how IT and business management can work together to determine business goals that drive this IT-wide undertaking the book arms you with actionable solutions that can be put to use immediately in any IT department regardless of size. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781466557482

Business-Government Relations in Prewar Japan For the business and government relationship in Japan the pre-war period was an era of considerable change. Framed by Japan’s nation-building efforts the relationship adapted and evolved with the often fluid economic and political circumstances. As both business and government had vested interests in the direction and success of Japan’s industrialization process on one level they became partners. At the same time though they were both stakeholders in the fiercely competitive iron and steel industry. This book explores how that partner-competitor relationship worked during the amalgamation of this strategic industry from 1916 to 1934 demonstrating how both parties engaged in meaningful negotiation through the open forum of the Shingikai - or Councils of Deliberation - throughout the pre-war period. Drawing upon the original minutes of the debates it shows the ways in which the participants defended their vested interests and sought to forge agreement taking the forum seriously as a means of influencing outcomes and not simply as a mere exercise of artifice deployed to shroud the real locus of decision-making. Business-Government Relations in Prewar Japan is an important contribution to the literature on the relationship between government and business in pre-war Japan. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415540995

Business-NGO PartnershipsA special theme issue of The Journal of Corporate Citizenship (Issue 50) This Special Issue makes an important contribution to the literature on corporate-NGO relations and I commend the presenters authors and editors on their effort and execution I encourage you to read and reflect on [these] excellent papers." -  Jonathan Doh Director of the Center for Global LeadershipIn 2012 Copenhagen Business School hosted the conference Partnership 2012: NGO+Business. During the three-day event a wide range of business leaders NGO representatives politicians academics and students discussed how partnerships can help to alleviate some of the urgent social and environmental challenges facing the world today. Overall the various contributions to the conference indicated that business-NGO partnerships hold great promise for solving societal problems but it was also acknowledged that the planning and implementation of these collaborative efforts could be a challenging endeavour. Topics discussed at the conference included partnership drivers partner identification implementation processes governance mechanisms barriers and success factors and impact measurements among others. The purpose of this Special Issue of the Journal of Corporate Citizenship is to document and share the experiences from the 2012 conference by publishing some of the interesting research papers that were presented at the event.  The Special Issue begins with an introductory article from the conference organisers Esben Rahbek Gjerdrum Pedersen and Janni Thusgaard Pedersen that synthesises the state of play in both research and practice related to corporate-NGO partnerships. It also positions the research that is contained in the issue within the broader academic discourse over the subject. The Special Issue on business-NGO partnerships includes contributions that help both academics and practitioners to better understand how business-NGO partnerships are preached and practised. The contributions look in particular at how a number of internal and external factors shape the process and outcomes of business-NGO partnerships. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781783530229

Business-State Relations in BrazilChallenges of the Port Reform Lobby In recent years the spotlight of international attention on Brazil has often been in the area of logistics infrastructure—for example on its capacity to deal with the high demand expected during the World Cup and the Olympics. However neither competitiveness nor infrastructure concerns are new for Brazil. In the 1990s Brazilian policy-makers adopted a series of liberalizing economic reforms that exposed the poor condition of logistics infrastructure and inadequate investment in Brazilian ports roads railways and airports. Over twenty years later the implications of those reforms still colour Brazil’s prospects for development. Mahrukh Doctor’s book evaluates the political economy of reform in Brazil and the difficulty of implementing institutional modernization in the context of opposition from vested interests originating in the state and civil society. It focuses specifically on the Port Modernization Law which aimed to augment the country's competitiveness by creating efficient and low cost ports. Based on primary research carried out over a period of twenty years using original qualitative data Doctor’s analysis focuses on the difficulties in implementing this law and how those difficulties are symptomatic of the wider issues associated with lack of sufficient investment in infrastructure in Brazil. Using the case of the business lobby for port reform the book examines the evolving nature of business-state relations and the process of institutional change in Brazil. Doctor particularly examines the building of consensus for reform and policy formulation in the port sector and the challenges of reform implementation and institutional modernisation. The analysis provides extensive insights and lessons related to the prospects for boosting competitiveness of Brazilian ports. The book concludes by suggesting a likely path for the evolution of corporatist institutions as well as the provision of adequate logistics infrastructure to support business success in Brazil. A unique work on the subject of port reform in Latin America that uses a hybrid analytical framework to understand reform in Brazil this book is pertinent for a variety of subjects from Latin American Studies to political economy to economic-policy making. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367000318

Business-to-BusinessA Global Network Perspective Contemporary business-to-business (B2B) industries consist of networks of customers competitors and other stakeholders. Firms which manage their relationships with these important stakeholders are more likely to enjoy a sustained competitive advantage in the international business environment. This book is the first to provide a comprehensive overview of the field from a broad and accessible perspective. The authors bring an authoritative scholarly understanding to the subject taking readers through the entire process of creating developing and maintaining B2B networks. Case studies illustrating each chapter include: Apple Panasonic Johnson & Johnson Epson and Samsung. In providing a single and explicit established academic framework for understanding business networks in a global setting this book is vital reading for students and researchers involved with international management international marketing and strategic management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415740883

But at the Same Time and on Another LevelClinical Applications in the Kleinian/Bionian Mode This book discusses general principles on how the psychoanalyst or psychoanalytically informed psychotherapist may optimally provide and maintain the setting for the psychoanalysis. It also discusses the foundational work of Klein's original contributions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367323608

But at the Same Time and on Another LevelPsychoanalytic Theory and Technique in the Kleinian/Bionian Mode This book is organized as a handbook a "beginning" to elucidate general principles on how the psychoanalyst or psychoanalytically informed psychotherapist may optimally provide and maintain the setting for the psychoanalysis and ultimately intervene with interpretations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367323059

But Facts ExistAn Enquiry into Psychoanalytic Theorizing This book provides an account of the chequered course of international psychoanalysis over the last 100 years with a lucid critical treatment of the major theoretical developments illustrated by clinical examples drawn from the author's own vast experience. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429472664

But I'm Not a Reading TeacherStrategies for Literacy Instruction in the Content Areas This book shows content area teachers in middle and high schools how to boost student achievement by including lessons and strategies which focus on students' reading comprehension without detracting from content area focus. These mini-lessons and strategies are research-based and address the specific literacy challenges of each particular subject area (social studies mathematics science etc.). The author has provided a large number of reading examples from texts sample tests and assessments and actual mini-lessons their content areas identified by marginal tabs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138439733

But What If... This therapeutic story focuses on worries about transition to secondary school. Jake is in Year 6. He is worried about the transition to secondary school because he has heard many rumours including one about the older pupils flushing first years' heads down the toilets. The story illustrates how many of the pupils share similar worries about the impending transition even though their behavior looks different. Jake's behaviour illustrates his initial negative coping strategies as his worry grows. This includes not talking about it opting out of his usual interests and activities not sleeping and becoming angry with his mother.  Some of his worries are alleviated on his taster visit to the new school especially when he plucks up the courage to go into the boys' toilets. Following a misunderstanding in the toilets with some older boys he is able to share his worries with another pupil and use humour to reflect on his behaviour. The accompanying 'Let's talk about worry' text shares information and facts about mental health and transition. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781909301764

ButheleziA Biography Ben Temkin Buthelezi's biographer had the full co-operation of Chief Buthelezi in the writing of this book. There were interviews and discussions in KwaZulu and in Johannesburg in offices at the airport in hotels in private homes and even while they travelled between centres in KwaZulu. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315040110

Butler MattersJudith Butler's Impact on Feminist and Queer Studies Since the 1990 publication of Gender Trouble Judith Butler has had a profound influence on how we understand gender and sexuality corporeal politics and political action both within and outside the academy. This collection which considers not only Gender Trouble but also Bodies That Matter Excitable Speech and The Psychic Life of Power attests to the enormous impact Butler's work has had across disciplines. In analyzing Butler's theories the contributors demonstrate their relevance to a wide range of topics and fields including activism archaeology film literature pedagogy and theory. Included is a two-part interview with Judith Butler herself in which she responds to questions about queer theory the relationship between her work and that of other gender theorists and the political impact of her ideas. In addition to the editors contributors include Edwina Barvosa-Carter Robert Alan Brookey Kirsten Campbell Angela Failler Belinda Johnston Rosemary A. Joyce Vicki Kirby Diane Helene Miller Mena Mitrano Elizabeth M. Perry Frederick S. Roden and Natalie Wilson. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138378858

ButtonlessIncredible iPhone and iPad Games and the Stories Behind Them This book presents some of the most interesting iPhone and iPad games along with stories of the people behind these games. It describes hundreds of titles including well-known games and hidden games and provides insight into the development of games for the iOS platform. Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781439895856

Buy This BookStudies in Advertising and Consumption Buy This Book is an important contribution to the history and understanding of consumption and advertising. This book brings together an outstanding collection of writing on the study of advertising consumer practices and the future directions of research. Advertising and Consumption constitutes an invaluable resource for researchers teachers and students. The essays are based on new textual and ethnographic research and engage with existing theoretical and historical work to form a volume which is a challenging companion to studies in this field. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315004853

Buyers and BorrowersThe Application of Consumer Theory to the Study of Library Use Learn a practical new approach to some long-standing and significant problems that librarians are continually called upon to address such as: Is the library reaching its target audience? What do shifts in use patterns reflect? How often can users be expected to visit the library on the average? Can users be identified by category by the way they use the library?Author Charles D. Emery takes a close look at some methods which can be used to answer these questions accurately. Using the analogy of repeat buying which has been shown to follow consistent and regular patterns across a wide range of consumers brands products time periods and other conditions Mr. Emery applies the same concepts of research to the investigation and analysis of library use. There are remarkable similarities between library borrowing and consumer purchasing patterns. Thus not only does the consumer purchasing model provide us with a means of investigating and predicting library user behavior but it furnishes an appropriate mechanism for the more sophisticated analysis of that behavior through the application of marketing concepts such as product mix and brand switching.By drawing the comparison between library borrowing and consumer purchasing Mr. Emery has identified what library administrators have hitherto lacked: a readily accessible corpus of theory and practical example upon which to base a coherent and cumulative body of research into the behavior of library users. The results will be useful as input to planning and distribution of resources in matters of budgets services hours personnel and programming. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315859606

Buying Supporting Maintaining Software and EquipmentAn IT Manager's Guide to Controlling the Product Lifecycle Describing how to avoid common vendor traps Buying Supporting Maintaining Software and Equipment: An IT Manager's Guide to Controlling the Product Lifecycle will help readers better control the negotiation of their IT products and services and ultimately better manage the lifecycle of those purchases.The book supplies an inside look at the methods and goals of vendors and their contracts—which are almost always in conflict with end-user goals. The text is set up to follow the way most people experience technology products and contracting decisions. It begins by explaining the significance of the decisions made at the time of product selection. It details what you need to focus on when negotiating service and support agreements and describes how to use purchase orders to negotiate more favorable agreements.Covers product acquisition support and maintenanceExamines hardware and software warranty and support modelsConsiders finance and accounting issues for maintenance and supportSpells out technology product details Explains postwarranty support and maintenanceProvides the understanding to better negotiate with vendor sales teamsIllustrating the types of problems typically experienced during product use the book describes how to better control the useful life of your equipment. It supplies tips on how to avoid excessive charges from predatory vendors and concludes by delving into issues of product end of life.Explaining how to manage support and maintenance issues for the long term this book provides the understanding you need to make sure you are more knowledgeable about the products and services your organization needs than the vendor teams with whom you are negotiating. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780367378592

Buying and Clearing RightsPrint Broadcast and Multimedia Buying and Clearing Rights is the first work to consider the difficulties of rights clearances in all forms of media. It offers practical advice on how to plan clear and pay for rights. Covering such areas as co-production and the co-financing of contracts multimedia text pictures footage software moral rights and production paperwork this book will be of use to producers directors suppliers of creative material and distributors as well as academics and media studies students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138988033

Buying and Selling Multimedia Services This book is a comprehensive guide to buying and developing multimedia in the most cost-effective manner. Focusing on the human factors in producing multimedia rather than just the software Buying and Selling Multimedia Services is aimed at both buyers and sellers of multimedia services and draws on real-world anecdotes war stories from project diaries and first-hand experience to provide examples of the key ideas delineated within the book. These are true stories culled from 25 years of working on both sides of the desk as a purchaser of creative services for a Fortune 500 company and as a producer and seller for one of the largest multimedia production shops in the country. This book helps the multimedia producer and buyer to recognize flaws in past performances and to anticipate situations in future projects in order to save money and eliminate boardroom confrontations. Accusations altercations and recriminations can be avoided and the bottom line enhanced with the production of an effective product targeted to a receptive audience. Souter examines the skills necessary to both the producer and the purchaser of multimedia allowing each to see the others' problems and viewpoints. Viewing the multimedia project from both sides as both buyer and seller Souter highlights the issues which will allow for effective communication between parties resulting in a better product and a more creative relationship among all involved. In the second part of the book Souter provides a comprehensive guide to all the digital formats available to help the buyer and the developer select the most appropriate for a given project. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138442962

Buying And Selling PowerAnthropological Reflections On Prostitution In Spain This book explores the complex identities and connection between clients and prostitutes living in Spain and life beyond prostitution. It reflects on the relationship between the anthropologist and that of his/her subjects and informants. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367159696

Buying for the HomeShopping for the Domestic from the Seventeenth Century to the Present Buying for the Home is a book about the experiences and also the polarities of shopping and the home. It analyses the ways in which the agencies and discourses of the retail environment mesh with the processes of physical and imaginative re-creation that constitute the domestic space teasing out the negotiations and interactions that mediate this key arena. The study examines how the strategies of retailers were both arbitrated by and negotiated through the actions and desires of the homemaker as consumer. Drawing on the recent CHORD (Centre for the History of Retail and Distribution) colloquium on shopping and the domestic environment and including two specially commissioned pieces the book draws on a wide selection of interdisciplinary work from established scholars and new researchers. Organised around four key themes - retail arenas and the everyday; identity and lifestyle; fashioning domestic space; and cultural practice - the ten case studies cover a range of cultural encounters and locations from the seventeenth to the late twentieth century. Through these interdisciplinary but linked case studies Buying for the Home forces us to consider the fractured space that existed between the world of goods and the middle- and working-class home and in so doing interrogate how middle-class and plebeian homemakers view imagine and ultimately occupy their domestic spaces in early-modern modern and post-modern society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138246607

Buying into the EnvironmentExperiences Opportunities and Potential for Eco-procurement Green purchasing - or eco-procurement - by local and central governments has long been recommended in documents such as Agenda 21 to be a key - although sometimes supplemental-ingredient in the achievement of more environmentally responsible economies. Certainly sustainable consumption cannot be considered a realistic goal without the full engagement of public authorities. Many initiatives have been undertaken in OECD countries most successfully in Japan and Denmark where green public purchasing has been proven to be workable and highly effective while in other countries city municipalities have successfully pioneered the development of sophisticated public environmental purchasing policies. However for the vast majority of countries and their major cities the potential for green public purchasing remains woefully untapped. A key question is what would be the environmental impact if the majority of cities in Europe replicated the success stories of those leading the way? Public procurement has after all been an important tool in achieving other public policy goals such as defence. Why should it not be used as a tool to defend the environment? The RELIEF project funded by the EU's "City of Tomorrow and Cultural Heritage" programme was established to answer exactly this question: to define the true potential of eco-procurement and to develop a strategy for change in Europe. Buying into the Environment is the result of the research segment of the project which has now been completed. A further stage-to design a Europe-wide action plan will follow in 2004. The book organised under the auspices of the International Council on Local Environmental Initiatives (ICLEI) analyses national approaches already tested and provides in-depth surveys on the pioneer cities such as Hamburg Malmo and Zurich. Serious attention is given to city-specific hurdles which have been faced and overcome. The most relevant product groups for eco-procurement such as construction transport energy information technology furniture and food. are also analysed. Uniquely the book also provides calculations on the environmental benefits potentially achievable through greener purchasing. Tools were developed and tested by the RELIEF researchers on the environmental assessment of products public buying power and on evaluations of market conditions in order to provide scenarios for the application of green purchasing at a European level. The conclusions are that there is huge potential for both local and central governments to adapt their behaviour patterns and purchase in a more environmentally responsible way. For example 18% of the EU's Kyoto Protocol commitment could be achieved if major cities in the European Union purchased green electricity. The results are complemented by new ideas on how best to foster innovation in public contractual arrangements-to encourage the development of products such as super-energy-efficient computers and fuel cells-and how the legal system may require adaptation and reform. The results presented in this book will provide an indispensable resource for municipalities governments researchers and business practitioners looking for answers on how public procurement can have a fundamental and manifestly positive effect on the environment. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351281409

Buying KnowledgeEffective Acquisition of External Knowledge Technology acquisition consultancy know-how research data and services marketing information intellectual property ... the list of sources and types of knowledge that organizations need to acquire share and manage is growing exponentially. The acquisition and management of knowledge as an end in itself is relatively new but has grown in importance on most managers agendas over the past fifteen years and is something that many managers are still fundamentally ill-equipped to control effectively. Yet it is their ability to plan source evaluate acquire and manage knowledge on which the success of their organizations increasingly depends Peter Sammons provides managers with a readable highly practical guide to buying and managing knowledge. The author looks at the knowledge economy to set the scene on the manager's growing responsibility to buy-in knowledge for their organization. He explores intellectual property rights: how they are created transferred and protected. He sets out some alternative strategies to buying knowledge. There's advice on how to work with universities contract research organizations and consultancy firms. And the most neglected area of all - knowledge transfer from supplier to buyer - is given exhaustive treatment. In a discipline (knowledge work) that is fraught with jargon technology and arcane practice Buying Knowledge enables every manager to acquire the knowledge their organization needs; in a form and at a cost that is most appropriate for them without exposing their organization to litigation or intellectual property disputes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138621886

Buying SecurityIran Under the Monarchy This book looks at trends in military expenditures in Iran during approximately the three decades preceding the Islamic revolution of 1979 and their impact on economic growth and development. It focuses on military security policy which establishes guidelines for military spending decisions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367012687

Buying the Big JetsFleet Planning for Airlines This article was first published in 2001. This is an examination of practices in aircraft evaluation and selection. It clarifies the fleet planning methodologies and defines decision-making processes that are relevant to the environment offering insights into how selections are being made for a range of airlines and market conditions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138718463

Buying the Big JetsFleet Planning for Airlines Selecting the right aircraft for an airline operation is a vastly complex process involving a multitude of skills and considerable knowledge of the business. Buying the Big Jets has been published since 2001 to provide expert guidance to all those involved in aircraft selection strategies. This third edition brings the picture fully up to date representing the latest developments in aircraft products and best practice in airline fleet planning techniques. It features a new section that addresses the passenger experience and for the first time includes regional jet manufacturers who are now extending their product families into the 100-plus seating category. Overall the third edition looks at a broader selection of analytical approaches than previously and considers how fleet planning for cost-leader airlines differs from that of network carriers. Buying the Big Jets is an industry-specific example of strategic planning and is therefore a vital text for students engaged in graduate or post-graduate studies either in aeronautics or business administration. The book is essential reading for airline planners with fleet planning responsibility consultancy groups analysts studying aircraft performance and economics airline operational personnel students of air transport leasing companies aircraft value appraisers and all who manage commercial aircraft acquisition programmes and provide strategic advice to decision-makers. It is also a valuable tool for the banking community where insights into aircraft acquisition decisions are vital. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138749825

By Fire and IceDismantling Chemical Weapons While Preserving the Environment This book first published in 1997 examines the forced merger between national security interests and environmental policy makers arising from the Chemical Weapons Convention and its requirement to safely dismantle the world’s chemical weapons stockpiles. The two groups had to find a way to intersect and work together and this book analyses the problems and politics involved. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367611804

By Noon PrayerThe Rhythm of Islam A groundbreaking anthropological analysis of Islam as experienced by Muslims By Noon Prayer builds a conceptual model of Islam as a whole while travelling along a comparative path of biblical Egyptological ethnographic poetic scriptural and visual materials. Grounded in long-term observation of Arabo-Islamic culture and society the study captures the rhythm of Islam weaving through the lives of Muslim women and men.Examples of the rhythmic nature of Islam can be seen in all aspects of Muslims' everyday lives. Muslims break their Ramadan fast upon the sun setting and they receive Ramadan by sighting the new moon. Prayer for their dead is by noon and burial is before sunset. This is space and time in Islam - moon sun dawn and sunset are all part of a unique and unified rhythm interweaving the sacred and the ordinary nature and culture in a pattern that is characteristically Islamic. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003084839

By Northern LightsOn the Making of Geography in Sweden Swedish society has recurrently shown a keen geographical sense meticulously documenting all matters relating to environments resources and human activities through space and time from the sixteenth century on. Throughout the twentieth century in particular Sweden won international acclaim for its groundbreaking geographic work on spatial planning climate change time-space modelling and landscape history by the likes of Ahlmann De Geer Enequist Hägerstrand Kant Olsson and William-Olsson. More recently with the rising tide of post modernity and multiple processes of globalization there has been a good deal of debate about novel lines of enquiry into nature and culture issues of gender identity and diversity justice and environmental concern; all of these have sparked a renewed interest in the history and philosophy of the field. Following on from Anne Buttimer's renowned Geography and the Human Spirit this book not only offers the first book length contextual account of the development of geographic thought in Sweden but also provides a narrative thread which traces continuity and change in both cognitive styles and professional practices of geography in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138250895

By the Sweat of Their BrowWomen workers at Victorian Coal Mines The pit brow lasses who sorted coal and performed a variety of jobs above ground at British coal mines prompted a violent debate about women’s work in the nineteenth century. Seen as the prime example of degraded womanhood the pit brow woman was regarded as an aberration in a masculine domain cruelly torn from her ‘natural sphere’ the home. The attempt to restrict women’s work at the mines in the 1880s highlights the dichotomy between the fashionable ideal of womanhood and the necessity and reality of female manual labour. Although only a tiny percentage of the colliery labour force the pit lasses aroused an interest out of all proportion to their numbers and their work became a test case for women’s outdoor manual employment. Angela John discusses the implications of this debate showing how it encapsulates many of the ambivalences of late Victorian attitudes towards working-class female employment and at the same time raises wider questions both about women’s work in industries seen as traditionally male enclaves and about the ways in which women within the working community have been presented by historians.This book was first published in 1980. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415852784

By-Elections In British Politics First Published in 1997. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315072616

BYOD for Healthcare With 70 percent of organizations already adopting bring your own device (BYOD) and Gartner expecting this number to increase to 90 percent by the end of 2014 it is not a question of if or when it’s a question of will you be ready.BYOD for Healthcare provides authoritative guidance to help you thrive during the healthcare BYOD (hBYOD) revolution. Jessica Keyes president of New Art Technologies Inc. professor at the University of Liverpool and former managing director of R&D for the New York Stock Exchange supplies an understanding of these new end users their demands and the strategic and tactical ramifications of these demands. Maintaining a focus on the healthcare industry the book considers the broad range of technical considerations including selection connectivity training support and security. It examines the integration of BYOD to current health IT legal regulatory and ethical issues. It also covers risk assessment and mitigation strategies for an hBYOD environment that are in line with medical laws regulations ethics and the HIPAA and HITECH Acts.The text discusses BYOD security and provides time-saving guidance on how to configure your hBYOD environment. It also considers how BYOD impacts resource management certification of EMR/EHR software health informatics and health information exchange.The book covers content and data management risk assessment and performance measurement and management. It includes a set of Quick Start guides with tips for assessing costs cloud integration and legal issues. It also contains a robust appendix with information on everything from security settings for Apple iOS devices to a sample employee mobile device agreement. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781138382220

By-Right By-DesignHousing Development versus Housing Design in Los Angeles Housing is an essential but complex product so complex that professionals involved in its production namely architects real estate developers and urban planners have difficulty agreeing on “good” housing outcomes. Less-than-optimal solutions that have resulted from a too narrow focus on one discipline over others are familiar: high design that is costly to build that makes little contribution to the public realm highly profitable but seemingly identical “cookie-cutter” dwellings with no sense of place and well-planned neighborhoods full of generically designed unmarketable product types.Differing roles languages and criteria for success shape these perspectives which in turn influence attitudes about housing regulation. Real estate developers for example prefer projects that can be built “as-of-right” or “by-right ” meaning that they can be approved quickly because they meet all current planning zoning and building code requirements. Design-focused projects heretofore “by-design ” by contrast often require time to challenge existing regulatory codes pursuing discretionary modifications meant to maximize design innovation and development potential. Meanwhile urban planners work to establish and mediate the threshold between by-right and by-design processes by setting housing standards and determining appropriate housing policy. But just what is the right line between “by-right” and “by-design”?By-Right By-Design provides a historical perspective conceptual frameworks and practical strategies that cross and connect the diverse professions involved in housing production. The heart of the book is a set of six cross-disciplinary comparative case studies each examining a significant Los Angeles housing design precedent approved by-variance and its associated development type approved as of right. Each comparison tells a different story about the often-hidden relationships among the three primary disciplines shaping the built environment some of which uphold and others of which transgress conventional disciplinary stereotypes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367670627

Byron First published in 1972. John D. Jump a leading authority on Byron and the Romantic period here gives an account of Byron’s literary achievement in relation to the age of revolutions in which he lived and in relation to his own character and personal circumstances. Professor Jump focuses upon the major poems and also discusses Byron’s prose principally his letters and journals. In doing so he covers all of the important aspects of Byron’s work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138648418

Byron Often seen as the exception to generalisations about Romanticism Byron's poetry - and its intricate relationship with a brilliant scandalous life - has remained a source of controversy throughout the twentieth century. This book brings together recent work on Byron by leading British and American scholars and critics guiding undergraduate students and sixth-form pupils through the different ways in which new literary theory has enriched readings of Byron's work and showing how his poetry offers a rewarding focus for questions about the relationship between historical contexts and literary form in the Romantic period.Diverse and fresh perspectives on canonical texts such as Don Juan Childe Harold's Pilgrimage and Manfred are included together with stimulating analyses of less well-known narrative poems lyrics and dramas. A clearly structured introduction traces key developments in Byron criticism and locates the essays within wider debates in Romantic studies. Detailed headnotes to each essay and a guide to further reading help to orientate the reader and offer pointers for further discussion.The collection will enable students of English literature Romantic studies and nineteenth-century cultural studies to assess the contribution that different critical methodologies have made to our understanding of individual poems by Byron as well as concepts like the Byronic hero and evolving definitions of Romanticism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138162808

Byron Hunt and the Politics of Literary Engagement In the second decade of the nineteenth century the British press began a campaign of critical abuse against Leigh Hunt caricaturing the radical journalist as an upstart "Cockney" author whose literary talents were as disreputable as his politics. Lord Byron on the other hand was revered as a peer and a poetical genius who the conservative press argued would never befriend and collaborate with a writer like Hunt. Yet Byron did just that.　 Byron Hunt and the Politics of Literary Engagement　is the first full-length study of the friendship and literary relationship of two of the most important second-generation Romantic authors. Challenging long-held critical attitudes this study shows that Byron and Hunt engaged in a creative and meaningful dialogue at each major stage in their careers from their earliest published volumes of juvenile poetry and verse satire to their most celebrated contributions to Romantic literature:　The Story of Rimini　and　Don Juan. Drawing upon newly recovered letters and unpublished manuscript material this book　illuminates the surprisingly durable and artistically significant friendship of Lord Byron and Leigh Hunt. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367321352

Byron Shelley and Goethe's FaustAn Epic Connection This book focuses on an exciting moment in the history of Anglo-German literary exchange in the Romantic period the moment of George Gordon Byron's and Percy Bysshe Shelley's interrelated encounters with Johann Wolfgang von Goethe's seminal dramatic poem Faust. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367599843

Byron Sully and the Power of Portraiture Since the early nineteenth century Byron the man and his image have captured the hearts and minds of untold legions of people of all political and social stripes in Britain Europe America and around the world. This book focuses on the history and cultural significance for Federal America of the only portrait of Byron known to have been painted by a major artist. In private hands from 1826 until this day Thomas Sully's Byron has never before been the subject of scholarly study. Beginning with his discovery of the portrait in 1999 and a 200-year narrative of the portrait's provenance and its relation to other well-known Byron portraits the author discusses the work within the broad context of British and American portraiture of the late eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries. Receiving most attention are Thomas Lawrence and Sully his American counterpart. The author gives the fullest account to date of Sully's career and his relation to English influences and to figures prominent in the early-nineteenth-century American imagination among them Washington Fanny Kemble Lafayette Joseph Bonaparte and Nicholas Biddle. Byron is discussed as an icon of the young American Republic whose Jubilee year coincided with Sully's initial work on the poet's portrait. Later chapters offer a close reading of the portrait arguing that Sully has given a visual interpretation truly worthy of his celebrated controversial and famously handsome subject. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138619005

Byron Sully and the Power of Portraiture First published in 2005. Since the early nineteenth century Byron the man and his image have captured the hearts and minds of untold legions of people of all political and social stripes in Britain Europe America and around the world. This book focuses on the history and cultural significance for Federal America of the only portrait of Byron known to have been painted by a major artist. In private hands from 1826 until this day Thomas Sulley’s Byron has never before been the subject of scholarly study. Beginning with the discovery of the portrait in 1999 and a 200-year narrative of the portrait’s provenance and its relation to other well-known Byron portraits the author discusses the work within the broad context of British and American portraiture of the late eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138665637

Byron & Shakespeare - Wils Kni First published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415606691

Byron and the Discourses of History In her study of the relationship between Byron’s lifelong interest in historical matters and the development of history as a discipline Carla Pomarè focuses on drama (the Venetian plays The Deformed Transformed) verse narrative (The Siege of Corinth Mazeppa) and dramatic monologue (The Prophecy of Dante) calling attention to their interaction with historiographical and pseudo-historiographical texts ranging from monographs to dictionaries collections of apophthegms autobiographies and prophecies. This variety of discourses Pomarè suggests not only served as a source of the historical information Byron cherished providing the subject matter for countless episodes in his works but also and primarily supplied him with epistemological models. From them Byron drew such trademark textual practices as his massive use of notes and paratexts which satisfied his ingrained need for ’authenticity’ - a sentiment expressed in his oft-quoted ’I hate things all fiction’. As Pomarè argues Byron’s meticulous tracing of the process that links events documents and historical representations ultimately answers his desire to retrieve what might be lost during the transmission of historical knowledge. Thus does he betray his preoccupation with the ideological uses of history writing projecting his own discourses of history into the present of their composition. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138254626

Byron: Selected Poetry and Prose Donald Low's collection contains Byron's most subversive spirited and playful poetry as well as his outspoken prose. With helpful and informative annotation and a full bibliography this is an essential study aid for students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138834057

Byron: The Poetry of Politics and the Politics of Poetry 'It is no great matter supposing that Italy could be liberated who or what is sacrificed. It is a grand object - the very poetry of politics. Only think - a free Italy!!! Why there has been nothing like it since the days of Augustus.' So wrote Lord Byron in his journal in February 1821 only days before the outbreak of revolution in Greece where three years later he would die in the service of the revolutionary cause. For a poet whose life and work are interlaced with action of multiple sorts surprisingly little attention has been devoted to Byron's engagement with issues of politics. This volume brings together the work of eminent Byronists from seven European countries and the USA to re-assess the evidence. What did Byron mean by the 'poetry of politics'? Was he in any sense a 'political animal'? Can his final fateful involvement in Greece be understood as the culmination of earlier more deeply rooted quests? The first part of the book examines the implications of reading and writing as themselves political acts; the second interrogates the politics inherent or implied in Byron's poems and plays; the third follows the trajectory of his political engagement (or non-engagement) from his abortive early career in the British House of Lords via the Peninsular War in Spain to his involvement in revolutionary politics abroad. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367880743

Byron�s Poetic ExperimentationChilde Harold the Tales and the Quest for Comedy In this study  the author examines the evolution of Byron's poetry from Childe Harold I and II through to the composition of Beppo. Beginning with a close reading of the sustained poetic experimentation that constitutes Childe Harold I and II he charts the progress of that experimentation in the Tales where Byron's poetry gets entrenched in a tragic idiom. The author then describes Byron's prolonged struggle to break clear of the imaginative limitations imposed by that tragic idiom and to break into a sustainable comic mode: a struggle that drives Childe Harold III The Prisoner of Chillon and The Dream only to culminate in success in Childe Harold IV. It is here as Rawes demonstrates that the path forward into the comic mode of Beppo and Don Juan is discovered. Byron's Poetic Experimentation also offers a substantial reconsideration of Byron's shifting attitude towards Wordsworthian idealism and a detailed analysis of the structured eclecticism of Manfred. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367887711

Byron's Don Juan First published in 1985. What sort of poem is Don Juan and how does it maintain its momentum through its long and often struggling narrative? These are the questions that Bernard Beatty proposes in this subtle and elegant discussion of Byron’s masterwork. The legend of Don Juan was entrenched in European literature and other arts long before it came under Byron’s hands yet Byron’s treatment of the story is often almost unrecognisably far from its forebears. Beatty indicates how deeply Byron has assimilated his predecessors in order to produce his own work. The sustained argument of this book raises questions of interest not only to students of Byron but of comedy in general as well as of the place of religious motifs in apparently secularised modes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138648562

Byron's Don JuanA Critical Study When this book was published in 1945 interest in Byron’s poetry and appreciation of his titanic role in Romanticism had been steadily increasing. Of all his vast poetic production Don Juan the last and greatest of his major works offers the highest rewards to the modern reader. It not only stands out among his poems as the best expression of Byron but it ranks with the great poems of the nineteenth century as representative of the era and of modern European civilization. This title will be of interest to students of literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138651197

Byron's Journal of his Circumnavigation 1764-1766 In 1764 the Hon. John Byron was commissioned by the Admiralty to sail to the South Atlantic to search for Pepys's Island and the Southern Continent. He was then to continue into the Pacific itself and look for a possible North-west passage. Although he rediscovered the Falkland Islands it was after the French had done so under Bougainville and he made no attempt to search for a North-west passage at all but sailed straight on round the world making no discoveries of any importance. The journal which Byron kept during his voyage has been edited and annotated by Dr Gallagher. In his Introduction he describes earlier voyages of a similar nature and sketches the background to this voyage. He assesses Byron's achievement and considers why he disobeyed his orders. Apart from the Journal the Admiralty's 'secret instructions' to Byron are also printed here as well as Byron's letter to the Admiralty explaining why he was sailing straight on. There is an appendix by Dr Helen Wallis on the Patagonian giants. This is a new print-on-demand hardback edition of the volume first published in 1964. Media > Books > E-books Hakluyt Society 9781315570693

Bystanders to the HolocaustA Re-evaluation Using accessible archival sources a team of historians reveal how much the USA Britain Switzerland and Sweden knew about the Nazi attempt to murder all the Jews of Europe during World War II. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315810171

Byzantine Art and Renaissance Europe Byzantine Art and Renaissance Europe discusses the cultural and artistic interaction between the Byzantine east and western Europe from the sack of Constantinople by the Fourth Crusade in 1204 to the flourishing of post-Byzantine artistic workshops on Venetian Crete during the fifteenth and sixteenth centuries and the formation of icon collections in Renaissance Italy. The contributors examine the routes by which artistic interaction may have taken place and explore the reception of Byzantine art in western Europe analysing why artists and patrons were interested in ideas from the other side of the cultural and religious divide. In the first chapter Lyn Rodley outlines the development of Byzantine art in the Palaiologan era and its relations with western culture. Hans Bloemsma then re-assesses the influence of Byzantine art on early Italian painting from the point of view of changing demands regarding religious images in Italy. In the first of two chapters on Venetian Crete Angeliki Lymberopoulou evaluates the impact of the Venetian presence on the production of fresco decorations in regional Byzantine churches on the island. The next chapter by Diana Newall continues the exploration of Cretan art manufactured under the Venetians shifting the focus to the bi-cultural society of the Cretan capital Candia and the rise of the post-Byzantine icon. Kim Woods then addresses the reception of Byzantine icons in western Europe in the late Middle Ages and their role as devotional objects in the Roman Catholic Church. Finally Rembrandt Duits examines the status of Byzantine icons as collectors’ items in early Renaissance Italy. The inventories of the Medici family and other collectors reveal an appreciation for icons among Italian patrons which suggests that received notions of Renaissance tastes may be in need of revision. The book thus offers new perspectives and insights and re-positions late and post-Byzantine art in a broader European cultural context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138273870

Byzantine Athens 10th - 12th Centuries In this masterful synthesis Charalambos Bouras draws together material and textual evidence for Athens in the Middle Byzantine period from the mid-tenth century to 1204 when it was conquered by Crusaders. What emerges from his meticulous investigation is an urban fabric surprisingly makeshift in its domestic sector yet exuberantly creative in its ecclesiastical architecture. Rather than viewing the city as a mere shadow of its ancient past Bouras demonstrates how Athens remained an important city of the Byzantine Empire as the seat of a metropolitan home to local aristocracy and pilgrimage destination for those who came to worship at the Christian Parthenon. Byzantine Athens explores the relationship of the Byzantine infrastructure to earlier configurations shedding light on the water supply industrial facilities streets and fortifications of medieval Athens and exploring the evidence for the form and typology of Byzantine houses. Thanks to Bouras’s indefatigable study of all available archaeological reports the first part of the book offers an overall picture of the Middle Byzantine city. The second part presents a fully documented and illustrated catalogue of nearly 40 churches including synthetic treatments of their typology and morphology set in the wider Byzantine architectural context. Finally Bouras joins his unrivalled knowledge of the surviving remains and exhaustive scrutiny of the relevant scholarship to offer a historical interpretation of the Athenian monuments. Byzantine Athens is a unique achievement that will remain an invaluable compendium of our knowledge of one of the most complex yet relatively unknown Byzantine cities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472479907

Byzantine Chronicles and the Sixth Century Byzantine chronicles have traditionally been regarded as a somewhat inferior form of Byzantine history writing especially in comparison with 'classicizing' historians. The aim of many of these papers is both to rescue the reputation of the Byzantine chroniclers especially Malalas and Theophanes and also to provide some examples of how these two chroniclers in particular can be exploited usefully both to reveal aspects of the past itself notably of the period of Justinian and also of how the Byzantines interpreted their own past which included on occasions rewriting that past to suit altered contemporary needs. For the period of Justinian in particular proper attention to aspects of the humble Byzantine chronicle can also help achieve a better understanding of the period than that provided by the classicizing Procopius with his emphasis on war and conquest. By considering more general aspects of the place of history-writing in Byzantine culture the papers also help explain why history remained such an important aspect of Byzantine culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138109261

Byzantine Images and their AfterlivesEssays in Honor of Annemarie Weyl Carr The twelve papers written for this volume reflect the wide scope of Annemarie Weyl Carr's interests and the equally wide impact of her work. The concepts linking the essays include the examination of form and meaning the relationship between original and copy and reception and cultural identity in medieval art and architecture. Carr’s work focuses on the object but considers the audience looks at the copy for retention or rejection of the original form and meaning and always seeks to understand the relationship between intent and perception. She examines the elusive nature of ’center’ and ’periphery’ expanding and enriching the discourse of manuscript production icons and their copies and the dissemination of style and meaning. Her body of work is impressive in its chronological scope and geographical extent as is her ability to tie together aspects of patronage production and influence across the medieval Mediterranean. The volume opens with an overview of Carr’s career at Southern Methodist University by Bonnie Wheeler. Kathleen Maxwell Justine Andrews and Pamela Patton contribute chapters in which they examine workshops subgroups and influences in manuscript production and reception. Diliana Angelova Lynn Jones and Ida Sinkevic offer explorations of intent and reception focusing on imperial patronage relics and reliquaries. Cypriot studies are represented by Michele Bacci and Maria Vassilaki who examine aspects of form and style in architecture and icons. The final chapters by Jaroslav Folda Anthony Cutler Rossitza Schroeder and Ann Driscoll are linked by their focus on the nature of copies and tease out the ways in which meaning is retained or altered and the role that is played by intent and reception. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367600617

Byzantine Military Manuals as Literary Works and Practical HandbooksThe Case of the Tenth-Century Sylloge Tacticorum This book studies the Sylloge Tacticorum an important tenth-century Byzantine military manual. The text is used as a case study to connect military manuals with the challenges that Byzantium faced in its wars with the Arabs but also with other aspects of Byzantine society such as education politics and conventions in the productions of literary texts and historical narratives. The book explores when the Sylloge was written and by whom. It identifies which passages from classical or earlier works were incorporated in the Sylloge and explains the reason why Byzantines imitated works of the past. The book then studies the extent to which the Sylloge was original and how innovation and originality were received in Byzantine society. Despite the imitation the author of the Sylloge adapted and updated his material to reflect the current operational needs as well as the ideological cultural and religious context of his time. Finally the book attempts to estimate the extent to which Byzantine generals followed the advice of military manuals and to explore whether historical narratives can be safely used to draw information as to how the Byzantines and the Arabs fought.Therefore along with a detailed study of the Sylloge Tacticorum this monograph also addresses broader issues of the pen and the sword such as military manuals in connection with Byzantine warfare politics literature historiography and education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367662394

Byzantine OrthodoxiesPapers from the Thirty-sixth Spring Symposium of Byzantine Studies University of Durham 23–25 March 2002 The Byzantine Empire - the Christianized Roman Empire - very soon defined itself in terms of correct theological belief 'orthodoxy'. The terms of this belief were hammered out for the most part by bishops but doctrinal decisions were made in councils called by the Emperors many of whom involved themselves directly in the definition of 'orthodoxy'. Iconoclasm was an example of such imperial involvement as was the final overthrow of iconoclasm. That controversy ensured that questions of Christian art were also seen by Byzantines as implicated in the question of orthodoxy. The papers gathered in this volume derive from those presented at the 36th Spring Symposium of Byzantine Studies Durham March 2002. They discuss how orthodoxy was defined and the different interests that it represented; how orthodoxy was expressed in art and the music of the liturgy; and how orthodoxy helped shape the Byzantine Empire's sense of its own identity an identity defined against the 'other' - Jews heretics and especially from the turn of the first millennium the Latin West. These considerations raise wider questions about the way in which societies and groups use world-views and issues of belief to express and articulate identity. At a time when with the enlargement of the European Union questions of identity within Europe are once again becoming pressing there is much in these essays of topical relevance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138264991

Byzantine Readings of Ancient HistoriansTexts in Translation with Introductions and Notes The survival of ancient Greek historiography is largely due to its preservation by Byzantine copyists and scholars. This process entailed selection adaptation and commentary which shaped the corpus of Greek historiography in its transmission. By investigating those choices Kaldellis enables a better understanding of the reception and survival of Greek historical writing.Byzantine Readings of Ancient Historians includes translations of texts written by Byzantines on specific ancient historians. Each translated text is accompanied by an introduction and notes to highlight the specific context and purpose of its composition. In order to present a rounded picture of the reception of Greek historiography in Byzantium a wide range of genres have been considered such as poems and epigrams essays personalized scholia and commentaries. Byzantine Readings of Ancient Historians is therefore an important resource for scholars and students of ancient history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367869199

Byzantine Trade 4th-12th CenturiesThe Archaeology of Local Regional and International Exchange. Papers of the Thirty-eighth Spring Symposi The 28 papers examine questions relating to the extent and nature of Byzantine trade from Late Antiquity into the Middle Ages. The Byzantine state was the only political entity of the Mediterranean to survive Antiquity and thus offers a theoretical standard against which to measure diachronic and regional changes in trading practices within the area and beyond. To complement previous extensive work on late antique long-distance trade within the Mediterranean (based on the grain supply amphorae and fine ware circulation) the papers concentrate on local and international trade. The emphasis is on recently uncovered or studied archaeological evidence relating to key topics. These include local retail organisation within the city some regional markets within the empire the production and/or circulation patterns of particular goods (metalware ivory and bone glass pottery) and objects of international trade both exports such as wine and glass imports such as materia medica and the lack of importation of for example Sasanian pottery. In particular new work relating to specific regions of Byzantium's international trade is highlighted: in Britain the Levant the Red Sea the Black Sea and China. Papers of the 38th Spring Symposium of Byzantine Studies held in 2004 at Oxford under the auspices of the Committee for Byzantine Studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315261010

Byzantine Warfare Warfare was an integral part of the operations of the medieval eastern Roman or Byzantine Empire both in its organization as well as in social thinking and political ideology. This volume presents a selection of articles dealing with key aspects of Byzantine attitudes to war and violence with military administration and organization at tactical and strategic levels weapons and armaments and war-making itself; discussions which make an important contribution to answering the questions of how and why the empire survived as long as it did. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315261003

Byzantine WomenVarieties of Experience 800-1200 This volume brings together a group of international scholars who explore many unusual aspects of the world of Byzantine women in the period 800-1200. The specific aim of this collection is to investigate the participation of women - non-imperial women in particular - in supposedly 'masculine' fields of operation. This new research across a range of disciplines attempts to provide an analysis of the activities of and attitudes towards Byzantine women in this period. Using evidence from sources as diverse as tax registers monastic foundation documents twelfth-century novels historical texts art history and the writings of women themselves such as the hymnographer Kassia and the historian Anna Komnene these papers elucidate the context in which Byzantine women lived. They emphasize the variety of female experiences the circumstances that shaped women's lives and the ways in which individual women were perceived by their society. Contributions focus on women's dress their participation in the street life of Constantinople their appearance in Byzantine fiscal documents their monastic foundations their engagement with entertainment at the imperial court and the way heroines are portrayed in the Byzantine novels. Analysis of the writings of the hymnographer Kassia the networking of Mary 'of Alania' and the ways she overcame the disadvantages of being a foreign-born empress and the family values reflected in Anna Komnene's Alexiad draw attention to specific problems. All these aim to expand our understanding of the circumstances that shaped women's lives and expectations in the Middle Byzantine period and to analyze the range of women's experiences the roles they played and the impact they made on society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138259515

Byzantium and the Emergence of Muslim-Turkish Anatolia ca. 1040-1130 The arrival of the Seljuk Turks in Anatolia forms an indispensable part of modern Turkish discourse on national identity but Western scholars by contrast have rarely included the Anatolian Turks in their discussions about the formation of European nations or the transformation of the Near East. The Turkish penetration of Byzantine Asia Minor is primarily conceived of as a conflict between empires sedentary and nomadic groups or religious and ethnic entities. This book proposes a new narrative which begins with the waning influence of Constantinople and Cairo over large parts of Anatolia and the Byzantine-Muslim borderlands as well as the failure of the nascent Seljuk sultanate to supplant them as a leading supra-regional force. In both Byzantine Anatolia and regions of the Muslim heartlands local elites and regional powers came to the fore as holders of political authority and rivals in incessant power struggles. Turkish warrior groups quickly assumed a leading role in this process not because of their raids and conquests but because of their intrusion into pre-existing social networks. They exploited administrative tools and local resources and thus gained the acceptance of local rulers and their subjects. Nuclei of lordships came into being which could evolve into larger territorial units. There was no Byzantine decline nor Turkish triumph but rather the driving force of change was the successful interaction between these two spheres. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367884482

Byzantium and the Modern Greek Identity Perhaps because of the fact that modern Greece is through the Orthodox Church inextricably linked with the Byzantine heritage the precise meaning of this heritage in its various aspects has hitherto been surprisingly little discussed by scholars. This collection of specially commissioned essays aims to present an overview of some of the different and often conflicting tendencies manifested by modern Greek attitudes to Byzantium since the late eighteenth-century Enlightenment. The aim is to show just how formative views of Byzantium have been for modern Greek life and letters: for historiography and imaginative literature on the one hand and on the other for language law and the definition of a culture. All Greek has been translated and the volume is aimed at Byzantinists and Neohellenists alike. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315260983

Byzantium and the Other: Relations and Exchanges Angeliki Laiou (1941-2008) one of the leading Byzantinists of her generation broke new ground in the study of the social and economic history of the Byzantine Empire. Byzantium and the Other: Relations and Exchanges the second of three volumes to be published posthumously in the Variorum Collected Studies Series brings together fourteen articles published between 1982 and 2012 that reflect her enduring interest in Byzantium's political ideological and commercial relations with its neighbours. The first three articles examine Byzantine attitudes and institutional responses to foreigners and strangers within the empire while the next four concern Byzantium's response to the Crusades and more generally to questions of justice in the spheres of conflict and colonisation. The final seven articles investigate Byzantium's political and commercial relations with other regional and Mediterranean powers; particular emphasis is placed on Venice and Genoa whose increasing involvement in the Byzantine economy so marked the final centuries of the empire's existence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138115712

Byzantium and the WestPerception and Reality (11th-15th c.) The interaction between Byzantium and the Latin West was intimately connected to practically all the major events and developments which shaped the medieval world in the High and Late Middle Ages – for example the rise of the ‘papal monarchy’ the launch of the Crusades the expansion of international and long distance commerce or the flowering of the Renaissance. This volume explores not only the actual avenues of interaction between the two sides (trade political and diplomatic contacts ecclesiastical dialogue intellectual exchange armed conflict) but also the image each side had of the other and the way perceptions evolved over this long period in the context of their manifold contact.Twenty-one stimulating papers offer new insights and original research on numerous aspects of this relationship pooling the expertise of an international group of scholars working on both sides of the Byzantine-Western ‘divide’ on topics as diverse as identity formation ideology court ritual literary history military technology and the economy among others. The particular contribution of the research presented here is the exploration of how cross-cultural relations were shaped by the interplay of the thought-world of the various historical agents and the material circumstances which circumscribed their actions.The volume is primarily aimed at scholars and students interested in the history of Byzantium the Mediterranean world and more widely intercultural contacts in the Middle Ages. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367661373

Byzantium and Venice 1204–1453Collected Studies Byzantium and Venice: 1204-1453 a selection of articles by the late Julian Chrysostomides focuses on Byzantium after the Fourth Crusade and its relationship with Venice particularly in the late Palaeologan period. Seven of the articles deal with aspects of Veneto-Byzantine interactions in the Peloponnese while the remainder concentrate on the political and commercial ties between Byzantines and Venetians. The essays draw upon Julian Chrysostomides' unrivalled knowledge of the relevant Venetian documents. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367602338

Byzantium in the Eleventh CenturyBeing in Between The eleventh century in Byzantium is all about being in between whether this is between Basil II and Alexios Komnenos between the forces of the Normans the Pechenegs and the Turks or between different social groupings cultural identities and religious persuasions. It is a period of fundamental changes and transformations both internal and external but also a period rife with clichés and dominated by the towering presence of Michael Psellos whose usually self-contradictory accounts continue to loom large in the field of Byzantine studies. The essays collected here which were delivered at the 45th Spring Symposium of Byzantine Studies explore new avenues of research and offer new perspectives on this transitional period. The book is divided into four thematic clusters: 'The age of Psellos' studies this crucial figure and seeks to situate him in his time; 'Social structures' is concerned with the ways in which the deep structures of Byzantine society and economy responded to change; 'State and Church' offers a set of studies of various political developments in eleventh-century Byzantium; and 'The age of spirituality' offers the voices of those for whom Psellos had little time and little use: monks religious thinkers and pious laymen. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367885335

Byzantium in the Iconoclast Era (ca 680–850): The SourcesAn Annotated Survey Iconoclasm the debate about the legitimacy of religious art that began in Byzantium around 730 and continued for nearly 120 years has long held a firm grip on the historical imagination. Byzantium in the Iconoclast Era is the first book in English to survey the original sources crucial for a modern understanding of this most elusive and fascinating period in medieval history. It is also the first book in any language to cover both the written and the visual evidence from this period a combination of particular importance to the iconoclasm debate. The authors an art historian and a historian who both specialise in the period have worked together to provide a comprehensive overview of the visual and the written materials that together help clarify the complex issues of iconoclasm in Byzantium. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315260976

Byzantium in the Ninth Century: Dead or Alive?Papers from the Thirtieth Spring Symposium of Byzantine Studies Birmingham March 1996 9th-century Byzantium has always been viewed as a mid-point between Iconoclasm and the so-called Macedonian revival; in scholarly terms it is often treated as a ’dead’ century. The object of these papers is to question such an assumption. They present a picture of political and military developments legal and literary innovations artisanal production and religious and liturgical changes from the Anatolian plateau to the Greek-speaking areas of Italy that are only now gradually emerging as distinct. Investigation of how the 9th-century Byzantine world was perceived by outsiders also reveals much about Byzantine success and failure in promoting particular views of itself. The chapters here by an international group of scholars embody current research in this field; they recover many lost aspects of 9th-century Byzantium and shed new light on the Mediterranean world in a transitional century. The papers in this volume derive from the 30th Spring Symposium of Byzantine Studies held for the Society for the Promotion of Byzantine Studies at the University of Birmingham in March 1996. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138277007

C# and Game ProgrammingA Beginner's Guide The second edition of C# and Game Programming offers the same practical hands-on approach as the first edition to learning the C# language through classic arcade game applications. Complete source code for games like Battle Bit Asteroid Miner and Battle Tennis included on the CD-ROM demonstrates programming strategies and complements the comprehensive treatment of C# in the text. From the basics of adding graphics and sound to games to advanced concepts such as the .Net framework and object-oriented programming this book provides the foundations for a beginner to become a full-fledged programmer. New in this edition: - Supports DirectX 9.0 - Revised programs and examples - Improved frame rate for game examples Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781138428102

C# Game Programming Cookbook for Unity 3D An Accessible Modular Style of Game Building—Easily Start Making Games with Unity 3D C# Game Programming Cookbook for Unity 3D presents a highly flexible core framework to create just about any type of game by plugging in different script components. Most scripts function within the game framework or in your own structures. The techniques and concepts discussed in the book give you a solid foundation in game development. The first ten chapters set up the flexible reusable framework based in C# and suitable for all game types. The book also explains scripting of generic reusable and common functionality. The remainder of the text adds game-specific code to the framework to create four example games: a top-down arena shooter a futuristic racing combat game a tank arena deathmatch game and a classic arcade-style vertical scrolling shoot ’em up. The games encompass artificial intelligence (path following target chasing and line-of-sight patrolling behaviors) game state control wheel colliders and weapon inventory management. The example files are available for download on the book’s CRC Press web page. Reducing your recoding repurposing or adaptation time this book provides script-based components that you can use to jump start your own projects. The book’s modular components can be mixed and matched to build various kinds of video games for the Unity game engine. Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781466581401

C. D. Broad’s Philosophy of Time In this study Oaklander's primary aim is to examine critically C.D. Broad’s changing views of time and in so doing  clarify the central disputes in the philosophy of time explicate the various positions Broad took regarding them and develop his own responses both to Broad and the issues debated. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415998123

C. G. Jung and Hans Urs von BalthasarGod and evil - A critical comparison This book brings together the work of Carl Gustav Jung and Hans Urs von Balthasar two of the most creative thinkers in psychology and theology in the twentieth century to critically compare their ideas on the perennial question of God’s involvement with evil. In later life Jung embarked on a project relating to Christianity with psychotherapeutic and theological intentions forming his collection of essays Symbolik des Geistes in which God and evil was a major theme. Balthasar gave significant attention to Jung’s psychology in his own theological trilogy but opposed the approach to God and evil that Jung presented. In this book Les Oglesby provides a thorough examination of convergences and divergences in Jung and Balthasar’s thinking their different approaches to the origins and reality of evil as well as their alternative theological orientations. The book culminates with a study of each man’s understanding of the central event of Christianity Christ’s death on the Cross and his descent to the dead and discusses how Balthasar’s ‘vertical’ and Jung’s ‘horizontal’ approach to this major happening can be held together fruitfully with one another. Illustrating how analytical psychology and Christian theology can mutually enrich one another when they are held in creative tension this book invites reflection on the meaning of the central symbol of Christianity and God’s involvement with evil as an aid to integrated psychological living and theological maturity. It will prove fascinating for students of psychology and religion as well as for Jungian analysts and practical theologians. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415791786

C. G. Jung and the Alchemical ImaginationPassages into the Mysteries of Psyche and Soul Stanton Marlan brings together writings which span the course of his career examining Jungian psychology and the alchemical imagination as an opening to the mysteries of psyche and soul. Several chapters describe a telos that aims at the mysterious goal of the Philosophers’ Stone a move replete with classical and postmodern ideas catalysed by prompts from the unconscious: dreams images fantasies and paradoxical conundrums. Psyche and matter are seen with regards to soul light and darkness in terms of illumination and order and chaos as linked in the image of chaosmos. Marlan explores the richness of the alchemical ideas of Carl Jung James Hillman and others and their value for a revisioning of psychology. In doing so this volume challenges any tendency to literalism and essentialism and contributes to an integration between Jung’s classical vision of a psychology of alchemy and Hillman’s Alchemical Psychology. C.G. Jung and the Alchemical Imagination will be a valuable resource for academics scholars and students of Jungian and post-Jungian studies Jungian analysis and psychotherapy. It will also be of great interest to Jungian psychologists and Jungian analysts in practice and in training. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367405281

C. G. Jung and the DeadVisions Active Imagination and the Unconscious Terrain C. G. Jung and the Dead: Visions Active Imagination and the Unconscious Terrain offers an in-depth look at Jung’s encounters with the dead moving beyond a symbolic understanding to consider these figures a literal presence in the psyche. Stephani L. Stephens explores Jung’s personal experiences demonstrating his skill at visioning in all its forms as well as detailing the nature of the dead. This unique study is the first to follow the narrative thread of the dead from Memories Dreams Reflections into The Red Book assessing Jung’s thoughts on their presence his obligations to them and their role in his psychological model. It offers the opportunity to examine this previously neglected theme unfolding during Jung’s period of intense confrontation with the unconscious and to understand active imagination as Jung’s principle method of managing that unconscious content. As well as detailed analysis of Jung’s own work the book includes a timeline of key events and case material. C. G. Jung and the Dead will offer academics and students of Jungian and post-Jungian studies the history of psychology Western esoteric history and gnostic and visionary traditions a new perspective on Jung’s work. It will also be of great interest to Jungian analysts and psychotherapists analytical psychologists and practitioners of other psychological disciplines interested in Jungian ideas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815366140

C. G. Jung in the HumanitiesTaking the Soul's Path This book demonstrates for the first time the significance of Jung’s work to the humanities and to those areas where the humanities and sciences share borders. More radically it shows that Jung was a writer of myth alchemy narrative and poetics as well as on them. Jung’s core concepts are introduced their ongoing relevance is championed. The book also addresses Jung’s sometimes questionable judgment on politics and gender and previews contemporary extensions of Jungian theory. By privileging the creative psyche and exploring the connections between individual natural environment and social/psychological collective Jung anticipates the new holism offering the promise of reconciling the sciences with the arts humanity with nature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367439279

C. G. JungThe Basics C. G. Jung: The Basics is an accessible concise introduction to the life and ideas of C. G. Jung for readers of all backgrounds from those new to Jung’s work to those looking for a convenient reference. Ruth Williams eloquently and succinctly introduces the key concepts of Jungian theory and paints his biographical picture with clarity. The book begins with an overview of Jung’s family life childhood and relationship with (and subsequent split from) Sigmund Freud. Williams then progresses thematically through the key concepts in his work clearly explaining ideas including the unconscious the structure of the psyche archetypes individuation psychological types and alchemy. C. G. Jung: The Basics also presents Jung’s theories on dreams and the self and explains how his ideas developed and how they can be applied to everyday life. The book also discusses some of the negative claims made about Jung especially his ideas on politics race and gender and includes detailed explanations and examples throughout including a chronology of Jung’s life and suggested further reading. C. G. Jung: The Basics will be key reading for students at all levels coming to Jung’s ideas for the first time and general readers with an interest in his work. For those already familiar with Jungian concepts it will provide a helpful guide to applying these ideas to the real world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138195448

C. Wright Mills and the Criminological ImaginationProspects for Creative Inquiry In spite of its widespread use within criminology the term ’criminological imagination’ as derived from C. Wright Mills’ classic The Sociological Imagination has yet to be fully developed and clarified as an analytic concept capable of guiding theorizing or empirical enquiry. This volume with a preface by Elliot Currie engages with and reflects on this concept exploring C. Wright Mills’ work for criminological enquiry. Bringing together the latest work of leading scholars in the fields of criminology and sociology from around the world C. Wright Mills and the Criminological Imagination investigates the emergence and lineage of a criminological concept indebted to Mills’ thought adapting and applying it to a specifically criminological context. With attention to theoretical concerns and as well as the application of the criminological imagination in concrete empirical research this volume sheds new light on the methodological and analytical aspects of the criminological imagination as a multifaceted concept and explores the possibilities that it offers for the emergence of an imaginative criminological practice. As such it will appeal to scholars across the social sciences with interests in sociology and social theory criminology criminal justice studies law and research methods. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138306516

C.G.Jung: Psychological ReflectionsA New Anthology of His Writings 1905-1961 C. G. Jung was one of the great thinkers of our time. In the course of his long medical practice he reflected deeply on human nature and human problems and his profile writings bear witness to his wisdom and insight. This anthology of his writings containing nearly thirteen hundred quotations is the perfect introduction to jung's works. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138177031

C.P.E. Bach The second son of Johann Sebastian Bach C.P.E. Bach was an important composer in his own right as well as a writer and performer on keyboard instruments. He composed roughly a thousand works in all the leading genres of the period with the exception of opera and Haydn Mozart and Beethoven all acknowledged his influence. He was also the author of a two-volume encyclopedic book about performance on keyboard instrument. C.P.E. Bach and his music have always been the subject of significant scholarship and publication but interest has sharply increased over the past two or three decades from performers as well as music historians. This volume incorporates important writings not only on the composer and his chief works but also on theoretical issues and performance questions. The focus throughout is on relatively recent scholarship otherwise available only in hard-to-access sources. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472443373

C.P.E. BachA Guide to Research Although he is the son of J. S. Bach C. P. E. Bach is an important composer in his own right this long-awaited annotated bibliography presents a complete listing of the works of C. P. E. Bach. This volume in the Routledge Music Bibliographies series includes many different aspects of his work: the editing of his father's masterpieces his concertos and sonatas and theoretical essays. Doris Powers also collects writings that consider C. P. E. Bach's influence the reception of his works and the cultural milieu in which Bach composed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138966901

C++ for Financial Mathematics If you know a little bit about financial mathematics but don’t yet know a lot about programming then C++ for Financial Mathematics is for you. C++ is an essential skill for many jobs in quantitative finance but learning it can be a daunting prospect. This book gathers together everything you need to know to price derivatives in C++ without unnecessary complexities or technicalities. It leads the reader step-by-step from programming novice to writing a sophisticated and flexible financial mathematics library. At every step each new idea is motivated and illustrated with concrete financial examples. As employers understand there is more to programming than knowing a computer language. As well as covering the core language features of C++ this book teaches the skills needed to write truly high quality software. These include topics such as unit tests debugging design patterns and data structures. The book teaches everything you need to know to solve realistic financial problems in C++. It can be used for self-study or as a textbook for an advanced undergraduate or master’s level course. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781498750059

C++ for MathematiciansAn Introduction for Students and Professionals For problems that require extensive computation a C plus plus program can race through billions of examples faster than most other computing choices. C plus plus enables mathematicians of virtually any discipline to create programs to meet their needs quickly and is available on most computer systems at no cost. C plus plus for Mathematicians: An Introduction for Students and Professionals accentuates C plus plus concepts that are most valuable for pure and applied mathematical research. This is the first book available on C plus plus programming that is written specifically for a mathematical audience; it omits the language‘s more obscure features in favor of the aspects of greatest utility for mathematical work. The author explains how to use C plus plus to formulate conjectures create images and diagrams verify proofs build mathematical structures and explore myriad examples. Emphasizing the essential role of practice as part of the learning process the book is ideally designed for undergraduate coursework as well as self-study. Each chapter provides many problems and solutions which complement the text and enable you to learn quickly how to apply them to your own problems. An accompanying CD ROM provides all numbered programs so that readers can easily use or adapt the code as needed. Presenting clear explanations and examples from the world of mathematics that develop concepts from the ground up C plus plus for Mathematicians can be used again and again as a resource for applying C plus plus to problems that range from the basic to the complex. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138413276

C++ Template Metaprogramming in PracticeA Deep Learning Framework Using the implementation of a deep learning framework as an example C++ Template Metaprogramming in Practice: A Deep Learning Framework explains the application of metaprogramming in a relatively large project and emphasizes ways to optimize systems performance. The book is suitable for developers with a basic knowledge of C++. Developers familiar with mainstream deep learning frameworks can also refer to this book to compare the differences between the deep learning framework implemented with metaprogramming and compile-time computing with deep learning frameworks using object-oriented methods. Consisting of eight chapters the book starts with two chapters discussing basic techniques of metaprogramming and compile-time computing. The rest of the book’s chapters focus on the practical application of metaprogramming in a deep learning framework. It examines rich types and systems expression templates and writing complex meta-functions as well as such topics as: Heterogeneous dictionaries and policy templates An introduction to deep learning Type system and basic data types Operations and expression templates Basic layers Composite and recurrent layers Evaluation and its optimization Metaprogramming can construct flexible and efficient code. For C++ developers who are familiar with object-oriented programming the main difficulty in learning and mastering C++ metaprogramming is establishing the thinking mode of functional programming. The meta-programming approach involved at compile time is functional which means that the intermediate results of the construction cannot be changed and the impact may be greater than expected. This book enables C++ programmers to develop a functional mindset and metaprogramming skills. The book also discusses the development cost and use cost of metaprogramming and provides workarounds for minimizing these costs. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780367609566

C2 Re-envisionedThe Future of the Enterprise Command and Control (C2) is the set of organizational and technical attributes and processes by which an enterprise marshals and employs human physical and information resources to solve problems and accomplish missions.C2 Re-envisioned: The Future of the Enterprise identifies four interrelated megatrends that are individually and collectively shaping the state of the art and practice of C2 as well as the mission challenges we face. These megatrends the book examines are: Big Problems—manifested in part as increasing complexity of both endeavors and enterprises as military establishments form coalitions with each other and partnerships with various civilian agencies and non-governmental organizationsRobustly Networked Environments—enabled by the extremely broad availability of advanced information and communications technologies (ICT) that place unprecedented powers of information creation processing and distribution in the hands of almost anyone who wants them—friend and foe alikeUbiquitous Data—the unprecedented volumes of raw and processed information with which human actors and C2 systems must contendOrganizational alternatives—as decentralized net-enabled approaches to C2 have been made more feasible by technology. The book analyzes historical examples and experimental evidence to determine the critical factors that make C2 go wrong and how to get it right. Successful enterprises in the future will be those that can reconfigure their approaches in an agile manner. Offering fresh perspectives on this subject of critical importance this book provides the understanding you will need to choose your organizational approaches to suit the mission and the conditions at hand. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367378011

C60: BuckminsterfullereneSome Inside Stories This compendium of accounts reveals the unique perspectives of many scientists who made major contributions to the Nobel Prize-winning discovery of C60 buckminsterfullerene but who have not previously published personal accounts. The introduction attempts to provide a rational framework for understanding how this discovery came about and how firmly it rested on earlier technical breakthroughs and how important were the contributions of researchers who were young students at the time. In addition to these accounts most of the key publications are also reprinted. More than anything else this book gives an in-depth overview of how important cross-disciplinary advances from laboratory synthesis molecular spectroscopy radioastronomy stellar chemistry and cluster chemistry were in the discovery. Indeed the story shows not only how major breakthroughs are often impossible to predict but also that the discovery is a perfect example of the value of fundamental science and why it must continue to be supported. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814463713

Cézanne and the Post-Bionian FieldAn Exploration and a Meditation By inviting a ‘conversation’ between them this book offers a nuanced introduction both to Cézanne—the ‘father of modern art’—and perhaps the most vital body of theory in contemporary psychoanalysis ‘post-Bionian field theory’ as it has been evolving in Italy in the hands of Antonino Ferro Giuseppe Civitarese and others. Cézanne and Bion each insisting on his own truths spearheaded quite new directions in painting and in psychoanalysis. Both point us towards a crucial insight: far from being isolated self-contained ‘subjects’ we fundamentally exist only within a larger interpersonal ‘field’. Cézanne’s painting can give us a direct experience of this. For the Italian field analysts building on Bion’s work the field is accessed through reverie metaphor and dream which now come to occupy the heart of psychoanalysis. Here primitive ‘proto-emotions’ that link us all might be transformed—as Cézanne transformed his ‘sensations’—into aesthetic form into feelings-linked-to-thoughts that in turn enrich and expand the field. The book draws on the words of artists (Cézanne himself Mann) philosophers (Merleau-Ponty Bergson) art historians and theorists (Clark Smith Shaw) as well as psychoanalysts (Bion Ferro Civitarese and others) and it is the first to focus on one particular—and seminal—painter as a way of exploring this aesthetic and ‘field’ dimension in depth and detail. Aimed at psychoanalysts psychotherapists artists art historians and the general reader it suggests how far art and contemporary psychoanalysis are mutually generative. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367645472

Cómo entender y cómo enseñar por y para Cómo entender y como enseñar por y para explora muchos de los problemas que los profesores/as encuentran cuando enseñan el uso de estas dos preposiciones. Este libro proporciona un marco de referencia para la comprensión de las sutilezas entre las dos preposiciones de manera que los profesores/as podrán ayudarles a los estudiantes a aproximarse a la manera cómo los hablantes nativos/as escogen intuitivamente cuál usar en cualquier situación. Este libro muestra con ejemplos de cuatro autores/as distintos que una regla de punto final intencional (destino fecha límite meta objetivo propósito recipiente o uso) explica el 95% de los usos de para. Trescientos ejemplos de Corpes XXI y otros 262 ejemplos de tres novelas distintas muestran que dos reglas (causa e intervalo de espacio/de tiempo) explican el 80% de los usos de por. En este libro no se ejemplifican las reglas; más bien se formulan desde abajo las reglas necesarias para explicar más de 600 ejemplos auténticos de por o para de novelas y de Corpes XXI. Diseñado para los profesores/as de español como segunda lengua el procedimiento de construcción de las reglas delineado en el libro mejorará la manera cómo se les enseñará a los estudiantes por y para. Además las conexiones hechas a través del libro servirán como un modelo para entender mejor otras dicotomías de la gramática del español. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367347819

Cabinets for the CuriousLooking Back at Early English Museums The last few years has within museums witnessed nothing short of a revolution. Worried that the very institution was itself in danger of becoming a dusty forgotten culturally irrelevant exhibit vigorous efforts have been made to reshape the museum mission. Fearing that history was coming to be ignored by modern society many institutions have instead marketed a de-intellectualised heritage overly relying on computer technology to captivate a contemporary audience. The theme of this work is that we can do much to reassess the rationale that inspires contemporary collections through a study of seventeenth century museums. England's first museums were quite literally wonderful; founded that is on the disciplined application of the faculty of wonder. The type of wonder employed was not that post-Romantic idea of disbelief but rather an active form of curiosity developed during the Renaissance particularly by the individuals who set about gathering objects and founding museums to further their enquiries. The argument put forward in this book is that this museological practice of using objects actually to create as well as disseminate knowledge makes just as much sense today as it did in the seventeenth century and further that the best way of reinvigorating contemporary museums is to return to that form of wonder. By taking such a comparative approach this book works both as a scholarly historical text and as an historically informed analysis of the key issues facing today's museums. As such it will prove essential reading both for historians of collecting and museums and for anyone interested in the philosophies of modern museum management. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315260952

Cable and Wireless NetworksTheory and Practice Cable and Wireless Networks: Theory and Practice presents a comprehensive approach to networking cable and wireless communications and networking security. It describes the most important state-of-the-art fundamentals and system details in the field as well as many key aspects concerning the development and understanding of current and emergent services.In this book the author gathers in a single volume current and emergent cable and wireless network services and technologies. Unlike other books which cover each one of these topics independently without establishing their natural relationships this book allows students to quickly learn and improve their mastering of the covered topics with a deeper understanding of their interconnection. It also collects in a single source the latest developments in the area typically only within reach of an active researcher.Each chapter illustrates the theory of cable and wireless communications with relevant examples hands-on exercises and review questions suitable for readers with a BSc degree or an MSc degree in computer science or electrical engineering. This approach makes the book well suited for higher education students in courses such as networking telecommunications mobile communications and network security. This is an excellent reference book for academic institutional and industrial professionals with technical responsibilities in planning design and development of networks telecommunications and security systems and mobile communications as well as for Cisco CCNA and CCNP exam preparation. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367575076

Cable Engineering for Local Area Networks A guide to the design procurement installation and testing procedures for local area networks (LANs) using copper and optical fibre cable technology. It describes the theory as well as practical issues involved in the complexities of today's office-based LANs. It also compares international European and US LAN and premises cabling standards. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315214900

Cable Television and the Future of Broadcasting Originally published in 1985 this book surveys developments in cable television in the major industrialised countries with chapters specifically authored on each area. It looks at the technology its potential and how far it had been implemented considering the reaction of governments existing broadcasting corporations and licensing authorities. Going on to assess future trends a discussion of the likely effects of cable on communications society and economy is an enlightening read now. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138965256

CAD and GIS Integration When used together effectively computer-aided design (CAD) and geospatial information systems (GIS) have a solid track record for streamlining decision making and reducing inefficiencies in the design planning and execution of critical operations and projects. And a growing number of engineering tasks in numerous fields—including design architecture construction and asset management—now require the knowledge of many interrelated yet disconnected CAD/GIS tools and task-specific software. A multidisciplinary resource delineating existing and emerging solutions for CAD/GIS integration issues CAD and GIS Integration provides a clear understanding of the state of the art in this area of growing importance. It brings together in-depth descriptions of existing and emerging techniques methodologies and technologies to examine approaches that enable data and operations interoperability between CAD/GIS. Starting with a review of fundamental concepts and theories the book: Addresses contemporary issues and challenges Provides a collection of helpful methodologies techniques and technologies for integrating CAD and GISPresents balanced coverage of CAD and GIS technologies and applicationsHighlights emerging trends in CAD/GIS integrationExplores the state-of-the-art in the application of CAD and GIS technologies data and operations for decision makingFrom early developments to current trends and future directions this concise resource allows you to get up to speed quickly on what it takes to get the most of these two dynamic technologies. Numerous example applications of effective CAD/GIS integration provide the understanding needed to improve designs make better decisions and reduce or even eliminate costly errors in your next project. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780367384746

CAD for Control Systems This comprehensive collection brings together current information on CAD for control systems including present and future trends in computer-aided design exploring the areas of modeling simulation simulation languages environments and design techniques. Presenting a systems approach to control d Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003067146

CAD Modeling Essentials in 3DEXPERIENCE 2016x Using CATIA Applications CAD Modeling Essentials in 3DEXPERIENCE 2016x Using CATIA Applications is written for those who want to learn the basics of CAD using the CATIA application in the 3DEXPERIENCE platform. This book uses a series of simple easy to follow tutorials to take you from a complete novice to an intermediate user. There is no secret that the best way to learn and master a software is by personal exploration which is strictly curiosity driven. Needless to say although this may be the best strategy it is extremely inefficient and very frustrating. The purpose of this book is to provide you with a solid understanding of how to use the most commonly used tools on a range of topics dealing with CAD. Once you have gained a proficient understanding of how to use the basic tools you will be much better prepared to further explore 3DEXPERIENCE on your own. The purpose of this book is to introduce you to the bare essentials of the 3DEXPERIENCE platform in the context of CAD functionalities using CATIA. It is by no means intended to be a comprehensive or completely organized approach to all the available features. The goal is to merely show you the ropes and leave further exploration to you. If you have previous experience using CATIA many of the features in the 3DEXPERIENCE CAD applications have been directly incorporated into the CATIA 3DEXPERIENCE application. This is particularly true in the case of Part Design and the Generative Shape Design currently available in CATIA V5. There have been significant changes in the Assembly Design application. If you are a first time user with no previous experience with CATIA V5 there is no reason to despair as the tutorial approach of this book will provide you the necessary skills to start using 3DEXPERIENCE with easy to follow tutorials. Media > Books > Print Books SDC Publications 9781630570958

CAD Principles for Architectural Design CAD Principles for Architectural Design is aimed at design students and practitioners interested in understanding how CAD is used in architectural practice. This book makes connections between the basic operations that are common to most CAD systems and their use in practice on actual architectural design projects. The ways in which CAD is integrated into the design processes of several leading edge practices is illustrated. Arising from these case studies is the emergence of a contemporary phenomenon of integrated CAD in which all aspects of design schemes are brought together within computational frameworks that support the analysis of design proposals.Szalapaj's view of CAD is one in which computers constitute a medium in which designers can express design ideas rather than viewing computers as problem solving machines. For creative designers to successfully exploit CAD technology CAD systems should reflect designers' intuitions as described by designers themselves Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138165953

CAD/CAM Dictionary This book presents general computer definitions and abbreviations as well as application-specification terminology related to the world of CAD/CAM in alphabetical order. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003065531

CAD/CAM Systems Planning and Implementation This book identifies as many "alligators" as possible in the swamps surrounding implementation of an integrated CAD/CAM system. It is helpful for marketing managers inventory control supervisors and innovators who believe in the need to modernize engineering and manufacturing systems. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003065111

Cadmium and HealthA Toxicological and Epidemiological Appraisal: Volume 1: Exposure Dose and Metabolism Published in 1986: Volume 2: Effects and Response is primarily devoted to the toxicology of cadmium and includes effects on the respiratory system kidneys and bone as well as other toxic effects including those from the hemaopoietic and cardiovascular system the liver the reproductive organs and the fetus. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429260605

Cadmium and HealthA Toxicological and Epidemiological Appraisal: Volume 2: Effects and Response Published in 1985: Volume 1: Exposure Dose and Metabolism treats analysis of cadmium its uses and occurrence in the environment cadmium and metallothionein normal values in human tissues and fluids metabolism and presents a metabolic model for cadmium. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429260599

Cadmium in the Environment The focus of this report is upon information essential to the understanding of the toxic action of cadmium and the relationship between dose (exposure) and effects on human beings and animals. The therapy of cadmium poisoning has not been discussed.This review on cadmium in the environment has been performed under a contract between the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency and the Department of Environmental Hygiene of the Karolinska Institute Sweden. The report is intended to serve as a background paper for a future Air Quality Criteria document on cadmium. Therefore particular attention has been given to information relevant for the evaluation of risks due to long-term exposure to low concentrations of cadmium. Acute effects from short-term exposure to high concentrations are dealt with briefly. In vitro studies without bearing on the main problem have not been dealt with.The report is not limited to effects from exposure via inhalation. Newly accessible information showing that large populations may be exposed considerably via the oral route can elucidate chronic effects of cadmium in general. Man and animals can be victims of secondary exposure through vehicles such as food and water which have been contaminated by cadmium in air. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315891279

Cadmium Telluride Quantum DotsAdvances and Applications In the last two decades semiconductor quantum dots—small colloidal nanoparticles—have garnered a great deal of scientific interest because of their unique properties. Among nanomaterials CdTe holds special technological importance as the only known II–VI material that can form conventional p–n junctions. This makes CdTe very important for the development of novel optoelectronic devices such as light-emitting diodes solar cells and lasers. Moreover the demand for water-compatible light emitters and the most common biological buffers give CdTe quantum dots fields a veritable edge in biolabeling and bioimaging. Cadmium Telluride Quantum Dots: Advances and Applications focuses on CdTe quantum dots and addresses their synthesis assembly optical properties and applications in biology and medicine. It makes for a very informative reading for anyone involved in nanotechnology and will also benefit those scientists who are looking for a comprehensive account on the current state of quantum dot–related research. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814316057

Caesar and the Fading of the Roman WorldA Study in Republicanism and Caesarism For many centuries Julius Caesar was a name that evoked strong feelings among educated people. Some of these responses were complimentary but others came from the point of view of "political republicanism" which envisaged Caesar as a historical symbol for some of the most dangerous tendencies a polity could experience. Caesar represented everything that republicans detested corruption demagogy usurpation and as such provided an antimodel against which genuine political virtue could be measured. Caesar and the Fading of the Roman World examines the reception of Caesar in republican thought until the late eighteenth century and his transformation in the nineteenth when he enjoyed a major rehabilitation in the literary culture and historiography of the day.Critical of hereditary monarchy and emphasizing the collective political obligations citizens owed to their city or commonwealth republican thinkers sought to cultivate institutions and mores best adapted to self-governing liberty. The republican idiom became an integral element in the discourse of the American revolutionaries and constitution builders during the eighteenth century and of their counterparts in France.In the nineteenth century Caesar enjoyed a major rehabilitation; from being a pariah he was elevated in the writings of people like Byron De Quincey Mommsen Froude and Nietzsche to the greatest statesman of his age. Simultaneously Caesar's name continued to function as a term of polemic in the emergence of a new debate on what came to be called "Caesarism." While the metamorphosis of Caesar's reputation is studied here as a process in its own right it is also meant to highlight the increasing enfeeblement of the republican tradition. The transformation of Caesar's image is a sure sign of changes within the wider present-day political culture and evidence of the emergence of new problems and challenges.Drawing on history political theory and sociology Caesar and the Fading of the Roman World uses the image of Caesar as a way of interpreting broader political and cultural tendencies. Peter Baehr discusses the significance of living not in a postmodern society but in a postclassical one in which ideas of political obligation have become increasingly emaciated and in which the theoretical resources for the care of our public world have become correspondingly scarce. This volume is an important study that will be of value to sociologists political theorists and historians. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138507852

Caesar’s Dē Bellō GallicōA Syntactically Parsed Reader Caesar’s Dē Bellō Gallicō: A Syntactically Parsed Reader is an innovative Latin reader presenting selections of Caesar’s Gallic wars texts. Its unique approach tackles the two most common problems a student reading unedited Latin faces: abundant vocabulary and a maze-like sentence structure. Breaking down the sentence structure of the texts and providing vocabulary glosses throughout A Syntactically Parsed Reader ensures better comprehension and enables students to make an easier transition from using artificial and doctored Latin to working with the unaltered language found in authentic texts. Features include: Texts presented with the syntactically parsed Latin on one page and vocabulary glosses on the other Visual display of the syntactic structure of each Latin sentence throughout with main clauses touching the left margin subordinate clauses shown indented and multiple subordinate clauses arranged to illustrate which clauses are dependent on which other clauses　 Helpful grammar notes provided alongside the texts High frequency vocabulary included in a separate appendix to encourage efficient vocabulary acquisition Selected texts carefully chosen in line with the Advanced Placement Latin exam. Caesar’s Dē Bellō Gallicō: A Syntactically Parsed Reader has been developed by an experienced university instructor. It is ideal for students seeking to improve their ability to read and understand Latin prose straight from the page. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415711470

Caesarism Charisma and FateHistorical Sources and Modern Resonances in the Work of Max Weber How do writers marginalized by the authoritarian state in which they live intervene in the political process? They cannot do so directly because they are not politicians. Other modes of engagement are possible however. A writer may take up arms and become a revolutionary. Or as Max Weber did he may try to influence politics by playing the role of constitutional advisor or by seeking to shape the dominant language in which his contemporaries think. Weber sought to reconstitute the political and social vocabulary of his day.Part I of Caesarism Charisma and Fate examines a great writer's political passions and the linguistic creativity they generated. Specially it is an analysis of the manner in which Weber reshaped the nineteenth century idea of "Caesarism " a term traditionally associated with the authoritarian populism of Napoleon III and Bismarck and transmuted it into a concept that was either neutral or positive. The coup de grace of this alchemy was to make Caesarism reappear as charisma. In that transformation a highly contentious political concept suffused with disapproval and anxiety was naturalized into an ideal type of universal value-free sociology.Part II augments Weber's ideas for the modem age. A recurrent preoccupation of Weber's writings was human "fate " a condition that evokes the pathos of choice the political meaning of death and the formation of national solidarity. Peter Baehr marrying Weber and Durkheim fashions a new concept "community of fate " for sociological theory. Communities of fate--such as the Warsaw Ghetto or Hong Kong dealing with the Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome (SARS) crisis--are embattled social sites in which people face the prospect of collective death. They cohere because of an intense and broadly shared focus of attention on a common plight. Weber's work helps us grasp the nature of such communities the mechanisms that produce them and not least their dramatic consequences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138507869

Caesar's Civil War 49-44 BC First published in 2004. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203494615

Caffaro Genoa and the Twelfth-Century Crusades This volume provides the first comprehensive English translation with a substantial introduction and notes of the writings of Caffaro of Genoa as well as related texts and documents on Genoa and the crusades. The majority of early crusading historiography is from a northern European and clerical perspective. Here is a very different voice one with a more secular Mediterranean tone. To see the similarities and differences with the mainstream sources offers an exciting new dimension to our understanding of the reception of crusading ideas in the Mediterranean and given Genoa’s prominence in the commercial world can help to illuminate the complex and controversial relationship between holy war and financial gain. Caffaro’s main composition the ’Annals’ of Genoa began with the First Crusade and extended down to 1163. It also covers the city’s dealings with the Papacy the German Empire Sicily Muslim Spain and Pisa as well as the development of Genoa itself. Sections from Caffaro’s continuators take the story down to the Third Crusade. Caffaro’s two other texts are exclusively about the crusades: ’The Liberation of the Cities of the East’ and ’The Capture of Almería and Tortosa’ while associated with him but of a later date is the ’Short History of Jerusalem’. Alongside these narratives are a number of charters and letters that relate to and complement the main texts. These relate to matters such as Genoese privileges in the Holy Land and form a valuable resource in their own right. Placed alongside Caffaro’s narratives they can show the blend of commercial energy civic pride and religious conviction that were the basis of Genoese activity in the complex world of the medieval Mediterranean. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367601393

Caffeine Caffeine-found in tea coffee maté cola beverages cocoa and chocolate products-is an integral part of the diet of many people. Caffeine answers questions for a broad range of readers interested in the effects beverages and foods containing this dietary methylxanthine have on human health nutrition and physiological functioning. The composition processing consumption health effects and epidemiological correlations of caffeine are examined in detail. It is often said that too much caffeine is "bad for you." How much is too much? Get the facts on consumption of caffeine-containing products with this authoritative text.Chapters 1 and 2 offer an introductory concise overview of the chemistry and analysis of methylxanthines. In Chapters 3 through 8 each natural product-tea coffee maté and cocoa and chocolate products-is described in terms of botany cultivation processing composition and consumption patterns. Consumption of caffeine is also examined in detail in Chapter 9. Chapter 10 provides an easy-to-read overview of the basic physiology and biochemistry of caffeine. The ergogenic cognitive and emotional effects of caffeine are discussed in Chapters 11 and 12. Chapters 13 through 16 deal with specific health effects-serum cholesterol cancer and fibrocystic breast disease calcium and bone health and human reproduction.For physicians nutritionists other health professionals food scientists and everyone interested in the effects of caffeine on the human body Caffeine is a convenient single-source reference. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367455835

Caffeine and Activation TheoryEffects on Health and Behavior The virtually universal popularity of caffeine together with concerns about its potential pathogenic effects have made it one of the most extensively studied drugs in history. However despite the massive scientific literature on this important substance most reviews have either focused on limited areas of study or been produced in popular form by individuals with surprisingly little relevant scientific background. Caffeine and Activation Theory: Effects on Health and Behavior brings together the leading experts from seven different countries to provide researchers and clinicians with the most comprehensive and balanced review of the scientific literature on the effects of caffeine found anywhere. It devotes unprecedented coverage to the impact of caffeine on cardiovascular functioning and pathology details the pharmacological properties and neurophysiological effects of the drug and thoroughly reviews literature concerned with the role of this powerful stimulant in mood task performance and psychopathology. This important new book is also the first source to provide an integrative scientific treatment of the effects of caffeine consumption on menstrual endocrinology and pathology as well as on reproduction. Rounding out the coverage is a thorough review of emerging research on the possible benefits of caffeine and catechins in green and black teas. The highly integrative final chapter provides a clear understanding of what is known about the effects of caffeine identifies specific areas in which further research is needed and provides important methodological guidelines that promise to optimize future research endeavors. Filling the need for a current comprehensive resource this volume provides extensive reviews of the major bodies of literature on caffeine stimulates and guides future research and provides clinicians with the information they need to understand diagnose and treat the effects of caffeine consumption in their pati Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367453411

Caffeine and Behavior: Current Views & Research TrendsCurrent Views and Research Trends The psychobehavioral effects of caffeine on humans is analyzed in this book from an experimental approach. Caffeine and Behavior: Current Views and Research Trends is unique in its emphasis on empirical research and its inclusion of articles concerning the addictive potential of caffeine. Topics covered include addiction neurotransmission Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429271038

Caged WomenIncarceration Representation & Media The Netflix series Orange is the New Black has drawn widespread attention to many of the dysfunctions of prisons and the impact prisons have on those who live and work behind the prison gates. This anthology deepens this public awareness through scholarship on the television program and by exploring the real-world social psychological and legal issues female prisoners face. Each chapter references a particular connection to the Netflix series as its starting point of analysis. The book brings together scholars to consider both media representations as well as the social justice issues for female inmates alluded to in the Netflix series Orange is the New Black. The chapters address myriad issues including cultural representations of race class gender and sexuality; social justice issues for transgender inmates; racial dynamics within female prisons; gender and female prison structures/policies; treatment of women in prison; re-incarcerated and previously incarcerated women; self and identity; gender race and sentencing; and reproduction and parenting for female inmates. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138297401

Caging The GeniesA Workable Solution For Nuclear Chemical And Biological Weapons The Cold War may be over but you wouldn't know it from the tens of thousands of nuclear chemical and biological weapons of mass destruction still held by Russia the United States and other world powers. Arguing that the time has come to dispense with incremental approaches to arms control Admiral Stansfield Turner the former head of the CIA and an experienced senior military commander proposes a practical yet safe plan?strategic escrow?that would move the world into a new and secure millennium. The paperback edition of this widely acclaimed work has been updated to consider the implications of such a build-down if applied to non-nuclear weapons of mass destruction. Specifically Admiral Turner details how a plan for weapons reduction could be carried out for biological and chemical weapons and what tactical and strategic differences exist between de-escalation of nuclear and non-nuclear weapons. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367098384

Cain Abel and the Politics of GodAn Agambenian reading of Genesis 4:1-16 The Genesis story of Cain’s murder of Abel is often told as a simplistic contrast between the innocence of Abel and the evil of Cain. This book subverts that reading of the Biblical text by utilising Giorgio Agamben’s concepts of homo sacer the state of exception and the idea of sovereignty to re-examine this well-known tale of fratricide and bring to the fore its political implications. Drawing from political theory philosophy and psychoanalysis this book creates a theoretical framework from which to do two things: firstly to describe and analyse the history of interpretation of Genesis 4:1-16 and secondly to propose an alternative reading of the Biblical text that incorporates other texts inside and outside of the Biblical canon. This intertextual analysis will highlight the motives of violence law divine rule and the rejected as they emerge in different contexts and will evaluate them in an Agambenian framework. The unique approach of this book makes it vital reading for any academic with interests in Biblical Studies and Theology and their interactions with politics and ethics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367886820

Caitanya Vaiṣṇavism in BengalSocial Impact and Historical Implications Within the broad Hindu religious tradition there have been for millennia many subtraditions generically called Vaiṣṇava who insist that the most appropriate mode of religious faith and experience is bhakti or devotion to the supreme personal deity Viṣṇu. Caitanya Vaiṣṇavas are a community of Vaiṣṇava devotees who coalesced around Kṛṣṇa Caitanya (1486–1533) who taught devotion to the name and form of Kṛṣṇa especially in conjunction with his divine consort Rādhā and who also came to be looked upon by many as Kṛṣṇa himself who had graciously chosen to be born in Bengal to exemplify the ideal mode of loving devotion (prema-bhakti). This book focusses on the relationship between the ‘transcendent’ intentionality of religious faith of human beings and their ‘mundane’ socio-cultural ways of living through a detailed study of the social implications of the Caitanya Vaiṣṇava devotional Hindu tradition in pre-colonial and colonial Bengal. Structured in two parts the first analyzes the articulation of Kṛṣṇa-bhakti within the broad Hindu sector of Bengali society. The second section examines Hindu–Muslim relationships in Bengal from the particular vantage point of the Caitanya Vaiṣṇava tradition and in which the subtle influence of Kṛṣṇa-bhakti it is argued may be detected. In both sections the bulk of attention is given to the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries when Bengal was under independent Sultanate or emergent Mughal rule and thus free of the impact of British and European colonial influence. Arguing that the Caitanya Vaiṣṇava devotion contributed to the softening of the potentially alienating socio-cultural divisions of class caste sect and religio-political community in Bengal this book will be of interest to academics in the field of Asian Religion and Hinduism in particular devotional Hinduism both premodern and modern as well as to scholars and students of South Asian social history Hindu-Muslim relations and Bengali religious culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367583538

Caitanya Vaisnava PhilosophyTradition Reason and Devotion In the sixteenth century the saint and scholar Sri Caitanya set in motion a wave of devotion to Krishna that began in eastern India and has now found its way around the world. Caitanya taught that the highest aim of life is to develop selfless love for God Krishna the blue-hued cowherd boy who spoke the Bhagavad Gita. Although only a handful of poetry is attributed to Caitanya his devotional theology was expounded and systematized by his followers in a vast array of poetical philosophical and ritual literature. This book provides a thematic study of Caitanya Vaishnava philosophy introducing key thinkers and ideas in the early tradition using Sanskrit and Bengali sources that have seldom been studied in English. The book addresses major areas of the tradition including epistemology ontology aesthetics ethics and history and every chapter includes relevant readings from primary sources. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138248854

Calais and its Border PoliticsFrom Control to Demolition Calais has a long history of transient refugee settlements and is often narrated through the endeavour to ‘sanitize’ it by both the English and the French in their policy and media discourses. Calais and its Border Politics encapsulates the border politics of Calais as an entry port through the refugee settlements known as the ‘Jungle’. By deconstructing how the jungle is a constant threat to the civilisation and sanity of Calais the book traces the story of the jungle both its revival and destruction as a recurrent narrative through the context of border politics. The book approaches Calais historically and through the key concept of the camp or the ‘jungle’ - a metaphor that becomes crucial to the inhuman approach to the settlement and in the justifications to destroy it continuously. The demolition and rebuilding of Calais also emphasises the denigration of humanity in the border sites. The authors offer a comprehensive insight into the making and unmaking of one of Europe’s long-standing refugee camps. The book explores the history of refugee camps in Calais and provides an insight into its representation and governance over time. The book provides an interdisciplinary perspective employing concepts of space making human form and corporeality as well as modes of representation of the ‘Other’ to narrate the story of Calais as a border space through time up to its recent representations in the media.　   This book’s exploration of the representation and governance of the contentious Calais camps will be an invaluable resource to students and scholars of forced migration border politics displacement refugee crisis camps and human trauma. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367820992

Calcification in Biological Systems Calcification in Biological Systems provides a collection of up-to-date papers regarding calcification in a variety of biological systems. The papers are not simple reviews of the literature. Each paper reflects the personal experience of the author(s) and is rich in constructive criticism and suggestions. Topics range from basic molecular processes to general structural problems in systems as different as unicellular organisms and human skeletal tissues. Because calcification is so diffuse in the animal kingdom this book makes no attempt to achieve a conclusive synthesis of available results and current ideas. Instead its merit lies in its ability to be useful to investigators with different scientific backgrounds and areas of interest. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003068396

Calcium Vitamin D and Prevention of Colon Cancer These proceedings were published as a result of a workshop sponsored by the Chemoprevention Branch of the National Cancer Institute. The workshop covered a range of topics including calcium and vitamin D in human nutrition; epidemiologic relationships betweencalcium vitamin D and colon cancer; the biology of calium and vitamin D at the tissue and cellular level; and enimal and human studies investigating the potential for prevention of colon cancer with calcium and vitamin D. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315891286

Calcium Aluminate CementsProceedings of a Symposium dedicated to H G Midgley London July 1990 The special properties of calcium aluminate cements make them of value in the construction mining and refractory industries. This book brings together new international research information on their performance. As well as a state-of-the-art review it includes reports on studies of: mineralogy hydration and microstructure; rheology of pastes mortars and grouts; admixtures and blended; systems durability of high alumina cement concrete. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367864040

Calcium AluminatesProceedings of the 2014 International Conference The first industrial process for the production of a cement based on calcium aluminates was patented in 1908 and since then these cements have become hugely important for a wide range of applications. This volume presents the proceedings of the international conference held in Avignon France in May 2014 close to the site of the invention.The papers come from Europe North America the Far East the Middle East and South Africa and demonstrate a strong continuing interest and real progression in the knowledge and understanding of this important class of cement demonstrating that CAs are well placed to continue extending their field of applications for hopefully the next hundred years. New developments and applications covered in the 60 papers include offshore applications encapsulation wastewater treatment self-levelling flooring refractory applications and biogenics. Various studies also demonstrate the increasing importance of CAs in formulations with much interest in blended systems and especially the ternary system with calcium sulfate and Portland cement. In addition strong contributions relate to the phase systems CA types hydration mechanical properties and durability. Media > Books > Print Books IHS BRE Press 9781848063167

Calcium and Magnesium in GroundwaterOccurrence and Significance for Human Health Calcium and magnesium are abundant in groundwater but the role of groundwater as the essential source of these important nutrients is very often neglected. Hydrogeochemical studies have focused mainly on the distribution and behaviour of constituents that cause deterioration of water quality such as: nitrate nitrite or iron and manganese. Therefore most recent books and papers concentrate mainly on these constituents and only a small number of papers describe the results of groundwater studies on other important water components such as calcium or magnesium. Calcium and magnesium are of great importance to human wellbeing and inadequate intake of either nutrient can impair health. The main objective of this book is to present a selection of studies on calcium and magnesium in groundwater and to highlight their importance for human health. The chapters in this book are written by hydrogeologists and hydrochemists as well as medical doctors and include: methods of investigation of calcium and magnesium in groundwaters distribution and behaviour of calcium and magnesium in different aquifers calcium and magnesium in bottled mineral and spring waters and the significance of calcium and magnesium in waters for human health. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367378622

Calcium Entry Channels in Non-Excitable Cells Calcium Entry Channels in Non-Excitable Cells focuses on methods of investigating the structure and function of non-voltage gated calcium channels. Each chapter presents important discoveries in calcium entry pathways specifically dealing with the molecular identification of store-operated calcium channels which were reviewed by earlier volumes in the Methods in Signal Transduction series. Crystallographic and pharmacological approaches to the study of calcium channels of epithelial cells are also discussed. Calcium ion is a messenger in most cell types. Whereas voltage gated calcium channels have been studied extensively the non-voltage gated calcium entry channel genes have only been identified relatively recently. The book will fill this important niche. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498752725

Calcium Hydroxylapatite Soft Tissue FillersExpert Treatment Techniques Calcium Hydroxylapatite: Expert Treatment Techniques is a hands-on reference book created with the input of the world’s leading experts on the use of this leading biostimulatory soft tissue filler. It can be used by all aesthetic medical professional injectors to study the relevant anatomy aesthetic target sites and injection techniques and to review the safest and most effective treatment protocols available for this versatile product. As a training aid the book contains multiple photographic sequences as well as schematic diagrams to help in clarifying the proposed techniques. The book includes not only the official on-label indications; various international experts also share their ways of tweaking the standard protocols and their innovations. There are links to procedural videos in the Support Material on the companion website. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138055124

Calcium OrthophosphatesApplications in Nature Biology and Medicine Due to a great chemical similarity with the biological calcified tissues many calcium orthophosphates possess remarkable biocompatibility and bioactivity. Materials scientists use this property extensively to construct artificial bone grafts that are either entirely made of or only surface-coated with the biologically relevant calcium orthophosphates. Porous scaffolds made of calcium orthophosphates are very promising tools for tissue engineering applications. A comprehensive overview of calcium orthophosphates this book highlights their importance and biomedical uses. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814316620

Calcium Oxalate in Biological Systems Written by leaders in their fields Calcium Oxalate in Biological Systems comprehensively discusses current information about the importance of this compound in animals plants fungi and microorganisms. Both in vivo and in vitro methods of crystallization as well as crystallization systems are discussed. Researchers who pioneered the field contribute their invaluable knowledge for the first time about oxalate bacteria and their importance. This is an essential reference for both plant and animal scientists concerned with human and animal kidney disease. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367448868

Calculated RisksHighly Radioactive Waste and Homeland Security This well-documented study examines one of the increasingly pressing problems for US homeland security: the storage and management of radioactive waste. Despite pressing homeland security and energy security concerns associated with highly radioactive waste political considerations have prevented policy makers from adopting adequate long-term solutions to the problem. This book explores nuclear waste problems through the broader lens of federal state and local government and the resultant constraints on policy that emerge within the American political system. Presenting specific case studies to highlight the deficiencies in current policy and planning as well as the possibility of terrorist activity it is highly suited to courses on security studies and environmental politics. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315570730

Calculating Political Risk Calculating Political Risk is rich and illuminating and much more than a political science treatise. Althaus draws on diverse literature extensive interviews and intriguing case studies to offer interdisciplinary practical and nuanced insight. This book provides new perspectives and more precise language for making sense of a critical dimension of politics policy-making and public management. Evert Lindquist Director and Professor School of Public Administration University of Victoria Canada This powerful new book is the first ever examination of the hard edge of how political risk - something faced by all political actors innumerable times every day - is calculated and used in decision-making. It opens with an outline of the historical and linguistic origins of risk the various disciplinary understandings of risk the risk society concept and how risk has come to be so prominent in the context of environmental disaster and terrorism. The book then defines political risk and looks at its manifestations in the public sector from project to high-level political risk. It also looks at risk identification versus risk management and compares the concept of political risk with the private sector practice of risk management. Unique research findings from interviews with over 100 risk practitioners and politicians provide a detailed look at how political actors calculate political risk. Case study-based chapters look in-depth at neat and discrete examples: risk calculation in state development plans in Australia; political risk identification and management in the UK during the mad cow crisis; and US government risk calculation in the post-September 11 context. The final chapters draw together the experiences and lessons learned from the case studies and practitioner insights to formulate a better understanding of what political risk is and what its calculation means in political practice. The author shows how political risk calculation provides a fresh perspective on policy analysis and identifies how political risk is relevant to a broader understanding of politics and political science as well as policy formulation and implementation on the ground. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315870595

Calculus in Vector Spaces Revised Expanded Calculus in Vector Spaces addresses linear algebra from the basics to the spectral theorem and examines a range of topics in multivariable calculus. This second edition introduces among other topics the derivative as a linear transformation presents linear algebra in a concrete context based on complementary ideas in calculus and explains differential forms on Euclidean space allowing for Green's theorem Gauss's theorem and Stokes's theorem to be understood in a natural setting. Mathematical analysts algebraists engineers physicists and students taking advanced calculus and linear algebra courses should find this book useful. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315138695

Calculus of Variations and Optimal ControlTechnion 1998 The calculus of variations is a classical area of mathematical analysis-300 years old-yet its myriad applications in science and technology continue to hold great interest and keep it an active area of research. These two volumes contain the referenced proceedings of the international conference on Calculus of Variations and Related Topics held at the Technion-Israel Institute of Technology in March 1998. The conference commemorated 300 years of work in the field and brought together many of its leading experts. The papers in the first volume focus on critical point theory and differential equations. The other volume deals with variational aspects of optimal control. Together they provide a unique opportunity to review the state-of-the-art of the calculus of variations as presented by an international panel of masters in the field. Media > Books > E-books Chapman & Hall 9780429332753

Calculus On ManifoldsA Modern Approach To Classical Theorems Of Advanced Calculus This little book is especially concerned with those portions of ?advanced calculus? in which the subtlety of the concepts and methods makes rigor difficult to attain at an elementary level. The approach taken here uses elementary versions of modern methods found in sophisticated mathematics. The formal prerequisites include only a term of linear algebra a nodding acquaintance with the notation of set theory and a respectable first-year calculus course (one which at least mentions the least upper bound (sup) and greatest lower bound (inf) of a set of real numbers). Beyond this a certain (perhaps latent) rapport with abstract mathematics will be found almost essential. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367091903

Calcutta in Colonial Transition This book brings home the story of how three clustered villages grew into a primate city in which a garrison town a port city and the capital of an empire merged into one entity—Calcutta. This and its companion volume Birth of a Colonial City examine the geopolitical factors that were significant in securing Calcutta's position in the light of growing influence of the East India Company and subsequently the British Empire. A definitive history of Calcutta in its nascent years this book discusses the challenges of city-planning the de-industrialization at the hands of British imperialists the catastrophic fall of the Union Bank the advent of British capital and the rise of the Bengali business enterprise in the colonial era. It also underlines how Calcutta facilitated the development of a political consciousness and the pivotal political and cultural role it played when the movement for independence took hold in the country. This volume will be of great interest to scholars and researchers of modern South Asian history British Studies city and area studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367731410

Calcutta Poor: Inquiry into the Intractability of PovertyInquiry into the Intractability of Poverty Calcutta is notorious for its pavement dwellers street children and scavengers that have become a portrait of the worst sort of human degradation. In this illuminating critique Thomas investigates the standard solutions - improved housing increased job creation and intervention of social services agencies - only to come to the conclusion that such initiatives have little effect on the inherent nature of the problem of poverty. Based on historical and anthropological findings and the author's visits to the slums of Calcutta what becomes clear is that even in the midst of great poverty there is a nobility of character a vitality of ethnic and cultural ties and an energy that bring out inventiveness and ingenuity in the lives of the poor. If Calcutta's poverty is not to be an intractable problem these internal forces must be awakened to generate solutions. Illustrated with stunning photographs Thomas's reflections provide new insight into an age-old problem. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315479255

CalcuttaThe Stormy Decades Politics and culture are organically related in the city of Calcutta. The period (1940s to 1950s) was chaotic and turbulent yet this was also a time of significant creativity in literature   art films and music in the city. This is an unusual feature of any city but is interestingly characteristic of Calcutta. The originality of the work lies in blending poetry with historical writing retaining the essence of both forms against the backdrop of the tumultuous events of the critical decades as against the entire historical period of a city. This historical method together with twenty-one papers give the reader a sense of the pulse of this complex city ‘emerging creatively and chaotically from its colonial past’. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138019324

CaldecoteThe Development and Desertion of a Hertfordshire Village "At just 132 hectares (325 acres) the parish of Caldecote is one of the smallest parishes in Hertfordshire. Today the settlement comprises the manor house until recently surrounded by a range of traditional farm buildings together with six labourer's cottages and the church. To the north lies the site of the old rectory and the earthworks of a medieval settlement. In 1973 the Department of Environment and the Deserted Medieval Village Research Group arranged a rescue excavation to examine the earthworks of the medieval village before they were levelled and ploughed. Five crofts the old rectory site and much of the moated enclosure were investigated in one of the largest excavations ever conducted on a later medieval rural site in Britain. Though the excavations did recover a Bronze Age beaker burial and small quantities of Roman and Iron Age pottery the medieval settlement at Caldecote was probably founded in the 10th century and by the time of the Domesday Survey there was a church a priest and nine villeins. A moated site was added in the 13th century. A century later Caldecote was granted to the abbots of the Benedictine monastery in St Albans at a time when there were seventeen householders. Early in the second half of the 14th century the estate and demesne were subdivided into six farms each complete with a hall-house and two or more barns. Following the dissolution of the monastery in 1539 the manor was again held by an absentee lord and the farms continued to prosper. However the late 16th and early 17th centuries for which there are several surviving wills and inventories saw their gradual abandonment.After the desertion of Caldecote Marish in 1698 Caldecote was farmed as a single unit until 1970 when the estate was attached to that adjoining the manor of Newnham. Of particular importance from Caldecote is the archaeological evidence for medieval peasant structures the development of the later medieval domestic plan and the structural transformation of post-medieval period houses including the insertion of chimneys and second storeys. The medieval and later pottery assemblage is of regional importance for its size and the range of fabrics represented. The metalwork comprises many objects of personal adornment household utensils and tools for woodwork agriculture and the manufacture of textiles. Other finds include copper-alloy objects both domestic and agricultural whetstones quernstones mortars and clay pipes. Although the economy of Caldecote was always dependant on arable farming the faunal remains elucidate aspects of the medieval diet and details of the livestock maintained on the holdings." Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351194112

Calendar Modern Letts 4v CbCal of Modern Letters First Published in 1966. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415761079

Calendars in the Dead Sea ScrollsMeasuring Time 1997 was the 50th anniversary of the discovery of the Dead Sea Scrolls. Calendars in the Dead Sea Scrolls explores the evidence about calendars in the Dead Sea Scrolls the Hebrew Bible and other ancient Jewish texts. James C. VanderKam examines the pertinent texts their sources and the different uses to which people put calendrical information in the Christian world.Calendars in the Dead Sea Scrolls provides a valuable addition to the Dead Sea Scrolls Series and contributes to the elucidation of the scroll texts themselves and their relation to other Biblical texts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138180802

Calf Husbandry Health And Welfare This book deals with the basic principles of husbandry feeding housing health behaviour economics and welfare. It explains relevant aspects of calf function and evaluates conventional and novel husbandry systems in terms of their effects on animal performance health and welfare. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367166403

Calibrating Western Philosophy for IndiaRousseau Derrida Deleuze Guattari Bergson and Vaddera Chandidas This book proposes a new way of reading modern Western philosophers in the Indian context. It questions the colonial methodology or the practice of importing theories of Western philosophy and shows how its unmediated applications are often incongruent irrelevant and unproductive in local frameworks.The author shows an alternative route to approaching philosophers from the West â€“ Rousseau Derrida Deleuze Guattari and Bergson â€“ by bending and reassembling aspects of their ideas and theories to relate with the diversity and complexity of Indian society. He also offers insights on the politics of non-being and negation from a neglected modern Indian philosopher Vaddera Chandidas as a step forward from the Western philosophers presented here.An intervention in philosophical research methodology this volume will interest scholars and researchers of philosophy Western philosophy Indian philosophy comparative studies postcolonial studies literature cultural studies and political philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367731892

Calibration in the Pharmaceutical Laboratory Increasingly pharmaceutical scientists must not only be specialists in their field but must also be familiar with legislation that governs the use of equipment in their industry. The regulation of test and measuring equipment changes continually as new regulations are introduced and new equipment is developed. Calibration in the Pharmaceutical Lab Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429132766

California and Great Basin Olivella Shell Bead Guide Olivella shell beads are ubiquitous at Central California Indian sites and were traded far inland by the local inhabitants. Their distinctive patterns of manufacture provide archaeologists with important chronological morphological and distributional information. This guide—authored by a professional artifact replicator and an archaeological expert on shell bead typology-- offers a well developed 16-category typology including the descriptive temporal and metric characteristics of each style illustrated with almost 200 color photographs. Spiral bound to facilitate field and laboratory work it is an essential tool for conducting archaeology in the American west. Sponsored by the Society for California Archaeology and Pacific Legacy Inc. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781611322323

California and the Melancholic American Identity in Joan Didion’s NovelsExiled from Eden California and the Melancholic American Identity in Joan Didion’s Novels: Exiled from Eden focuses on the concept of Californian identity in the fiction of Joan Didion. This identity is understood as melancholic in the sense that the critics following the tradition of both Sigmund Freud and Walter Benjamin use the word. The book traces the progress of the way Californian identity is portrayed in Joan Didion’s novels starting with the first two in which California plays the central role Run River and Play It As It Lays through A Book of Common Prayer to Democracy and The Last Thing He Wanted where California functions only as a distant point of reference receding to the background of Didion’s interests. Curiously enough Didion presents Californian history as a history of white settlement disregarding whole chapters of the history of the region in which the Californios and Native Americans among other groups played a crucial role: it is this reticence that the monograph sees as the main problem of Didion’s fiction and presents it as the silent center of gravity in Didion’s oeuvre. The monograph proposes to see the melancholy expressed by Didion’s fiction organized into four losses: of Nature History Ethics and Language; around which the main analytical chapters are constructed. What remains unrepresented and silenced comes back to haunt Didion’s fiction and it results in a melancholic portrayal of California and its identity – which is the central theme this monograph addresses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367663643

California's Amazing Geology California has some of the most distinctive and unique geology in the United States. It is the only state with all three types of plate boundaries an extraordinary history of earthquakes and volcanoes and it has many rocks and minerals found nowhere else. The Golden State includes both the highest and lowest point in the continental US and practically every conceivable geological feature known. This book discusses not only the important geologic features of each region in California but also the complex geologic four-dimensional puzzle of how California was assembled beginning over 2 billion years ago. The author provides up-to-date and authoritative review of the geology and geomorphology of each geologic province as well as recent revelations of tectonic history of California’s past. There are separate chapters on some of California’s distinctive geologic resources including gold oil water coastlines and fossils. An introductory section describes basic rock and mineral types and fundamental aspects of plate tectonics so that students and other readers can make sense of the bizarre wild and crazy jigsaw puzzle that is California's geological history. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367872007

CaligulaThe Abuse of Power The Roman Empire has always exercised a considerable fascination. Among its numerous colourful personalities no emperor with the possible exception of Nero has attracted more popular attention than Caligula who has a reputation whether deserved or not as the quintessential mad and dangerous ruler.The first edition of this book established itself as the standard study of Caligula. It remains the only full length and detailed scholarly analysis in English of this emperor’s reign and has been translated into a number of languages. But the study of Classical antiquity is not a static phenomenon and scholars are engaged in a persistent quest to upgrade our knowledge and thinking about the ancient past. In the thirty years since publication of the original Caligula there have been considerable scholarly advances in what we know about this emperor specifically and also about the general period in which he functioned while newly discovered inscriptions and major archaeological projects have necessitated a rethinking of many of our earlier conclusions about early imperial history. This new edition constitutes a major revision and in places a major rewriting of the original text. Maintaining the reader-friendly structure and organisation of its predecessor it embodies the latest discoveries and the latest thinking seeking to make more lucid and comprehensible those aspects of the reign that are particularly daunting to the non-specialist. Like the original this revised Caligula is intended to satisfy the requirements of the scholarly community while appealing to a broad and general readership. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367867676

Caliphate Rise:Orientalism V 3 This volume publishes some leading European contributors to the early formation of historical and social science analysis of the orient: those contributors who shaped the modern debate on orientalism especially on Islam the Middle-East and orientalism in the late and early twentieth centuries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415757836

Caliphs and their Non-Muslim SubjectsA Critical Study of the Covenant of 'Umar Originally published in 1939. After the death of Muhammad his community was ruled by three caliphs who kept their capital as Medina the City of the Prophet. Under the rule of the caliphs those who did not confess the Muslim faith were under certain restrictions both in public and private life. This volume examines the social cultural religious and economic aspects of this period and includes chapters on: Government Service; Churches and Monasteries; Christian Arabs Jews and Magians; Dress; Financial Persecution Medicine and Literature and Taxation. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315888163

Calkin Algebras and Algebras of Operators on Banach SPates This book begins with a treatment of the classical Riesz-Schauder theory which takes advantage of the most recent developments. It deals with Fredholm operators semi-Fredholm operators Riesz operators and Calkin algebras and is helpful for graduate students and research mathematicians. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138441835

Call Center Continuity Planning A disruption in your call center operation can conceivably cost you hundreds of thousands of dollars. And multiple disruptions can cost in the millions. Call Center Continuity Planning shows you how to plan for - and avoid - service interruptions through disasters large and small. This book will show you how to deal with everything from power outages to major hurricanes. Should you use external Call Volume Management (CVM) solutions such as pre-established procedures for disaster call routing? Or should you use internal solutions such as planning for a company cold site virtual call center or use of the excess capacity of your other call center during emergency?What about managing call volumes to cope with non-emergency seasonal or time of day peaks? Can you use your call centers minimum daily overflow of calls as a benefit rather than a problem? What is involved in contracting to outsource call handling to another call center in terms of effectiveness expertise technology and human resources - and what advanced call processing techniques are available?Call Center Continuity Planning answers all these questions and more. It also provides detailed information on the concept of CVM that treats the volume of calls as a fluid that can be channeled from one place to another via computer-managed switching. Your Call Volume Management system acts like a series of aqueducts to manage the floodwaters of incoming calls before your call-takers are swept away. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780367455736

Call Center SavvyHow to Position Your Call Center for the Business Challenges of the 21st Century It's not just the technology the people or the customers. It's all three and more: call centers are not just places where calls arrive. They are a strategic business asset the core of your business's customer relationship strategy. Call Center Savvy is an exploration of how the call center works and how it fits into the big picture. What the future holds. How new technologies will affect operations. How international expansion is changing things. What the role of the Internet will ultimately be. Call Center Savvy can help a smart call center manager position his or her center for long term success. It's about seeing beyond today's problems to tomorrow's opportunities.It's not enough to know about call center technology; for your center to excel in the 21st Century you need call center savvy. ; Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138412378

Call Centers and the Global Division of LaborA Political Economy of Post-Industrial Employment and Union Organizing Call centers have come in the last three decades to define the interaction between corporations governments and other institutions and their respective customers citizens and members. The offshoring and outsourcing of call center employment part of the larger information technology and information-technology-enabled services sectors continues to be a growing practice amongst governments and corporations in their attempts at controlling costs and providing new services. While incredible advances in technology have permitted the use of distant and "offshore" labor forces the grander reshaping of an international political economy of communications has allowed for the acceleration of these processes. New and established labor unions have responded to these changes in the global regimes of work by seeking to organize call center workers. These efforts have been assisted by a range of forces not least of which is the condition of work itself but also attempts by global union federations to build a bridge between international unionism and local organizing campaigns in the Global South and Global North. Through an examination of trade union interventions in the call center industries located in Canada and India this book contributes to research on post-industrial employment by using political economy as a juncture between development studies the sociology of work and labor studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367601058

CALL DimensionsOptions and Issues in Computer-Assisted Language Learning This volume gives language teachers software designers and researchers who wish to use technology in second or foreign language education the information they need to absorb what has been achieved so far and to make sense of it. It is designed to enable the kind of critical reading of a substantial literature that leads to a balanced and detailed knowledge of the field. Chapter by chapter the book builds through description analysis examples and discussion a detailed picture of modern CALL. In this book the label “CALL” is interpreted broadly to include technology-enhanced language learning Web-enhanced language learning and information and communication technologies for language learning. The work is distinguished by its attention to a range of languages rather than just English. The authors first set the scene and introduce major areas of interest and growth in CALL and then look in depth at seven important dimensions: design evaluation computer-mediated communication theory research practice and technology. Chapters on each of these topics include a description that reviews the recent literature identifies themes and presents representative projects that illustrate the dimension followed by a discussion that provides in-depth analysis and a conclusion offering suggestions for further work. Detailed references and links connect the description and discussion with original works and primary sources so the reader can follow up easily on areas of personal interest. Two concluding chapters discuss how the various dimensions might be brought together the first from a practical point of view the second with a view to the development of CALL as a whole. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203708200

Call to PurposeMission-Centered Change at Three Liberal Arts Colleges A decade ago the majority of liberal arts colleges suffering from a decline in resources drifted from their traditional missions. This study looks at three insitutions and suggests that a clear mission is more than a common goal. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138988040

Call to Teacher Leadership The Call to Teacher Leadership demonstrates the many ways teachers can be leaders without having to opt out of the classroom full-time. It examines formal leadership positions – instructional coordinators lead teachers department chairs etc. – as well as informal leadership roles – nurturing colleagues supporting the instructional program participating in decision making etc. With practical examples and case studies this book provides details about how teachers have participated in the leadership of their schools and districts. Examples come from elementary middle and high schools across the country. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138164994

Called to AccountFinancial Frauds that Shaped the Accounting Profession Called to Account traces the evolution of the global public accounting profession through a series of scandals leading to voluntary or mandated reforms. Ever entertaining and educational the book describes 16 of the most audacious accounting frauds of the last 80 years and identifies the accounting standards and legislation adopted as a direct consequence of each scandal. This third edition offers expanded coverage of the Global Financial Crisis and international auditing. While retaining favorite chapters exposing the schemes of "Crazy Eddie" Antar "Chainsaw Al" Dunlap and Barry "the Boy Wonder" Minkow new chapters describe the accounting problems at Lehman Brothers Colonial Bank and Olympus. Students will learn that financial fraud is a global problem and that accounting reform is heavily influenced by politics. With discussion questions and a chart mapping each chapter to topics covered in popular auditing textbooks Called to Account is the ideal companion for classes in auditing fraud examination advanced accounting or professional responsibilities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138327085

Called to AccountFinancial Frauds that Shaped the Accounting Profession Selected as an Outstanding Academic Title by Choice Magazine in 2014! Called to Account takes a broad perspective on how financial frauds have shaped the public accounting profession by focusing on cases of fraud around the globe. Ever entertaining and educational the book traces the development of the accounting standards and legislation put in place as a direct consequence of these epic scandals. The new edition offers updated chapters on ZZZZ Best and Arthur Andersen plus new chapters devoted to Parmalat Satyam and The Great Recession. Through stories like Barry Minkow’s staged constructions sites and MiniScribe’s fake inventory number generating computer program "Cook Book" students will learn that fraud is nothing new and that financial reform is heavily influenced by politics. With discussion questions and a useful chart showing instructors and students how each chapter illustrates the topics covered in other textbooks Called to Account is the ideal companion for any class in auditing advanced accounting or forensic accounting. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415630252

Calligraphy and Power in Contemporary Chinese Society This unusual and interesting book is a fascinating account of the world of Chinese writing. It examines Chinese space and the political and social use of writing as propaganda a publicity booster and as a ladder for social climbing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415646369

Calling All Foreign Language Teachers Renowned author Deborah Blaz once again provides practical suggestions to help you engage your students in foreign language learning. In this book she provides examples of over 90 classroom strategies and activities and links them all to the ACTFL Standards. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138475724

Calling All Superheroes: Supporting and Developing Superhero Play in the Early Years Calling All Superheroes highlights the enormous potential of superhero play in supporting learning and development in early childhood. Using examples from practice it provides guidance on how to effectively manage and implement superhero play and set appropriate boundaries in early years settings and schools. Illustrated with engaging photographs and case studies the book gives ideas about how superhero play can be used to promote positive values and teach children essential life skills. Offering practical strategies and questions for reflection designed to facilitate further development chapters address important topics and challenges such as: Child development the characteristics of effective learning and the benefits of superhero play including making sense of right and wrong and increasing moral awareness How to broach difficult themes like death killing weapons aggressive play and gender-related issues Supporting children to recognise everyday heroes and how to find heroic abilities within themselves The role of the adults in managing superhero play engaging parents and creating effective learning environments Written by a leading expert with 20 years’ experience in the early years sector this book is an essential resource for early years teachers practitioners and anyone with a key interest in young children’s education and learning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138556973

Calm and InsightA Buddhist Manual for Meditators This manual by an experienced Buddhist has been written so that it will be easily accessible also to the reader who knows nothing about meditation but also contains knowledge and experience that can be gained only through practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138405905

Calming the BrainBenzodiazepines and Related Drugs from Laboratory to Clinic This book covers the entire field of research in the area of minor tranquillizers and its application to current clinical practice in the treatment of anxiety and insomnia. These drugs are principally the benzodiazepines and related drugs with a similar mechanism of action such as zolpidem and zopiclone. The molecular mechanism of action of benzodiazepines is described focussing on the interaction of these drugs with the different isoform of the GABAA^O receptor and the consequences of this for brain function. Recent advances in this knowledge have provided a framework for defining the physiochemical nature of the interaction between such drugs and their receptor protein and thus pave the way for the design of new anxiolytic and hypnotic drugs. The animal models available for evaluating the potential of such new therapeutic agents in the treatment of anxiety and insomnia are discussed. Furthermore understanding of the physiological regulation of the GABAA receptor may provide insights into the aetiopathology of these diseases. The clinical use of benzodiazepines and related drugs in the treatment of anxiety insomnia epilepsy and as anaesthetics are explored. The advantages and limitations of such treatments are discussed and the impact of drugs evaluated. A chapter is devoted to the issue of independence the clinical pertinence of tolerence and dependence and evaluates treatment options that may minimise the risk of dependence. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003076407

Calvin In this lucid and readable study Michael Mullet explains the historical importance of a man and a movement whose influence are still felt in the modern world. The pamphlet locates John Calvin in the context of early 16th-century France and then charts his emergence as an influential theologian and civic religious leader in the 'second generation' of reformers following Luther. After exploring the main lines of Calvin's theology set out in the Institutes the central section deals with the difficult process by which his authority was imposed on or accepted by Geneva. Finally the long-term impact of John Calvin is evaluated including the hypothesis that Calvinism has assisted the economic development of Europe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138151987

Calvin Meets VoltaireThe Clergy of Geneva in the Age of Enlightenment 1685–1798 In 1754 Voltaire one of the most famous and provocative writers of the period moved to the city of Geneva. Little time passed before he instigated conflict with the clergy and city as he publicly maligned the memory of John Calvin promoted the culture of the French theater and incited political unrest within Genevan society. Conflict with the clergy reached a fever pitch in 1757 when Jean d’Alembert published the article ’Genève’ for the Encyclopédie. Much to the consternation of the clergy his article both castigated Calvin and depicted his clerical legacy as Socinian. Since then little has been resolved over the theological position of Calvin’s clerical legacy while much has been made of their declining significance in Genevan life during the Enlightenment era. Based upon a decade of research on the sources at Geneva’s Archives d'État and Bibliothèque de Genève this book provides the first comprehensive monograph devoted to Geneva’s Enlightenment clergy. Examination of the social political theological and cultural encounter of the Reformation with the Enlightenment in the figurative meeting of Calvin and Voltaire brings to light the life work and thought of Geneva’s eighteenth-century clergy. In addition to examination of the convergence with the philosophes prosopographical research uncovers clerical demographics at work. Furthermore the nature of clerical involvement in Genevan society and periods of political unrest are considered along with the discovery of a ’Reasonable Calvinism’ at work in the public preaching and liturgy of Genevan worship. This research moves Geneva’s narrative beyond a simplistic paradigm of ’decline’ and secularization offers further evidence for a revisionist understanding of the Enlightenment’s engagement with religion and locates Geneva’s clergy squarely in the newly emerging category of the ’Religious Enlightenment.’ Finally the significance of French policy from the Revocat Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138379732

Calvinism Reform and the Absolutist State in Elizabethan Ireland Despite the best efforts of the English government Elizabethan Ireland remained resolutely Catholic. Hutchinson examines this ‘failure’ of the Protestant Reformation. He argues that the emerging political concept of the absolutist state forms a crucial link between English policy in Ireland and the aims of the Calvinist reformers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138053090

Calvinist Exiles in Tudor and Stuart England This volume is a synthesis of the research articles of one of Europe’s leading scholars of 16th-century exile communities. It will be invaluable to the growing number of historians interested in the religious intellectual social and economic impact of stranger communities on the rapidly changing nation that was Elizabethan and early Stuart England. Southern England in general and London in particular played a unique part in offering refuge to Calvinist exiles for more than a century. For the English government the attraction of exiles was not so much their Reformed religion and discipline as their economic potential - the exiles were in the main skilled craftsmen and well-connected merchants who could benefit the English economy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315260945

Calvino and the Landscape of Childhood "Although never named as such the landscape of Sanremo was a visual source for Calvino's fiction. This recurring theme provides both a link between some very different works and an insight into the autobiographical dimension of an author whose attitude to privacy is protective but detached. This work is an analysis of the criteria of representative (and of representational distortion) of a descriptive motif." Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351196871

Cam Design and Manufacture Second Edition This book provides the methods of solving the problems connected with cams—their design application and manufacture. It introduces the improvement of numerically controlled machine tools and the availability of computers in general. The book is useful for practicing and design engineers. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367451509

Cambodia and the Politics of Aesthetics Illuminating developments in contemporary Cambodia with political and aesthetic theory this book analyses the country’s violent transition from socialism to capitalism through an innovative method that combines the aesthetic approach and critical theory. To understand the particularities of the country’s transition and Cambodia’s unfolding encounter with neoliberal capitalism the book pursues the circuits of desire connecting the constellation of objects and relations which is identified as Cambodia. Chapters focus on the pre-colonial empire of Angkor the invasions of Siam and Vietnam in the nineteenth century the devastation of the Khmer Rouge genocide and the subsequent Vietnamese occupation and the present rapacity of Hun Sen’s neoliberal government. A creative combination of auto-ethnography critical theory and area studies and the analysis of a historical moment the book is of interest to academics working on comparative politics Asian studies holocaust studies critical theory and in the politics of aesthetics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138948358

CambodiaChange and Continuity in Contemporary Politics This title was first published in 2001. This text offers a comprehensive view of controversial issues surrounding Cambodia's past present and possible future development. It brings together a selection of journal articles about the wartorn country to examine critical issues concerning change and continuity in contemporary Cambodian politics. The book covers violence war and peace the Constitution human rights and the pursuit of justice democratic development and dilemmas gender and ethnic relations and economic development and problems. These themes should be instructive for scholars policymakers and interested individuals dealing with what has been termed "triple transition": from armed conflict to the end of violent hostility from political authoritarianism to liberal democracy and from socialist economic systems to market-driven or capitalist ones. The book shows that the trajectory towards peace democracy and sustainable development is complex full of dangers and in need of careful management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138723658

Cambodia's Neoliberal OrderViolence Authoritarianism and the Contestation of Public Space Neoliberal economics have emerged in the post-Cold War era as the predominant ideological tenet applied to the development of countries in the global south. For much of the global south however the promise that markets will bring increased standards of living and emancipation from tyranny has been an empty one. Instead neoliberalisation has increased the gap between rich and poor and unleashed a firestorm of social ills. This book deals with the post-conflict geographies of violence and neoliberalisation in Cambodia. Applying a geographical analysis to contemporary Cambodian politics the author employs notions of neoliberalism public space and radical democracy as the most substantive components of its theoretical edifice. He argues that the promotion of unfettered marketisation is the foremost causal factor in the country’s inability to consolidate democracy following a United Nations sponsored transition. The book demonstrates Cambodian perspectives on the role of public space in Cambodia's process of democratic development and explains the implications of violence and its relationship with neoliberalism. Taking into account the transition from war to peace authoritarianism to democracy and command economy to a free market this book offers a critical appraisal of the political economy in Cambodia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415627535

Cambridge Controversies in Capital TheoryA Methodological Analysis This book explains the debate over the Cambridge controversies of the 1960s and 1970s. In a compelling and comprehensive argument Birner discusses the main contributions to the controversy in a series of case studies. He gradually develops a methodological model of idealizations that explains both the progress of the debate and the historical ironies surrounding it. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138006614

Cambridge Theology in the Nineteenth CenturyEnquiry Controversy and Truth Many books have been written about nineteenth-century Oxford theology but what was happening in Cambridge? This book provides the first continuous account of what might be called 'the Cambridge theological tradition' by discussing its leading figures from Richard Watson and William Paley through Herbert Marsh and Julius Hare to the trio of Lightfoot Westcott and Hort. It also includes a chapter on nonconformists such as Robertson Smith P.T. Forsyth and T.R. Glover. The analysis is organised around the defences that were offered for the credibility of Christianity in response to hostile and friendly critics. In this period the study of theology was not yet divided into its modern self-contained areas. A critical approach to scripture was taken for granted and its implications for ecclesiology the understanding of salvation and the social implications of the Gospel were teased out (in Hort's phrase) through enquiry and controversy as a way to discover truth. Cambridge both engaged with German theology and responded positively to the nineteenth-century 'crisis of faith'. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138379176

Cambridgeshire Customs and Folklore Pbdirect This volume focuses on the folk beliefs and customs in Cambridgeshire. It covers a range of topic from the folklore of courtship marriage birth and death of trees and plants and the world of nature to traditional Cambridgeshire food and drink from ghosts and witchcraft and cure of diseases. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138845435

Camera & Craft: Learning the Technical Art of Digital Photography(The Digital Imaging Masters Series) #2 on Photo.net's list of Best Photography Books of 2014! To create successful imagery you need to balance technical know-how and aesthetic vision. In Camera & Craft we deconstruct photographic principles in new ways to help you think through your process. Together with nine guest photographers we explore photographic practice and follow up with inventive exercises and demonstrations that challenge you to engage with your tools—all with the goal of helping you work more creatively. Along the way are conversations with our guest photographers that address each topic from how the professionals work with clients and models to what they think about as they look through the viewfinder. Here’s what you’ll find inside: Advice and insights from professionals working in a variety of fields from photojournalism and portraiture to fine-art landscape and commercial photography Technical explanations about how photographic tools work—so you can connect knowledge to your practice and work more instinctively and creatively Key steps for improving digital workflow Innovative exercises at the end of each chapter as well as on our companion website that encourage you to experiment with and understand the photographic process—from learning how far you can push your camera’s sensor to exploring the effects of neutral vs. creative color Interviews with technical and creative experts about developing skills and making images that matter This book is part of The Digital Imaging Masters Series which features cutting-edge information from the most sought-after and qualified professionals and instructors in the photography field. Based on the progressive curriculum of the Master of Professional Studies in Digital Photography (MPS DP) program created by Katrin Eismann at the School of Visual Arts (SVA) in New York City these books are the next best thing to being in the classroom with the Digital Photography Masters themselves. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415810128

Camera Audio SimplifiedLocation Audio for Camera Operators You’ve spent a lot of time learning how to use the features of your video camera to take amazing pictures but chances are the audio always gives you trouble! Today with production budgets shrinking many are being asked to go-it-alone and sound is a frequent pain point that can drag production value down to an amateur level. To achieve great sound to go along with great video you need to go beyond "automatic" mode and take control – know as much about microphones as you do about lenses with the help of Camera Audio Simplified. Author Dean Miles gives you the skills you need to capture quality location audio with your camera mic wireless system lavaliers and handheld microphones. You’ll get step-by-step guidance to help elevate your sound from amateur to professional – and build your career and video production business. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138185333

Camera ConstructsPhotography Architecture and the Modern City Photography and architecture have a uniquely powerful resonance - architectural form provides the camera with the subject for some of its most compelling imagery while photography profoundly influences how architecture is represented imagined and produced. Camera Constructs is the first book to reflect critically on the varied interactions of the different practices by which photographers artists architects theorists and historians engage with the relationship of the camera to architecture the city and the evolution of Modernism. The title thus on the one hand opposes the medium of photography and the materiality of construction - but on the other can be read as saying that the camera invariably constructs what it depicts: the photograph is not a simple representation of an external reality but constructs its own meanings and reconstructs its subjects. Twenty-three essays by a wide range of historians and theorists are grouped under the themes of ’Modernism and the Published Photograph’ ’Architecture and the City Re-imagined’ ’Interpretative Constructs’ and ’Photography in Design Practices.’ They are preceded by an Introduction that comprehensively outlines the subject and elaborates on the diverse historical and theoretical contexts of the authors’ approaches. Camera Constructs provides a rich and highly original analysis of the relationship of photography to built form from the early modern period to the present day. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472445384

Camera Graeca: Photographs Narratives Materialities While written sources on the history of Greece have been studied extensively no systematic attempt has been made to examine photography as an important cultural and material process. This is surprising given that Modern Greece and photography are almost peers: both are cultural products of the 1830s and both actively converse with modernity. Camera Graeca: Photographs Narratives Materialities fills this lacuna. It is the first inter-disciplinary volume to examine critically and in a theorised manner the entanglement of Greece with photography. The book argues that photographs and the photographic process as a whole have been instrumental in the reproduction of national imagination in the consolidation of the nation-building process and in the generation and dissemination of state propaganda. At the same time it is argued that the photographic field constitutes a site of memory and counter-memory where various social actors intervene actively and stake their discursive material and practical claims. As such the volume will be of relevance to scholars and photographers worldwide. The book is divided into four tightly integrated parts. The first ’Imag(in)ing Greece’ shows that the consolidation of Greek national identity constituted a material-cum-representational process the projection of an imagery although some photographic production sits uneasily within the national canon and may even undermine it. The second part ’Photographic narratives alternative histories’ demonstrates the narrative function of photographs in diary-keeping and in photobooks. It also examines the constitution of spectatorship through the combination of text and image and the role of photography as a process of materializing counter-hegemonic discourses and practices. The third part ’Photographic matter-realities’ foregrounds the role of photography in materializing state propaganda national memory and war. The final part ’Photographic ethnographiesâ Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367879198

Camera TimeAn Ethnography of the Egyptian Modern This book is both a social history of photography in Egypt in the period between roughly 1900 and 1950 as well as a cultural history of modern Egypt through photographs. Personal photographs and photographic practices are used here as the principal historical source as well as interpretive lens through which to examine formations of modernity in the Egyptian context. The book draws on a vast corpus of photographs produced by middling men women and families either in affordable local studios across Egypt or in homes using portable consumer cameras and then composed into personal albums; these sources are located in multiple personal and family collections in Egypt and abroad and have not been extensively examined by scholars. The book sets these photographs within a wider framework of popular culture including popular magazines cheap fiction autobiographies the cinema and archival documents thus situating photographic practices within complex social and historical contexts anchored in visual and narrative practices related to photography. Photographs are approached here not as mere ‘images’ or ‘representations’ of past facts; rather they are used as dynamic sources through which a socially situated reading speaks volumes about the emergence of novel forms of selfhood and ways of being in the world as well as constructing it both then and now. The book is distinctly interdisciplinary bringing together a range of debates and approaches from across humanities disciplines to shed light not only on the material under examination but also to make a wider contribution to our understanding of the experience and practice of modernity from a global perspective. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003084846

Camera-Aided Robot Calibration Robot calibration is the process of enhancing the accuracy of a robot by modifying its control software. This book provides a comprehensive treatment of the theory and implementation of robot calibration using computer vision technology. It is the only book to cover the entire process of vision-based robot calibration including kinematic modeling camera calibration pose measurement error parameter identification and compensation.The book starts with an overview of available techniques for robot calibration with an emphasis on vision-based techniques. It then describes various robot-camera systems. Since cameras are used as major measuring devices camera calibration techniques are reviewed.Camera-Aided Robot Calibration studies the properties of kinematic modeling techniques that are suitable for robot calibration. It summarizes the well-known Denavit-Hartenberg (D-H) modeling convention and indicates the drawbacks of the D-H model for robot calibration. The book develops the Complete and Parametrically Continuous (CPC) model and the modified CPC model that overcome the D-H model singularities. The error models based on these robot kinematic modeling conventions are presented.No other book available addresses the important practical issue of hand/eye calibration. This book summarizes current research developments and demonstrates the pros and cons of various approaches in this area. The book discusses in detail the final stage of robot calibration - accuracy compensation - using the identified kinematic error parameters. It offers accuracy compensation algorithms including the intuitive task-point redefinition and inverse-Jacobian algorithms and more advanced algorithms based on optimal control theory which are particularly attractive for highly redundant manipulators. Camera-Aided Robot Calibration defines performance indices that are designed for off-line optimal selection of measurement configurations. It then describes three approaches: closed-form gradient-based and statistical optimization. The included case study presents experimental results that were obtained by calibrating common industrial robots. Different stages of operation are detailed illustrating the applicability of the suggested techniques for robot calibration. Appendices provide readers with preliminary materials for easier comprehension of the subject matter. Camera-Aided Robot Calibration is a must-have reference for researchers and practicing engineers-the only one with all the information! Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367448530

Cameralism and the EnlightenmentHappiness Governance and Reform in Transnational Perspective Cameralism and the Enlightenment reassesses the relationship between two key phenomena of European history often disconnected from each other. It builds on recent insights from global history transnational history and Enlightenment studies to reflect on the dynamic interactions of cameralism an early modern set of practices and discourses of statecraft prominent in central Europe with the broader political intellectual and cultural developments of the Enlightenment world. Through contributions from prominent scholars across the field of Enlightenment studies the volume analyzes eighteenth-century cameralist authors’ engagements with commerce colonialism and natural law. Challenging the caricature of cameralism as a German land-locked version of mercantilism the volume reframes its importance for scholars of the Enlightenment broadly conceived. This volume goes beyond the typical focus on Britain and France in studies of political economy widening perspectives about the dissemination of ideas of governance happiness and reform to focus on multidirectional exchanges across continental Europe and beyond during the eighteenth century. Emphasizing the practice of theory it proposes the study of the porosity of ideas in their exchange transmission and mediation between spaces and discourses as a key dimension of cultural and intellectual history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367360511

CameroonDependence and Independence This book examines whether Cameroon is self-sufficient in food debt free and politically stable with objectivity and insight. It also examines the success or failure met by Cameroon in solving the problems of nation building state building and economic growth. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367022303

Camille Gutt and Postwar International Finance As a businessman financier diplomat minister and first Managing Director of the IMF Camille Gutt (1884–1971) was involved in all the important financial negotiations between the 1920s and the 1950s. Using Gutt’s personal archives as his starting point Crombois examines the rise and fall of financial diplomacy as a largely private enterprise. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138661349

Camille Saint-SaensA Guide to Research A key figure in establishing an identifiable French musical style in the nineteenth century this annotated biliography catalogs the studies of Saint-Saens' life and works as well as examining the composer's own correspondence and essays. Included are many lesser-known writings on the composer and his music as well as recent scholarship which re-examines his place in music history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138870383

Camorristi Politicians and BusinessmenThe Transformation of Organized Crime in Post-War Naples Vol 11 "This work presents a detailed study of the political role of a criminal organization the Neapolitan Camorra in its historical context that of Naples over the last fifty years. In Campania until 1991 the population tacitly accepted the relationship between the Camorra and the local political elite (based on the exchange of votes for state contracts and protection) and because of the lack of reliable sources it could not seriously be studied by political scientists. In 1991 however a law was passed which gave generous remission of sentences to criminals who wanted to cooperate with the police. Following this many members of the Camorra revealed important aspects of the criminal economic and political activities of their organization. This new information has permitted a re-examination of the Camorra and has provided material for the story to be told." Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351196512

Camp Life and Sport in Dalmatia and the Herzegovina First Published in 2005. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138965263

Campaign And Party Finance In North America And Western Europe This book provides information about how policies and practices regarding public financing abroad focusing on North America and several Western European countries can help Americans develop their own ideas about reform possibilities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367162245

Campaign Journal 2008A Chronicle of Vision Hope and Glory In this distinctive and personal narrative of Barack Obama's 2008 campaign for the American presidency Carlos Rangel chronicles the underlying currents of social change that led to this successful campaign. The results were a president with a clear majority of the votes cast; elected by a commanding majority of electoral votes; and who won states on both coasts in the South the Rust Belt and the West. There were no recount battles or intervention by the courts.Rangel notes that the effective professional politician gathers coalitions around positions on the issues and uses these coalitions to formulate policies that bring these positions to fruition. The Obama Campaign coalesced expectations that he would be able to rapidly transform the way the country is led and lead Americans to a better future. These expectations were multiplied by an effective well-run campaign. Certainly Obama's capacity to inspire during the campaign led many to believe he could do the same as president.Management of high expectations became one of President Obama's greatest challenges in the immediate period after the election. In transforming ideals of hope and change into reality he faced political resistance from multiple fronts an economy with structural flaws and an internationally isolated United States. Rangel's unique background in Latin America enables him to make sharp observations about policies and campaign statements that may have influence in that region including trade deals drug wars and the populist rhetoric and actions emanating from the region. This book is a solid start at analysis of the years ahead as well as the year that was. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138507876

Campaigning for President 2012Strategy and Tactics In this important and timely volume Dennis W. Johnson has assembled an outstanding team of political scientists and political professionals to examine one of the fiercest and most closely fought presidential elections of our time. Like its predecessor Campaigning for President 2008 Campaigning for President 2012: Strategy and Tactics focuses on political management. It is written by both elections/campaign scholars and practitioners who highlight the role of political consultants and campaigns while also emphasizing the strategy and tactics employed by the candidates the national political parties and outside interests. The contributors explore the general mood of the electorate in the 2012 election the challenges Obama faced after his first term the primaries money communication the important issues of the election and finally the election itself. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415843003